The URL can be used to link to this page

CSP 8775 Riney Road East Project Manual - SPECSPROJECT MANUAL FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Riney Road East Improvement Project CSP #8775 Gerard Hudspeth Sara Hensley Mayor City Manager Seth Garcia Director, Capital Projects Prepared for The City of Denton 2025 Binkley & Barfield \ DCCM, Texas Firm Registration No. F-257 09/02/2025 Effective Date January 2021 City of Denton Table of Contents - CSP 00 00 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS - CSP Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 00 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS - CSP Division 00 - General Conditions 00 05 16 Addenda - CSP 00 11 19 Invitation to Offerors - CSP 00 21 16 Instructions to Offerors - CSP 00 35 14 Conflict of Interest Affidavit - CSP 00 41 01 Proposal Form - CSP 00 42 44 Unit Price Proposal Form - CSP 00 43 14 Offeror’s Bond - CSP 00 43 38 Proposed Subcontractors Form - CSP 00 43 39 Vendor Compliance to State Law Nonresident Offeror - CSP 00 45 14 Safety Record Questionnaire - CSP 00 45 27 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law - CSP 00 45 44 Corporate Resolution of Authorizing Signatories - CSP 00 52 44 Agreement - CSP 00 61 15 Performance Bond - CSP 00 61 16 Payment Bond - CSP 00 61 20 Maintenance Bond - CSP 00 61 26 Certificate of Insurance - CSP 00 72 00 General Conditions 00 73 01 Supplementary Conditions - CSP 00 73 74 Form 1295 – Certificate of Interested Parties - CSP Division 01 - General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 01 29 76 Stored Materials and Equipment (Materials On Hand) 01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting 01 31 20 Project Meetings 01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedule 01 32 33 Preconstruction Video 01 33 00 Submittals 01 35 13 Special Project Procedures 01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 01 58 13 Temporary Project Signage 01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements 01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization 01 71 23 Construction Staking and Survey 01 74 23 Cleaning 01 77 19 Closeout Requirements 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 01 78 39 Project Record Documents 00 00 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS - CSP Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Division 02 – Existing Conditions 02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition 02 41 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment 02 41 15 Paving Removal Division 03 – Concrete 03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03 34 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures Division 26 – Electrical 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 05 10 Demolition for Electrical Systems 26 05 13 Zinc Coated Steel Wire 26 05 19 Signal Cables 26 05 20 Tray Cables 26 05 26 Grounding Conductors, Ground Rods, and Power Lead-in Cable 26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 35 Ground Boxes 26 56 00 Roadway Illumination Assemblies Division 31 – Earthwork 31 10 00 Site Clearing 31 23 16 Unclassified Excavation 31 24 00 Embankment 31 25 14 Erosion and Sediment Control 31 34 19 Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement 31 36 00 Gabions 31 37 00 Riprap Division 32 – Exterior Improvements 32 01 17 Flexible Paving Repair 32 01 29 Concrete Repair 32 05 16 Aggregates for Exterior Improvements 32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses 32 11 29 Lime Treated Base Courses 32 11 33 Cement Treated Base Courses 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving 32 12 73 Asphalt Paving Crack Sealants 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 32 13 16 Decorative Concrete Paving 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 32 16 00 Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 32 17 23 Pavement Markings 32 31 00 Fences and Gates 32 32 00 Retaining Walls 32 84 00 Irrigation Installation and Restoration 00 00 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS - CSP Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 32 93 00 Plantings Division 33 – Utilities 33 01 10 Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water and Sewer Force Mains 33 01 12 Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 33 01 30 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 33 01 31 Sewer and Manhole Testing 33 01 32 Cleaning of Sewer Mains 33 01 33 Sanitary Sewer Pipe Bursting 33 01 34 Cured in Place Pipe (CIPP) 33 01 40 Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 33 01 50 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade 33 05 02 Water Line Lowering 33 05 05 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 33 05 07 Steel Casing Pipe 33 05 08 Tunnel Liner Plate 33 05 10 Auger Boring 33 05 11 Hand Tunneling 33 05 15 Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 33 05 61 Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 33 05 62 Precast Concrete Manholes 33 05 63 Concrete Water Vaults 33 05 76 Fiberglass Manholes 33 05 81 Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 33 05 97 Utility Markers/Locators 33 05 98 Location of Existing Utilities 33 14 05 Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 33 14 10 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 33 14 11 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 33 14 12 Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type 33 14 13 Buried Steel Pipe 33 14 14 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe 33 14 17 Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch 33 14 18 Large Water Meters 33 14 20 Resilient Seated Gate Valve 33 14 21 AWWA Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves 33 14 25 Connection to Existing Water Mains 33 14 30 Combination Air Valve Assemblies for Potable Water Systems 33 14 40 Fire Hydrants 33 31 10 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe for Gravity Sanitary Sewers 33 31 14 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe 33 31 16 Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Lines 33 31 23 Combination Air Valve for Sanitary Sewer Force Mains 33 32 11 Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems 33 42 11 Stormwater Pipe and Boxes 33 42 23 Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments 33 42 30 Stormwater Junction Boxes 33 42 33 Stormwater Curb Inlets and Drop Inlets 33 46 00 Subdrainage 00 00 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS - CSP Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 Division 34 – Transportation 34 41 10 Signal Heads 34 41 11 Accessible Pedestrian Signal 34 41 12 Radar Detection Equipment and Cable 34 41 14 Video Imaging Vehicle Detection System (VIVDS) - 360 Degree Fish-Eye Camera 34 41 15 Emergency Vehicle Preemption Equipment and Cable 34 41 16 Battery Back-up System 34 41 21 Traffic Signal Structures 34 41 23 Treated Timber Poles 34 41 24 Drilled Shaft Foundations 34 41 26 LED Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs 34 41 27 Signal Controller and Cabinet Assembly 34 41 28 Traffic Signal LED Luminaire 34 41 29 Pan-Tilt Zoom Camera 34 41 32 Temporary Traffic Signals 34 41 33 Removing Traffic Signals 34 41 34 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon 34 41 35 Pedestrian Hybrid Signal 34 41 50 Aluminum Signs and Signposts 34 71 13 Traffic Control Division 41 – Bulk Material Processing Equipment 41 14 00 Batching Equipment Appendix GC-5.01 Availability of Lands GC-5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions GC-5.05 Underground Facilities GC-5.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site GC-7.08 Required Subcontractors GC-7.11 Permits and Utilities END OF SECTION 00 05 16 ADDENDA - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 05 16 1 ADDENDA - CSP 2 3 4 5 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with any addenda 6 issued.] 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 00 11 19 INVITATION TO OFFERORS Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 11 19 1 INVITATION TO OFFERORS 2 COMPETITIVE SEALED PROPOSAL 3 RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS 4 Sealed proposals for the construction of Riney Road East Improvement Project will be received 5 by the City of Denton Purchasing Office as outlined at 6 http://dentontx.ionwave.net/CurrentSourcingEvents.aspx. 7 8 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK 9 The major work will consist of the (approximate) following: Demolition of existing pavement, 10 widening of Riney Road approximately 3,000 square yards of 10-inch concrete pavement with 11 12-inch flexible subgrade, installation of 3,350 square yards of 6-inch concrete Sidewalk/Trail12 with 6-inch flexible subgrade, Installation of signs, pavement markings, Rectangular Rapid 13 Flashing Becon and street lighting bases with associated electrical conduit and pull boxes. 14 Installation of approximately 30- linear feet of water line and water services. Installation of 15 approximately 300-linear feet of sanitary sewer, two manholes and two sanitary sewer services. 16 Installation of approximately 160 linear feet of RCP 15 and 18-inch storm pipe, installation of 17 three curb inlets, yard inlet and two TxDOT standard headwalls. 18 19 COMPETITIVE SEALED PROPOSAL 20 Submission requirements for the competitive sealed proposals shall be found in the Instructions to 21 Offerors. 22 23 DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS 24 The Proposal and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained on-line by visiting the City 25 of Denton’s Purchasing Division website at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. The Contract Documents 26 may be downloaded, viewed, and printed by interested contractors and/or suppliers. The 27 contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and the 28 form must be submitted to the Project Manager before the contract will be presented to the 29 City Council. The form can be obtained at https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm . 30 31 PRE-PROPOSAL CONFERENCE 32 A pre-proposal conference will be held as described in Section 00 21 16 - INSTRUCTIONS TO 33 OFFERORS at the following location, date, and time outlined in the City’s solicitation website. 34 To view pre-proposal invitation log-in to your account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click 35 the ‘Activities’ tab of this solicitation. 36 37 PRE-PROPOSAL WALKTHROUGH 38 After the pre-proposal conference, interested parties may reconvene at the G. Roland Vela Soccer 39 Complex Parking Lot immediately thereafter for a walkthrough of the project site. A map of the 40 location is provided below this section. 41 42 00 11 19 INVITATION TO OFFERORS Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1 2 3 4 CITY'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT PROPOSALS 5 City reserves the right to waive irregularities and to accept or reject proposals. 6 7 INQUIRIES 8 All inquiries relative to this procurement should be addressed in the City’s solicitations website. 9 To submit and view questions log-in to your account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click the 10 ‘Questions’ tab of this solicitation. 11 12 END OF SECTION 13 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 1 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 SECTION 00 21 16 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS 2 1. Defined Terms3 4 1.1. Terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS, which are defined in Section 00 5 72 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS. 6 7 1.1.1. Any reference to the term “Bidder” shall also mean “Offeror” and to “Bid” shall 8 mean “Proposal” in the Proposal Documents. 9 10 1.2. Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS have the 11 meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 12 13 1.2.1. OFFEROR: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation 14 acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a proposal for 15 performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents. 16 17 1.2.2. Nonresident OFFEROR: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or 18 corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a 19 proposal for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents 20 whose principal place of business is not in the State of Texas. 21 22 1.2.3. Successful OFFEROR: The Offeror that submits the Proposal that offers the Best 23 Value to the City based on the Evaluation of Proposals published in these 24 Instructions to Offerors. 25 26 1.2.4. Purchasing Agent: City designated representative to assist in solicitation of 27 proposals from vendors for City contracts. 28 29 2. Copies of Proposal Documents30 31 2.1. Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations 32 resulting from the Offerors use of incomplete sets of Proposal Documents. 33 34 2.2. City and Engineer in making Proposal Documents available do so only for the purpose 35 of obtaining Proposals for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant for 36 any other use. 37 38 3. Examination of Proposal and Contract Documents, Other Related Data, and Site39 40 3.1. Before submitting a Proposal, each Offeror shall: 41 42 3.1.1. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data 43 identified in the Proposal Documents (including "technical data" referred to in 44 Paragraph 4.2. below). No information given by City or any representative of the 45 City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially 46 promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. 47 48 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 2 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 3.1.2. Visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Offeror as to the general, local 1 and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the 2 Work. 3 4 3.1.3. Consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, 5 progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 6 7 8 3.1.5. Study all: (i) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or 9 contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing 10 surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that 11 have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical 12 data" and (ii) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, 13 at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing 14 reliable "technical data." 15 16 3.1.6. Be advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of 17 the information which the City will furnish. All additional information and data 18 which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents 19 shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract 20 Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original 21 Contract Documents. No information given by the City other than that contained in 22 the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be 23 binding upon the City. 24 25 3.1.7. Perform independent research, investigations, tests, borings, and such other means 26 as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be 27 encountered during the construction of the project. On request, City may provide 28 each Offeror access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, 29 explorations, tests and studies as each Offeror deems necessary for submission of a 30 Proposal. Offeror must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former 31 conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests and studies. 32 33 3.1.8. Determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the 34 cost of doing the Work, time required for its completion, and obtain all information 35 required to make a proposal. Offerors shall rely exclusively and solely upon their 36 own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are 37 necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. 38 It is understood that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the 39 Offeror has made the investigation, examinations and tests herein required. Claims 40 for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually 41 encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be 42 allowed. 43 44 3.1.9. Promptly notify City of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies in or 45 between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor 46 shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents, 47 and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may 48 be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. 49 50 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 3 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 3.2. Reference is made to Section 00 73 01 – Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 1 2 3.2.5. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to 3 the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 4 The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only. 5 Neither the City nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of 6 conditions which actually exist. 7 8 3.2.6. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and 9 subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to 10 the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 11 12 3.2.7. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Offeror 13 on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract 14 Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Offeror is 15 entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03. of the General Conditions has been 16 identified and established in Paragraph SC 5.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. 17 Offeror is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any 18 "technical data" or any other data, interpretations, opinions or information. 19 20 3.3. The submission of a Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by 21 Offeror (i) that Offeror has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4, (ii) that 22 without exception the Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work 23 required by the Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, 24 techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or 25 indicated or expressly required by the Contract Documents, (iii) that Offeror has given 26 City written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract 27 Documents and the written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Offeror, and 28 when said conflicts, etc., have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as 29 described in Paragraph 6, and (iv) that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient 30 to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and 31 furnishing the Work. 32 33 3.4. The provisions of this Paragraph 4, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, Polychlorinated 34 biphenyls (PCBs), Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by 35 Paragraph 5.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract 36 Documents. 37 38 3.5. The Offeror acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics 39 Ordinance No. 23-1165. 40 41 4. Availability of Lands for Work, Etc. 42 43 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 4 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 4.1. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for 1 access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work 2 are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto 3 required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of 4 materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for 5 by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing 6 facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the 7 Contract Documents. 8 9 4.2. Outstanding right-of-way, easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed 10 in Paragraph SC 5.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right-11 of-way, easements, and/or permits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to cancel 12 the award of contract at any time before the Offeror begins any construction work on the 13 project. 14 15 4.3. The Offeror shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of-16 way, easements, and/or permits, and shall submit a schedule to the City of how 17 construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits 18 and/or easements. 19 20 5. Interpretations and Addenda 21 22 5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Proposal Documents are to be directed to 23 the City in Ionwave on or before the deadline advertised on this solicitation’s page at 24 http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Questions received after this day WILL NOT be 25 responded to. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by City in response 26 to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded by City as 27 having received the Proposal Documents or by responding to individual questions via 28 this solicitation’s page at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Only questions answered by 29 formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications 30 will be without legal effect. 31 32 Address questions for this solicitation’s IONWAVE page to the ‘Questions’ tab 33 (dentontx.ionwave.net). 34 35 5.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Proposal Documents as deemed advisable by 36 City. 37 38 5.3. Addenda or clarifications may be posted via the City’s online hosting site, which can be 39 located by visiting and logging-in to the City of Denton’s Purchasing solicitation website 40 at http://dentontx.ionwave.net and clicking on this solicitation’s link. 41 42 5.4. A Pre-proposal conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the 43 Advertisement or INVITATION TO OFFERORS. Representatives of City will be 44 present to discuss the Project. Offerors are encouraged to attend and participate in the 45 conference. City will transmit to all prospective Offerors of record such Addenda as 46 City considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral 47 statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. 48 49 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 5 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 6. Proposal Security 1 2 6.1. Each Proposal for projects over $100,000, must be accompanied by Offeror’s Bond made 3 payable to City in an amount of five (5) percent of Offeror's maximum price proposed 4 Proposal Form attached, issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 6.01 5 of the General Conditions. 6 7 6.2. The Offeror’s Bond of all Offerors will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of 8 Award have been satisfied. If the Successful Offeror fails to execute and deliver the 9 complete Agreement within 10 days after the Notice of Award, City may consider 10 Offeror to be in default, rescind the Notice of Award, and the Offeror’s Bond of that 11 Offeror will be forfeited. Such forfeiture shall be City's exclusive remedy if Offeror 12 defaults. The Offeror’s Bond of all other Offerors whom City believes to have a 13 reasonable chance of receiving the award will be retained by City until final contract 14 execution. 15 16 7. Contract Times 17 18 7.1. The Contract will be a Calendar Day contract, and the provisions of the Contract 19 Documents related to Calendar Days will apply. 20 21 7.2. The Contract Time for Substantial Completion will be the number of Calendar Days 22 specified in the Agreement, together with time extensions authorized in accordance with 23 applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. 24 25 7.3. The Contract Time for Final Completion will be the number of Calendar Days specified 26 in the Agreement, together with time extensions authorized in accordance with 27 applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. 28 29 8. Incentives and Disincentives 30 31 8.1. Provisions for Incentives (if applicable) and Disincentives are defined in the 32 Supplementary Conditions and set forth in the Agreement. 33 34 9. Liquidated Damages 35 36 9.1. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 37 38 39 10. Substitute and "Or-Equal" Items 40 41 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 6 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 10.1. The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described 1 in the Proposal Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" 2 items. Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Proposal Documents that a 3 "substitute" or "or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by 4 Contractor if acceptable to City, application for such acceptance will not be 5 considered by City until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure 6 for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by City is set 7 forth in Paragraphs 7.06 and 7.07 of the General Conditions and is supplemented in 8 Section 01 25 00 of the General Requirements. 9 10 11. Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 11 12 11.1. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person 13 or organization against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. 14 15 12. Submittal Requirements 16 17 12.1. Online submissions via the City’s Ionwave site are preferred, however hard-copy 18 submittals may be accepted. If hard copy submittals are allowed, requirements shall 19 be as outlined on this solicitation’s link at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. 20 12.2. In addition to completing all required sections of the Proposal Documents, the 21 Offeror shall provide documentation demonstrating the Offeror’s qualifications and 22 experience. This documentation shall be included with the Offeror’s Ionwave 23 submissions, or hard-copy sealed proposal package. The Offeror shall address each of 24 the following items in the same order in which they are set forth below. Qualification 25 and experience documentation shall be submitted on letter-size (8-1/2” x 11”) PDF or 26 paper. The qualifications and experience data provided shall include, but may not be 27 limited to the following: 28 29 12.2.1. Proposal Form – Provide the information as required in Sections 00 41 01 – 30 Proposal Form, and 00 42 44 – Unit Price Proposal Form, to establish: 31 32 12.2.1.1. Offeror’s General Information 33 12.2.1.2. Proposal Price 34 35 12.2.2. Offeror’s Past Experience Form - Quality, Reputation, and Ability to 36 Complete Similar Projects on Schedule and Within Budget: The Offeror shall 37 demonstrate experience in delivering similar work as expressed in the Proposal 38 Documents on schedule and within budget. Submit details of five (5) similar 39 projects completed within the last ten (10) years. The Offeror shall provide the 40 completed form found attached in Ionwave and include the following items for each 41 project submitted: 42 43 12.2.2.1. Project Name 44 12.2.2.2. Owner Name 45 12.2.2.3. Project Owner Contact Name, Phone Number, and Email Address 46 12.2.2.4. Contract Time and Actual Completion Time 47 12.2.2.5. Original Contract Cost and Final Contract Cost 48 12.2.2.6. Detailed Project Description. 49 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 7 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 12.2.2.7. The Offeror should present projects that demonstrate experience in the 1 following categories: 2 STREET PAVING 3 WATER AND SEWER UTILITIES 4 STORM DRAIN UTILITIES 5 HIKE & BIKE INSTALATTIONS 6 TRAFFIC CONTROL & STREET LIGHTING 7 8 12.2.3. Offeror’s Key Personnel Resume Form: The Offeror shall include an 9 organizational chart (maximum of 1 page) with the completed form found attached 10 in Ionwave for key team members that will be assigned to the Project. The Offeror 11 should, at a minimum, provide personnel experience for the Project Manager, 12 Superintendent, Safety Manager, Scheduler, Manager in charge of Submittals and 13 Requests for Information and the Foreman/Foremen. The Key Personnel Resume 14 Form should include the following information: 15 16 12.2.3.1. Name and Job Title 17 12.2.3.2. Role and Responsibility 18 12.2.3.3. Total number of years of experience and total number of years with 19 current firm. 20 12.2.3.4. Licenses and Certifications. 21 12.2.3.5. Project Role and Responsibilities. 22 12.2.3.6. Relevant experience for the categories listed in 13.1.2.7, specifically 23 within the last 5 years. Identify if projects were completed with current 24 firm or previous firm. 25 12.2.3.7. List of other active projects Key Personnel will be assigned to for the 26 duration of this project and include percentage of time allocated for each. 27 28 12.2.4. Detailed Schedule and Written Plan to Achieve Substantial Completion and 29 Final Acceptance within the Contract Time: The Offeror shall demonstrate 30 means and methods to achieve Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance within 31 the Contract Time. The Offeror shall include the following: 32 33 12.2.4.1. Baseline Schedule – The Offeror shall submit a detailed Baseline 34 Schedule in accordance with Section 01 32 16. The schedule should 35 provide a preliminary phasing plan for the project and demonstrate the 36 Offeror’s ability to complete the Project within the Contract Time. The 37 Plan should clearly identify the Critical Path Items and the Plan to keep 38 the project on schedule. The Plan should include, but not be limited to: 39 40 12.2.4.1.1. Critical Path and Preliminary Phasing Plan 41 12.2.4.1.2. Project Specific Tasks: 42 Mobilization, Traffic Control, Site Preparation 43 Demolition and Removal, Utility Installation 44 Utility Adjustment, Subgrade Treatment 45 Asphalt Pavement, Setting Rebar, Concrete Pavement 46 Install Concrete Sidewalks, Install Concrete Driveways 47 Install of Fencing, Install Storm Drain, Install Pedestrian Bridge 48 Install Concrete Hike & Bike Trail 49 Embankment and Grading along Bike Trail 50 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 8 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 Signage & Striping, Installation of Flashing Beacon 1 Electrical work for Flashing Beacon, Street Lighting Installation 2 Electrical Work for Street Lighting, Sodding 3 Seeding & Watering, Site Cleanup, Demobilization 4 5 12.2.4.1.3. Equipment and material delivery 6 Equipment & Materials for paving operations 7 Utility Piping 8 Prefabricated Pedestrian Bridge 9 RRFB Equipment 10 Street Light Poles 11 12.2.4.1.4. Hours of Operation 12 12.2.4.1.5. Offeror’s Resources to reach Substantial Completion, including 13 the number of shifts or crews working in parallel. 14 15 12.2.5. Offeror’s Safety Record: The Offeror shall provide responses and any 16 supporting documentation necessary for the Owner to evaluate the safety record for 17 the Offeror and proposed Subcontractors. The response shall include, but may not 18 be limited to the following: 19 20 12.2.5.1. Documentation of any complaints to, or final orders entered by, the 21 Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (OSHRC) against 22 the Offeror or a proposed Subcontractor for violation(s) of OSHA 23 regulations within the last five (5) years. 24 12.2.5.2. Documentation of any citations received by the Offeror or a proposed 25 Subcontractor from any federal, state, or local environmental protection 26 enforcement agency. 27 12.2.5.3. Provide records showing Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR) for each 28 year for the last five (5) years for the Offeror and each proposed 29 Subcontractor. 30 12.2.5.4. Provide records documenting the Experience Modification Rate (EMR) 31 for the last five (5) years for the Offeror and each proposed 32 Subcontractor. 33 12.2.5.5. List any fatalities in the safety history for the last ten (10) years for the 34 Offeror and each proposed Subcontractor. 35 12.2.5.6. Section 00 45 14 – Safety Record Questionnaire. 36 37 12.3. In addition to the information provided above the Offeror shall submit the following 38 forms as part of the Proposal: 39 40 12.3.1. Section 00 35 14 – Conflict of Interest Affidavit – CSP 41 12.3.2. Section 00 41 01 – Proposal Form – CSP 42 12.3.3. Section 00 42 44 – Unit Price Proposal Form – CSP 43 12.3.4. Section 00 43 14 – Offeror’s Bond – CSP 44 12.3.5. Section 00 43 38 – Proposed Subcontractors Form – CSP 45 12.3.6. Section 00 43 39 – Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Offeror – 46 CSP 47 12.3.7. Section 00 45 14 – Safety Record Questionnaire – CSP 48 12.3.8. Section 00 45 27 – Contractors Compliance with Workers Compensation Law – 49 CSP 50 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 9 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 12.3.9. Section 00 45 44 – Corporate Resolution of Authorized Signatories – CSP 1 2 13. Proposal Form 3 4 13.2. The Proposal Form is included with the Proposal Documents; additional copies may 5 be obtained from the City. 6 7 13.3. All blanks on the Proposal Form must be completed and the Proposal Form signed. 8 Erasures or alterations shall be initialed by the person signing the Proposal Form. A 9 Proposal price shall be indicated for each proposed item, alternative, and unit price 10 item listed therein. In the case of optional alternatives, the words "No Proposal," "No 11 Change," or "Not Applicable" may be entered. Offeror shall state the prices, in both 12 words and numerals, for which the Offeror proposes to do the work contemplated or 13 furnish materials required. If handwritten, all prices shall be written legibly. In case 14 of discrepancy between price in written/typed words and the price in written/typed 15 numerals, the price in written/typed words shall govern. 16 17 13.4. Proposals by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or 18 a vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to 19 sign, as provided herein, Section 00 45 44 – Corporate Resolution of Authorized 20 Signatories – CSP. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown 21 below the signature. 22 23 13.5. Proposals by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a 24 partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of 25 authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the 26 signature. 27 28 13.6. Proposals by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by 29 a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation 30 of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. 31 32 13.7. Proposals by individuals shall show the Offeror's name and official address. 33 34 13.8. Proposals by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner 35 indicated on the Proposal Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be 36 shown. 37 38 13.9. All names shall be typed below the signature. 39 40 13.10. The Proposal shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the 41 numbers of which shall be filled in on the Proposal Form. 42 43 13.11. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the 44 Proposal shall be shown. 45 46 13.12. Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Offeror in the state of 47 Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 39 – Vendor Compliance 48 to State Law Non Resident Offeror. 49 50 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 10 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 14. Submission of Proposals1 2 14.2. Proposals may be submitted electronically or by hard copy. Electronic submittals 3 must be submitted using this solicitation’s page in http://dentontx.ionwave.net. 4 Electronic submittals will not be accepted via email. 5 6 14.3. Original hard copies of Offeror’s bonds shall be submitted for both electronic and 7 hard copy submissions. Bonds must be submitted in a sealed envelope before the due 8 date and time as indicated in Section 00 11 19 – Invitation to Offerors. 9 10 14.4. Proposals shall be submitted on the prescribed Proposal Form, provided with the 11 Proposal Documents, at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or 12 INVITATION TO OFFERORS. 13 14 14.5. Hard copy submittals shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope, marked with 15 the Proposal Number, Project title, the name and address of Offeror, and 16 accompanied by the Proposal security and other required documents, as indicated in 17 Section 00 41 01 – Proposal Form. If the Proposal is sent through the mail or other 18 delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the 19 notation "PROPOSAL ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 20 21 14.6. Hard copy submissions shall also include a flash drive, containing a complete copy of 22 the response 23 24 14.7. Address Hard copy submissions as follows: 25 26 City of Denton 27 901-B Texas Street28 Denton, TX 7620929 30 Attn: Purchasing Division - 8775 – RINEY ROAD EAST IMPROVEMENT PROJECT31 32 15. Modification and Withdrawal of Proposals33 34 15.2. Proposals addressed to the Purchasing Agent and filed with the Purchasing Division 35 may be withdrawn prior to the time set for Proposal opening. A request for 36 withdrawal must be made in writing by an appropriate document duly executed in the 37 manner that a Proposal must be executed and delivered to the place where Proposals 38 are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Proposals. After all Proposals 39 not requested for withdrawal are opened and publicly read aloud, the Proposals for 40 which a withdrawal request has been properly filed may, at the option of the City, be 41 returned unopened. 42 43 15.3. Offerors may modify their Proposal by electronic communication at any time prior to 44 the time set for the closing of Proposal receipt. 45 46 16. Opening of Proposals47 48 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 11 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 16.2. Proposals will be opened, and the name of each Offeror will be read aloud publicly at 1 the place where Proposals are to be submitted. The proposed price will be read 2 aloud. An abstract of the amounts of the base price proposals and major alternates (if 3 any) will be made available to Offerors only after Proposals have been evaluated in 4 accordance with this Section. 5 6 17. Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 7 8 17.2. All Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for the time period specified for 9 Notice of Award and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by Successful 10 Offeror. City may, at City's sole discretion, release any Proposal and nullify the 11 Proposal security prior to that date. 12 13 18. Rejection of Proposals 14 15 18.2. The City reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, including without limitation 16 the rights to reject any or all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced, or 17 conditional Proposals and to reject the Proposal of any Offeror if City believes that it 18 would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Offeror, 19 whether because the Proposal is not responsive or the Offeror is unqualified or of 20 doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria 21 established by City. 22 23 19. Disqualification of Proposals 24 25 19.2. The City reserves the right to waive informalities in a Proposal not involving price. 26 Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be 27 resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any 28 column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct 29 sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the 30 words. 31 32 19.3. Any of the following shall be cause to disqualify a Proposal: 33 34 19.3.1. The Proposal is not signed by a person empowered to bind the Offeror. 35 19.3.2. The Proposal is not accompanied by an acceptable Offeror’s Bond, with Power 36 of Attorney attached. 37 19.3.3. The Proposal is submitted by an Offeror that has submitted more than one 38 Proposal. 39 19.3.4. There is evidence of collusion between the Offeror submitting the Proposal and 40 one or more other Offerors. 41 19.3.5. The Offeror did not attend or have an authorized agent attend a mandatory Pre-42 Proposal Conference, if applicable. 43 19.3.6. The Offeror is under debarment or suspension by the Owner. 44 19.3.7. The Offeror or a principal of the Offeror is currently debarred or suspended by a 45 Federal, State or local governmental agency. (Applicable for Proposal amounts 46 equal to or in excess of $25,000.00) 47 19.3.8. The Offeror is an interested party to any litigation against City, or City or Offeror 48 may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation, or Offeror is in 49 arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous contract. 50 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 12 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 19.3.9. The Offeror has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner. 1 19.3.10. The Offeror has uncompleted work which in the judgement of the City will 2 prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. 3 19.3.11. Incompleteness or an omission, alteration of form, or addition, or the inclusion of 4 a qualification or condition not called for or authorized in the Proposal 5 Documents. 6 19.3.12. Ambiguity or lack of clarity in a Proposal, in which case the City reserves the 7 right to interpret the Proposal in the most advantageous manner for the City, or to 8 reject the Proposal. 9 19.3.13. Failure to acknowledge receipt of Addenda. 10 19.3.14. Failure to identify a dollar amount for one or more unit prices required to be 11 provided in the Unit Price Proposal Form. 12 19.3.15. Failure to submit post-Proposal information within the allotted time(s). 13 19.3.16. Failure to timely execute and deliver the Contract to the City after award. 14 15 20. Evaluation of Proposals16 17 20.2. Proposals will be evaluated by a Selection Team from the relevant City Departments. 18 The Selection Team will score the received Proposals based on the evaluation criteria 19 below to determine the Offeror that provides the Best Value. 20 21 20.2.1. In evaluating a Proposal from a Nonresident Offeror, Proposal Prices and/or 22 evaluation scores will be adjusted to the extent practicable to offset the 23 advantage, if any, the Nonresident Offeror would have over a Texas-resident 24 offeror in the Nonresident Offeror’s state. 25 26 20.3. The City will process and evaluate the received Proposals expeditiously, based on the 27 evaluation criteria below to determine the Offeror that provides the Best Value for 28 the City. The City will not be liable to any Offeror, however, for any delays in 29 connection with the evaluation, award or execution of the Contract. 30 31 20.4. Evaluation shall be based of the highest scoring of the Proposals with a maximum 32 score of 100 points apportioned as follows: 33 34 Evaluation Criteria Points Requirements Proposal Price 50 12.1.1 & 20.4.1 Quality, Reputation, and Ability to Complete Similar Projects on Schedule and Within Budget 10 12.1.2 & 20.4.2 Offeror’s Key Personnel 10 12.1.3 & 20.4.3 Detailed Schedule, Phasing Plan, and Written Plan to achieve Substantial and Final Acceptance within the Contract Time 25 12.2.4 & 20.4.4 Offeror’s Safety Record 5 12.1.5 & 20.4.5 Maximum Score: 100 35 20.5. Evaluation criteria will be as follows: 36 37 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 13 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 20.5.1. Proposal Price (50 Points): Points for Proposal Price shall be based on prices 1 submitted by Offerors. The lowest responsible Offeror’s Proposal Price receive 2 the highest score in this category. All other Offeror’s Proposal Prices will receive 3 decreasing points in order of increasing Proposal Price. 4 5 20.5.2. Quality, Reputation, and Ability to Complete Similar Projects on Schedule 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 and Within Budget (10 Points): Points will be awarded based on the Offeror’s experience relevant to this Project, the reputation of the Offeror in performance of similar past projects, and overall reputation and experience of the Offeror. The City will evaluate the projects submitted in accordance with the Submittal Requirements Paragraph, to determine relevancy to the specified scope of this Project and review the Offeror’s performance on the submitted projects. The City may contact the references provided by the Offeror, as well as any other additional references, as may be necessary to verify the qualifications, experience, and reputation of the Offeror. 15 16 20.5.3. Offeror’s Key Personnel (10 Points): Key Personnel will be awarded points for 17 18 19 the listed role and responsibility that the resume demonstrates with a maximum score of ten (10) points based on the experience, qualifications, and accessibility of the Key Personnel relevant to this Project. 20 21 20.5.4. Detailed Schedule and Written Plan to achieve Substantial Completion and 22 23 24 25 26 Final Acceptance within the Contract Time (25 Points): The schedule and plan should clearly show the Critical Path and Preliminary Phasing, and the means and methods the Offeror will use to achieve Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance within the Contract Time. Scoring will be based on the Offeror’s ability to communicate the plan and schedule. 27 28 20.5.5. Offeror’s Safety Record (5 Points): The Owner will award points based on 29 evaluation of the safety documentation provided by the Offeror as required in the 30 Submittal Requirements paragraph. Safety documentation for the Offeror and 31 Subcontractors will be evaluated and considered in awarding points for this item. 32 33 20.6. In the event of a tie in the total summation of Points for the Best Value, the lowest 34 Proposal Price will break the tie and determine the Successful Offeror. 35 36 20.7. City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and 37 other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which 38 the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must 39 be submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City. 40 City also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance 41 data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for 42 incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the 43 Notice of Award. 44 45 00 21 16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Page 14 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 31, 2024 Effective January 31, 2024 20.8. City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the 1 evaluation of any Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and 2 financial ability of Offerors, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons 3 and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract 4 Documents to City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 5 6 20.9. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a minimum value as 7 outlined in Section 00 43 38 – Proposed Subcontractors Form – CSP, unless 8 otherwise approved by the City. Contractor shall complete and submit Section 00 43 9 38 – Proposed Subcontractors Form – CSP. 10 11 21. Award of Contract12 13 21.2. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the Offeror whose evaluation 14 by City indicates that the Award will provide the Best Value for the City. 15 16 21.3. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001, the City will not award 17 contract to a Nonresident Offeror unless the Nonresident Offeror’s Proposal is lower 18 than the lowest Proposal submitted by a responsible Texas Offeror by the same 19 amount that a Texas resident Offeror would be required to underbid a Nonresident 20 Offeror to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident’s 21 principal place of business is located. 22 23 21.4. A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is 24 to be awarded, City will award the Contract within 120 days after the day of the 25 Proposal opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will 26 constitute acceptance of a Proposal. Upon the contractor award a Notice of Award 27 will be issued by the City. 28 29 21.5. Failure or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of 30 Proposal. 31 32 21.6. Contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and 33 the form must be submitted to the City Project Manager before the contract will be 34 presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained at 35 https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm. 36 37 21.7. Additional approvals could be required if outside funding is used. 38 39 22. Signing of Agreement40 41 22.2. When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Offeror, it will be 42 accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement. 43 Within 14 days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of 44 counterparts of the Agreement to City with the required Bonds, Certificates of 45 Insurance, and all other required documentation. City shall thereafter deliver one 46 fully signed counterpart to Contractor. 47 48 END OF SECTION 49 00 35 14 CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 35 14 1 CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT - CSP 2 END OF SECTION 3 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE - FORM CIQ For vendor or other person doing business with local governmental entity This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session. This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has a business relationship as defined by Section 176.001(1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a). By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local government entity not later than the 7th business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1), Local Government Code. A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code. An offense under this section is a misdemeanor. 1 Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity. 2 Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire. (The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the date on which you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.) 3 Name of local government officer about whom the information in this section is being disclosed. Name of Officer This section, (item 3 including subparts A, B, C & D), must be completed for each officer with whom the vendor has an employment or other business relationship as defined by Section 176.001(1-a), Local Government Code. Attach additional pages to this Form CIQ as necessary. A.Is the local government officer named in this section receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from the vendor? Yes No B.Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from or at the direction of the local government officernamed in this section AND the taxable income is not received from the local governmental entity? Yes No C.Is the filer of this questionnaire employed by a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an officer or director, or holds an ownership of one percent or more? Yes No D.Describe each employment or business and family relationship with the local government officer named in this section. 4 I have no Conflict of Interest to disclose. 5 Signature of vendor doing business with the governmental entity Date 00 41 01 PROPOSAL FORM - CSP Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 5, 2022 Effective January 5, 2022 SECTION 00 41 01 1 PROPOSAL FORM - CSP 2 TO: City of Denton 3 c/o: Purchasing Division 4 901-B Texas Street5 Denton, Texas 762096 7 FOR: Riney Road East Improvement Project 8 9 1 Enter into Agreement 10 11 The undersigned Offeror proposes and agrees, if this Proposal is accepted, to enter into an 12 Agreement with City in the form included in the Proposal Documents to perform and furnish all 13 Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Unit Price Proposal and within 14 the Contract Time indicated in this Proposal and in accordance with the other terms and 15 conditions of the Contract Documents. 16 17 2 OFFEROR Acknowledgements and Certification 18 19 2.1 In submitting this Proposal, Offeror accepts all of the terms and conditions of the 20 INVITATION TO OFFORERS and INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFORERS, including without 21 limitation those dealing with the disposition of Offeror’s Bond. 22 2.2 Offeror is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract 23 award, and will provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 24 days of notification of award. 25 2.3 Offeror certifies that this Proposal is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of 26 any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive 27 agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation. 28 2.4 Offeror has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Offeror to submit a 29 false or sham Proposal. 30 2.5 Offeror has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from proposing. 31 2.6 Offeror has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in 32 competing for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph: 33 a."corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of anything34 of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the proposal process.35 36 b."fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to37 influence the proposal process to the detriment of City (b) to establish proposal38 prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive City of the benefits of39 free and open competition.40 41 c. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more42 Offerors, with or without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to43 establish proposal prices at artificial, non-competitive levels.44 45 d. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly,46 persons or their property to influence their participation in the proposal process47 or affect the execution of the Contract.48 00 41 01 PROPOSAL FORM - CSP Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 5, 2022 Effective January 5, 2022 1 2.7 The Offeror acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics 2 Ordinance No. 23-1165. 3 4 3 Time of Completion 5 6 3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete as defined in the Supplementary Conditions 7 within 240 Days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run, which is the day 8 indicated in the Notice to Proceed, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with 9 Article 11 of the General Conditions. 10 3.2 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 270 Days after the date when the 11 Contract Time commences to run, which is the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed, plus 12 any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 11 of the General Conditions. 13 3.3 Offeror accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to Liquidated Damages in the event of 14 failure to obtain Milestones (if applicable), Substantial Completion, and Final Acceptance 15 within the times specified in the Agreement. 16 17 4 Attached to this Proposal 18 19 4.1 The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Proposal: 20 a.Section 00 35 14 – Conflict of Interest Affidavit – CSP21 b. Section 00 41 01 – This Proposal Form – CSP22 c.Section 00 42 44 – Unit Price Proposal Form – CSP – Excel Electronic Copy23 (either included in the hard copy Proposal, or submitted via Ionwave)24 d. Section 00 43 14 – Required Offeror’s Bond – CSP, issued by a surety meeting the25 requirements of Paragraph 6.01 of the General Conditions.26 e.Section 00 43 38 – Proposed Subcontractors Form – CSP27 f.Section 00 43 39 – Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Offeror – CSP28 g. Section 00 45 14 – Safety Record Questionnaire – CSP29 h. Section 00 45 27 – Contractor Compliance with Workers Compensation Law – CSP30 i.Section 00 45 44 – Corporate Resolution of Authorized Signatories – CSP31 j.Any additional documents required by Paragraph 12 of Section 00 21 16 –32 Instructions to Offerors33 34 5 Total Proposal Amount 35 36 5.1 Offeror will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the 37 following proposal amount. In the space provided below, please enter the total proposed 38 amount for this project. This figure will be read publicly by the City at the proposal 39 opening. 40 5.2 It is understood and agreed by the Offeror in signing this proposal that the total proposed 41 amount entered below is subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit 42 prices for each pay item by the respective estimated quantities shown in this proposal and 43 then totaling all of the extended amounts. 44 45 Total Proposal Amount: $ 46 47 6 Proposal Submittal 48 49 00 41 01 PROPOSAL FORM - CSP Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 5, 2022 Effective January 5, 2022 6.1 It is understood by Offeror that submission of the total proposal amount is only one of the 1 factors for the City’s evaluation process, and that any award of contract will be based on 2 the complete evaluation of the Proposal and Offeror by City under the terms provided in 3 the Instructions to Offerors or any validly issued amendments or addenda. 4 5 6.2 This Proposal is submitted on _____________________________, 20___ by the entity 6 named below. 7 8 9 Respectfully submitted, 10 11 By: ______________________________ 12 (Signature) 13 14 _________________________________ 15 (Printed Name) 16 17 Title: _____________________________ 18 19 Company: _________________________ 20 21 Address: __________________________ 22 ___________________________ 23 24 State of Incorporation: _______________ 25 26 Email: ____________________________ 27 28 Phone: ____________________________ 29 END OF SECTION 30 Receipt is acknowledged of the following Addenda: Initial Addenda No. 1: Addenda No. 2: Addenda No. 3: Addenda No. 4: Addenda No. 5: To:From: PROJ.: RFP:8775 ENG PMO:230013-1 Item No.Spec. Section No.Description UOM BID QTY Unit Price Extended Price 1 01 70 00 0170.001 - Mobilization LS 1 -$ 2 31 00 00 3100.001 - Site Preparation LS 1 -$ 3 01 58 13 0158.001 - Temporary Project Sign EA 2 -$ 4 31 23 16 3123.001 - Unclassified Excavation CY 2,801 -$ 5 02 41 15 0241.106 - Remove Asphalt Pavement SY 89 -$ 6 02 41 15 0241.101 - Remove Concrete Pavement SY 460 -$ 7 02 41 15 0241.107 - Remove Driveway SY 297 -$ 8 02 41 15 0241.104 - Remove Sidewalk SY 221 -$ 9 02 41 15 0241.102 - Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter LF 407 -$ 10 02 41 13 0241.002 - Remove Fence LF 287 -$ 11 02 41 13 0241.004 - Remove Mailbox EA 6 -$ 12 34 41 50 3441.188 - Remove Sign Panel and Post EA 4 -$ 13 02 41 14 0241.094 - Salvage Fire Hydrant EA 5 -$ 14 31 14 40 3314.407 - Fire Hydrant Assembly EA 5 -$ 15 02 41 14 0241.095 - Salvage Water Meter EA 8 -$ 16 02 41 14 0241.056 - Remove 6" Water Valve EA 1 -$ 17 33 14 20 3314.327 - 6" Gate Valve EA 1 -$ 18 33 01 50 3301.062 - Valve Box Adjustment EA 5 -$ 19 33 01 50 3301.065 - Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment EA 1 -$ 20 33 01 50 3301.058 - Manhole Adjustment, Minor EA 3 -$ 21 32 11 29 3211.036 - 12" Lime Treatment SY 3,158 -$ 22 32 11 29 3211.033 - 6" Lime Treatment SY 3,510 -$ 23 32 16 13 3216.026 - 8" Concrete Driveway SY 573 -$ 24 32 16 13 3216.007 - 6" Concrete Sidewalk SY 3,343 -$ 25 32 13 13 3213.005 - 10" Concrete Pavement SY 3,007 -$ 26 32 13 13 3213.002 - 7" Concrete Pavement SY 186 -$ 27 32 12 16 3212.010 - Asphalt Pavement (SY), TY D, SAC-A, PG64-22, 6"SY 14 -$ 28 32 16 13 3216.002 - 6" Concrete Curb and Gutter LF 1,771 -$ 29 32 16 13 3216.013 - Curb Ramp, TY II EA 2 -$ 30 32 16 13 3216.011 - Curb Ramp, TY IA EA 7 -$ 31 32 13 13 3213.007 - 12" Concrete Pavement SY 8 -$ 32 32 31 00 3231.002 - 6' Chain Link Fence LF 215 -$ 33 32 31 00 3231.033 - 6'X8' Chain Link Gate EA 2 -$ 34 999.001 9999.001 - INSTALL 2" HANDRAIL ALONG HEADWALL LF 46 -$ 35 33 14 11 3314.138 - 6" PVC Water Pressure Pipe LF 29 -$ 36 33 14 17 3314.310 - 1" Water Service LF 14 -$ 37 33 31 14 3341.045 - 8" PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe LF 305 -$ 38 33 05 61 3305.126 - 4' Concrete Manhole EA 2 -$ 39 33 31 16 3331.085 - 4" Sewer Service EA 2 -$ 40 33 42 11 3342.004 - 15" Reinforced Concrete Pipe, Class III LF 44 -$ 41 33 42 11 3342.007 - 18" Reinforced Concrete Pipe, Class III LF 117 -$ SECTION 00 42 44 - UNIT PRICE PROPOSAL FORM - CSP Riney Road East Improvement Project City of Denton - Capital Projects COMPANY NAME 901-B Texas Street Denton, TX 76209 Cori Power/Purchasing Dept. OFFEROR'S APPLICATION - UNIT PRICE PROPOSAL STREET ADDRESS CITY, STATE CONTACT PHONE EMAIL Item No.Spec. Section No.Description UOM BID QTY Unit Price Extended Price 42 33 42 11 3342.010 - 21" Reinforced Concrete Pipe, Class III LF 18 -$ 43 33 42 11 3342.060 - 6'X2' Reinforced Concrete Box LF 40 -$ 44 33 42 33 3342.385 - 10' Recessed Curb Inlet EA 2 -$ 45 33 42 33 3342.379 - 10' Standard Curb Inlet EA 1 -$ 46 33 42 33 3342.396 - 3' Drop Inlet EA 1 -$ 47 02 41 14 0241.098 - Remove Stormwater Inlet EA 1 -$ 48 33 42 23 3342.155 - Headwall, 24" Dia, 0 Deg, Parallel Wing EA 1 -$ 49 33 42 23 3342.154 - Headwall, 24" Dia, 0 Deg, Flared Wing EA 1 -$ 50 999.002 999.002 - INSTALL REMOVABLE STAINLESS STEEL BOLLARD EA 3 -$ 51 32 17 23 3217.045 - Remove 4" Pvmt Marking LF 4,400 -$ 52 32 17 23 3217.004 - 4" BRK Pvmt Marking HAS (Y)LF 426 -$ 53 32 17 23 3217.002 - 4" SLD Pvmt Marking HAS (Y)LF 2,720 -$ 54 32 17 23 3217.039 - REFL Raised Marker TY II-A-A EA 68 -$ 55 32 17 23 3217.015 - 8" SLD Pvmt Marking HAS (W)LF 1,296 -$ 56 32 17 23 3217.005 - 4" DOT Pvmt Marking HAS (W)LF 300 -$ 57 32 17 23 3217.025 - 24" SLD Pvmt Marking HAE (W)LF 172 -$ 58 32 17 23 3217.027 - Lane Legend Arrow EA 16 -$ 59 34 41 50 3441.180 - Furnish and Install Ground Mounted Sign and Post Assembly EA 9 -$ 60 34 41 34 341.165 - RRFB Assembly Single Sided (AC)EA 2 -$ 61 26 05 33 2605.053 - 2" CONDT PVC SCH 80, Bore (for bore at transmision pole #40219)LF 150 -$ 62 26 05 33 2605.071 - 2" CONDT SCH 80 (Street Lighting)LF 1,900 -$ 63 26 05 33 2605.072 - 1" CONDT PVC SCH 80 (Street Lighting)LF 140 -$ 64 26 56 00 2656.001 - Furnish and Install Roadway Illumination Assmebly (35' White Concrete Streelight Poles with 8' Arms per DME Standards) EA 14 -$ 65 26 05 35 2605.065 - Ground Box Type B (1' x 1' Street Light Boxes for Street Lighting per DME Standards)EA 14 -$ 66 26 05 26 2605.038 - No 6 Insulated Elec Condr (No. 6 Clafin Cable for street lighing per DME Standards LF 2,100 -$ 67 26 05 26 2605.042 - No 14 Insulated Elec Condr (2- #14 Copper Cable for Street Lighting)LF 140 -$ 68 9999.003 9999.003 - INSTALL PREFAB PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE, PIERS AND CONC. FOUNDATION (INCLUDES OBTAINING SEALED PREFAB BRIDGE PLANS FROM MANUFACTURE) LS 1 -$ 69 33 05 05 3305.021 - Trench Safety LF 215 -$ 70 32 93 00 3293.017 - Sodding SY 6,194 -$ 71 31 25 14 3125.002 - Check Dam LF 200 -$ 72 31 25 14 3125.004 - Inlet Protection EA 8 -$ 73 31 25 14 3125.008 - Stone Outlet Sediment Trap EA 3 -$ 74 34 71 13 3471.001 - Traffic Control LS 1 -$ 75 31 37 00 3137.001 - 4" Concrete Rip Rap (Txot Item 432)SY 17 -$ $0.00 $0.00 TOTAL PROPOSAL: TOTAL BASE PROPOSAL: Riney Road East Improvement Projet 00 43 14 OFFEROR'S BOND - CSP Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 43 14 1 OFFEROR'S BOND - CSP 2 3 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 4 That we, (Offeror Name)___________________________________________________, 5 known as “Principal” herein, and (Surety Name)_____________________________________, a 6 corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as “Surety” herein, 7 are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation 8 created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as “City” herein, in the penal sum of five percent 9 (5%) of Offeror’s maximum proposal price, in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in 10 Denton, Denton County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind 11 ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, 12 firmly by these presents. 13 WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a proposal to perform work for the following 14 project designated as 15 Riney Road East Improvement Project 16 17 NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the City shall 18 award the Contract for the foregoing project to the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all 19 requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract and shall enter into the 20 Contract in writing with the City in accordance with the terms of such same, then this obligation 21 shall be and become null and void. If, however, the Principal fails to execute such Contract in 22 accordance with the terms of same or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for 23 the execution of the Contract, this bond shall become the property of the City, without recourse of 24 the Principal and/or Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and shall be used to compensate 25 City for the difference between Principal’s total proposal amount and the next selected offeror’s 26 total proposal amount. 27 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 28 the state district court of Denton County, Texas. 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 00 43 14 OFFEROR'S BOND - CSP Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED 1 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the ______ day of 2 ____________________, 20_____. 3 4 5 By: ___________________________________________________________________________ 6 (Principal Name) 7 8 ______________________________________________________________________________ 9 (Signature and Title of Principal) 10 11 *By: __________________________________________________________________________12 (Surety Name) 13 14 ______________________________________________________________________________ 15 (Signature of Attorney-in-Fact) 16 17 *Attach Power of Attorney (Surety) for Attorney-in-Fact18 END OF SECTION 19 Impressed Surety Seal Only 00 43 38 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 43 38 1 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM - CSP 2 3 Each Offeror for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying 4 the proposed subcontractors whom they intend to utilize and the approximate percentage of the 5 overall contract that will be allocated to each entity. Offeror is reminded that a minimum of 51% 6 of the Contract must be performed by Offeror’s company. 7 8 Company Name Type of Work to be Performed Overall Contract Percentage (%) General Contractor: Subcontractors: 9 10 The undersigned hereby certifies that the subcontractors described in the table above will 11 be utilized for this project at the approximate percentage levels indicated above. 12 13 OFFEROR: 14 15 _____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 16 Company (Please Print) 17 18 _____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 19 Address 20 21 _____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 22 City/State/Zip (Please Print) 23 24 Date: __________________________________ 25 26 END OF SECTION 27 00 43 39 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON-RESIDENT OFFEROR - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 43 39 1 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON-RESIDENT OFFEROR - CSP 2 3 Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident 4 offerors. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a best value contract where the offeror 5 also offered the lowest proposal price, nonresident offerors (out-of-state contractors whose 6 corporate offices or principal place of business are outside the State of Texas) propose on projects 7 for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest 8 Texas resident offeror by the same amount that a Texas resident offeror would be required to 9 underbid a nonresident offeror in order to obtain a comparable contract in the State which the 10 nonresident’s principal place of business is located. 11 The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident offerors in order for 12 your proposal to meet specifications. The failure of nonresident offerors to do so will 13 automatically disqualify that offeror. Resident offerors must check the box in Section B. 14 A. Nonresident offerors in the State of ______________________, our principal place of15 business, are required to be ________________ percent lower than resident offerors by State 16 Law. A copy of the statute is attached. 17 Nonresident offerors in the State of _____________________, our principal place of 18 business, are not required to underbid resident Offerors. 19 B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is20 in the State of Texas. 21 22 OFFEROR: 23 24 _____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 25 Company (Please Print) 26 27 _____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 28 Address 29 30 _____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 31 City/State/Zip (Please Print) 32 33 Date: __________________________________ 34 35 END OF SECTION 36 00 45 14 SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE - CSP Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 5, 2022 Effective January 5, 2022 SECTION 00 45 14 1 SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE - CSP 2 3 The City of Denton desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local 4 Government Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to award of City 5 contracts. Pursuant to Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, the City of Denton has 6 adopted the following written definition and criteria for accurately determining the safety record 7 of a Offeror prior to awarding City contracts. 8 9 The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a Offeror for this consideration 10 shall be: 11 12 The City of Denton shall consider the safety record of the Offeror in determining the 13 responsibility thereof. The City may consider any incidence involving worker safety or 14 safety of the citizens of the City of Denton, be it related or caused by environmental, 15 mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City 16 may consider, among other things: 17 A. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health18 Review Commission (OSHRC), against the Offeror for violations of OSHA 19 regulations within the past three (3) years. 20 B. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as21 defined below) for violations within the past five (5) years. Environmental 22 Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army 23 Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the 24 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on 25 Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation 26 Commission (TNRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of 27 Health (TDH), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural 28 Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies of local governments responsible for 29 enforcing environmental protection or worker safety related laws or regulations, 30 and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations 31 include notices of violation, notices of enforcement, suspension/revocations of 32 state or federal licenses or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal 33 complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final 34 orders, and judicial final judgments. 35 C. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted in36 bodily harm or death. 37 D. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in38 determining the responsibility of the Offeror and his or her ability to perform the 39 services or goods required by the solicitation documents in a safe environment, 40 both for the workers and other employees of Offeror and the citizens of the City of 41 Denton. 42 43 44 00 45 14 SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE - CSP Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 5, 2022 Effective January 5, 2022 In order to obtain proper information from Offerors so that City of Denton may consider the 1 safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding City contracts, City of Denton requires 2 that Offerors answer the following three (3) questions and submit them with their submissions: 3 4 QUESTION ONE 5 6 Has the Offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the Offeror, or 7 anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for 8 violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years? 9 10 YES NO 11 12 If the Offeror has indicated YES for question number one above, the Offeror must provide to City 13 of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such citation: 14 15 Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of 16 offense, if any, and penalty assessed. 17 18 QUESTION TWO 19 20 Has the Offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the Offeror, or 21 anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for 22 violations of environmental protection laws or regulations, of any kind or type, within the past 23 five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement, suspension/revocations of 24 state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints, 25 indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final 26 judgments. 27 28 YES NO 29 30 If the Offeror has indicated YES for question number two above, the Offeror must provide to City 31 of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction: 32 33 Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition 34 of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. 35 36 QUESTION THREE 37 38 Has the Offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by Offeror, or 39 anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, within 40 the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which resulted in serious bodily injury or death? 41 42 YES NO 43 44 45 00 45 14 SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE - CSP Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised January 5, 2022 Effective January 5, 2022 If the Offeror has indicated YES for question number three above, the Offeror must provide to 1 City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such 2 conviction: 3 4 Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if 5 any, and penalty assessed. 6 7 Offeror must provide records, with its submission, supporting the Safety Record Rates for the 8 past 5 years listed below: 9 10 Experience Modification Rate (EMR) 11 2024: _____________ 12 2023: _____________ 13 2022: _____________ 14 2021: _____________ 15 2020: _____________ 16 Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR) 17 2024: _____________ 18 2023: _____________ 19 2022: _____________ 20 2021: _____________ 21 2020: _____________ 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 00 45 27 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 45 27 1 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW - CSP 2 Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it 3 provides worker’s compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on Riney 4 Road East Improvement Project. Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, 5 Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor’s certificates of 6 compliance with worker’s compensation coverage. 7 8 CONTRACTOR: 9 10 _____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 11 Company (Please Print) 12 13 _____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 14 Address 15 16 _____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 17 City/State/Zip (Please Print) 18 19 20 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 21 22 COUNTY OF DENTON § 23 24 BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared 25 ___________________________________, known to me to be the person whose name is 26 subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as 27 the act and deed of ____________________________________ for the purposes and 28 consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. 29 30 GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this ____________day of 31 _______________________, 20__. 32 33 34 __________________________________ 35 Notary Public in and for the State of Texas 36 37 END OF SECTION 38 39 00 45 44 CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 45 44 1 CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES - CSP 2 3 4 5 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with Offeror’s 6 corporate resolution authorizing signatories.] 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 00 52 44 AGREEMENT - CSP Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 SECTION 00 52 44 1 AGREEMENT - CSP 2 THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on ______________is made by and between the City of Denton, 3 a Texas home rule municipal corporation, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager, 4 (“City”), and ______________________________________________________________, 5 authorized to do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, 6 (“Contractor”). 7 City and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: 8 Article 1. WORK 9 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the 10 Project identified herein. 11 Article 2. PROJECT 12 The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is 13 generally described as follows: 14 Riney Road East Improvement Project 15 CSP# 8775 16 Article 3. CONTRACT PRICE 17 City agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract 18 Documents an amount, in current funds, of __________________________________Dollars 19 ($___________________). At the sole option of the City, five (5) percent contingency in the 20 amount of __________________________________Dollars ($___________________) may be 21 used for a total not-to-exceed amount of __________________________________Dollars 22 ($___________________). 23 Article 4. CONTRACT TIME 24 4.1 Time is of the essence. 25 All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance as 26 stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence to this Contract. 27 4.2 Substantial Completion. 28 29 30 31 The Work will be Substantially Complete, as defined in the Supplementary Conditions, within 240 Days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run, which is the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 11 of the General Conditions. 32 4.3 Final Acceptance. 33 34 35 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 270 Days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run, which is the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 11 of the General Conditions. 36 37 00 52 44 AGREEMENT - CSP Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 1 4.4 Liquidated Damages: 2 A.Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence to achieve Milestones, Substantial3 Completion, and Final Acceptance of the Work, and City will suffer financial and other4 losses if the Work is not completed within the times specified in the Contract Documents.5 The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving,6 in a legal or arbitration proceeding, the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work related7 to the Milestones, Substantial Completion, or Final Acceptance is not completed on time.8 Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Contractor agrees that liquidated9 damages for delay (but not as a penalty):10 1.Substantial Completion: If the Contractor neglects, refuses, or fails to achieve11 Substantial Completion, as defined in the Supplementary Conditions, within the time12 (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) specified in Paragraph 4.2, Contractor13 shall pay City Eight Hundred Dollars ($800.00) for each day that expires after such14 time, until Substantial Completion is achieved.15 2.Final Acceptance: If Contractor neglects, refuse, or fails to complete the Work within16 the time (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) specified in Paragraph 4.3, for17 completion and readiness for Final Payment, Contractor shall pay City Eight Hundred18 Dollars ($800.00) for each day that expires after such time, until the date determined19 by City as stated in the City-issued Letter of Final Acceptance.20 Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 21 5.1 CONTENTS: 22 A. The Contract comprises the entire agreement between City and Contractor concerning the23 Work and consists of this Agreement and the items set forth below. The Contract24 Documents consist of all items below other than this Agreement:25 1.Attachments to this Agreement:26 a.Proposal Form27 1) Proposal Form28 2)Unit Price Proposal Form29 3) Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Offeror30 4) State and Federal documents (project specific)31 b.Current Prevailing Wage Rate Table32 c.Worker’s Compensation Affidavit33 d. General Conditions.34 e.Supplementary Conditions.35 2. The following located in File 8775 at:36 37 https://lfpubweb.cityofdenton.com/MaterialsManagement/Browse.aspx?id=19&38 dbid=0&repo=MaterialsManagement&cr=1 39 40 a.Specifications described in the Table of Contents (Section 00 00 00) of the41 Project’s Contract Documents.42 b.Drawings.43 c.Addenda.44 d. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award.45 00 52 44 AGREEMENT - CSP Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 3.The following which shall be issued after the Effective Date of this Agreement and1 delivered to the City within ten (10) days of the Effective Date and before beginning2 Work:3 a.Payment Bond4 b. Performance Bond5 c. Maintenance Bond6 d. Power of Attorney for the Bonds7 e.Form 1295 – Certificate of Interested Parties (email to City’s Materials8 Management department)9 f.Insurance Certificate10 4.Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or,11 if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents12 of the Project’s Contract Documents.13 5.The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the14 Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents:15 a.Notice to Proceed.16 b. Field Orders.17 c. Change Orders.18 d.Letter of Final Acceptance.19 20 21 00 52 44 AGREEMENT - CSP Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION 1 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own 2 EXPENSE, THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, 3 AND EMPLOYEES, FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR 4 PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, ARISING OUT OF, OR ALLEGED TO ARISE 5 OUT OF, RELATED TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK AND 6 SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR, ITS OFFICERS, 7 AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES OR INVITEES 8 UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS 9 SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS 10 ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING 11 SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION 12 OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. THIS INDEMNITY PROVISION IS INTENDED 13 TO INCLUDE, WITHOUT LIMITATION, INDEMNITY FOR ANY AND ALL 14 COSTS, EXPENSES AND LEGAL FEES INCURRED BY THE CITY IN 15 DEFENDING AGAINST SUCH CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTIONS. 16 17 6.2 CONTRACTOR COVENANTS AND AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, HOLD 18 HARMLESS AND DEFEND, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE, THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS, 19 SERVANTS AND EMPLOYEES, FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS 20 FOR, LOSS OF, DAMAGE TO, OR DESTRUCTION OF, PROPERTY OF THE CITY 21 OR OF A THIRD PARTY, ARISING OUT OF, OR ALLEGED TO ARISE OUT OF, 22 RELATED TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK AND SERVICES TO BE 23 PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, 24 SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES OR INVITEES UNDER THIS CONTRACT. 25 THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO 26 OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT 27 ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN 28 WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE 29 CITY. THIS INDEMNITY PROVISION IS INTENDED TO INCLUDE, WITHOUT 30 LIMITATION, INDEMNITY FOR ANY AND ALL COSTS, EXPENSES AND 31 LEGAL FEES INCURRED BY THE CITY IN DEFENDING AGAINST SUCH 32 CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTIONS. 33 34 Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS 35 7.1 Capitalized Terms. 36 Unless otherwise stated herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement which are defined 37 in Article 1 of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General 38 Conditions. 39 7.2 Assignment of Contract. 40 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the 41 Contractor without the advance express written consent of the City. 42 00 52 44 AGREEMENT - CSP Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 7.3 Successors and Assigns. 1 City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal 2 representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and 3 obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 4 7.4 Severability. 5 Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or 6 unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all 7 remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon City and Contractor. 8 7.5 Venue and Waiver of Sovereign Immunity. 9 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of 10 Texas. Venue shall be in the state district courts of Denton County, Texas. The City’s 11 sovereign immunity is waived only to the extent set forth and in accordance with the 12 provisions of Subchapter I, Chapter 271 of the Texas Local Government Code or as otherwise 13 specifically waived by law. The City does not waive its sovereign immunity to suit in federal 14 court. 15 7.6 Authority to Sign. 16 Contractor hereby certifies that the person signing the Agreement on its behalf is the duly 17 authorized signatory of the Contractor. 18 7.7 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Israel. 19 Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2270 of the Texas Government 20 Code, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or 21 services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does 22 not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. The terms 23 “boycott Israel” and “company” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 24 808.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this contract, Contractor certifies that 25 Contractor’s signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not 26 boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. 27 7.8 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Certain Energy Companies 28 Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government 29 Code, City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services 30 unless the contract contains written verification from the company that it (1) does not boycott 31 energy companies; and (2) will not boycott energy companies during the term of the contract. 32 The terms “boycott energy company” and “company” shall have the meanings ascribed to 33 those terms in Section 809.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this agreement, 34 Contractor certifies that Contractor’s signature provides written verification to the City that 35 Contractor: (1) does not boycott energy companies; and (2) will not boycott energy 36 companies during the term of the agreement. Failure to meet or maintain the requirements 37 under this provision will be considered a material breach. 38 7.9 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Certain Firearm Entities and Firearm 39 Trade Associations. 40 Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government 41 Code, City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services 42 00 52 44 AGREEMENT - CSP Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 unless the contract contains written verification from the company that it (1) does not have a 1 practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm 2 trade association; and (2) will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a 3 firearm entity or firearm trade association. The terms “discriminate against a firearm entity 4 or firearm trade association,” “firearm entity” and “firearm trade association” shall have the 5 meanings ascribed to those terms in Chapter 2274 of the Texas Government Code. By 6 signing this agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor’s signature provides written 7 verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or 8 directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and (2) 9 will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a firearm entity or firearm 10 trade association. Failure to meet or maintain the requirements under this provision will be 11 considered a material breach. 12 7.10 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Doing Business with Iran, Sudan, or a Foreign 13 Terrorist Organization 14 Sections 2252 and 2270 of the Texas Government Code restricts CITY from contracting with 15 companies that do business with Iran, Sudan, or a foreign terrorist organization. By signing 16 this agreement, Contractor certifies that Contractor’s signature provides written 17 verification to the City that Contractor, pursuant to Chapters 2252 and 2270, is not 18 ineligible to enter into this agreement and will not become ineligible to receive payments 19 under this agreement by doing business with Iran, Sudan, or a foreign terrorist 20 organization. Failure to meet or maintain the requirements under this provision will be 21 considered a material breach. 22 7.11 Termination Right for Contracts with Companies Doing Business with Certain Foreign- 23 Owned Companies 24 The City of Denton may terminate this Contract immediately without any further liability if 25 the City of Denton determines, in its sole judgment, that this Contract meets the requirements 26 under Chapter 2274, and Contractor is, or will be in the future, (i) owned by or the majority 27 of stock or other ownership interest of the company is held or controlled by individuals who 28 are citizens of China, Iran, North Korea, Russia, or other designated country (ii) directly 29 controlled by the Government of China, Iran, North Korea, Russia, or other designated 30 country, or (iii) is headquartered in China, Iran, North Korea, Russia, or other designated 31 country. 32 7.12 Immigration Nationality Act. 33 Contractor shall verify the identity and employment eligibility of its employees who perform 34 work under this Agreement, including completing the Employment Eligibility Verification 35 Form (I-9). Upon request by City, Contractor shall provide City with copies of all I-9 forms 36 and supporting eligibility documentation for each employee who performs work under this 37 Agreement. Contractor shall adhere to all Federal and State laws as well as establish 38 appropriate procedures and controls so that no services will be performed by any Contractor 39 employee who is not legally eligible to perform such services. CONTRACTOR SHALL 40 INDEMNIFY CITY AND HOLD CITY HARMLESS FROM ANY PENALTIES, 41 LIABILITIES, OR LOSSES DUE TO VIOLATIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH BY 42 CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, 43 AGENTS, OR LICENSEES. City, upon written notice to Contractor, shall have the right 44 to immediately terminate this Agreement for violations of this provision by Contractor. 45 46 7.13 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. 47 00 52 44 AGREEMENT - CSP Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 This Agreement gives no rights or benefits to anyone other than the City and the Contractor 1 and there are no third-party beneficiaries. 2 3 7.14 No Cause of Action Against Engineer. 4 Contractor, its subcontractors and equipment and materials suppliers on the Project or their 5 sureties, shall maintain no direct action against the Engineer, its officers, employees, and 6 subcontractors, for any claim arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from the engineering 7 services performed. Only the City will be the beneficiary of any undertaking by the Engineer. 8 The presence or duties of the Engineer's personnel at a construction site, whether as on-site 9 representatives or otherwise, do not make the Engineer or its personnel in any way 10 responsible to Contractor or any other entity for those duties that belong to the City, and do 11 not relieve Contractor or any other entity of its obligations, duties, and responsibilities, 12 including, but not limited to, all construction methods, means, techniques, sequences, and 13 procedures necessary for performing, coordinating and completing all portions of the Work 14 in accordance with the Contract Documents and any health or safety precautions required by 15 such Work. The Engineer and its personnel have no authority to exercise any control over 16 any construction contractor or other entity or their employees in connection with their work 17 or any health or safety precautions. 18 19 SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW 20 21 00 52 44 AGREEMENT - CSP Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have each executed this Agreement to be effective 1 as of the date subscribed by the City’s City Manager or his designee (“Effective Date”). 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 ATTEST: 38 LAUREN THODEN, CITY SECRETARY 39 40 41 _______________________________________ 42 43 44 APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: 45 MACK REINWAND, CITY ATTORNEY 46 47 48 _______________________________________ 49 CITY OF DENTON BY: ___________________________________ TITLE: ________________________________ DATE:_________________________________ CONTRACTOR [CONTRACTOR’S CORPORATE NAME HERE] BY: ___________________________________ AUTHORIZED AGENT _______________________________________ NAME _______________________________________ TITLE _______________________________________ PHONE NUMBER _______________________________________ EMAIL ADDRESS 50 51 _______________________________________ 52 TEXAS ETHICS COMMISSION 53 1295 CERTIFICATE NUMBER 54 THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN BOTH REVIEWED AND APPROVED as to financial and operational obligations and business terms. _______________ ________________ SIGNATURE PRINTED NAME __________________________________ TITLE __________________________________ DEPARTMENT 00 61 15 PERFORMANCE BOND - CSP Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 61 15 1 PERFORMANCE BOND - CSP 2 3 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5 COUNTY OF DENTON § 6 That we, _____________________________________________________, known as 7 “Principal” herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate 8 surety(sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 9 “Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a Texas 10 home-rule municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as “City” herein, in 11 the penal sum of, ___________________________________________ Dollars 12 ($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 13 County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our 14 heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these 15 presents. 16 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded 17 the _____ day of ________________, 20___, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part 18 hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment labor and other 19 accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change Orders, as 20 provided for in said Contract designated as Riney Road East Improvement Project 21 NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal 22 shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully 23 perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, according to the plans, 24 specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of 25 extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall be 26 and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 27 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 28 the state district courts of Denton County, Texas. 29 30 31 32 00 61 15 PERFORMANCE BOND - CSP Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the 1 Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 2 accordance with the provisions of said statue. 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED this 4 instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the ______ day of ________________, 5 20 ______. 6 PRINCIPAL: 7 ____________________________________ 8 ____________________________________ 9 10 BY: ________________________________ 11 Signature 12 ATTEST: 13 14 ______________________________ ____________________________________ 15 (Principal) Secretary Name and Title 16 17 Address: ____________________________ 18 ____________________________ 19 ____________________________ 20 _____________________________ 21 Witness as to Principal 22 SURETY: 23 ____________________________________ 24 ____________________________________ 25 26 BY: ________________________________ 27 Signature 28 29 ____________________________________ 30 Name and Title 31 32 Address: ____________________________ 33 ____________________________ 34 ____________________________ 35 _____________________________ 36 Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________ 37 38 39 40 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract 41 from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If 42 Surety’s physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 43 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. 44 45 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND - CSP Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 61 16 1 PAYMENT BOND - CSP 2 3 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5 COUNTY OF DENTON § 6 That we, _____________________________________________________, known as 7 “Principal” herein, and _________________________________________________________, a 8 corporate surety (sureties), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as “Surety” 9 herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a Texas home-10 rule municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as “City” 11 herein, in the penal sum of___________________________________________ Dollars 12 ($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 13 County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, 14 executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents: 15 WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the 16 _____ day of ______________________, 20_____, which Contract is hereby referred to and made 17 a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment, labor 18 and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in said 19 Contract and designated as Riney Road East Improvement Project 20 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if 21 Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in 22 Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under 23 the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full 24 force and effect. 25 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the 26 Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 27 accordance with the provisions of said statute. 28 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 29 the state district courts of Denton County, Texas. 30 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND - CSP Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED 1 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _____ day of ________________, 2 20 ______. 3 4 PRINCIPAL: _________________________________ _________________________________ ATTEST: BY: _____________________________ Signature ___________________________________ _____________________________ (Principal) Secretary Name and Title Address: _________________________ _________________________ ___________________________________ _________________________ Witness as to Principal SURETY: _________________________________ _________________________________ ATTEST: BY: _____________________________ Signature __________________________________ _____________________________ (Surety) Secretary Name and Title Address: _________________________ _________________________ __________________________________ _________________________ Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ________________ 5 Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the bylaws 6 showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety’s physical address is 7 different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 8 9 THE DATE OF THE BOND SHALL NOT BE PRIOR 10 TO THE DATE THE CONTRACT IS AWARDED. 11 END OF SECTION 12 00 61 20 MAINTENANCE BOND - CSP Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15,2021 SECTION 00 61 20 1 MAINTENANCE BOND - CSP 2 3 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5 COUNTY OF TARRANT § 6 That we_____________________________________________________, known as 7 “Principal” herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate surety 8 (sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as “Surety” 9 herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a Texas home-10 rule municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as “City” 11 herein, in the sum of _________________________________________ Dollars 12 ($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 13 County, Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its successors, 14 we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and 15 severally, firmly by these presents. 16 17 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded 18 the ______ day of ________________, 20 _____, which Contract is hereby referred to and a made 19 part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment labor and 20 other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Work resulting 21 from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein, the “Work”) as provided for in said 22 contract and designated as The Riney Road East Improvement Project and 23 24 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in 25 accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will remain 26 free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years after the 27 date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City (“Maintenance Period”); and 28 29 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part upon 30 receiving notice from the City of the need therefor at any time within the Maintenance Period. 31 32 00 61 20 MAINTENANCE BOND - CSP Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15,2021 NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall remedy 1 any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by City, to a completion satisfactory to 2 the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and 3 effect. 4 5 PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely 6 noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to be 7 repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne by the Principal and the 8 Surety under this Maintenance bond; and 9 10 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 11 the state district courts of Denton County, Texas; and 12 13 PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and successive 14 recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches. 15 16 17 18 00 61 20 MAINTENANCE BOND - CSP Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15,2021 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this 1 instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the ______ day of ________________, 2 20 ______. 3 4 PRINCIPAL: 5 ____________________________________ 6 ____________________________________ 7 8 BY: ________________________________ 9 Signature 10 ATTEST: 11 12 ______________________________ ____________________________________ 13 (Principal) Secretary Name and Title 14 15 Address: ____________________________ 16 ____________________________ 17 ____________________________ 18 _____________________________ 19 Witness as to Principal 20 SURETY: 21 ____________________________________ 22 ____________________________________ 23 24 BY: ________________________________ 25 Signature 26 27 ____________________________________ 28 ATTEST: Name and Title 29 30 _____________________________ Address: ____________________________ 31 (Surety) Secretary ____________________________ 32 ____________________________ 33 _____________________________ 34 Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________ 35 36 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract 37 from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If 38 Surety’s physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 39 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. 40 41 00 61 26 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15,2021 SECTION 00 61 26 1 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE - CSP 2 3 4 5 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with standard 6 ACORD Certificate of Insurance form.] 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page i of vi CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page ii of vi CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ........................................................................... 1 1.01 Defined Terms ......................................................................................................................... 1 1.02 Terminology ............................................................................................................................ 6 ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS ............................................................................................ 7 2.01 Delivery of Performance and Payment Bonds; Evidence of Insurance ....................................... 7 2.02 Copies of Documents ............................................................................................................... 7 2.03 Before Starting Construction .................................................................................................... 7 2.04 Preconstruction ConferenceMeeting ......................................................................................... 8 2.05 Public Meeting ......................................................................................................................... 8 2.06 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ................................................................................................ 8 2.07 Electronic Submittals and Transmittals ..................................................................................... 8 ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE .............................. 8 3.01 Intent ....................................................................................................................................... 8 3.02 Reference Standards ................................................................................................................. 9 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies .................................................................................... 9 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents ............................................................................... 10 3.05 Reuse of Documents .............................................................................................................. 10 ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK.............................................. 11 4.01 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed ............................................................. 11 4.02 Starting the Work ................................................................................................................... 11 4.03 Delays in Contractor’s Progress.............................................................................................. 11 ARTICLE 5 – SITE; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS .................................................................................................... 12 5.01 Availability of Lands .............................................................................................................. 12 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas ................................................................................................... 13 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ....................................................................................... 14 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions .......................................................................... 15 5.05 Underground Facilities ........................................................................................................... 16 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site .......................................................................... 17 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page iii of vi CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE .......................................................................................... 18 6.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers................................................................................................ 18 6.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds ..................................................................... 18 6.03 Certificates of Insurance ......................................................................................................... 19 6.04 Contractor’s Insurance ........................................................................................................... 21 6.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace.......................................................... 22 ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................................... 22 7.01 Contractor’s Means and Methods of Construction .................................................................. 22 7.02 Supervision and Superintendence ........................................................................................... 22 7.03 Labor; Working Hours ........................................................................................................... 23 7.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment ........................................................................................ 23 7.05 Project Schedule..................................................................................................................... 24 7.06 “Or Equals”............................................................................................................................ 24 7.07 Substitutions .......................................................................................................................... 25 7.08 Concerning Subcontractors and Suppliers ............................................................................... 27 7.09 Wage Rates ............................................................................................................................ 28 7.10 Patent Fees and Royalties ....................................................................................................... 29 7.11 Permits and Utilities ............................................................................................................... 29 7.12 Taxes ..................................................................................................................................... 30 7.13 Laws and Regulations ............................................................................................................ 30 7.14 Record Documents ................................................................................................................. 31 7.15 Safety and Protection ............................................................................................................. 31 7.16 Hazard Communication Programs .......................................................................................... 32 7.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification ........................................................................................... 32 7.18 Submittals .............................................................................................................................. 33 7.19 Continuing the Work .............................................................................................................. 34 7.20 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee ........................................................................ 34 7.21 Indemnification ...................................................................................................................... 35 7.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services ............................................................................ 36 7.23 Right to Audit ........................................................................................................................ 36 7.24 Nondiscrimination .................................................................................................................. 37 ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE ...................................................................................... 37 8.01 Other Work ............................................................................................................................ 37 8.02 Coordination .......................................................................................................................... 38 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page iv of vi CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 8.03 Legal Relationships ................................................................................................................ 38 ARTICLE 9 – CITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................................ 39 9.01 Communications to Contractor ............................................................................................... 39 9.02 Furnish Data .......................................................................................................................... 39 9.03 Pay When Due ....................................................................................................................... 39 9.04 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings .............................................................. 39 9.05 Change Orders ....................................................................................................................... 39 9.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ........................................................................................... 39 9.07 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities .................................................................................... 39 9.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition .................................................................. 39 9.09 Compliance with Safety Program ........................................................................................... 39 ARTICLE 10 – CITY’S OBSERVATION DURING CONSTRUCTION .............................................. 40 10.01 City’s Project Manager or Duly Authorized Representative ................................................ 40 10.02 Visits to Site ....................................................................................................................... 40 10.03 Determinations for Work Performed ................................................................................... 40 10.04 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work .................. 40 ARTICLE 11 – CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK ............................................. 41 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract ........................................................................ 41 11.02 Execution of Change Orders ............................................................................................... 41 11.03 Field Orders ....................................................................................................................... 41 11.04 Authorized Changes in the Work – Extra Work .................................................................. 41 11.05 Unauthorized Changes in the Work .................................................................................... 41 11.06 Dispute of Extra Work........................................................................................................ 42 11.07 Contract Claims Process ..................................................................................................... 42 11.08 Change of Contract Price .................................................................................................... 43 11.09 Change of Contract Time.................................................................................................... 44 11.10 Notification to Surety ......................................................................................................... 44 ARTICLE 12 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY MEASUREMENT ................................................................................................................................ 45 12.01 Cost of the Work ................................................................................................................ 45 12.02 Allowances ........................................................................................................................ 48 12.03 Unit Price Work ................................................................................................................. 48 12.04 Plans Quantity Measurement for Unclassified Excavation or Embankment ......................... 49 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page v of vi CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 ARTICLE 13 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ............................................................................................................................ 50 13.01 Access to Work .................................................................................................................. 50 13.02 Tests, Inspections ............................................................................................................... 50 13.03 Defective Work .................................................................................................................. 51 13.04 Rejecting Defective Work .................................................................................................. 51 13.05 Acceptance of Defective Work ........................................................................................... 52 13.06 Uncovering Work ............................................................................................................... 52 13.07 City May Stop the Work ..................................................................................................... 52 13.08 City May Correct Defective Work ...................................................................................... 53 ARTICLE 14 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD............ 53 14.01 Progress Payments ............................................................................................................. 53 14.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ............................................................................................ 56 14.03 Partial Utilization ............................................................................................................... 56 14.04 Final Inspection .................................................................................................................. 57 14.05 Final Acceptance ................................................................................................................ 57 14.06 Final Payment .................................................................................................................... 57 14.07 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release.................................................... 58 14.08 Waiver of Claims ............................................................................................................... 58 14.09 Correction Period ............................................................................................................... 58 ARTICLE 15 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION....................................................... 59 15.01 City May Suspend Work .................................................................................................... 59 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause ............................................................................................ 60 15.03 City May Terminate for Convenience ................................................................................. 61 ARTICLE 16 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES ........................................................................ 63 16.01 Methods and Procedures ..................................................................................................... 63 ARTICLE 17 – MISCELLANEOUS ..................................................................................................... 64 17.01 Giving Notice ..................................................................................................................... 64 17.02 Computation of Times ........................................................................................................ 64 17.03 Cumulative Remedies ......................................................................................................... 64 17.04 Limitation of Damages ....................................................................................................... 64 17.05 No Waiver .......................................................................................................................... 65 17.06 Survival of Obligations ....................................................................................................... 65 17.07 Assignment of Contract ...................................................................................................... 65 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page vi of vi CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 17.08 Successors and Assigns ...................................................................................................... 65 17.09 Headings ............................................................................................................................ 65 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Contract or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. When used in a context consistent with the definition of a listed-defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement—The written instrument titled “Agreement”, “Agreement – CSP”, or “Agreement – Unit Price Bid” executed by the City and Contractor for the Work, setting forth the name of the Project, Contract Price, Contract Time and the items included in the Contract. 3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to City which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract. 4. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Award—Authorization by the City Council for the City to enter into an Agreement. 6. Bid—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. The term “Bid” shall be defined to include the term “Proposal” in those instances where the City utilizes a Request for Proposal rather than an Invitation for Bid. 7. Bidder—The individual or entity that submits a Bid directly to City. The term “Bidder” shall be defined to include the terms “Proposer” or “Offeror” in those instances where the City utilizes a Request for Proposal rather than an Invitation for Bid. 8. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). The term “Bidding Documents” shall be defined to include the terms “Proposal Documents” in those instances where the City utilizes a Request for Proposal rather than an Invitation for Bid. 9. Bidding Requirements—The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Bond or other Bid security, if any, the Bid Form, and the Bid with any attachments. The term “Bidding Requirements” shall be defined to include the terms “Proposal Requirements” in those instances where the City utilizes a Request for Proposal rather than an Invitation for Bid and will include the Request for Proposal or Invitation to Offerors, Instructions to Offerors, Offerors Bond or other Proposal security, if any, the Proposal Form, and the Proposal with any attachments. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 2 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 10. Business Day—A day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City. 11. Calendar Day—A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 12. Change Order—A document which is prepared by the Contractor or City, approved by the City, and signed by Contractor and City, authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 13. City—The City of Denton is, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation acting by its City Council through its City Manager or his or her designee. 14. City Attorney—The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Denton or his or her designee. 15. City Council—The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Denton. 16. City Manager—The officially appointed authorized City Manager of the City of Denton. 17. Contract—The entire and integrated set of written instruments between the City and Contractor concerning the Work comprised of the Agreement and all Contract Documents, which written instruments supersede all prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral, concerning the Work. 18. Contract Claim—A demand or assertion by City or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Contract Claim. 19. Contract Documents—Those items so designated as “Contract Documents.” in the Agreement at Paragraph 5.1.A. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 20. Contract Price—The moneys payable by City to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 12.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). The Contract Price does not include any “Incentive”, if applicable. 21. Contract Time—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (a) achieve Milestones, if any and (bb) complete the Work so that it is ready for Final Acceptance. 22. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom City has entered into the Agreement. 23. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 12.01 of these General Conditions for definition. 24. Damage Claims—A demand for money or services arising from the Project or Site from a third party, City or Contractor exclusive of a Contract Claim. 25. Day or day—A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day. 26. Drawings—The part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by an Engineer that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Submittals, as defined, are not considered Drawings as so defined here. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 3 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 27. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date, indicated in the Agreement, on which it becomes effective,, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the City. 28. Electronic Document—Any Project-related correspondence, attachments to correspondence, text, data, documents, drawings, information, or graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other Submittals, that are in an electronic or digital format. 29. Electronic Means—Electronic mail (email), upload/download from a secure Project website, or other communications methods that allow: (a) the transmission or communication of Electronic Documents; (b) the documentation of transmissions, including sending and receipt; (c) printing of the transmitted Electronic Document by the recipient; (d) the storage and archiving of the Electronic Document by sender and recipient; and (e) the use by recipient of the Electronic Document for purposes permitted by the Contract. Electronic Means does not include the use of text messaging, or of Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, or similar social media services for transmission of Electronic Documents. 30. Engineer—The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of Texas performing professional services for the City. 31. Extra Work—Additional work made necessary by City-approved changes or alterations to the Contract Documents. Extra Work shall be part of the Work. 32. Field Order—A written directive issued by City that requires changes in the Work but does not involve a change to the Contract Price, Contract Time, or Drawings, Plan, or Shop Drawings. 33. Final Acceptance—The written notice given by the City to the Contractor that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City. 34. Final Inspection—The inspection performed by the City to determine whether the Contractor has completed each and every part or appurtenance of the Work fully, entirely, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 35. General Requirements—Sections of The information set forth in “Division 101 – General Requirements” of the Standard Construction Specification Documents. 36. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Asbestos, P C B s , Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, Radioactive Material, or any other substance, product, waste or materials, in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto. 37. Hazardous Waste—Any solid waste listed as hazardous or which possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in applicable Laws and Regulations. 38. Incidental or incidental—Work items that the Contractor is not paid for directly, but costs for which are included under the various bid items of the Project. 39. Laws and Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and binding decrees, resolutions, and orders of any and all 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 4 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction over the Site or any portion or part of the Work to be performed. 40. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 41. Major Item—An item of work included in the Contract Documents that has a total cost equal to or greater than 5% of the original Contract Price. 42. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to the performance of an identified portion of the Work by an intermediate Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work. 43. Notice of Award—The written notice by City to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed in such notice, City will sign and deliver the Agreement. 44. Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by City to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work specified in Contract Documents. 45. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls. 46. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), and including but not limited to oil, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, diesel fuel, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 47. Plans—This term will have the same definition of as “Drawings”. 48. Project —The Work to be performed under the Contract. 49. Project Manager—The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the Project. 50. Project Manual—The documentary information prepared for bidding or proposing and furnishing the Work. 51. Project Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising Contractor’s plan to achieve each Milestone and accomplish the Work within the Contract Time. 52. Public Meeting—An announced meeting conducted by the City to facilitate public participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project. 53. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 54. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements toto support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 5 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 55. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment. 56. Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 57. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way, permits, and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City which are designated for the use of Contractor. 58. Specifications or Technical Specifications —The part of the Contract that consists of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Section 00 00 00) of the Project. 59. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 60. Submittal—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to the City to illustrate some portion of the Work. 61. Subsidiary or subsidiary—These terms will have the same definition as “Incidental. or incidental”. 62. Successful Bidder—The Bidder to whom City issues a Notice of Award. The term “Bidder” shall be defined to include the terms “Proposer” or “Offeror” in those instances where the City utilizes a Request for Proposal rather than an Invitation for Bid and is the Proposer or Offeror submitting the proposal or offer that provides the best value to the City and to whom the City issues a Notice of Award. 63. Superintendent—The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able to receive instructions from the City and to act for the Contractor. 64. Supplementary Conditions—The part of the Contract set forth at Division 00 73 00 that amends or supplements these General Conditions. 65. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor. 66. Underground Facilities—All underground lines, pipelines, conduits, ducts, encasements, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or systems at the Site, including but not limited to those facilities or systems that produce, transmit, distribute, or convey telephone or other communications, cable television, fiber optic transmissions, power, electricity, light, heat, gases, oil, crude oil products, liquid 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 6 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 petroleum products, water, steam, waste, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 67. Unit Price Work—Work for which the Contract Price is determined by multiplying the unit price for the item by the estimated quantity of the item. 68. Weekend Working Hours—Those hours between 8:00 a.m. and 8:30 p.m. on Saturday, and between 1:00 p.m. and 8:30 p.m. on Sunday or on a federal or state holiday observed by the City, as approved in advance by the City for performing Work. 69. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction including any Change Order or Field Order,, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 70. Working Day—Defined as a Business Day but excluding any days that weather or other conditions beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor prevents the performance of the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraphs 1.02.B, C, D, and E are not defined terms that require initial capital letters, but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: The Contract includes the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of judgment by CityCity. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of City as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of judgment, action, or determination will be to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). C. Defective: The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: 1. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or 2. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or 3. has been damaged prior to City’s written notice of Final Acceptance. D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, means to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 7 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 2. The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, means to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words “perform” or “provide,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, means to execute, carry out, furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. If the Contract Documents establish an obligation of Contractor with respect to specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use any of the four words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide,” then Contractor shall furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Performance and Payment Bonds; Evidence of Insurance A. Performance and Payment Bonds: When Contractor delivers the signed counterparts of the Agreement to City, Contractor shall also deliver to City the performance bond , payment bond and maintenance bond that comply with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. Work will not be allowed to begin until the performance and payment bonds have been provided by the Contractor to the City. B. Evidence of Contractor’s Insurance: When Contractor delivers the signed counterparts of the Agreement to City, Contractor shall also deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured (as identified in the Contract), the certificates, endorsements, and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Contractor in accordance with Article 6. Work will not be allowed to begin until the evidence of insurance has been provided by the Contractor to the City. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. City shall furnish to Contractor one (1) original executed copy and one (1) electronic copy of the Contract, and three (3) additional copies of the Drawings. Additional printed copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Before Starting Construction Baseline starting Work, Contractor shall submit for review by City the following in accordance with the Contract Documents: A. Baseline Schedules in accordance with General Requirements, Section 01 32 16. B. Preliminary Schedule of Submittals. C. Preliminary Schedule of Values: For lump sum contracts, a Schedule of Values for all of the Work that includes quantities and prices of items that when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 8 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 2.04 Preconstruction Meeting A. Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Meeting as specified in Section 01 31 19. 2.05 Public Meeting A. Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials, or resources to the Site prior to Contractor attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City. 2.06 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable Project Schedules are submitted to City in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2.07 Electronic Submittals and Transmittals A. Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract, the City and Contractor may send, and shall accept, Electronic Documents transmitted by Electronic Means. B. If the Contract does not establish protocols for Electronic Means, then City and Contractor shall jointly develop such protocols. C. Subject to any governing protocols for Electronic Means, when transmitting Electronic Documents by Electronic Means, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long-term compatibility, usability, or readability of the Electronic Documents resulting from the recipient’s use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the Electronic Documents. ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one Contract Document is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract to describe a functionally complete Project to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to City. C. City will issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents as provided herein. D. The Specifications may vary in form, forma and style. Some Specification sections may be written in varying degrees of streamlined or declarative style, and some sections may be relatively narrative by comparison. Omission of such words and phrases as “the Contractor shall,” “in conformity with,” “as shown,” or “as specified” are intentional in streamlined sections. Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference. Similar types of provisions may appear in various parts of a section or articles within a part depending on the format of the section. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any variation of form, format or style in making Contract Claims or Damage Claims. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 9 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 E. The cross-referencing of Specification sections under the subparagraph heading “Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:” and elsewhere within each Specification section is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely on the cross-referencing provided and shall be responsible to coordinate the entire Work under the Contract Documents and provide a complete Project whether or not cross-referencing is provided in each section or whether the cross-referencing is complete or accurate. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, means the standard specification, manual, reference standard, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, and no instruction of a Supplier, will be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of CityCity, Contractor, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City or any of its officers, elected or appointed officials, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. Contractor’s Verification of Figures and Field Measurements: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents, and check and verify pertinent figures and dimensions therein, particularly with respect to applicable field measurements, and conditions. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to City any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy that Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from City before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents: If, before or during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation, (b) actual field conditions, (c) any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or (d) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to City in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.1717) until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by City, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to City for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 10 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between such provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or the instruction of any Supplier; or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 2. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, Drawings shall govern over Specifications, and Supplementary Conditions shall govern over General Conditions and Specifications. 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents A. During the performance of the Work and until final payment, Contractor shall submit to the City in writing all matters in question concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents (sometimes referred to as requests for information or interpretation—RFIs), or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, as soon as possible after such matters arise. City will be the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge of the acceptability of the Work. B. City will, with reasonable promptness, render a written clarification, interpretation, or decision on the issue submitted, or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents. City’s written clarification, interpretation, or decision will be final and binding on Contractor, unless Contractor appeals by filing a Contract Claim. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media versions, or reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of CityCity and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer; or 2. have or acquire any title or ownership rights in any other Contract Documents, reuse any such Contract Documents for any purpose without City’s express written consent, or violate any copyrights pertaining to such Contract Documents. B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein precludes Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 11 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Time will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Contract. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No Work may be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run. 4.03 Delays in Contractor’s Progress A. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. The City shall be liable only to the extent allowed by the provisions of the Contract and as allowed by Subchapter I, Chapter 271 of the Texas Local Government Code. B. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Delay, disruption, and interference attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be within the control of Contractor. C. The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, that the Contract specifies is to be furnished by the City. D. If Contractor’s performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of City, Contractor, and those for whom they are responsible, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Time. Such an adjustment will be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this Paragraph 4.03. D. The Contractor is responsible for the prompt submission of a request for an adjustment to the Contract Time under this Paragraph to the City. Causes of delay, disruption, or interference that may give rise to an adjustment in Contract Time under this Paragraph include but are not limited to the following: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires, floods, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Abnormal weather conditions; 3. Acts or failures to act of third-party utility owners or other third-party entities (other than those third-party utility owners or other third-party entities performing other work at or adjacent to the Site as arranged by or under contract with City, as contemplated in Article 8); and 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 12 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 4. Acts of war or terrorism. E. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of Contract Time or Contract Price is limited as follows: 1. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Time is conditioned on the delay, disruption, or interference adversely affecting an activity on the critical path to completion of the Work, as of the time of the delay, disruption, or interference. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price for any delay, disruption, or interference if such delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Such a concurrent delay by Contractor shall not preclude an adjustment of Contract Time to which Contractor is otherwise entitled. 3. Adjustments of Contract Time or Contract Price are subject to the provisions of Article 11. F. Each Contractor request or Change Order seeking an increase in Contract Time or Contract Price must be supplemented by supporting data that sets forth in detail the following: 1. The circumstances that form the basis for the requested adjustment; 2. The date upon which each cause of delay, disruption, or interference began to affect the progress of the Work; 3. The date upon which each cause of delay, disruption, or interference ceased to affect the progress of the Work; 4. The number of days’ increase in Contract Time claimed as a consequence of each such cause of delay, disruption, or interference; and 5. The impact on Contract Price, in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 11.08. 6. Contractor shall also furnish such additional supporting documentation as City may require including, where appropriate, a revised Project Schedule indicating all the activities affected by the delay, disruption, or interference, and an explanation of the effect of the delay, disruption, or interference on the critical path to completion of the Work. G. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, an Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated by the Contract Documents, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, and those resulting from undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions, are governed by Article 5, together with the provisions of Paragraphs 4.03.F and 4.03.G. ARTICLE 5 – SITE; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. City shall furnish the Site. City shall notify Contractor in writing of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 13 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 Contractor must comply in performing the Work. City will be responsible for obtaining any necessary easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. 1. The City has obtained or anticipates acquisition of and/or access to right-of-way, and/or easements. Any outstanding right-of-way and/or easements are anticipated to be acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements. 2. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the City has or anticipates moving and/or relocating utilities, and obstructions to the Site. Any outstanding movement or relocation of utilities or obstructions is anticipated in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding utilities or obstructions to be moved and/or relocated by others. B. Upon reasonable written request of Contractor, City shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed. C. Contractor shall provide for any additional lands and access thereto not included in the Site that may be required for construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. The cost of such shall be part of the Contract Price. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, worker car parking and the operations of workers to the Site, to adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and to other adjacent areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and such other adjacent areas with worker car parking, construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for (a) damage to the Site; (b) damage to any such other adjacent areas used for Contractor’s operations; (c) damage to any other adjacent land or areas, or to improvements, structures, utilities, or similar facilities located at such adjacent lands or areas; and (d) for injuries, including death, and damage to or losses of property sustained by the owners or occupants of any such land or areas; provided that such damage, losses, injuries or deaths arose out of or result from the performance of the Work or arose out of or resulted from any other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for whom Contractor is responsible. 2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed, closed, or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to reduce the area impacted to only that necessary for proper execution of the Work and/or to finish the section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional area of the Site. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 14 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 3. Construction equipment, spoil materials, supplies, forms, buildings, labs, or equipment and supply storage buildings, or any other item that may be transported by flood flows, shall not be stored within existing federal floodways during the course of the Work. 4. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant adversely impacted because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim. 5. PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH 7.21, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS CITY AND ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, AND EMPLOYEES, FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY CLAIM OR ACTION, LEGAL OR EQUITABLE, BROUGHT BY ANY SUCH ADVERSELY IMPACTED OWNER OR OCCUPANT AGAINST CITY. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work the Contractor shall keep the Site and other adjacent areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris will conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: If 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up at the Site is insufficient or occurring in a manner unsatisfactory to the City, the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory condition and/or procedures, the City may take such direct action as the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice, and the costs of such direct corrective action, plus 25 % of such costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor under the Contract. D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by City and any adjacent property owners, if applicable. At the completion of the Work, Contractor shall remove from the Site and adjacent areas all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, surplus materials, waste materials, rubbish and other debris and shall restore to original condition or better all areas impacted or disturbed by the Work. E. Loading of Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent structures or land to stresses or pressures that will endanger them. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to City of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site; and 2. Those drawings known to City of existing physical conditions at or contiguous to the Site, including those drawings known to City depicting existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities.). B. Underground Facilities: Underground Facilities are shown or indicated on the Drawings, pursuant to Paragraph 5.05, and not in the drawings referred to in Paragraph 5.03.A. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 15 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 Information and data regarding the presence or location of Underground Facilities are not intended to be categorized, identified, or defined as technical data. C. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data: Contractor is provided certain technical data identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings for its use, but the City does not warrant or guarantee the accuracy of the information, and such information including reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of theirits officers, elected or appointed officials, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness or accuracy of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. the contents of other Site-related documents made available to Contractor, such as record drawings from other projects at or adjacent to the Site, or City’s archival documents concerning the Site; or 4. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any “technical data” is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.17), notify City in writing about such condition. B. Possible Price and Time Adjustments 1. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of such condition at the time Contractor made a final commitment to City with respect to Contract Price and Contract Time by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under the Contract; or 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 16 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 b. The existence of such condition reasonably could have been discovered or revealed as a result of the examination of the Contract Documents or the Site; or c. Contractor failed to give the written notice required by Paragraph 5.04.A. C. Underground Facilities; Hazardous Environmental Conditions: Paragraph 5.05 governs rights and responsibilities regarding the presence or location of Underground Facilities. Paragraph 5.06 governs rights and responsibilities regarding Hazardous Environmental Conditions. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03 and 5.04 are not applicable to the presence or location of Underground Facilities, or to Hazardous Environmental Conditions. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to City or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, or by others, unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions:: 1. City and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following are included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all information and data; b. verifying the actual location of those Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents as being within the area affected by the Work, by exposing such Underground Facilities during the course of construction; c. coordination and adjustment of the Work with the owners (including City) of such Underground Facilities, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site, and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated: 1. If an Underground Facility that is uncovered or revealed at the Site was not shown or indicated on the Drawings or otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated on the Drawings or in the Contract Documents with reasonable accuracy, then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.17), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner and to City. Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such discovered Underground Facility. 2. If City concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order may be issued to reflect and document such consequences, subject to the provisions of Article 11. 3. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies a minimum of 48 hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 17 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site; or 2. drawings known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site. B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data: Contractor is provided certain technical data identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings for its use, but the City does not warrant or guarantee the accuracy of the information, and such information including reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of its officers, elected or appointed officials, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness or accuracy of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. the contents of other Site-related documents made available to Contractor, such as record drawings from other projects at or adjacent to the Site, or City’s archival documents concerning the Site; or 4. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site if such Hazardous Environmental Condition was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified if the removal or remediation of such Hazardous Environmental Condition was not identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by the actions of or with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible and the costs associated with the same. D. If Contractor encounters, uncovers, or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition whose removal or remediation is not expressly identified in the Contract Documents as being within the scope of the Work, or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, then Contractor shall immediately: (1) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (2) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.17); and (3) notify City (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). City may consider the necessity to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 18 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified pursuant to Paragraph 5.06.D or in any affected area until after City has obtained any required permits related thereto, and delivered written notice to Contractor either (1) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (2) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed. F. If, after receipt of such written notice, Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then City may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work and the Contract Price. City may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by City’s own forces or others. G. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS CITY, AND ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, DIRECTORS, MEMBERS, PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS, AND SUBCONTRACTORS OF EACH AND ANY OF THEM, FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) FOR PERSONAL INJURY, DEATH OR PROPERTY DAMAGE ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE. NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH 5.06.CityG OBLIGATES CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY ANY INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY FROM AND AGAINST THE CONSEQUENCES OF THAT INDIVIDUAL’S OR ENTITY’S OWN NEGLIGENCE. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 6.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, in accordance with the provisions of the Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute and as required by the City, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract. The performance and payment bonds must be provided by the Contractor to the City prior to the Contractor beginning any Work. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 19 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance by the City. The maintenance bond(s) shall be provided as directed by the City as part of the close-out of the Contract and shall be provided prior to the final payment being made. C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents, except as provided otherwise by Laws and Regulations, and must be issued and signed by a surety named in “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Department Circular 570 (as amended and supplemented) by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, U.S. Department of the Treasury. A bond signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual’s authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority must show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed the accompanying bond. D. If the surety on a bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent, or the surety ceases to meet the requirements above, or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas, then Contractor shall promptly notify City in writing and shall, within 30 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which must comply with the bond and surety requirements above. E. If Contractor has failed to obtain a required bond, City may refuse to allow the Contractor to begin Work, exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise City’s termination rights under Article 15. F. Upon request to Contractor from any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or entity claiming to have furnished labor, services, materials, or equipment used in the performance of the Work, Contractor shall provide a copy of the payment bond to such person or entity. 6.03 Certificates of Insurance A. Contractor shall deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance and endorsements (and other evidence of insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) establishing that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies and coverages required by these General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions prior to beginning any Work. 1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, and all identified entities named in the Supplementary Conditions as “additional insureds” on all liability policies. 2. The Contractor’s general liability insurance shall include a “per project” or “per location” endorsement, that shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City. 3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide. 4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of Texas. Except for workers’ compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 20 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction City. If the rating is below that required, written approval of City is required. 5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions 6. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain such lines of insurance coverage or to provide such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements. 7. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the primary coverage. 8. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the “occurrence basis”. If If City agrees in writing that coverage is underwrittenmay be written on a claims-made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with or prior to the date of the effective date of the Agreement and the certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage is claims-made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final Acceptance or for the warranty period provided for under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such insurance coverage. 9. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements that either nullify or amend the required lines of coverage, nor or decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Notice of an Award has been issued or the Agreement executed, and the policy exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires that the Contractor obtain additional insurance coverage the contract price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%. 10. For any proposed self-insured retention (SIR),) in excess of $25,000.00, affecting insurance coverage, Contractor must obtain the written approval of the City in regard to asset value and stockholders' equity. In lieu of traditional insurance, proposed alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or, risk retention groups, or self-funding will also require the written approval of the City. 11. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a first-dollar basis must be acceptable to and approved in writing by the City. 12. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverages and limits when deemed necessary and prudent by the City based upon the scope of the Work, changes in statutory law, court decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City will provide prior notice of 90 days and the insurance adjustments shall be incorporated into the Work by Change Order. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 21 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 13. City shall be entitled, upon written request to Contractor and without expense to City, to receive copies of policies and endorsements thereto and. City may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions, revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies. 14. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for Contractor’s insurance. 6.04 Contractor’s Insurance A. Workers Compensation and Employers’ Liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers’ Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for Employers’ Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of employees. B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability (bodily injury, including death, or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors, products/completed operations, personal injury including death, liability under an insured contract, and explosion/collapse/underground (where those exposures exist). Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability policy shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter or nullify premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, that are normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions in writing. For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may require the Contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than three (3) years following the completion of the project (if identified in the Supplementary Conditions)). C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on “any auto”, defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person and/or property damage arising out of or related to the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 22 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the Work or any warranty work is within the limits of railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements identified in the Supplementary Conditions. E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop Work until replacement insurance has been procured. There shall be no time credit for delays or days not worked pursuant to this section. 6.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 6 or the Supplementary Conditions on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the City shall so notify the Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the City may reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Such failure to provide bonds or insurance as required by the Contract Documents is a breach of the terms of the Contract and the City may terminate the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Contractor’s Means and Methods of Construction A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. If the Contract Documents note, or Contractor determines, that professional engineering or other design services are needed to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, or for Site safety, then Contractor shall cause such services to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, at Contractor’s expense. Such services are not City-delegated professional design services under this Contract, and neither City nor Engineer has any responsibility with respect to (1) Contractor’s determination of the need for such services, (2) the qualifications or licensing of the design professionals retained or employed by Contractor, (3) the performance of such services, or (4) any errors, omissions, or defects in such services. 7.02 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall identify and assign a competent superintendent, who is proficient in English, and who shall not be replaced without written 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 23 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 notice to City of the name of the replacement superintendent. If at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, replace the superintendent with another satisfactory to City. C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of construction. 7.03 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of Contractor’s employees; of Suppliers and Subcontractors, and their employees; and of any other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work, just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. C. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours on Business Days. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work outside of regular working hours on Business Days without City’s prior written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld)). Contractor’s written request (by letter or electronic communication) for City’s written consent must be made as follows: 1. for Work beyond regular working hours on Business Days, request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business Days prior; 2. for Work during Weekend Working Hours, request must be made by noon of the preceding Wednesday; and 3. for Work on state or federal holidays observed by the City, request must be made sufficiently in advance of the holiday, to satisfy requirements for City Council approval. 7.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, Contractor required testing, start up, and completion of the Work, whether or not such items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of sufficient quality to complete the Work, and must be new and of good quality, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 24 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. D. All items of standard equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be the latest model at the time of bid, unless otherwise specified. 7.05 Project Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.06 and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to the City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.06 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Time. Such adjustments must comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Contractor shall submit to City a monthly Project Schedule with a monthly progress payment request for the duration of the Contract in accordance with the Construction Progress Schedule, General Requirements 01 32 16. 3. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. Adjustments in Contract Time may only be made by a Change Order. 7.06 “Or Equals” A. Contractor’s Request; Governing Criteria: Whenever an item of equipment or material is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the names of one or more proprietary items or specific Suppliers, the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor furnishing such item as specified. The specification or description of such an item is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or equal” item is permitted, Contractor may request that City permit the use of other items of equipment or material, or items from other proposed Suppliers, under the circumstances described below. 1. If City in its sole discretion determines that an item of equipment or material proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an “or equal” item. For the purposes of this Paragraph, a proposed item of equipment or material will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. the City determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and 4) it is not objectionable to City. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 25 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 b. Contractor certifies that, if the proposed item is approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and 2) the item will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed “or equal” item at Contractor’s expense. C. City’s Evaluation and Determination: City will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each “or-equal” request. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed “or-equal” item. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or-equal” item will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until City’s review is complete and City determines that the proposed item is an “or-equal.” City.” City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination. D. Effect of City’s Determination: Neither approval nor denial of an “or-equal” request will result in any change in Contract Price. The City’s denial of an “or-equal” request will be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract. E. Treatment as a Substitution Request: If City determines that an item of equipment or material proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item, Contractor may request that City consider the item a proposed substitution pursuant to Paragraph 7.07. 7.07 Substitutions A. Contractor’s Request; Governing Criteria: Unless the specification or description of an item of equipment or material required to be furnished under the Contract Documents contains or is followed by words reading that no substitution is permitted, Contractor may request that City permit the use of other items of equipment or material under the circumstances described below. To the extent possible such requests must be made before commencement of related Work at the Site. 1. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is functionally equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitution therefor. City will not accept requests for review of proposed substitute items of equipment or material from anyone other than Contractor. 2. The requirements for review by City will be as set forth in Paragraph 7.07.B, as supplemented by the Specifications, and as City may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. 3. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item of equipment or material that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall comply with Section 01 25 00 and: a. will certify that the proposed substitute item will: 1) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design; 2) be substantially similar in substance to the item specified; and 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 26 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 3) be well-suited to the same use as the item specified. b. will state: 1) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will adversely impact Contractor’s achievement of Final Acceptance on or before the Contract Time; 2) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; and 3) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. c. will identify: 1) all variations of the proposed substitute item from the item specified; and 2) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services. d. will contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including but not limited to changes in Contract Price, shared savings, costs of redesign, and Damage Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. City’s Evaluation and Determination: City will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each substitution request. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No substitute will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until City’s review is complete and City determines that the proposed item is an acceptable substitution. City’s approval determination will be evidenced by a Change Order accounting for the substitution itself and all related impacts, including changes in Contract Price or Contract Time. City will advise Contractor in writing of any denial determination. C. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitution. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City and its officers, elected and appointed officials, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorney’s fees) arising out of or relateds to the use of substituted materials or equipment. D. Reimbursement of City’s Cost: City will record City’s costs in evaluating a substitution proposed or submitted by Contractor. Whether or not City approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. E. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute at Contractor’s expense. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 27 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 2, 202 F. City Substitution Reimbursement: Cost savings attributable to acceptance of a substitution shall be paid to City by Contractor by an appropriate Change Order decreasing the Contract Price. G. Effect of City’s Determination: If City approves the substitution request, Contractor shall execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the substitution. The City’s denial of a substitution request will be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract. Contractor may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs imposed under Paragraph 7.07.D, by timely submittal of a Change Order. 7.08 Concerning Subcontractors and Suppliers A. Contractor shall perform with its own organization, and with the assistance of workmen under its immediate superintendence, work of DPLQLPXP value DVRXOLQHGLQ6HFWLRQ 3URSRVHG6XEFRQWUDFWRUV)RUPXQOHVVotherwise approved by the City. B. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, against whom City may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection, except as provided in Paragraph 7.08.C. The Contractor’s retention of a Subcontractor or Supplier for the performance of parts of the Work will not relieve Contractor’s obligation to City to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. C. The City may require the use of specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work , and will provide such requirements in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor shall provide to City as part of the Bid, the identity of all proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers. Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed acceptable to City unless City raises a substantive, reasonable objection prior to execution of the Agreement. E. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. F. No acceptance by City of any such Subcontractor or Supplier, whether initially or as a replacement, will constitute a waiver of the right of City to the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, Contract Price and Contract Time. G. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the tasks of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 28 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 H. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier must be pursuant to an appropriate contractual agreement that specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract for the benefit of City. Contractor must comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, statutes, ordinances or regulations, including but not limited to immigration laws, workers compensation laws and wage laws, in the hiring of any Subcontractor or Supplier and shall ensure that each Subcontractor or Supplier has the same obligations. I. Contractor shall restrict all Subcontractors and Suppliers from communicating with City, except through Contractor or in case of an emergency, or as otherwise expressly allowed in this Contract. 7.09 Wage Rates A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates: The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Denton to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. The then current prevailing wage rates at the time of execution of the Agreement are included in these Contract Documents. B. Penalty for Violation: A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code Section 2258.023. C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause: On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City’s determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being retained from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved: An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph 7.09.C. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 29 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 E. Records to be Maintained: The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of Final Acceptance, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be available in Denton County, Texas at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 7.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection. F. Progress Payments: With each progress payment request or payroll period, whichever is less, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. G. Posting of Wage Rates: The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the Site at all times. H. Subcontractor Compliance: The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs 7.09.A through 7.09.G. 7.10 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all patent or license fees and royalties and pay all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If an invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of City, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any patent or license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights will be disclosed in the Contract Documents. Failure of the City to disclose such information does not relieve the Contractor from its obligations to pay said fees or, royalties or costs to others. B. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS CITY, AND ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, DIRECTORS, MEMBERS, PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS AND SUBCONTRACTORS OF EACH AND ANY OF THEM, FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY INFRINGEMENT OF PATENT RIGHTS OR COPYRIGHTS INCIDENT TO THE USE IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK OR RESULTING FROM THE INCORPORATION IN THE WORK OF ANY INVENTION, DESIGN, PROCESS, PRODUCT, OR DEVICE. 7.11 Permits and Utilities A. Contractor obtained permits and licenses. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. City shall provide reasonable assistance to Contractor, if necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work applicable at the time the Notice of Award is issued, except for permits provided by the City as specified in Paragraph 7.11.B. City shall pay the charges of utility service providers for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 30 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 B. City obtained permits and licenses. City will obtain and pay for those permits and licenses identified as City’s responsibility in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to comply with and carry out the provisions of the permit. If the Contractor initiates changes to the Contract and the City approves the changes, the Contractor is responsible for obtaining clearances and coordinating with the appropriate regulatory agency. relating to the changes. The City will not reimburse the Contractor for any cost associated with the requirements of any City acquired permit. The following are permits the City will obtain if required: 1. Texas Department of Transportation Permits 2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Permits 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Permits 4. Railroad Company Permits 5. Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR) Permits C. Outstanding permits and licenses. Any outstanding permits and licenses are anticipated to be acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding permits and licenses. 7.12 Taxes A. On issuance of a Notice of Award by the City, an organization which qualifying for exemption pursuant to Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H (as amended), the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to hisits Supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to comply with State Comptroller’s Rulings applicable to Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H. Any such exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with all applicable rulings pertaining to the Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H. B. Texas tax permits and information may be obtained from: 1. Comptroller of Public Accounts Sales Tax Division Capitol Station Austin, TX 78711; or 2. http://www.window.state.tx.us/taxinfo/taxforms/93-forms.html 7.13 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with any Laws and Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work or takes any other action knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall be liable for all resulting claims, costs losses, and damages, and shall indemnify and hold harmless City, and its officers, elected 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 31 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 and appointed officials, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work or other action. C. Changes in Laws and Regulations not known at the time of the City’s issuance of a Notice of Award having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time. 7.14 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one printed record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, written interpretations and clarifications, and approved Shop Drawings. Contractor shall keep such record documents in good order and annotate them to show changes made during construction. Contractor shall include accurate locations for buried and imbedded items. These record documents, together with all approved Samples, will be available to City for reference. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall deliver these record documents to City prior to Final Inspection. 7.15 Safety and Protection A. As between City and Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of persons and property in the performance of the Work, for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work and for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of Work-related accidents and the maintenance and supervision of safety precautions and programs. Contractor shall inform the City in writing of Contractor’s designated safety representative at the Site. C. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. D. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 7.1515.C.2 or 7.1515.C.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be the responsibility of and remedied by Contractor at its expense. E. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 32 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 and shall implement, erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. F. Contractor shall notify City; the owners of adjacent property; the owners of Underground Facilities and other utilities (if the identity of such owners is known to Contractor); and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site, in writing, when Contractor knows that prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. G. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City’s safety programs, if any. H. Contractor shall inform City in advance in writing of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program with which City’s and Engineer’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. I. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection will continue until all the Work is completed and City has issued a Letter of Final Acceptance. J. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection will resume whenever Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations, or to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 7.16 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of safety data sheets (formerly known as material safety data sheets) or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws and Regulations. 7.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification A. In the event of threatened or actual emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to immediately act to prevent damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give City prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused by an emergency or are required as a result of Contractor’s response to an emergency. If City determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of an emergency or Contractor’s response, a Change Order may be issued. B. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the City to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the City shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take proper action within 24 hours to fulfill this written request or fails to show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City resources or by contract. The City shall deduct an amount equal to the entire cost for such remedial action, plus 25% from any funds due or to become due the Contractor on the Project. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 33 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 7.18 Submittals A. Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples: Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.03). 1. Contractor shall submit the Submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 of the General Requirements. 2. Data shown on the Submittals must be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to demonstrate to City the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide, and to enable City to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.18.C. 3. Submittals reviewed and accepted by City for conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract Documents unless otherwise required by City. 4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and Specifications. 5. For-Information-Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct a review or take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 6. Contractor shall submit the required number of Samples specified in the Specifications. 7. Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which it is intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the Submittal for the limited purposes set forth in Paragraph 7.18.C. B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to City’s review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole risk, expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. City’s Review 1. City will provide timely review of Submittals in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals. City’s review and acceptance will be to determine if the items covered by the Submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. City’s review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents), or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. City’s review and acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 4. City’s review and acceptance of a Submittal will not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 of the General 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 34 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 Requirements, and City has given written acceptance of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal. 5. City’s review and acceptance of a Submittal will not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6. City’s review and acceptance of a Submittal, or of a variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents, will not, under any circumstances, change the Contract Time or Contract Price, unless such changes are included in a Change Order. 7. Neither City’s receipt, review, or acceptance of a Submittal will result in such item becoming a Contract Document. 8. Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and commitments set forth in accepted Submittals, subject to the provisions of Section 01 33 00 of the General Requirements. 7.19 Continuing the Work A. Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Project Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with City. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as City and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 7.20 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, elected and appointed officials, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on Contractor’s warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, or improper modification, maintenance, or operation, by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or a release of Contractor’s warranty and guarantee under this Paragraph 7.20: 1. Observations by Engineer or City; 2. Recommendation by Engineer or payment by City of any progress or final payment; 3. The issuance of a letter or certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by City; 4. Use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City; 5. Any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City; 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 35 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 6. Any inspection, test, or acceptance by others; or 7. Any correction of defective Work by City. D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified. Contractor shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02.B. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 7.21 Indemnification A. CONTRACTOR COVENANTS AND AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS, AND DEFEND, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE, THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS AND SUBCONTRACTORS AND ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THEM , FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR PERSONAL OR BODILY INJURY OR DEATH, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO, OR ALLEGED TO ARISE OUT OF OR BE RELATED TO, THE WORK AND SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES OR INVITEES UNDER THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. OR ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED OR APPOINTED OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THEM. THIS INDEMNITY PROVISION IS INTENDED TO INCLUDE, WITHOUT LIMITATION, INDEMNITY FOR COSTS, EXPENSES AND LEGAL FEES INCURRED IN DEFENDING AGAINST SUCH CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTIONS. B. CONTRACTOR COVENANTS AND AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE, THE CITY, ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS AND SUBCONTRACTORS AND ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THEM FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LOSS, DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION OF PROPERTY OF THE CITY, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO, OR ALLEGED TO ARISE OUT OF OR BE RELATED TO, THE WORK AND SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, LICENSEES OR INVITEES UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY OR ITS OFFICERS, ELECTED OR APPOINTED OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSULTANTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THEM. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 36 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 7.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided pursuant to the professional standard of care by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal must appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such design professional. Such design professional must issue all certifications of design required by Laws and Regulations. C. If a Submittal related to the requirements indicated in Paragraph 7.22.B is prepared by Contractor, a Subcontractor, or others for submittal to City, then such Submittal must bear the written approval of Contractor’s design professional when submitted by Contractor to City. D. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, and approvals performed or provided by the design professionals retained or employed by Contractor under the conditions indicated in Paragraph 7.22.B, subject to the professional standard of care and the performance and design criteria stated in the Contract Documents. E. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.22, City’s review, acceptance, and other determinations regarding design drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and other Submittals furnished by Contractor pursuant to the conditions indicated in Paragraph 7.22.B, will be only for the following limited purposes: 1. Checking for conformance with the requirements of this Paragraph 7.22; 2. Confirming that Contractor (through its design professionals) has used the performance and design criteria specified in the Contract Documents; and 3. Establishing that the design furnished by Contractor is consistent with the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. 7.23 Right to Audit A. The City shall have the right to audit and make copies of the books, records and computations pertaining to the Contract. The Contractor shall retain such books, records, documents and other evidence pertaining to the Contract during the term of the Contract and for five years thereafter, except if an audit is in progress or audit findings are yet unresolved, in which case records shall be kept until all audit tasks are completed and resolved. These books, records, documents and other evidence shall be made available, in Denton County, Texas within ten (10) Business Days of City’s written request. Further, the Contractor shall also require all Subcontractors, material suppliers, and other payees to retain all books, records, documents and other evidence pertaining to the Contract, and to allow the City similar access to those documents. All books and records will be made available within Denton County, Texas. Except as otherwise provided herein, the cost of the audit will be borne by the City 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 37 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 unless the audit reveals an overpayment of 1% or greater. If the City is undertaking an audit or inspection pursuant to Paragraph 7.09 or if an overpayment of 1% or greater occurs, the City’s reasonable cost of the audit, including any travel costs, must be paid by the Contractor within five (5) Business Days of receipt of City’s invoice for such costs. B. Failure to comply with the provisions of this section shall be a material breach of the Contract and shall constitute, in the City’s sole discretion, grounds for termination thereof. Each of the terms “books”, “records”, “documents” and “other evidence”, as used above, shall be construed to include drafts and electronic files, even if such drafts or electronic files are subsequently used to generate or prepare a final printed document. 7.24 Nondiscrimination A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit-related projects, funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national origin. B. Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as may be further defined in the Supplementary Conditions, for any project receiving Federal assistance. ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. In addition to and apart from the Work under the Contract Documents, the City may perform other work at or adjacent to the Site. Such other work may be performed by City’s employees, or through contracts between the City and third parties. City may also arrange to have third-party utility owners perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. B. If City performs other work at or adjacent to the Site with City’s employees, or through contracts for such other work, then City shall give Contractor written notice thereof prior to starting any such other work, if such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents. C. Contractor shall afford proper and safe access to the Site to each contractor that performs such other work, each utility owner performing other work, and City, if City is performing other work with City’s employees, and provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work. D. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose work will be affected. E. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 38 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 Contractor’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work that could not have been discovered through a proper inspection. F. The provisions of this Article 8 are not applicable to work that is performed by third-party utilities or other third-party entities without a contract with City, or that is performed without having been arranged by City. If such work occurs, then any related delay, disruption, or interference incurred by Contractor is governed by the provisions of Paragraph 4.03.D.3. 8.02 Coordination A. If City intends to contract with others for the performance of other work at or adjacent to the Site, to perform other work at or adjacent to the Site with City’s employees, or to arrange to have utility owners perform work at or adjacent to the Site, the following will be set forth in the Supplementary Conditions or provided to Contractor prior to the start of any such other work: 1. The identity of the individual or entity that will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors; 2. An itemization of the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility; and 3. The extent of such authority and responsibilities. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall have authority for such coordination. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor shall take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering with the work of City, any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 1. When City is performing other work at or adjacent to the Site with City’s employees, Contractor shall be liable to City for damage to such other work, and for the reasonable direct delay, disruption, and interference costs incurred by City as a result of Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures with respect to City’s other work. B. If Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, through Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any Damage Claim arising out of Contractor’s actions, inactions, or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the Site is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against Contractor, City, or Engineer, then Contractor shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2) indemnify, defend and hold harmless City and Engineer, and the officers, elected and appointed officials, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claims, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 39 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 ARTICLE 9 – CITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall issue all communications to Contractor. 9.02 Furnish Data A. City shall promptly furnish the data required of City under the Contract Documents. 9.03 Pay When Due A. City shall make payments to Contractor when they are due in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Article 14. 9.04 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings A. City’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Paragraph 5.01. B. Article 5 refers to City’s identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the Site, and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by City in preparing the Contract Documents. 9.05 Change Orders A. City’s responsibilities with respect to Change Orders are set forth in Article 11. 9.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. City’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.02.DD. 9.07 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. City’s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 5.06. 9.09 Compliance with Safety Program A. While at the Site, City’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which City has been informed in advance in writing pursuant to Paragraph 7.15. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 40 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 ARTICLE 10 – CITY’S OBSERVATION DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 City’s Project Manager or Duly Authorized Representative A. City will provide a Project Manager or duly authorized representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City’s Project Manager or duly appointed representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. B. City’s Project Manager for these Contract Documents is as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. City will establish a duly authorized representative at the Preconstruction Meeting in accordance with Section 01 31 19 of the General Requirements. 10.02 Visits to Site A. City will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, City will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. City will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City’s efforts will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. B. City’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on City’s responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.07. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of City’s visits or observations of Contractor’s Work, City will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 10.03 Determinations for Work Performed A. As applicable, Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed.. City’s Project Manager or duly authorized representative will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written recommendation. City’s written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data). 10.04 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. City will be the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge the acceptability of the Work thereunder. B. City will render a written decision on any issue referred. C. City’s written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on the Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.07. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 41 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 ARTICLE 11 – CHANGES ININ THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract A. The Contract may be amended toto provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof, including in the Contract Price or Contract Time, but such amendment will be made by Change Order only. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be authorized, by one of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; or 2. City’s review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.18.C); or 3. City’s written interpretation or clarification. 11.02 Execution of Change Orders A. City and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed.. 2. Changes in the Work which are: (a) ordered by City pursuant to Paragraph 11.04, (b) required because of City’s acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.05 or City’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08, or (c) as otherwise agreed to by the parties. 11.03 Field Orders A. City may authorize minor variations and deviations in changes in the Work if the changes do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Such changes will be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on both the City and Contractor, which shall perform the Work involved promptly. 11.04 Authorized Changes in the Work – Extra Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall proceed with the Work involved only upon receiving written notice from City. Extra Work will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Change Order which may or may not precede an order of Extra Work. B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price, a Field Order may be issued by City. 11.05 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 42 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented as allowed herein, except in certain cases of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.17.A. 11.06 Dispute of Extra Work A. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment for such Extra Work, and the City requires its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the Extra Work after making written request for a Change Order and shall keep accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof. Contract Claims regarding Extra Work shall be made pursuant to Paragraph 11.07. B. The Contractor shall furnish the City such records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the City to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual work performed. C. The compensation agreed upon for Extra Work whether or not initiated by a Change Order shall be the full, complete and final payment for all charges, fees and costs Contractor incurs as a result of or relating to the Extra Work, whether said charges, fees or costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any charges, fees or costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the Extra Work. 11.07 Contract Claims Process A. City’s Decision Required: All Contract Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.08, shall be referred to the City for decision. A decision by City shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Contractor of any rights or remedies he may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Contract Claims. B. Notice: 1. Written notice stating the general nature of each Contract Claim shall be delivered by the Contractor to City no later than 15 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Contract Claim shall rest with the party making the Contract Claim. 2. Notice of the amount or extent of the Contract Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the City no later than 45 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto (unless the City notifies Contractor in writing that City will allow additional time for Contractor to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Contract Claim). 3. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 11.08. 4. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 11.09. 5. Each Contract Claim shall be accompanied by Contractor’s written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 43 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 6. The City shall submit any response to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the Contractor’s last submittal (unless in connection with the Contract Claim (unless Contractor allows the City additional time to submit a response). C. City’s Action: City will review each Contract Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the Contractor unless action by City’s Council is required, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Contract Claim in whole or in part; 2. approve the Contract Claim; or 3. notify the Contractor that the City is unable to resolve the Contract Claim if, in the City’s sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the City to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Contract Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. D. City’s written action under this Paragraph 11.07 will be final and binding, unless City or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. E. No Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 11.07. F. If the City fails to take any action pursuant to this Paragraph 11.07, the Contract Claim is considered to have been denied by the City. 11.08 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. B. TheThe value of any Work covered by a Change Order will be determined as follows: 1. Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 12.03); 2. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by a mutually agreed lump sum or unit price (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11.08.C.2), and shall include the cost of any secondary impacts that are foreseeable at the time of pricing the cost of Extra Work; or 3. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach mutual agreement to a lump sum or unit price, then on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01) plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.08.C). C. Contractor’s Fee: The Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit will be determined as follows: 1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. If a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 44 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 a. For costs incurred under Paragraphs 12.01.B.1, 12.01.B.2, and 12.01.B.3, the Contractor’s fee will be 15 percent except for: 1) rental fees for Contractor’s own equipment; and 2) bonds and insurance; b. For costs incurred under Paragraph 12.01.B.4, the Contractor’s fee will be 5 percent; 1) Where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 11.08.C.2.a and 11.08.C.2.b is that the Contractor’s fee will be based on: (1) a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred under Paragraphs 12.01.B.1, 12.01.B.2, and 12.01.B.3 by the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, and (2) with respect to Contractor itself and to any Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, a fee of 5 percent of the amount (fee plus underlying costs incurred) attributable to the next lower tier Subcontractor; provided, however, in no case shall the cumulative total of fees paid be in excess of 25% of the Cost of the Work; c. No fee will be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 12.01.B.5, 12.01.B.6, and 12.01.C; d. The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to City for any change which results in a net decrease in Cost of the Work will be the amount of the actual net decrease in Cost of the Work and a deduction of an additional amount equal to 5 percent of such actual net decrease in Cost of the Work; and 11.09 Change of Contract Time A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. B. No extension of the Contract Time will be allowed under a Change Order for Extra Work or for claimed delay unless the Extra Work contemplated or claimed delay is shown to be on the critical path of the Project Schedule or Contractor can show by critical path method analysis how the Extra Work or claimed delay adversely affects the critical path. C. Delay, disruption, and interference in the Work, and any related changes in Contract Time, are addressed in and governed by Paragraph 4.03. 11.10 Notification to Surety A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the effect of any such change. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 45 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 ARTICLE 12 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY MEASUREMENT 12.01 Cost of the Work A. Purposes for Determination of Cost of the Work: The term “Cost of the Work” means the sum of all costs necessary for the proper performance of the Work at issue, as further defined below. The provisions of this Paragraph 12.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price, under cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. When needed to determine the value of a Change Order. When the value of any such adjustment is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment. B. Costs Included: The term, “Cost of the Work” means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 12.01.C, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work is covered by a Change Order, the costs reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work. Such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those calculated based on the prevailing wage rates contained in the Contract Documents, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 12.01.C, and may include as applicable, but not be limited to the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by City and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, safety managers, safety representatives, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work will be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, sick leave, and vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours on Business Days, during Weekend Working Hours, or on a state or federal holiday observed by the City, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by City. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection therewith. 3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved in writing by City, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. and the Contract Documents. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 46 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 4. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by City, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to City . Contractor shall deliver such bids to City, which will then determine, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee will be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 12.01 and Paragraph 11.08.C. 5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed or retained for services specifically related to the Work and specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 12.01.B.1 or otherwise specifically included in the Contract. 6. Supplemental costs consisting of the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, and temporary office or facilities at the Site, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations, excluding those taxes for which an exemption is available as described in Paragraph 7.12. d. Deposits lost for causes other than the negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. e. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses include settlements made with the written consent and approval of CityCity. No such losses, damages, and expenses will be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s fee. f. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. g. Minor expenses such as communication service at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. h. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance that Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. C. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work does not include any of the following items: 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 47 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals, general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 12.01.B.1 or otherwise specifically covered in the Contract. The payroll costs and other compensation excluded here are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the acts, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind. D. Contractor’s Fee 1. When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of cost-plus-a-fee, then: a. Contractor’s fee for the Work set forth in the Contract Documents as of the Effective Date of the Agreement will be determined as set forth in the Contract. b. for any Work covered by a Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor’s fee will be determined as set forth in Paragraph 11.08.C. 2. When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of a stipulated sum, or any other basis other than cost-plus-a-fee, then Contractor’s fee for any Work covered by a Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price on the basis of Cost of the Work will be determined in accordance with Paragraph 11.08.C.2. E. Documentation and Audit: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to this Article 12, Contractor and pertinent Subcontractors will establish and maintain records of the costs in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices, and submit in a form acceptable to City an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. Subject to prior written notice, City will be afforded reasonable access, during normal business hours, to all Contractor’s accounts, records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and Contractor’s fee. Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of three years after the final payment by City. Contractor will be responsible for ensuring that pertinent Subcontractors will afford such access to City, and preserve such documents, to the same extent as is required of Contractor. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 48 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 12.02 Allowances A. Specified Allowance: It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to City. B. Cash Allowances: Contractor agrees that: 1. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances, have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment for any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of City. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts due Contractor for Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price will be correspondingly adjusted. 12.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work multiplied by the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by City subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.03. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Work described in the Contract Documents, or reasonably inferred as required for a functionally complete installation, but not identified in the listing of unit price items shall be considered incidental to Unit Price Work listed and the cost of incidental work included as part of the unit price. D. Adjustments in Contract Price 1. City may make an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 11.08 if: a. the quantity of the item of Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and b. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work. 2. Adjusted unit prices will apply to all units of that item. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 49 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 E. Increased or Decreased Quantities: The City reserves the right to order Extra Work in accordance with Paragraph 11.04. 1. If the changes in quantities or the alterations do not significantly change the character of the Work under the Contract Documents, the altered Work will be paid for at the Contract unit price. 2. If the changes in quantities or alterations materially and significantly change the character of the Work, the Contract will be amended by a Change Order. 3. If no unit prices exist, thisany increase or decrease in quantities will be considered Extra Work and the Contract will be amended by a Change Order in accordance with Article 11. 4. A significant change in the character of Work occurs when: a. the character of work for any Item as altered differs materially or significantly in kind or nature from that in the Contract; or b. a Major Item of work varies by more than 25% from the original Contract quantity. 5. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is more than 125% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price on the portion of the work that is above 125%. 6. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is less than 75% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price. 12.04 Plans Quantity Measurement for Unclassified Excavation or Embankment A. Plans quantities may or may not represent the exact quantity of Work performed or material moved, handled, or placed during the term of the Contract. The estimated bid quantities are designated as final payment quantities, unless revised in accordance with the Contract. B. If the total actual quantity measured for an individual item varies by more than 25% (or as stipulated under “Price and Payment Procedures” for specific Items) from the total estimated quantity for an individual Item originally shown in the Contract Documents, an adjustment may be made to the quantity of authorized Work done for payment purposes. The party to the Contract requesting the adjustment will provide field measurements and calculations showing the final quantity for which payment will be made. Payment for revised quantity will be made at the unit price bid for that Item, except as provided for in Article 11. C. When quantities are revised by a change in design approved by the City, by Change Order, or to correct an error, or to correct an error on the plans, the plans quantity will be increased or decreased by the amount identified in the approved change, and the 25% variance provisions of Paragraph 12.04.B will apply to the new plans quantity. D. If the total Contract quantity multiplied by the unit price bid for an individual Item is less than $250 and the Item is not originally a plans quantity Item, then the Item may be paid as a plans quantity Item if the City and Contractor agree in writing to fix the final quantity as a plans quantity. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 50 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 E. For callout work or non-site specific Contracts, the plans quantity measurement requirements are not applicable. ARTICLE 13 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Access to Work A. City and its Engineer, consultants, representatives, employees, and independent testing laboratories, and authorities having jurisdiction shall have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply with such procedures and programs as applicable. 13.02 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work (or specific parts thereof) for all required inspections and tests and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections and tests. B. If the Contract Documents or any Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of inspection, testing or approval, except that those fees specifically identified in the Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR) inspections, which shall will be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections, tests, re-tests, and approvals required: 1. by the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to City; 2. to attain City’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. by manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. for testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; and 5. for acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections and tests will be performed by independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to City. D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory (“Testing Lab”) to perform any inspections or tests (“Testing”) for any part of the Work, as determined solely by City. 1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor; 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 51 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 2. Should any Testing under this Section 13.03.D result in a “fail”, “did not pass” or other similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests. Contractor’s cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative result and require a retest. 3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 13.02.D shall be paid directly to the Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Contractor. 4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue Final Payment until the Testing Lab is paid. E. If the Contract Documents require the Work (or part thereof) to be approved by City or another designated individual or entity, then Contractor shall assume full responsibility for seeking and obtaining such approvals. F. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without the written approval of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover such Work for observation. Such uncovering and the recovering of such Work will be at Contractor’s expense. 13.03 Defective Work A. Contractor’s Obligation: It is Contractor’s obligation to assure that the Work is not defective. B. City’s Authority: City has the authority to determine whether Work is defective, and to reject defective Work. C. Notice of Defects: Written notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. D. Correction, or Removal and Replacement: Promptly after receipt of written notice of defective Work, Contractor shall correct all such defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if City has rejected the defective Work, shall remove the defective Work from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work. E. Preservation of Warranties: When correcting defective Work, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City’s warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. F. Costs and Damages: In addition to its correction, removal, and replacement obligations with respect to defective Work, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to defective Work, including but not limited to the cost of the inspection, testing, correction, removal, replacement, or reconstruction of such defective Work, fines levied against Contractor or City by governmental authorities because the Work is defective, and the costs of repair, replacement or reconstruction of work of others resulting from defective Work. 13.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. City will have authority to reject Work which City believes to be defective or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 52 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 of the Work as provided in this Article 13, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 13.05 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, City prefers to accept it, City may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to City’s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work, and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Final Acceptance, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of the Work so accepted. 13.06 Uncovering Work A. City has the authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. B. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions of City and if requested by City, Contractor shall uncover such Work for City’s observation, inspection or testing and then replace the covering, all at Contractor’s expense. C. If City considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by City or inspected or tested by others, then Contractor, at City’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as City may require, that portion of the Work in question, and provide all necessary labor, material, and equipment. 1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall be responsible for all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). City shall be entitled to accept defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.05 and in such case Contractor shall still be responsible for all costs associated with exposing, observing, and testing defective Work. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an extension of the Contract Time to the extent directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. 13.07 City May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or Contractor fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, then City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been corrected or eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work will not give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or any employee or agent of, any of them. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 53 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 13.08 City May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace defective Work as required by City, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, then City may, after providing 7 days’ advance written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow CityCity, City’s representatives, agents and employees, and City’s other contractors access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.08. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court, or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.08 will be the responsibility of and will be charged against Contractor. A Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include, but not be limited to, all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor’s defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by City of City’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.08. ARTICLE 14 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 14.01 Progress Payments A. Basis for Progress Payments: The Schedule of Values established as provided in Paragraph 2.03 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to City. Progress payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed during the pay period, as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 12.03. Progress payments for cost-based Work will be based on Cost of the Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Applications for Payments 1. Contractor is responsible for providing all information as required to become a vendor of the City. 2. At least 20 days before the date established in the General Requirements for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to City for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 54 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 3. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment must also be accompanied by: (a) bill of sale, invoice, or purchase order payments, copies of cancelled checks or other documentation establishing full payment by Contractor for the materials and equipment; (b) at City’s request, documentation warranting that City has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens; and (c) evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance, or other arrangements to protect City’s interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to City. 4. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application must include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work by Contractor have been applied to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 5. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Contract Documents. C. Review of Applications 1. City will, after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing it will proceed to process the Application for Payment or return the Application to Contractor indicating reasons for refusing payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. City’s processing of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will be based on City’s observations of the executed Work, and on City’s review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that based City’s actual knowledge: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; and b. the quality and/or quantity of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to any subsequent evaluations of the Work, an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Final Acceptance, the results of any subsequent tests or inspections called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraphs 10.05 and 12.03, and any other qualifications stated). 3. Processing any such payment will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or b. there are no other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by City or entitle City to withhold payment to Contractor; or c. Contractor hashas complied with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s performance of the Work. 4. City may refuse to process or pay the whole or any part of any payment because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, and 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 55 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 may revise or revoke any such payment previously made, to such extent as may be necessary to protect City from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or the completed Work has been damaged by the Contractor or his subcontractors, requiring correction or replacement; b. there are discrepancies in quantities contained in previous applications for payment; c. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; d. City has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 1313.08, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 13.05; e. City has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; or f. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents. D. Retainage: 1. For all contracts, retainage shall be five percent (5%). E. Liquidated Damages: For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract Documents, the sum per day specified in the Agreement will be paid by the Contractor to the City, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages suffered by the City. If feasible, the parties may agree to have the liquidated damages deducted from any amounts owned to Contractor by City instead of being paid directly to City by Contractor. F. Payment: Contractor will be paid pursuant to the requirements of this Article 14 and payment will become due in accordance with the Contract Documents. G. Reduction in Payment 1. City may refuse to make payment of the of the amount requested because: a. Claims have been made against City based on Contractor’s performance or furnishing of the Work, or City has incurred costs, losses, or damages resulting from Contractor’s performance or furnishing of the Work, including but not limited to claims, costs, losses, or damages from workplace injuries, adjacent property damage, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; b. Contractor has failed to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site; c. Contractor has failed to provide and maintain required bonds or insurance; d. City has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; e. City has incurred extra charges or engineering costs related to submittal reviews, evaluations of proposed substitutes, tests and inspections, or return visits to manufacturing or assembly facilities; f. The Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 56 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 g. City has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.08, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 13.05; h. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; i. An event has occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify a termination for cause; j. Liquidated or other damages have accrued as a result of Contractor’s failure to achieve Milestones or Final Acceptance of the Work; k. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to City to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; l. Other items entitle City to a set-off against the payment amount requested; or m. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02. 2. If City refuses to make payment of the amount requested, City will give Contractor written notice stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. City shall pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by City and Contractor, within a reasonable time after Contractor remedies the reasons for such action to the satisfaction of City and City has confirmed such action. 14.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to City no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.03 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which City determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to of any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use. In addition, City may request in writing that Contractor permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work that City believes to be substantially complete, subject to the following conditions: 1. At any time, Contractor may notify City that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use. 2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.03, City and Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. 3. Partial Utilization by City will not constitute Final Acceptance by City. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 57 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 14.04 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. City will promptly schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor. 2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. B. City reserves the right to deny request for Final Inspection if City determines that the entire Work is not sufficiently complete to warrant a Final Inspection. 14.05 Final Acceptance A. Upon completion by Contractor to City’s satisfaction, of any and all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including any corrections or additional Work identified in the Final Inspection and delivery of all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurances, certificates of inspection, annotated record documents and other required documents in accordance with the Contract Documents, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance. 14.06 Final Payment A. Application for Payment 1. Upon receipt of a letter of Final Acceptance from City, Contractor may make application for Final Payment following the procedures for requesting payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. The final Application for Payment must be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 6.03; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. satisfactory evidence that all title issues have been resolved such that title to all Work, materials, and equipment has passed to City free and clear of any Liens or other title defects or will so pass upon final payment. d. a list of all Contract Claims or Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are unsettled; and e. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of the Work, and of Liens filed in connection with the Work. B. Payment Becomes Due: The final payment requested by Contractor, less previous payments made and less any sum to which City is entitled, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and payable: 1. After City’s acceptance of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation; and 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 58 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 2. After all Damage Claims have been resolved: a. directly by the Contractor; or b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor’s insurance provider for resolution. The making of the final payment by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract that continue thereafter. 14.07 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release A. If final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if City so confirms, City may, upon receipt of Contractor’s final Application for Payment, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by City for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in Paragraph 14.01.D, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 6.02, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to City with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Contract Claims. B. Partial Retainage Release. If the Contract provides for separate establishment and maintenance periods and/or test and performance periods following the completion of all other construction in the Contract Documents for all Work locations, the City may release a portion of the amount retained provided that all other work is completed as determined by the City. Before the release, all submittals and final quantities must be completed and accepted for all other work. An amount sufficient to ensure Contract compliance will be retained. 14.08 Waiver of Claims A. The acceptance of final payment will constitute a waiver and release by Contractor of all claims, rights, causes of action, or liabilities, including Contract Claims, against City arising out of, related to or under the Contract or for any act, omission or neglect of City. 14.09 Correction Period A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the Contract Documents) any Work has been found to be defective, or Contractor’s repair of any damages to the Site, adjacent areas, or areas made available for Contractor’s use by City has been found to be defective, then after receipt of City’s written notice of defect, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in accordance with City’s written instructions: 1. correct the defective repairs to the Site or such adjacent areas, or areas made available for Contractor’s use by City; 2. correct such defective Work; 3. remove the defective Work from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, if the defective Work has been rejected by City, and 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 59 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others, or to other land or areas resulting from the corrective measures. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City’s written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. Contractor shall pay all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, repaired or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 14.09, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work may be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of the initial correction period. E. Contractor’s obligations under this paragraph are in addition to all other obligations and warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 14.09 are not to be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 15 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 City May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written notice to Contractor. City may fix the date on which Work will be resumed in such notice, and Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During a temporary suspension of the Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will make no extra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews. B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract Time, directly attributable to any such suspension. C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way; Contractor shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; and Contractor shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. D. Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving its equipment off the job and returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the City that construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 60 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 equipment and no profit or overhead will be allowed. Reimbursement may not be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City. 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events by way of example, but not of limitation, may justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or failure to adhere to the Project Schedule established under Paragraph 2.06 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 7.05); 2. Failure of Contractor to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Contract; or 3. Contractor’s disregard of Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; or 4. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of City; or 5. Contractor’s failure to promptly make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or defects of any nature, the correction of which has been directed in writing by the City; or 6. Substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the Contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose; or 7. Substantial indication that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to perform the Work satisfactorily; or 8. Contractor commences legal action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the City. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occurs, City will provide written notice to Contractor and Surety to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to address Contractor’s failure to perform the Work. The conference shall be held not later than 15 days after receipt of notice. by both Contractor and surety. 1. If the City, the Contractor, and the Surety do not agree to allow the Contractor to proceed to perform the Contract, the City may, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, declare a Contractor default and formally terminate the Contractor's right to complete the Contract. Contractor default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after the Contractor and Surety have received notice of the conference to address Contractor's failure to perform the Work. 2. If Contractor's services are terminated, Surety shall be obligated to take over and perform the Work. If Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15 consecutive calendar days after date of an additional written notice demanding Surety’s performance of its obligations, then City, without process or action at law, may take over any portion of the Work and complete it as described below. a. If City completes the Work, City may exclude Contractor and Surety from the Site and take possession of the Work, and all materials and equipment stored at the Site 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 61 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 or for which City has paid Contractor, but which are stored elsewhere, and the Work as City may deem expedient. 3. Whether City or Surety completes the Work, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the cost to complete the Work, including all related claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals) sustained by City, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If the cost to complete the Work including such related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to City. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by City will be incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph 15.02, City shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 4. Neither City, nor any of its respective consultants, agents, officers, elected or appointed officials, directors or employees shall be in any way liable or accountable to Contractor or Surety for the method by which the completion of the said Work, or any portion thereof, may be accomplished or for the price paid therefor. 5. City, notwithstanding the method used in completing the Contract, shall not forfeit the right to recover damages from Contractor or Surety for Contractor's failure to timely complete the entire Contract. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim, counterclaim or offset on account of the method used by City in completing the Contract. 6. Maintenance of the Work shall continue to be Contractor's and Surety's responsibilities as provided for in the bond requirements of the Contract Documents or any special guarantees provided for under the Contract Documents or any other obligations otherwise under the Contract or prescribed by law. C. Notwithstanding Paragraph 15.02.B, Contractor’s services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. D. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by City, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of City against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue, or any rights or remedies of City against Contractor or Surety. Any retention or payment of money due Contractor by City will not release Contractor from liability. E. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 6.02, the termination procedures of that bond shall not supersede the provisions of this Article 15. 15.03 City May Terminate for Convenience A. City may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of City, terminate the Contract, in whole or in part. Any termination shall be affected by giving notice of the termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Notice shall be deemed validly given if given in accordance with Paragraph 17.01.A. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 62 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 B. After a notice of termination, has been given, and except as otherwise directed by the City, the Contractor shall: 1. stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; 2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not terminated; 3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the Work terminated by notice of termination; 4. transfer title to the City and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the City: a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in progress, completed Work, supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the Work terminated by the notice of the termination; and b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the City. 5. complete performance of such Work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination; and 6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the City may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to the Contract that is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the City has or may acquire the rest. C. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the City a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of in accordance with the Contract, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by City. D. Not later than 15 days after Contractor’s submission of the certified list to City pursuant to Paragraph 15.03.C, the City shall accept title to such items, subject to verification of the list by the City upon removal of the items or,. If the items are stored, then City shall have 45 days after submission of the list, to verify the list submitted and accept title to such items. Any necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement. E. Not later than 60 days after the notice of termination has been given, the Contractor shall submit a termination claim to the City in the form and with the certification prescribed by the City. Unless an extension request is made in writing within such 60-day period by the Contractor, and granted by the City, any and all such claims of Contractor that are not submitted to City within such 60-day period shall be conclusively deemed waived. F. Should a termination claim be timely submitted to the City, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 63 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 and profit on such Work calculated and determined in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses calculated and determined in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. reasonable expenses directly attributable to reasonable and necessary wind-down and termination activities, without any overhead or profit. G. In the event of the failure of the Contractor and City to agree upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the Work, the City shall determine, on the basis of information submitted and available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and City shall pay to the Contractor the amounts so determined. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of, related to or resulting from such termination. ARTICLE 16 – RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either City or Contractor may request mediation of any Contract Claim submitted for a decision under Paragraph 11.07 before such decision becomes final and binding. The request for mediation shall be submitted to the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 11.07.E. B. City and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be commenced within 60 calendar days of filing of the request. C. The parties shall agree on a mediator; however, if they cannot agree within 14 calendar days then the Denton County Alternative Dispute Resolution Program (“DCAP”) shall appoint a mediator. The mediation session shall be held within 45 days of the retention of the mediator, and last for at least one full mediation day, before any party has the option to withdraw from the process. The parties may agree to continue the mediation process beyond one day, until there is a settlement agreement, or one party, or the mediator, states that there is no reason to continue because of an impasse that cannot be overcome and sends a “notice of termination of mediation.” All reasonable efforts will be made to complete the mediation within 30 days of the first mediation session. All costs of mediation shall be borne equally by the parties. D. All communications, both written and oral, during Phases A and B are confidential and shall be treated as settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence; however, documents generated in the ordinary course of business prior to the Dispute, that would otherwise be discoverable, do not become confidential simply because they are used in the Negotiation and/or Mediation process. E. The process shall be confidential based on terms acceptable to the mediator and/or mediation service provider. 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 64 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 F. If the Contract Claim is not resolved by mediation, City’s action under Paragraph 11.07.C or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 11.07.C.3 or 11.07.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, City or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to invoke any other dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Contract Claim to another dispute resolution process; or 3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Contract Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction as set forth within the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 17 – MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered: 1. in person, by a commercial courier service or otherwise, if to City, to the duly authorized representative of City identified in the Contract Documents or to City’s Project Manager or, if to Contractor, to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or 2. by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the recipient’s place of business; or 3. by e-mail to the recipient. 17.02 Computation of Time A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day that is a state or federal holiday observed by the City, the next Business Day shall become the last day of the period. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws and Regulations, in equity, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.03 will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Limitation of Damages A. With respect to any and all claims, disputes subject to final resolution, and other matters at issue, neither City, nor any of its officers, directors, elected or appointed officials, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. Further, the Contractor may only claim and the City may only be liable for those damages that are set forth in Subchapter I, Chapter 271 of the Texas 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 65 of 65 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised November 20, 2020 Local Government Code and the City shall not be liable for any consequential damages, exemplary damages or damages for unabsorbed home office overhead. 17.05 No Waiver A. A party’s non-enforcement of any provision will not constitute a waiver of that provision, nor will it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Contract. B. The City has not waived its sovereign immunity except as expressly set forth in Subchapter I, Chapter 271 of the Texas Local Government Code or as expressly waived by other statute. 17.06 Survival of Obligations All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract, will survive final payment, completion, and Final Acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract or of the services of Contractor. 17.07 Assignment of Contract A. Unless expressly agreed to elsewhere in the Contract, no assignment by a party to this Contract of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on the other party without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, money that may become due and money that is due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract. 17.08 Successors and Assigns A. City and Contractor each binds itself, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 17.09 Governing Law A. The Contract shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without regard to conflicts of law principles. 17.10 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 1 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 SECTION 00 73 01 1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP 2 TO 3 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4 5 Supplementary Conditions 6 7 These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other 8 provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are 9 modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions 10 of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. 11 12 Defined Terms 13 14 The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the 15 meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. 16 17 Modifications and Supplements 18 19 The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and 20 other Contract Documents. 21 22 SC-1.01 “Defined Terms” 23 24 The following Terms listed in the General Conditions are modified as follows: 25 26 Bid – See Proposal. 27 28 Bidder – See Offeror. 29 30 Bidding Documents – See Proposal Documents. 31 32 Bidding Requirements – See Proposal Requirements. 33 34 The following Terms are added to the General Conditions as follows: 35 36 Competitive Sealed Proposals – A procurement method by which a governmental entity requests 37 proposals, evaluates and ranks the Offerors, and negotiates a contract with a general contractor for 38 the construction, rehabilitation, alteration, or repair of a facility. 39 40 Daily Value – The City-determined value in dollars as indicated in the Proposal Form as the value 41 of one Day for the purposes of determining the Incentive (if applicable) for Substantial 42 Completion relative to the Contract Time and achievement of Substantial Completion. 43 44 Offeror – The individual or entity that submits a Proposal directly to City. 45 46 Proposal – The offer or proposal of an Offeror submitted in accordance with the requirements set 47 forth in the Instructions to Offerors. 48 49 Proposal Documents – The Proposal Requirements and the Proposed Contract Documents. 50 51 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 2 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 Proposal Requirements – The Advertisement or Invitation to Offerors, Instructions to Offerors, 1 Offeror’s Bond or other Proposal security, if any, the Proposal Form, and the Proposal with any 2 attachments. 3 4 Substantial Completion – The completion of the Work necessary for the project to function as it 5 was intended pursuant to the Contract Documents and as specified below, to the reasonable 6 satisfaction of the City. The date of Substantial Completion shall be memorialized by written 7 notice given by the City to the Contractor. 8 9 SC-5.01A 10 11 Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for 12 proposals. Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines 13 shown on the Contract Drawings. 14 15 SC-5.01A.1., “Availability of Lands” 16 17 The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of 18 05/30/2025 19 20 Outstanding Right-Of-Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired 21 PARCEL NUMBER OWNER TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION NONE The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 22 and do not bind the City. 23 24 If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the 25 Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, 26 notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. 27 28 SC-5.01A.2, “Availability of Lands” 29 30 Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated 31 32 The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated 33 as of 05/30/2025 34 35 EXPECTED OWNER UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF ADJUSTMENT CABLE OR SPECTRUM FIBER NORTHEAST CORNER OF RINEY ROAD AND HARDAWAY ROAD TBD The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 36 and do not bind the City. 37 38 SC-5.03A., “Subsurface and Physical Conditions” 39 40 The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: 41 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 3 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 1 A Geotechnical Engineering Report Report No. 63:1973, dated _February 2, 2024, prepared by ECS 2 Southwest, LLP, a sub-consultant of Binkley & Berfield | DCCM, a consultant of the City, providing 3 additional information on subsurface soil conditions. 4 5 The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface 6 structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: 7 [None] 8 9 SC-5.05 A., “Underground Facilities 10 11 The following are additional resources for identification of Underground Facilities which are at or 12 contiguous to the site of the Work, and which are not necessarily shown in the Drawings: 13 [None] 14 15 SC-5.06A., “Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site” 16 17 The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: 18 [None] 19 20 SC-6.02, “Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds” 21 22 The “Contract Price” for Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds will be the same as 23 indicated in Article 3 as listed in the Agreement. 24 25 SC-6.03A., “Certificates of Insurance” 26 27 The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective 28 officers, directors, agents and employees. 29 30 (1)City31 (2)Consultant: BinkleyBarfield | DCCM32 (3)Other: [None]33 34 SC-6.04A., “Contractor’s Insurance” 35 36 The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-6.04 shall provide the following 37 coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 38 39 6.04A. Workers' Compensation, under Paragraph GC-6.04A. 40 41 Statutory limits 42 Employer's liability 43 $100,000 each accident/occurrence 44 $100,000 Disease - each employee 45 $500,000 Disease - policy limit 46 47 SC-6.04B., “Contractor’s Insurance” 48 49 6.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC-6.04B. Contractor's Liability Insurance 50 under Paragraph GC-6.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with 51 minimum limits of: 52 53 $1,000,000 each occurrence 54 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 4 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 $2,000,000 aggregate limit 1 2 The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment – Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the 3 General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. 4 5 The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide “X”, “C”, and “U” coverage’s. 6 Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. 7 8 SC 6.04C., “Contractor’s Insurance” 9 6.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC-6.04C. Contractor’s Liability Insurance under 10 Paragraph GC-6.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: 11 12 (1)Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto",13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned. $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at least: 21 22 SC-6.04D., “Contractor’s Insurance” 23 24 The Contractor’s construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and 25 material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks, or perform work within 25 feet of the center line 26 of tracks “None”. 27 28 The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, 29 hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains 30 or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a “Right of 31 Entry Agreement” with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the 32 Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute 33 the right-of-entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate 34 to the Contractor’s use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company’s 35 properties. 36 37 The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide 38 coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the 39 Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor’s operations and work cross, 40 occupy, or touch railroad property: 41 42 (1)General Aggregate:43 44 (2)Each Occurrence:45 46 Required for this Contract X Not required for this Contract 47 48 With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: 49 50 1.Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in51 the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at-grade52 crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same53 railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above.54 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 5 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 1 2.Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several2 railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights-of-way, the Contractor3 may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company.4 5 3.If, in addition to a grade separation or an at-grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a6 railroad company’s right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at-7 grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade8 separation.9 10 4.If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company’s right-of-11 way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work12 may be at two or more separate locations.13 14 No work or activities on a railroad company’s property to be performed by the Contractor shall be 15 commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance 16 for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and 17 each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor’s beginning work. 18 19 The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way 20 has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, 21 insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. 22 Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the 23 railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. 24 25 SC 6.04F., “Contractor’s Insurance” 26 Add Paragraph 6.04F. Environmental Impairment/Pollution 27 Environmental Impairment/Pollution Insurance to include coverage for the handling, receiving, dispensing, 28 removal, storage, testing, transportation, disposal, discharge, dispersal release or escape of any hazardous 29 material into or upon land, or any structure on land, the atmosphere or any watercourse or body of water, 30 including ground water, with a minimum combined bodily injury (including death) and property damage 31 limit of $2,000,000 per occurrence to be obtained upon substantial completion and acceptance of facility by 32 the City. 33 34 SC-7.08C., “Concerning Subcontractors and Suppliers” 35 36 The following subcontractors shall be required to be utilized by the Contractor for specific portions of the 37 Work as indicated below: 38 39 Required Subcontractors 40 SUBCONTRACTOR COMPANY NAME DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED None 41 SC-7.11., “Permits and Utilities” 42 43 SC-7.11A., “Contractor obtained permits and licenses” 44 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: 45 1.SWPPP with NOI to TCEQ46 47 SC-7.11B. “City obtained permits and licenses” 48 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: 49 2.TxDOT Right-of-Way Permit for work within US 77 on east end of project.50 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 6 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 1 SC-7.11C. “Outstanding permits and licenses” 2 3 The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of [TxDOT 4 Permit, 04/04/2025]: 5 6 Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired 7 OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION TxDOT Permit Riney Road and US 77 6/7/2025 8 9 SC-8.02., “Coordination” 10 11 The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at 12 the Site: 13 14 Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority None 15 SC-9.01, “Communications to Contractor” 16 17 Contact Spectrum for relocation of fiber optic cable box at northeast corner of Riney and Hardaway 18 Roads. Notify City Parks Department seven days (7) prior to starting work on hike and bike trail. All work 19 in City park area shall be coordinated with City Parks Department. 20 21 SC-10.01B., “City’s Project Manager” 22 23 The City’s Project Manager for this Contract is Jesus Perez, or his/her successor pursuant to written 24 notification from the City Engineer. 25 26 SC-13.02B., “Tests and Inspections” 27 None 28 29 SC-14.01G, “Reduction in Payment” 30 31 Add Paragraph 14.01G.3: 32 33 3.City may reduce payments to the Contractor, if the number of Days that have passed after the date34 listed on the Notice to Proceed exceeds the Contract Time for Substantial Completion.35 36 SC-16.01C.1, “Methods and Procedures” 37 None 38 39 SC – 17.01, “Documents” 40 41 Any documents submitted to the City in electronic format shall be considered equivalent to an original of 42 such document. 43 44 45 00 73 01 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS - CSP Page 7 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised July 11, 2023 Effective July 11, 2023 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 00 73 74 FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES - CSP Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 00 73 74 1 FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES - CSP 2 3 4 5 [Contractor: Replace this page with Form 1295 for this Contract, which can be obtained at 6 www.ethics.state.tx.us] 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 11 00 1 SUMMARY OF WORK 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A.Section Includes:5 1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents6 B.Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification7 1. None.8 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract10 2.Division 1 - General Requirements11 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12 A.Measurement and Payment13 1.Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid.14 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.15 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 17 A.Work Covered by Contract Documents18 1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing19 all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and20 Specifications.21 B.Incidental Work22 1. Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the23 project, such as conditions imposed by the Contract Documents in which no24 specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, then the item shall be25 considered as an incidental item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in the26 price bid in the Proposal for various bid items.27 C.Use of Premises28 1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City.29 2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and30 equipment stored on the Site.31 3. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places32 or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the33 Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City.34 a.A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction35 purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid36 delay in the construction operations.37 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere 1 with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed 2 and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. 3 c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such 4 manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad. 5 1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in 6 Division 0 as well as the railroad permit. 7 D. Work within Easements 8 1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously 9 obtained permission from the owner of such property. 10 2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the 11 specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the 12 Contractor and a copy furnished to the City. 13 3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights-of-way or easements of 14 obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the 15 Work as a part of the project construction operations. 16 4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants, 17 lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, 18 to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or 19 appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all 20 other public or private property adjacent to the Work. 21 5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private 22 lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work. 23 a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the 24 Work. 25 b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any 26 corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, 27 whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work. 28 c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting 29 from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or 30 execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or 31 equipment. 32 6. Fence 33 a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Work to 34 the original or a better than original condition. 35 b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is 36 not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to 37 provide site security. 38 c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary 39 closures and replacement, shall be incidental to the various items bid in the 40 project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal. 41 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 13 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 25 00 1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not 6 equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or 7 defined by reference to 1 or more of the following: 8 a. Name of manufacturer 9 b. Name of vendor 10 c. Trade name 11 d. Catalog number 12 2. Substitutions are not "or-equals". 13 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 14 1. None. 15 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 16 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 17 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 21 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 22 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 24 A. Request for Substitution - General 25 1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will 26 consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of 27 those specified. 28 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by 29 means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or 30 catalog numbers. 31 a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from 32 consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, 33 trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or-equals," as 34 determined by City. 35 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions 36 under the following conditions: 37 a. Or-equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products 38 meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor; 39 or, 40 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached) 3 B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution 4 1. Substitution shall be considered only: 5 a. After award of Contract 6 b. Under the conditions stated herein 7 2. Submit one PDF copy via email to the Project Manager and their duly appointed 8 representative, including: 9 a. Documentation 10 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with 11 Contract Documents 12 2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is 13 proposed 14 3) Data relating to changes in cost 15 b. For products 16 1) Product identification 17 a) Manufacturer's name 18 b) Telephone number and representative contact name 19 c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified 20 product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original 21 product in the Contract Documents 22 2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed 23 product with Contract Documents 24 3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product 25 characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to: 26 a) Size 27 b) Composition or materials of construction 28 c) Weight 29 d) Electrical or mechanical requirements 30 4) Product experience 31 a) Location of past projects utilizing product 32 b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced 33 projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product 34 c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product 35 5) Samples 36 a) Provide at request of City. 37 b) Samples become the property of the City. 38 c. For construction methods: 39 1) Detailed description of proposed method 40 2) Illustration drawings 41 C. Approval or Rejection 42 1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City 43 2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern 44 of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 45 3. In the event the substitution is approved, the resulting cost and/or time reduction 46 will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions. 47 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution. 1 5. Substitution will be rejected if: 2 a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval 3 b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section 4 c. In the City’s opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original 5 design 6 d. In the City’s opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function 7 consistent with the design intent 8 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor 13 represents that the Contractor: 14 1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or 15 superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which 16 it is intended 17 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 18 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building 19 modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be 20 complete in all respects 21 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently 22 arise 23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 24 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 28 END OF SECTION 29 30 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 31 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 EXHIBIT A 1 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM: 2 3 TO: 4 PROJECT: DATE: 5 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for 6 the above project: 7 SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM 8 9 10 Proposed Substitution: 11 Reason for Substitution: 12 Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed 13 substitution will require for its proper installation. 14 15 Fill in Blanks Below: 16 A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering 17 and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? 18 19 20 B. What effect does substitution have on other trades? 21 22 23 C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? 24 25 26 D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time? 27 28 29 E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: 30 31 Equal Better (explain on attachment) 32 The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the 33 specified item. 34 Submitted By: For Use by City 35 36 Signature Recommended Recommended 37 as noted 38 39 Firm Not recommended Received late 40 Address By 41 Date 42 Date Remarks 43 Telephone 44 45 For Use by City: 46 47 Approved Rejected 48 City Date 49 01 29 76 STORED MATERIALS (MATERIALS ON HAND) Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 29 76 1 STORED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT (MATERIALS ON HAND) 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. The procedure for requesting payment for stored materials and equipment 6 (materials on hand). 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Work associated with this item is considered incidental to the various items bid. No 16 separate payment will be allowed for this item. 17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 19 A. Request for Payment of Stored Materials and Equipment 20 1. Provide written request to City, if payment is requested on the basis of approved 21 materials and equipment delivered and stored at the Site, or other agreed upon 22 location, in accordance with the Contract Documents, and which will not be 23 incorporated into the Work for a minimum of thirty (30) days from delivery. 24 B. Payment for Materials and Equipment 25 1. Payment will be made in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions, less 26 retainage. 27 2. Payment will not exceed the total estimated quantity required to complete the 28 Work. 29 3. The amounts advanced for stored materials and equipment will be deducted from 30 payments to the Contractor as the materials or equipment are incorporated into the 31 Work. 32 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will not constitute acceptance of the 33 relevant portion of the Work which the materials will be incorporated into. 34 C. Allowed Materials and Equipment 35 01 29 76 STORED MATERIALS (MATERIALS ON HAND) Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be limited to major items 1 associated with the Work. Perishable articles and small warehouse items will not 2 be considered for payment for this item. Examples of major items associated with 3 the Work include the following items: 4 a. Prefabricated pedestrian bridge, precast manholes, precast headwalls precast 5 box culvert pipe, pedestal pole, RRFB equipment and street light poles. 6 2. All items submitted for payment will be subject to approval for payment by relevant 7 City departments and the City Project Manager. 8 D. Returned Materials/Equipment 9 1. Should stored materials/equipment that have been paid for under this Section need 10 to be returned for any reason, the Contractor shall bear any fees associated with the 11 return. 12 E. Contractor shall save the City harmless in the event of loss or damage of 13 materials/equipment for which advance payments have been made in accordance with 14 this Section. 15 1.5 SUBMITTALS 16 A. Provide a certified inventory of the quantity of each stored item and accompanying 17 invoice. 18 B. Within thirty (30) days after the Contractor receives payment for stored materials or 19 equipment, provide a copy of a certified paid invoice statement for each item for which 20 payment has been made by Contractor. 21 1. If certification of payment is not presented within the thirty (30) day period, the 22 advanced payment will be deducted from the next progress payment. 23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 27 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 28 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 29 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 30 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the materials and equipment in accordance 31 with Section 01 66 00. 32 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 33 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 34 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 35 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 36 37 01 29 76 STORED MATERIALS (MATERIALS ON HAND) Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 END OF SECTION 1 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3 01 31 19 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 31 19 1 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to 6 clarify construction contract administration procedures 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 A. Coordination 19 1. Attend preconstruction meeting. 20 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings 21 shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 22 3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded. 23 a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for 24 future reference. 25 4. Project Manager will establish their duly authorized representative(s) authorized to 26 make decisions as identified in the Contract Documents. 27 B. Preconstruction Meeting 28 1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the 29 Agreement and before Work is started. 30 a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City. 31 2. The Project Manager will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the meeting 32 and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing 33 the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting. 34 3. Attendance shall include: 35 a. Project Manager 36 b. Project Manager’s duly authorized representative (if any) 37 c. Contractor's project manager 38 01 31 19 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 d. Contractor's superintendent 1 e. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire 2 to invite or the City may request 3 f. Other City representatives 4 g. Others as appropriate 5 4. Construction Schedule 6 a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 01 32 16 and 7 provide at Preconstruction Meeting. 8 b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of 9 Preconstruction Meeting. 10 5. Preliminary Agenda may include: 11 a. Introduction of Project Personnel 12 b. General Description of Project 13 c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits 14 d. Contractor’s work plan and schedule 15 e. Contract Time 16 f. Notice to Proceed 17 g. Construction Staking 18 h. Progress Payments 19 i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures 20 j. Field Orders 21 k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material 22 l. Insurance Renewals 23 m. Payroll Certification 24 n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing 25 o. Public Safety and Convenience 26 p. Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions 27 q. Weekend Work Notification 28 r. Legal Holidays 29 s. Trench Safety Plans 30 t. Confined Space Entry Standards 31 u. Coordination with the City’s representative for operations of existing water 32 systems 33 v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 34 w. Coordination with other Contractors 35 x. Early Warning System 36 y. Contractor Evaluation 37 z. Special Conditions applicable to the project 38 aa. Damages Claims 39 bb. Submittal Procedures 40 cc. Substitution Procedures 41 dd. Correspondence Routing 42 ee. Record Drawings 43 ff. Temporary construction facilities 44 gg. Final Acceptance 45 hh. Final Payment 46 ii. Communications Plan 47 jj. Questions or Comments 48 01 31 19 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 13 01 31 20 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 31 20 1 PROJECT MEETINGS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Provisions for project meetings throughout the construction period to enable orderly 6 review of the progress of the Work and to provide for systematic discussion of 7 potential problems 8 B. Deviations this City of Denton Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 16 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 19 A. Coordination 20 1. Schedule, attend and administer as specified, periodic progress meetings, and 21 specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. 22 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings 23 shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 24 3. Meetings administered by City may be recorded. 25 4. Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section, may be held when requested 26 by the City, Engineer or Contractor. 27 28 B. Pre-Construction Neighborhood Meeting 29 1. After the execution of the Agreement, but before construction is allowed to begin, 30 attend 1 Public Meeting with affected residents to: 31 a. Present projected schedule, including construction start date 32 b. Answer any construction related questions 33 2. Meeting Location 34 a. Location of meeting to be determined by the City. 35 3. Attendees 36 a. Contractor 37 b. Project Manager 38 01 31 20 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 c. Other City representatives 1 4. Meeting Schedule 2 a. In general, the neighborhood meeting will occur within the 2 weeks following 3 the pre-construction conference. 4 b. In no case will construction be allowed to begin until this meeting is held. 5 C. Progress Meetings 6 1. Formal project coordination meetings will be held monthly. Meetings will be 7 scheduled and administered by Project Manager. 8 a. Additional meetings may be held at the request of the : 9 1) City 10 2) Engineer 11 3) Contractor 12 2. Additional progress meetings to discuss specific topics will be conducted on an as-13 needed basis. Such additional meetings shall include, but not be limited to: 14 a. Coordinating shutdowns 15 b. Installation of piping and equipment 16 c. Coordination between other construction projects 17 d. Resolution of construction issues 18 e. Equipment approval 19 3. The Project Manager will preside at progress meetings, prepare the notes of the 20 meeting and distribute copies of the same to all participants who so request by fully 21 completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of each meeting. 22 4. Attendance shall include: 23 a. Contractor's project manager 24 b. Contractor's superintendent 25 c. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire 26 to invite or the City may request 27 d. Engineer's representatives 28 e. City’s representatives 29 f. Others, as requested by the Project Manager 30 5. Preliminary Agenda may include: 31 a. Review of Work progress since previous meeting 32 b. Field observations, problems, conflicts 33 c. Items which impede construction schedule 34 d. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 35 e. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other 36 construction contracts 37 f. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 38 g. Revisions to construction schedule 39 h. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period 40 i. Coordination of schedules 41 j. Review submittal schedules 42 k. Maintenance of quality standards 43 l. Pending changes and substitutions 44 m. Review proposed changes for: 45 1) Effect on construction schedule and on completion date 46 2) Effect on other contracts of the Project 47 n. Review Record Documents 48 01 31 20 PROJECT MEETINGS Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 o. Review monthly pay request 1 p. Review status of Requests for Information 2 6. Meeting Location 3 a. The City will establish a meeting location. 4 1) To the extent practicable, meetings will be held at the Site. 5 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 10 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 11 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 12 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 13 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 14 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 15 END OF SECTION 16 17 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 18 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 32 16 1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. General requirements for the preparation, submittal, updating, status reporting and 6 management of the Construction Progress Schedule 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Definitions 18 1. Baseline Schedule - Initial schedule submitted before work begins that will serve 19 as the baseline for measuring progress and departures from the schedule. 20 2. Progress Schedule - Monthly submittal of a progress schedule documenting 21 progress on the project and any changes anticipated. 22 3. Schedule Narrative - Concise narrative of the schedule including schedule 23 changes, expected delays, key schedule issues, critical path items, etc 24 B. Reference Standards 25 1. None 26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27 A. Baseline Schedule 28 1. General 29 a. Prepare a baseline Schedule using approved software and the Critical Path 30 Method (CPM). 31 b. Review the draft baseline Schedule with the City to demonstrate understanding 32 of the work to be performed and known issues and constraints related to the 33 schedule. 34 c. Designate an authorized representative (Project Scheduler) responsible for 35 developing and updating the schedule and preparing reports. 36 B. Progress Schedule 37 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 1. Update the progress Schedule monthly. 1 2. Prepare the Schedule Narrative to accompany the monthly progress Schedule. 2 3. Change Orders 3 a. Incorporate approved change orders, resulting in a change of contract time, in 4 the baseline Schedule. 5 C. Responsibility for Schedule Compliance 6 1. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current progress Schedule and CPM Status 7 Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the Contract completion 8 date will not be met, or when so directed by the City, make some or all of the 9 following actions at no additional cost to the City 10 a. Submit a Recovery Plan to the City for approval revised baseline Schedule 11 outlining: 12 1) A written statement of the steps intended to take to remove or arrest the 13 delay to the critical path in the approved schedule 14 2) Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will 15 substantially eliminate the backlog of work and return current Schedule to 16 meet projected baseline completion dates 17 3) Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, working 18 days per week, the amount of construction equipment, or any combination 19 of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the backlog of work 20 4) Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrency of 21 accomplishment of activities, and comply with the revised schedule 22 2. If no written statement of the steps intended to take is submitted when so requested 23 by the City, the City may direct the Contractor to increase the level of effort in 24 manpower (trades), equipment and work schedule (overtime, weekend and holiday 25 work, etc.) to be employed by the Contractor in order to remove or arrest the delay 26 to the critical path in the approved schedule. 27 a. No additional cost for such work will be considered. 28 D. The Contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this 29 Contract. 30 a. Requests for an extension of any Contract completion date must be 31 supplemented with the following: 32 1) Furnish justification and supporting evidence as the City may deem 33 necessary to determine whether the requested extension of time is entitled 34 under the provisions of this Contract. 35 a) The City will, after receipt of such justification and supporting 36 evidence, make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor, in 37 writing thereof. 38 2) If the City finds that the requested extension of time is entitled, the City's 39 determination as to the total number of days allowed for the extensions 40 shall be based upon the approved total baseline schedule and on all data 41 relevant to the extension. 42 a) Such data shall be included in the next updating of the Progress 43 schedule. 44 b) Actual delays in activities which, according to the Baseline schedule, 45 do not affect any Contract completion date shown by the critical path in 46 the network will not be the basis for a change therein. 47 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 2. Submit each request for change in Contract completion date to the City within 30 1 days after the beginning of the delay for which a time extension is requested but 2 before the date of final payment under this Contract. 3 a. No time extension will be granted for requests which are not submitted within 4 the foregoing time limit. 5 b. From time to time, it may be necessary for the Contract schedule or completion 6 time to be adjusted by the City to reflect the effects of job conditions, weather, 7 technical difficulties, strikes, unavoidable delays on the part of the City or its 8 representatives, and other unforeseeable conditions which may indicate 9 schedule adjustments or completion time extensions. 10 1) Under such conditions, the City will direct the Contractor to reschedule the 11 work or Contract completion time to reflect the changed conditions and the 12 Contractor shall revise his schedule accordingly. 13 a) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for such 14 schedule changes except for unavoidable overall contract time 15 extensions beyond the actual completion of unaffected work, in which 16 case the Contractor shall take all possible action to minimize any time 17 extension and any additional cost to the City. 18 b) Available float time in the Baseline schedule may be used by the City 19 as well as by the Contractor. 20 3. Float or slack time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date 21 and the latest start date or between the earliest finish date and the latest finish date 22 of a chain of activities on the Baseline Schedule. 23 a. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the 24 Contractor or the City. 25 b. Proceed with work according to early start dates, and the City shall have the 26 right to reserve and apportion float time according to the needs of the project. 27 c. Acknowledge and agree that actual delays, affecting paths of activities 28 containing float time, will not have any effect upon contract completion times, 29 providing that the actual delay does not exceed the float time associated with 30 those activities. 31 E. Coordinating Schedule with Other Contract Schedules 32 1. Where work is to be performed under this Contract concurrently with or contingent 33 upon work performed on the same facilities or area under other contracts, the 34 Baseline Schedule shall be coordinated with the schedules of the other contracts. 35 a. Obtain the schedules of the other appropriate contracts from the City for the 36 preparation and updating of Baseline schedule and make the required changes 37 in his schedule when indicated by changes in corresponding schedules. 38 2. In case of interference between the operations of different contractors, the City will 39 determine the work priority of each contractor and the sequence of work necessary 40 to expedite the completion of the entire Project. 41 a. In such cases, the decision of the City shall be accepted as final. 42 b. The temporary delay of any work due to such circumstances shall not be 43 considered as justification for claims for additional compensation. 44 1.5 SUBMITTALS 45 A. Baseline Schedule 46 1. Submit Schedule in native file format and pdf format. 47 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 a. Native file format shall be: 1 1) Microsoft Project 2 2. Submit draft baseline Schedule to City prior to the pre-construction meeting and 3 bring in hard copy to the meeting for review and discussion. 4 B. Progress Schedule 5 1. Submit progress Schedule in native file format and pdf format. 6 2. Submit progress Schedule monthly no later than the 25th day of the month. 7 C. Schedule Narrative 8 1. Submit the schedule narrative in pdf format. 9 2. Submit schedule narrative monthly no later than the 25th day of the month. 10 D. Submittal Process 11 1. 12 2. Contractor shall submit one (1) hard copy of documents to the Project Manager’s 13 duly appointed representative. 14 3. Contractor shall submit documents via email to the Project Manager and their duly 15 appointed representative. 16 4. Once the project has been completed and Final Acceptance has been issued by the 17 City, no further progress schedules are required. 18 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 22 A. The person preparing and revising the construction Progress Schedule shall be 23 experienced in the preparation of schedules of similar complexity. 24 B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared, 25 updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction. 26 C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the 27 standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects. 28 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 29 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 30 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 32 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 33 END OF SECTION 34 Revision Log 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1 01 32 33 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 32 33 1 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: 6 a. Preconstruction Videos 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 A. Preconstruction Video 19 1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the 20 vicinity of and to be affected by construction. 21 a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City. 22 2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety 23 period. 24 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 29 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 30 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33 01 32 33 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 33 00 1 SUBMITTALS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following 6 Work-related submittals: 7 a. Shop Drawings 8 b. Product Data (including Project Material Submittal Checklist submittals) 9 c. Samples 10 d. Mock Ups 11 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 12 1. None. 13 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 15 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 19 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 20 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22 A. Coordination 23 1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the 24 submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 25 2. Coordination of Submittal Times 26 a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of 27 performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time 28 specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications. 29 b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by 30 processing times including, but not limited to: 31 a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required) 32 b) Coordination with other submittals 33 c) Testing 34 d) Purchasing 35 e) Fabrication 36 f) Delivery 37 g) Similar sequenced activities 38 c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to 39 transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. 40 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such 1 sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other 2 contractor. 3 B. Submittal Numbering 4 1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a submittal cross-reference 5 identification numbering system in the following manner: 6 a. Use the applicable Specification Section Number. 7 b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each 8 initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. 9 c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e. 10 A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical 11 submittal number would be as follows: 12 13 303-02-B 14 15 1) 303 is the Specification Section for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 16 2) 02 is the second initial submittal under this Specification Section 17 3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop 18 drawing 19 C. Contractor Certification 20 1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by 21 subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following: 22 a. Field measurements 23 b. Field construction criteria 24 c. Catalog numbers and similar data 25 d. Conformance with the Contract Documents 26 2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor 27 with a Certification Statement affixed including: 28 a. The Contractor's Company name 29 b. Signature of submittal reviewer 30 c. Certification Statement 31 1) “By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified 32 field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, 33 catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each 34 item with other applicable approved shop drawings." 35 D. Submittal Format 36 1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 ½ inches x 11 inches to 8 ½ inches x 11inches. 37 2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together. 38 3. Order 39 a. Cover Sheet 40 1) Description of Packet 41 2) Contractor Certification 42 b. List of items / Table of Contents 43 c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations 44 E. Submittal Content 45 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions 46 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 2. The Project title and number 1 3. Contractor identification 2 4. The names of: 3 a. Contractor 4 b. Supplier 5 c. Manufacturer 6 5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and 7 paragraph(s) 8 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such 9 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 10 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 11 9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 12 10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 13 11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps 14 F. Shop Drawings 15 1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 16 a. Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) 17 drawings 18 b. Scheduled information 19 c. Setting diagrams 20 d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions 21 e. Custom templates 22 f. Special wiring diagrams 23 g. Coordination drawings 24 h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: 25 1) Performance curves and certifications 26 i. As applicable to the Work 27 2. Details 28 a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure 29 b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements 30 1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting 31 for approval. 32 G. Product Data 33 1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City’s Product Material 34 Submittal Checklist, highlight each item selected for use on the Project. 35 2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Product 36 Material Submittal Checklist, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily 37 limited to: 38 a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as 39 catalog data) 40 1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation 41 instructions 42 2) Availability of colors and patterns 43 3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability 44 4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates 45 5) Catalog cuts 46 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 6) Product photographs 1 7) Standard wiring diagrams 2 8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams 3 9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications 4 10) Mill reports 5 11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended 6 spare-parts listing and printed product warranties 7 12) As applicable to the Work 8 3. Submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Product Material 9 Submittal Checklist may be considered a Substitution in accordance with Section 10 01 25 00. 11 4. All deviations from City’s Product Material Submittal Checklist shall require 12 approval by the Engineer of Record for the Project. 13 H. Samples 14 1. As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15 a. Physical examples of the Work such as: 16 1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 17 2) Small cuts or containers of materials 18 3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches 19 and range sets 20 4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 21 5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent 22 inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work 23 I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to 24 be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 25 1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished 26 which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's 27 risk. 28 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies 29 required to accomplish conformity. 30 3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance 31 with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. 32 J. Submittal Distribution 33 1. Electronic Distribution 34 a. Provide all submittals in electronic form via email to Project Manager and their 35 duly appointed representative. 36 b. Shop Drawings 37 1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative. 38 2) Hard Copies 39 a) Not required 40 c. Product Data 41 1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative. 42 2) Hard Copies 43 a) Not required 44 d. Samples 45 1) Distributed to the Project Manager 46 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 K. Submittal Review 1 1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance 2 with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as: 3 a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements 4 b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, 5 dimensions, and materials 6 c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise 7 provided herein 8 2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City 9 does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the 10 fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. 11 a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will 12 have no responsibility therefore. 13 3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the 14 Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, 15 for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. 16 4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a 17 departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of 18 the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for 19 performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an 20 exception. 21 5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes: 22 a. Code 1 23 1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or 24 comments on the submittal. 25 a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the 26 equipment and/or material for manufacture. 27 b. Code 2 28 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of 29 the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. 30 a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; 31 however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the 32 final product. 33 c. Code 3 34 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is 35 assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a 36 resubmittal of the package. 37 a) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and 38 non-conforming items that were noted. 39 b) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of 40 the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. 41 d. Code 4 42 1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the 43 intent of the Contract Documents. 44 a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the 45 submittal into conformance. 46 b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor 47 to meet the Contract Documents. 48 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 6. Resubmittals 1 a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals 2 1) Corrections other than requested by the City 3 2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method 4 a) At Contractor’s risk if not marked 5 b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City’s 6 expense. 7 1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City 8 and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City 9 Representative’s then prevailing rates. 10 2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for 11 all such fees invoiced by the City. 12 c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's 13 review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract 14 Time. 15 7. Partial Submittals 16 a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City’s 17 discretion. 18 b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the 19 Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted. 20 c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the 21 Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 22 8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to 23 constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be 24 provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for 25 manufacture. 26 9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the 27 Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further 28 changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 29 10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days 30 following receipt of submittal by the City. 31 L. Mock ups 32 1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily 33 limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be 34 used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed. 35 M. Qualifications 36 1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E. 37 Certification for each item required. 38 N. Request for Information (RFI) 39 1. Contractor Request for additional information 40 a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents 41 b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents 42 c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and 43 Specifications 44 1) Identify the conflict and request clarification 45 d. When the Contractor encounters an unknown condition in the field 46 2. Use the Request for Information (RFI) form provided by the City (attached). 47 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 3. Numbering of RFI 1 a. Prefix with “RFI” followed by series number, “-xxx”, beginning with “01” and 2 increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal. 3 4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further 4 information. 5 5. The City will log each request and will review the request. 6 a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the 7 Contract Documents is required, the City will issue a Field Order or Change 8 Order, as appropriate. 9 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 15 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 18 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 19 END OF SECTION 20 21 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 22 23 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION 1 2 Project: RFI #: Engineering Project No.: Date Sent: Sender: Receiver: Copies To: 3 Subject: Request: Sender’s Proposed Answer/Solution: 4 THE PROPOSED ANSWER/SOLUTION IS, IS NOT, INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. 5 6 Receiver’s Response: 7 Response By: Company: Date: 8 DISTRIBUTION: 9 01 35 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 1 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 35 13 1 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. The procedures for special project circumstances that includes, but is not limited to: 6 a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 7 b. Work near High Voltage Lines 8 c. Confined Space Entry Program 9 d. Excavation Protection 10 e. Air Pollution Watch Days 11 f. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 12 g. Water Utilities Notification 13 h. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 14 i. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers 15 j. Coordination within Railroad permits areas 16 k. Dust Control 17 l. Employee Parking 18 m. Coordination with North Central Texas Council of Governments Clean 19 Construction Specification 20 n. Tree Protection 21 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 22 1. None. 23 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 24 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 25 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 26 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27 A. Measurement and Payment 28 1. Coordination within Railroad permit areas 29 a. Measurement 30 1) Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 33 will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination. 34 c. The price bid shall include: 35 1) Mobilization 36 2) Inspection 37 3) Safety training 38 4) Additional Insurance 39 5) Insurance Certificates 40 01 35 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 2 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 6) Other requirements associated with general coordination with Railroad, 1 including additional employees required to protect the right-of-way and 2 property of the Railroad from damage arising out of and/or from the 3 construction of the Project. 4 2. Railroad Flagmen 5 a. Measurement 6 1) Measurement for this Item will be per working day. 7 b. Payment 8 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 9 will be paid for each working day that Railroad Flagmen are present at the 10 Site. 11 c. The price bid shall include: 12 1) Coordination for scheduling flagmen 13 2) Flagmen 14 3) Other requirements associated with Railroad 15 3. All other items 16 a. Work associated with these Items is considered incidental to the various Items 17 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 18 1.3 REFERENCES 19 A. Reference Standards 20 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 21 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 22 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 23 2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. 24 High Voltage Overhead Lines. 25 3. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) – Clean Construction 26 Specification 27 4. Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) Standards – 29 CFR Part 28 1910.146 – Permit-Required Confined Spaces 29 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 30 A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 31 1. When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas 32 Department of Transportation (TxDOT): 33 a. Notify the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work 34 therein in accordance with the provisions of the permit 35 b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in 36 compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of 37 Transportation 38 B. Work near High Voltage Lines 39 1. Regulatory Requirements 40 a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (more than 600 volts measured between 41 conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with 42 Health and Safety Code, Title 9, Subtitle A, Chapter 752. 43 2. Warning sign 44 a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements. 45 01 35 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 3 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following 1 safety features 2 a. Insulating cage-type of guard about the boom or arm 3 b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers 4 c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the 5 safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines 6 4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines 7 a. Notification shall be given to: 8 1) The power company (example: Denton Municipal Electric) 9 a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record 10 action taken in each case. 11 b. Coordination with power company 12 1) After notification coordinate with the power company to: 13 a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de-energize the lines, or raise or 14 lower the lines 15 c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above 16 requirements have been met. 17 C. Confined Space Entry Program 18 1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with 19 OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910.146 requirements. 20 2. Confined Spaces include: 21 a. Manholes 22 b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA’s Permit Required for 23 Confined Spaces 24 D. Air Pollution Watch Days 25 1. General 26 a. Observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites 27 on days designated as “AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS”. 28 b. Typical Ozone Season 29 1) May 1 through October 31. 30 c. Critical Emission Time 31 1) 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m. 32 2. Watch Days 33 a. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination 34 with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 35 p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. 36 b. Requirements 37 1) Begin work after 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the 38 use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. 39 2) However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if: 40 a) Use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or 41 b) If equipment is new and certified by EPA as “Low Emitting“, or 42 equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions, or 43 alternative fuels such as CNG. 44 E. TCEQ Air Permit 45 1. Obtain TCEQ Air Permit for construction activities per requirements of TCEQ. 46 F. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 47 01 35 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 4 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply: 1 a. Public Notification 2 1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours 3 prior to commencing. 4 2) Minimum 24-hour public notification in accordance with paragraph 1.4.H 5 of this Section. 6 G. Water Utilities Coordination 7 1. During the construction of this project, it may be necessary to deactivate, for a 8 period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with 9 Water Utilities to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those 10 lines. 11 2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing 12 City water line system with the City’s representative. 13 a. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from Water Utilities for use during the 14 life of named project. 15 b. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system is required to be 16 turned off or on to accommodate the construction of the project is required, 17 coordinate this activity through the appropriate City representative. 18 1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system. 19 a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal 20 Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor 21 will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. 22 b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and 23 responsibilities as a result of these actions. 24 H. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 25 1. Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, on a block-by-block 26 basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front 27 door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice 28 shall be prepared as follows: 29 a. Post notice or flyer 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each 30 block in the project area. 31 1) Prepare flyer on the Contractor’s letterhead and include the following 32 information: 33 a) Name of Project 34 b) Engineering Project Number (EPN) 35 c) Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity) 36 d) Actual construction duration within the block 37 e) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 38 f) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 39 g) City’s after-hours phone number 40 2) A sample of the ‘pre-construction notification’ flyer is attached as Exhibit 41 A. 42 3) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each 43 block of the project to the inspector. 44 4) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution. 45 b. No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer is 46 delivered to all residents of the block. 47 I. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction 48 01 35 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 5 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to 1 residents or businesses during construction, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of 2 the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. 3 2. Prepared notice as follows: 4 a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the temporary 5 interruption. 6 b. Prepare flyer on the contractor’s letterhead and include the following 7 information: 8 1) Name of the project 9 2) Date of the interruption of service 10 3) Period the interruption will take place 11 4) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 12 5) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 13 c. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached as 14 Exhibit B. 15 d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector 16 for review prior to being distributed. 17 e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to 18 all affected residents and businesses. 19 f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project 20 Construction Inspector. 21 J. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) 22 1. At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where 23 USACE permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 24 permit. 25 K. Coordination within Railroad Permit Areas 26 1. At locations in the project where construction activities occur in areas where 27 railroad permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 28 railroad permit. This includes, but is not limited to, provisions for: 29 a. Flagmen 30 b. Inspectors 31 c. Safety training 32 d. Additional insurance 33 e. Insurance certificates 34 f. Other employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the 35 Railroad Company from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of 36 the project. Proper utility clearance procedures shall be used in accordance 37 with the permit guidelines. 38 2. Obtain any supplemental information needed to comply with the railroad’s 39 requirements. 40 3. Railroad Flagmen 41 a. Submit receipts to City for verification of working days that railroad flagmen 42 were present on Site. 43 L. Dust Control 44 1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site. 45 a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water. 46 b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry. 47 01 35 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 6 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 M. Employee Parking 1 1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City. 2 N. Coordination with North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Clean 3 Construction Specification 4 1. Equipment Requirements 5 a. All construction equipment being used to perform work on the Contract shall 6 meet EPA emissions standards of Tier 3 or equivalent, or cleaner. Model Form 7 A.14. Schedule for Phase-In of Tier 1-Tier 4 Non-Road Engines is included in 8 Appendix A. Compliance may be achieved through the use of equipment 9 powered by an EPA-certified engine, through engine repowers, or through the 10 use of retrofits which have been verified by the EPA and/or California Air 11 Resources Board. A list of available retrofits is available online at EPA’s 12 website “Verified Technologies List for Clean Diesel.” 13 b. Equipment that meets one or more of the following conditions may be exempt 14 from these requirements: 15 1) Equipment powered by an engine that is less than or equal to ten (10) years 16 old. 17 2) Equipment that must be used to fulfill use or reporting requirements for a 18 grant program or other clean air initiative. Documentation of such 19 obligations must be submitted to City for verification. 20 3) Equipment that is designated as low-use equipment, which is defined as 21 any piece of construction equipment which is used for less than ten (10) 22 hours per week on a single public works contract. A Low-Use Exemption 23 Weekly Reporting Form will be required for all equipment for which this 24 exemption is claimed. 25 4) Equipment that is being used to address a critical or emergency public 26 works need, including, but not limited to, broken water mains or sanitary 27 sewer lines. This exemption is limited to work performed in a situation in 28 which the procurement of construction services is performed on an 29 emergency basis, as provided for by State law. 30 2. Operational Requirements 31 a. All diesel fuel used to perform work on the public works contract shall be 32 Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel which also complies with Texas Low 33 Emission Diesel (TxLED) program requirements. This may include TxLED- 34 compliant Biodiesel blends. 35 b. The Contractor shall limit idling of equipment to no more than five (5) 36 minutes, unless the idling is applicable to one or more of the following 37 exceptions: 38 1) is being used for emergency response purposes; 39 2) is idling as a necessary component of mechanical operation, maintenance, 40 or diagnostic purposes; or 41 3) is idling for the health or safety of the equipment operator. 42 c. To the greatest extent possible, Contractor shall stage equipment away from, 43 and minimize operation near, sensitive receptors including, but not limited to, 44 fresh air intakes, hospitals, schools, licensed day care facilities, and residences. 45 3. Reporting Requirements 46 01 35 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 7 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 a. On or before the day construction activity commences, the Contractor shall 1 submit to the City an inventory report containing identifying data for each piece 2 of equipment to be used on the worksite. A form for submitting such 3 information will be provided by the City. This inventory may be used by the 4 City to conduct site inspections and/or verify compliance with specification 5 elements. 6 b. If additional equipment is brought on-site after construction begins, the 7 Contractor shall provide this same inventory information to the City for the new 8 equipment on or before the day it begins work on-site. 9 c. Reports shall be provided for all equipment used on-site. 10 4. Enforcement Requirements 11 a. All construction equipment used at the Site is subject to inspection by the City 12 at random. Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all subcontractors meet 13 the requirements of this specification. 14 O. Tree Protection 15 1. Install tree protection in accordance with the Drawings, if applicable. 16 2. Coordinate with City Building Inspections prior to commencing and earthwork 17 activities to perform an initial tree protection inspection. 18 1.5 SUBMITTALS 19 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 20 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 21 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 22 A. Construction Notice Flyer 23 B. Notice of Temporary Water Service Interruption 24 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 27 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 28 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 29 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 32 33 01 35 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 8 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 END OF SECTION 1 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3 01 35 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 9 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 EXHIBIT A 1 (To be printed on Contractor’s Letterhead) 2 3 4 5 Date: 6 7 EPN No.: 8 Project Name: 9 Limits of Construction: 10 11 12 13 14 15 THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF 16 DENTON, OUR COMPANY WILL WORK ON UTILITY LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR 17 PROPERTY. 18 19 CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE 20 OF THIS NOTICE. 21 22 IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER 23 ISSUE, PLEASE CALL: 24 25 26 <CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> 27 28 OR 29 30 <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> 31 32 33 PLEASE KEEP THIS FLYER HANDY WHEN YOU CALL 34 35 01 35 13 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 10 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 EXHIBIT B 1 2 Date: 3 4 EPN No.: 5 6 Project Name:_____________________ 7 8 9 NOTICE OF 10 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE 11 INTERRUPTION 12 13 14 Due to utility improvements in your neighborhood, your water service will be 15 interrupted on ___________________________________________________ 16 between the hours of __________________ and _______________________. 17 18 19 IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS DISRUPTION, PLEASE CALL: 20 21 22 <CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> 23 24 OR 25 26 <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> 27 28 THIS SERVICE INTERRUPTION WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE 29 30 Thank you, 31 _________________________, Contractor 32 01 45 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 45 23 1 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7 1. None 8 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12 A. Measurement and Payment 13 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 14 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15 a. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, Contractor is 16 responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all inspections, tests, 17 re-tests, or approvals. 18 b. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, City is responsible for 19 performing and payment for first set additional independent testing chosen by 20 the City to be performed. 21 1) If the first independent test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is 22 responsible for payment of subsequent testing until a passing test occurs. 23 a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments 24 for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 25 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27 A. Testing 28 1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. 29 2. Coordination 30 a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently 31 in advance, when testing is needed. 32 b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City, 33 sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed. 34 3. Distribution of Testing Reports 35 a. Electronic Distribution 36 1) Provide all reports to Project Manager and their duly appointed 37 representative electronically via email. 38 01 45 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 4. Provide Project Manager’s duly appointed representative with trip tickets for each 1 delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information: 2 a. Name of pit 3 b. Date of delivery 4 c. Material delivered 5 B. Inspection 6 1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to 7 perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8 1.5 SUBMITTALS 9 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 10 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 11 A. Materials Testing Reports sealed by a Professional Engineer or Professional 12 Geoscientist licensed in the State of Texas. 13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 17 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 18 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 19 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 21 22 01 45 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 END OF SECTION 1 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 50 00 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not 6 necessarily limited to: 7 a. Temporary utilities 8 b. Sanitary facilities 9 c. Storage Sheds and Buildings 10 d. Dust control 11 e. Temporary fencing of the construction site 12 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 13 1. None. 14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 20 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 21 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23 A. Temporary Utilities 24 1. Obtaining Temporary Service 25 a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 26 b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities 27 having jurisdiction. 28 c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final 29 Acceptance. 30 1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for 31 execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work. 32 2. Construction Water 33 a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be 34 performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as 35 required for the completion of the Work. 36 b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic 37 consumption by Contractor, if required. 38 c. Coordination 39 1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired 40 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 d. Metering and Payment for Construction Water 1 1) For water system improvements: 2 a) Obtain construction water meter from City to track water usage. Water 3 will be provided at no cost to Contractor. 4 2) For all other projects: 5 a) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by 6 City’s established rates. 7 3. Electricity and Lighting 8 a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including 9 testing of Work. 10 1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use. 11 b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to 12 maintain operations during scheduled shutdown. 13 4. Telephone 14 a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel 15 and others performing work or furnishing services at Site. 16 5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation 17 a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work. 18 b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions. 19 B. Sanitary Facilities 20 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site. 21 a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health. 22 2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site. 23 a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities. 24 b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. 25 c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health 26 problem. 27 d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly 28 dispose in accordance with applicable regulation. 29 3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project. 30 4. Remove facilities at completion of Project 31 C. Storage Sheds and Buildings 32 1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor 33 above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. 34 2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off 35 ground. 36 3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. 37 a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, 38 inspection and inventory. 39 4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for 40 equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage 41 environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 42 5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from 43 temporary and existing buildings. 44 6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance. 45 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 D. Temporary Fencing 1 1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract 2 documents 3 E. Dust Control 4 1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the 5 project. 6 a. Contractor remains on-call at all times 7 b. Must respond in a timely manner 8 F. Temporary Protection of Construction 9 1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due 10 to weather. 11 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 17 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 18 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 19 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 21 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 24 3.4 INSTALLATION 25 A. Temporary Facilities 26 1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed. 27 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 2 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 7 A. Temporary Facilities 8 1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a 9 condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work. 10 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13 END OF SECTION 14 15 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 16 01 57 13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 57 13 1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 10 Contract 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance 15 a. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items 16 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 17 2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance 18 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 19 b. Payment 20 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 21 item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Storm Water Pollution 22 Prevention Plan”, and made in partial payments as follows: 23 a) When 1% of the Contract amount is earned, 15% of the SWPPP lump 24 sum bid will be paid. 25 b) When 10% of the Contract amount is earned, 25% of the SWPPP lump 26 sum bid will be paid. Previous payments under the item will be 27 deducted from this amount. 28 c) When 25% of the Contract amount is earned, 30% of the SWPPP lump 29 sum bid will be paid. Previous payments under the item will be 30 deducted from this amount. 31 d) When 50% of the Contract is earned, 50% of the SWPPP lump sum bid 32 will be paid. Previous payments under the item will be deducted from 33 this amount. 34 e) When 75% of the Contract is earned, 75% of the SWPPP lump sum bid 35 will be paid. Previous payments under the item will be deducted from 36 this amount. 37 f) When 100% of the Contract is earned and final stabilization has been 38 achieved, 100% of the SWPPP lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 39 payments under the item will be deducted from this amount. 40 c. The price bid shall include: 41 1) Preparation of Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 42 01 57 13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 2) Implementation 1 3) Permitting fees 2 4) Final Stabilization 3 1.3 REFERENCES 4 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 5 1. Notice of Intent: NOI 6 2. Notice of Termination: NOT 7 3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP 8 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ 9 5. Notice of Change: NOC 10 A. Reference Standards 11 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 12 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 13 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 14 2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction 15 Controls 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 17 A. General 18 1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated 19 with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. 20 2. As a condition of approval, applicants conducting land disturbing activities will 21 complete the online construction site survey. This survey can be found at 22 https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/dentonconstruction. 23 3. Refer to TCEQ website for further information about stormwater permits at 24 https://www.tceq.texas.gov/permitting/stormwater/construction/TXR15_AIR.html. 25 B. Construction Activities resulting in: 26 1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance 27 a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 28 2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance 29 a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction 30 Permit is required 31 b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 32 1) Indicate City is a Secondary Operator 33 2) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit 34 TXR150000 35 a) Post at job site 36 b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Watershed 37 Protection Division, Watershed@cityofdenton.com, Joetta Dailey 38 (940) 349-7153 or Zach Peterson.(940) 349-7141. 39 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 40 4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of 41 TCEQ have been met, send copy of signed Small Construction Site Notice 42 to Watershed Protection division, Watershed@cityofdenton.com, Joetta 43 Dailey (940) 349-7153 or Zach Peterson (940) 349-7141. 44 01 57 13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance 1 a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction 2 Permit is required 3 b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 4 1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee 5 a) Send copy to City Watershed Protection Division, 6 Watershed@cityofdenton.com, Joetta Dailey (940) 349-7153 or Zach 7 Peterson (940) 349-7141. 8 2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI 9 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 10 4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of 11 TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted. 12 a) Send copy to City Watershed Protection Division, 13 Watershed@cityofdenton.com, Joetta Dailey (940) 349-7153 or Zach 14 Peterson (940) 349-7141. 15 C. Sites adjacent to or encroaching into Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs): 16 1. Provide tree protective fencing at the boundary of any identified onsite ESAs and 17 approved construction activities that would result in land disturbances. 18 2. Provide signs identifying the area as an ESA and prohibiting construction activity. 19 1.5 SUBMITTALS 20 A. SWPPP 21 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, except as stated herein. 22 a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City 23 as follows: 24 1) 1 copy to the Project Manager 25 a) Project Manager will forward to the City Watershed Protection 26 Department, Watershed@cityofdenton.com, Joetta Dailey (940) 349-27 7153 or Zach Peterson (940) 349-7141. 28 B. Modified SWPPP 29 1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City 30 in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 31 01 57 13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 5 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 6 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 7 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 9 END OF SECTION 10 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11 01 58 13 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 58 13 1 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12 A. Measurement and Payment 13 1. Temporary Project Sign 14 a. Measurement 15 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each project sign installed. 16 b. Payment 17 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 18 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 19 unit price bid per each “Temporary Project Sign.” 20 c. The price bid shall include: 21 1) Installation of Temporary Project Sign 22 2) Excavation 23 3) Hauling 24 4) Disposal of excess Materials 25 5) Maintenance and Repair of Signs During Construction 26 6) Removal and Disposal of Temporary Project Sign 27 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 28 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 29 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 35 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 36 01 58 13 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 4 A. Design Criteria 5 1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign as indicated below: 6 7 The flag shall resemble the Texas Flag. The background of 8 the stars and the “City of Denton” lettering shall be blue. 9 The lower bar of the flag shall be red, and the upper bar 10 shall be white. The dimensions, from the farthest ends, shall 11 be 12-inches vertically and 23.5-inches horizontally. The 12 flag shall appear in the dimensions shown. The contractor 13 may request a digital copy in either .jpg or .tif format. 14 15 2. The Project Designation Sign shall be placed at strategic points with lettering as 16 needed to adequately describe the work. 17 3. Signs shall be painted white with blue letters and symbols. Letter size shall conform 18 to dimensions shown on sign drawing. Exceptions or variations from the sign 19 shown above shall not be allowed. 20 B. Materials 21 1. Sign 22 a. Constructed of ¾-inch fir plywood, grade A-C (exterior) or better 23 01 58 13 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6 3.4 INSTALLATION 7 A. General 8 1. Provide vertical installation at extents of project. 9 2. Signs shall be placed prior to beginning the Work and maintained until the end of 10 the project. 11 3. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City. 12 B. Mounting options 13 a. Skids 14 b. Posts 15 c. Barricade 16 3.5 -- 3.12 [NOT USED] 17 3.6 MAINTENANCE 18 A. General 19 1. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as needed or directed by the City. 20 3.7 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 21 END OF SECTION 22 23 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 24 01 66 00 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 66 00 1 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Scheduling of product delivery 6 2. Packaging of products for delivery 7 3. Protection of products against damage from: 8 a. Handling 9 b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments 10 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 14 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment 17 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 18 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 20 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26 1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING 27 A. Delivery Requirements 28 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation 29 and to avoid prolonged storage. 30 2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries. 31 3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site 32 for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery. 33 01 66 00 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other 1 containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or 2 environmental damage. 3 5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation 4 location. 5 6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. 6 B. Handling Requirements 7 1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and 8 manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions. 9 C. Storage Requirements 10 1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and 11 requirements of these Specifications. 12 2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. 13 a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work in a 14 manner that prevents damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and that 15 maintains free access at all times to all parts of Work and to utility service 16 company installations in vicinity of Work. 17 3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will 18 cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, 19 tenants and occupants. 20 a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection. 21 4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and 22 equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by Project Manager or their duly 23 authorized representative. 24 5. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. 25 a. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by 26 Project Manager or their duly authorized representative. 27 6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without 28 written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises. 29 7. Store in manufacturers’ unopened containers. 30 8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of 31 Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public 32 and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant. 33 9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open. 34 10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to 35 satisfaction of Project Manager or their duly authorized representative. 36 a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at 37 one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by Project 38 Manager. 39 01 66 00 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 -3.6 [NOT USED] 5 3.2 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 6 A. Tests and Inspections 7 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. 8 B. Non-Conforming Work 9 1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way 10 unsatisfactory for use on the project. 11 3.3 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12 3.4 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13 3.5 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14 3.6 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15 3.7 PROTECTION 16 A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. 17 B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in 18 storage. 19 C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by 20 the manufacturer. 21 3.8 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 22 3.9 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 23 END OF SECTION 24 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 25 01 70 00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 70 00 1 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Mobilization and Demobilization 6 a. Mobilization 7 1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 8 to the Site 9 2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation 10 at the Site 11 3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 12 4) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 13 to another location within the designated Site 14 5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation 15 from 1 location to another location on the Site. 16 b. Demobilization 17 1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 18 away from the Site including disassembly 19 2) Site Clean-up 20 3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this 21 Contract 22 c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of 23 work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 24 2. Remobilization 25 a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract 26 Documents or as required by City includes: 27 1) Demobilization 28 a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating 29 supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing 30 equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract 31 Documents necessary to suspend the Work. 32 b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 33 2) Remobilization 34 a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating 35 supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. 36 b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s 37 operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 38 3) No Payments will be made for: 39 a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the 40 Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. 41 b) Stand-by or idle time 42 c) Lost profits 43 44 01 70 00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 1 1. None. 2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 3 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 4 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 5 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6 A. Measurement and Payment 7 1. Mobilization and Demobilization 8 a. Measurement 9 1) This Item will be measured by the lump sum as the work progresses. 10 b. Payment 11 1) For this Item, the adjusted Contract amount will be calculated as the total 12 Contract amount less the lump sum for mobilization. Mobilization shall be 13 made in partial payments as follows: 14 a) When 1% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 15 earned, 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. 16 b) When 25% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 17 earned, 50% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 18 payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 19 c) When 50% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 20 earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 21 payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 22 d) When 75% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 23 earned, 100% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 24 payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 25 e) A bid containing a total for “Mobilization” in excess of 10% of 26 total contract shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for 27 consideration of rejection. 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Mobilization of equipment to Site 30 2) Performance Bond 31 3) Payment Bond 32 4) Maintenance Bond 33 5) Remobilization as identified in the Contract Documents 34 6) Demobilization 35 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this 36 Item. 37 2. Remobilization for suspension of Work not identified in the Contract Documents, 38 as required by City 39 a. Measurement and Payment 40 1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 11 41 of Section 00 72 00. 42 2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated 43 with this Item. 44 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 45 01 70 00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 11 END OF SECTION 12 13 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 01 70 00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1 01 71 23 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 71 23 1 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Requirements for construction staking to be provided by the Contractor. 6 2. Requirements for coordination with City to allow performance of as-built survey at 7 the Site. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9 1. None 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Construction Staking 16 a. Measurement and Payment 17 1) Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items 18 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19 2. As-Built Survey 20 a. Measurement and Payment 21 1) Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items 22 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 23 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 28 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29 A. Certificates 30 1. Provide certificate certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in 31 conformance or non-conformance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 32 a. Certificate must be sealed by a registered professional land surveyor in the 33 State of Texas. 34 B. Field Quality Control Submittals 35 1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work. 36 C. As-built Survey Submittal: 37 01 71 23 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1. AutoCAD (.dwg) 1 2. ESRI Shapefile (.shp) 2 3. CSV file (.csv), formatted with X and Y coordinates in separate columns 3 4. Include vertical and horizontal data tied to original project control and benchmarks, 4 and feature descriptions 5 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 8 A. Construction Staking 9 1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor. 10 2. Coordination 11 a. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction 12 activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 13 3. General 14 a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining staking. 15 b. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have 16 been lost, destroyed or disturbed, by Contractor’s neglect, such that the 17 contracted Work cannot take place, then the Contractor will be required to re-18 stake the deficient areas. 19 B. As-built Survey 20 1. As-built Survey will be performed by the Contractor. 21 2. Coordination 22 a. Contractor to verify that control data established in the design survey and 23 required for construction remains intact. 24 b. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate As-built Survey such that 25 construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 26 c. Contractor shall restore or replace all necessary control data damaged during 27 construction operations. 28 d. For sewer mains and water lines 12-inch and smaller in diameter, if permitted 29 by City in writing, Contractor may physically measure depth and mark the 30 location during the progress of construction and perform As-built Survey after 31 the facility has been buried. The Contractor is responsible for the quality 32 control required to ensure accuracy if this approach is permitted. 33 3. General 34 a. As-built survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate 35 logs of control and survey work as it progresses for Project Records. 36 b. The Contractor perform as-built survey to obtain construction features 37 including, but not limited to, the following: 38 1) All Utility Lines 39 a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole or 40 junction structure 41 2) Water Lines 42 a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for water lines at the following 43 locations: 44 (1) Every 250 linear feet 45 01 71 23 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (All 1 Fittings) 2 (3) Cathodic protection test stations 3 (4) Sampling stations 4 (5) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes) 5 (6) Fire lines 6 (7) Fire hydrants and valves 7 (8) Gate valves and Butterfly Valves 8 (9) Plugs, stubouts, dead-end lines 9 (10) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe) 10 (11) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid) 11 (12) Pressure plane valves 12 (13) Cleaning wyes 13 (14) Casing pipe (each end) 14 b) Storm Sewer 15 (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates at the following locations: 16 (a) Every 250 linear feet 17 (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 18 c) Sanitary Sewer 19 (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for sanitary sewer lines at 20 the following locations: 21 (a) Every 250 linear feet 22 (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 23 (c) Cleanouts 24 c. As-built survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate 25 logs of control and survey work associated with meeting or exceeding the line 26 and grade required by these Specifications. 27 1) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and 28 the correction of it, as required. 29 2) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction. 30 3) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe 31 joint and submit daily records to City. 32 4) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances, immediately notify 33 the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract 34 Documents. 35 d. Submit to the City copies of field notes, if requested, used to establish all lines 36 and grades and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to 37 beginning each tunneling drive. 38 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 39 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 40 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 41 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 42 PART 3 - EXECUTION 43 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 44 01 71 23 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 1 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 2 3.4 APPLICATION 3 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 4 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 5 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 6 A. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data in accordance 7 with this Specification. 8 B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City. 9 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 11 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 12 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 13 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 14 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 15 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16 END OF SECTION 17 18 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 19 01 74 23 CLEANING Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 74 23 1 CLEANING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed 6 systems specified elsewhere 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 A. Scheduling 19 1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by 20 cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 21 2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final 22 inspection. 23 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30 1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for 31 those materials. 32 33 34 35 01 74 23 CLEANING Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 1 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 2.2 MATERIALS 6 A. Cleaning Agents 7 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 8 2. New and uncontaminated 9 3. For manufactured surfaces 10 a. Material recommended by manufacturer 11 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 12 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 13 PART 3 - EXECUTION 14 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 15 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 16 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 17 3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] 18 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23 3.10 CLEANING 24 A. General 25 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 26 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of 27 governing authorities. 28 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in 29 storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 30 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 31 01 74 23 CLEANING Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an 1 alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. 2 6. Transport and deposit vegetative material removed as a result of work operations 3 off-site at a legal site in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws 4 and regulations. 5 a. Removed vegetation will not be allowed to remain in piles or mounds on the 6 easement or surrounding property. 7 7. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 8 8. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with 9 this project. 10 9. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction 11 of required permanent Work. 12 10. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to 13 have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 14 11. Do not burn on-site. 15 B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 16 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of 17 personnel in existing facility operations. 18 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 19 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): 20 a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind 21 b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities 22 c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 23 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. 24 a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 25 5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which 26 may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. 27 C. Interior Final Cleaning 28 1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other 29 foreign materials from sight-exposed surfaces. 30 2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean. 31 3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 32 4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 33 5. Ventilating systems 34 a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated 35 during construction. 36 b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during 37 construction. 38 6. Replace all burned out lamps. 39 7. Broom clean process area floors. 40 8. Mop office and control room floors. 41 D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning 42 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. 43 a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers. 44 01 74 23 CLEANING Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object 1 that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 2 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, 3 junction boxes and inlets. 4 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by 5 City, remove erosion control from site. 6 5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc. 7 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 8 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 10 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 11 END OF SECTION 12 13 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 14 01 77 19 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 77 19 1 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. The procedure for closing out a contract 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11 3. Section 33 01 30 – Post Construction Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 19 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds, 20 certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are 21 satisfactorily filed with the City. 22 B. Release of Liens or Claims 23 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of 24 release of liens has been submitted to the City. 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submit all required documentation to Project Manager. 27 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 30 01 77 19 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4 3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE 5 A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 6 1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39 7 2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23 8 B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 9 01 74 23. 10 C. Final Inspection 11 1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the Project Manager and their duly appointed 12 representative that the Work is completed. 13 a. City reserves the right to deny request for Final Inspection if City determines 14 that the entire Work is not sufficiently complete to warrant a Final Inspection 15 b. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. 16 c. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in 17 writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection 18 reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 19 2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work 20 required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the 21 City. 22 3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written 23 notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt 24 of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent 25 Final Inspection of the project. 26 4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full 27 operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: 28 a. Specified spare parts 29 b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment 30 c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks 31 d. Light bulbs 32 e. Fuses 33 f. Vault keys 34 g. Handwheels 35 h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all 36 equipment 37 D. Supporting Documentation 38 1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following 39 additional forms: 40 a. Final Payment Request 41 b. Statement of Contract Time 42 c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens 43 01 77 19 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment 1 E. Letter of Final Acceptance 2 1. When City has deemed the Work has been completed, and upon receiving all 3 Supporting Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue 4 Letter of Final Acceptance and release the final payment request for payment. 5 F. Warranty Inspection for Wastewater Mains 6 1. A second television inspection conforming to the standards laid out in Section 33 7 01 30 shall be started by the Contractor no sooner than 630 calendar days and 8 finished no later than 690 calendar days after the date of issuance of the Letter of 9 Final Acceptance for the project by the City of Denton. 10 2. The second inspection shall include a complete televised inspection of each 11 manhole interior constructed or installed on the project (including cored manholes). 12 a. Should the second inspection indicate repairs that need to be made, these will 13 be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City. 14 3. Failure of the Contractor to perform the second inspection or to make repairs 15 indicated by the second inspection shall be sufficient grounds for the City to take 16 action through the terms of the Maintenance Bond for the project to perform the 17 second inspection and make any repairs indicated. 18 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 28 END OF SECTION 29 30 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 31 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 78 23 1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and 6 operation of products furnished under Contract 7 2. Such products may include, but are not limited to: 8 a. Traffic Controllers 9 b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City) 10 c. Butterfly Valves 11 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 12 1. None. 13 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 15 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 19 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 20 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22 A. Schedule 23 1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product 24 shipment to the project site. 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. All submittals shall be 27 approved by the City prior to delivery. 28 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29 A. Submittal Form 30 1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel. 31 2. Format 32 a. Size: 8 ½ inches x 11 inches 33 b. Paper 34 1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages 35 2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal 36 c. Text: Manufacturer’s printed data, or neatly typewritten 37 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 d. Drawings 1 1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text 2 2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages. 3 e. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating 4 equipment. 5 1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of 6 equipment. 7 2) Provide indexed tabs. 8 f. Cover 9 1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND 10 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". 11 2) List: 12 a) Title of Project 13 b) Identity of separate structure as applicable 14 c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual 15 3. Binders 16 a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers 17 b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent 18 groupings. 19 4. Provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual. 20 B. Manual Content 21 1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order 22 a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number 23 b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume 24 c. List, with each product: 25 1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer 26 2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the 27 volume 28 3) Identify area of responsibility of each 29 4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement 30 d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set 31 forth in Contract Documents. 32 2. Product Data 33 a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 34 b. Annotate each sheet to: 35 1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed 36 2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation 37 3) Delete references to inapplicable information 38 3. Drawings 39 a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: 40 1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems 41 2) Control and flow diagrams 42 b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure 43 correct illustration of completed installation. 44 c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings. 45 4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 46 a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 47 b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. 48 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued 1 a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving: 2 1) Proper procedures in event of failure 3 2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds 4 C. Manual for Materials and Finishes 5 1. Submit 5 hard copies and 1 digital copy of complete manual in final form. 6 2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 7 a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 8 1) Catalog number, size, composition 9 2) Color and texture designations 10 3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products 11 b. Instructions for care and maintenance 12 1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods 13 2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to 14 product 15 3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance 16 3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products: 17 a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 18 1) Applicable standards 19 2) Chemical composition 20 3) Details of installation 21 b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair 22 D. Manual for Equipment and Systems 23 1. Submit 5 hard copies and 1 digital copy of complete manual in final form. 24 2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 25 a. Description of unit and component parts 26 1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions 27 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 28 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 29 b. Operating procedures 30 1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions 31 2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions 32 3) Summer and winter operating instructions 33 4) Special operating instructions 34 c. Maintenance procedures 35 1) Routine operations 36 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 37 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 38 4) Alignment, adjusting and checking 39 d. Servicing and lubrication schedule 40 1) List of lubricants required 41 e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 42 f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer 43 1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear 44 2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts 45 g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer 46 h. Each contractor's coordination drawings 47 1) As installed color coded piping diagrams 48 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve 1 j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and 2 recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 3 k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 4 3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 5 a. Description of system and component parts 6 1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions 7 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 8 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 9 b. Circuit directories of panelboards 10 1) Electrical service 11 2) Controls 12 3) Communications 13 c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams 14 d. Operating procedures 15 1) Routine and normal operating instructions 16 2) Sequences required 17 3) Special operating instructions 18 e. Maintenance procedures 19 1) Routine operations 20 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 21 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 22 4) Adjustment and checking 23 f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 24 g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and 25 recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 26 h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 27 4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent 28 during instruction of City's personnel. 29 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 32 A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria: 33 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products 34 2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data 35 3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings 36 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective January 15, 2021 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 5 END OF SECTION 6 7 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 SECTION 01 78 39 1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project 6 documents, including: 7 a. Record Drawings 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 16 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19 1.5 SUBMITTALS 20 A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to 21 Project Manager. 22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 26 A. Accuracy of Records 27 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate 28 and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and 29 other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 30 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract 31 Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project 32 Record Documents. 33 3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of 34 information that the change has occurred. 35 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and 1 visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and 2 expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 3 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING 4 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 5 1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents, which shall include the Drawings and 6 the Project Manual, completely protected from deterioration and from loss and 7 damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final 8 Project Record Documents. 9 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data 10 to the City's approval. 11 a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the 12 Contract Documents. 13 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS 18 A. Job set 19 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no 20 charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. 21 B. Final Record Documents 22 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide 23 the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 24 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 25 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26 PART 3 - EXECUTION 27 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 28 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 29 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 30 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS 31 A. Maintenance of Job Set 32 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the 33 title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". The Job set shall include the 34 Drawings and the Project Manual. 35 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 2. Preservation 1 a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions 2 upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, 3 and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a 4 suitable method for protecting the job set. 5 b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review 6 by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. 7 c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. 8 3. Coordination with Construction Survey 9 a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23, 10 clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with 11 installation of the infrastructure. 12 4. Making entries on Drawings and Specifications 13 a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents on Drawings and in the 14 Specifications if applicable. 15 b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the 16 change by graphic line and note as required. 17 c. Date all entries. 18 d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. 19 e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping 20 changes. 21 5. Conversion of schematic layouts 22 a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, 23 ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to 24 portray precise physical layout. 25 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 26 City's approval. 27 2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require 28 accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are 29 shown only schematically on the Drawings. 30 b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 31 inch, the centerline of each run of items. 32 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 33 City's approval. 34 2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in 35 ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 36 3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related 37 reliably to the Specifications. 38 c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts 39 where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, 40 do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing 41 by the City. 42 B. Final Project Record Documents 43 1. Transfer of data to Drawings and Specifications 44 a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings and 45 Project Manual if applicable, to the corresponding final documents, 46 coordinating the changes as required. 47 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised September 20, 2018 Effective January 15, 2021 b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of 1 changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. 2 c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas 3 affected. 4 d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure 5 longevity and clear reproduction. 6 2. Transfer of data to other Documents 7 a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of 8 the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, 9 the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final 10 Record Documents. 11 b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that 12 Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and 13 handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval 14 of the City. 15 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 16 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 17 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 19 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 20 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 21 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 22 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 23 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 24 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 25 END OF SECTION 26 27 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 28 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 1 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 02 41 13 1 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Removal and disposal of: 6 a. Steps 7 b. Fence 8 c. Guardrail 9 d. Mailbox 10 e. Riprap 11 f. Stormwater Structure 12 g. Retaining Walls Less Than 4 Feet 13 h. Retaining Walls Greater Than 4 Feet 14 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15 1. None. 16 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18 Contract. 19 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20 3. Section 02 41 14 – Utility Removal/Abandonment. 21 4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. Removal of Stairs 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measured per square foot of horizontal surfaces only of Removal of Stairs. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30 price bid per square foot of horizontal surfaces only for Removal of Stairs. 31 c. The price bid shall include: 32 1) Removal of stairs constructed of any material (i.e. concrete, wood, metal, 33 etc) 34 2) Sawing 35 3) Loading 36 4) Unloading 37 5) Storing 38 6) Hauling 39 7) Disposal 40 8) Clean-up 41 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 2 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 9) Repair adjacent sidewalk or pavement damaged by the removal of steps 1 2. Removal of Fence 2 a. Measurement 3 1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Fence. 4 b. Payment 5 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7 price bid per linear foot for Removal of Fence. 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Removal of all post types 10 2) Removal of all fence types 11 3) Removal of all gate types 12 4) Removal of post foundations 13 5) Loading 14 6) Unloading 15 7) Storing 16 8) Hauling 17 9) Disposal 18 10) Clean-up 19 3. Removal of Guardrail 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Guardrail. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per linear foot for Removal of Guardrail. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Removal of all post types 28 2) Removal of all guardrail types 29 3) Removal of post foundations 30 4) Removal of concrete mow strip 31 5) Removal of all end terminal types 32 6) Loading 33 7) Unloading 34 8) Storing 35 9) Hauling 36 10) Disposal 37 11) Clean-up 38 4. Removal of Mailbox 39 a. Measurement 40 1) Measured per each Removal of Mailbox. 41 b. Payment 42 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 43 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 44 price bid per each for Removal of Mailbox. 45 c. The price bid shall include: 46 1) Removal of all post types 47 2) Removal of post foundations 48 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 3 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Removal of all mailbox types 1 4) Removal of mailbox bank 2 5) Removal of all brick, concrete block, stone façade, or any other decorative 3 and structural material used to construct a mailbox 4 6) Temporary mailbox, mailbox bank, or other form of mail access 5 7) Coordination with USPS and property owner 6 8) Loading 7 9) Unloading 8 10) Storing 9 11) Hauling 10 12) Salvaging or disposal 11 13) Clean-up 12 5. Removal of Riprap 13 a. Measurement 14 1) Measured per square yard of Removal of Riprap 15 b. Payment 16 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 18 price bid per square yard for Removal of Riprap. 19 c. The price bid shall include: 20 1) Removal of all rock at all sizes and types 21 2) Removal of concrete at all depths 22 3) Removal of reinforcing 23 4) Removal of grout 24 5) Removal of bedding material and filter fabric 25 6) Loading 26 7) Unloading 27 8) Storing 28 9) Hauling 29 10) Salvaging or disposal 30 11) Clean-up 31 6. Removal of Stormwater Structure 32 a. Measurement 33 1) Measured per each Removal of Stormwater Structure 34 b. Payment 35 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37 price bid per each for Removal of Stormwater Structure. 38 c. The price bid shall include: 39 1) Removal of all headwalls, wingwalls, and end treatments at all sizes and 40 types 41 2) Removal of concrete at all depths 42 3) Removal of reinforcing 43 4) Removal of grout 44 5) Removal of bedding material and filter fabric 45 6) Temporary shoring 46 7) Loading 47 8) Unloading 48 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 4 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 9) Storing 1 10) Hauling 2 11) Backfilling 3 12) Salvaging or disposal 4 13) Clean-up 5 7. Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet 6 a. Measurement 7 1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet. 8 b. Payment 9 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 10 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 11 price bid per linear foot for Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet. 12 c. The price bid shall include: 13 1) Removal of footings of all types and depths 14 2) Removal of wall 15 3) Removal of reinforcing 16 4) Shoring wall construction and design (if needed) 17 5) Loading 18 6) Unloading 19 7) Storing 20 8) Hauling 21 9) Salvaging or disposal 22 10) Clean-up 23 8. Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 Feet 24 a. Measurement 25 1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 26 Feet. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30 price bid per linear foot for Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 31 Feet. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Removal of footings of all types and depths 34 2) Removal of wall 35 3) Removal of reinforcing 36 4) Shoring wall construction and design (if needed) 37 5) Loading 38 6) Unloading 39 7) Storing 40 8) Hauling 41 9) Salvaging or disposal 42 10) Clean-up 43 1.3 REFERENCES 44 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 45 1. TMUTCD – Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 46 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 47 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 5 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 A. Sequencing 1 2 1. Sidewalk Construction 3 a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 4 1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 5 a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 6 route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 7 engineer to City for review. 8 2) The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 9 Control items included with the project. 10 b. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 11 State, and local guidelines. 12 c. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 13 1.5 SUBMITTALS 14 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 15 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 16 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 17 A. Shop Drawings 18 1. Temporary Shoring Design 19 a. Submit a temporary shoring design for review and approval prior to removal of 20 retaining walls or any other removal activities requiring a shoring wall. 21 b. The design of a shoring wall is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid 22 item. 23 c. Provide a signed and sealed shoring wall design by an engineer licensed in the 24 state of Texas for all shoring walls unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 25 or directed by City. 26 B. Informational Submittal 27 1. Equipment Information 28 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 29 1) Equipment name 30 2) Size 31 3) Intended use 32 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 36 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 37 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 38 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 6 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 1 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 3 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8 3.3 PREPARATION 9 A. Surface Preparation 10 1. Verify all removal limits prior to construction unless otherwise directed by the City. 11 3.4 SITE DEMOLITION 12 A. Disposal of materials 13 1. Accept ownership and dispose of all materials removed. 14 2. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 15 regulations. 16 3. The disposal of any material removed as part of Selective Site Demolition is 17 considered subsidiary to the applicable items. 18 B. Removal of Stairs 19 1. Sawing 20 a. Perform sawing activities for concrete paving and sidewalk in accordance with 21 Section 02 41 15. 22 2. Minimum Limits of Stair Removal 23 a. If adjacent stairs are to remain, remove stair to the nearest whole stair. Do not 24 saw cut an existing stair. 25 b. If stairs to be removed are adjacent to a sidewalk, remove stairs to the nearest 26 sidewalk joint. 27 C. Removal of Fence 28 1. Remove all fence components above and below ground. 29 2. Backfill holes with acceptable fill material. 30 3. Compact per Drawings. 31 4. Use caution in removing any fence material. 32 5. Coordinate with property owners as needed to maintain a fenced area at all times 33 especially when animals are kept within the fencing. 34 6. Contractor is responsible for maintaining fencing and installing temporary fencing 35 as needed during construction. 36 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 7 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 7. Contractor is responsible for providing fencing at all times. 1 8. Installing and removing temporary fencing when necessary is subsidiary to 2 Removal of Fence. 3 D. Removal of Guardrail 4 1. Remove rail elements in original lengths. 5 2. Remove fittings from the posts and the metal rail prior to removing the posts. Once 6 the fittings and metal railing is removed, remove the posts. 7 3. Remove and replace any guardrail to remain that is damaged during construction 8 activities at no cost to the City. 9 4. Completely remove posts and any paving material surrounding the posts. 10 5. Backfill any holes with acceptable fill material. 11 E. Removal of Mailbox 12 1. Advance Coordination: 13 a. Coordinate with property owner prior to removal of mailbox. 14 b. Coordinate with local post office prior to removal. Provide approach and access 15 space in accordance to post office requirements. 16 c. Provide the City and the property owner with a written confirmation of the 17 timeframe. 18 2. For non-custom or decorative postal mailboxes, salvage existing materials for 19 reuse. 20 3. For all custom and/or decorative mailboxes: 21 a. Replace the custom mailbox with a standard post office approved mailbox. No 22 custom mailboxes will be constructed unless specified in the Drawings or 23 directed by the City. 24 b. If property owner wishes to remove or salvage a custom mailbox, determine an 25 agreed upon timeframe with the City, the Contractor, and the property owner 26 for removal. 27 4. The Contractor is responsible for providing a temporary mailbox during 28 construction for any mailbox that is proposed to be removed and relocated, 29 reinstalled, or replaced. 30 5. Maintain mailbox and/or mail delivery for duration of project. No separate pay will 31 be provided. 32 F. Removal of Riprap 33 1. Remove concrete riprap to the nearest joint. 34 2. Conform to concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 35 G. Removal of Stormwater Structure 36 1. Remove entire structure or to the nearest joint as specified in the Drawings. 37 2. Removal includes all components of the stormwater structure including footings, 38 toe walls, and mitered RCP ends. 39 a. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 40 b. In accordance with utility pipe removal requirements in Section 02 41 14. 41 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 8 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3. Provide temporary erosion control protection for adjacent side slopes, drainage 1 channels, and ditches. Temporary erosion control is considered subsidiary to the 2 Removal of Stormwater Structures. 3 4. Provide temporary shoring, if required. 4 5. Repair any portion of remaining structure that is damaged as a result of removal 5 activities. 6 6. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 7 7. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 8 approved in writing by City. 9 8. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 10 limits. 11 9. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the 12 stormwater structure. 13 H. Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet 14 1. Any decorative or landscape retaining wall within the City’s right-of-way will not 15 be replaced unless required for grading purposes. 16 2. A retaining wall is required if the slope to tie back to existing ground within the 17 City’s right-of-way is steeper than 4:1. 18 3. If a retaining wall is required: 19 a. Determine if a retaining wall is required before removing any decorative or 20 landscape retaining walls. 21 b. Request approval from City before removing decorative or landscape retaining 22 wall. 23 4. If a retaining wall is not required: 24 a. Remove any decorative or landscape retaining wall within the City’s right-of-25 way and re-grade to a maximum of 4:1 slope. 26 b. Do not replace the decorative or landscape retaining wall. 27 5. Remove wall to the nearest existing joint where possible. If not possible, obtain 28 approval from the City for removal limits. 29 6. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 30 7. Removal includes all components of the retaining wall. 31 8. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 32 9. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 33 approved in writing. 34 10. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 35 limits. 36 11. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the retaining 37 wall. 38 12. Construct an approved shoring wall when necessary to provide a safe environment 39 for workers and the travelling public. 40 I. Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 Feet 41 1. Remove wall to the nearest existing joint. 42 2. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 43 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 9 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3. Removal includes all components of the retaining wall including footings. 1 4. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 2 5. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 3 approved in writing. 4 6. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 5 limits. 6 7. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the retaining 7 wall. 8 8. Construct an approved shoring wall when necessary to provide a safe environment 9 for workers and the travelling public. 10 3.5 REPAIR 11 A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to Selective Site 12 Demolition activities: 13 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 14 2. Adjacent sidewalk 15 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 16 4. Remaining portions of stormwater structures 17 5. Remaining portions of retaining walls 18 6. Subgrade or base material 19 7. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 20 8. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 21 9. Landscape beds or planters 22 10. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 23 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 31 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 32 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 10 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 1 of 13 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 02 41 14 1 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Removal, abandonment, or salvaging of the following utilities: 6 a. General Utility Items: 7 1) Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill – Water, Sanitary Sewer, 8 Stormwater 9 2) Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench – Water, Sanitary Sewer, 10 Stormwater 11 3) Utility Line Removal, Same Trench – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 12 4) Utility Manhole Abandonment – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 13 5) Utility Manhole Removal – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 14 6) Plugging of Utility Lines – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 15 7) Utility Junction Structure Removal – Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 16 b. Water Specific Items: 17 1) Water Valve Removal 18 2) Water Valve Removal and Salvage 19 3) Water Valve Abandonment 20 4) Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 21 5) Water Meter Removal and Salvage 22 6) Concrete Water Vault Removal 23 7) Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 24 c. Stormwater Specific Items: 25 1) Stormwater Inlet Removal 26 2) Headwall/SET Removal 27 3) Trench Drain Removal 28 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 29 1. None. 30 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 31 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 32 Contract. 33 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 34 3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 35 4. Section 33 05 15 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. 36 5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 37 6. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 38 7. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 39 8. Section 33 14 12 – Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type. 40 9. Section 33 14 13 – Buried Steel Pipe 41 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 2 of 13 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 2 A. Measurement and Payment 3 1. General Utility Items 4 a. Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill 5 1) Measurement 6 a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing utility line 7 to be abandoned. 8 2) Payment 9 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 10 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 11 at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Grout Fill Utility Line” for: 12 (1) Various Sizes. 13 3) The price bid shall include: 14 a) Dewatering (as required) 15 b) Disposal of sewage (as required) 16 c) Furnishing and installing low density cellular grout or CLSM 17 d) Water 18 e) Pavement Removal 19 f) Excavation 20 g) Hauling 21 h) Disposal of excess materials 22 i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 23 j) Clean-up 24 b. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench 25 1) Measurement 26 a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing utility line 27 to be removed. 28 2) Payment 29 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 30 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 31 at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Remove Utility Line” for: 32 (1) Various Sizes. 33 3) The price bid shall include: 34 a) Dewatering (as required) 35 b) Disposal of sewage (as required) 36 c) Pavement Removal 37 d) Excavation 38 e) Hauling 39 f) Disposal of excess materials 40 g) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 41 h) Clean-up 42 c. Utility Line Removal, Same Trench 43 1) Measurement 44 a) This item is considered subsidiary to the proposed utility line being 45 installed. 46 2) Payment 47 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 3 of 13 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 1 item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe 2 installed. 3 d. Utility Manhole Abandonment 4 1) Measurement 5 a) Measured per each manhole to be abandoned. 6 2) Payment 7 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 8 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 9 at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Utility Manhole” for: 10 (1) Various diameters. 11 3) The price bid shall include: 12 a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 13 b) Removal and disposal of manhole cone 14 c) Removal and disposal of frame and cover 15 d) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 16 e) Concrete 17 f) Sand 18 g) Pavement removal 19 h) Excavation 20 i) Hauling 21 j) Disposal of excess materials 22 k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 23 l) Surface restoration 24 m) Clean-up 25 e. Utility Manhole Removal 26 1) Measurement 27 a) Measured per each manhole to be removed. 28 2) Payment 29 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 30 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 31 at the unit price bid per each “Remove Utility Manhole” for: 32 (1) Various diameters. 33 3) The price bid shall include: 34 a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 35 b) Removal and disposal of manhole 36 c) Removal and disposal of frame and cover 37 d) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 38 e) Pavement removal 39 f) Excavation 40 g) Hauling 41 h) Disposal of excess materials 42 i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 43 j) Surface restoration 44 k) Clean-up 45 f. Plugging of Utility Lines 46 1) Measurement 47 a) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 48 2) Payment 49 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 4 of 13 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with 1 this item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Utility Line 2 Plugging”. 3 4 3) The price bid shall include: 5 a) Furnishing and installing all utility line pressure plugs 6 b) Furnishing and installing all utility line abandonment plugs 7 c) Ductile iron fittings (for pressure plugs) 8 d) Gaskets (for pressure plugs) 9 e) Nuts and bolts (for pressure plugs) 10 f) Pavement removal 11 g) Excavation 12 h) Hauling 13 i) Disposal of excess material 14 j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 15 k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 16 l) Disinfection (for pressure plugs) 17 m) Testing (for pressure plugs) 18 n) CLSM (for abandonment plugs) 19 o) Clean-up 20 g. Utility Junction Structure Removal 21 1) Measurement 22 a) Measured per each junction structure to be removed. 23 2) Payment 24 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 25 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 26 at the unit price bid per each “Remove Utility Junction Structure”. 27 3) The price bid shall include: 28 a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 29 b) Removal and disposal of junction structure 30 c) Removal and disposal of frames and covers 31 d) Removal and disposal of hatches 32 e) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 33 f) Pavement removal 34 g) Excavation 35 h) Hauling 36 i) Disposal of excess materials 37 j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 38 k) Surface restoration 39 l) Clean-up 40 2. Water Specific Items 41 a. Water Valve Removal 42 1) Measurement 43 a) Measured per each water valve to be removed. 44 2) Payment 45 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 46 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 47 at the unit price bid per each “Remove Water Valve” for: 48 (1) Various sizes. 49 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 5 of 13 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3) The price bid shall include: 1 a) Removal and disposal of valve 2 b) Removal and disposal of valve box 3 c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 4 d) Removal and disposal of water manhole, frame, cover, and grade rings 5 (if required) 6 e) CLSM 7 f) Pavement removal 8 g) Excavation 9 h) Hauling 10 i) Disposal of excess materials 11 j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 12 k) Clean-up 13 b. Water Valve Removal and Salvage 14 1) Measurement 15 a) Measured per each water valve to be removed and salvaged. 16 2) Payment 17 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 18 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 19 at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Valve” for: 20 (1) Various sizes. 21 3) The price bid shall include: 22 a) Removal and salvage of valve 23 b) Removal and disposal of valve box 24 c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 25 d) Removal and disposal of water manhole, frame, cover, and grade rings 26 (if required) 27 e) CLSM 28 f) Delivery to City 29 g) Pavement removal 30 h) Excavation 31 i) Hauling 32 j) Disposal of excess materials 33 k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 34 l) Clean-up 35 c. Water Valve Abandonment 36 1) Measurement 37 a) Measured per each water valve to be abandoned. 38 2) Payment 39 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 40 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 41 at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Water Valve” for: 42 (1) Various sizes. 43 3) The price bid shall include: 44 a) Abandonment of valve 45 b) Removal and disposal of valve box 46 c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 47 d) CLSM 48 e) Pavement removal 49 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 6 of 13 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 f) Excavation 1 g) Hauling 2 h) Disposal of excess materials 3 i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 4 j) Clean-up 5 d. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 6 1) Measurement 7 a) Measured per each fire hydrant to be removed and salvaged. 8 2) Payment 9 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 10 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 11 at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Fire Hydrant”. 12 3) The price bid shall include: 13 a) Removal of fire hydrant 14 b) Salvage of fire hydrant (if required) 15 c) Delivery to City (if required) 16 d) Disposal of fire hydrant (if required) 17 e) Pavement removal 18 f) Excavation 19 g) Hauling 20 h) Disposal of excess materials 21 i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 22 j) Clean-up 23 e. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 24 1) Measurement 25 a) Measured per each water meter to be removed and salvaged. 26 2) Payment 27 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 28 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 29 at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Meter”. 30 3) The price bid shall include: 31 a) Coordination with City for City performed disconnection, removal, and 32 salvage of water meter 33 b) Removal of existing water meter box 34 c) Salvage of existing water meter lid and delivery to City 35 d) Pavement removal 36 e) Excavation 37 f) Hauling 38 g) Disposal of excess materials 39 h) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 40 i) Clean-up 41 f. Concrete Water Vault Removal 42 1) Measurement 43 a) Measured per each junction structure to be removed. 44 2) Payment 45 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 46 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 47 at the unit price bid per each “Remove Concrete Water Vault”. 48 3) The price bid shall include: 49 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 7 of 13 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a) Coordination with City for City performed disconnection, removal, and 1 salvage of water meter (if applicable) 2 b) Removal, salvage, and delivery of valves/meters to City (if applicable) 3 c) Removal and disposal of all piping, fittings, and other appurtenances (if 4 applicable) 5 d) Removal and disposal of manhole 6 e) Removal and disposal of vault 7 f) Removal and disposal of hatches 8 g) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 9 h) Pavement removal 10 i) Excavation 11 j) Hauling 12 k) Disposal of excess materials 13 l) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 14 m) Surface restoration 15 n) Clean-up 16 g. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 17 1) Measurement 18 a) Measured per each cathodic test station to be abandoned. 19 2) Payment 20 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 21 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 22 at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Cathodic Test Station”. 23 3) The price bid shall include: 24 a) Abandon cathodic test station 25 b) CLSM 26 c) Pavement removal 27 d) Excavation 28 e) Hauling 29 f) Disposal of excess materials 30 g) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 31 h) Clean-up 32 3. Stormwater Specific Items 33 a. Stormwater Inlet Removal 34 1) Measurement 35 a) Measured per each stormwater inlet to be removed. 36 2) Payment 37 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 38 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 39 at the unit price bid per each “Remove Storm Inlet”. 40 3) The price bid shall include: 41 a) Removal and disposal of inlet 42 b) Pavement removal 43 c) Excavation 44 d) Hauling 45 e) Disposal of excess materials 46 f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 47 g) Clean-up 48 b. Headwall/SET Removal 49 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 8 of 13 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Measurement 1 a) Measured per each headwall or safety end treatment (SET) to be 2 removed. 3 2) Payment 4 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 5 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 6 at the unit price bid per each “Remove Headwall/SET”. 7 3) The price bid shall include: 8 a) Removal and disposal of Headwall/SET 9 b) Pavement removal 10 c) Excavation 11 d) Hauling 12 e) Disposal of excess materials 13 f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 14 g) Clean-up 15 c. Trench Drain Removal 16 1) Measurement 17 a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing trench drain 18 to be removed. 19 2) Payment 20 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 21 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 22 at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Trench Drain”. 23 3) The price bid shall include: 24 a) Removal and disposal of trench drain 25 b) Pavement removal 26 c) Excavation 27 d) Hauling 28 e) Disposal of excess materials 29 f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 30 g) Clean-up 31 1.3 REFERENCES 32 A. Abbreviations 33 1. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 34 B. Definitions 35 1. Pressure Plug – Plugging of an existing pressurized pipeline to remain in service 36 with fitting, blind flange, or welded plug, as applicable. 37 2. Abandonment Plug – Plugging of an existing gravity or pressurized pipeline to be 38 abandoned with CLSM. 39 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 40 A. Coordination 41 1. Contact Project Manager and Water Utilities for coordination of salvaged material 42 return. 43 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 9 of 13 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4 A. Special Procedure Submittals 5 1. Utility Abandonment by Grout Fill Plan: 6 a. Grout fill narrative 7 b. Grout port locations 8 c. Calculations demonstrating proposed volume of grout 9 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 12 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 13 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 14 1. Protect and salvage all materials such that no damage occurs during delivery to 15 City. 16 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 21 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23 PART 3 - EXECUTION 24 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26 3.3 PREPARATION 27 A. Coordinate with Water Utilities prior to abandonment of existing water or sanitary 28 sewer lines to determine whether all existing services have been removed. 29 3.4 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT 30 A. General Utility Items 31 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 10 of 13 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill 1 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 2 b. Dewater existing line to be grouted. 3 c. Dispose of any sewage from existing line to be grouted for sanitary sewer lines. 4 d. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 15 5 or CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 6 e. Dispose of any excess material. 7 2. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench 8 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 9 b. Dewater existing line to be removed. 10 c. Dispose of any sewage from existing line to be removed for sanitary sewer 11 lines. 12 d. Cut any service, lateral, or main connections prior to removal. 13 e. Remove existing utility line and properly dispose of as approved by City. 14 3. Utility Manhole Abandonment 15 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 16 b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, grade rings, and manhole cone 17 section. 18 c. Cut and plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with 2000 psi concrete in 19 accordance with Section 03 30 00. 20 d. Backfill manhole with utility sand in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 21 4. Utility Manhole Removal 22 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 23 b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, and grade rings. 24 c. Dispose of any sewage from existing manhole for sanitary sewer manholes. 25 d. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. 26 e. Plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with abandonment plugs. 27 5. Plugging of Utility Lines 28 a. Water Line Pressure Plugs 29 1) Ductile Iron and PVC C900 Water Lines 30 a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 31 b) Plug line with MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in 32 accordance with Section 33 14 10. 33 2) Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type Water Lines 34 a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 35 b) Plug line using: 36 (1) Fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 37 33 14 12; or 38 (2) Blind flange in accordance with Section 33 14 12. 39 3) Buried Steel Water Lines 40 a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 41 b) Plug line using: 42 (1) Fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 43 33 14 13; or 44 (2) Blind flange in accordance with Section 33 14 13. 45 b. Utility Line Abandonment Plugs 46 1) Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 47 2) Dispose of any sewage for sanitary sewer lines. 48 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 11 of 13 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Install bulkhead sufficient to retain CLSM plug before it has cured. 1 4) Backfill trench adjacent to pipe plug with CLSM to top of pipe. 2 5) Plug minimum 2 feet of existing pipe with CLSM in accordance with 3 Section 03 34 14. 4 a) Pressure plugs may be used for water line abandonment plugs as an 5 acceptable alternative. 6 6. Utility Junction Structure Removal 7 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 8 b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, hatch, and grade rings. 9 c. Dispose of any sewage from existing manhole for sanitary sewer manholes. 10 d. Demolish and remove entire concrete structure. 11 e. Plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with abandonment plugs. 12 B. Water Items 13 1. Water Valve Removal 14 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 15 b. Remove and dispose of valve box. 16 c. Remove and dispose of valve bonnet, wedge, and stem. 17 d. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 18 2. Water Valve Removal and Salvage 19 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 20 b. Remove and dispose of valve box. 21 c. Remove valve bonnet, wedge, and stem, and deliver to the City as directed by 22 City Inspector. 23 d. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 24 e. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 25 3. Water Valve Abandonment 26 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 27 b. Remove the top 2 feet of the valve stack and any valve extensions. 28 c. Fill the remaining valve stack with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 29 4. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 30 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 31 b. Remove fire hydrant. 32 c. Install abandonment plug on fire hydrant lead line. 33 d. Deliver salvaged fire hydrant to the City as directed by City. 34 e. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 35 5. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 36 a. Coordinate with City to have City remove and salvage water meter. 37 1) Contractor shall not remove water meter. 38 b. Remove and dispose of curb stop, and meter boxes. 39 c. Remove and salvage meter box lid and deliver to City as directed by City 40 Inspector. 41 d. Crimp abandoned service lines. 42 e. Backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 43 6. Concrete Water Vault Removal 44 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 45 b. Coordinate with City to have City remove and salvage water meter if 46 applicable. 47 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 12 of 13 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Contractor shall not remove water meter. 1 c. Remove and salvage valve, if applicable. 2 d. Remove and salvage vault lid. 3 e. Remove and salvage test stations. 4 f. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 5 g. Remove and dispose of piping and other appurtenances. 6 h. Deliver salvaged material to City as directed by City Inspector. 7 i. Demolish and remove entire concrete water vault. 8 j. Plug existing service and main lines with abandonment plugs. 9 k. Dispose of excess materials. 10 7. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 11 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 12 b. Remove top 2 feet of the cathodic test station stack and contents. 13 c. Fill any remaining voids with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 14 C. Stormwater Items 15 1. Stormwater Inlet Removal 16 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 17 b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet. 18 c. Plug existing lateral and main lines with abandonment plugs. 19 2. Headwall/SET Removal 20 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 21 b. Demolish and remove concrete headwall/SET. 22 c. Plug existing lateral and main lines with abandonment plugs. 23 3. Trench Drain Removal 24 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 25 b. Remove and dispose of existing pipe. 26 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 27 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 32 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 33 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 34 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 35 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 36 37 38 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 13 of 13 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 END OF SECTION 1 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 1 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 02 41 15 1 PAVING REMOVAL 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Construction methods for 6 a. Remove Concrete Pavement 7 b. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 8 c. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 9 d. Remove Sidewalk 10 e. Remove Curb Ramp 11 f. Remove Asphalt Pavement 12 g. Remove Driveway 13 h. Remove Brick Pavers 14 i. Remove Permeable Pavers 15 j. Wedge Milling 16 k. Surface Milling 17 l. Butt Joint Milling 18 m. Pavement Pulverization 19 n. Obliterate Abandoned Road 20 o. Pavement Removal for Utility Trenching 21 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 22 1. None. 23 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 24 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 25 Contract. 26 2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 27 3. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Control. 28 4. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Pavement Repair. 29 5. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 30 6. Section 32 11 33 – Cement Treated Base Courses. 31 7. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control. 32 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 33 A. Measurement and Payment 34 1. Remove Concrete Pavement 35 a. Measurement 36 1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of 37 concrete to edge of concrete for existing concrete pavement for all 38 thicknesses. 39 b. Payment 40 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 2 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per square yard for “Remove Concrete Pavement.” 3 c. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Sawing and breaking the material 5 2) Removal of monolithic concrete curb and concrete pavement 6 3) Loading 7 4) Unloading 8 5) Storing 9 6) Hauling 10 7) Salvaging or disposing 11 8) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of concrete 12 2. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 13 a. Measurement 14 1) Measured per linear foot of “Remove Curb and Gutter.” 15 b. Payment 16 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 18 price bid per linear foot for “Remove Curb and Gutter.” 19 c. The price bid shall include: 20 1) Sawing and breaking the material 21 2) Removal of concrete curb and gutter 22 3) Cleaning 23 4) Loading 24 5) Unloading 25 6) Storing 26 7) Hauling 27 8) Salvaging or disposing 28 9) Repair adjacent pavement and curb and gutter damaged by the removal of 29 curb and gutter 30 3. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 31 a. Measurement 32 1) Measured per square yard of “Remove Concrete Valley Gutter.” 33 b. Payment 34 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 35 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 36 price bid per square yard for “Remove Concrete Valley Gutter.” 37 c. The price bid shall include: 38 1) Sawing and breaking the material 39 2) Removal of concrete valley gutter 40 3) Cleaning 41 4) Loading 42 5) Unloading 43 6) Storing 44 7) Hauling 45 8) Salvaging or disposing 46 9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of concrete valley 47 gutter 48 49 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 3 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Remove Sidewalk 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Sidewalk.” 3 b. Payment 4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6 price bid per square foot for “Remove Sidewalk.” 7 c. The price bid shall include: 8 1) The removal of integral sidewalk walls 9 2) The removal of landscape walls adjacent to sidewalk less than 3 feet in 10 height 11 3) Sawing and breaking the material 12 4) Cleaning 13 5) Loading 14 6) Unloading 15 7) Storing 16 8) Hauling 17 9) Salvaging or disposing 18 10) Repair to adjacent curb or curb and gutter damaged by the removal of 19 sidewalk 20 5. Remove Curb Ramp 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measured per each of “Remove Curb Ramp.” 23 b. Payment 24 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26 price bid per each for “Remove Curb Ramp” for: 27 a) Various types. 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Removal of curb ramp, curb ramp curbs, flares, and detectable warning tiles 30 2) Sawing and breaking the material 31 3) Loading 32 4) Unloading 33 5) Storing 34 6) Hauling 35 7) Salvaging or disposing 36 8) Repair to adjacent curb, curb and gutter, or sidewalk damaged by the 37 removal of curb ramp 38 6. Remove Asphalt Pavement 39 a. Measurement 40 1) Measured per square yard from gutter edge to gutter edge or edge to edge 41 of existing asphalt pavement for all thicknesses. 42 b. Payment 43 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 44 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 45 price bid per square yard for “Remove Asphalt Pavement.” 46 c. The price bid shall include: 47 1) Sawing 48 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 4 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Breaking the material 1 3) Removal of asphalt pavement 2 4) Loading 3 5) Unloading 4 6) Storing 5 7) Hauling 6 8) Salvaging or disposing 7 9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of asphalt 8 7. Remove Driveway 9 a. Measurement 10 1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Driveway.” 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14 price bid per square foot for “Remove Driveway” for: 15 a) Various pavement types (gravel, concrete, asphalt, pavers). 16 c. The price bid shall include: 17 1) Sawing 18 2) Breaking the material 19 3) Removal of driveway material 20 4) Loading 21 5) Unloading 22 6) Storing 23 7) Hauling 24 8) Salvaging or disposing 25 9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of the driveway 26 8. Remove Brick Pavers 27 a. Measurement 28 1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Brick Pavers.” 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32 price bid per square foot for “Remove Brick Pavers.” 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Full-depth removal of bricks and any brick base material to existing 35 subgrade. 36 2) Sawing 37 3) Breaking the material 38 4) Removal of brick pavers 39 5) Cleaning 40 6) Loading 41 7) Unloading 42 8) Storing 43 9) Hauling 44 10) Disposal 45 11) Salvage and delivery to City, if required 46 12) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of bricks 47 9. Remove Permeable Pavers 48 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 5 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Measurement 1 1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Permeable Pavers.” 2 b. Payment 3 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 4 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 5 price bid per square foot for “Remove Permeable Pavers.” 6 c. The price bid shall include: 7 1) Full-depth removal of any permeable pavers and paver base material to 8 existing subgrade or compacted soil. 9 2) Sawing 10 3) Breaking the material 11 4) Removal of permeable pavers 12 5) Cleaning 13 6) Loading 14 7) Unloading 15 8) Storing 16 9) Hauling 17 10) Disposal 18 11) Salvage and delivery to City, if required 19 12) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of permeable pavers 20 10. Wedge Milling 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measured per square yard of “Wedge Milling.” 23 b. Payment 24 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26 price bid per square yard for “Wedge Milling.” 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 1) Milling 29 2) Rolling 30 3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 31 4) Cleaning 32 5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 33 6) Loading 34 7) Unloading 35 8) Storing 36 9) Hauling 37 10) Salvaging or disposing 38 11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by wedge milling 39 11. Surface Milling 40 a. Measurement 41 1) Measured square yard of “Surface Milling.” 42 b. Payment 43 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 44 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 45 price bid per square yard for “Surface Milling.” 46 c. The price bid shall include: 47 1) Milling 48 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 6 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Rolling 1 3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 2 4) Cleaning 3 5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 4 6) Loading 5 7) Unloading 6 8) Storing 7 9) Hauling 8 10) Salvaging or disposing 9 11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by surface milling 10 12. Butt Joint Milling 11 a. Measurement 12 1) Measured per linear foot of “Butt Milling.” 13 b. Payment 14 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 15 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 16 price bid per linear feet for “Butt Milling.” 17 c. The price bid shall include: 18 1) Milling 19 2) Rolling 20 3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 21 4) Cleaning 22 5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 23 6) Loading 24 7) Unloading 25 8) Storing 26 9) Hauling 27 10) Salvaging or disposing 28 11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by butt milling 29 13. Pavement Pulverization 30 a. Measurement 31 1) Measured per square yard of “Pavement Pulverization.” 32 b. Payment 33 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35 price bid per square yard for “Pavement Pulverization.” 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Pulverization 38 2) Base undercutting 39 3) Mixing and compaction 40 4) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 41 5) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 42 6) Temporary removal and stockpiling of pulverized material 43 7) Loading 44 8) Unloading 45 9) Storing 46 10) Hauling 47 11) Salvaging or disposing 48 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 7 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 12) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by pavement pulverization 1 14. Obliterate Abandoned Road 2 a. Measurement 3 1) Measured per square yard of “Obliterate Abandoned Road.” 4 b. Payment 5 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7 price bid per square yard for “Obliterate Abandoned Road.” 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Salvaging and replacing topsoil 10 2) Furnishing and installing any new topsoil 11 3) Removal of abandoned structures within the roadway 12 4) Scarifying, mixing, and shaping abandoned roadway 13 5) Sodding 14 6) Removal of any material or items specified under Obliterate 15 7) Loading 16 8) Unloading 17 9) Storing 18 10) Hauling 19 11) Salvaging or disposing 20 12) Clean-up 21 15. Pavement Removal for Utility Trenching 22 a. Measurement 23 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the installation of water, wastewater, 24 or stormwater piping. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water, wastewater, or 28 stormwater piping installed. 29 1.3 REFERENCES 30 A. Abbreviations 31 1. HMA – Hot-mix Asphalt 32 B. Reference Standards 33 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35 unless a date is specifically cited. 36 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 37 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 38 A. Sequencing 39 1. Sidewalk Construction 40 a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 41 1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 42 a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 43 route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 44 engineer to the City for review. 45 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 8 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 1 Control items included with the project. 2 c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 3 State, and local guidelines. 4 d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 5 2. Pavement Removal 6 a. Install traffic control devices prior to removal of pavement per the Drawings. 7 b. If no traffic control plan is provided, submit a traffic control plan that has been 8 signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer to the City for review. 9 B. Pre-removal Meeting 10 1. Hold a preinstallation meeting prior to performing any tasks included under Paving 11 Removal. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. The following items will 12 be reviewed and discussed at the meeting: 13 a. All removal limits for any pavement to be removed 14 b. Concrete paving removal method 15 1.5 SUBMITTALS 16 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 17 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 18 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 19 A. Informational Submittal: 20 1. Equipment Information 21 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 22 1) Equipment name 23 2) Size 24 3) Intended use 25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 29 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 30 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 32 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 34 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 35 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 36 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 9 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3 3.3 PREPARATION 4 A. Site Preparation 5 1. Mark all pavement removal limits prior to construction. 6 2. City will review and provide direction to Contractor, regarding proposed limits 7 prior to saw cutting, milling, or any other pavement removal activities. 8 3. For maintenance projects, the City will mark the limits of Paving Removal prior to 9 construction. 10 3.4 PAVEMENT REMOVAL 11 A. Sawing 12 1. Full-depth saw cut all pavement to be removed. 13 2. Make a clean, smooth cut producing a groove 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch wide and full 14 depth. 15 3. Any saw cut wider than 1/4 inch will not be accepted. 16 4. Re-saw pavement edge after pavement is removed as many times as necessary to 17 provide a smooth, neat, straight pavement edge free from chips or gouges. 18 Contractor to re-saw a minimum of one time. 19 5. If a saw cut falls within 5 feet of an existing joint, pavement edge, or edge of gutter, 20 remove paving to the nearest joint, pavement edge, or gutter edge. 21 6. Minimize dust and residue from entering the atmosphere by using water, vacuums, 22 or other approved dust reducing measures. 23 7. Utilize erosion control measures to prevent dust and residue from entering the 24 storm drain system in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 25 8. Use care to prevent fracturing or spalling of adjacent existing pavement. Repair any 26 damage done to the existing pavement due to saw cutting or pavement removal in 27 accordance with Sections 32 01 17 or 32 01 29 at no cost to the City. 28 B. Remove Concrete Paving 29 1. Saw Cut 30 a. In accordance with this Section. 31 2. Minimum Limits of Removal 32 a. Parallel to the Centerline 33 1) Minimum cut along street path is: 34 a) 5 feet in total length 35 b) 1 foot from the edge of the trench 36 b. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Multiple Lanes 37 1) Remove full panel of one lane width if trench or repairs are contained 38 within the lane. 39 2) For locations where two or more lanes are affected, remove the full width 40 of affected lanes. 41 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 10 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Maintain minimum gutter width of 2 feet from back of curb at all times. 1 c. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Single Lane 2 1) General: 3 a) 1 foot from the edge of the trench 4 b) Minimum gutter width is 2 feet from back of curb. 5 c) Remove curb if trench edge or repair is closer than 2 feet from back of 6 curb. 7 2) Concrete alley or residential street less than 30 feet wide: 8 a) Remove pavement from centerline to back of curb. Curb will be 9 considered subsidiary to removal of pavement. 10 3) Concrete alley or residential street greater than 30 feet wide: 11 a) Maintain a minimum of 10 feet from center line or gutter to trench edge 12 or repair. 13 b) Remove pavement starting at the centerline if trench edge or repair is 14 less than 10 feet from centerline. 15 c) If the trench edge or repair is within 10 feet of the back of curb, remove 16 pavement from trench edge or repair to back of curb. Curb will be 17 considered subsidiary to removal of pavement. 18 3. Construction 19 a. A drop hammer or guillotine-style concrete breaker is not allowed without prior 20 approval by City. 21 b. Pavement removal method to be discussed and approved by City during the 22 pre-removal Meeting. 23 c. Preferred method: 24 1) Saw cut sections of the concrete pavement. 25 2) Vertically lift concrete pavement section in whole pieces in a way that does 26 not damage existing features. 27 d. If pavement can’t be removed utilizing the preferred method, utilize a 28 jackhammer to break-up concrete and remove using a front-end loader or 29 backhoe. 30 C. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 31 1. Saw Cut 32 a. In accordance with this Section 33 2. Minimum Limits of Removal 34 a. Minimum width of 2-feet from back of curb 35 b. Minimum length of 30-inches 36 c. Removal shall be to the nearest construction joint (not necessarily centered on 37 the trench) 38 D. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 39 1. Saw Cut 40 a. In accordance with this Section 41 2. Minimum Limits of Removal 42 a. Minimum width of 5 feet 43 b. Remove from gutter edge to gutter edge or from centerline to gutter edge 44 c. Remove concrete in accordance with Remove Concrete Paving 45 E. Remove Sidewalk and Curb Ramp 46 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 11 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Saw Cut 1 a. In accordance with Sawing 2 2. Minimum Limits of Sidewalk Removal 3 a. Minimum sidewalk removal width and length of 5 feet 4 b. Remove to the nearest sidewalk joint if nearest sidewalk joint is within 3 feet of 5 specified removal limits. 6 c. Remove to the edge of sidewalk if the edge of sidewalk is within 5 feet of 7 specified removal limits. 8 d. Remove curb ramp to the nearest joint. Do not saw cut and leave in place any 9 portion of the existing curb ramp unless specified in the Drawings. 10 F. Remove Asphalt Paving 11 1. Saw Cut 12 a. In accordance with this Section 13 b. Protect asphalt edges to prevent spalling or damage. 14 c. If damage or spalling occurs, obtain direction from the City for repairs, if 15 necessary. 16 2. Minimum Limits of Removal 17 a. Parallel to the Centerline 18 1) Minimum cut along the street path is: 19 a) 5 feet in total length 20 b) 1 foot from the edge of the trench if the trench width is wider than 5 21 feet 22 b. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Multiple Lanes 23 1) If the trench or repairs occur between the center line and the inside lane 24 line, remove the full lane width. 25 2) If the trench or repairs occur between the gutter edge and the outside lane, 26 remove from the lane line to the gutter edge. 27 3) If the trench or repairs occur between two lanes, remove half-lane-width to 28 half-lane-width. 29 c. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Single Lane 30 1) General: 31 a) 2 feet from the edge of the trench 32 b) Minimum width from repair to gutter edge is 10 feet. 33 c) Remove pavement to gutter edge if distance from trench or repair to 34 gutter edge is less than 10 feet 35 2) Concrete alley or residential street less than 30 feet wide: 36 a) Remove pavement from centerline to gutter edge. 37 3) Concrete alley or residential street greater than 30 feet wide: 38 a) Maintain a minimum of 10 feet from center line or gutter edge to trench 39 edge or repair. 40 b) Remove pavement starting at the center line if trench edge or repair is 41 less than 10 feet from centerline. 42 c) Remove pavement from trench edge or repair to gutter if distance from 43 trench edge or repair to the face of curb is less than 10 feet. 44 3. Construction 45 a. Utilize a milling machine to remove pavement where possible in accordance 46 with this Section. 47 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 12 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Obtain approval prior to construction to utilize alternative equipment for 1 asphalt pavement removal. 2 G. Remove Driveway 3 1. Saw Cut 4 a. In accordance with this Section 5 2. Minimum Limits of Removal 6 a. If the driveway is concrete, remove to nearest driveway joint. 7 1) Only driveway joints required by City design standards are considered, and 8 existing patches will not be considered as joints. 9 H. Remove Brick Pavers and Permeable Pavers 10 1. Saw Cut 11 a. In accordance with Sawing 12 b. Saw cut 2 feet beyond the limits of the pavers if the adjacent pavement is 13 concrete or asphalt. 14 2. Remove pavers to the limits specified in the Drawings. 15 3. If salvaging pavers for re-use, remove, palletize and either deliver to specified 16 location in Drawings or stockpile for re-use on the Project. 17 I. Milling 18 1. General 19 a. Mill surfaces to the depth specified in the Drawings. 20 b. Milled surface should be rough. If necessary, grind or mill the surface again to 21 make the surface rough. 22 c. If the milled surface is going to be opened to traffic: 23 1) Install a temporary transition section. 24 2) An acceptable transition is 2 inches over 5 feet. 25 3) A different transition may be approved by City prior to opening the milled 26 surface to traffic. 27 d. Remove excess material and clean milled surfaces 28 e. Stockpiling of milled material will not be permitted within the right of way 29 unless otherwise approved by City. 30 2. Milling Equipment 31 a. Provide equipment that meets the following criteria. 32 1) Power operated milling machine capable of removing the specified 33 pavement thickness in maximum of two passes 34 2) Self-propelled with sufficient power, traction, and stability to maintain 35 accurate depth of cut and slope 36 3) Able to immediately remove material cut from the surface of the roadway 37 and discharge the cuttings into a truck utilizing an integral loading and 38 reclaiming system 39 4) Equipped with a dust control system 40 5) Equipped with a manual system that provides uniform varying depths of cut 41 while the machine is in motion. 42 3. Wedge and Surface Milling 43 a. Only used for roadway maintenance. Only utilized with prior approval by City 44 or as specified in Drawings. 45 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 13 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Wedge Mill existing asphalt or concrete from the gutter edge at a minimum 1 depth of 2 inches and transition to match the existing pavement within a 5 foot 2 width. 3 c. Surface Mill existing asphalt to the depth specified on Drawings. 4 d. Provide a uniform milled surface free from gouges, ridges, oil film, and other 5 irregularities. 6 e. Wedge milling includes the portion of HMA pavement that covers the existing 7 concrete curb and gutter. This depth is estimated to vary from 2 inches to the 8 full height of the curb. This additional depth would be milled prior to milling 9 the minimum 2 inches previously specified. 10 f. Perform wedge or surface milling operations in a continuous manner for the 11 length specified in the Drawings. 12 4. Butt Joint Milling 13 a. Butt joint will be full width of overlay operation 14 b. Typical locations for butt joints are at the beginning and ending of streets where 15 asphalt paving is removed or where a street is being overlaid. Butt joints may 16 be required in other locations as specified in the Drawings. 17 c. Butt joints at a minimum of 20 feet wide (perpendicular to the center line) for 18 the width specified in the Drawings. 19 d. Taper the butt joint from 2 inches to 0 inches adjacent to existing pavement at 20 the start or end of the project limits or as specified in the Drawings. 21 e. Provide a temporary asphalt transition in accordance with this Section. 22 J. Pavement Pulverization 23 1. Pulverization 24 a. Pulverize the existing pavement to a depth of 8 inches. In accordance with 25 Section 32 11 33. 26 b. Temporarily remove and stockpile pulverized material. 27 c. After temporary removal, cut subgrade or base material down 2 inches. 28 2. Cement Application 29 a. Use 3.5 percent Portland cement 30 b. In accordance with Section 32 11 33. 31 3. Mixing 32 a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 33 4. Compaction 34 a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 35 5. Finishing 36 a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 37 6. Curing 38 a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 39 7. If the existing pavement has a combination of 10 inches of HMA pavement and 40 crushed stone or gravel 41 a. 2 inch cutting is not required 42 b. Pulverize existing pavement 2 inches deep 43 c. Temporarily remove and stockpile pulverized material 44 K. Obliterating Abandoned Roadway 45 1. Strip and windrow existing topsoil before shaping operations 46 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 14 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Remove asphalt or concrete pavement in accordance with this Section. 1 3. Remove any abandoned structures within the roadway unless otherwise specified in 2 the Drawings. 3 4. Scarify and mix the abandoned roadbed with soil and blade to produce a smooth, 4 uniform appearance. 5 5. Fill, cut, and shape the abandoned road to blend into the surrounding terrain. 6 6. Eliminate or re-align existing ditches as appropriate to maintain positive drainage. 7 7. Cover disturbed areas with topsoil after shaping operations. 8 8. Install sod within the limits of disturbance after topsoil is installed. 9 10 L. Disposal, Salvaging, and Recycling Removed Pavement 11 1. Contractor is responsible for any material removed during Paving Removal 12 activities. 13 2. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 14 regulations. 15 3. The disposal, salvaging, and recycling of any material removed as part of Paving 16 Removal is considered subsidiary to the applicable items. 17 4. Contractor is encouraged, but not required, to salvage and recycle as much material 18 as possible. Any recycled material used on a City project shall be in accordance 19 with the requirements of the appropriate Section based on the intended use. 20 3.5 REPAIR 21 A. Repair the following items to remain if any damage is caused due to pavement removal 22 activities at no cost to the City: 23 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 24 2. Adjacent sidewalk 25 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 26 4. Subgrade or base material 27 5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 28 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe 29 7. Landscape beds or planters 30 8. Sod 31 9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 32 10. Decorative/stamped concrete 33 11. Sidewalk 34 12. Curb ramps 35 13. Traffic control signage 36 14. Pavement markings 37 15. Retaining walls 38 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 39 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 40 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 15 of 15 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8 END OF SECTION 9 10 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 1 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 03 00 00 1 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Material requirements for concrete and concrete reinforcing. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 13 4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 14 5. Section 31 37 00 – Riprap 15 6. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements 16 7. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving 17 8. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving 18 9. Section 32 16 00 – Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 19 10. Section 32 32 00 – Retaining Walls 20 11. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 21 12. Section 33 42 11 – Stormwater Pipe and Boxes 22 13. Section 33 42 23 – Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments 23 14. Section 33 42 30 – Stormwater Junction Boxes 24 15. Section 33 42 33 – Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains 25 16. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment 26 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27 A. Measurement and Payment 28 1. Measurement 29 a. Concrete and concrete reinforcing materials, equipment, tools, testing, and 30 incidentals are subsidiary to the installation of various items. 31 2. Payment 32 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 33 subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of 34 concrete and concrete reinforcing, and will not be measured or paid for 35 separately. 36 37 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 2 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A. Reference Standards 2 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4 unless a date is specifically cited. 5 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 6 a. 211, Proportioning of Concrete Mixes 7 b. 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete 8 c. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 9 3. ASTM International (ASTM): 10 a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 11 b. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for 12 Concrete Reinforcement 13 c. A675, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special 14 Quality, Mechanical Properties 15 d. A955, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plan Stainless Steel Bars for 16 Concrete Reinforcement 17 e. A996, Standard Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for 18 Concrete Reinforcement 19 f. A1064, Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire 20 Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete 21 g. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 22 h. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete 23 i. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement 24 j. C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 25 k. C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 26 l. C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements 27 m. C1116, Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete 28 n. C1399, Standard Test Method for Obtaining Average Residual-Strength of 29 Fiber-Reinforced Concrete 30 4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 31 Specifications (DMS) 32 a. DMS-4515, Multiple Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements 33 b. DMS-4550, Fibers for Concrete 34 c. DMS-4600, Hydraulic Cement 35 d. DMS-4610, Fly Ash 36 e. DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 37 f. DMS-4650, Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 38 Retardants 39 g. DMS-6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 40 5. TxDOT Test Procedures: 41 a. Tex-401-A, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate 42 b. Tex-409-A, Free Moisture and Water Absorption in Aggregate for Concrete 43 c. Tex-470-A, Optimized Aggregate Gradation for Hydraulic Cement Concrete 44 Mix Designs 45 d. Tex-425-A, Determining Moisture Content in Fine Aggregate by the “Speedy” 46 Moisture Method 47 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 3 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5 A. Shop Drawing 6 1. Concrete Mix Design – Submit a design of the concrete mix at least 4 weeks prior 7 to the start of construction activities requiring concrete unless approved otherwise 8 by the City. Provide the mix design in accordance with the class of concrete or 9 concrete mix design specified in the Drawings including: 10 a. Concrete Material Source Information 11 1) Concrete supplier name 12 2) Project name and address 13 3) Contractor name 14 4) Mixture Identification Number 15 b. Design Requirements and Design Summary Including: 16 1) The combined aggregate gradation, source, and material testing results in 17 accordance with Section 32 05 16. 18 2) Maximum slump 19 3) Concrete intended use (sidewalk, roadway, etc) and class designation 20 4) Design water to cement (w/c) ratio 21 5) Design Target Strength 22 6) 7-Day and 28-Day compressive strengths in accordance with ACI 301 and 23 318 24 7) Batch weights, specific gravity, and type/class information for: 25 a) Cement 26 b) Supplementary cementing materials (if used) 27 c) Coarse Aggregate 28 d) Fine Aggregate 29 e) Water 30 8) Chemical admixtures – Type and amount used 31 9) Product Data for all chemical admixtures, cement, and fly ash used. 32 c. Statement from the concrete supplier verifying concrete has been tested and 33 handled in accordance with ASTM C94. 34 2. Product Data 35 a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying curing 36 compounds, evaporation retardant, joint fillers, or chemical additives to be used 37 on the project. 38 b. Product data sheets for all products other than epoxy to include: 39 1) Manufacturer name 40 2) Date 41 3) Material description 42 4) Point of delivery 43 5) Data and test results as required in this Section 44 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 4 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 6) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing 1 Compounds) 2 7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable) 3 8) Application Recommendations (if applicable) 4 9) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 5 c. Epoxy Product Data Sheet Additional Requirements: 6 1) Resin or hardener components 7 2) Brand name 8 3) Name of manufacturer 9 4) Lot or batch number 10 5) Temperature range for storage 11 6) Date of manufacture 12 7) Expiration date 13 8) Quantity contained 14 d. Fiber Reinforcing Submittal Requirements 15 1) Product data sheet 16 2) Letter of certification stating compliance with the requirements of this 17 Section and other applicable standards. 18 3) Report that provides test results for Fiber Testing in accordance with DMS-19 4550, Fibers for Concrete 20 4) Delivery, storage, and handling instructions 21 5) Dosage requirements to provide concrete reinforcing in accordance with the 22 requirements of this Section and any other applicable related Sections. 23 6) Installation and mixing instructions 24 7) Provide the City with test results in accordance with this Section and DMS-25 4550, Fibers for Concrete. 26 B. Informational Submittals 27 1. Source Locations 28 a. Provide the location of all material sources 29 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 32 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 33 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 34 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 35 66 00. 36 B. Storage and Stockpiling 37 1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material (SCM) 38 a. Store all cement and SCM in weatherproof enclosures to protect them from 39 dampness or absorption of moisture. 40 2. Steel Reinforcement 41 a. Store reinforcement above ground surface on skids, platforms, or other support. 42 b. Protect reinforcement from mechanical damage and surface deterioration caused 43 by exposure to conditions that could cause rust. 44 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 5 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. Concrete Production Materials 6 1. Cementitious Material 7 a. Defined as the cement and supplementary cementing materials used in concrete. 8 b. Cement 9 1) Furnish cement Type I, II, or I/II in accordance with ASTM C150 Portland 10 Cement or Type IL in accordance with ASTM C595. 11 2) Provide cement from sources that are in accordance with DMS-4600 and 12 listed on TxDOT’s Material Producer List (MPL) entitled “Hydraulic 13 Cement”. 14 c. Supplementary Cementing Materials (SCM) 15 1) Fly Ash 16 a) Refer to DMS – 4610 for types of Fly Ash 17 b) Acceptable Fly Ash includes: 18 (1) Class C and Class F 19 (2) Ultra-Fine (UFFA) 20 (3) Modified Class F (MFFA) 21 c) Provide fly ash in accordance with DMS-4610 and from sources listed 22 on TxDOT’s MPL entitled “Fly Ash”. 23 d) Refer to Table 2 for Concrete Classes and Mix Design Options. 24 2) Other SCMs 25 a) No other SCM will be approved for use. 26 2. Water 27 a. Provide mixing water and curing water free from oils, acids, organic matter, or 28 other deleterious substances. 29 b. Provide water from municipal supplies approved by the Texas Department of 30 Health. 31 c. Obtain approval from the City if using water not approved by the Texas 32 Department of Health prior to construction. 33 1) If approved to use water from a non-pre-approved source, water testing 34 may be required. The City will request tests and provide minimum criteria. 35 3. Aggregate 36 a. General 37 1) Recycled crushed concrete pavement may be used as coarse or fine 38 aggregate in Class A, B, E, and P concrete. 39 2) A maximum of 20 percent of the fine aggregate may consist of recycled 40 crushed concrete pavement. 41 b. Fine aggregate 42 1) In accordance with Section 32 05 16 43 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 6 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. Coarse Aggregates 1 1) Provide coarse aggregate consisting of clean, tough, durable fragments in 2 accordance with Section 32 05 16. 3 2) Provide coarse aggregates that meet the gradation shown in Table 1 when 4 tested in accordance with Tex-401-A. 5 3) Select aggregate gradation based on the allowable grade for the appropriate 6 concrete class shown in shown in Table 1. 7 Table 1 8 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart 9 Aggregate Grade No.1 Maximum Nominal Size Percent Passing on Each Sieve 2– 1/2” 2” 1– 1/2” 1” 3/4” 1/2” 3/8” #4 #8 1 2” 100 80– 100 50– 85 20– 40 0–5 2(467) 1-1/2” 100 95– 100 35– 70 10–30 0–5 3 1-1/2” 100 95–100 60– 90 25–60 0–5 4 (57) 1” 100 95– 100 25– 60 0– 10 0– 5 5 (67) 3/4” 100 90– 100 20–55 0– 10 0– 5 6 (7) 1/2” 100 90– 100 40–70 0– 15 0– 5 7 3/8” 100 70–95 0– 25 8 3/8” 100 95–100 20–65 0– 10 1. Corresponding ASTM C33 gradation shown in parentheses 10 4. Chemical Admixtures 11 a. General 12 1) Only water reducing and air-entraining admixtures are allowed. 13 2) Provide admixtures in accordance with DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures 14 for concrete. 15 3) Do not use Type C, E, F, or G admixtures in Class S bridge deck concrete. 16 4) Do not use chemical admixtures containing calcium chloride in any 17 concrete. 18 b. Water Reducing Admixture 19 1) Provide water-reducing admixtures in accordance with ASTM C494. Types 20 A, D, F, and G will be allowed. 21 a) ASTM C494, Types “A” and “F”: 22 (1) Improves quality of concrete at lower cement content 23 (2) Increase slump without increasing water-cement ratio 24 b) ASTM C494, Types “D” and “G”: 25 (1) Maintains workability during hot weather placement 26 c. Air-Entraining Admixture 27 1) Provide air-entraining admixtures in accordance with ASTM C260. 28 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 7 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Maintain a total air content between 3 and 7 percent. 1 3) Do not exceed the manufacturer’s recommended dosage. 2 B. Concrete Placement Materials 3 4 1. Reinforcing Steel 5 a. Provide type, size, grade, and quantity of steel reinforcement as specified in the 6 Drawings. 7 b. Provide Grade 60 or above steel bar reinforcing unless otherwise indicated in the 8 Drawings. 9 c. Provide reinforcement free from dirt, loose rust, painting, oil, or other foreign 10 material. 11 d. Provide corrosion protection if specified in the Drawings. 12 e. Provide deformed reinforcing steel in accordance with one of the following: 13 1) New Billet Steel in accordance with ASTM A615, Grades 60, 75, or 80 14 2) Axle Steel in accordance with ASTM A996, Type A, Grade 60 15 a) Provide as straight bars only and do not bend them. 16 3) Rail Steel in accordance with ASTM A996 Type R, Grade 60. 17 a) Rail steel only allowed in concrete pavement. Provide as straight bars 18 only and do not bend them. 19 f. Provide bars in accordance with the size and weight requirements for reinforcing 20 in ASTM A615. 21 g. Twisted bars are not considered deformed and will not be accepted by the City. 22 h. Steel Wire Reinforcement will not be accepted by the City. 23 i. Spiral Reinforcement 24 1) Provide smooth or deformed wire conforming to ASTM A1064. 25 2) Provide bars in accordance with ASTM A615, ASTM A996 Type A, or 26 ASTM A675 Grade 80 meeting dimensional requirements of ASTM A615. 27 j. Bending 28 1) Bend all bars cold in a shape true to the shapes specified in the Drawings. 29 2) Bend all bars used for stirrups and ties around a pin having a diameter at 30 least two times the minimum thickness of the bar. 31 3) Perform all other bends in accordance with the latest code of Standard 32 Practice of Reinforcing Steel Institute. 33 4) Bend stainless reinforcing steel in accordance with ASTM A955. 34 2. Fiber Reinforcing. 35 a. General 36 1) Fiber reinforcement is only allowed if specified on the Drawings by the 37 Engineer of record with written approval from the City. Do not use for 38 structures or roadway paving. 39 b. Material 40 1) Provide fibers in accordance with ASTM C1116, including alkali-proof, 41 non-absorptive synthetic fibers, resistant to deterioration due to long-term 42 exposure to moisture or substances present in admixtures, and do not 43 contribute to nor interfere with the air entrainment of the concrete. 44 2) Provide macrosynthetic fibers for reinforcing. Do not use natural, steel, 45 glass, or any other type without prior approval by the City. 46 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 8 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Provide fibers that meet a minimum average residual strength of 115 psi 1 when tested in accordance with ASTM C1399 with the following 2 modifications: 3 a) Initial deflection for the initial crack of 0.02000 inches. 4 b) Sample tolerance of average residual strength not below 10 percent of 5 the specified required value. 6 c. Length and Size 7 1) Provide fibers maximum 1.5 inches in length. 8 d. Testing 9 1) The use of fiber reinforcing does not change the strength or fresh concrete 10 requirements per this specification. 11 e. Rejection 12 1) Any concrete installed with fiber reinforcing that is non-compliant with the 13 requirements of this Section or other applicable related Sections will be 14 removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 15 3. Tie Bars 16 a. Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for specific uses and 17 installation requirements for Multiple Piece Tie Bars and Single Piece Tie Bars. 18 b. Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location specified in the 19 Drawings. 20 c. Provide straight deformed steel tie bars in accordance with ASTM A615. 21 d. Install tie bars per the size and spacing specified in the Drawings. 22 e. Do not bend or use bent tie bars. Tie bars should remain straight. 23 f. Multiple Piece Tie Bars 24 1) Provide multiple piece tie bars in accordance with DMS-4515, Multiple 25 Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements. 26 4. Dowel Bars 27 a. General 28 1) Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location shown on the 29 Drawings. 30 2) Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for uses and 31 installation requirements. 32 b. Dowel Bars 33 1) Provide smooth, straight dowel bars free of burrs with a yield strength of at 34 least 60 kilo-pound per square inch (ksi) as specified in the Drawings. 35 2) Provide steel in accordance with ASTM A615 or meet the physical 36 requirements of ASTM A36 for smooth bars that are larger than 3/8 inch in 37 diameter. 38 3) Coat dowels with a thin film of grease, wax, silicone, or other approved de-39 bonding material. 40 4) Designate smooth bars by diameter in inches. 41 c. Dowel Caps 42 1) Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar used in an 43 expansion joint. 44 2) Provide dowel caps filled with a soft compressible material with enough 45 range of movement to allow complete closure of expansion joint. 46 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 9 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Provide dowel caps to the length specified in the Drawings. The cap should 1 have sufficient length to allow at least a 1.25-inch gap between the end of the 2 bar and the edge of the cap. 3 4) Provide caps for dowel bars with an internal diameter sufficient to permit 4 the cap to freely slip over the bar, but do not have an internal diameter that 5 exceeds the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch. 6 5. Reinforcement Supporting Devices 7 a. Use reinforcement supporting devices for construction of sidewalks, driveways, 8 roadways, crosswalks, and any other concrete paving operation. 9 b. Provide positioning and supporting devices (baskets and chairs) capable of 10 securing and holding the reinforcing steel in proper position before and during 11 paving. 12 c. Do not allow construction personnel to walk on the reinforcement bars. Replace 13 any broken chairs prior to concrete placement. 14 d. Provide supporting devices (baskets and chairs) made of plastic or non-rusting 15 metal. 16 1) Supporting devices to show no visible indications of deterioration after 17 immersion in a 5-percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120-hours. 18 2) Provide the City with test results or product data sheets proving devices are 19 in accordance with the requirements of this Section if requested. 20 6. Epoxy 21 a. Provide Type 3, Class C epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 22 b. City to approve all epoxy and adhesive products prior to use. Submit a Product 23 Data Sheet in accordance with this Section. 24 c. Do not use damaged or previously opened containers. 25 d. Do not use any material showing evidence of crystallization, lumps, skinning, 26 extreme thickening, or settling of pigments that cannot be readily dispersed with 27 normal agitation. 28 e. Follow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and adhesive 29 wastes. 30 f. Dispose of all empty containers separately. Completely empty and mix the 31 epoxy before disposal. 32 7. Evaporation Retardant 33 a. Provide evaporation retardant in accordance with DMS-4650. 34 8. Curing 35 a. The use of mats, plastic, or film to be approved by the City prior to use. 36 b. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with this specification and 37 DMS-4650. 38 1) Provide curing material in accordance with the requirements of DMS-4650 39 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 40 2) Provide a curing compound that does not react deleteriously with concrete 41 or its compounds. 42 3) Curing compound to produce a firm, continuous uniform moisture-43 impermeable film free from pinholes and adhere to surface of damp concrete. 44 4) The City may reject any concrete not cured properly due to improperly 45 applied curing compound or faulty materials. 46 5) The City may reject the curing compound based on visual or odor defects. 47 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 10 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 6) Curing compound to be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's 1 original containers only, with original label containing the following: 2 a) Manufacturer's name 3 b) Trade name of the material 4 c) Batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated 5 C. Concrete Mix Design 6 1. General 7 a. Furnish mix designs using ACI 211 or Tex-470-A. 8 b. Maintain mix design and maximum water to cement ratio once mix design is 9 approved by City. 10 c. Do not place concrete until the mix design has been approved by the City. The 11 City may require any concrete placed prior to approval to be removed and 12 replaced at no cost to the City. 13 d. Perform mix design proportioning by absolute volume method unless otherwise 14 approved. 15 e. Perform cement replacement using equivalent weight method unless otherwise 16 approved. 17 f. Do not exceed specified water to cement ratios listed in Table 2 for concrete 18 classes when designing the mixture. 19 g. Provide a mix design after the trial batch tests are complete in accordance with 20 the requirements in this Section. 21 2. Cementitious Material 22 a. Do not exceed 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard of concrete 23 unless otherwise specified or approved by the City. 24 b. Use cement of the same type and from the same source for monolithic 25 placements. 26 3. Concrete Classes 27 a. General 28 1) Provide concrete mix designs in accordance with the requirements shown in 29 Table 2 for the class of concrete specified in the Drawings. 30 2) Refer to the Drawings and the General Usage column on Table 2 for 31 concrete class information. 32 3) For concrete classes not specified in Table 2 refer to the Drawings or 33 special project specifications for concrete mix design requirements. 34 b. Class P Concrete 35 1) Use air entraining admixture. 36 2) Class P1 Concrete 37 a) Use Class P1 concrete for machine paved concrete roadways and 38 alleyways unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by City. 39 3) Class P2 Concrete 40 a) Provide Class P2 concrete for hand poured concrete roadways, 41 driveways, alleyways, and all other hand poured, vehicular trafficked 42 concrete pavement unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 43 c. High Early Strength Concrete (HES) 44 1) Use air entraining admixture. 45 2) Provide HES concrete in accordance with the requirements of Table 2. 46 3) Use HES concrete only when specified in the Drawings or when directed 47 by City. 48 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 11 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4) HES may be approved for use when a roadway or driveway needs to be 1 opened to traffic quickly. 2 5) Perform tests at 24 hours to verify compressive strength of HES concrete is 3 minimum 3,200 psi. 4 6) Maximum coarse aggregate size is 1–1/2 inches. 5 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 12 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 2 1 Concrete Classes 2 Class of Concrete Design Strength1, Min f’c (psi) Maximum Water to Cementitious Material Ratio Coarse Aggregate Grades2,3 Cement Types Mix Design Options General Usage4 A 3,000 0.60 1 – 4, 8 I, II, I/II, IL 1 and 2 Sidewalks, sidewalk curbs, riprap, channel liners, flumes B 2,000 0.60 2 – 7 I, II, I/II, IL Traffic signal controller foundations, small roadside signs, anchors, blocking, utility pipe encasement C5 3,600 0.45 1 – 6 I, II, I/II, IL 1 – 3 Culverts (except top slab of direct traffic culverts) E 3,000 0.50 2 – 5 I, II, I/II, IL 1 – 3 Seal concrete H5 Note 6 0.45 3 – 6 I, II, I/II, IL 1 – 3 Precast concrete S5 4,000 0.45 2 – 5 I, II, I/II, IL 1 – 3 Top slabs of direct traffic culverts, approach slabs, headwalls, wingwalls, cast-in-place inlets, junction boxes and manholes P18 4,000 0.50 2 – 3 I, II, I/II, IL 1 – 3 Machine poured concrete pavement, monolithic curbs, non-monolithic curb and curb & gutter P28 4,500 0.45 2 – 3 I, II, I/II, IL 1 – 3 Hand poured concrete pavement, driveways, and decorative concrete pavement HES8 4,500 0.45 2 – 3 I, II, I/II, IL Note 7 Concrete pavement and concrete pavement repair 1. Design strength must be attained within 56 days. 3 2. Do not use Grade 1 coarse aggregate except in foundations with 4 inch minimum clear spacing between 4 reinforcing steel bars unless otherwise specified on the Drawings or approved by the City. Do not use Grade 1 5 aggregate in drilled shafts. 6 3. Use Grade 8 aggregate in extruded curbs unless otherwise approved by the City or specified on the Drawings. 7 4. For information only. 8 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 13 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 5. Structural concrete classes. 1 6. As shown on the Drawings or in the City Standard Details. 2 7. Mix design options do not apply. 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard limit does not apply. 3 8. For machine poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 517 pounds per cubic yard. For 4 hand poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 564 pounds per cubic yard. 5 6 4. Slump 7 a. Provide concrete with a slump in accordance with Table 3 unless otherwise 8 specified in the Drawings. 9 b. Request approval to exceed the slump limits listed in Table 3 with the mix 10 design submittal as part of the Action Submittal. 11 c. Do not exceed maximum slump during production of the mix design or during 12 concrete placement. 13 d. Any concrete placed with a slump exceeding the limits shown in Table 3 will be 14 rejected and removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 15 Table 3 16 Concrete Pavement Slump Requirements 17 Concrete Use1 Slump Range2, Inch Walls (over 9 inches thick), caps, columns, piers, approach slabs 3 – 5 Bridge slabs, top slabs of direct traffic culverts 3 – 5 Inlets, manholes, walls (less than 9 inches thick), bridge railing, culverts, concrete traffic barrier 4 – 6 Precast concrete 4 – 9 Underwater concrete placements 6 – 8 Drilled shafts, slurry displaced and underwater drilled shafts Note 3 Machine Poured Paving (Class P1 Concrete) 1.5 – 3 Hand Poured Paving (Class P2 and HES Concrete) 3 – 5 Curb, gutter, curb and gutter, sidewalk, driveways, riprap, small roadside sign foundations, concrete pavement repair, concrete repair, concrete base material for trench repair. 1.5 – 4 1. For information only. 18 2. For fiber reinforced concrete, perform slump before addition of fibers. 19 3. As shown on the Drawings. 20 21 5. Mix Design Options 22 a. Option 1: Replace cement with at least the minimum dosage listed in the Fly 23 Ash MPL for the fly ash used in the mixture. Do not replace more than 50% of 24 the cement with fly ash. 25 b. Option 2: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with slag cement. 26 c. Option 3: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with a combination of fly ash, 27 slag cement, MFA, metakaolin, or at least 3% silica fume; however, no more 28 than 35% may be fly ash, and no more than 10% may be silica fume.. 29 6. Trial Batch Production and Testing 30 a. Trial Batch 31 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 14 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Produce a trial batch of the mix design in accordance with the requirements 1 of the concrete class specified in the Drawings, using the same materials 2 proposed for the project. 3 2) Perform testing and provide the results verifying the concrete mix design is 4 in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Testing to include: 5 a) Fresh concrete tests for air content and slump 6 b) Strength testing at 7 days and 28 days 7 3) Do not modify the mix design after the City has approved it. 8 4) Submit a new mix design if a change is made to concrete supplier. 9 Table 4 10 Concrete Discharge Times 11 Fresh Concrete Temperature, Degrees Fahrenheit Max Time After Batching for Concrete Not Containing Type B or D Admixtures, Minimum Max Time After Batching for Concrete Containing Type B or D Admixtures2, Minimum 90 and Above 45 75 Between 75 and 90 60 90 Below 75 90 120 1. Admixture Types are defined in DMS-4640 2. Concrete must contain at least the minimum manufacturer’s recommended dosage of Type B or D admixture. 3. Batching can occur at a commercial concrete site or at a batch plant. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 12 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 13 A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 14 1. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design is subject to removal 15 and replacement at no cost to the City. 16 B. Concrete Production Acceptance 17 1. During production and placement of concrete, perform testing to verify the concrete 18 is in accordance with the requirements in this Section for admixtures, mix design, 19 slump, and compressive strength. 20 C. Concrete Placement Acceptance 21 1. General 22 a. If concrete is suspected of having foreign material, City may reject at any time 23 and the concrete may be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 24 b. Acceptance will be based on attaining the strength and the fresh concrete tests. 25 2. Placement Sampling 26 a. Perform all fresh and hardened concrete testing at the frequency shown on Table 27 5. 28 b. If any test comes back as non-conforming, stop production and placement of 29 concrete until the reason has been determined and resolved. 30 c. Any concrete that was placed is subject to further testing and removal and 31 replacement at no cost to the City. 32 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 15 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 5 1 Testing Frequencies 2 Concrete Placements Frequency Bridge Deck Placements Test the first 3 loads, then every 60 cubic yards or a fraction thereof specified by the City. All Other Structural Class Concrete Placements One test every 60 cubic yards or a fraction thereof per class per day as specified by the City Non-Structural Class Concrete Placements One test every 180 cubic yards or a fraction thereof as specified by the City 3. Testing of Fresh Concrete 3 a. Sample and test fresh concrete for properties listed in Table 6. 4 b. Take the sample at the time of discharge from the delivery truck. 5 c. Concrete that is exhibiting segregation, excessive bleeding, or has a slump 6 below the minimum allowed per concrete type (per Table 3) after addition of all 7 water withheld will be rejected. Contractor will remove and replace at no cost to 8 the City. 9 Table 6 10 Fresh Concrete Tests 11 Tests Test Methods Slump Tex-415-A Temperature Tex-422-A Air Content 1 Tex-414-A, Tex-416-A, or ASTM C457 1. Only required when air-entraining admixtures are used. 4. Concrete Strength Test 12 a. General 13 1) Perform strength testing for all projects containing more than 60 cubic 14 yards of concrete. 15 2) Provide trained technicians during concrete paving to cast test cylinders in 16 accordance with ASTM C31. 17 3) Refer to Table 2 for required strength for each concrete class. 18 b. Sampling 19 1) Collect 6 test cylinders from a representative portion of concrete being 20 placed for each test, with no less than two sets of cylinders taken from any 21 one day’s paving activities. 22 2) After the cylinders have been cast by trained technicians, transport samples 23 to the lab and test in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. Provide 24 test results to the City. 25 3) Test the 6 cylinders per the following: 26 a) 2 of the cylinders tested at 7 days, 27 b) 2 cylinders tested at 28 days, and 28 c) 2 cylinder held and tested at 56 days, if necessary. 29 30 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 16 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. Acceptance 1 1) If the 28-day test results for the cylinders taken indicate deficient strength, 2 the Contractor may, at their own expense, core the pavement in question and 3 have the cores tested by another approved laboratory, in accordance with 4 ASTM C42 and ACI 318 protocol. 5 2) Average of the 28-day test results of all cores within a designated area must 6 meet 100 percent of the minimum specified strength. 7 3) If any individual cylinder or core results in less than 90 percent of design 8 strength, additional cores will be taken to identify the limits of the non-9 compliant concrete at no cost to the City. 10 4) All concrete considered non-compliant will be removed and replaced at no 11 cost to the City. 12 5. Cracked Concrete Acceptance Policy 13 a. If cracks greater than 0.025-inches exist in concrete pavement upon completion 14 of the project and prior to the termination of the maintenance period, the City 15 may require corrective action that could include removal and replacement at no 16 cost to the City depending on the cause of the cracking. 17 b. Corrective Actions: 18 1) The City will determine whether the following options are viable. The City 19 will evaluate each crack greater than 0.025-inches during the final inspection 20 and prior to the end of the maintenance period. 21 2) Routing and Sealing: 22 a) Perform the routing and sealing work as directed by the Project 23 Inspector, at no cost to the City, regardless of the cause of the cracking. 24 3) If routing and sealing is not a viable solution due to the cause of the 25 cracking, or the size, remove and replace the concrete. 26 4) If the cause of the cracking is determined to be due to deficient subgrade, 27 remove and replace the subgrade with flexible base or another approved 28 subgrade within the limits of the deficient concrete. 29 6. Aggregate Moisture Testing 30 a. Perform testing and provide results in accordance with 32 05 16. 31 b. City may request this test to be performed at any time. 32 D. Non-Conforming Work 33 1. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 34 a. The City may reject the mix design if not in accordance with the requirements of 35 this Section. 36 1) Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject 37 to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 38 b. If the trial batch fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section, the 39 Contractor will produce test results for trial batches until the trial batch meets 40 the requirements specified herein at no cost to the City. 41 c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the 42 conformance of the mixture. 43 PART 3 - EXECUTION 44 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 45 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 17 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 1 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 2 3.4 INSTALLATION 3 A. Batching Equipment 4 1. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 14 5 00. 6 B. Refer to the following Sections for all installation requirements: 7 1. Section 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete 8 2. Section 03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 9 3. Section 31 37 00 for Riprap 10 4. Section 32 13 13 for Concrete Paving 11 5. Section 32 13 16 for Decorative Concrete Paving 12 6. Section 32 16 00 for Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 13 7. Section 32 32 00 for Retaining Walls 14 8. Section 33 05 61 for Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 15 9. Section 33 42 11 for Stormwater Pipe and Boxes 16 10. Section 33 42 23 for Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments 17 11. Section 33 42 30 for Stormwater Junction Boxes 18 12. Section 33 42 33 for Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains 19 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 20 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 21 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 22 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 23 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 24 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 25 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 26 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 27 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 28 29 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 18 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/25/2024 Added ASTM C595 reference 6/25/2024 Added Type IL cement to allowable cement in 2.2.A.1.b and subsequent locations 6/25/2024 Modified air entrainment ranges under 2.2.A.4.C.2 6/25/2024 Modified fiber reinforcement requirements; 2.2.B.2 6/25/2024 Modified Table 2 “Concrete Classes” to allow for Type IL cement, altered General Usage types, and removed Classes D and F from the table 6/25/2024 Modified Table 3 “Concrete Pavement Slump Requirements” to give greater slump ranges 6/25/2024 Modified mix design options for replacement of cement with various substitute products; 2.2.C.5 6/25/2024 Altered test cylinder requirements; 2.4.C.4 4 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 1 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 03 30 00 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, 6 mixture design, and placement procedures. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14 4. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 15 5. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 16 6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 17 7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Measurement 21 a. Cast-in-place concrete materials, equipment, tools, testing, and incidentals are 22 subsidiary to the installation of structures or item being installed. 23 2. Payment 24 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 25 subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of cast-26 in-place concrete. 27 1.3 REFERENCES 28 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 29 1. HPC – High Performance Concrete 30 2. PSI – Pounds per square inch 31 B. Definitions 32 1. Substructure 33 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 2 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Structures that are below ground, partially below ground, or retain earth. 1 Substructures could include: footings, columns, caps, abutments, piers, culverts, 2 retaining walls, headwalls, wingwalls, riprap, other bridge substructure 3 elements, and other concrete structures as indicated, or not included as a 4 superstructure. 5 2. Superstructure 6 a. Structures that are elevated above ground. Superstructures could include: bridge 7 slabs, decks, flat slabs, slab and girder units, approach slabs, or other bridge 8 superstructure elements as indicated. 9 C. Reference Standards 10 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 11 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 12 unless a date is specifically cited. 13 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 14 3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 15 a. ACI 207 – Mass Concrete. 16 4. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 17 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 18 a. Item 420 – Concrete Substructures. 19 b. Item 422 – Concrete Superstructures. 20 c. Item 426 – Post-Tensioning. 21 d. Item 441 – Steel Structures. 22 e. Item 448 – Structural Field Welding. 23 5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 24 Specifications (DMS): 25 a. DMS-4650 – Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 26 Retardants. 27 b. DMS-4675 – Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications. 28 c. DMS-6100 – Epoxies and Adhesives. 29 d. DMS-6160 – Water Stops, Nylon-Reinforced Neoprene Sheet, and Elastometric 30 Pads. 31 e. DMS-6310 – Joint Sealants and Fillers. 32 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 33 1.5 SUBMITTALS 34 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 35 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 36 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 37 A. Shop Drawings 38 1. Concrete Mix Design 39 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 40 2. Product Data 41 a. Provide a product data sheet from each manufacturer supplying the following in 42 accordance with Section 03 00 00: 43 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 3 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Curing compounds 1 2) Evaporation retardant 2 3) Joint fillers 3 4) Chemical additives 4 5) Epoxy 5 6) Fiber reinforcing 6 7) Bond breaker material 7 3. Curing Method, Equipment, and Materials 8 a. Provide the method of curing, list of materials, and list of equipment to be used 9 for review. Obtain approval prior to placing concrete. 10 b. If different methods, equipment, or materials will be used in various locations, 11 provide each method, equipment, and material used at each location using cast-12 in-place concrete. 13 4. Heat Control Plan 14 a. Provide a heat control plan for monolithic placements specified as mass 15 concrete in the Drawings. 16 b. Develop using TxDOT’s ConcreteWorks software, or another approved method 17 in accordance with ACI 207. 18 1) Use historical temperature ranges for the anticipated time of the mass 19 placement. 20 2) Re-create plan if the work schedule shifts by more than one month. 21 c. Provide a heat control plan including the following applicable elements: 22 1) Selection of concrete ingredients including aggregates, gradation, and 23 cement types to minimize heat of hydration; 24 2) Use of ice or other concrete cooling ingredients; 25 3) Use of liquid nitrogen dosing systems; 26 4) Controlling rate or time of concrete placement; 27 5) Use of insulation or supplemental external heat to control heat loss; 28 6) Use of supplementary cementing materials; 29 7) Use of a cooling system to control the core temperature; or 30 8) Variation of the duration formwork remains in place. 31 B. Informational Submittals: 32 1. Source Locations 33 a. Location of all material sources 34 1. Testing Laboratory 35 a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 36 laboratory used on the project: 37 1) Testing Laboratory Name 38 2) Location 39 3) Tests performed 40 a) Summary of each test performed at each lab, if multiple labs are used. 41 4) ACI Certification 42 a) All labs and Contractor personnel performing concrete testing must be 43 ACI certified. 44 2. Falsework and Forms Drawings 45 a. Submit Drawings for falsework and forms for the following items: 46 1) Vertical forms for piers and single column bents; 47 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 4 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Load supporting forms for caps and tie-beams; 1 3) Form attachments for bridges to be widened; and 2 4) Other items specified in the Drawings or by the city. 3 b. Design and construct falsework to safely carry the maximum anticipated loads 4 and to provide the necessary rigidity. 5 c. Use AASHTO’s Guide Design Specifications for Bridge Temporary Works and 6 Construction Handbook for Bridge Temporary works for falsework and shoring 7 information. 8 d. Provide design calculations when requested and show all essential details of 9 proposed forms, falsework, and bracing signed and sealed by a licensed 10 professional engineer in the state of Texas. 11 e. The Contractor is responsible for the design and safety of all falsework and 12 forms. 13 f. Account for the weight of materials and live loading when designing forms. 14 3. Equipment Information 15 a. Submittal for all major equipment including: 16 1) Equipment name and description 17 2) Size 18 3) Intended use 19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 22 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23 A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 24 00. 25 B. Storage and Stockpiling 26 1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material 27 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 28 2. Steel Reinforcement 29 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 30 3. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials 31 a. Follow manufacturer’s instructions regarding storage and application at 32 temperatures of material. 33 4. Epoxy 34 a. In accordance with Section 32 13 13. 35 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 36 A. Weather Conditions 37 1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 38 2. Do not place concrete in contact with any material coated with frost or with a 39 temperature of 32 degrees Fahrenheit or lower. 40 3. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40 41 degrees Fahrenheit and falling unless approved. 42 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 5 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is at least 35 degrees 1 Fahrenheit and rising or above 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 2.2 MATERIALS 6 A. Concrete Production Materials 7 1. Concrete Class 8 a. As specified in the Drawings or in accordance with the usage stated in Section 9 03 00 00. 10 2. Provide cementitious materials, water, aggregate, chemical admixtures, reinforcing 11 materials, and evaporation retardant in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 12 13 13. 13 B. Concrete in Water 14 1. Design the mix in accordance with Section 03 00 00 with a minimum cement 15 content of 650 pounds per cubic yard for concrete to be placed under water. Include 16 an anti-washout admixture in the mix design as necessary. 17 C. Grout, Mortar, and Epoxy 18 1. Provide grout in accordance with DMS-4675. 19 2. For use with Anchor Bolts or Dowels 20 a. Provide grout, epoxy, or epoxy mortar as the binding agent unless otherwise 21 specified in the Drawings. 22 b. Neat Epoxy 23 1) Provide a Type 3 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 24 c. Epoxy Mortar 25 1) Provide a Type 8 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 26 D. Jointing Materials 27 1. Joint Fillers 28 a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 13 and DMS-6310. 29 b. Superstructures 30 1) Provide joint materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification 31 Item 422 32 2. Joint Sealants 33 a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 34 E. Waterstops 35 1. Provide rubber or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) waterstops in accordance with DMS-36 6160 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 37 F. Curing 38 1. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 39 DMS-4650. 40 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 6 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Cotton Mats 1 a. Provide cotton mats consisting of a filling material of cotton “bat” or “bats” (at 2 least 12 ounces per square yard) completely covered with unsized cloth (at least 3 6 ounces per square yard) stitched longitudinally with continuous parallel rows 4 of stitching spaced at less than 4 inches or tuft both longitudinally and 5 transversely at intervals less than 3 inches. 6 b. Provide cotton mats free from tears and in good general condition. 7 c. Provide a flap at least 6 inches wide consisting of 2 thicknesses of the covering 8 and extending along 1 side of the mat. 9 d. When using cotton mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the 10 cotton mats. 11 3. Burlap Mats 12 a. Provide burlap material which complies with AASHTO M 182, Class 3 (10 13 ounces per square yard) with the following additions: 14 1) Do not use burlap fabricated from bags. 15 2) Do not use burlap containing any water-soluble ingredient. 16 b. Provide burlap only previously used for curing concrete. 17 c. Provide burlap mats free from contamination with any substance foreign to the 18 concrete curing process, such as grease or oil. 19 d. Concrete will be rejected if cured with contaminated burlap mats. 20 e. When using burlap mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the 21 burlap mats. 22 4. Polyethylene Sheeting 23 a. Provide polyethylene sheeting a minimum of 4 millimeters thick and free from 24 visible defects. 25 b. Provide only clear or opaque white sheeting when the ambient temperature 26 during curing exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit, or when applicable to control 27 temperature during mass pours. 28 5. Burlap-Polyethylene Mats 29 a. Provide mats made from burlap impregnated on one side with a film of opaque 30 white pigmented polyethylene. 31 b. Provide laminated mats with a minimum of one layer of an impervious material 32 such as polyethylene, vinyl plastic, or other acceptable material (either as a 33 solid sheet or impregnated into another fabric) 34 c. Provide mats free of visible defects. 35 G. Formwork Materials 36 1. Timber Forms 37 a. Provide properly seasoned, good-quality lumber free from imperfections that 38 compromise the material strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. 39 b. Provide timber or lumber in accordance with the requirements for species and 40 grade in the submitted falsework and form drawings. 41 c. Maintain forms or form lumber to maintain a good, clean condition. 42 d. Do not use any split, warped, bulged, or marred lumber, or any lumber with 43 defects that will produce inferior work. 44 e. Provide form lining for all formed surfaces except: 45 1) The inside of culvert barrels, inlets, manholes, and box girders; 46 2) Surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill materials, or are 47 completely enclosed; and 48 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 7 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Any surface formed by a single finished board or by plywood. 1 f. Provide form lining of an approved type, such as Masonite or plywood. Do not 2 provide thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, for form lining. 3 g. Use plywood a minimum of 3/4 inch thick. Place the grain of the face plies on 4 plywood forms parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists unless 5 otherwise indicated on the submitted falsework and form drawings. 6 h. Use plywood for forming exposed surfaces in accordance with the requirements 7 for B-B Plyform Class 1 or Class 2 Exterior of the US Department of 8 Commerce Voluntary Product Standard PS 1. 9 i. Space studs and joists so the facing form material remains in true alignment 10 under the imposed loads. 11 j. Space wales close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and 12 scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. Place a row 13 of wales near the bottom of each placement. 14 k. Place facing material with parallel and square joints, securely fastened to 15 supporting studs. 16 l. Place forms with the form panels symmetrical (long dimensions set in the same 17 direction) for surfaces exposed to view and receiving only an ordinary surface 18 finish. 19 m. Make molding for chamfer strips or other materials that will not split when 20 nailed and can be maintained to a true line without warping. 21 n. Fill forms at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips 22 measuring 3/4 inches on the sides unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 23 o. Remove metal and wooden spreaders separating the forms as the concrete is 24 being placed. 25 p. Provide adequate clean-out openings for narrow walls and other locations 26 where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily available. 27 2. Metal Forms 28 a. Requirements for timber forms also apply to metal forms. Metal forms do not 29 require lining unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 30 b. Use form metal thick enough to maintain the true shape without warping or 31 bulging. 32 c. Countersink all bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides. 33 d. Design clamps, pins, or other connecting devices to hold the forms rigidly 34 together and to allow removal without damage to the concrete. 35 e. Use metal forms that present a smooth surface and line up properly. 36 H. Repair Materials 37 1. In accordance with Section 32 01 29. 38 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 39 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 40 A. Tests and Inspections 41 1. Material Source Testing and Submittals 42 a. Perform in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 43 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 8 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3 4 3.3 PREPARATION 5 A. Hauling 6 1. Deliver concrete to the Site in accordance with Sections 41 14 00 and 03 00 00. 7 2. Maintain concrete delivery and placement rates to prevent cold joints and in 8 accordance with Section 03 00 00. 9 3. Any concrete not placed within the time limits specified under Section 03 00 00 10 will be rejected. 11 4. Protect concrete transported by conveyors from sun and wind to prevent loss of 12 slump and workability. Shade or wrap the pipes the concrete is pumped through, if 13 necessary. 14 a. Wrap pipes in wet burlap. 15 5. Adding Water or Chemical Admixtures 16 a. Water may be added to the truck until the slump test is conducted. Once the 17 slump test is conducted, the addition of water or admixtures is not permitted 18 unless the slump is too low or otherwise permitted. 19 b. When water or air entraining admixture is added, turn the drum or blades at 20 least 30 additional revolutions at mixing speed to ensure thorough and uniform 21 mixing of the concrete. 22 c. When water is added, do not exceed the approved mix design water to 23 cementitious material ratio. 24 d. Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been 25 discharged. 26 B. Transport and Discharging 27 1. Arrange discharging equipment, such as chutes, troughs, conveyors, pipes, and 28 vertical downspouts, to prevent segregation of the concrete material. 29 2. Keep all transporting and discharging equipment clean and free from hardened 30 concrete coatings. 31 3. Discharge water used for cleaning clear of the concrete. 32 4. Discharging Time 33 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 34 C. Concrete Temperature 35 1. Place concrete according to the following temperature limits for the classes of 36 concrete defined in Section 03 00 00. 37 a. Class C, F, or H 38 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 95 degrees 39 Fahrenheit. 40 b. Class S Culvert Top Slabs 41 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 85 degrees 42 Fahrenheit. 43 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 9 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 c. Class A and B 1 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is greater than 50 degrees 2 Fahrenheit. 3 d. Mass Concrete 4 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 75 degrees 5 Fahrenheit. 6 D. Surface Preparation 7 1. Thoroughly wet all forms and adjacent hardened concrete prior to placing concrete. 8 2. Remove any remaining puddles of excess water before placing concrete. 9 3. Provide surfaces in a moist, saturated surface-dry condition when concrete is placed 10 on them. 11 4. Ensure the subgrade or foundation is moist before placing concrete on grade. 12 3.4 INSTALLATION 13 A. Superstructure Construction 14 1. Construct all superstructures in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification 15 Item 422. 16 B. Schedule Restrictions 17 1. Reducing Schedule Restrictions 18 a. The Contractor may request to perform additional testing to reduce the schedule 19 restrictions required. At the time of request, the City will provide additional 20 testing requirements based on the site conditions. 21 b. If the Contractor does not perform additional strength testing, the 7-day lab-22 cured tests will be used for strength determination unless otherwise specified in 23 the Drawings. 24 2. Setting Forms 25 a. Attain at least 3,000 psi compressive strength before erecting forms on concrete 26 footings supported by piling or drilled shafts, or on individual drilled shafts. 27 b. Erect forms on spread footings and culvert footings after the concrete has aged 28 at least 2 curing days. 29 c. Place concrete only after the forms and reinforcing steel have been inspected. 30 d. Support tie beam or cap forms by falsework on previously placed tie beams 31 only if the tie beam concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi 32 and the member is properly supported. 33 e. Maintain curing as required until completion of the curing period. 34 f. Place superstructure forms or falsework on the substructure only if the 35 substructure concrete has attained a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 36 psi. 37 3. Placement of Superstructure Members 38 a. Place superstructure members or precast substructure members only after the 39 substructure concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 40 4. Opening to Traffic 41 a. Direct traffic culverts may be opened to traffic when the design strength 42 specified in the Drawings or in Section 03 00 00 has been reached and after the 43 curing period has ended. 44 b. Obtain approval before opening direct traffic culverts to the traveling public. 45 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 10 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 5. Post-Tensioned Construction 1 a. Ensure strength requirements specified in the Drawings for structural element 2 designed to be post-tensioned are met for stressing and staged loading of 3 structural elements. 4 5 C. Falsework and Forms 6 1. Falsework 7 a. Provide falsework design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard 8 Specification Item 420. 9 2. Forms 10 a. Provide formwork design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard 11 Specification Item 420. 12 b. Provide bond-breaking layer on timber and metal forms. 13 D. Drains 14 1. Install and construct weep holes and roadway drains as specified in the Drawings. 15 E. Placing Reinforcement and Post-Tensioning 16 1. Place reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 17 2. Do not weld reinforcing steel supports to other reinforcing steel unless specified in 18 the Drawings. 19 3. Place post-tensioning ducts, anchorages, and other hardware in accordance with the 20 approved prestressing details and TxDOT Standard Specification Item 426. Keep 21 ducts free of obstructions until all post-tensioning operations are complete. 22 F. Joints 23 1. Expansion Joints 24 a. Construct joints and devices in accordance with the Drawings. 25 b. Use light wire or nails to anchor any preformed fiber joint material to the 26 concrete on 1 side of the joint. 27 c. Ensure finished joints are in accordance with the Drawings with the concrete 28 sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. 29 d. Remove all concrete within the joint opening immediately after form removal 30 and again where necessary after surface finishing. 31 2. Construction Joints 32 a. Make construction joints of the type and at the locations specified in the 33 Drawings. 34 b. Additional joints in other members are not permitted without approval. 35 c. Place approved additional joints using details specified in the Drawings. 36 d. Make construction joints square and normal to the forms unless otherwise 37 specified in the Drawings or by the City. 38 e. Use bulkheads in the forms for all vertical joints. 39 f. Thoroughly roughen the top surface of a concrete placement terminating at a 40 horizontal construction joint as soon as possible after initial set is attained. 41 g. Thoroughly clean the hardened concrete surface of all loose material, laitance, 42 dirt, and foreign matter, and saturate with water. 43 h. Remove all free water and moisten the surface before concrete or bonding grout 44 is placed against it. 45 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 11 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 i. Ensure the surface of the existing concrete is in a saturated surface-dry 1 condition immediately before placing subsequent concrete. 2 1) A saturated surface-dry condition is achieved when the surface remains 3 damp when exposed to sunlight for 15 minutes. 4 5 j. Wet the existing concrete by ponding water on the surface for 24 hours before 6 placing subsequent concrete. 7 1) Use high-pressure water blasting if ponding is not possible to achieve a 8 saturated surface-dry condition 15 to 30 minutes before placing the 9 concrete. 10 k. Draw forms tight against the existing concrete. 11 l. Bonding agents are not required unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or 12 by the City. 13 m. Coat the joint surface with bonding mortar, grout, epoxy, or other material if a 14 bonding agent is required. 15 n. Provide Type V epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100 for bonding fresh 16 concrete to hardened concrete. 17 o. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete 18 while the epoxy is still tacky. 19 p. Place bonding mortar or grout on a surface in a saturated surface-dry condition, 20 and place the concrete before the bonding mortar or grout dries. 21 q. Place other bonding agents in accordance with the manufacturer’s 22 recommendations. 23 G. Placing Concrete 24 1. General 25 a. Minimize segregation while placing concrete. 26 b. Produce and place a uniform, dense compact mass of concrete. 27 c. Ensure concrete free-falls no more than 5 feet except in the case of drilled 28 shafts, thin walls such as culverts, or as allowed by other items. 29 d. Fill the forms by depositing concrete as close to final position as possible. Do 30 not deposit large quantities of concrete in one location and move the concrete to 31 fill the forms. 32 e. Remove any hardened concrete splatter ahead of the plastic concrete. 33 f. Deposit concrete in layers no more than 36 inches deep unless otherwise 34 permitted. 35 g. Avoid cold joints in monolithic placement. Sequence successive layers or 36 adjacent portions of concrete so they can be vibrated into a homogeneous mass 37 with the previously placed concrete before it sets. 38 h. Re-Vibration 39 1) When re-vibrating between adjacent or successive placements of concrete, 40 verify approved time lapse between adjacent or successive placements with 41 the City. 42 2) The timeframe between adjacent or successive placements will be subject 43 to approval by the City. 44 3) General accepted timeframes include: 45 a) No more than 1 hour to elapse 46 b) If the concrete contains at least the minimum recommended dosage of 47 Type B or D admixture, the City may approve 1.5 hours to elapse. 48 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 12 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. In Cold Weather 1 a. Provide and install recording thermometers, maturity meters, or other suitable 2 temperature measuring devices capable of determining the temperature of the 3 concrete to verify all concrete is in accordance with the following temperature 4 limits: 5 1) Maintain the temperature at all surfaces of concrete in bents, piers, culvert 6 walls, retaining walls, parapets, wingwalls, top slabs of non-direct traffic 7 culverts, and other similar formed concrete at or above 40 degrees 8 Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement. 9 2) Maintain the temperature of all other concrete, including the bottom slabs 10 (footings) of culverts placed on or in the ground above 32 degrees 11 Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement. 12 b. Use coverings, insulated forms, artificial heating, or other means until all 13 requirements for curing have been satisfied. Do not apply heat directly to 14 concrete surfaces. 15 c. Plan for cold weather and have all necessary heating and covering material 16 ready for use. If any concrete is damaged due to poor planning, remove and 17 replace concrete at no cost to the City. 18 d. In accordance with ambient temperature requirements of this Section and 19 Section 03 00 00. 20 3. In Hot Weather 21 a. Keep the concrete at or below the maximum temperature at the time of 22 placement. 23 b. To control the concrete temperature, use ice, liquid nitrogen, shade, or water on 24 aggregate stockpiles. 25 4. In Water 26 a. Deposit concrete in water only when specified in the Drawings or with 27 approval from the City. 28 b. Make forms or cofferdams tight enough to prevent any water current passing 29 through. 30 c. Do not pump water during or within 36 hours of concrete placement. 31 d. Place the concrete with a tremie, pump, or other approved method. 32 1) Do not allow the concrete to fall freely through the water and do not disturb 33 the concrete after it has been placed. 34 e. Keep the concrete surface level during placement. 35 f. Submerge the lower end of the tremie or pump hose in the concrete at all times. 36 g. Use continuous placing operations until the work is complete. 37 5. Mass Placements 38 a. Develop and obtain approval for a heat control plan for monolithic placements 39 specified in the Drawings as mass concrete. 40 b. Place in accordance with the following temperature limits during the heat 41 dissipation period for mass monolithic placements: 42 1) The temperature differential between the central core of the placement and 43 the exposed concrete surface does not exceed 35 degrees Fahrenheit 44 2) The temperature at the central core of the placement does not exceed 160 45 degrees Fahrenheit 46 3) Revise the heat control plan as necessary to maintain the temperature 47 limitations. 48 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 13 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4) Repair any resulting cracking if the temperature differential between the 1 central core of the placement and the nearest concrete surface exceeds 35 2 degrees Fahrenheit, at no cost to the City. 3 c. Furnish and install enough temperature recording devices, maturity meters, or 4 other approved equivalent devices to monitor the heat dissipation. 5 d. Maintain temperature control methods for 4 days unless otherwise directed or 6 approved based on the heat control plan. 7 e. Install devices using the following parameters: 8 1) Measuring Surface Temperature 9 a) Install no more than 3 inches from the surface. 10 2) Measuring Core Temperature 11 a) Install mid-way between the point of maximum predicted heat to the 12 nearest surface. 13 f. Do not use maturity meters to predict strength. 14 g. If the core temperature exceeds 160 degrees Fahrenheit, the mass concrete will 15 be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 16 1) Do not move forward with subsequent construction until the City has 17 evaluated the mass concrete. 18 6. In Foundation and Substructure 19 a. Perform any pumping or bailing from a suitable sump located outside the 20 forms. 21 b. Construct or adjust all temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams as the work 22 proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints. 23 c. Footings 24 1) Do not place concrete in footings until the depth and formwork has been 25 inspected. 26 2) Place concrete footings upon seal concrete after the cofferdams are free 27 from water and the seal concrete is cleaned. 28 d. Columns 29 1) Place concrete in columns monolithically between construction joints 30 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 31 2) Place the column concrete to the lower level of the cap or tie beam and 32 delay placing the cap or tie beam on top of the column until the column 33 concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 34 7. In Box Culverts 35 a. For locations where the culvert is more than 4 feet in clear height, delay placing 36 the top slab until the wall concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000 37 psi. 38 b. Finishing 39 1) Footing slab 40 a) Provide a smooth, uniform finish. 41 2) Direct traffic top slabs 42 a) Finish in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification Item 422. 43 3) Other top slabs 44 a) Float finish 45 H. Extending Existing Substructures 46 1. Removal 47 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 14 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Remove portions of the existing structure to the lines and dimensions specified 1 in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 2 b. Repair any minor damage to the existing structure in accordance with Section 3 32 01 29. 4 c. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 5 d. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment 6 unless directed to or approved by the City. 7 e. Use equipment that will not damage the remaining concrete. 8 2. Splicing Reinforcing Steel 9 a. Splice new reinforcing bars to exposed bars in the existing structure using lap 10 splices in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 11 b. Welded splices are permitted, perform welds in accordance with TxDOT 12 Standard Specification Item 448. 13 3. Concrete Preparation 14 a. Roughen and clean concrete surfaces in contact with new construction before 15 placing forms. 16 b. Prepare joint surfaces in accordance with this Section. 17 I. Consolidation 18 1. Consolidate concrete and flush mortar to the form surfaces with immersion type 19 vibrators. Do not use vibrators that operate by attachment to forms or 20 reinforcement, unless otherwise approved. 21 2. Vibrate the concrete immediately after deposit. Space points of vibration to ensure 22 complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the 23 reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. 24 3. Insert the vibrators vertically where possible. 25 4. Vibrate the entire depth of each lift and penetrate the previous lift 2 to 3 inches 26 where applicable. 27 5. Do not use the vibrator to move the concrete to other locations in the forms. 28 6. Do not drag the vibrator through the concrete. 29 7. Thoroughly consolidate concrete along construction joints by operating the vibrator 30 along and close to the joint surface. Do not vibrate against the joint surface. 31 8. Continue vibration until the concrete surrounding reinforcements and fixtures is 32 completely consolidated. 33 9. Hand-space or rod the concrete if necessary to ensure flushing of mortar to the 34 surface of all forms. 35 J. Dowels and Anchor Bolts 36 1. Install dowels and anchor bolts by casting them in-place or by grouting with grout, 37 epoxy, or epoxy mortar, unless otherwise specified. 38 2. Form or drill holes for grouting. 39 3. Follow the manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures for pre-packaged 40 grout or epoxy anchor systems. 41 4. Test anchors if specified in the Drawings or required within applicable Sections. 42 5. Drill holes for anchor bolts to accommodate the bolt embedment specified in the 43 Drawings. 44 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 15 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 6. Make holes for dowels at least 12 inches deep unless otherwise specified in the 1 Drawings. 2 7. Hole Diameter Size 3 a. A minimum of twice the dowel or bolt diameter 4 b. When using cementitious grout or epoxy mortar, do not exceed the dowel or 5 bolt diameter plus 1.5 inches. 6 c. When using neat epoxy, make the hole diameter 1/16 to 1/4 inch greater than 7 the dowel or bolt diameter, unless otherwise specified by the epoxy 8 manufacturer. 9 8. Thoroughly clean holes of all loose material, oil, grease, or other bond-breaking 10 substance, and blow them clean with filtered compressed air. 11 9. Use a wire brush followed by oil-free compressed air to remove all loose material 12 from the holes, repeating as necessary until no more material is removed. 13 10. Ensure holes are in a surface-dry condition when epoxy type materials are used and 14 a surface-moist condition when cementitious grout is used. 15 11. Develop and demonstrate for approval a procedure for cleaning and preparing the 16 holes for installation of the dowels and anchor bolts. 17 12. Completely fill the void between the hole and dowel or bolt with grouting material. 18 13. Follow all product recommendations for pre-packaged systems. 19 K. Finishing of Surfaces 20 1. Standard Surfaces 21 a. Provide a consistent and uniform surface for all visible concrete surfaces. 22 b. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish to all concrete surfaces unless a flat, 23 textured, broom, or trowel surface is specified in this Section, the Drawings, or 24 as directed by the City. 25 c. Repair defects and surface irregularities in accordance with this Section. 26 Remove and replace any visible surfaces with defects or irregularities that are 27 unable to be repaired. 28 d. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish as the final finish to the following 29 exposed concrete surfaces, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the 30 City: 31 1) Inside and top of inlets 32 2) Inside and top of manholes 33 3) Inside of sewer and appurtenances 34 4) Inside of culvert barrels 35 e. Form marks and chamfer edges do not need to be smoothed for the inside of 36 culvert barrels. 37 2. Horizontal Surfaces 38 a. Do not use mortar topping for surfaces, unless otherwise directed by the City. 39 b. Strike off to grade and finish all unformed upper surfaces and float the surface. 40 c. Slope the following to drain water from the surface 41 1) Tops of caps and piers between bearing areas from the center slightly 42 toward the edge 43 2) The tops of abutment and transition bent caps from the backwall to the edge 44 d. Construct bearing areas for steel units in accordance with TxDOT Standard 45 Specification Item 441. 46 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 16 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 e. Finish 1 1) Standard 2 a) Smooth trowel finish 3 2) Bearing area under the expansion ends of concrete slabs and slab and girder 4 spans 5 a) Steel-trowel finish to the grades specified 6 3) Bearing areas under elastomeric bearing pads or nonreinforced bearing seat 7 buildups 8 a) Textured, wood float finish 9 4) Do not allow the bearing area to vary from a level plane by more than 1/16 10 inch in all directions. 11 f. Cast bearing seat buildups or pedestals for concrete units integrally with the cap 12 or a construction joint. 13 g. Provide a latex-based mortar, an epoxy mortar, or an approved proprietary 14 bearing mortar for bearing seat buildups cast with a construction joint. 15 h. Construct pedestals of Class C concrete, reinforced as specified in the Drawings 16 or, for pedestals less than 12 inches in height, as indicated in Figure 1 and 2 17 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 17 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1 Figure 1 2 Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups 3 Figure 2 4 Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups 5 6 L. Curing 7 1. General 8 a. Perform curing in accordance with approved methods. 9 b. Curing Day 10 1) Standard 11 a) The temperature, taken in the shade, is above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for 12 at least 19 hours. 13 2) Cold Day 14 a) The temperature of all surfaces of the concrete is maintained above 40 15 degrees Fahrenheit for the entire 24 hours. 16 c. The curing period begins when all concrete has attained its initial set in 17 accordance with Tex-440-A, unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings. 18 d. Curing Locations 19 1) For vertical surfaces, use form or membrane curing unless otherwise 20 specified in the Drawings or by the City. 21 2) For horizontal surfaces of HPC or mass concrete, use only water curing. 22 3) For horizontal or unformed surfaces of all other concrete, use water or 23 membrane curing. 24 4) For the top surface of any concrete structure that additional concrete will be 25 placed and bonded onto at a later date, use water curing. Examples include, 26 but are not limited to stub walls, caps with backwalls, and risers. 27 5) Cure all other concrete as specified in other applicable Sections. 28 e. Curing Timeframes: 29 1) Standard 30 a) Cure all concrete for 4 consecutive days 31 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 18 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Vertical Surfaces 1 a) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by 4 days of form 2 curing. 3 b) Form cure for 12 hours after placement followed by membrane cure in 4 accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the 5 Drawings, or as directed by the City. 6 c) HPC concrete 7 (1) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by membrane 8 cure in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as 9 specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City . 10 3) Mass Concrete 11 a) If forms are removed prior to 4 days of curing, form cure as required by 12 the heat control plan and then membrane cure in accordance with 13 manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the Drawings, or as 14 directed by the City. 15 f. If using membrane curing, apply within 2 hours of form removal. 16 2. Form Curing 17 a. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods are not 18 required except for exposed surfaces and for cold weather protection. 19 b. Use other approved curing methods if forms are removed prior to the 4 day 20 curing period. 21 3. Water Curing 22 a. Keep all exposed surfaces of the concrete continuously wet for the required 23 curing timeframe. 24 b. Use water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. Do not use water that stains or 25 leaves a residue. 26 4. Blankets 27 a. Keep the concrete continuously wet by maintaining wet cotton or burlap mats 28 in direct contact with the concrete for the required curing time. 29 b. Cover the cotton or burlap mats with a layer of polyethylene sheeting. 30 c. Weigh the mats adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete. 31 d. Cover surfaces that cannot be cured by direct contact with mats by forming an 32 enclosure well anchored to the forms or ground so outside air cannot enter the 33 enclosure. 34 1) Provide sufficient moisture inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the 35 concrete wet. 36 5. Membrane Curing 37 a. Do not vary the type of curing compound throughout the project. 38 b. Apply membrane curing at a rate of approximately 180 square feet per gallon 39 unless otherwise specified in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, 40 as specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City. 41 c. Do not spray curing compound on projecting reinforcing steel or concrete that 42 will later form a construction joint. 43 d. Do not apply membrane curing to dry surfaces. Follow the manufacturer’s 44 recommendations for what level of surface moisture to apply curing compound. 45 e. Leave the film unbroken for the minimum curing period specified by the 46 manufacturer. 47 f. Correct damaged membrane immediately by reapplication of membrane. 48 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 19 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 M. Removal of Falsework and Forms 1 1. Follow curing requirements when removing forms. 2 2. For mass placements, keep forms in place for 4 days following concrete placement 3 unless otherwise specified by the heat control plan, in the Drawings, or by the City. 4 3. Do not remove weight-supporting forms and falsework spanning more than 1 foot 5 for all bridge components and culvert slabs until the concrete has attained a 6 compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 7 4. Remove inside forms (walls and top slabs) for box culverts and sewers after 8 concrete has attained 75 percent of the design compressive strength. 9 5. If a form is not providing support, the form may be removed provided the removal 10 does not disturb other forms that are providing support. 11 6. Metal Appliances: 12 a. Remove all metal appliances used inside forms to a depth of at least one-half 13 inch from the concrete surface. 14 b. Remove appliances without chipping or spalling the concrete. 15 c. If the concrete is damaged, the City will decide if the concrete can be repaired, 16 or if it will need to be replaced. 17 d. Replace any concrete that has been damaged due to the removal of metal 18 appliances at no cost to the City. 19 7. Do not leave any forms or falsework in place unless otherwise specified in the 20 Drawings or as directed by the City. 21 3.5 REPAIR 22 A. Repair Surface Defects and Irregularities 23 1. Chip away all loose or broken material to sound concrete where porous, spalled, or 24 honeycombed areas are visible after form removal. 25 2. Repair spalls in accordance with Section 32 01 29. 26 3. Clean and fill holes or spalls caused by the removal of form and falsework with 27 latex grout, cement grout, or epoxy grout. Fill only the holes. Do not blend the 28 patch with the surrounding concrete. 29 4. Remove all fins, rust stains, runs, drips, or mortar from surfaces that will be 30 exposed. Smooth all form marks and chamfer edges by grinding or dry-rubbing. 31 5. Ensure all repairs are dense, well-bonded, and properly cured. Finish exposed large 32 repairs to blend with the surrounding concrete where a higher class of finish is not 33 specified. 34 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 36 A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 37 1. Perform testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 38 B. Concrete Production and Placement Acceptance 39 1. Perform production and placement testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 40 C. Non-Conforming Work 41 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 20 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. General 1 a. The City may at any time reject a material if it fails to meet the requirements 2 specified in this Section. 3 b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 4 concrete if any material is found to be non-conforming, at no additional cost to 5 the City. 6 c. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 7 2. Aggregates 8 a. If the aggregates fail to meet the requirements specified in Section 32 05 16, the 9 City may reject the aggregates. 10 3. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 11 a. If the mix design fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section and 12 Section 03 00 00, the City may reject the mix design. 13 b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 14 removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 15 c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the 16 conformance of the mixture. 17 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24 END OF SECTION 25 26 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 27 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 26 05 00 1 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. All labor, materials, and equipment required to install, test, and provide an 6 operational electrical system as specified in the Drawings 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Division 26 – Electrical. 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Furnish and Install Electrical Service 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measured per each electrical service installed 19 b. Payment 20 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 21 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 22 unit price bid per each for “Furnish/Install Electrical Service” for: 23 a) Various types. 24 b) Various sizes. 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Furnishing and installing all the components of the electrical service as 27 specified by the Drawings 28 2) All necessary permits and fees and other costs 29 3) Coordinating with the utility company for all work and materials provided 30 by the utility company 31 4) Poles 32 5) Service supports 33 6) Foundations 34 7) Anchor bolts 35 8) Riprap 36 9) Enclosures 37 10) Switches 38 11) Breakers 39 12) Service conduit 40 13) Fittings 41 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 14) Service conductors 1 15) Brackets 2 16) Bolts 3 17) Hangers 4 18) Hardware 5 19) Equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 6 20) Excavation 7 21) Disposal of excess material 8 22) Haul off 9 23) Cleanup 10 2. Relocate Electrical Service 11 a. Measurement 12 1) Measured per each electrical service relocated. 13 b. Payment 14 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 15 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 16 unit price bid per each for “Relocate Electrical Service” for: 17 a) Various types. 18 b) Various sizes. 19 c. The price bid shall include: 20 1) Disconnecting and isolating the existing electrical service as specified in 21 the Drawings 22 2) Relocating the service supports 23 3) New service support foundation 24 4) Furnishing and compacting of backfill 25 5) Paying all fees, permits, and other costs 26 6) Coordination with the utility company for all work and materials provided 27 by the utility company 28 7) Removal and disconnection of equipment and materials 29 8) Poles 30 9) Service supports 31 10) Foundations 32 11) Anchor bolts 33 12) Riprap 34 13) Enclosures 35 14) Switches 36 15) Breakers 37 16) Service conduit 38 17) Fittings 39 18) Service conductors 40 19) Brackets 41 20) Bolts 42 21) Hangers 43 22) Hardware 44 23) Equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 45 24) Excavation 46 25) Disposal of excess material 47 26) Haul off 48 27) Cleanup 49 50 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3. Remove Electrical Service 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measured per each of the electrical service removed 3 b. Payment 4 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 5 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 6 unit price bid of each for “Remove Electrical Service” for: 7 a) Various types. 8 b) Various sizes. 9 c. The price bid shall include: 10 1) Coordination with the utility company to disconnect and isolate the 11 electrical service 12 2) Removing the service supports 13 3) Furnishing and compaction of backfill 14 4) Materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals 15 5) 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Reference Standards 18 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20 unless a date is specifically cited. 21 1. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 22 Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 23 a. Item 441, “Steel Structures” 24 b. Item 445, “Galvanizing” 25 c. Item 449, “Anchor Bolts” 26 d. Item 618, “Conduit” 27 e. Item 620, “Electrical Conductors” 28 f. Item 627, “Treated Timber Poles” 29 g. Item 628, “Electrical Services” 30 h. Item 656, “Foundations for Traffic Control Devices” 31 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 32 Specifications (DMS): 33 a. DMS-11080, “Electrical Services” 34 3. TxDOT Material Producer List (MPL) 35 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 36 5. National Electrical Code (NEC) 37 6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 38 7. Canadian Electrical Code (CSA) 39 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 40 A. Coordination 41 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Where references are made to the Related Work paragraph in each Specification 1 Section, referring to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications, the 2 Contractor shall provide such information or Work as may be required in those 3 references, and include such information or Work as may be specified. 4 2. Division 26 requirements apply to electrical work provided under any division of 5 the Specifications. 6 B. Service and Metering 7 1. Obtain service from the electric service provider at 120/240 Volts, Single Phase, 8 Three Wire, 60 Hz from transformer equipment furnished and installed by the 9 power company. 10 2. Power company responsibilities: 11 a. Furnishing and installing the primary overhead conductors and pole line 12 b. Furnishing and installing the transformer or riser pole, primary cutouts, 13 lightning arresters and grounding 14 c. Furnishing and installing primary conduits and cables 15 d. Furnishing and installing the transformer pad and grounding (if pad-mounted 16 transformer) 17 e. Furnishing and installing transformer 18 f. Terminating underground primary cables 19 g. Furnishing metering current transformers (CT's), meter and meter wiring 20 h. Terminating secondary cables to the service transformer 21 i. Furnishing meter base and enclosure 22 3. Contractor responsibilities: 23 a. Furnishing and installing secondary conduits and cables 24 b. Furnishing and installing power company approved metering current 25 transformer enclosure (if required by power company) 26 c. Installing meter base 27 d. Furnishing and installing an empty conduit with pull line from the metering 28 current transformer enclosure to the meter enclosure. Conduit size and type 29 approved by the power company 30 e. Coordinating electrical service installation with power company 31 4. City responsibilities: 32 a. Negotiating with power company for the costs of new or revised services 33 b. Making payment directly to power company for such costs 34 C. Codes, Inspections and Fees 35 1. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 36 1.5 SUBMITTALS 37 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 38 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 39 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 40 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 41 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 42 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 2 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 3 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 4 66 00. 5 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 6 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 7 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 8 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 2.2 MANUFACTURER / MATERIALS 10 A. Manufacturers 11 1. Provide material in accordance with TxDOT’s Traffic Material Producer List: 12 http://ftp.dot.state.tx.us/pub/txdot-info/cmd/mpl/qtrfsigeqp.pdf 13 a. Manufacturers on this list shall be in accordance with this Section and related 14 Sections. 15 2. Electrol Systems Meter Pedestal, Stainless Steel: 16 a. TY D (120/240)070(NS)SS(E)PS(U), or 17 b. Approved equal. 18 3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 19 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 20 B. Materials 21 1. Provide materials that comply with the details shown on the plans, the requirements 22 of this Item, and the pertinent requirements of the following TxDOT specifications: 23 a. Item 441 24 b. Item 445 25 c. Item 449 26 d. Item 618 27 e. Item 620 28 f. Item 627 29 g. Item 656 30 2. Provide new materials, except where specified in the Drawings to be reused. 31 3. For the installation of electrical services, use new materials that meet the 32 requirements of the NEC, UL, CSA, and NEMA, and are in accordance with DMS-33 11080, “Electrical Services.” 34 4. Provide prequalified electrical services prequalified from TxDOT’s MPL. Notify 35 the City in writing of selected materials from the MPL intended for use on each 36 project. 37 5. Pedestal Service shall be custom made in accordance with the Contract Documents 38 a. Supplied with 100 amp main breaker 39 b. 1-50a/1p for traffic signal 40 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 c. 1-20a/2p for lighting 1 d. 1-15a/1p for control circuit interior photo cell with windows 2 e. Hand-off-Auto Selector Switch 3 f. 200 amp meter socket 4 6. Pedestal service type shall be used unless otherwise approved by the City. 5 7. Pedestal service enclosure shall be aluminum and light green in color. 6 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 7 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 9 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 10 3.2 EXAMINATION 11 A. Interpretation of Drawings 12 1. Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied 13 equipment. 14 2. Where circuits are shown as home runs: Provide fittings and boxes for complete 15 raceway installation. 16 3. Verify exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and 17 receptacles prior to installation. 18 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 19 3.4 INSTALLATION 20 A. Installation 21 1. General 22 a. Perform work as specified in the Drawings an in accordance with the 23 requirements of this Section. 24 b. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing, relocating, 25 or removing electrical services located near overhead or underground utilities. 26 1) Consult with the appropriate utility company before beginning work. 27 2. Installation 28 a. Furnish and install electrical service equipment. 29 b. Ensure components of the electrical service meet the requirements of the 30 Contract Documents. 31 c. Follow NEC and local utility company requirements when installing the 32 electrical equipment. 33 1) Coordinate the utility companies’ work for providing service. 34 3. Relocation 35 a. Coordinate relocation with the appropriate utility company before beginning 36 work. 37 b. Remove and reinstall existing electrical service in accordance with this Section. 38 1) Replace or add circuit breakers as specified in the Drawings. 39 40 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Removal 1 a. Coordinate removal with the appropriate utility company before beginning 2 work. 3 1) Before the removal of the electrical service, disconnect and isolate any 4 existing electrical service equipment in accordance with the utility 5 company’s requirements. 6 b. Remove existing electrical service support a minimum of 2 feet below finished 7 grade unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 8 c. Repair the remaining hole by backfilling with material equal in composition 9 and density to the surrounding area. 10 d. Replace any surfacing such as asphalt pavement or concrete riprap with like 11 material to equivalent condition. 12 e. Disconnect conductors and remove them from the conduit. 13 1) Cut off all protruding conduit 6 inches below finished grade. 14 2) Abandoned conduit need not be removed unless specified in the Drawings. 15 f. Reconnect conductors and conduit to be reused when specified in the Drawings. 16 1) Any necessary splices should be made in ground boxes, unless otherwise 17 specified in the Drawings, and approved by City. 18 g. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials, and dispose of them in 19 accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 20 B. Phase Balancing 21 1. Connect circuits on motor control centers and panelboards to result in evenly 22 balanced loads across all phases. 23 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 24 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 27 A. Tests and Settings 28 1. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 26. 29 2. Repair or replace all defective work as directed by City. 30 3. Adjust the systems as specified and/or required in accordance with manufacturer 31 and utility requirements. 32 4. Prior to energizing electrical equipment, perform the following tests: 33 a. Submit a sample test form or procedure. 34 b. Submit test reports required by the utility comapny and data within 30 days 35 after the test. 36 c. Include names of all test personnel. 37 d. Initial each test. 38 5. Check wire and cable terminations for tightness. 39 6. Verify all terminations at transformers, equipment, capacitor connections, panels, 40 and enclosures by producing a 1-2-3 rotation on a phase sequence motor when 41 connected to A, B, and C phases. 42 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 7. Inspect, set, and test mechanical operation for circuit breakers, disconnect switches, 1 motor starters, and control equipment. 2 8. Check interlocking, control, and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a 3 system to prove the system will function as specified in the Drawings. 4 9. Schedule and coordinate testing with the City a minimum of 2 weeks in advance. 5 10. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments, and test equipment. 6 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 11 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 12 END OF SECTION 13 14 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 15 26 05 10 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 26 05 10 1 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Installation and testing of all equipment, wiring, and appurtenances as may be 6 required to perform electrical demolition. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Demolition for Electrical System 16 a. Measurement 17 1) Measured per lump sum for removing and salvaging electrical system. 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21 price bid per lump sum for “Remove and Salvage Electrical Equipment.” 22 c. The price bid shall include: 23 1) Removing and salvaging electrical equipment as specified by the Drawings 24 2) Excavation 25 3) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 26 4) Hauling 27 5) Clean-up 28 1.3 REFERENCES. 29 A. Reference Standards 30 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 31 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 32 unless a date is specifically cited. 33 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 34 A. Coordination 35 1. Coordinate with the City or their designee 48 hours in advance of removals. 36 2. Coordinate with other Trades for removal of electrical services in conjunction with 37 the removal of the associated equipment. 38 26 05 10 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 7 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 8 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 9 1. All salvage materials will be delivered by the Contractor to the City at a location 10 designated by the City. 11 a. The City will serve as the receiving agent for salvage material. 12 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 13 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 14 66 00. 15 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 18 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 20 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 21 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 22 PART 3 - EXECUTION 23 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 24 3.2 EXAMINATION 25 A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements. 26 B. Verify abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. 27 C. Report Drawing discrepancies to City before disturbing the existing installation. 28 29 26 05 10 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.3 PREPARATION 1 A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. 2 B. Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company to minimize length and number 3 of outages. 4 C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service 5 during construction. 6 D. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel 7 experienced in such operations. 8 E. Existing Electrical Service 9 1. Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for 10 service. 11 F. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. 12 G. Obtain permission from City at least 1 week in advance before partially or completely 13 disabling the system. 14 3.4 REMOVAL 15 A. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. 16 B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of electrical supply. 17 C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible 18 ceiling finishes. 19 1. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors and patch surfaces. 20 D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. 21 1. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit serving them is abandoned and removed. 22 2. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. 23 E. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. 24 F. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment that has been removed. 25 G. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension 26 work. 27 H. Maintain access to existing installations that are to remain active. Modify installation or 28 provide access to panels as appropriate. 29 I. If portions of raceway system are to be demolished or revised, remaining raceway 30 system shall be in accordance with this and all related Sections. 31 1. If necessary, provide and install equipment to ensure acceptable raceway system. 32 J. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified for new Work. 33 K. Minimize noise, dust, and vibration. Conduct the Work so as to avoid any damage to 34 the surroundings. 35 L. Salvaged Equipment and Materials 36 1. The City shall have the right to retain any or all electrical and instrumentation 37 equipment specified to be removed from the site. 38 26 05 10 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Deliver the City’s equipment to a site designated by the City. 1 3. If the City refuses the salvage, the Contractor must claim ownership of the 2 materials and dispose of them properly. 3 4. Prior to starting demolition, the Contractor and City shall jointly visit the areas of 4 demolition and the City will designate which items are to remain the property of the 5 City. 6 a. Any material not designated to remain the property of the City, or removed 7 from the Site during demolition, shall become the property of the Contractor 8 and shall be promptly removed from the Site. 9 1) Any material removed from the Site during demolition shall also become 10 the property of the Contractor. 11 5. Take necessary precautions in removing City designated property to prevent 12 damage during the demolition process. 13 a. Remove steel structural members by unbolting, cutting welds, or cutting rivet 14 heads and punching shanks through holes. 15 b. Do not use a cutting torch to separate the City’s equipment or material. 16 6. Remove items in 1 piece or in a manner that does not impact their reuse. 17 a. Loose components may be removed separately. 18 b. Controls and electrical equipment may be removed from the equipment and 19 handled separately. 20 c. Large units may be handled separately. 21 d. Salvaged piping shall be taken apart at flanges or fittings and removed in 22 sections. 23 M. Refurbish and replace any existing facility to be left in place that is damaged by the 24 demolition operations. 25 1. Repair damaged parts to a condition equal to or better than that found at the start of 26 the work. 27 3.5 RESTORATION 28 A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment that remain or are to be reused. 29 B. Panelboards 30 1. Clean exposed surfaces. 31 2. Check tightness of electrical connections. 32 3. Replace damaged circuit breakers. 33 4. Provide closure plates for vacant positions. 34 5. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. 35 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 36 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 37 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 38 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 39 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 40 26 05 10 DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION 5 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 7 26 05 13 ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 26 05 13 1 ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Zinc Coated Steel Wire. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Furnish and Install Zinc Coated Steel Wire 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per linear foot of Zinc Coated Steel Wire installed. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 20 unit price bid per linear foot of “Zinc Coated Steel Wire” installed for: 21 a) Various types. 22 b) Various sizes. 23 c. The price bid shall include: 24 1) Furnishing and installing Zinc Coated Cable 25 2) Testing wire strands 26 2. Remove Zinc Coated Steel Wire 27 a. Measurement 28 1) Measured per linear foot of Zinc Coated Steel Wires removed. 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 32 unit price bid per linear foot of “Zinc Coated Steel Wire Removal.” 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Removal and disposal of Zinc Coated Steel Wire 35 2) Clean-up 36 37 26 05 13 ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A. Reference Standards 2 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4 unless a date is specifically cited. 5 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 6 a. A475, Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand. 7 3. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 8 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT). 9 a. Item 625, Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand. 10 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 11 1.5 SUBMITTALS 12 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 13 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 14 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 15 A. Product Data: 16 1. Zinc Coated Steel Wire. 17 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 20 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 21 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 22 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 23 66 00. 24 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 28 A. Refer to the Contract Documents to determine if any equipment and material will be 29 furnished by the City. 30 2.2 MATERIALS 31 A. Materials 32 1. Zinc Coated Steel Wire 33 26 05 13 ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Provide new materials in accordance with TxDOT Item 625 and ASTM A475, 1 Utilities Grade or better, class A coating. 2 b. Furnish 7 wires per strand. 3 c. In accordance with the following: 4 5 Nominal Diameter of Strand Nominal Diameter of Coated Wires Approx. Weight per 1,000 ft. Minimum Breaking Strength Minimum Zinc Coating Wt. Class A (in.) (in.) (lb.) (lb.) (oz./sq. ft.) 3/16 0.065 80 2,400 0.50 1/4 0.080 121 4,750 0.60 9/32 0.093 164 4,600 0.70 5/16 0.109 225 6,000 0.80 3/8 0.120 273 11,500 0.85 7/16 0.145 399 18,000 0.90 1/2 0.165 517 25,000 0.90 6 d. Supply new material. 7 e. Remove drips, runs, sharp points, voids, and damage from the zinc coating. 8 f. Samples from each roll of each diameter of strand will be taken. 9 1) Replace strands not in accordance with this Section. 10 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION 13 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16 3.4 INSTALLATION 17 A. Install strands as specified in the Drawings. 18 1. Splicing is not permitted. 19 B. Ground strand to the grounding conductor at each pole when used as a messenger cable 20 or span wire. 21 1. Metal poles may be used as the grounding conductor. 22 2. Ensure a resistance less than 1 ohm from the strand to the ground. 23 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 24 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26 26 05 13 ZINC COATED STEEL WIRE Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7 END OF SECTION 8 9 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 10 26 05 19 SIGNAL CABLES Page 1 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 26 05 19 1 SIGNAL CABLES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Installation and Removal of Multi-conductor Cable. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 26 05 34 – Conduit. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Furnish and Install Multi-conductor Cable 16 a. Measurement 17 1) Measured per linear foot of Multi-conductor Cable furnished and installed. 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 21 unit price bid per linear foot of “Furnish/Install Multi-conductor Cable” for: 22 a) Various types. 23 b) Various sizes. 24 c. The price bid shall include: 25 1) Furnishing and installing Multi-conductor Cable as specified by the 26 Drawings 27 2. Remove Multi-conductor Cable 28 a. Measurement 29 1) Measured per linear foot of Multi-conductor Cable removed. 30 b. Payment 31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 33 unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Multi-conductor Cable” for: 34 a) Various types. 35 b) Various sizes. 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Removal of Multi-conductor Cable as specified by the Drawings 38 39 26 05 19 SIGNAL CABLES Page 2 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 2 1. AWG: American wire gauge 3 2. PVC: polyvinyl chloride 4 B. Reference Standards 5 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 6 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 7 unless a date is specifically cited. 8 2. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 9 Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges (TxDOT): 10 a. Item 684, Traffic Signal Cables. 11 3. TxDOT Departmental Materials Specification: 12 a. DMS-11110, Traffic Signal Cable. 13 4. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 14 5. International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA). 15 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 16 1.5 SUBMITTALS 17 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 18 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 19 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 20 A. Product Data Sheets are required for: 21 1. Multi-conductor cable. 22 2. Power lead-in cable. 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 27 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 28 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 29 66 00. 30 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 34 35 26 05 19 SIGNAL CABLES Page 3 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2.2 MATERIALS 1 A. Materials 2 1. In accordance with TxDOT Item 684. 3 2. All traffic signal cable conductors for both vehicle and pedestrian heads shall be 4 multi-conductor capable of operating at 600 volts maximum and suitable for use at 5 conductor temperatures not exceeding 75 degrees C (167 degrees F). 6 3. Multi-conductor cable shall be either stranded IMSA 19-1 or 20-1, #14 AWG, 7 stranded copper wire. 8 4. Ensure fillers are non-metallic, moisture resistant, non-wicking material. 9 5. Supply cables shall be clearly labeled with the name of the manufacturer and the 10 IMSA specification number in indent printing at 2 foot intervals to the outer surface 11 of the jacket. 12 6. All proprietary equipment cabling shall be manufacturer supplied and properly 13 installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 14 7. All electrical connectors for breakaway poles shall be breakaway (Buchannan 65U, 15 Bussman HEBW Littlefuse LEF, or equal). 16 8. All electrical connections for neutrals shall be breakaway, shall have a white color 17 marking, and shall have permanently installed solid neutral Buchannan 20U 18 Bussman HET Littlefuse LET or equal. 19 9. Breakaway fuse holders shall be 1-pole or 2-pole, watertight, breakaway, in-line 20 fused connector designed for used with breakaway pole bases that meet the 21 following requirements: 22 a. UL listed, 600-V-rated. 23 b. Prevent energized parts from being exposed after breaking away. 24 c. Have breakaway connector boots that fit multiple wire sizes (may be dual wire 25 “feed-in-feed-out type”). 26 d. Have neutral connectors marked white. 27 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 28 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29 PART 3 - EXECUTION 30 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 31 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 32 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 33 3.4 INSTALLATION 34 A. Special Techniques 35 1. Cables shall be installed in conduit unless indicated as an "overhead" cable run. 36 a. All conduits must be in accordance with Section 26 05 34. 37 b. Conduit must be continuous, reasonably dry, completely free of debris, and 38 without sharp projections, edges, or short bends. 39 26 05 19 SIGNAL CABLES Page 4 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. If required by the City, the Contractor shall demonstrate the conduit is dry and free 1 of debris by pulling a swab and/or mandrel through the conduit. 2 a. The conductors shall be installed to ensure against harmful stretching of the 3 conductors or damage to the insulation. 4 3. Installation methods shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the cable 5 manufacturer. 6 4. At the request of the City, furnish a copy of the manufacturer's recommendations 7 which shall include methods of attaching pull cable, pulling tension per conductor 8 size and per radius of conduit bend, and the type of lubricant to be used. 9 5. All cables in a given conduit run shall be pulled at the same time and the 10 conductors shall be assembled to form 1 loop so the pulling tension is equally 11 distributed to all the cables. 12 a. Use pulling eyes for long, hard pulls. 13 b. For short runs, the cables may be gripped directly by the conductors by forming 14 them into a loop to which the pull wire or rope can be attached. 15 c. The insulation on each conductor shall be removed before the loop is formed. 16 d. The method used will depend on the anticipated maximum pulling tension in 17 each case. 18 6. If new cables are to replace existing cables within existing conduit, the existing 19 cables may be used to pull in the new cables. 20 7. Where new cables are to be added to existing cable runs: 21 a. Pull existing cables out of cable run. 22 b. Add new cables to existing cables such that the combined wires from 1 cable 23 pull. 24 8. Installation and removal shall be done in such a way as to prevent damage to the 25 existing and/or new cables. 26 a. In the event of damage, the Contractor shall repair and/or replace damaged 27 cables at no cost to the City. 28 9. All conduit runs shall be measured accurately and precisely for determining cable 29 lengths to be installed. 30 a. City shall be present for all conduit run measurements taken. 31 b. City shall record all cable measurements and include the distances on an as-32 built drawing. 33 10. Where new cables are to replace existing cables, removed cables may be used as a 34 measuring device to determine the lengths of the new cables to be installed. 35 a. Accurate measurements of all cable lengths. 36 11. Contractor shall keep in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended 37 maximum pulling tensions at all times. 38 12. If required by the City, insert a dynamometer in the pull wire as the cables are being 39 pulled into the conduit to demonstrate that the maximum tensions are not being 40 exceeded. 41 13. The cable shall be fed freely off the reel into the conduit without making a reverse 42 curve. 43 14. At the pulling end, the pull wire and cables shall be drawn from the conduit in 44 direct line with the conduit. 45 26 05 19 SIGNAL CABLES Page 5 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 15. Sheaves or other suitable devices shall be used as required to reduce any hazards to 1 the cable during installation. 2 16. The cables shall be adequately lubricated to reduce friction and further minimize 3 possible damage. 4 a. Such lubricants shall not be the grease or oil type used on lead sheathed cables 5 but shall be one of several commercially available wire pulling compounds that 6 are suitable for PVC sheathed cables. 7 b. They shall consist of soap, talc, mica, or similar materials and shall be designed 8 to have no deleterious effect on the cables being used. 9 17. Cables shall be neatly trained to their destinations. 10 18. Keep cable in accordance with the cable manufacturer's recommended values for 11 the minimum bending radii to which cables may be bent for permanent training 12 during installation. 13 a. These limits do not apply to conduit bends, sheaves, or other curved surfaces 14 around which these cables may be pulled under tension while being installed. 15 b. Larger radius bends are required for such conditions. 16 B. Wire and Cable 17 1. All wire and cable shall be as specified in the Drawings, except wire and cable 18 specifically covered by other Sections of the Contract Documents. 19 2. Controller Cabinet Wiring 20 a. Wiring for the controller cabinet shall consist of connecting signal wires, 21 vehicle detection wires, power wires, ground wires, and pedestrian push button 22 wires to their respective terminals in the cabinet. 23 b. In the controller cabinet, stranded signal conductors from the field shall be 24 stripped back and a solderless terminal connector (spade lug) shall be attached 25 by means of a crimping tool. 26 c. These terminal Connectors shall be inserted under the binder head screw and 27 tightened securely. 28 d. Other wiring for the controller shall be completed as shown on the wiring 29 diagrams and in the instructions furnished with the controller by the 30 manufacturer. 31 e. All field wiring in cabinets shall be neatly installed. Incoming cables shall be 32 trained to their destination and neatly laced together. 33 1) All spare wires shall be trimmed and neatly coiled with the ends taped. 34 2) Detector lead-in cables shall have their insulation jackets removed from 35 their terminal strip connection to the bottom of the cabinet. 36 f. Pedestrian push buttons shall have a ground wire completely isolated and 37 independent from all other ground wires. 38 1) This wire shall be connected to the designated terminal in the controller 39 cabinet. 40 2) A pedestrian isolation board shall be in place. 41 g. Individual conductors between the controller and signal pole base shall be #14 42 AWG. 43 3. Signal Head Wiring 44 1) No splicing of cable shall be allowed. 45 26 05 19 SIGNAL CABLES Page 6 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Each cable shall be identified with permanent marking labels (Panduit type 1 PLM standard single marker tie, Thomas and Betts type 548M or 2 equivalent) at each ground box, pole base, and controller, as specified in the 3 Drawings. 4 3) Traffic signal cable within the signal poles and arms shall be #14 AWG. 5 4. Additional lengths of each wire are required. 6 a. The wire that passes through or terminates in: 7 1) A ground box – Minimum 6 feet 8 2) The cabinet – Minimum 15 feet, and/or 9 3) A steel mast arm vertical pole – Minimum 6 feet 10 b. For Span wire assemblies: 11 1) At each pole – 15 feet 12 2) At each signal head – 6 feet 13 c. Depending on local conditions, other lengths of wire not listed herein may be 14 required and will be determined on site by the City. 15 5. No splicing will be allowed for any type of wiring, unless approved by the City. 16 a. Exceptions are where manufacture’s supplied cable/wire requires continuation 17 for connection to applicable terminus. All splicing techniques shall be in 18 accordance with manufacture’s recommendations/requirements and approved in 19 writing by the City prior to beginning work. 20 6. Wiring hole locations are to be marked by the Contractor and approved by the City 21 prior to drilling for the item it is intended to serve. 22 7. All conductors shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s loading 23 standards/requirements. 24 8. Terminals 25 a. The ends of all stranded wires from the controller cabinet and from the signal 26 heads shall be twisted at least 3 turns and wire nut applied in the base of the 27 signal structure. 28 9. Identification of Signal Wires and Cables 29 a. IMSA color coded signal cable shall be used for all signal systems. 30 1) Colors shall be continuous from the point of origin to the point of 31 termination. 32 b. Each signal cable, detector lead-in cable and communication cable shall be 33 designated with permanent marking labels or (Panduit type PLM, Thomas and 34 Betta type 548M standard single marker type or equivalent) and color-coded 35 tape at each pull box and in the controller cabinet. 36 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 37 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 38 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 39 A. Field Tests and Inspections 40 1. The City may require all cables be checked for insulation resistance upon 41 installation and prior to termination. The tests shall be made with a test set 42 operating at a minimum of 500 volts DC applied to the conductors. 43 26 05 19 SIGNAL CABLES Page 7 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Each conductor in the multi-conductor signal cables shall be tested for insulation 1 resistance relative to each other and to the outer covering of the cable. The 2 minimum acceptance value for insulation resistance shall be 1 megohm. 3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 13 26 05 20 TRAY CABLES Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 26 05 20 1 TRAY CABLES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Installation and Removal of Tray Cable. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Furnish and Install Tray Cable 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per linear foot of tray cable installed. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per linear foot of “Tray Cable” installed for: 21 a) Various types. 22 b) Various sizes. 23 c. The price bid shall include: 24 1) Furnishing and installing tray cable as specified by the Drawings 25 2. Remove Tray Cable 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measured per linear foot of Tray Cable removed. 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 31 unit price bid per linear foot of “Tray Cable” removed for: 32 a) Various types. 33 b) Various sizes. 34 c. The price bid shall include: 35 1) Removal of tray cable as specified by the Drawings 36 1.3 REFERENCES 37 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 38 1. NRTL: nationally recognized testing laboratory 39 26 05 20 TRAY CABLES Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. D/C: direct current 1 3. PVC: polyvinyl chloride 2 4. XHHW: cross linked polyethylene, high heat resistance, water resistance 3 B. Reference Standards 4 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 5 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 6 unless a date is specifically cited. 7 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 8 a. ASTM B3, Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. 9 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 10 Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges: 11 a. Item 621, Tray Cable. 12 4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Departmental Materials 13 Specification: 14 a. DMS-11050, Tray Cable. 15 5. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 16 a. 383, Standard for Qualifying Electric Cables and Splices for Nuclear Facilities. 17 6. National Electrical Code (NEC). 18 7. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 19 8. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 20 9. Underwriters Laboratory (UL): 21 a. Subject 1277, Standard for Electrical Power and Control Tray Cables with 22 Optional Optical-Fiber Members. 23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 24 1.5 SUBMITTALS 25 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 26 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 27 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 31 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 32 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 33 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 34 66 00. 35 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 36 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 37 26 05 20 TRAY CABLES Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.2 MATERIALS 3 A. General Requirements 4 1. Provide new materials listed for the intended use in accordance with the NEC and 5 NEMA standards. 6 a. Provide components in accordance with the UL. 7 b. When UL is referenced, consider materials certified by any current NRTL in 8 accordance with the OSHA website. 9 2. Faulty fabrication or poor workmanship in materials, equipment, or installation will 10 be justification for rejection. 11 3. Provide manufacturer’s warranties or guarantees when offered as a customary trade 12 practice. 13 4. Provide round tray cable with non-hygroscopic filler suitable for direct earth burial 14 in wet location, for installation outdoors in conduit, or as an aerial cable supported 15 by a messenger where sunlight-resistant rating is required. 16 5. Clearly and durably mark the outer surface of the jacket by permanent printing to 17 show the insulation type, rating, and manufacturer. 18 a. Apply markings at 2-foot maximum intervals. 19 B. Conductors 20 1. Provide new 3 or 4 individually insulated soft annealed copper conductors in 21 accordance with ASTM B 3 and as specified in the Drawings. 22 2. In accordance with UL Subject 1277 and NEC requirements. 23 3. Provide tray cable rated for a minimum of 600 V, 90°C dry and 75°C wet, unless 24 other insulation type or rating is specified in the Drawings. 25 4. In accordance with the 70,000-btu “Cable Tray Propagation Test” in IEEE 383 and 26 in accordance with the 210,000-btu flame test to show reserve capabilities. 27 5. Ensure the cable is in accordance with the following: 28 a. Provide individually insulated conductors with XHHW insulation and an 29 overall PVC jacket. 30 b. Clearly and durably mark the outer surface of the jacket at 2-foot maximum 31 intervals by indent printing to show the insulation type, rating, and 32 manufacturer. 33 c. Assemble round conductors and provide non-hygroscopic filler to prevent 34 flattening of cable. 35 d. Ensure cable is suitable for use outdoors under exposure to ultraviolet light and 36 in wet locations. 37 C. Insulation 38 1. Provide black, white, and green conductor insulation or black, red, and green 39 conductor insulation, as directed by the City, for three-conductor tray cable. 40 2. Provide black, red, white, and green conductor insulation, as directed by the City, 41 for four-conductor tray cable. 42 26 05 20 TRAY CABLES Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6 3.4 INSTALLATION 7 A. Special Techniques 8 1. Perform Work as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with requirements of 9 this Section. 10 2. Provide an additional 5 feet of cable coiled in each ground box when installing 11 cable in underground conduit. Splice tray cable conductors only as specified in the 12 Drawings. 13 3. Obtain the City’s written approval for each splice. Ensure allowed splices are 14 watertight. 15 4. Test the cable’s conductors after installation and before any connection. 16 a. Remove and replace tray cable exhibiting a D/C insulation resistance of less 17 than 5 megohms at 1,000 volts D/C at no additional cost to the City. 18 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 21 A. The City may require all cables to be checked for insulation resistance upon installation 22 and prior to termination. 23 1. The tests shall be made with a test set operating at a minimum of 500 volts D/C 24 applied to the conductors. 25 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 31 32 26 05 20 TRAY CABLES Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 26 05 26 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 26 05 26 1 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Grounding Conductors. 6 2. Ground Rod. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Grounding Conductors 16 a. Measurement 17 1) Measured per linear foot of grounding conductor installed. 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 20 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 21 unit price bid per linear foot of “Bare Elec Conductor” installed for: 22 a) Various types. 23 b) Various sizes. 24 c. The price bid shall include: 25 1) Furnishing and installing Grounding Conductor as specified by the 26 Drawings 27 2. Ground Rod 28 a. Measurement 29 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various Traffic Signal Structures 30 being installed. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 33 Item are subsidiary to various Traffic Signal Structures being installed and 34 shall be subsidiary to the unit price bid per various Traffic Signal Structures 35 being installed, no other compensation will be allowed. 36 3. Power Lead-in Cable 37 a. Measurement 38 1) Measured per linear foot of power lead-in cable installed. 39 40 26 05 26 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 3 unit price bid per linear foot of “Insulated Elec Conductor” installed for: 4 a) Various types. 5 b) Various sizes. 6 c. The price bid shall include: 7 1) Furnishing and installing Power Lead-in Cable as specified by the 8 Drawings 9 1.3 REFERENCES 10 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 11 1. AWG: American wire gauge 12 2. PVC: polyvinyl chloride 13 3. RHW: Rubber insulation, heat resistance of 75℃, water resistance 14 4. THHN: Thermoplastic, high heat resistance, nylon coated 15 5. A/C: alternating current 16 B. Reference Standards 17 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 18 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 19 unless a date is specifically cited. 20 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 21 Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges: 22 a. Item 620, Electrical Conductors. 23 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Materials 24 Specification: 25 a. DMS-11040, Electrical Conductors. 26 4. Federal Specification A-A-59544 27 5. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 28 a. ASTM B33, Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper 29 Wire for Electrical Purposes. 30 b. ASTM B8, Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper 31 Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. 32 6. International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA). 33 7. National Electric Code (NEC). 34 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 35 1.5 SUBMITTALS 36 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 38 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 39 A. Product Data Sheets are required for: 40 1. Grounding conductor. 41 26 05 26 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Grounding rod. 1 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 5 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 6 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 7 66 00. 8 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 9 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12 2.2 MATERIALS 13 A. Materials 14 1. Grounding Conductor 15 a. Grounding Conductor shall be in accordance with TxDOT DMS-11040. 16 b. The grounding conductor shall be a #6 AWG solid copper wire. 17 c. The conductor shall be bonded to all ground rods. 18 2. Ground Rod 19 a. Ground rod electrodes shall be copper-bonded steel being at least 5/8 inch in 20 diameter. 21 b. All ground rods shall be a minimum of 8 feet, with a minimum of 6 feet buried. 22 3. Power lead-in cable 23 a. Power lead-in cable shall be stranded RHW copper wire and suitable for A/C 24 electric service. 25 b. The cable shall be capable of operating at 600 volts maximum and suitable for 26 use at conductor temperatures not exceeding 167 degrees Fahrenheit (75 degrees 27 Celsius). 28 c. Material and construction shall be in accordance with the applicable 29 requirements of IMSA and NEC standards. 30 d. Conductors shall be stranded, anneal coated copper. 31 e. Coated wire 32 1) Use copper wire in accordance with ASTM B33 before insulating or 33 stranding. 34 f. Stranding shall be class B, in accordance with the latest edition of ASTM B8. 35 g. Insulation shall be THHN and comply with Federal Specification A-A-59544 36 and all applicable ASTM standards. 37 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 38 26 05 26 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 5 3.4 INSTALLATION 6 A. Special Techniques 7 1. Ground Conductors 8 a. Perform Work as specified in the Drawings. 9 2. Ground Rod 10 a. Properly install and connect a ground rod for each controller cabinet, power 11 drop, and signal pole pier to reduce any extraneous voltage to a safe level. 12 b. The ground rod shall be located to minimize the length of the grounding-13 conductor run. 14 c. For pole-mounted cabinets, a grounding rod and grounding conductor shall be 15 installed at the nearest foundation or ground box. 16 d. All grounding circuits shall be substantial, permanent, and electrically 17 continuous with an ohms-to-ground resistance not to exceed 10 ohms when 18 tested by volt-ohm-meter. 19 e. Illumination poles shall use concrete-grounded electrodes. 20 f. Grounding Connectors and Electrodes 21 1) When the location precludes driving a single ground rod to a depth of 8 feet 22 (2.4 m), or when a multiple ground rod matrix is used to obtain the required 23 resistance to ground, ground rods shall be spaced at least 6 feet apart and 24 bonded by a minimum No. 6 AWG copper wire. 25 2) Connection of grounding circuits to grounding electrodes shall be by 26 devices which will ensure a positive, fail-safe grip between the conductor 27 and the electrode. 28 a) No splice joint will be permitted in the grounding conductor. 29 3) Each grounding rod shall be driven into the ground to a depth sufficient to 30 provide the required resistance (10 ohms) between electrodes and ground. 31 3. Power Lead-in Cable 32 a. Perform work as specified in the Drawings. 33 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 34 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 36 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 37 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 38 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 39 26 05 26 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, GROUND RODS, AND POWER LEAD-IN CABLES Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION 5 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 7 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 1 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 26 05 33 1 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as 6 specified herein. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Conduits and Related Hardware 16 a. Measurement 17 1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 18 line between ground boxes or poles, a combination of the two, or to the 19 termination point of conduit installed. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23 price bid per linear foot of conduit installed for: 24 a) Various sizes. 25 b) Various types. 26 c) Various installation methods. 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 1) Installation of Conduit and Related Hardware as specified by the Drawings 29 2) Elbows 30 3) Couplings 31 4) Weatherheads 32 2. Conduit Boxes 33 a. Measurement 34 1) Measured per each Conduit Box installed. 35 b. Payment 36 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38 price bid per each of conduit box installed. 39 c. The price bid shall include: 40 1) Furnishing and installing the Conduit Box as specified by the Drawings 41 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 2 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Excavation 1 3) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 2 4) Clean-up 3 1.3 REFERENCES 4 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 5 1. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride 6 2. HDPE: High Density Polyethylene 7 3. BX: Product B Experimental 8 4. AC: Armored cable 9 B. Reference Standards 10 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 11 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 12 unless a date is specifically cited. 13 2. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI): 14 a. ANSI C80.5, American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum 15 Conduit (ERAC). 16 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 17 a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volt Maximum). 18 b. C80.1, Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit. 19 c. TC-2, Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit. 20 d. TC-3, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and 21 Tubing. 22 e. TC-7, Smooth-Walled Coilable Electrical Polyethylene Conduit. 23 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 24 a. 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC). 25 1) Article 350, Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Type LFMC. 26 2) Chapter 9, Tables. 27 5. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 28 a. 6, Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit – Steel. 29 b. 514B, Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings. 30 c. 651, Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 31 C. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the 32 Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of UL. 33 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 34 1.5 SUBMITTALS 35 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 36 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 37 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 38 A. Product Data 39 1. Submit to the City, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' names and 40 product designation or catalog numbers of all materials specified 41 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 3 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 4 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 5 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6 66 00. 7 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 11 2.2 MATERIALS 12 A. Materials 13 1. Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit 14 a. Interlocked steel core 15 b. PVC jacket rated for 80 degrees Celsius 16 c. In accordance with NEC Article 350 17 d. Fittings 18 e. Extruded from 6063 T-1 alloy 19 f. Maximum 0.1 percent copper content 20 g. In accordance with: 21 1) ANSI C80.5 22 2) UL-6 23 2. Rigid Steel Conduit 24 a. Hot dip galvanized 25 b. Threads: Hot galvanized after cutting 26 c. In accordance with: 27 1) NEMA C80.1 28 3. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 Conduit 29 a. Designed for use above ground and underground as described in the NEC 30 b. Resistant to sunlight 31 c. UL Labeled 32 d. In accordance with: 33 1) NEMA TC-2 34 2) UL 651 35 e. Fittings in accordance with: 36 1) NEMA TC-3 37 2) UL 514B 38 4. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 Conduit 39 a. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 40 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 4 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Resistant to sunlight 1 c. UL Labeled. 2 d. In accordance with: 3 1) NEMA TC-2 4 2) UL 651 5 e. Fittings in accordance with: 6 1) NEMA TC-3 7 2) UL 514B 8 5. HDPE Conduit 9 a. Designed for use underground as described in the NEC 10 b. Resistant to sunlight 11 c. UL Labeled 12 d. In accordance with: 13 1) UL 651A 14 2) UL 651B 15 3) NEMA TC-7 16 6. Raceway Boxes 17 a. For use on exposed raceway systems only. 18 b. Boxes for underground systems shall be in accordance with Section 26 05 43. 19 c. Box size 20 1) Distance between each raceway entry inside the box and the opposite wall 21 shall be no less than 6 times the trade size of the largest raceway in a row. 22 2) Distance shall be increased for additional entries by the amount of the sum 23 of the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same 24 wall of the box. 25 3) Each row calculated individually, and the single row that provides the 26 maximum distance used to size box. 27 2.3 ACCESSORIES 28 A. Conduit Outlet Bodies 29 1. Up to and including 2-1/2 inches 30 a. Galvanized steel 31 b. Captive screw-clamp cover 32 c. Neoprene gasket 33 d. Stainless steel screws and clamps 34 2. Larger than 2-1/2 inches 35 a. Use junction boxes. 36 B. Conduit Hubs 37 1. Watertight 38 2. Threaded galvanized steel 39 3. Insulated throat 40 4. Stainless steel grounding screw 41 C. Grounding Bushings 42 1. Insulated lay-in lug grounding bushings 43 2. Tin-plated copper grounding path 44 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 5 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3. Integrally molded noncombustible phenolic insulated surfaces rated 150 degrees 1 Celsius 2 4. Plastic insert cap each bushing 3 5. Lug size shall be sufficient to accommodate maximum ground wire size in 4 accordance with the NEC for the application 5 D. Raceway Sealant 6 1. Use for sealing of raceway hubs entering or terminating in boxes or enclosures 7 where specified in the Drawings. 8 E. Conduit Penetration Seals 9 1. Use for conduit wall and floor seals. 10 F. Conduit and related hardware 11 1. All PVC conduits, including elbows and couplings, shall be schedule 40 PVC 12 conduit, conforming to Federal Specification W-C-1094 and UL Standard UL-651. 13 All conduit sizes shall be as specified in the Drawings. 14 2. Rigid metal conduit shall be steel, hot-dipped galvanized inside and outside. 15 3. Weather heads shall be made of aluminum and may be the threaded or clamp-on. 16 G. Expansion/Deflection Fittings 17 1. Use: 18 a. Embedded in concrete 19 b. Exposed 20 2. Description: 21 a. Internal grounding 22 b. 4-inch movement 23 c. Stainless steel/cast iron 24 H. Expansion Fittings: 25 1. Galvanized steel 26 2. 8-inch movement 27 3. Internal grounding 28 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29 PART 3 - EXECUTION 30 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 31 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 32 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 33 3.4 APPLICATION 34 A. Interface with Other Work 35 1. Coordinate the placement of conduit and related components with other trades and 36 existing installations. 37 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 6 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 B. Unless specified in the Drawings or directed by the City, the conduit type installed with 1 respect to the location shall be as follows: 2 1. Underground, 18 inches or more cover: 3 a. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 or HDPE 4 2. Underground, less than 18 inches cover: 5 a. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 or HDPE 6 3. Exposed: 7 a. Rigid galvanized steel 8 4. Final connection to equipment subject to vibration: 9 a. Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit 10 C. Box Applications 11 1. Furnish raceway junction, pull, and terminal boxes with NEMA ratings for the 12 location in which they are installed. 13 2. Exposed switch, receptacle, and lighting outlet boxes and conduit fittings shall be 14 galvanized steel. 15 3. Furnish boxes with factory mounting lugs. Drilling through the back of any box or 16 enclosure is prohibited. 17 D. Conduit Outlet Bodies Applications 18 1. Conduits up to and including 2-1/2 inches: 19 a. Conduit outlet bodies may be used, except where junction boxes are specified 20 in the Drawings. 21 2. Conduits larger than 2-1/2 inches: Use junction boxes. 22 E. Conduit Hub Applications 23 1. Unless specifically stated herein or specified in the Drawings, all raceways shall 24 terminate at an outlet with a conduit hub. 25 a. Locknut or double locknut terminations will not be permitted. 26 F. Insulated Grounding Bushing Applications 27 1. Use: Terminate raceways at bottom entry to pad-mounted electrical equipment or 28 switchgear, if there is no wall or floor pan on which to anchor or terminate the 29 raceway. 30 2. Other raceways: Terminate on enclosures with a conduit hub. 31 3. Grounding bushing caps: Remain on the bushing until the wire is ready to be 32 pulled. 33 G. Conduit Fittings Applications 34 1. Combination expansion deflection fittings: Install where conduits cross structure 35 expansion joints, on conduit transitions from underground to above ground, and 36 where installed in exposed conduit runs such that the distance between expansion-37 deflection fittings does not exceed 150 feet of conduit run. 38 2. Expansion fittings: Install in lieu of a combination expansion-deflection fitting, on 39 the exposed side of conduit transitions from underground to above ground, where 40 the earth has been disturbed to a depth of more than 10 feet. 41 H. Conduit Penetration Seals Applications 42 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 7 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Conduit wall seals: Use where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other 1 locations specified in the Drawings. 2 2. Conduit sealing bushings: Use to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at 3 other locations specified in the Drawings. 4 I. Conduit Tag Applications 5 1. Tag all conduits within 1 foot of the entry of equipment, and all wall and floor 6 penetrations. 7 2. Tag all underground conduits and ducts at all locations exiting and entering from 8 underground, including manholes and handholes. 9 J. Raceway Installation 10 1. No conduit smaller than 1¼ inch electrical trade size. 11 2. No more than the equivalent of 3 - 90-degree bends in any 1 run. 12 3. Do not pull wire until the conduit system is complete in all details. 13 4. Install all underground raceways in accordance with Section 26 05 43. 14 5. Where raceways enter or leave the system, where the raceway begins or ends, or 15 where the system could be subjected to the entry of moisture, rain, or liquid of any 16 type, the raceway shall be tightly sealed using watertight sealant (Duxseal or equal) 17 at the higher elevation, both before and after the installation of cables, to eliminate 18 entry of water or moisture to the raceway system at any time. 19 a. Any damage to new or existing equipment due to the entrance of moisture from 20 unsealed raceways shall be corrected by complete replacement of such 21 equipment at no cost to the City. 22 b. Cleaning or drying of such damaged equipment will not be acceptable. 23 6. Conduit supports, other than for underground raceways 24 a. Space at intervals of 8 feet or less as required to obtain rigid construction. 25 7. Single conduits: 26 a. Support with 1-hole pipe clamps in combination with 1 screw back plates, to 27 raise conduits from the surface. 28 8. Multiple runs of conduits 29 a. Supported on trapeze type hangers with horizontal members and threaded 30 hanger rods not less than 3/8 inch in diameter. 31 9. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, and conduit 32 a. Supported by strut to provide a minimum of 1/2 inch clearance between wall 33 and equipment. 34 10. Conduit hangers 35 a. Attach to structural steel by means of beam or channel clamps. Use concrete 36 inserts of the spot type where attached to concrete surfaces. 37 11. Conduits on exposed work 38 a. Install at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding wall. 39 b. Conform to the form of the ceiling. 40 c. No diagonal runs. 41 d. Provide concentric bends in parallel conduit runs. 42 e. Install conduit perfectly straight and true. 43 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 8 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 12. Conduits terminated into enclosures: Install perpendicular to the walls where 1 flexible liquidtight or rigid conduits are required. 2 a. Do not use short sealtight elbow fittings for such terminations, except for 3 connections to instrumentation transmitters where multiple penetrations are 4 required. 5 13. Use insulated throat grounding bushings for conduits containing equipment 6 grounding conductors and terminating in boxes. Connect grounding conductors to 7 the box. 8 14. Install conduits using threaded fittings. Do not use running threads. 9 15. PVC conduit 10 a. Use glued type conduit fittings. 11 16. HDPE conduit 12 a. Use fittings by same manufacturer as conduit. 13 17. Liquidtight flexible steel conduit 14 a. Primary and secondary of transformers 15 b. Generator terminations 16 c. Other equipment where vibration is present 17 d. Connections to instrumentation transmitters, where multiple penetrations are 18 required 19 e. Do not use in other locations. 20 f. Maximum length: Not greater than that of a factory manufactured long radius 21 elbow of the conduit size being used 22 g. Maximum bending radius shall be in accordance with NEC Chapter 9, Table 2. 23 h. Do not use BX or AC type prefabricated cables. 24 18. Conduits passing through openings in walls or floor slabs 25 a. Seal remaining openings against the passage of flame and smoke. 26 19. Conduit ends exposed to the weather or corrosive gases 27 a. Seal with conduit sealing bushings. 28 20. Raceways terminating in Control Panels or boxes containing electrical equipment 29 a. Do not install to enter from the top of the panel or box. 30 b. Seal with a watertight sealant: Duxseal or equal. 31 21. Conduit 32 a. The Contractor will be required to coordinate with all local utility companies, 33 long distance communication companies, City utilities, railroad companies, and 34 Dig Tess, if applicable, to ascertain exact locations of conflicting underground 35 services. 36 b. The location of conduits and ground boxes are diagrammatic only and may be 37 shifted by the City to accommodate field conditions. 38 c. The maximum allowable overcut shall be 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter for bores. 39 d. The vertical and horizontal tolerances shall not exceed 18 inches (457 mm) as 40 measured from the intended target point for bores. 41 e. The use of a pneumatically driven device for punching holes beneath the 42 pavement (commonly known as a "missile") will not be permitted. 43 f. Conduit installed for future use shall have a non-metallic, nylon type pull string 44 and shall be capped using standard weather tight conduit caps, as approved by 45 the City. 46 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 9 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 g. The Contractor shall place duct seal or foam at the ends of all conduit where 1 conductors and/or cables are present. 2 h. New Conduit 3 1) All underground conduit shall be schedule 40 PVC conduit. 4 2) All conduit or raceways above ground shall be rigid metal. 5 3) All conduit and fittings shall be of the sizes and types specified in the 6 Drawings. 7 4) Each section of conduit shall bear evidence of approval by UL. 8 5) Conduit terminating in posts or pedestal bases shall not extend vertically 9 more than 3 inches above the concrete foundation. 10 6) Field bends in conduit shall have a minimum radius of 12 diameters of the 11 nominal size of the conduit. 12 7) Exposed vertical conduit shall be galvanized rigid metal and reamed, with 13 couplings made tight. PVC conduit shall be joined by the solvent-weld 14 method in accordance with the conduit manufacturer's recommendations. 15 8) No reducer couplings shall be used unless specified in the Drawings. 16 9) Conduit and fittings shall have burrs and rough places smoothed and shall 17 be clean and free of obstructions before the cable is installed. 18 10) Field cuts shall be made with a hacksaw only and shall be square and true 19 so the ends will butt or come together for the full diameter thereof. 20 a) In no case shall a cutting torch be used to cut or join conduit. 21 11) Slip joints or running threads will not be permitted for coupling conduit 22 unless approved by the City. 23 12) When a standard coupling cannot be used, an approved union coupling 24 shall be used and shall provide a water-tight coupling between the conduit. 25 13) Couplings shall be properly installed to bring their ends of connected 26 conduit together to produce a good, rigid connection throughout the entire 27 length of the conduit run. 28 14) Where the coating on a rigid metal conduit run has been damaged in 29 handling or installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted 30 with rust preventive paint. 31 15) Ends of conduits shall be capped or plugged until installation of the wire is 32 complete. 33 16) Upon request by the City, the Contractor shall draw a full-size metal wire 34 brush, attached by swivel joint to a pull tape, through the metal conduit to 35 ensure the conduit is clean and free from obstructions. 36 17) Conduits shall be placed in an open trench at a minimum 24 inches (612 37 mm) depth below the curb grade in the sidewalk areas, or 18 inches (450 38 mm) below the finished street grade in the street area. 39 18) Conduit placed for concrete encasement shall be secured and supported in 40 such a manner the alignment will not be disturbed during placement of the 41 concrete. 42 a) No concrete shall be placed until all conduit ends have been capped and 43 all box openings closed. 44 19) PVC conduit placed under existing pavement, sidewalks, and driveways, 45 shall be placed by first providing a void through which the PVC conduit 46 shall be inserted. 47 a) The void may be made by boring. 48 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 10 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b) Use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation 1 will be permitted only to lubricate cuttings. 2 c) Water jetting will not be permitted. 3 20) If, as determined by the City, placing of conduit by boring is impractical, 4 written permission may be granted by the Traffic Services Manager or 5 designee for the Contractor to cut the existing pavement. 6 21) Pits for boring shall not be closer than 2 feet (612 mm) to the back of the 7 curb or the outside edge of the shoulder. 8 a) The boring method used shall not interfere with the operation of streets, 9 highways, or other facilities, and shall not weaken or damage any 10 embankment structure or pavement. 11 22) Backfill - Compaction & Density Test for All Ditch lines 12 a) All ditch lines within paving areas of existing and proposed streets and 13 within 2 feet (600 mm) of the back of curb are to be mechanically 14 tamped. 15 b) All tamping is to be density controlled to 90 percent standard proctor 16 density at optimum moisture content and no greater than 5 percent 17 optimum or less than 2 percent below optimum. 18 c) All backfill material is to be select native material with 6-inch (150 19 mm) diameter clods and smaller. 20 d) It is permissible to put backfill in 6 inches to 8 inches (150 mm to 400 21 mm) lifts with densities being taken for each foot (300 mm) of 22 compacted material on offsetting stations of 50 feet (15.9 M). 23 23) Provide adequately bent conduit and properly excavate so as to prevent 24 damage to the conduit or conductor by a bend radius too short. 25 24) All conduit runs shall be continuous and of the same material (metal only 26 or PVC only). 27 25) Where tying into existing conduit, the Contractor must continue with the 28 same material (metal to metal or PVC to PVC). 29 26) Each length of galvanized rigid metal conduit, where used, shall be reamed 30 and threaded on each end and couplings shall be made up tight. 31 27) White-lead paint or equal shall be used on threads of all joints. 32 28) Metal conduit and fittings shall have burrs and rough places smoothed. 33 29) Where the coating on a metal conduit run has been damaged in handling or 34 installation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted with rust 35 preventive paint. 36 i. Existing Conduit 37 1) Prior to pulling cable in existing underground conduit, the conduit shall be 38 cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with 39 compressed air. 40 2) If conduit appears to be blocked, the Contractor shall make an attempt to 41 clear the conduit by rodding, at no additional cost to the City. 42 3) If the existing conduit cannot be used, the Contractor may be required to 43 repair and/or replace this conduit as directed by the Engineer. 44 a) Repair of this conduit will be paid for as "Extra Work" on a Change 45 Order. 46 4) The City shall be notified prior to disconnection or removal of any existing 47 cable. 48 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 11 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 22. Conduits from external sources entering or leaving a multiple compartment 1 enclosure 2 a. Stub up into the bottom horizontal wireway or other manufacturer designated 3 area, directly below the vertical section in which the conductors are to be 4 terminated. 5 23. Conduits entering from cable tray 6 a. Stub into the upper section. 7 24. Install conduit sealing and drain fittings in areas designated as NEMA 4X or 8 NEMA 7. 9 25. Conduit identification plates 10 a. Install on all power, instrumentation, alarm, and control conduits at each end of 11 the run and at intermediate junction boxes and manholes. 12 b. Install conduit plates before conductors are pulled into conduits. 13 c. Coordinate exact identification plate location with the City at the time of 14 installation to provide uniformity of placement and ease of reading. 15 26. Pull mandrels through all existing conduits to be reused and through all new 16 conduits 2 inches in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors. 17 27. Install 3/16-inch polypropylene pull lines in all new conduits noted as spares or 18 designated for future equipment. 19 28. Install conduit to drain away from the equipment served. If conduit drainage is not 20 possible, use conduit seals to plug the conduits at the point of attachment to the 21 equipment. 22 29. Route conduits to avoid crossing pipe shafts, access hatches, or vent duct openings, 23 present or future, in floor or ceiling construction. 24 30. Do not use running threads. 25 31. Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated 26 spaces, or cold air plenums 27 a. Seal with watertight sealant (Duxseal or equal). 28 32. Locate conduits a minimum of 3 inches from steam or hot water piping. 29 a. Where crossings are unavoidable, locate conduit at least 1 inch from the 30 covering of the pipe crossed. 31 33. Conduits terminating at a cable tray 32 a. Support independently from the cable tray. 33 b. Provide conduit support within 1-feet of the cable tray. 34 c. Weight of the conduit not supported by cable tray. 35 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 36 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 37 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 38 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 39 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 40 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 41 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 42 26 05 33 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 12 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 1 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 2 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 3 END OF SECTION 4 5 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6 26 05 35 GROUND BOXES Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1] Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 26 05 35 1 GROUND BOXES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Ground Boxes 6 2. Remove Ground Boxes 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 26 05 33 – Raceway and Boxes. 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Furnish and Install Ground Boxes 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measured per each ground box installed for: 19 a) Various sizes. 20 b) Various types. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24 price bid per each “Ground Box” installed for: 25 a) Various sizes. 26 b) Various types. 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 a) Furnishing and installing Ground Boxes as specified in the Drawings 29 b) Excavation and backfill 30 c) Enclosures 31 d) Covers 32 e) Bolts 33 f) Gravel 34 g) Concrete apron, if required 35 2. Remove Ground Boxes 36 a. Measurement 37 1) Measured per each ground box removed for: 38 a) Various sizes. 39 b) Various types. 40 26 05 35 GROUND BOXES Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1] Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per each “Ground Box” removed for: 4 a) Various sizes. 5 b) Various types. 6 c. The price bid shall include: 7 1) Removing Ground Boxes as specified in the Drawings 8 2) Excavation and backfill 9 1.3 REFERENCES 10 A. Reference Standards 11 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 12 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 13 unless a date is specifically cited. 14 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 15 Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 16 a. Item 624, Ground Boxes. 17 b. Item 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 18 c. Item 432, Riprap. 19 d. Item 440, Reinforcement for Concrete. 20 e. Item 618, Conduit. 21 f. Item 620, Electrical Conductors. 22 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 23 Specifications (DMS): 24 a. DMS-11070, Ground Boxes. 25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 26 1.5 SUBMITTALS 27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 28 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 29 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 30 A. Product Data Sheets are required for: 31 1. Ground boxes 32 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 36 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 37 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 38 66 00. 39 26 05 35 GROUND BOXES Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1] Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. Materials 6 1. Traffic Signal Ground boxes shall be as follows: 7 a. Martin Enterprises or equal, size 24x36x24 (TxDOT Type D) 8 1) Provide fabricated precast polymer concrete ground boxes in accordance 9 with DMS-11070. 10 2) Ground boxes shall have bolted down covers. 11 3) Cast iron covers are not allowed. 12 4) Covers will clearly contain the words “TRAFFIC SIGNAL”. 13 2. Fiber Ground Boxes shall be as follows: 14 a. Martin Enterprises or equal, size 24x36x36 (TxDOT ITS) 15 1) Provide fabricated precast polymer concrete ground boxes in accordance 16 with DMS-11070. 17 2) Ground boxes shall have bolted down covers. 18 3) Cast iron covers are not allowed. 19 4) Covers will clearly contain the words “DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE 20 TRAFFIC SIGNAL”. 21 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 23 PART 3 - EXECUTION 24 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26 3.3 PREPARATION [NO USED] 27 3.4 INSTALLATION 28 A. Special Techniques 29 1. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing or removing 30 ground boxes located near underground utilities. Consult with the appropriate utility 31 company before beginning work. 32 2. Fabricate and install ground boxes as specified in the Drawings. Install ground box 33 to approved line and grade. 34 3. Utilize precast concrete ground boxes in accordance with this and related Sections. 35 26 05 35 GROUND BOXES Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1] Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Construct concrete aprons as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with 1 TxDOT Item 421. 2 5. A minimum gravel fill of 9 inches shall be placed under each ground box and a 3 concrete skirt installed around each ground box as specified in the Drawings. 4 6. Lube the bolts, clean out the cover rim, and clean the ground box inside and out 5 prior to final inspection. 6 7. Removal 7 a. Remove existing ground boxes and concrete aprons to at least 6 in. below the 8 conduit level. 9 b. Uncover conduit to a sufficient distance so 90 degree bends can be removed, 10 and conduit reconnected. 11 c. Clean the conduit in accordance with Section 26 05 33. 12 d. Replace conduit within 5 ft. of the ground box. 13 e. Remove old conductors and install new conductors as specified in the 14 Drawings. 15 f. Backfill area with material equal in composition and density to the surrounding 16 area. Replace surfacing material with similar material to an equivalent 17 condition. 18 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 28 END OF SECTION 29 30 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 31 26 56 00 ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES Page 1 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 26 56 00 1 ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Installation, relocation, and removal of Roadway Illumination Assemblies and 6 foundations. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 14 4. Section 26 05 13 – Zinc Coated Steel Wire. 15 5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 16 6. Section 33 05 30 – Location of Existing Utilities. 17 7. Section 34 41 23 – Treated Timber Poles. 18 8. Section 34 41 24 – Drilled Shaft Foundations. 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A. Measurement and Payment 21 1. Roadway Illumination Assemblies 22 a. Measurement 23 1) Measured per each “Roadway Illumination Assembly” furnished and 24 installed. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28 price bid per each “Roadway Illumination Assembly” furnished and 29 installed for: 30 a) Various types. 31 c. The price bid shall include: 32 1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing each Roadway Illumination 33 Assembly as specified by the Drawings 34 2) Drilled shaft foundation 35 3) Treated timber pole 36 4) Arms 37 5) Anchor bolts 38 6) Fixtures 39 7) Internal electrical conductors 40 26 56 00 ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES Page 2 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 8) Connection and mounting hardware 1 9) Bases 2 10) Lamps 3 11) Preparing submittals 4 12) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 5 13) Coordination and notification 6 14) Assembly and transportation of all items 7 15) Excavation 8 16) Hauling 9 17) Disposal of excess material 10 18) Protection of the excavation 11 19) Clean-up 12 20) Testing 13 2. Ornamental Illumination Assemblies 14 a. Measurement 15 1) Measured per each “Ornamental Illumination Assembly” furnished and 16 installed. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per each “Ornamental Illumination Assembly” furnished and 21 installed for: 22 a) Various types. 23 c. The price bid shall include: 24 1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing each Ornamental Illumination 25 Assembly as specified by the Drawings 26 2) Drilled shaft foundation 27 3) Treated timber pole 28 4) Arms 29 5) Anchor bolts 30 6) Fixtures 31 7) Internal electrical conductors 32 8) Connection and mounting hardware 33 9) Bases 34 10) Lamps 35 11) Preparing submittals 36 12) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 37 13) Coordination and notification 38 14) Assembly and transportation of all items 39 15) Excavation 40 16) Hauling 41 17) Disposal of excess material 42 18) Protection of the excavation 43 19) Clean-up 44 20) Testing 45 3. Lighting Fixtures 46 a. Measurement 47 1) Measured per each Lighting Fixture furnished and installed. 48 26 56 00 ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES Page 3 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per each “Lighting Fixture” installed for: 4 a) Various types. 5 b) Various power. 6 c. The price bid shall include: 7 1) Furnishing Lighting Fixture, if required 8 2) Assembling Lighting Fixture 9 3) Lamp 10 4) Wiring connections 11 5) Disposal of any unused, replaced or excess materials 12 6) Clean-up 13 7) Testing 14 4. Contact Enclosure 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per each Contact Enclosure furnished and installed. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per each “Contact Enclosure” furnished and installed for: 21 a) Various mounting methods. 22 c. The price bid shall include: 23 1) Furnishing and installing Contact Enclosure 24 2) Mounting materials 25 3) Clean-up 26 5. Wood Light Pole Arm 27 a. Measurement 28 1) Measured per each 8’ Wood Light Pole Arm furnished and installed. 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32 price bid per each “8’ Wood Light Pole Arm” installed. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Furnishing and installing each 8’ Wood Light Pole Arm as specified in the 35 Drawings 36 2) Mounting Hardware 37 3) Disposal of excess material 38 4) Clean-up 39 6. Conductor Reconnection 40 a. Measurement 41 1) Measured per each conductor reconnected. 42 b. Payment 43 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 44 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 45 price bid per each “Reconnect Conductor”. 46 c. The price bid shall include: 47 26 56 00 ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES Page 4 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Reconnection of conductors using City approved method as specified by 1 the Drawings 2 2) Testing of connection 3 7. Roadway Illumination Assembly Removal and Salvage 4 a. Measurement 5 1) Measured per each Roadway Illumination Assembly removed and 6 salvaged. 7 b. Payment 8 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 9 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 10 price bid per each “Salvage Roadway Illumination Assembly” performed. 11 c. The price bid shall include: 12 1) Removal and salvage of Pole, arm, light fixture, and lamp as specified in 13 the Drawings 14 2) Maintain existing street light circuit including new ground box and 15 reconnection of circuits, if required by City 16 3) Removal of existing street light pole foundation 2’ below grade 17 4) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 18 5) Delivery of salvaged materials to City-specified location 19 6) Hauling 20 7) Clean-up 21 8. Street Light Pole Relocation 22 a. Measurement 23 1) Measured per each Street Light Pole removed and relocated. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27 price bid per each “Relocate Street Light Pole” performed. 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Removal of Street Light Pole as specified in the Drawings 30 2) Relocate existing street light pole to new location 31 3) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill material 32 4) Drilled shaft foundation 33 5) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 34 6) Coordination and notification 35 7) Assembly and transportation of all items 36 8) Excavation 37 9) Hauling 38 10) Disposal of excess material 39 11) Protection of the excavation 40 12) Clean-up 41 13) Testing 42 1.3 REFERENCES 43 A. Reference Standards 44 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 45 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 46 unless a date is specifically cited. 47 26 56 00 ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES Page 5 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. National Electric Code (NEC). 1 3. Underwriters Laboratories (UL). 2 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 3 A. Coordination 4 1. Notify City a minimum of 7 days before beginning Work. 5 2. Notify City 2 days prior to pouring roadway illumination assembly foundations in 6 accordance with 34 41 24. 7 3. Coordinate with the City for pole types, template dimensions and anchor bolts, and 8 any questions about installing the foundations and conduit. 9 4. Coordinate with City to determine location of City underground street luminaire 10 cable and conduit. 11 5. Obtain and pay for all permits as required to Work in right-of-way. 12 B. Preinstallation Meetings 13 1. A pre-installation meeting will be required unless City directed otherwise. 14 1.5 SUBMITTALS 15 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 16 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 17 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 18 A. Product Data Sheets 19 1. Submit product data sheets for roadway illumination assemblies to City for 20 approval prior to ordering materials. 21 B. Shop Drawings 22 1. Shop Drawings will be required for each Illumination Assembly and shall include: 23 a. Material Data 24 b. Pole dimensions and data 25 c. Luminaire arm dimensions and data 26 d. Attachment details 27 e. Fixtures 28 f. Base details 29 g. Anchor bolt data 30 h. Wall thickness 31 i. Permissible loading and allowable stress 32 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 33 A. Warranty Documentation 34 1. Provide manufacturer warranty information to the City. 35 26 56 00 ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES Page 6 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 4 1. Contactor and City shall visually inspect roadway illumination assemblies after 5 removal to determine the condition of the hardware. 6 2. Protect all salvageable material during transport to City specified storage facility. 7 3. Delivered material must be in the same condition as post-removal inspection. 8 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 9 1. Parts shall be properly protected so no damage or deterioration occurs during a 10 prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 11 2. Protect exposed anchor bolts until pole shaft is installed. 12 3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and 13 extremes in temperature. 14 4. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 15 66 00. 16 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17 1.12 WARRANTY 18 A. Manufacturer Warranty 19 1. Manufacturer’s warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 20 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 21 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 22 A. Refer to Drawings and Contract Documents to determine if any Items are to be 23 purchased from the City and installed by the Contractor. 24 2.2 MATERIALS 25 A. Manufacturers 26 1. Provide material in accordance with TxDOT’s Traffic Material Producer List: 27 http://ftp.dot.state.tx.us/pub/txdot-info/cmd/mpl/qtrfsigeqp.pdf 28 a. Manufacturers on this list must also comply with this Section and related 29 Sections. 30 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 31 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 32 3. Lighting Fixtures 33 a. Thoroughfares: 34 1) Philips Road Focus RFL series, or 35 2) Approved equal. 36 b. Residential lighting: 37 1) Philips Road Focus RFM series, or 38 26 56 00 ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES Page 7 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Approved equal. 1 B. Description 2 1. Regulatory Requirements 3 a. All Work related to the installation of roadway illumination assemblies shall be 4 in accordance with the National Electric Code (NEC). 5 C. Performance / Design Criteria 6 1. Ornamental Light Poles 7 a. As specified in the Drawings. 8 b. In accordance with City Standard Details. 9 2. Lighting Fixtures 10 a. As specified in the Drawings. 11 b. In accordance with City Standard Details. 12 3. Wood Light Poles 13 a. In accordance with Section 34 41 23. 14 4. Wood Light Pole Arms 15 a. In accordance with City Standard Details. 16 5. Aluminum Electrical Conductors 17 a. Conductor sizes as specified in the Drawings. 18 b. Use stranded insulated conductors rated for 600 volts and approved for wet 19 locations. 20 c. Marked in accordance with UL and NEC requirements. 21 6. Roadway illumination pole foundations 22 a. Foundations shall be Class C (3000 PSI) concrete. 23 1) In accordance with Section 03 30 00. 24 b. Foundation shall be per City Standards Details unless otherwise in the 25 Drawings. 26 c. In accordance with 34 41 24. 27 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 28 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 29 A. Tests and Inspections 30 1. Notify the Traffic Division 24 hours in advance (between 8:00 am and 5:00 pm) of 31 all concrete pours. 32 a. City must be present when concrete is placed on the Project Site. 33 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 34 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 35 3.2 EXAMINATION 36 A. Verification of Conditions 37 1. Contractor shall verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing 38 underground utilities are not in conflict with proposed foundations. 39 a. All exploratory excavation shall conform to Section 33 05 30. 40 26 56 00 ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES Page 8 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Contractor shall contact the following entities at least 48 hours in advance of 1 excavation: 2 a. DIG TESS 3 b. City of Denton Water Department 4 c. City of Denton Traffic Department 5 3. No additional payment will be made for relocation of any foundations or conduit 6 due to location of existing utilities. 7 4. The Engineer may shift an assembly’s location, if necessary, to avoid conflict with 8 utilities. 9 3.3 PREPARATION 10 A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 11 1. Contractor shall be responsible for the following at no additional cost to the City: 12 a. Prevent any property damage to property owner's poles, fences, shrubs, 13 mailboxes, etc. Any damaged property will be restored as directed by 14 Engineer. 15 b. Adjust and repair any existing landscaping and the sprinkler systems as directed 16 by the Engineer to allow for the placement of all roadway illumination 17 equipment. This shall be done in a manner equal to or better than the areas 18 adjacent to the damaged areas. 19 c. Provide access to all driveways during construction, unless authorized by the 20 City. 21 d. Protect all underground and overhead utilities and repair any damages. 22 3.4 INSTALLATION 23 A. General 24 1. Roadway illumination assemblies shall be installed on the median on the divided 25 roadways unless otherwise directed by the City. 26 2. Roadway illumination shall be based on RP-8 staggered by switching side of the 27 road on the undivided roadways. 28 3. Prevent scarring or marring of poles, mast arm, and fixtures. 29 4. Stake, install, and align each assembly as specified in the Drawings. 30 5. Test installed roadway illumination assembly with City present. 31 B. Foundations 32 1. In accordance with 34 41 24. 33 2. Dimensions shown on Drawings for locations of street light foundations, conduit 34 and other items may be varied to meet local conditions; subject to approval of 35 Engineer. 36 3. Do not use screw-in type foundations. 37 4. Do not place grout between base plate and foundation. 38 5. Foundation piers shall be drilled plumb. 39 6. The top of foundation shall be poured level. 40 7. The top 3 inches of the exposed pier (height) above finished grade shall have the 41 sonotube removed. 42 26 56 00 ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES Page 9 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 8. Anchor bolts shall extend above the top of the foundation concrete. 1 9. Anchor bolts, ground rod, reinforcing, and conduit shall be in place before pouring 2 concrete in pier foundations. 3 10. Install anchor bolts and coat anchor bolt threads. 4 11. Tighten anchor bolts for poles with shoe bases. 5 12. Pier foundations shall be 1 continuous concrete pour. 6 13. Foundations shall have a chamfered edge (beveled) at the top. 7 14. Top of foundation shall be 3 inches above the finished grade unless specified in the 8 Drawings. 9 15. Foundations in medians shall be placed in the center of the median between the 2 10 curbs, unless specified in the Drawings. 11 16. Foundations shall not be drilled within 3 feet of a water line or fire hydrant. 12 17. In residential areas foundations shall be placed in the street right of way (R.O.W.) 13 in line with the property line between lots and at the break of the radius point of the 14 street curb at street intersections. 15 18. Foundations shall not be placed in sidewalks (or location of future sidewalks) or 16 sidewalk ramps. 17 19. No street light poles shall be placed on foundations prior to 7 days following 18 pouring of concrete. 19 20. Erect structures after foundation has attained its design strength as required in 20 Section 03 30 00. 21 C. Lighting Fixtures 22 1. 400W equivalent LEDs for major thoroughfares and 250W equivalent LEDs for 23 minor thoroughfares. 24 D. Wood Light Pole Arm 25 1. Luminaire arm shall be 8 foot unless otherwise approved. 26 E. Wood Light Pole 27 1. In accordance with Section 34 41 23. 28 F. Relocation 29 1. Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits. 30 2. Remove abandoned circuit or ducts to a point 6 inches below final grade. 31 3. Reconnect conduit, ducts, conductors to be reused. 32 4. Replace damaged conduit, ducts, and conductors. 33 5. Install existing structures on new foundations. 34 6. Furnish and install new internal conductors, fused and unfused connectors, and 35 fixtures. 36 7. Test installed roadway illumination assembly with City present. 37 8. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials and dispose of in accordance with 38 federal, state, and local regulations. 39 G. Removal 40 26 56 00 ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES Page 10 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Remove roadway illumination assembly components in accordance with 1 established industry and utility safety practices. 2 2. Remove transformer bases from transformer base poles. 3 3. Remove luminaires and mast arms from the pole shaft. 4 4. Stockpile pole shafts, mast arms, and assembly hardware at a location designated 5 by the City. 6 5. Pole shafts, mast arms, and assembly hardware will remain City property unless 7 otherwise shown on the plans or directed. 8 6. Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits. 9 7. Remove abandoned conduit and ducts to a point 6 inches below final grade. 10 8. Destroy existing transformer bases to prevent reuse. 11 9. Remove abandoned concrete foundations to a point 2 ft. below final grade. 12 10. Backfill the hole with material that is equal in composition and density to the 13 surrounding area. 14 11. Replace surfacing material with similar material to an equivalent condition. 15 12. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials and dispose of in accordance with 16 federal, state, and local regulations. 17 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22 3.10 CLEANING 23 A. Contractor shall clean up and remove all loose material resulting from construction 24 operations. 25 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 26 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 27 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 28 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 29 30 31 32 33 26 56 00 ROADWAY ILLUMINAION ASSEMBLIES Page 11 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 END OF SECTION 1 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 31 10 00 1 SITE CLEARING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Site Preparation 6 a. Preparing the right-of-way and designated easements for construction 7 operations by the removal and disposal of obstructions within the project limits. 8 b. Removing trees and shrubs. 9 c. Pruning trees and shrubs. 10 d. Tree protection fence 11 e. Trunk protection 12 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 13 1. None. 14 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 15 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16 Contract. 17 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18 3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 19 4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 20 5. Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation. 21 6. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. Site Preparation 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measured per lump sum of Site Preparation within the project limits, when 27 specifically required by the Contract Documents. Otherwise this item is 28 considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32 price bid for lump sum for “Site Preparation.” 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Full compensation for Site Preparation as specified by the Drawings 35 2) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 36 3) Sawing 37 4) Grading and backfilling of holes 38 5) Excavation 39 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 6) Topsoil and sod limits of tree removal disturbance unless quantified 1 separately under another bid item 2 7) Tree and shrub protection for trees and shrubs to remain 3 8) Replace any tree designated to remain that is damaged during tree removal 4 9) Tree wound treatment material 5 10) Tree and shrub pruning 6 11) Disposal of debris, tree clippings, limbs, leaves, and pine needles removed 7 as part of pruning 8 12) Trunk Protection 9 a) Closed cell foam pad 10 b) Wood planks 11 c) Steel straps 12 13) Tree protection fence 13 a) Woven wire fence 14 b) T-Bar posts 15 c) One strand barbed wire fence 16 d) Tundra weight orange flagging 17 14) Remove, haul-off, and dispose of: 18 a) Trees, shrubbery, grass and all other vegetation not designated to 19 remain 20 b) Stumps, roots, brush, and logs 21 c) Abandoned utility pipes or conduits 22 d) Fence and fence posts if Fence Removal bid item is not used 23 e) Gravel, stone, or boulders, not including removal of gravel or stone 24 driveways, roads, or other driving surfaces. 25 f) Scrap metal 26 g) All rubbish or debris 27 h) All obstructions and objectionable material not specifically included in 28 another bid item 29 1.3 REFERENCES 30 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 31 1. SWPPP – Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 32 2. MUTCD – Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 33 3. pH – Potential of Hydrogen 34 4. ESA – Environmentally Sensitive Areas 35 B. Reference Standards 36 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 37 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 38 unless a date is specifically cited. 39 2. Tree Care Industry Association (TCIA) / American National Standards Institute 40 (ANSI): 41 a. A300, Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plant Management – Standard Practices 42 (Pruning). 43 3. National Arborist Association Pruning Standards 44 4. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 45 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 5. City of Denton Development Code 1 2 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 3 A. Disposal Letter 4 1. Provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance with Division 01. 5 B. Permits 6 1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required 7 to be obtained from City. 8 a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 9 construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 10 b. Remove and replace any embanked soils if excavation and/or embankment 11 activities are performed prior to an executed construction contract and an 12 assigned City inspector at no cost to the City. 13 2. Tree Removal Permit in accordance with the City of Denton Development Code is 14 required. 15 3. Tree Inventory Plan prepared in accordance with the City of Denton Development 16 Code or as specified in the Drawings. 17 a. Provide Tree Inventory Plan sufficient for the purposes of obtaining a Tree 18 Removal Permit. 19 1) If insufficient, provide a Tree Inventory Plan that has been prepared by an 20 arborist or a registered landscape architect. 21 b. Provide the City with the correct documents for obtaining the Tree Removal 22 Permit. 23 4. SWPPP – Provide a SWPPP in accordance with Section 01 57 13. 24 5. ESA Compliance Review – Provide tree protective fencing in accordance with 01 25 57 13. 26 C. Sequencing 27 1. Sidewalk Construction 28 a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 29 1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 30 a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 31 route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 32 engineer to the City for review. 33 b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 34 Control items included with the project. 35 c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 36 State, and local guidelines. 37 d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 38 D. Pre-Site Clearing Meeting 39 1. Hold a site clearing meeting prior to performing any tasks included under Site 40 Clearing with City and appropriate representatives. 41 2. Clearly mark all: 42 a. Trees and shrubs to remain 43 b. Trees and shrubs to remove 44 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 c. Trees and shrubs to be pruned pre and post construction as specified in the 1 Drawings. 2 3. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection prior to Site 3 Clearing activities. 4 4. Review Tree Inventory Plan as prepared for Tree Removal Permit or in the 5 Drawings. 6 5. Confirm approval of the Tree Removal Permit. 7 6. Confirm trees and shrubs to be removed during pre-site clearing meeting 8 7. Confirm limits for Site Preparation during pre-site clearing meeting. 9 1.5 SUBMITTALS 10 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 11 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 12 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 13 A. Product Data: 14 1. Tree wound treatment material product data 15 B. Informational Submittal 16 1. Certificates 17 a. Certified Arborist 18 1) A company with a certified arborist is required when performing Tree and 19 Shrub Pruning. Provide the certificate of the employee(s) from the 20 company performing the pruning. 21 2. Equipment Information 22 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 23 1) Equipment name 24 2) Size 25 3) Intended use 26 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 29 A. Certifications 30 1. Tree and Shrub Pruning 31 a. A company with a certified arborist is required. 32 b. Provide the certificate of the employee(s) from the company performing the 33 proposed pruning. 34 2. Tree Inventory Plan or Tree Removal Permit 35 a. A certified arborist or a registered landscape architect is required. 36 b. Provide the certificate or license information of the employee(s) from the 37 company preparing the plan and/or permit. 38 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 2 A. An ISA Certified Arborist is required to be on site during all pruning activities. 3 4 B. Avoid pruning between February and July. 5 1. When pruning activities need to occur between February and July, use an approved 6 wound treatment material. 7 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 9 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 2.2 PRODUCTS 11 A. Tree Wound Treatment 12 B. Root Barrier 13 1. Century Products, or 14 2. Approved equal. 15 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 16 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 18 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 19 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 20 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 21 3.4 EXECUTION 22 A. General 23 1. Removal 24 a. Notify the City in writing when items required to be removed are: 25 1) Buried and not easily detected from the surface 26 2) Not specified in the Drawings. 27 2. Accept ownership and dispose of all materials removed within project limits. 28 3. Plug remaining ends of abandoned underground utilities over 3 inches in diameter 29 with concrete to form a tight closure. 30 4. Backfill, compact, and restore areas where items have been removed unless 31 otherwise specified in the Drawings. 32 5. Do not remove any trees unless directed by City or as specified in the Drawings. 33 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 6. Dispose of all trees within 24 hours of removal. 1 7. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 2 regulations. 3 B. Hazardous Material 4 1. This item does not include the removal and disposal of hazardous material. 5 2. Notify the City immediately if any hazardous or questionable materials not shown 6 in the Drawings are encountered. 7 3. Test, remove, and dispose of hazardous material in accordance with Division 01. 8 C. Tree and Shrub Protection 9 1. General 10 a. Perform all excavation and earthwork within the drip line of trees by hand. 11 b. Do not park or service equipment, store materials, or disturb the root area under 12 the branches of trees designated to remain. 13 c. Protect trees designated to remain during construction activity from: 14 1) Compaction of root area by material storage 15 2) Compaction by driving or parking within the drip-line 16 3) Trunk damage by moving equipment, material storage, nailing, or bolting 17 4) Girding by tying constrictive material to trees 18 5) Poisoning by pouring solvents, gas, paint, etc. on or around trees and roots 19 6) Cutting of roots 1.5 inch in diameter or more. 20 7) Changes of soil pH factor by disposal of lime based material such as 21 concrete within the drip line. 22 8) Deformation or permanent damage to the trunk or limbs 23 d. Treatment of Damaged Limbs 24 1) Saw clean all damaged areas and damaged limbs over 1 inch in diameter 25 and treat with an approved wound treatment material. 26 2) Treat with an approved wound treatment within 20 minutes of damaging 27 the tree. 28 2. Tree Protection Fence 29 a. Install tree protection fence at the drip line around trees designated to be 30 protected in Drawings. 31 b. If field conditions do not allow fencing to be installed at the drip line, obtain 32 City approval to install tree protection fencing at a minimum of 8 feet from the 33 trunk. 34 c. Provide “Keep Out. Tree Preservation” signs for protected trees. 35 d. Use the following to construct the Tree Protection Fence unless otherwise 36 specified in Drawings 37 1) Woven wire fence installed with T-Bar posts 38 2) Space T-Bar posts at 10 feet on center 39 3) Place one strand barbed wire along the top of poses. 40 4) Tie tundra weight orange flagging that is 2 feet in length at 3 feet on center 41 along the woven wire. 42 e. Do not install mulch within 12 inches of tree trunk. 43 f. Maintain existing grade within the tree protection fence unless otherwise 44 specified in Drawings. 45 3. Trunk Protection 46 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Install Trunk Protection as specified in Drawings. 1 b. Use the following to construct the Trunk Protection unless otherwise specified 2 in Drawings 3 1) Closed cell foam pad around trunk 4 a) Extend the foam pad 6 inches above and 6 inches below the wood 5 planks. 6 2) 4-foot-long planks that are 4 inches wide and 2 inches thick. Staple planks 7 together using steel straps on top of the foam pad and around the trunk. 8 c. Mulch: 9 1) Provide a 2-foot-wide mulch barrier around the tree trunk. 10 d. Provide “Caution. Tree Protection Area” orange tape around protected tree 11 trunks. 12 D. Tree and Shrub Removal 13 1. Remove tree stumps: 14 a. To 12 inches or more below the finished grade when tree is outside of the limits 15 of additional construction activities 16 b. To natural ground when area will be covered by 3 feet or more of embankment 17 c. Completely remove all stumps and roots when the area will be used as borrow 18 or embankment within the project limits. 19 2. Backfill holes with acceptable material and compact flush with surrounding area. 20 3. Install top soil and sod within limits of tree and shrub removal unless topsoil and 21 sod will be installed as part of the project. 22 E. Tree and Shrub Pruning 23 1. Equipment: 24 a. Use a Vermeer V-1550 RC root pruner or equal to perform all root pruning 25 operations. 26 2. Use tree wound treatment when pruning trees or shrubs during the months of 27 February to July. 28 3. Perform all tree, shrub, and root pruning under the supervision of a certified 29 arborist. 30 4. Prune lower limbs to prevent breakage and to permit access by construction 31 machinery during grading, field/site preparation, and clearing and grubbing 32 operations. 33 5. Prune limbs in accordance with ANSI A300 and National Arborist Association 34 Pruning Standards. 35 6. Prune shade trees in accordance with Class IV National Arborist Association 36 Pruning Standards 37 7. Make cuts as close as possible to the trunk or parent limb without cutting into the 38 limb collar or leaving a protruding stub. 39 8. Remove suckers to the height of the lowest main branch. 40 9. Disinfect tools with 70 percent methyl alcohol, benzalkonium chloride, cholerine 41 solution, or other approved disinfectant prior to: 42 a. Pruning oak trees 43 b. Cutting any tree of different type than previous tree pruned 44 10. Tree pruning on 2-inch diameter or larger trees: 45 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Undercut one-third through the limb 8 to 12 inches from the main stem 1 b. Remove limb 4 to 6 inches outside the first cut. 2 c. Remove stub with an even flush cut so that the limb collar protrudes 3 approximately 0.5 inch 4 d. Do not allow limb to fall free if it could damage any other limbs or items 5 e. Treat exposed cuts with wound treatment within 20 minutes of the cut 6 3.5 REPAIR 7 A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damaged due to Site Clearing 8 activities: 9 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 10 2. Adjacent sidewalk 11 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 12 4. Subgrade or base material 13 5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 14 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 15 7. Landscape beds or planters 16 8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 17 9. Retaining walls 18 10. Trees, shrubs, sodding, and topsoil 19 11. Erosion control devices and ESA fences 20 B. Tree Replacement 21 1. Replace any existing tree permanently damaged by construction activities at no cost 22 to the City. Replace tree with an equal or larger caliper tree. 23 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 31 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 32 33 34 35 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised November 23, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 END OF SECTION 1 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 31 23 16 1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Excavation for general site grading, street grading, and channel excavation. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 13 4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 14 5. Section 31 00 00 – Site Clearing. 15 6. Section 31 24 00 – Embankments. 16 7. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Controls. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Unclassified Excavation 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured per cubic yard in its final position using the average end area 22 method of Excavation performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 23 Drawings. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27 price bid per cubic yard for “Unclassified Excavation.” 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Shrinkage and/or swelling factors. Contractor is responsible for 30 determining factors and will not be compensated separately. 31 2) Excavation of all materials within excavation limits 32 3) Finishing parkways and medians 33 4) Excavation 34 5) Safety 35 6) Dewatering 36 7) Temporary drainage 37 8) Drying 38 9) Dust control 39 10) Reworking or replacing over excavated material in rock cuts 40 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 11) Placement 1 12) Compaction 2 13) Loading, hauling, and unloading 3 14) Disposal of unsuitable and excess materials not used elsewhere on the job 4 site 5 15) Finishing slopes, ditches, and channels 6 16) Maintenance blading or scarifying the ground surface 7 17) Equipment 8 18) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 9 1.3 REFERENCES 10 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 11 1. ROW: Right-of-Way 12 2. SWPPP: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 13 B. Classification: 14 1. All authorized excavation is considered unclassified and involves removal of all 15 materials necessary to complete excavation of the site. Any reference to rock, 16 limestone, or other material on the Drawings and/or this specification is solely for 17 the City and the Contractor’s information and is not to be taken as an indication or 18 guarantee of classification of excavation. Payment will not be separated based on 19 classification of excavation unless expressly noted in the Drawings. 20 C. Reference Standards 21 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 22 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 23 unless a date is specifically cited. 24 a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): 25 1) Technical Manual Section 5. 26 2) Laws and Regulations Standard 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for 27 Construction. 28 b. City of Denton Development Code 29 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 30 A. Permits 31 1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required. 32 a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 33 construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 34 b. If the City determines or suspects excavation and/or embankment activities 35 have occurred prior to an executed contract and a City inspector assigned, all 36 construction activities could be suspended for at least 30 days pending the 37 results of the Pre-Earthwork meeting. 38 c. Any damages caused by early clearing and grading activities will be repaired at 39 no cost to the City. 40 B. Sequencing 41 1. Sidewalk Construction 42 a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 43 1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 44 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 1 route to City for review. 2 b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 3 Control items included with the project. 4 c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 5 State, and local guidelines. 6 d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 7 C. Pre-Earthwork Meeting 8 1. Hold a Pre-Earthwork meeting at the same time as the Pre-Site Clearing Meeting. 9 Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 10 2. Clearly mark all the following items prior to the meeting: 11 a. All requirements for pre-site clearing meeting in accordance with 31 00 00. 12 b. Excavation limits 13 c. Cut/fill stakes 14 3. Submit means and methods for any rock cutting for review prior to the Pre-15 Earthwork Meeting. 16 4. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection in accordance 17 with Section 01 57 13 prior to excavation activities. 18 5. Determine any site-specific constraints or concerns prior to meeting for review. 19 1.5 SUBMITTALS 20 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 21 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 23 A. Informational Submittal 24 1. Equipment Information 25 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 26 1) Equipment name 27 2) Size 28 3) Intended use 29 2. Explosives, Blasting, and Rock Ripping 30 a. Submit storage locations and guidelines for using explosives. 31 b. For rock ripping and blasting, submit means and methods prior to Pre-32 Earthwork meeting for review. 33 c. Provide a list of personnel and employer who will be handling and using 34 explosives. Provide reference information including previous projects and 35 certifications proving explosive qualifications. 36 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 39 A. Excavation Safety 40 1. Perform all excavations in a safe manner. 41 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Comply with the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR part 1926 and state requirements 1 when performing excavation, sheeting, and bracing. 2 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 4 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material prior to any excavation 5 activities beginning in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 6 2. Store excavated material to be used in other areas within the right-of-way (ROW) 7 or easement limits unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 8 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of excavated materials 9 within ROW or easements, secure and maintain an adequate storage location 10 off-site. 11 3. Store material and equipment in approved areas that are at least 30 feet from edge 12 of road limits. Install erosion control fencing around staging areas. 13 4. For urban areas with limited staging areas, designate offsite location for storing and 14 staging of materials and equipment. If this is not feasible, obtain approval from the 15 City to stage and store materials within project site. 16 5. All offsite staging areas to be in accordance with SWPPP and Watershed Protection 17 requirements. Offsite staging areas are considered part of the project site and will 18 need to be included with the SWPPP and Watershed Protection review. 19 6. If excavated material is stored off-site: 20 a. Provide an authorized letter from property owner approving the storage of 21 excavated materials. 22 b. Contractor is responsible for negotiating and coordinating with the property 23 owner. 24 c. The City is not responsible for establishing an off-site location. 25 d. The City is not liable for any damage resulting in off-site storage of excavated 26 materials. 27 7. Remove any excavated material not used in other areas within 48 hours of 28 excavation activities. 29 8. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways with excavation activities or 30 materials. 31 9. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 32 10. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans or as 33 approved by the City if excavation is performed during active traffic. 34 11. Do not store material within the drip line of any tree or in landscaped areas. 35 12. Install tree protection in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 36 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 37 A. Existing Conditions 38 1. Any data provided regarding subsurface conditions of excavated material is not 39 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity of proposed 40 excavated material. 41 2. The City is not responsible for interpretations or conclusions made by the 42 Contractor regarding the existing material to be excavated. 43 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 3 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 7 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9 3.3 PREPARATION 10 A. Surface Preparation 11 1. If needed, provide temporary drainage to maintain positive drainage throughout 12 excavation activities. Any temporary drainage construction will be considered 13 subsidiary to excavation. 14 2. Dewatering and temporary storm drain activities will be considered part of the 15 SWPPP and Watershed Protection review and are required to be in accordance with 16 all requirements listed therein. 17 B. Demolition / Removal 18 1. Remove any existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 and 02 41 13. 19 3.4 EXCAVATION 20 A. General 21 1. Accept ownership of unsuitable or excess material and dispose of material off-site 22 in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. City is not responsible for 23 any disposed material or disposal activities. 24 2. Perform excavations while material to be excavated is dry aside from water applied 25 for dust control. 26 3. Contractor is responsible for the condition of the subgrade until the pavement is in 27 place. 28 4. Over-excavate and replace any portion of subgrade that becomes damaged or 29 unstable due to weather or construction activities prior to stabilizing the subgrade, 30 installing base material, or placing the pavement. This will be at no cost to the City. 31 5. Separate, remove, and dispose of unacceptable fill material as defined in Section 31 32 24 00 in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 33 6. Maintain positive drainage in the excavated area to avoid damage to any existing 34 structures, proposed structures, and the roadway. 35 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 7. Shape slopes to avoid loosening material below or outside the proposed grade. 1 8. Remove and dispose of slides as directed. 2 3 B. Earth Cut 4 1. Excavate to finish grade or subgrade within acceptable subgrade tolerances. 5 2. Use approved embankment material compacted in accordance with 31 24 00 to 6 replace over-excavated material at no cost to City. Anticipated reasons for over 7 excavation can include, but are not limited to: 8 a. Excavation below an acceptable subgrade tolerance 9 b. Soils damaged due to weather or construction activities 10 3. Shape and compact subgrade in accordance with Section 31 24 00. 11 4. Subgrade Tolerances 12 a. Excavate to within 0.1 foot in all directions. 13 b. In areas of over excavation, provide fill material approved by the City at no cost 14 to City. 15 C. Rock Cut 16 1. Do not use dynamite or rock ripping within 500 feet of residences or commercial 17 development. 18 2. Blasting 19 a. Obtain City approval prior to any blasting. 20 b. Send notification at least 15 days in advance to all property owners within 21 1,000 feet of the blasting site. 22 c. Follow all OSHA regulations for explosives and blasting agents, including but 23 not limited to requirements in the OSHA Technical Manual Section 5, and 24 OSHA Laws and Regulations Standard 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for 25 Constructions. 26 d. Use only authorized workers with training, knowledge, or experience in the 27 field of transporting, storing, handling, and use of explosives. 28 1) Authorized workers also need to have working knowledge of State and 29 local laws and regulations pertaining to explosives. 30 e. If there are concerns that seismic vibrations may cause damage to adjacent 31 structures, provide: 32 1) A structural engineer to determine safe limits to prevent any damage. 33 2) All equipment, monitors, tools, and engineering design necessary at no cost 34 to the City. 35 f. Use blasting mats or other approved containment equipment to ensure that no 36 rocks or debris will be thrown into the air. 37 g. Comply with all City of Denton noise ordinances when blasting. 38 3. Excavate to finish grade or subgrade within acceptable subgrade tolerances. 39 4. For small pockets or thin layers, remove rock to at least 12-inches below subgrade. 40 5. Use approved embankment material compacted in accordance with 31 24 00 to 41 replace over excavated material at no cost to City. 42 D. Water for Construction 43 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Provide water as needed for site preparation, compaction, dust control, and other 1 incidental activities in accordance with local requirements in accordance with 2 Section 01 35 13. 3 4 E. Dewatering 5 1. Dewatering is subsidiary to excavation and includes the installation and operation 6 of all pumping, bailing, well-pointing, sumps, and draining necessary to keep the 7 excavation free from groundwater, seepage water, water from storm drains, 8 wastewater collection systems, ditches, creeks, ponds, and other sources. 9 2. Keep channels, trenches, pits, and other low point excavations drained as much as 10 practical during construction at no cost to the City. 11 3. Construction will not be permitted in standing water. 12 4. Conform all discharge from dewatering activities to Federal, State, and local 13 requirements in a manner approved by the City. 14 5. Control outlet velocities from dewatering discharges to prevent erosion. 15 F. Excavated Material 16 1. Maintain safe and convenient access to private and public properties adjacent to 17 excavation activities unless specified in the Drawings. Obtain approval from the 18 City for maintenance of access methods. 19 2. Acceptable fill material may be used for embankment in accordance with 31 24 00. 20 3. Stockpile acceptable excavated materials on-site in accordance with Sections 31 10 21 00 and 31 24 00. Proper erosion control and BMPs to be utilized in accordance with 22 the Drawings, local guidelines, and approved by the City. 23 G. Methods of Excavation 24 1. Submit means and methods for review by the City prior for any method of 25 excavation that is not using traditional excavation methods. 26 2. Comply with all Federal, State, and local regulations when developing and 27 submitting for approval any alternative method. 28 3. If an alternative method is requested and approved after contract execution, perform 29 excavation at no additional cost to the City beyond the stated excavation unit price 30 in the bid form. 31 3.5 REPAIR 32 A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to excavation 33 activities: 34 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 35 2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 36 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 37 4. Adjacent subgrade or base material to remain 38 5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 39 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 40 7. Landscape beds or planters 41 8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 42 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 9. Retaining walls 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 13 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 31 24 00 1 EMBANKMENT 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Furnishing, placing, and compacting approved soils for construction. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing. 13 4. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Controls. 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Embankment 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measured per cubic yard in its final position using the average end area 19 method of Embankment performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 20 Drawings. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 23 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 24 cubic yard for “Embankment.” 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Transporting or hauling material 27 2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 28 3) Construction Water 29 4) Dust Control 30 5) Proof Rolling 31 6) Disposal of excess materials 32 7) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 33 2. Select Fill Embankment 34 a. Measurement 35 1) Measured cubic yard in its final position using the average end area method 36 of Select Fill Embankment performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 37 Drawings. 38 39 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 2 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 3 cubic yard for “Select Fill Embankment”. 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Transporting or hauling material 6 2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 7 3) Construction Water 8 4) Dust Control 9 5) Clean-up 10 6) Proof Rolling 11 7) Disposal of excess materials 12 8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 13 1.3 REFERENCES 14 A. Reference Standards 15 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 16 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 17 unless a date is specifically cited. 18 2. ASTM Standards: 19 a. D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 20 (Unified Soil Classification System). 21 b. D4318, Test Procedure for Determining Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and 22 Plasticity Index of Soils. 23 c. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 24 Soil Using Standard Effort. 25 3. TEX-115-E, FIELD METHOD FOR DETERMINING IN-PLACE DENSITY OF 26 SOILS AND BASE MATERIALS 27 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 28 A. Permits 29 1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required. 30 a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 31 construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 32 b. Any excavation or embankment activities performed prior to an executed 33 construction contract and an assigned City inspector is subject to additional 34 testing, compaction, and site requirements at no cost to the City. 35 B. Sequencing 36 1. Install all erosion control measures in accordance with Section 31 25 14 prior to 37 commencing any earthwork activities. 38 2. Complete all site clearing in accordance with Section 31 10 00 prior to commencing 39 any earthwork activities. 40 C. Pre-Earthwork Meeting 41 1. A Pre-Earthwork Meeting is not required for Capital Improvement projects. 42 2. Hold a Pre-Earthwork meeting at the same time as the Pre-Site Clearing Meeting. 43 Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 44 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Clearly mark all the following items prior to the meeting: 1 a. All requirements for pre-site clearing meeting in accordance with 31 10 00. 2 b. Excavation limits 3 c. Cut/fill stakes 4 4. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection in accordance 5 with Section 01 57 13 prior to Excavation activities. 6 5. Determine any site-specific constraints or concerns prior to meeting for review. 7 1.5 SUBMITTALS 8 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 9 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any lime 10 treating activities. 11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12 A. Information Submittal 13 1. Equipment Information 14 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 15 1) Equipment name 16 2) Size 17 3) Intended use 18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 19 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 20 1. All test reports generated during testing. 21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 24 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 25 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 26 66 00. 27 2. Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW) 28 a. Store soil within existing ROW, easements, or temporary construction 29 easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 30 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways. 31 c. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in 32 areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 33 d. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 34 landscaped areas. 35 3. Designated Storage Areas 36 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage within the ROW, easement 37 or temporary construction easement, secure and maintain an adequate storage 38 location. 39 b. Provide an affidavit verifying rights have been secured to store the materials on 40 private property. 41 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. Do not block drainage ways. 1 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 2 A. Ambient Conditions 3 1. Surface temperature must be at least 40°F and the ambient temperature must be 4 45°F and rising. 5 2. Do not install embankment during or shortly after rain events which prevent proper 6 work placement of the material and compaction. 7 a. Prior to resuming compaction operations: 8 1) Let soil dry to optimal density. 9 2) Remove muddy material off the surface to expose firm and compacted 10 materials. 11 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 14 2.2 MATERIALS 15 A. General 16 1. Furnish material capable of forming a stable embankment. 17 2. Furnish material free from trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, or other deleterious 18 materials. 19 B. Acceptable Fill Material 20 1. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC, or GC in accordance with ASTM 21 D2487. 22 2. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, shale and organics. 23 3. Can be placed free from voids. 24 4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 25 5. Meets the requirements of Table 1. 26 Table 1 – Acceptable Fill Material Requirements 27 Property Test Method Specification Limit Liquid Limit (LL) Tex-104-E ≤ 50 Plasticity Index (PI) Tex-106-E ≤ 35 Sulfate Limit Tex-145-E ≤ 3000 ppm Bar Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E ≥ 2 C. Blended Fill Material 28 1. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP, or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487. 29 2. Blended with in-situ or imported Acceptable Fill material in accordance with the 30 requirements of this Section. 31 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, shale and organics. 1 4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 2 5. Final blended product meets the requirements of Table 1. 3 D. Unacceptable Fill Material 4 1. In-situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL, or OH in accordance with ASTM 5 D2487 6 E. Select Fill Material 7 1. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 8 2. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, shale and organics. 9 3. Can be placed free from voids. 10 4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 11 5. Meets the requirements of Table 2. 12 13 Table 2 – Select Fill Material Requirements 14 Property Test Method Specification Limit Liquid Limit (LL) Tex-104-E ≤ 35 Plasticity Index (PI) Tex-106-E 8< PI ≤ 20 Sulfate Limit Tex-145-E ≤ 2000 ppm Bar Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E ≥ 2 15 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 16 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 17 A. Borrow material shall be tested prior to delivery to the Site. 18 1. Provide Proctor Test results, Gradation, and Atterberg Limits for Borrow material 19 from each source. 20 a. All testing listed above shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D698, 21 D6913, and D4318 respectively. 22 PART 3 - EXECUTION 23 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 24 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 25 3.3 PREPARATION 26 A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 27 1. Pavement 28 a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement 29 designated to remain. 30 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 1 contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 2 cost. 3 2. Trees 4 a. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 5 00. 6 b. Conduct embankments in a manner such that there is no damage to the tree 7 canopy. 8 c. Prune or trim tree limbs as specified in the Drawings or as directed by City. 9 1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment 10 specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 11 3. Above ground Structures 12 a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 13 B. Surface Preparation 14 1. Backfill stump holes or other small incidental excavations due to site clearing with 15 material of same properties as in-situ material. 16 2. Scarify base soil surface on which the embankment will be constructed to a 17 minimum depth of 6 inches. 18 3. Bench slopes before placing new material. 19 3.4 EMBANKMENT 20 A. General 21 1. Provide material type as specified in the Drawings. 22 2. Begin filling in the lowest section or the toe of the work area. 23 3. When fill is placed directly or upon older fill, remove debris and any loose material 24 and proof roll existing surface. 25 4. After spreading the loose lifts to required thickness and adjusting its moisture 26 content as necessary, simultaneously recompact scarified material with the placed 27 embankment material. 28 5. Compact material in loose lifts no greater than 8 inches. 29 6. Roll with enough passes to achieve the minimum required compaction. 30 7. Provide water sprinkled as necessary to achieve required moisture levels for 31 specified compaction. 32 8. Do not add additional lifts until the entire previous lift is properly compacted. 33 B. Surface Water Control 34 1. Grade surface horizontally but provide with sufficient longitudinal and transverse 35 slope to allow for runoff of surface water from every point. 36 2. Conduct fills so no obstruction to drainage from any other sections of fill is created. 37 3. Install temporary dewatering sumps in low areas during filling where excess 38 amounts of runoff collect. 39 4. Compact uniformly throughout. Keep surfaces of fill reasonably smooth and free 40 from humps and hollows that would prevent proper uniform compaction. 41 C. Earth Embankments 42 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Construct embankments in successive layers, evenly distributing materials in 1 lengths suited for sprinkling and rolling. 2 2. Move the material dumped in piles or windrows by blading or by similar methods 3 and incorporate it into uniform layers. 4 3. Construct embankments in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade of the 5 street. 6 4. Featheredge or mix abutting layers of dissimilar material for at least 100 feet to 7 ensure no abrupt changes in the material. 8 5. Break down clods or lumps of material and mix embankment until a uniform 9 material is attained. 10 6. Establish grade and shape to the typical sections specified in the Drawings. 11 7. Maintain finished sections of embankment to the grade and compaction 12 requirements until the project is accepted. 13 D. Rock Embankments 14 1. Rock Embankments for roadways are only allowed when specified in the Drawings. 15 2. Construct rock embankments in successive layers for the full width of the roadway 16 cross-section with a depth of 18 inches or less. 17 3. The layer depth for large rock sizes shall not exceed a depth of 18 inches in any 18 case. 19 4. Fill voids created by the large stone matrix with smaller stones during the 20 placement and filling operations. 21 5. Ensure the depth of the embankment layer is greater than the maximum dimension 22 of any rock. 23 6. Do not place rock greater than 18 inches in its maximum dimension. 24 7. Do not place rock embankments in any location where future utilities are 25 anticipated. 26 8. Construct the final layer with graded material so the density and uniformity is in 27 accordance with compaction requirements. 28 E. Density Control 29 1. Determine maximum dry density and moisture content using ASTM D698 and 30 submit moisture-density curves to City for review. 31 2. Compact each lift to meet the following requirements: 32 a. For soils with a PI less than 35, compact to 98% of maximum dry density, plus 33 or minus 2%. 34 b. For soils with a PI greater than 35, compact to at least 98% of maximum dry 35 density. 36 F. Maintenance of Moisture and Reworking 37 1. Maintain the density and moisture content once all requirements are met. 38 2. For soils with a PI greater than 15, maintain the moisture content no lower than 4 39 percentage points below optimum. 40 3. Rework the material to obtain specified compaction when the material loses the 41 required stability, density, moisture, or finish. 42 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Alter the compaction methods and procedures on subsequent work to obtain 1 specified density as directed by City. 2 3.5 REPAIR 3 A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to Embankment 4 activities: 5 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 6 2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 7 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 8 4. Adjacent subgrade or base material to remain 9 5. Utility pipes 10 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 11 7. Landscape beds or planters 12 8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 13 9. Retaining walls 14 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 15 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 16 A. Field Tests and Inspections 17 1. Proctors 18 a. Perform Proctor Tests in accordance with ASTM D698. 19 b. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 20 c. Perform new Proctors for varying soils: 21 1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 22 2) If notified by the Engineer 23 3) At the convenience of the City 24 d. For Embankments where different soil types are present and are blended, the 25 Proctors shall be based on the mixture of those soils. 26 2. Proof Rolling 27 a. City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 28 b. Make at least two passes with the proof roller, offsetting each trip by at most 29 one tire width. 30 c. Correct areas of rutting or pumping and unstable or non-uniform areas in 31 accordance with this Section. 32 3. Density Testing of Embankments 33 a. Density Testing shall be in accordance with ASTM D6938. 34 b. City must be on site during density testing. 35 c. For Embankments under future pavement: 36 1) Perform density testing twice per working day when compaction operations 37 are being conducted. 38 2) Measure density every 100’ along corridor. 39 3) City to determine density testing locations. 40 d. For Embankments not under future pavement or structures: 41 1) The City will perform density testing once per working day when 42 compaction operations are being conducted. 43 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Measure density every 250’ along embankment. 1 3) City to determine density testing locations. 2 e. Test reports shall include: 3 1) Location of test by station number 4 2) Time and date of test 5 3) Depth of testing 6 4) Field moisture 7 5) Dry density 8 6) Proctor identifier 9 7) Percent Proctor Density 10 B. Non-Conforming Work 11 1. All non-conforming work shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the 12 City. 13 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 14 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 15 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 16 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 17 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 18 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 19 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 20 END OF SECTION 21 22 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/14/2024 Added TXDOT reference standard TEX-115-E 6/14/2024 Excluded shale material from all backfill options 23 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 1 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 31 25 14 1 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Installation and maintenance of temporary control measures necessary to prevent 6 and control soil erosion, sedimentation, and water pollution. 7 2. Preparation and implementation of Contractor produced Erosion Control Plan. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract. 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14 3. Section 32 05 26 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment 17 1. Silt Fence 18 a. Measurement 19 1) Measured per linear foot of Silt Fence installed. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23 price bid per linear foot for “Silt Fence” installed. 24 c. The price bid shall include: 25 1) Furnishing and installing Silt Fence as specified by the Drawings 26 2) Posts 27 3) Filter fabric 28 4) Net reinforcement 29 5) Fasteners 30 6) Stone overflows 31 7) Safety caps 32 8) Cleaning 33 9) Disposal of silt 34 10) Repair of damaged Silt Fence 35 2. Check Dam 36 a. Measurement 37 1) Measured per linear foot of Check Dam installed. 38 b. Payment 39 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 2 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per linear foot for “Check Dam” installed. 3 c. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Furnishing and installing Check Dam as specified by the Drawings 5 2) Aggregate, wire reinforcement, and filter fabric 6 3) Excavation 7 4) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 8 5) Cleaning 9 6) Disposal of silt 10 7) Repair of damaged Check Dam 11 3. Organic Filter Tube 12 a. Measurement 13 1) Measured per linear foot of Organic Filter Tube installed. 14 b. Payment 15 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 16 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 17 price bid per linear foot for “Organic Filter Tube” installed. 18 c. The price bid shall include: 19 1) Furnishing and installing Organic Filter Tube as specified by the Drawings 20 2) Containment mesh 21 3) Core material 22 4) Posts 23 5) Rock bags 24 6) Cleaning 25 7) Disposal of silt 26 8) Repair of damaged Organic Filter Tube 27 4. Inlet Protection 28 a. Measurement 29 1) Measured per each of Inlet Protection installed. 30 b. Payment 31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33 price bid per each for “Inlet Protection” installed. 34 c. The price bid shall include: 35 1) Furnishing and installing Inlet Protection as specified by the Drawings 36 2) All items pertaining to hog wire for erosion control as needed 37 3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 38 4) Cleaning 39 5) Disposal of silt 40 6) Repair of damaged Inlet Protection items 41 5. Erosion Control Blanket 42 a. Measurement 43 1) Measured per square yard of Erosion Control Blanket installed. 44 b. Payment 45 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 46 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 47 price bid per square yard for “Erosion Control Blanket” installed. 48 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 3 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. The price bid shall include: 1 1) Furnishing and installing Erosion Control Blanket as specified by the 2 Drawings 3 2) Blanket and staples 4 3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 5 4) Cleaning 6 5) Disposal of silt 7 6) Repair of damaged Erosion Control Blanket 8 6. Stabilized Construction Exit 9 a. Measurement 10 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 13 item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will be 14 allowed. 15 7. Mulching 16 a. Measurement 17 1) Measured square yard of Mulching installed. 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21 price bid per square yard for “Mulching” installed. 22 c. The price bid shall include: 23 1) Furnishing and installing Mulching as specified by the Drawings 24 2) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 25 8. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measured per each Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap installed. 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31 price bid per each for “Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap” installed. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Furnishing and installing Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap as specified by the 34 Drawings 35 2) Filter stone 36 3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 37 4) Cleaning 38 5) Disposal of silt 39 6) Repair of damaged Pipe Inlet Sediment Traps 40 9. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 41 a. Measurement 42 1) Measured per each Stone Outlet Sediment Trap installed. 43 b. Payment 44 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 45 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 46 price bid per each for “Stone Outlet Sediment Trap” installed. 47 c. The price bid shall include: 48 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 4 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Furnishing and installing Stone Outlet Sediment Trap as specified by the 1 Drawings 2 2) Filter stone 3 3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 4 4) Cleaning 5 5) Disposal of silt 6 6) Repair of damaged Stone Outlet Sediment Traps 7 10. Turf Reinforcement Mat 8 a. Measurement 9 1) Measured square yard of Turf Reinforcement Mat installed. 10 b. Payment 11 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13 price bid per square yard for “Turf Reinforcement Mat” installed. 14 c. The price bid shall include: 15 1) Furnishing and installing Turf Reinforcement Mat as specified by the 16 Drawings 17 2) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 18 3) Cleaning 19 4) Disposal of silt 20 5) Repair of damaged Pipe Inlet Sediment Traps items 21 11. Dewatering Controls 22 a. Measurement 23 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 26 item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will be 27 allowed. 28 13. Remove Stormwater Pollution Prevention Devices 29 a. Measurement 30 1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 33 shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Remove Stormwater 34 Pollution Prevention Devices.” 35 c. The price bid shall include: 36 1) Removing all items previously installed as part of the Stormwater Pollution 37 Prevention Plan as specified by the Drawings 38 2) Loading, unloading, and hauling 39 3) Cleaning 40 4) Disposal of silt 41 1.3 REFERENCES 42 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 43 1. Environmentally Sensitive Area: ESA 44 B. Reference Standards 45 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 5 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 1 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 2 unless a date is specifically cited. 3 2. City of Denton, Stormwater Design Criteria Manual 4 3. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Integrated Stormwater 5 Management (iSWM) Technical Manual. 6 4. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 7 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 8 a. Item 169, Soil Retention Blankets. 9 5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Departmental Material 10 Specifications (DMS): 11 a. DMS-6200, Filter Fabric. 12 b. DMS-6230, Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric. 13 c. DMS-6370, Erosion Control Blankets. 14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 15 A. Sequencing 16 1. Ensure erosion control measures are fully installed prior to the commencement of 17 any earth disturbing activities. 18 2. If required, ensure ESA protection measures are fully installed prior to the 19 commencement of any earth disturbing activities. 20 3. Contact Watershed Protection division for initial inspection of installed erosion 21 control or ESA protection measures prior to the commencement of any earth 22 disturbing activities. Watershed@cityofdenton.com 23 4. On phased projects, final stabilization shall be completed and Erosion and Sediment 24 Control devices removed from each phase as construction is completed. 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 28 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29 A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) submittals in accordance with Section 30 01 57 13 where land disturbance exceeds 1 acre. 31 B. Erosion Control Plan submittal when Contractor is responsible for creating site specific 32 erosion control plan. 33 1. Plan content and requirements as specified in the Drawings 34 2. Plan to adhere to the general standards of the City of Denton’s Development Code 35 Section 7.3.5 36 C. Product Data 37 1. Provide product data from each manufacturer supplying Erosion and Sediment 38 Control devices and accessories. 39 2. Product data sheets for all products to include: 40 a. Manufacturer name 41 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 6 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Date 1 c. Material description 2 d. Point of delivery 3 e. Data and test results as specified in this Section 4 f. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 5 g. Application Recommendations, if applicable 6 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 9 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 10 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 11 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 12 66 00. 13 2. Store all storm water pollution prevention materials in accordance with 14 manufacturer’s recommendations. 15 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19 2.2 MATERIALS 20 A. Silt Fence 21 1. Fabric 22 a. Provide fabric in accordance with the following criteria: 23 24 Property Test Method Specification Limit Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 90-lbs Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 60-lbs Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 280-psi Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 30 to No. 100 Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 70 percent min 25 2. Posts 26 a. Provide steel T-section or L-section posts, 1.3 pounds per linear foot, and 4 feet 27 in length minimum. 28 b. Provide plastic caps on all steel posts in areas exposed to pedestrian traffic. 29 c. Wood posts may be approved by City if project duration is expected to be less 30 than 90 days. 31 3. Net Reinforcement 32 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 7 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Provide net reinforcement of at least 12 gauge galvanized welded wire mesh, 1 with a maximum opening size of 2x2 inches. 2 4. Stone Overflows 3 a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26. 4 B. Check Dam 5 1. Aggregate 6 a. Provide 3 to 6 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26 for check 7 dam heights of 24 inches or less. 8 b. Provide 4 to 8 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26 for check 9 dam greater than 24 inches in height. 10 2. Wire 11 a. If required, provide mesh consisting of minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire. 12 3. Fabric 13 a. For check dams greater than 18 inches in height, provide filter fabric in 14 accordance with the following criteria: 15 16 Property Test Method Specification Limit Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min 17 C. Organic Filter Tube 18 1. Containment Mesh 19 a. Provide biodegradable, photodegradable, or recyclable containment mesh with a 20 minimum rated life of one year under normal site conditions, such as burlap, 21 twine, UV photodegradable plastic, or polyester. 22 1) Obtain approval from the City for use of any other material. 23 b. Provide recyclable containment mesh for temporary organic filter tube 24 installation. 25 c. Provide biodegradable or photodegradable containment mesh when organic 26 filter tube will remain in place as part of vegetative system. 27 2. Core Material 28 a. Provide biodegradable or recyclable core material such as compost, mulch, or 29 coir. 30 1) Obtain approval from the City for use of any other material. 31 3. Posts 32 a. Provide steel T-section or L-section posts, 1.3 pounds per linear foot or 2 inches 33 by 2 inches wooden posts. 34 b. Provide posts at least 6 inches longer than the outside diameter of the Organic 35 Filter Tube. 36 D. Inlet Protection 37 1. Provide Inlet Protection comprised of Organic Filter Tubes or rock bags for erosion 38 control in accordance with this Section. 39 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 8 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 E. Erosion Control Blanket 1 1. Blanket 2 a. In accordance with DMS 6370. 3 2. Staples 4 a. In accordance with the Erosion Control Blanket manufacturer recommendations. 5 F. Stabilized Construction Exit 6 1. Aggregate 7 a. Provide 3 to 6 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26. 8 G. Mulching 9 1. Provide type of organic mulching as specified in the Drawings. 10 H. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 11 1. Riprap 12 a. Provide 6 to 12 inch Dry Stone Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00. 13 2. Filter Stone 14 a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26. 15 3. Wire 16 a. Provide mesh consisting of minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire with 1/2 inch by 17 1/2 inch openings. 18 4. Fabric 19 a. Provide Filter Fabric meeting the following criteria: 20 21 Property Test Method Specification Limit Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min 22 5. Concrete Block 23 a. Provide standard 8-inch x 8-inch x 16-inch concrete masonry units in 24 accordance with ASTM C139. 25 I. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 26 1. Riprap 27 a. Provide 6 to 12 inch Dry Stone Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00. 28 2. Filter Stone 29 a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26. 30 3. Fabric 31 a. Provide Filter Fabric in accordance with the following criteria: 32 33 Property Test Method Specification Limit Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 9 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min 1 J. Turf Reinforcement Mat 2 1. Provide Turf Reinforcement Mats in accordance with TxDOT Item 169 Approved 3 Products List, Erosion Control Approved Products and in accordance with the 4 following criteria: 5 6 Property Test Method Specification Limit Minimum Thickness ASTM D6525 0.25 in Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 80 percent Tensile Strength ASTM D6818 175 lbs/ft 7 K. Dewatering Controls 8 1. Sediment Filter Bag 9 a. Provide sediment filter bags made of non-woven, needle-punched, geotextile 10 that meets the following criteria: 11 12 Property Test Method Specification Limit Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min Water Flow Rate ASTM D4491 85 to 110 gpm/ft2 13 2. Temporary Sediment Tank 14 a. Provide compartmented container with a storage volume equal to 1 cubic foot 15 for each gallon per minute of pump discharge capacity. 16 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18 PART 3 - EXECUTION 19 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21 3.3 PREPARATION 22 A. General 23 1. Remove trees, brush, stumps, and other objectionable material that will interfere 24 with the construction of the erosion control measure. 25 B. Erosion Control Blanket 26 1. Remove rocks, dirt clods, stumps, and other objectionable material that will prevent 27 the mat from lying in direct contact with the soil. 28 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 10 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 C. Mulching 1 1. Fertilize and treat soil prior to mulching installation when used with final 2 vegetation. 3 a. Fertilization and soil treatment are not required when using mulching with 4 hydroseeding or when seed is spread during winter months. 5 D. Turf Reinforcement Mat 6 1. Remove rocks, dirt clods, stumps, and other objectionable material that will prevent 7 the mat from lying in direct contact with the soil. 8 3.4 INSTALLATION 9 A. Silt Fence 10 1. Provide silt fence near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to intercept 11 sediment from sheet flow. 12 2. Install posts 18 inches deep, maximum 6 feet on center. 13 3. Dig 6-inch x 6-inch trench on uphill side of fence and embed fabric and wire mesh. 14 Backfill the trench. 15 4. Attach net reinforcement to posts with clips for steel posts or staples for wood posts 16 in at least four equally spaced locations per post. 17 5. Fasten fabric to top of net reinforcement at a maximum spacing of 15 inches. 18 6. Locate splices in fabric at a post and provide a 3-foot overlap ensuring no leakage 19 or bypass. 20 7. Install stone overflow structures at low points or spaced at approximately 300 feet if 21 there is no apparent low point. 22 8. Turn last 10 feet of Silt Fence slightly uphill to prevent bypass. 23 9. Repair or replace any posts, net reinforcement, or fabric that are bent, torn, or 24 otherwise unable to function as intended in accordance with this Section. 25 B. Check Dam 26 1. Place the aggregate to the lines, height, and slopes specified in the Drawings. 27 2. Place Check Dams perpendicular to the direction of flow. 28 C. Organic Filter Tube 29 1. Install Organic Filter Tubes near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to 30 intercept sediment from sheet flow. 31 2. When placed on soil, excavate a 1-inch to 2-inch deep bedding trench along the 32 length of the Organic Filter Tubes. 33 3. Secure Organic Filter Tubes using posts to prevent displacement as a result of 34 normal rain events, damage to the logs, and flow from penetrating under the logs. 35 a. Rock bags may be used in place of posts on paved surfaces. 36 4. Overlap ends of Organic Filter Tubes by at least 18 inches and secure ends together 37 preventing gaps from forming. 38 5. Turn last 10 feet of Organic Filter Tubes slightly uphill to prevent bypass. 39 D. Inlet Protection 40 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 11 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Install prefabricated inlet protection systems in accordance with manufacturer’s 1 instructions. 2 2. Install filter fabric as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with this Section. 3 3. Install inlet protection systems to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 4 water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 5 device clogs. 6 E. Erosion Control Blanket 7 1. Use an Erosion Control Blanket anywhere seeding is to be used and the slope is 8 steeper than a 6:1 slope. 9 2. Use Turf Reinforcement Mat when stabilizing slopes of 2:1 or steeper. 10 3. Provide blanket on sod locations only when specified in the Drawings. 11 4. Dig 6 inch trench along the entire perimeter of the installation area. 12 5. Lay Erosion Control Blanket into trench and backfill with compacted soil. 13 6. Fasten Erosion Control Blanket in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 14 7. Ensure staples are installed parallel to the direction of flow. 15 8. Overlap ends of Erosion Control Blanket by a minimum of 3 feet, and longitudinal 16 edges by 6 inches. 17 9. Staple Erosion Control Blanket at all critical channel points and all overlaps. 18 10. ECBs shall be installed vertically down slope (across contours) on cut/fill slopes 19 and embankments and along contours (parallel to flow) in swales and drainage 20 ditches. 21 11. Unless the ECB is seeded to establish vegetation, perimeter applications shall be 22 limited to thirty feet wide drainage areas (I.e. linear construction projects) for an 8 23 feet width of ECB. 24 F. Stabilized Construction Exit 25 1. Install stabilized construction exit as specified in the Drawings. 26 2. Install stabilized construction exits at any point where traffic will be leaving a 27 construction site to or from a street, alley, sidewalk, or parking area. 28 3. Slope stabilized construction exit away from offsite paved surfaces or incorporate a 29 drainage swale to prevent runoff from leaving the construction site. 30 4. Do not place stabilized construction exits at the lowest point on the construction site 31 or on top of utility lines. 32 5. Minimum width of 15 feet for one-way and 20 feet for two-way. 33 G. Mulching 34 1. Spread organic mulch by hand or mechanical means providing complete, uniform 35 coverage of the specified area. 36 2. Install mulching to a thickness between 1 to 2 inches. 37 3. Anchor mulching by application of fiber mulch binder, synthetic mulch binder, 38 using a tractor-drawn crimper to punch into the soil, or by placing netting above the 39 mulch and stapled into the ground when placed on slopes of 3:1 or steeper. 40 4. Do not use mulching on slopes of 1.5:1 or steeper. 41 H. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 42 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 12 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Install pipe inlet sediment trap as specified in the Drawings. 1 2. Provide a stormwater and sediment storage area upslope of the pipe inlet sediment 2 trap to a minimum volume equal to the runoff calculated from the temporary 3 control design storm. 4 3. Provide side slopes surrounding the storage area at 2:1 or flatter. 5 4. Install the pipe inlet sediment trap to a maximum height of half the inlet pipe 6 diameter. 7 5. Install pipe inlet sediment trap to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 8 water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 9 device clogs. 10 I. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 11 1. Install stone outlet sediment trap as specified in the Drawings. 12 2. Provide a stormwater and sediment storage area upslope of the pipe inlet sediment 13 trap to a minimum volume equal to the runoff calculated from the temporary 14 control design storm. 15 3. Install the pipe inlet sediment trap to a maximum height of half the inlet pipe 16 diameter. 17 4. Grade side slopes surrounding the storage area at 2:1 or flatter. 18 5. Install pipe inlet sediment trap to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 19 water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 20 device clogs. 21 J. Turf Reinforcement Mat 22 1. Install turf reinforcement mats as specified in the Drawings and manufacturer’s 23 recommendations. 24 2. Install turf reinforcement mats immediately after completing grading of the slope or 25 channel, and at most within 14 days after completing the grading. 26 3. Install turf reinforcement mats vertically down slope on steep cut/fill slopes, 27 embankments, and steep channel slopes above the water surface level. 28 4. Install turf reinforcement mats horizontally (parallel to flow) for channel slopes 29 below the water surface level. 30 5. Dig 6 inch trench along the entire perimeter of the installation area. 31 6. Lay turf reinforcement mat into trench and backfill with compacted soil. 32 7. Fasten turf reinforcement mat in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 33 8. Ensure staples are installed parallel to the direction of flow. 34 9. Overlap ends of turf reinforcement mat by a minimum of 3 feet, and longitudinal 35 edges by 6 inches. 36 10. Staple turf reinforcement mat at all critical channel points and all overlaps. 37 3.5 REPAIR 38 1. Repair any controls determined to no longer be functioning as intended in 39 accordance with this Section. 40 2. Repair devices as soon as exposed ground has dried sufficiently to prevent further 41 damage from equipment operations needed for repairs. 42 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 13 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 1 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 2 A. Field Inspections 3 1. Inspect all storm water pollution prevention controls at least once every 7 calendar 4 days. 5 2. Inspect dewatering pumps and sediment controls hourly while pumps are in 6 operation. 7 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 8 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 10 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 11 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 12 3.13 MAINTENANCE 13 A. General 14 1. If a storm water pollution prevention control ceases to function as intended, repair 15 and replace the device or any portions necessary. Repeated failure indicates a 16 device is insufficient and additional or different Erosion and Sediment Control 17 devices must be selected. 18 2. Remove sediment, debris, and litter from all devices as necessary to maintain 19 intended operation. 20 3. Continue maintenance of all erosion and sediment control devices until vegetative 21 cover reaches 70 percent density, as determined by the City. 22 B. Check Dam 23 1. Remove silt when it reaches a depth equal to one-third the height of the dam or one 24 foot, whichever is less. 25 C. Dewatering Controls 26 1. Repair areas eroded due to dewatering pumping and install erosion control devices 27 to prevent further erosion. 28 2. Clean sediment tanks when they become half full of sediment. 29 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 30 31 32 END OF SECTION 33 34 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 14 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/14/24 Added ESA protection measures to Section 1.4; Removed Watershed Protection individual contact information from Section 1.4 6/14/24 Removed organic filter tubes and rock bags from inlet protection under 3.4.D 6/14/24 Removed presence of Watershed Protection from inspection requirement under 3.7 1 31 37 00 RIPRAP Page 1 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 31 37 00 1 RIPRAP 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Provide and place concrete, stone, cement-stabilized, or special riprap. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 03 00 00 - Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13 4. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Riprap 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measured per square yard of Riprap installed. 19 b. Payment 20 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22 price bid per square yard for “Riprap” installed for: 23 a) Various depths. 24 b) Various types. 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Furnishing and installing Riprap as specified by the Drawings 27 2) Aggregate, filter fabric, expansion joint material, concrete, grout, mortar, 28 and reinforcing steel 29 3) Excavation for wingwalls and toe wall trenches 30 4) Excavation below natural ground or bottom of excavated channel, as 31 applicable 32 5) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 33 6) Shaping of slopes, as applicable 34 7) Bedding 35 8) Clean-up 36 37 31 37 00 RIPRAP Page 2 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A. Reference Standards 2 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4 unless a date is specifically cited. 5 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 6 a. D5519, Standard Test Methods for Particle Size Analysis of Natural and Man-7 Made Riprap Materials. 8 3. TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications (DMS): 9 a. DMS 6200, Filter Fabric. 10 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 11 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 17 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 18 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 19 66 00. 20 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 21 A. Ambient Conditions 22 1. Place mortar or grout only when the air temperature is above 35° F and rising. 23 2. For concrete riprap, follow all field condition requirements for concrete in 24 accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28 2.2 MATERIALS 29 A. Filter Fabric 30 1. Provide Type 2 filter fabric in accordance with DMS-6200, if required. 31 B. Concrete Riprap 32 1. Use concrete with a compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28-days in accordance 33 with Section 03 30 00. 34 35 31 37 00 RIPRAP Page 3 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 C. Stone Riprap 1 1. Use durable natural stone with a bulk specific gravity of at least 2.50 and a 2 maximum weight loss of 18 percent after 5 cycles of magnesium sulfate solution. 3 2. Common 4 a. Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds. 5 b. Use stones at least 3 inches in their least dimension. 6 c. Use stones at least twice as wide as they are thick. 7 3. Protection 8 a. Use boulders or quarried rock that meets the gradation requirements of Table 1. 9 b. Both the width and the thickness of each piece of riprap must be a least 1/3 of 10 the length. 11 c. Provide bedding stone that in-place meets the gradation requirements shown in 12 Table 2 or as otherwise shown on the Drawings. 13 d. Determine the gradation of the finished, in-place, riprap stone under the direct 14 supervision of the City in accordance with ASTM D5519. 15 Table 1 16 Riprap Gradation Requirements 17 Thickness Maximum Size (lb.) 90 percent Size1 (lb.) 50 percent Size2 (lb.) 8 percent Size3, Minimum (lb.) 12 in. 200 80-180 30-75 3 15 in. 320 170-300 60-165 20 18 in. 530 290-475 105-220 22 21 in. 800 460-720 175-300 25 24 in. 1,000 550-850 200-325 30 30 in. 2,600 1,150-2.50 400-900 40 1. Defined such that 10% of the total riprap stone by weight is larger and 90% is smaller. 18 2. Defined such that 50% of the total riprap stone by weight is larger and 50% is smaller. 19 3. Defined such that 92% of the total riprap stone by weight is larger and 8% is smaller. 20 Table 2 21 Bedding Stone Gradation 22 Sieve Size (Square Mesh) Percent by Weight Passing 3 inches 100 1-1/2 inches 50-80 3/4 inches 20-60 No. 4 0-15 No. 10 0-5 D. Grout 23 1. Provide grout with a ratio of 1-part portland cement to 3-parts sand and mixed with 24 water until it achieves a consistency that will flow into and completely fill all voids. 25 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 26 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27 31 37 00 RIPRAP Page 4 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3 3.3 PREPARATION 4 A. Grading 5 1. Grade and compact the slopes and other areas to be protected with riprap to match 6 the line and grade shown on the plans. 7 3.4 INSTALLATION 8 A. Filter Fabric 9 1. Place filter fabric with the length running up and down the slope, if required. 10 2. Ensure fabric has a minimum overlap of 2 feet. 11 3. Secure fabric with nails at least 2 inches long or U-shaped pins with legs at least 9 12 inches long. 13 4. Space nails or pins at a maximum 10 feet in each direction and 5 feet along seams. 14 B. Concrete Riprap 15 1. Reinforcement 16 a. Reinforce concrete riprap with No. 3 reinforcing bars spaced at a maximum of 17 18 inches in each direction unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 18 b. Provide a minimum 6-inch lap at all splices. 19 c. Place the first parallel bar no more than 6 inches from the edge of concrete and 20 ensure between 1 and 3 inches of horizontal cover at the edge of riprap. 21 d. Use approved supports to hold the reinforcement approximately equidistant 22 from the top and bottom surface of the slab. 23 e. Adjust reinforcement during concrete placement to maintain correct position. 24 f. Provide 2-inch weep holes on 10-foot centers located 2 feet above finished 25 grade backed by 1 cubic foot of gravel and galvanized hardware cloth. 26 g. Provide additional rows of 2-inch weep holes for each 20 feet of riprap height, 27 offset by 5 feet from the first row. 28 2. Subgrade 29 a. Sprinkle and consolidate the subgrade before the concrete is placed ensuring all 30 surfaces are moist. 31 b. Compact each layer to a minimum of 98 percent standard proctor density with a 32 moisture content not to exceed plus or minus 2 percent of optimum. 33 3. Compact and shape the concrete once it has been placed in accordance with the 34 dimensions shown on the plans. 35 4. Finish the surface with a wood float after it has set sufficiently. 36 5. Provide a smooth surface or broom finish, as approved. 37 6. Cure the riprap immediately after the finishing operation in accordance with 38 Section 32 13 13. 39 40 31 37 00 RIPRAP Page 5 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 C. Stone Riprap 1 1. Provide the following types of stone riprap as specified in the Drawings: 2 a. Dry Riprap 3 1) Stone riprap with voids filled entirely with only spalls or small stones. 4 2) Use spalls and small stones lighter than 25 pounds to fill open joints and 5 voids in stone riprap, and place to a tight fit. 6 3) Do not exceed a 6-inch variation between the tops of adjacent stones. 7 4) Replace, embed deeper, or chip away stones that project more than the 8 allowable amount above the finished surface. 9 b. Grouted Riprap 10 1) Common stone riprap with voids grouted after all stones are in place. 11 2) Prevent earth, sand, or foreign material from filling the spaces between the 12 stones. 13 3) Wet the stones thoroughly after they are in place, fill the spaces between 14 the stones with grout, and pack. 15 4) Sweep the surface of the riprap with a stiff broom after grouting. 16 5) Protect work from rapid drying for at least 3 days after placement. 17 2. Common 18 a. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 1. 19 b. Place stones on a bed excavated for the base course. 20 c. Bed the base course of stone well into the ground with the edges in contact. 21 d. Bed and place each succeeding course in even contact with the preceding 22 course. 23 3. Protection 24 a. Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2. 25 b. Place riprap stone on the slopes within the limits specified in the Drawings. 26 c. Place stone for riprap on the bedding material to produce a reasonably well-27 graded mass of riprap with the minimum practicable percentage of voids. 28 d. Place riprap to its full thickness in a single operation. 29 e. Avoid displacing the bedding material. 30 f. Ensure the entire mass of stones in their final position is free from 31 objectionable pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones. 32 g. Do not place riprap in layers, and do not place by dumping into chutes, 33 dumping from the top of the slope, pushing from the top of the slope, or any 34 method likely to cause segregation of the various sizes. 35 h. Obtain the desired distribution of the various sizes of stones throughout the 36 mass by selective loading of material at the quarry or other source or by other 37 methods of placement that will produce the specified results. 38 i. Rearrange individual stones by mechanical equipment or by hand if necessary 39 to obtain a reasonably well-graded distribution of stone sizes. 40 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 41 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 42 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 43 A. Field Tests and Inspections 44 31 37 00 RIPRAP Page 6 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Perform a size verification test in accordance with ASTM D5519 at least once per 1 5,000 square yards of finished riprap for all types of stone. 2 2. For installations greater than 5,000 square yards, do not place additional riprap until 3 the initial size verification test has been approved. 4 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 5 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 6 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 7 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 8 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 10 3.14 ATTACHMENTS 11 12 13 Figure 1 – Common Stone Riprap, dry or grouted 14 31 37 00 RIPRAP Page 7 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1 Figure 2 – Protection Stone Riprap 2 3 END OF SECTION 4 5 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 1 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 01 29 1 CONCRETE REPAIR 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Concrete Repair Including: 6 a. Concrete Paving Repair 7 b. Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench 8 c. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 9 d. Core Hole Repair (Concrete Paving) 10 e. Concrete Structure Repair, Concrete Crack Repair 11 f. Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks 12 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 13 1. None. 14 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 15 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16 Contract. 17 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcement. 19 4. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 20 5. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 21 6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 22 7. Section 32 13 73 – Concrete Paving Joint Sealants. 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Measurement and Payment 25 1. Concrete Paving Repair 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Paving Repair installed. 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31 price bid per square yard for “Concrete Paving Repair” installed for: 32 a) Various Street Classifications. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Paving Repair as specified by the 35 Drawings 36 2) Subgrade removal and replacement as specified on the Drawings 37 3) Sawing and removal of existing pavement 38 4) Removal of base material as needed 39 5) Water 40 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 2 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 6) Loading 1 7) Unloading 2 8) Storing 3 9) Hauling 4 10) Handling of materials 5 11) Traffic control for all testing 6 12) Trial batches (as needed) 7 13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 8 14) Concrete 9 15) Aggregate 10 16) Supplementary cementing materials 11 17) Concrete additives 12 18) Mixing 13 19) Placement of concrete 14 20) Finishing of concrete 15 21) Curing and curing compounds 16 22) Joint sealant 17 23) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 18 24) Disposal of excess material 19 25) Clean-up 20 2. Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench 23 installed. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27 price bid per square yard for “Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench” 28 installed for: 29 a) Various Street Classifications. 30 c. The price bid shall include: 31 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench as 32 specified by the Drawings 33 2) Sawing 34 3) Water 35 4) Loading 36 5) Unloading 37 6) Storing 38 7) Hauling 39 8) Handling of materials 40 9) Traffic control for all testing 41 10) Trial batches (as needed) 42 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 43 12) Placement of temporary driving surface 44 13) Flexbase subgrade and compaction 45 14) Concrete 46 15) Aggregate 47 16) Supplementary cementing materials 48 17) Concrete additives 49 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 3 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 18) Mixing 1 19) Placement of concrete 2 20) Finishing of concrete 3 21) Curing and curing compounds 4 22) Joint sealant 5 23) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 6 24) Disposal of excess material 7 25) Clean-up 8 3. Concrete Structure Repair 9 a. Measurement 10 1) Measured per square foot of Concrete Structure Repair installed. 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14 price bid per square foot for “Concrete Structure Repair” installed. 15 c. The price bid shall include: 16 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Structure Repair as specified by the 17 Drawings 18 2) Sawing and removal of existing pavement 19 3) Removal of base material as needed 20 4) Water 21 5) Loading 22 6) Unloading 23 7) Storing 24 8) Hauling 25 9) Handling of materials 26 10) Traffic control for all testing 27 11) Trial batches (as needed) 28 12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 29 13) Concrete 30 14) Aggregate 31 15) Supplementary cementing materials 32 16) Concrete additives 33 17) Mixing 34 18) Placement of concrete 35 19) Finishing of concrete 36 20) Curing and curing compounds 37 21) Joint sealant 38 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 39 23) Disposal of excess material 40 24) Clean-up 41 4. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 42 a. Measurement 43 1) Measured per square foot of Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair installed. 44 b. Payment 45 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 46 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 47 price bid per square foot for Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair installed. 48 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 4 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. The price bid shall include: 1 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair as specified 2 by the Drawings 3 2) Sawing and removal of existing pavement 4 3) Removal of base material as needed 5 4) Water 6 5) Loading 7 6) Unloading 8 7) Storing 9 8) Hauling 10 9) Handling of materials 11 10) Traffic control for all testing 12 11) Trial batches (as needed) 13 12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 14 13) Concrete 15 14) Aggregate 16 15) Supplementary cementing materials 17 16) Concrete additives 18 17) Mixing 19 18) Placement of concrete 20 19) Finishing of concrete 21 20) Curing and curing compounds 22 21) Joint sealant 23 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 24 23) Disposal of excess material 25 24) Clean-up 26 5. Core Hole Repair (Concrete Paving) 27 a. Measurement 28 1) Not Applicable. 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item is 31 considered a subsidiary item to the “Location of Existing Utilities” bid item 32 (33 05 98) or required geotechnical subsurface exploration. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Furnishing and installing Core Hole Repair (Concrete Paving) as specified 35 by the Drawings or under Section 3.4.E of this specification 36 2) Loading 37 3) Unloading 38 4) Storing 39 5) Hauling 40 6) Handling of materials 41 7) Traffic control for all testing 42 8) Trial batches (as needed) 43 9) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 44 informational submittals 45 10) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 46 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 47 12) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 48 13) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 49 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 5 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 6. Concrete Crack Repair 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Crack Repair installed. 3 b. Payment 4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6 price bid per linear foot for Concrete Crack Repair installed. 7 c. The price bid shall include: 8 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Crack Repair as specified by the 9 Drawings 10 2) Sawing 11 3) Concrete 12 4) Aggregate 13 5) Supplementary cementing materials 14 6) Concrete additives 15 7) Mixing 16 8) Placement of concrete 17 9) Finishing of concrete 18 10) Curing and curing compounds 19 11) Joint sealant 20 12) Loading 21 13) Unloading 22 14) Storing 23 15) Hauling 24 16) Handling of materials 25 17) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 26 informational submittals. 27 18) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 28 19) Tools 29 20) Equipment 30 7. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 31 a. Measurement 32 1) Measured per linear foot of Cleaning and Sealing Joints installed. 33 2) This item is considered subsidiary to other pertinent items when used, 34 which can include, but is not limited to, Concrete Paving and Concrete 35 Paving Repair. 36 b. Payment 37 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 38 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 39 price bid per linear foot for Cleaning and Sealing Joints installed. 40 c. The price bid shall include: 41 1) Furnishing and installing Cleaning and Sealing Joints as specified by the 42 Drawings 43 2) Cleaning and joint sealant materials 44 3) Loading 45 4) Unloading 46 5) Storing 47 6) Hauling 48 7) Handling of materials 49 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 6 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 8) Traffic control for all testing 1 9) Trial batches (as needed) 2 10) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 3 11) Joint sealant 4 12) Clean-up 5 1.3 REFERENCES 6 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 7 1. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 8 B. Definitions 9 C. Reference Standards 10 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 11 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 12 unless a date is specifically cited. 13 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: 14 a. ASTM C928 – Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Rapid-Hardening 15 Cementitious Materials for Concrete Repairs. 16 3. TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual. 17 4. TxDOT Standards: 18 a. Tex-418-A – Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 19 b. Tex-448-A – Flexural Strength of Concrete Using Simple Beam Third-Point 20 Loading. 21 c. DMS-4655, Concrete Repair Materials. 22 d. DMS-6100 – Epoxies and Adhesives. 23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 24 1.5 SUBMITTALS 25 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 26 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 27 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 28 A. Shop Drawings 29 1. Product Data 30 a. Submit product data for all products used for Cleaning and Sealing Joints. 31 Provide product data in accordance with Section 32 13 73 and this Section. 32 2. Concrete Mix Design 33 a. Provide a mix design for each class or type of concrete used in accordance with 34 Section 03 00 00 and DMS-4655. 35 3. Structural Repair 36 a. Submit all materials and application methods for approval at least 3 weeks prior 37 to performing any structural repair work. 38 4. Crack Repair 39 a. Submit all materials and application methods for approval prior to performing 40 any crack repair work. 41 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 7 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 B. Information Submittals 1 1. Equipment Information 2 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 3 1) Equipment name and description 4 2) Size 5 3) Intended use 6 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 9 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 10 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 11 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 12 66 00. 13 B. Follow all delivery, storage, and handling requirements for concrete in Section 32 05 14 16, 32 11 23, 32 13 13, 32 13 73, and 03 00 00. 15 C. Follow all manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling 16 requirements specified in the product data. 17 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 18 A. Follow all field condition requirements in Section 32 05 16, 32 11 23, 32 13 13, 32 13 19 73, and 03 00 00. 20 B. Follow all manufacturer recommendations for field conditions specified in the product 21 data. 22 C. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 23 1. Place concrete if the air temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit and rising. 24 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 25 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27 2.2 MATERIALS 28 A. Refer to City Standard Details and Section 33 05 05 for requirements for excavation, 29 embedment, and backfill. 30 B. Concrete Paving Repair: 31 1. Refer to Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 for material requirements. 32 2. Concrete Class: 33 a. Standard Concrete Pavement: Concrete Class P2 or HES 34 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 8 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Provide HES concrete designed to attain a minimum compressive strength 1 in accordance with Section 03 00 00. Use HES when concrete needs to be 2 open to traffic within 72 hours. 3 2) Provide Class P2 concrete when possible. 4 3) Use standard concrete pavement unless otherwise approved by the City or 5 specified in the Drawings. 6 b. Alternate Concrete Material: Type A or B concrete listed on TxDOT’s DMS-7 4655 Concrete Repair Materials. 8 1) The Contractor may request to use Type A or B concrete. The Contractor 9 must obtain approval in writing unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 10 3. Reinforcing Steel, Dowel Bars, and Tie Bars 11 a. Provide reinforcing steel, dowel bars, and tie bars in accordance with Section 12 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 13 C. Concrete Structure Repair 14 1. Concrete Repair Materials: 15 a. Provide repair materials suitable for the appropriate horizontal, vertical, or 16 overhead application in accordance with the requirements in DMS-4655. 17 b. Trowel-Applied: 18 1) Use Type C in vertical and overhead applications that are less than 3 inches 19 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 20 c. Horizontal or Form-and-Pour Applications: 21 1) Use neat Type A or Type D materials for applications that are less than 3 22 inches thick. 23 2) Use extended Type A or Type D for repairs exceeding 3 inches in depth. 24 d. Use Type D instead of Type A if rapid strength gain is not necessary. 25 e. Use Type B only if specified in the Drawings or approved by the City. 26 f. The City may reject any product based on structural compatibility. 27 2. Pneumatically Applied Materials: 28 a. Provide concrete conforming to TxDOT Item 431 – Pneumatically Placed 29 Concrete. 30 b. Only use pneumatically applied materials when specified in Drawings or 31 approved by the City. 32 c. Prepare trail batches of any proposed repair material and application method as 33 specified by Item 431, this Section, the Drawings, and/or directed by the City. 34 3. Epoxy Mortars 35 a. Use Type 8 neat epoxy or epoxy mortar per DMS-6100 – Epoxies and 36 Adhesives for repairs less than 1 inch thick unless otherwise noted on the plans. 37 4. Concrete: 38 a. Concrete Class: Class C for substructures, Class S for decks, or concrete 39 designed to the strength specified in the Drawings unless the following 40 conditions apply: 41 1) An option for vertical/overhead repairs greater than 6 inches thick, 42 2) For full or partial depth slab repairs, 43 3) For replacement of entire members or elements, or 44 4) As an option for horizontal repairs greater than 4 inches thick. 45 5) If the previous conditions apply, stop work until the City provides written 46 direction on how to proceed. 47 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 9 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Do not use corrosion-inhibiting admixtures unless specified in the Drawings or 1 approved by the City. 2 5. Steel 3 a. Provide reinforcing in accordance with the Drawings and Section 03 00 00. 4 D. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair: 5 1. Refer to Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 for material requirements. 6 2. Concrete Type: 7 a. Provide Type B concrete in accordance with DMS-4655 unless otherwise 8 specified in the Drawings. 9 b. Use a packed blend of cement, sand, and gravel (maximum size 3/8 inch) which 10 requires the addition of water and has a maximum shrinkage of 0.15 percent in 11 accordance with ASTM C928. 12 3. Do not use chlorides, magnesium, or gypsum to accelerate setting time. 13 4. Demonstrate the mixture meets a minimum compressive strength of 5,100 psi in 7 14 days and 6,300 psi in 28 days before spall repair operations. Test in accordance 15 with Tex-418-A and Tex-448-A. Provide test results as part of concrete submittal. 16 5. Do not use polymeric patching material unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 17 or approved by the City. 18 E. Concrete Crack Repair 19 1. Use epoxy injection, gravity filling, routing and sealing, or surface sealing. 20 2. Provide materials in accordance with TxDOT’s Concrete Repair Manual. Select a 21 pre-approved material meeting the requirements of the applicable DMS when 22 available. 23 3. Provide materials and application methods for approval prior to crack repair. 24 F. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 25 1. Provide joint and crack sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 26 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 27 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION 29 3.1 EQUIPMENT 30 A. Provide equipment necessary to complete the specified concrete repair in accordance 31 with Section 32 05 16, 32 11 23, 32 13 13, 32 13 73, and 03 00 00. 32 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 33 3.3 PREPARATION 34 A. Concrete Paving Repair (Non-Structural) 35 1. Remove the existing concrete pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15. 36 B. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 37 1. Prepare the site in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 38 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 10 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.4 CONCRETE REPAIR 1 A. Concrete Paving Repair 2 1. General 3 a. Half-depth repairs will not be allowed. Perform only full-depth concrete 4 pavement repairs. 5 b. Refer to City Standard Details for concrete pavement sections and subgrade 6 depth based on street classifications. Standard street classifications are: All 7 Residential, Residential Collector, Commercial Collector, and Arterial. 8 2. Pavement Section for Standard Pavement Repair: 9 a. Subgrade Repairs: 10 1) Once the pavement has been removed, repair any damaged subgrade using 11 Flexible Base, TY A, GR 1-2 in accordance with Section 32 11 23 or as 12 specified in the Drawings. 13 2) Remove and replace subgrade under paving repair section with Flexible 14 Base TY A, GR 1-2 if specified in the Drawings. This will be considered 15 subsidiary to the Concrete Paving Repair item. 16 3) After removing the pavement, if the existing subgrade is found to be 17 deficient by the City, stop work and obtain approval from the City 18 indicating how to proceed. 19 b. Pavement Section 20 1) Compare the existing concrete pavement section with the City Standard 21 Details for Concrete Paving based on the street classification specified on 22 the Drawings. 23 2) If the existing concrete pavement section matches or is thicker than the 24 Standard Detail, match the existing pavement section. 25 3) If the existing concrete pavement section is thinner than the detail, install 26 concrete pavement to the thickness specified on the City Standard Detail. 27 4) Full-depth installation of concrete pavement is considered subsidiary to 28 Concrete Paving Repair. 29 3. Pavement Section for Utility Service Trench 30 a. Subgrade section shall follow the current version of City Detail U203C – 31 “Existing Pavement Trench and Repair Concrete” 32 b. Pavement section shall follow the current version of City Detail U203C – 33 “Existing Pavement Trench and Repair Concrete” 34 c. A maximum of thirty (30) days is allowed for the temporary driving surface 35 material of the utility trench. After thirty days the temporary driving surface 36 must be replaced with the permanent pavement section indicated in City Detail 37 U203C. 38 4. Concrete Installation: 39 a. Reinforcing: 40 1) Use tie bars and epoxy in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 41 2) Place tie bars as shown on the Drawings or in the City Standard Details. 42 3) Drill holes in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 into the 43 existing concrete at least 10 inches deep unless otherwise directed. Inject 44 the holes with Type 3, Class C epoxy in accordance with Section 03 00 00 45 before inserting tie bars. 46 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 11 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4) Place reinforcing steel and dowel bars of the size and spacing shown on the 1 Drawings or in the City Standard Details. Lap all longitudinal steel at least 2 25 inches. Provide and place steel supports in accordance with Section 03 3 00 00 and 32 13 13 as needed. 4 b. Concrete Placement and Joints: 5 1) Mix, place, cure, and test concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 6 32 13 13. 7 2) Install and restore joints in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 8 B. Concrete Structure Repair 9 1. Follow procedures outlined in the TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual unless 10 otherwise specified in the Drawings. 11 C. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 12 1. General: 13 a. Saw at least 1.5 inches deep around the repair area before concrete removal 14 unless otherwise directed. Provide a vertical face around the perimeter of the 15 repair area. 16 b. Protect and maintain existing reinforcing if encountered, unless it is damaged or 17 otherwise directed by the City. 18 c. If the City determines that the existing reinforcing is damaged, full-depth 19 remove and replace concrete. Perform full-depth paving repair in accordance 20 with this Section. 21 2. Removal of Concrete: 22 a. Remove deteriorated concrete to a depth of at least 1.5 inches or the maximum 23 depth of the deteriorated concrete, whichever is greater. 24 b. If deteriorated concrete is deeper than 1.5 inches in depth, use chipping 25 hammers not heavier than the nominal 15-pound class or hydro-demolition 26 equipment. 27 3. Concrete Placement: 28 a. Clean the surface so it is free of loose particles. 29 b. Mix, place, and cure the concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 30 13 13. 31 c. Screed concrete to the existing roadway surface. 32 4. Texture: Match existing pavement. 33 D. Core Hole Repair 34 1. Core Hole Repair is restricted to cores of 6 inches in diameter or less in drivable 35 pavement. Cores greater than 6 inches in diameter shall be treated as Concrete 36 Paving Repair. Core Hole Repair is not allowed for pedestrian facilities. 37 2. The removed soil column below 2 feet in depth shall be filled with sand and tamped 38 in 2 foot intervals. 39 3. The removed soil column between the bottom of the pavement and the top of the 40 tamped sand shall be filled with Grade 1 Flexible Base Course and tamped in two 41 equal lifts. 42 4. The removed pavement column shall be replaced with either: 43 a. Type D HMAC tamped in two equal lifts. Tack coat shall be applied to the core 44 hole prior to HMAC placement. 45 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 12 of 12 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b. The removed concrete core if the core is intact without cracks or significant 1 chipping upon approval by the Public Works Inspector. An approved concrete 2 crack repair epoxy shall be used in conjunction with the replaced core. 3 5. Clean roadway surface after repair operations and remove and dispose of any 4 excess material. 5 E. Concrete Crack Repair 6 1. Follow procedures outlined in the TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual unless 7 otherwise specified in the Drawings. 8 2. Submit application methods for review and approval prior to performing any crack 9 repair. 10 F. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 11 1. Install joint sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 12 G. Disposal, Salvaging, and Recycling 13 1. Perform in accordance with Section 02 41 15. 14 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 17 A. Concrete Testing 18 1. Perform testing in accordance with this specification and Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 19 00, and 32 13 13. 20 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 23 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 24 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 25 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 26 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 27 END OF SECTION 28 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/14/2024 Added Core Hole Repair specifications; 1.1.A, 1.2.A.5, 3.4.D 6/14/2024 Modified Utility Trench Repair to match current City Details under 3.4.A.3 29 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 1 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 05 16 1 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Coarse and fine aggregate requirements for asphalt and concrete. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Aggregate materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid for 14 separately. All items required for the testing and furnishing of aggregates is subsidiary 15 to other pertinent items. 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 18 1. AQMP – Texas Department of Transportation’s Aggregate Quality Monitoring 19 Program (Tex-499-A) 20 2. BRSQC – Texas Department of Transportation’s Bituminous Rated Source Quality 21 Catalog 22 3. CRSQC – Texas Department of Transportation’s Concrete Rated Source Quality 23 Catalog 24 4. HMA – Hot-Mix Asphalt 25 5. RAP – Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement 26 6. RAS – Recycled Asphalt Shingles 27 7. SAC – Surface Aggregate Classification 28 8. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 29 9. WWARP – Wet Weather Accident Reduction Program 30 B. Reference Standards 31 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 32 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 33 unless a date is specifically cited. 34 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 35 Specifications (DMS) 36 a. DMS-9210, Limestone Rock Asphalt (LRA). 37 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 2 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3. TxDOT Test Procedures: 1 a. Tex-100-E, Surveying and Sampling Soils for Highways. 2 b. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils. 3 c. Tex-200-F, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 4 d. Tex-203-F, Sand Equivalent Test. 5 e. Tex-217-F, Determining Deleterious Material and Decantation Test for Coarse 6 Aggregates (Bituminous Mixtures). 7 f. Tex-221-F, Sampling Aggregate for Bituminous Mixtures, Surface Treatments, 8 and Limestone Rock Asphalt. 9 g. Tex-280-F, Determining Flat and Elongated Particles. 10 h. Tex-402-A, Fineness Modulus of Fine Aggregate. 11 i. Tex-406-A, Material finer than No. 200 Sieve in Mineral Aggregates 12 (Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates) 13 j. Tex-408-A, Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregate for Concrete. 14 k. Tex-410-A, Abrasion of Coarse Aggregate Using the Los Angeles Machine. 15 l. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium 16 Sulfate. 17 m. Tex-413-A, Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate. 18 n. Tex-460-A, Determining Crushed Face Particle Count. 19 o. Tex-499-A, Aggregate Quality Monitoring Program. 20 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 27 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 28 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 29 66 00. 30 B. Storage and Stockpiling of Aggregates 31 1. General 32 a. Selected stockpiling location should be relatively flat. Clean the area of trash, 33 weeds, and grass. 34 b. Stockpile aggregates for each source and type separately. 35 c. Do not add materials to approved stockpiles. 36 d. Prevent segregation of the aggregates and maintain the stockpiles. 37 2. Coarse Aggregates 38 a. Separate the stockpiles into different gradations. 39 b. The stockpiles should be separated so that the grading requirements of final 40 product are met when the piles are combined. 41 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 3 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 c. No more than 20 percent by weight of material that passes a number 8 sieve 1 will be allowed in the coarse aggregate stockpile unless specified in the 2 Drawings. 3 3. Fine Aggregates 4 a. Stockpiles may contain coarse aggregate of up to 20-percent by weight. 5 b. The coarse aggregate included in the fine aggregate stockpile is required to 6 meet the quality tests specified in Table 2. 7 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 10 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 11 2.2 MATERIALS 12 A. General 13 1. Provide aggregates free from loam, clay balls, or other injurious foreign matter 14 occurring either free or as a coating. 15 2. Provide aggregates in accordance with the definitions in Tex-100-E. 16 3. Perform, document, and provide all test results for aggregate testing. 17 4. Provide aggregates from sources that stockpile each type of aggregate separately. 18 5. Furnish LRA in accordance with DMS-9210, “Limestone Rock Asphalt (LRA)” 19 when used. 20 6. Provide aggregates for asphalt production from TxDOT’s Bituminous Rated Source 21 Quality Catalog (BRSQC). 22 7. Provide aggregates for concrete production from TxDOT’s Concrete Rated Source 23 Quality Catalog (CRSQC). 24 8. Submit material tests from source locations to verify the aggregates are in 25 accordance with this Section. 26 9. Conform aggregate sampling to Tex-221-F. 27 Table 1 28 Aggregate Types 29 Type Material A Gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA B Crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA C Gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone D Crushed gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone B. Coarse Aggregate 30 1. The portion of the total aggregates retained on the number 10 sieve. 31 2. Provide coarse aggregate of uniform quality throughout. 32 3. Asphalt Requirements 33 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 4 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. General 1 1) Provide aggregates from stockpiles that have no more than 20% material 2 passing the number 8 sieve. 3 2) Provide aggregates that meet the definitions of crushed gravel or crushed 4 stone in accordance with Tex-100-E. 5 3) Use only the rated values on the BRSQC for hot-mix. Rated values for 6 surface treatment do not apply to coarse aggregate sources used in hot-mix 7 asphalt. 8 4) Maximum aggregate size should not be over half of the proposed lift depth 9 to prevent particle on particle contact issues. 10 b. RAP 11 1) Aggregate from RAP is not required to meet the requirements of Table 2 12 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by the City. 13 c. SAC Requirements 14 1) Furnish aggregate with a minimum SAC of A for all surface course asphalt 15 lifts used on travel lanes. The BRSQC lists the SAC for sources on the 16 AQMP. 17 2) Do not blend aggregate to meet the SAC unless otherwise approved. 18 3) If blending is approved by the City: 19 a) Class A and Class B aggregates are defined in TxDOT WWARP. 20 b) Class B aggregate meeting all other requirements in Table 2 may be 21 blended with a Class A aggregate to meet requirements for Class A 22 materials. 23 (1) Ensure that at least 50 percent by weight, or volume if required, of 24 the material retained on the Number 4 sieve comes from the Class 25 A aggregate source. 26 c) Blend by volume if the bulk specific gravities of Class A and B 27 aggregates differ by more than 0.300. 28 d) Coarse aggregate from RAP and RAS will be considered as Class B 29 aggregate for blending purposes. 30 4. Concrete Requirements 31 a. General 32 1) Provide coarse aggregate consisting of durable particles of gravel, crushed 33 blast furnace slag in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C989 34 Grade 100 or 120, recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete, crushed 35 stone, or combinations which are free from frozen material and from 36 injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable 37 material. 38 2) Provide coarse aggregate of uniform quality throughout. 39 40 41 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 5 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 2 1 Coarse Aggregate Requirements 2 Property Test Method Requirement Sampling Tex-221-F – SAC Tex-499-A (AQMP) Note 1 Deleterious material, percent maximum Tex-217-F, Part 1 1.5 Decantation, percent maximum Tex-406-A, Part 2 1.5 Los Angeles Abrasion, percent maximum Tex-410-A 40 Magnesium sulfate soundness,2,3 5 cycles, percent maximum (non-air-entrained concrete and asphalt) Tex-411-A 25 Coarse aggregate angularity, 2 crushed faces, percent minimum Tex-460-A, Part 1 85 Additional Requirements for Asphalt Flat and elongated particles at 5:1, percent maximum Tex-280-F 10 Additional Requirements for Concrete Magnesium sulfate soundness,2,4 5 cycles, percent maximum (air-entrained concrete) Tex-411-A 18 Weight of Clay Lumps, percent maximum Tex-413-A 0.25 Weight of Shale, percent maximum 1.0 Weight of Laminate and Friable Particle, percent maximum 5.0 1. SAC A for All Surface Courses Unless Otherwise Noted on Drawings. 2. Recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete is not subject to 5-cycle magnesium sulfate soundness requirements. 3. Only when air-entrained concrete is required by the plans. 4. FOR CONCRETE ONLY: If the material finer than the number 200 sieve is determined to be at least 85% calcium carbonate in accordance with Tex-406-A: • Increase the decantation limit to 3.0 percent for all classes of concrete. • Increase the decantation limit to 5.0 percent for Class A, B, and P concrete. • Provide test results with concrete action submittals. C. Fine Aggregate 3 1. Consists of crushed stone, crushed gravel, sand, and/or limestone or steel slag 4 screenings 5 2. Provide fine aggregate, except for field sand, from coarse aggregate sources that 6 meet the requirements of this specification. 7 3. Asphalt Requirements 8 a. Provide sand, limestone, or steel slag screenings passing the number 40 sieve 9 that conform to the requirements shown in Table 3. 10 b. Provide aggregates free from impurities. 11 c. Use fine aggregate, with the exception of field sand, from coarse aggregate 12 sources that conform to requirements in Table 3. 13 d. Sand 14 1) No more than 15 percent of the total aggregate may be field sand or other 15 uncrushed fine aggregate. 16 2) Gradation – The gradation of the sand is the portion of the total aggregate 17 that passes the No. 10 sieve. Provide sand that is well graded and composed 18 of sound, durable sand particles. 19 20 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 6 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Concrete Requirements 1 a. Provide fine aggregate consisting of natural sand, manufactured sand, or a 2 combination of the two, that is clean, hard, durable, uncoated, and free from 3 clay lumps. 4 b. Provide fine aggregate free from frozen material and injurious amounts of salt, 5 alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable material. 6 Table 3 7 Fine Aggregate Requirements 8 Property Test Method Requirement Requirements for Asphalt Linear Shrinkage, Percent, Maximum Tex-107-E 3 Organic Impurities Tex-408-A None allowed Additional Requirements for Concrete Weight of clay lumps, percent maximum Tex-413-A 0.50 Sand Equivalent, percent maximum Tex-203-F 80 Fineness Modulus Tex-402-A 2.3 to 3.1 Organic Impurities* Tex-408-A None allowed * - Only when air-entrained concrete is required by the plans. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 10 A. Aggregate Quality Requirements 11 1. Submit material tests from source location to verify the aggregates are in 12 accordance with the applicable requirements in Tables 2 and 3. 13 a. Test and Evaluation Reports 14 a) Provide testing and evaluation reports to the City for each material 15 being used to prepare concrete pavement. Test samples or provide 16 product data verifying source material complies with all requirements 17 in this Section. Materials to be tested include, but are not limited to: 18 (1) Coarse and Fine Aggregate Testing 19 (a) Provide verification that the material source location is listed 20 on TxDOT’s CRSQC. If listed, source quality testing may be 21 waived. 22 (b) If the source location is not listed on TxDOT’s CRSQC, 23 provide all testing and evaluation reports to verify the source 24 material complies with all requirements in Section 32 05 16. 25 (2) Cement and Supplementary Cementing materials 26 (3) Manufacturer supplied testing and product data 27 2. Submit new material tests from any new source location. 28 B. Non-Conforming Work 29 1. General 30 a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to 31 this Section. 32 b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 33 Concrete Pavement if any material used is found to be non-conforming at no 34 cost to the City. 35 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 7 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1 2. Aggregates 2 a. Test in accordance with specified ASTM and TxDOT Test Methods in this 3 Section. 4 b. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of this Section will be rejected. 5 c. Aggregate source locations may be rejected if supplied aggregates do not meet 6 the requirements of this Section. 7 d. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 9 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 10 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 11 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 12 3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 14 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 15 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 16 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 17 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 18 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 19 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 20 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 21 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 22 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 23 END OF SECTION 24 25 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 26 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 11 23 1 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Foundation course for surface course or other base course composed of flexible 6 base constructed in one or more courses in accordance with the typical section 7 specified in the Drawings. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract. 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14 3. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment 17 1. Flexible Base 18 a. Measurement 19 1) Measured by the square yard of Flexible Base Course installed. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23 price bid per square yard for Flexible Base Course installed for: 24 a) Various depths. 25 b) Various grades. 26 c) Various types. 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 1) Furnishing and installing Flexible Base Course as specified by the 29 Drawings 30 2) Loading 31 3) Unloading 32 4) Hauling 33 5) Storing 34 6) Disposal of excess materials 35 2. Rework 36 a. Payment 37 1) Material used and work performed for reworking will not be paid for 38 directly but will be subsidiary to original item bid. 39 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A. Definitions 2 1. RAP – Recycled Asphalt Pavement. 3 B. Reference Standards 4 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 5 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 6 unless a date is specifically cited. 7 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 8 a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 9 Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 10 b. D6938, Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 11 and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 12 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedures: 13 a. Tex-104-E, Determining Liquid Limits of Soils 14 b. Tex-106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils 15 c. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils 16 d. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils 17 e. Tex-116-E, Ball Mill Method for Determining the Disintegration of Flexible 18 Base Material 19 f. Tex-117-E, Triaxial Compression for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials 20 g. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer 21 h. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium 22 Sulfate 23 i. Tex-413-A, Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate 24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery of materials. 28 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29 A. Informational Submittals 30 1. Proposed source and supplier of flexible base material. 31 2. Equipment Information 32 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 33 1) Equipment name and description 34 2) Size 35 3) Intended use 36 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 37 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 38 1. All test reports generated during testing. 39 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 4 1. Deposit material directly on subgrade and spread and shape same day. 5 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 6 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 7 66 00. 8 2. Stockpiling 9 a. When required, stockpile base material at a location approved by City. 10 b. Create stockpiles in layers no greater than 2 feet thick. 11 c. Stockpile must have a total height between 6 feet and 12 feet. 12 d. Do not load material from stockpile until City has approved stockpile 13 construction. 14 e. Load by making successive vertical cuts through the entire depth of the 15 stockpile. 16 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 20 A. Existing Products 21 1. Recycled Concrete 22 a. Recycled concrete may only be used in Type D Flexible Base when obtained 23 from the City. 24 1) Coordinate with City regarding quantity available for use in the Work. 25 a) Contractor will not be entitled to additional payment or to submit a 26 Contract Claim if recycled concrete is not available for their use. 27 b. City-furnished recycled concrete is not subject to the requirements of Table 1. 28 c. The final blended product will be subject to the requirements of Table 1. 29 2.2 MATERIALS 30 A. General 31 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality in accordance with this 32 Section and as specified in the Drawings. 33 2. Notify City of changes to material sources. 34 3. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction 35 throughout the duration of the project to assure materials accordance with this 36 Section. 37 38 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 B. Aggregates 1 1. Furnish aggregate of the type and grade specified in the Drawings and in 2 accordance with the requirements of Table 1. 3 2. If blending of sources is approved by the City, ensure each source is in accordance 4 with the requirements of Table 1. 5 3. Do not use additives, such as but not limited to lime, cement, or fly ash to modify 6 aggregates to meet the requirements of Table 1 unless approved by the City. 7 a. Additives may be used during final placing as directed by the geotechnical report. 8 9 Table 1 10 Material Requirements 11 Property Test Method Grade 1 Grade 2 Master gradation sieve size (% retained) Tex-110-E 2-1/2 in. – 0 1-3/4 in. 0 0–10 7/8 in. 10–35 – 3/8 in. 30–50 – No. 4 45–65 45–75 No. 40 70–85 60–85 Liquid limit, % max.1 Tex-104-E 35 40 Plasticity index, max.1 Tex-106-E 10 12 Wet ball mill, % max.2 Tex-116-E 40 45 Wet ball mill, % max. increase passing the No. 40 sieve 20 20 Classification3 Tex-117-E 1.0 1.1–2.3 Min. compressive strength3, psi lateral pressure 0 psi 45 35 lateral pressure 15 psi 175 175 1. Determine plastic index in accordance with Tex 107-E (linear shrinkage) when liquid limit is unattainable as 12 defined in Tex 104-E. 13 2. When a soundness value is required by the Drawings, test material in accordance with Tex 411-A. 14 3. Meet both the classification and the minimum compressive strength, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 15 C. Flexible Base Types 16 1. Type A 17 a. Flexible Base Course consisting of limestone aggregate obtained from single, 18 naturally occurring source in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 19 b. Do not use gravel or recycled materials in Type A Flexible Base Course. 20 2. Type B 21 a. Flexible Base Course consisting of limestone aggregate obtained from two or 22 more naturally occurring sources in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 23 b. Do not use gravel or recycled materials in Type B Flexible Base Course. 24 3. Type D 25 a. Flexible Base Course consisting of Type A material in addition to up to 30% 26 recycled material. 27 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Ensure final blended material is in accordance with the requirements of Table 1. 1 D. Recycled Materials 2 1. General 3 a. Obtain City approval prior to using any recycled materials. 4 b. Furnish recycled materials free from reinforcing steel and other objectional 5 material. 6 c. Furnish recycled materials with at most 1.5 percent deleterious material when 7 tested in accordance with TEX-413-A. 8 2. Recycled Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 9 a. Up to 30% of Flexible Base Course material may be RAP when approved by 10 the City. 11 b. Crush RAP such that 100% passes the 2 inch sieve. 12 E. Water 13 1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 14 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 15 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 16 PART 3 - EXECUTION 17 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 18 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 19 3.3 PREPARATION 20 A. Surface Preparation 21 1. Shape subgrade or existing base to the lines and elevations indicated in the 22 construction plans according to the typical sections specified in the Drawings or as 23 directed by City. 24 2. Proof roll subgrade material and correct soft spots as directed. 25 3. Remove unsuitable soil or material and replace with acceptable soil. 26 4. When material is imported from a borrow source, manipulate and thoroughly mix 27 new base with existing material to provide uniform mixture before shaping. 28 B. Demolition / Removal 29 1. Remove existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 as specified in the 30 Drawings. 31 3.4 INSTALLATION 32 A. General 33 1. Construct each layer uniformly, free of loose or segregated areas, and with the 34 required density and moisture content. 35 2. Maximum layer depth of flexible base course in single layer not to exceed 6 inches. 36 3. Minimum layer depth of flexible base course is 2 inches. 37 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Where subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches in thickness, construct in 2 or more 1 courses of equal thickness not exceeding 4 inches. 2 5. Provide a smooth surface in accordance with the typical sections, lines, and grades 3 specified in the Drawings or as directed by City. 4 B. Equipment 5 1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 6 work. 7 2. Compaction 8 a. A roller is required for all compaction operations. The roller must have 9 adequate weight and dimensions to achieve the required compaction. A roller 10 shall be deemed acceptable if it can consistently achieve the desired results for 11 flexible base placement. 12 b. Sheepsfoot rollers are not allowed. 13 c. Alternate Equipment 14 1) Contractor may use alternative compaction equipment that produces 15 equivalent results if approved by City prior to use. Discontinue use of the 16 alternate equipment and furnish the specified equipment if the desired 17 results are not achieved. 18 2) City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 19 quality requirements of the Contract Documents are not met. 20 C. Placement 21 1. Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer by approved means the same 22 day as delivered unless otherwise approved by City. 23 2. Move all material from the location in which it is deposited no more than once. 24 3. Place material such that it is mixed to minimize segregation. 25 4. Construct layers to the thickness specified in the Drawings while maintaining the 26 shape of the course. 27 5. Control dust by sprinkling. 28 6. Correct or replace segregated areas as directed. 29 7. Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same construction 30 methods required for the first course. 31 8. When required to use multiple lifts, ensure successive base courses and finish 32 courses are placed such that section breaks do not align. 33 D. Compaction 34 1. Compact using density control unless otherwise specified in the Contract 35 Documents. 36 2. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. When necessary, sprinkle the 37 material to the extent necessary to provide not less than the required density as 38 specified in this Section. 39 3. Compact the full depth of the subbase or base to the extent necessary to remain firm 40 and stable under construction equipment. 41 4. Density Control 42 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density 1 not less than 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM 2 D698. 3 b. Final moisture content shall be plus or minus 2 percent of optimum. 4 E. Finishing 5 1. After completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight-blade surface with a maintainer or 6 subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 7 2. Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location. 8 3. Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with an appropriate size pneumatic 9 tire roller until a smooth surface is attained. 10 4. Add small increments of water as needed during rolling. 11 5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in accordance with the typical sections, 12 lines, and grades as specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 13 6. In areas where surfacing is to be placed, correct grade deviations greater than 1/4 14 inch in 16 feet measured longitudinally or greater than 1/4 inch over the entire 15 width of the cross-section. 16 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 17 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 18 A. Reworking a Flexible Base Section 19 1. Rework any constructed course which fails to meet the requirements of this Section. 20 2. Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable material 21 if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. 22 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 23 A. Field Test and Inspections 24 1. Test in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 25 2. Density Test 26 a. City must be on site during density testing 27 b. Measure density of flexible base course in accordance with ASTM D6938. 28 c. Measure density every 100’ along corridor or as directed by City. 29 d. City to determine density testing locations. 30 3. Depth Test 31 a. City must be on site during density testing 32 b. Measure depth of flexible base course in accordance with Tex-140-E in hand 33 excavated holes. 34 c. Measure depth every 300’ along corridor or as directed by City. 35 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE 6 A. Maintain the completed flexible base in good condition, satisfactory to the City as to 7 grade, crown, and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed. 8 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9 END OF SECTION 10 11 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/14/2024 Eliminated 0.2 ft tolerance on subgrade elevations; 3.3.A.1 6/14/2024 Removed sheepsfoot roller for compaction; 3.4.B.2 12 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 11 29 1 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Treating subgrade, subbase, and base courses by pulverization and addition of lime. 6 2. Mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density. 7 B. Deviations from City of Denton Standards: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 12 3. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 13 4. Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation. 14 5. Section 31 24 00 – Embankments. 15 6. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 16 7. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Commercial Lime Slurry 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured by ton (dry weight) as calculated from minimum percent dry 22 solids content of slurry multiplied by weight of Commercial Lime Slurry 23 installed. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The materials furnished in accordance with this item and measured as 26 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton 27 for “Commercial Lime Slurry.” 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Furnishing Commercial Lime Slurry as specified by the Drawings 30 2) Hauling 31 3) Unloading 32 4) Storing 33 5) Handling 34 2. Quicklime 35 a. Measurement 36 1) Measured by ton (dry weight) of Quicklime installed. 37 38 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Payment 1 1) The materials furnished in accordance with this item and measured as 2 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton 3 of “Quicklime” installed. 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Furnishing Quicklime as specified by the Drawings. 6 2) Hauling 7 3) Unloading 8 4) Storing 9 5) Handling 10 3. Lime Treatment 11 a. Measurement 12 1) Measured by square yard of base course treated. 13 b. Payment 14 1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 15 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 16 square yard of “Lime Treatment” for: 17 a) Various depths. 18 c. The price bid shall include: 19 1) Treating base course as specified in the Drawings 20 2) Subgrade preparation 21 3) Excavation 22 4) Loading 23 5) Unloading 24 6) Hauling 25 7) Disposal of excess material 26 8) Compaction 27 9) Clean-up 28 1.3 REFERENCES 29 A. Definitions 30 1. Commercial Lime Slurry: liquid mixture of hydrated lime solids and water 31 delivered to a project in slurry form. 32 2. Quicklime: dry material consisting of calcium oxide furnished in Grade DS – 33 “pebble” quicklime suitable for use in the preparation of slurry for wet placing. 34 B. Reference Standards 35 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 36 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 37 unless a date is specifically cited. 38 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 39 a. C977, Standard Specification for Quicklime and Hydrated Lime for Soil 40 Stabilization. 41 b. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 42 Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)). 43 c. D6938, Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 44 and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 45 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 1 Specifications (DMS) 2 a. DMS-6350, Lime and Lime Slurry. 3 4. TxDOT Test Procedures: 4 a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. 5 b. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer. 6 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 7 1.5 SUBMITTALS 8 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 9 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any lime 10 treating activities. 11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12 A. Informational Submittals 13 1. Proposed source and supplier of lime treatment material. 14 2. Equipment Information 15 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 16 1) Equipment name and description 17 2) Size 18 3) Intended use 19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 20 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 21 1. All test reports generated during testing. 22 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 24 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 26 1. List the weight of lime measured on certified scales on each truck ticket. 27 2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk 28 delivery of lime to the site. 29 3. When using slurry, spread lime across treatment area when delivered in accordance 30 with this Section. 31 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 32 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 33 66 00. 34 2. Store Quicklime pellets in closed, weatherproof containers. 35 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 36 A. Ambient Conditions 37 1. Ambient air temperature must be 35°F and rising or at least 40°F. 38 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Ground shall show no evidence of freezing or frozen field conditions. 1 B. Suspend Lime Treatment if: 2 1. Ambient Condition requirements are not met 3 2. City determines weather conditions are unsuitable 4 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7 2.2 MATERIALS 8 A. General 9 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality in accordance with the 10 Drawings and this Section. 11 2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and changes to material sources. 12 3. Obtain City approval for material sources. 13 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. 14 5. Furnish lime in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C977. 15 6. Furnish lime in slurry or Quicklime pebble form. 16 B. Slurry Grades 17 1. Prior to treating the base select a grade to be used and notify the City. 18 2. Furnish Commercial Lime Slurry in accordance with DMS-6350 and the applicable 19 grade requirements below: 20 21 Minimum Dry Solids Contents by Percentage of the Slurry Grade 2 35 Grade 3 46 22 C. Quicklime 23 1. Furnish Grade DS Quicklime only in accordance with DMS-6350. 24 D. Flexible Base Courses 25 1. Furnish base material in accordance with Section 32 11 23, for the type and grade 26 specified in the Drawings, before the addition of lime. 27 E. Embankment 28 1. Furnish Embankments in accordance with Section 31 24 00 before the addition of 29 lime. 30 F. Water 31 1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 32 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5 3.3 PREPARATION 6 A. Surface Preparation 7 1. Shape the subgrade or existing base to within 0.2 feet of finished grade in 8 accordance with typical sections specified in the Drawings or as directed. 9 2. Proof roll the subgrade and correct any rutting. 10 3. Remove unsuitable soil or material and replace with acceptable soil. 11 4. When material is imported from a borrow source, manipulate and thoroughly mix 12 new base with existing material to provide uniform mixture before shaping. 13 B. Demolition / Removal 14 1. Remove existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 as shown in the 15 Drawings. 16 2. Remove existing soil in accordance with Section 31 23 16 as shown in the 17 Drawings. 18 3.4 INSTALLATION 19 A. General 20 1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: 21 a. Uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas 22 b. Uniform density and moisture content 23 c. Well bound for full depth 24 d. A smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses 25 2. Maximum layer depth of 6 inches of lime treatment in single layer. 26 3. Minimum layer depth of 2 inches of lime treatment. 27 4. For treated subgrades exceeding 6 inches deep, pulverize, apply lime, mix, 28 compact, and finish in equal layers not exceeding 4 inches deep. 29 B. Equipment 30 1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 31 work. 32 2. Pulverization Equipment 33 a. Provide pulverization equipment that: 34 1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters 35 plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut. 36 2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times 37 3) Uniformly mixes the materials. 38 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3. Compaction 1 a. Sheepsfoot roller required for all compaction operations. 2 4. Proof Rolling 3 a. Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or 4 pump. 5 1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck with 6 minimum 1,500-gallon capacity. 7 5. Slurry Equipment 8 a. Provide a distributor truck equipped with an agitator, or 9 b. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry. 10 6. Substitution requests for equipment not indicated above shall be processed in 11 accordance with Section 01 25 00. 12 a. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 13 quality requirements of the Contract Documents are not met. 14 C. Pulverization 15 1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so 100 percent passes a 2 1/2 16 inch sieve. 17 2. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass, 18 excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve 19 processing to depth as specified in the Drawings. 20 D. Application of Lime 21 1. General 22 a. Uniformly apply lime in accordance with the Drawings or as directed by the 23 City. 24 b. Add lime in accordance with percentage specified in Geotechnical report or as 25 directed by the City. 26 c. Apply lime slurry only on an area where mixing can be completed during the 27 same working day. 28 d. Apply Quicklime pebbles only on an area where mixing can be completed 29 immediately after placement. 30 2. Slurry Placement 31 a. Apply Commercial Lime Slurry with a percentage not less applicable for grade 32 used. 33 b. Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the proper 34 moisture and lime content have been achieved. 35 3. Quicklime Pebble Placement 36 a. Spread Quicklime pebbles using a rotary vane spreader. 37 E. Mixing 38 1. Begin mixing within 6 hours of application of lime. 39 2. Thoroughly mix the material and lime using approved equipment. 40 3. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free 41 from all clods and lumps. 42 4. Do not mix greater than 1 inch deeper than specified stabilization depth. 43 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 5. Mix materials containing plastic clay or other materials not readily mixed with lime 1 as thoroughly as possible at the time of lime application. Bring mixture to the 2 proper moisture content and seal with a pneumatic roller. 3 6. Allow the mixture to cure for 72 hours. 4 7. When Quicklime pebble is used allow the mixture to cure for 2 to 4 days as 5 directed. 6 8. Sprinkle the treated materials during the mixing and curing operation to achieve 7 adequate hydration and proper moisture content. 8 9. After curing, resume mixing until a homogeneous, friable mixture is obtained. 9 10. After mixing, City may sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in 10 accordance with Tex-101-E, Part III, to determine compliance with the following 11 gradation requirements: 12 13 Sieve Size Minimum % Passing 1-3/4 in. 100 3/4 in. 85 No. 4 60 14 F. Compaction 15 1. General 16 a. Begin compaction immediately after final mixing. 17 b. Aerate and sprinkle as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. 18 c. When multiple lifts are required bring each layer to moisture content as directed 19 by the City. 20 2. Proof Rolling 21 a. City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 22 b. Minimum of 2 passes made with the proof roller, offsetting each trip by at most 23 one tire width. 24 c. Correct areas of rutting or pumping greater than 3/4 in and unstable or non-25 uniform areas in accordance with this Section. 26 3. Density Control 27 a. Compact until entire depth of mixture has achieved a uniform density of not 28 less than 98 percent of the maximum density in accordance with ASTM D698. 29 b. Final moisture content shall be plus or minus 2 percent of optimum. 30 G. Finishing 31 1. Complete after compaction of the final course. 32 2. Clip, skin, or tight-blade surface of lime-treated material with a maintainer or 33 subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 34 3. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 35 4. Roll the clipped surface immediately with pneumatic tire roller until a smooth 36 surface is attained. 37 5. Maintain density control by adding small amounts of water as needed during 38 rolling. 39 6. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, 40 lines, and grades shown in the Drawings or as directed. 41 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 H. Curing 1 1. Allow lime treatment to cure in accordance with finished pavement type. 2 a. Concrete pavement 3 1) Sprinkle with water 4 2) Maintain moisture during curing 5 3) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing except as 6 required for sprinkling. 7 b. Asphalt Pavement 8 1) Apply an asphalt material in accordance with 32 12 16 at a rate of 0.05 to 9 0.20 gallon per square yard. 10 2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing. 11 2. Allow lime treatment to cure for minimum number of days in accordance with 12 requirements for PI of untreated material: 13 14 Untreated Material Curing (Days) PI ≤ 35 2 PI > 35 5 3. Begin paving operations or add other courses within 14 calendar days of final 15 compaction. 16 4. Keep treated subgrade moist preventing cracking until pavement or other courses 17 are placed. 18 5. If the pavement or other courses are not to be placed within 14 days of final 19 compaction apply a seal coat to the treated subgrade surface in accordance with 20 Section 32 12 16. 21 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 22 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 23 A. Reworking 24 1. Reworking includes loosening, adding material, or removing unacceptable material, 25 if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. 26 2. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required 27 moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project 28 is accepted. 29 a. Continue until material is in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 30 b. Rework in accordance with this Section. 31 3. A minimum of 72 hours of curing time after the initial mixing of the subgrade will 32 be required before remixing is allowed and the placement of base courses or other 33 construction activities are permitted. 34 4. When a section is reworked more than 72 hours after completion of compaction, 35 add additional lime at 25 percent of the percentage specified. 36 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 37 A. Field Test and Inspections 38 1. Perform tests in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 39 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Density Test 1 a. City must be on site during density testing 2 b. Measure density of lime treated subgrade in accordance with ASTM D6938. 3 c. Measure density every 100’ along corridor. 4 d. City determines density testing locations. 5 3. Depth Test 6 a. City must be on site during density testing. 7 b. Measure depth of lime treated subgrade in accordance with Tex-140-E in hand 8 excavated holes. 9 c. Measure depth every 250’ along corridor. 10 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 11 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 12 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 13 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 14 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 15 3.13 MAINTENANCE 16 A. Maintain the completed soil lime base in good condition and satisfactory to the City as 17 to grade, crown, and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed. 18 B. Keep treated subgrade moist preventing cracking until pavement or other courses are 19 placed. 20 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 21 END OF SECTION 22 23 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/25/2024 Modified ambient field condition requirements; 1.11.A 24 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 11 33 1 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes 5 1. Treating subgrade, subbase, and base courses by pulverization and addition of 6 cement. 7 2. Mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 11 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 12 2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 13 3. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 14 4. Section 31 24 00 - Embankment. 15 5. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 16 6. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Cement 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured by the ton of Cement installed. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The materials furnished in accordance with this item and measured as 24 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton 25 of Cement installed. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Furnishing Cement as specified in the Drawings 28 1) Hauling 29 2) Unloading 30 3) Storing 31 4) Handling 32 2. Cement Treatment 33 a. Measurement 34 1) Measured by the square yard of base course treated. 35 b. Payment 36 1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 37 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 38 square yard of “Cement Treatment” for: 39 a) Various depths. 40 41 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 c. The price bid shall include: 1 1) Treating base course as specified in the Drawings 2 2) Subgrade preparation 3 3) Excavation 4 4) Loading 5 5) Unloading 6 6) Hauling 7 7) Disposal of excess material 8 8) Compaction 9 9) Clean-up 10 1.3 REFERENCES 11 A. Reference Standards 12 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 13 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 14 unless a date is specifically cited. 15 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 16 a. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 17 b. D558, Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density (Unit Weight) Relations of 18 Soil-Cement Mixtures. 19 c. D6938, Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 20 and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 21 3. TxDOT Test Procedures: 22 a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. 23 b. Tex-120-E, Soil-Cement Testing 24 c. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer 25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 26 1.5 SUBMITTALS 27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 28 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any cement 29 treatment activities. 30 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31 A. Informational Submittals 32 1. Proposed source and supplier of cement treatment material. 33 2. Equipment Information 34 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 35 1) Equipment name and description 36 2) Size 37 3) Intended use 38 3. Cement Mix Design 39 a. Submit mix design detailing target cement content and optimum moisture 40 content in accordance with Tex-120-E. 41 42 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 2 1. All test reports generated during testing. 3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 6 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 7 1. List the weight of cement measured on certified scales on each truck ticket. 8 2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk 9 delivery of cement to the site. 10 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 11 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 12 66 00. 13 2. Store cement in closed, weatherproof containers. 14 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 15 A. Ambient Conditions 16 1. Surface temperature must be at least 60°F and the ambient temperature must be 17 45°F and rising. 18 B. Suspend cement treatment if: 19 1. Ambient Condition requirements are not met 20 2. City determines weather conditions are unsuitable 21 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24 2.2 MATERIALS 25 A. General 26 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality in accordance with the 27 Drawings and this Section. 28 2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. 29 3. Obtain City approval for material sources. 30 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. 31 B. Cement 32 1. Furnish cement in accordance with ASTM C150 Type I, II or IP. 33 34 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 C. Flexible Base Courses 1 1. Furnish base material in accordance with the requirements of Section 32 11 23 for 2 the type and grade specified in the Drawings, before the addition of cement. 3 D. Embankment 4 1. Furnish embankment in accordance with the requirements of Section 31 24 00 5 before the addition of cement. 6 E. Water 7 1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 8 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13 3.3 PREPARATION 14 A. Surface Preparation 15 1. Shape the subgrade or existing base to within 0.2 feet of finished grade in 16 accordance with the typical sections shown in the Drawings or as directed. 17 2. Proof roll roadbed in accordance with Paragraph 3.4 unless specified otherwise. 18 3. Remove unsuitable soil or material and replace with acceptable soil. 19 4. When material is imported from a borrow source manipulate and thoroughly mix 20 new base with existing material to provide a uniform mixture before shaping. 21 B. Demolition / Removal 22 1. Remove existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 as shown on the 23 Drawings. 24 3.4 INSTALLATION 25 A. General 26 1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: 27 a. Uniform Portland cement mixture, free from loose or segregated areas 28 b. Uniform density and moisture content 29 c. Well bound for full depth 30 d. With smooth surface and suitable for placing subsequent courses 31 2. Maximum layer depth of 6 inches of cement treatment in single layer. 32 3. Minimum layer depth of 2 inches of cement treatment. 33 4. For treated subgrade exceeding 6 inches deep, pulverize, apply cement, mix, 34 compact, and finish in equal layers not exceeding 4 inches deep. 35 36 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 B. Equipment 1 1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 2 work. 3 2. Pulverization Equipment 4 a. Provide pulverization equipment that: 5 1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters 6 plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut 7 2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times 8 3) Uniformly mixes the materials 9 3. Compaction 10 a. Sheepsfoot roller required for all compaction purposes. 11 4. Proof rolling 12 a. Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or 13 pump. 14 1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck with 15 minimum 1,500-gallon capacity. 16 5. Slurry Equipment 17 a. Provide a distributor truck equipped with an agitator, or 18 b. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry. 19 6. Substitution requests for equipment not indicated above shall be processed in 20 accordance with Section 01 25 00. 21 a. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 22 quality requirements of the Contract Documents are not met. 23 C. Pulverization 24 1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so that 100 percent by dry 25 weight passes a 2 1/2 inch sieve, and 80 percent by dry weight passes a No. 4 sieve 26 exclusive of gravel or stone retained in sieves. 27 2. No gravel or stone should be greater than 4 inches in maximum dimension. 28 3. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass, 29 excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve 30 processing to depth as specified in the Drawings. 31 D. Application of Cement 32 1. General 33 a. Uniformly apply cement as specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 34 b. Spread by an approved dry or slurry method uniformly on the soil at the rate 35 specified in the Drawings. 36 c. All the operations are to be continuous and completed in daylight within 6-37 hours of initial application. 38 d. Do not exceed the quantity of cement that permits uniform and intimate mixture 39 of soil and cement during dry-mixing operations 40 e. No equipment, except that used in the spreading and mixing, allowed to pass 41 over the freshly spread cement until it is mixed with the soil. 42 2. Dry Placement 43 a. Before applying cement, bring the prepared roadbed to approximately 2 44 percentage points above optimum moisture content. 45 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. If a bulk cement spreader is used, position by string lines or other approved 1 method during spreading to insure a uniform distribution of cement. 2 c. Minimize dust and scattering of lime by wind. Do not apply lime when wind 3 conditions, in the opinion of the City, cause blowing lime to become dangerous 4 to traffic or objectionable to adjacent property owners. 5 3. Slurry Placement 6 a. Apply slurry within 2 hours of adding water and when the roadbed is at a 7 moisture content drier than optimum. 8 b. Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the proper 9 moisture and cement content have been achieved. 10 E. Mixing 11 1. Thoroughly mix the material and cement using approved equipment. 12 2. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and cement is obtained, free 13 from all clods and lumps. 14 3. Keep mixture within moisture tolerances throughout the operation. 15 4. Spread and shape the completed mixture in a uniform layer. 16 5. After mixing City may sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in 17 accordance with Tex-101-E, Part III, to determine compliance with the gradation 18 requirements: 19 Sieve Size Minimum % Passing 1-3/4 in. 100 3/4 in. 85 No. 4 60 F. Compaction 20 1. General 21 a. Begin compaction after mixing, and after gradation and moisture requirements 22 have been met. 23 b. Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until the entire depth of the 24 mixture is uniformly compacted. 25 c. At start of compaction, percentage of moisture in the mixture and in un-26 pulverized soil lumps shall be less than the quantity which shall cause the soil-27 cement mixture to become unstable during compaction and finishing. 28 d. Reconstruct entire section in accordance with this Section at the sole expense of 29 the Contractor if average moisture content exceeds the tolerance given at the 30 time of final compaction. 31 e. Uniformly compact the mixture to specified density within 2-hours. 32 f. After the soil and cement mixture is compacted uniformly apply water as 33 needed and thoroughly mix in. 34 g. Reshape the surface to the required lines, grades, and cross sections. 35 h. Lightly scarify surface to loosen any imprint left by the compacting or shaping 36 equipment. 37 2. Rolling 38 a. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center, 39 overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half the width of the roller unit. 40 b. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the 41 high side. 42 c. Offset alternate trips of the roller. 43 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 MPH or as directed. 1 e. Proof roll the cement treated base course in accordance with the following: 2 1) Proof Rolling 3 a) City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 4 b) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). 5 c) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 6 f. Correct areas of rutting or pumping greater than 3/4 in and unstable or non-7 uniform areas in accordance with Article 3.6. 8 3. Density Control 9 a. Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density of 10 not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM 11 D558. 12 b. Final moisture content shall be minus 2 percent to plus 4 percent of optimum. 13 G. Finishing 14 1. Complete after compaction of the final course. 15 2. Clip, skin, or tight-blade surface of lime-treated material with a maintainer or 16 subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 17 3. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 18 4. Roll the clipped surface immediately with a pneumatic tire roller adding small 19 increments of moisture as needed and until a smooth surface is attained. 20 5. Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling. Shape and maintain the 21 course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades shown 22 in the Drawings or as directed. 23 6. Surface compaction and finishing shall proceed in such a manner as to produce, in 24 not more than 2-hours, a smooth, closely knit surface, free of cracks, ridges or loose 25 material, conforming to the drawn grade and line shown in the Drawings. 26 7. After the final layer or course of the cement modified soil has been compacted, it 27 shall be brought to the required lines and grades in accordance with the typical 28 sections. 29 8. The completed section shall then be finished by rolling with a pneumatic tire or 30 other suitable roller sufficiently to create micro-fractures. 31 H. Micro-fracturing 32 1. Maintain moisture content of the finished cement treated base for a period of 24 to 33 48 hours. 34 2. During this time, but not sooner than 24 hours, roll the finished course with a 35 vibratory roller to induce micro-fracturing. 36 3. Rolling 37 a. Vibratory roller must have a static weight equal to or greater than 12 tons. 38 b. Vibratory roller must be at least 20 inches wide. 39 c. Make 2 to 4 passes vibrating at maximum amplitude traveling at a speed of 2 40 mph. 41 d. Additional passes may be required to achieve the desired cracking pattern, as 42 directed by the City. 43 e. Notify the City 24 hours before the micro-fracturing begins. 44 I. Curing 45 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. General 1 a. Cure for 72 hours after micro-fracturing is complete. 2 b. Maintain the moisture content during curing at no lower than 2 percentage 3 points below optimum. 4 2. Curing method depends on finished pavement type: 5 a. Concrete pavement: 6 1) Sprinkle with water 7 2) Maintain moisture during curing 8 3) Do not allow equipment on finished course during curing except as 9 required for sprinkling, unless otherwise approved. 10 b. Asphalt Pavement: 11 1) Apply an asphalt material in accordance with 32 12 16 at a rate of 0.05 to 12 0.20 gallon per square yard. 13 2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing 14 3. Continue curing until paving operations begin. 15 3.5 RESTORATION [NOT USED] 16 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 17 A. Remedy any low area of treated subgrade by scarifying the surface to a depth of at least 18 2 inches, filling the area with treated material and compacting. 19 B. Remedy any low area of subbase or base by replacing the material for the full depth of 20 subbase or base treatment rather than adding a thin layer of stabilized material to the 21 completed work. 22 C. Reworking a Section 23 1. Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable material 24 if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. 25 2. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required 26 moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project 27 is accepted. 28 a. Continue until material is in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 29 b. Rework in accordance with this Section. 30 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 31 A. Field Test and Inspections 32 1. Perform tests in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 33 2. Density Test 34 a. City must be on site during density testing 35 b. Measure density of cement treated subgrade in accordance with ASTM D6938. 36 c. Measure density every 100’ along corridor. 37 d. City determines density testing locations. 38 3. Depth Test 39 a. City must be on site during density testing. 40 b. Measure depth of cement treated subgrade in accordance with Tex-140-E in 41 hand excavated holes. 42 c. Measure depth every 250’ along corridor. 43 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE 6 A. Maintenance 7 1. Maintain the soil-cement treatment in good condition from the time it first starts 8 work until all work shall is completed. 9 2. Maintenance includes immediate repairs of any defect that may occur after the 10 cement is applied. 11 3. Maintenance work shall be done by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense and 12 repeated as often as necessary to keep the area continuously intact. 13 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 14 END OF SECTION 15 16 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 17 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 1 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 12 16 1 ASPHALT PAVING 2 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Material requirements and construction methods for: 7 a. Asphalt Pavement 8 b. Asphalt Level-Up 9 c. Temporary Asphalt Pavement 10 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 13 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14 Contract. 15 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 16 3. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Paving Repair. 17 4. Section 32 11 29 – Lime Treated Base Courses. 18 5. Section 32 12 73 – Asphalt Paving Joint Sealants. 19 6. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 20 7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22 A. Measurement and Payment 23 1. Asphalt Pavement (SY) 24 a. Measurement 25 1) Measured per square yard of Asphalt Pavement installed. 26 b. Payment 27 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29 price bid per square yard for “Asphalt Pavement (SY)” for: 30 a) Various types. 31 b) Various depths. 32 c) Various performance grade binders. 33 d) Various SAC requirements. 34 2) For all pavement that is not the surface course for travel lanes: 35 “Asphalt Pavement (SY), TY X, PGXX-XX, XX” in Section 1.2A.1.b.1 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Pavement as specified by the Drawings 38 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 39 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 2 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Testing and trial batches 1 4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 2 informational submittals 3 5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 4 6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 5 7) Tack coat, PCE, AE-P, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 6 8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 7 2. Asphalt Pavement (TON) 8 a. Measurement 9 1) Measured tons of Asphalt Pavement (TON) installed 10 a) Tonnage is based on the rate of 110 lb/SY/in (pounds/square 11 yard/pavement inch) 12 b. Payment 13 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 14 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15 price bid per ton for “Asphalt Pavement (TON)” for: 16 a) Various types. 17 b) Various depths. 18 c) Various performance grade binders. 19 d) SAC requirements. 20 c. The price bid shall include: 21 1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Pavement as specified by the Drawings 22 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 23 3) Testing and trial batches 24 4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 25 informational submittals 26 5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 27 6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 28 7) Tack coat, PCE, AE-P, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 29 8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 30 31 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 3 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3. Asphalt Level-Up 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measured ton of Asphalt Level-Up installed 3 a) Tonnage is based on the rate of 110 lb/SY/in (pounds/square 4 yard/pavement inch) 5 b. Payment 6 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 7 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 8 price bid per ton for “Asphalt Level-Up”. 9 c. The price bid shall include: 10 1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Level-Up as specified by the Drawings 11 2) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed (as needed) 12 3) Testing and trial batches 13 4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 14 informational submittals 15 5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 16 6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 17 7) Tack coat, PCE, AE-P, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 18 8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 19 4. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured per square yard of Temporary Asphalt Pavement installed. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per square yard for Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement for: 26 a) Various depths of TY B asphalt pavement. 27 b) Various types of subgrade. 28 c) Examples: 29 (1) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 4” of TY B on 6” of 30 Flexbase Subgrade 31 (2) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 6” of TY B on 8” of 32 Cement Stabilized Subgrade 33 (3) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 8” of TY B on 10” of Lime 34 Stabilized Subgrade 35 c. The price bid shall include: 36 1) Furnishing and installing Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement as 37 specified by the Drawings 38 2) Installation and of temporary asphalt 39 3) Any subgrade required per the drawings or requested by the Contractor due 40 to site conditions. Subgrade could consist of compacted subgrade, treated 41 subgrade, or flexible base. 42 4) Maintaining temporary asphalt for the duration of the traffic control phase 43 it is used for. 44 5) Removal of the temporary asphalt is considered subsidiary to the 45 installation. 46 6) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed (as needed) 47 7) Testing and trial batches (as needed) 48 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 4 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 8) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 1 informational submittals 2 9) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 3 10) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 4 11) Tack coat, PCE, AE-P, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 5 12) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 6 1.3 REFERENCES 7 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 8 1. AQMP – Texas Department of Transportation’s Aggregate Quality Monitoring 9 Program (Tex-499-A) 10 2. BRSQC – Texas Department of Transportation’s Bituminous Rated Source Quality 11 Catalog 12 3. HMA – Hot-Mix Asphalt 13 4. MPL – Texas Department of Transportation’s Material Producer List 14 5. MTD – Material Transfer Device 15 6. PCE – Prime, Cure, and Erosion Control 16 7. RAP – Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement 17 8. RAS – Recycled Asphalt Shingles 18 9. SAC – Surface Aggregate Classification 19 10. TCEQ – Texas Commission on Environmental Quality 20 11. TGC – Texas Gyratory Compactor 21 12. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 22 13. VMA – Voids in Mineral Aggregate 23 14. AE-P – Asphalt Emulsion Prime 24 B. Reference Standards 25 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 26 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 27 unless a date is specifically cited. 28 2. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) 29 a. Handbook 44 – Specifications, Tolerances, and Other Technical Requirements 30 for Weighing and Measuring Devices. 31 3. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 32 Standards: 33 a. M323, Standard Specification for Superpave Volumetric Mix Design 34 b. R35, Standard Practice for Superpave Volumetric Design for Hot Mix Asphalt 35 c. T48, Standard Method of Test for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup 36 d. T201, Kinematic Viscosity of Asphalts (Bitumens) 37 e. T202, Standard Method of Test for Viscosity of Asphalts by Vacuum Capillary 38 Viscometer 39 f. T315, Standard Method of Test for Determining the Rheological Properties of 40 Asphalt Binder Using a Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR) 41 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 5 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 g. T316, Standard Method of Test for Viscosity Determination of Asphalt Binder 1 Using Rotational Viscometer 2 h. T313, Test Method for Determining the Flexural Creep Stiffness of Asphalt 3 Binder Using the Bending Beam Rheometer (BBR) 4 4. TxDOT Test Procedures: 5 a. Tex-106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils 6 b. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils 7 c. Tex-200-F, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 8 d. Tex-204-F, Design of Bituminous Mixtures 9 e. Tex-205-F, Laboratory Method of Mixing Bituminous Mixtures 10 f. Tex-206-F, Compacting Specimens Using the Texas Gyratory Compactor 11 (TGC) 12 g. Tex-207-F, Determining Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures 13 h. Tex-211-F, Recovery of Asphalt from Bituminous Mixtures by the Abson 14 Process 15 i. Tex-212-F, Determining Moisture Content of Bituminous Materials 16 j. Tex-217-F, Determining Deleterious Material and Decantation Test for Coarse 17 Aggregates 18 k. Tex-222-F, Sampling Bituminous Mixtures 19 l. Tex-226-F, Indirect Tensile Strength Test 20 m. Tex-227-F, Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Mixtures 21 n. Tex-236-F, Determining Asphalt Content from Asphalt Paving Mixtures by the 22 Ignition Method 23 o. Tex-242-F, Hamburg Wheel-Tracking Test 24 p. Tex-243-F, Tack Coat Adhesion 25 q. Tex-244-F, Thermal Profile of Hot Mix Asphalt 26 r. Tex-406-A, Material Finer than 75 µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates 27 (Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates) 28 s. Tex-499-A, Texas Department of Transportation’s Aggregate Quality 29 Monitoring Program (AQMP) 30 t. Tex-530-C, Effect of Water on Bituminous Paving Mixtures 31 u. Tex-540-C, Measurement of Polymer Separation on Heating in Modified 32 Asphalt Systems 33 v. Tex-541-C, Rolling Thin Film Oven Test for Asphalt Binders 34 w. Tex-923-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Liquid Additive Metering Systems 35 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 36 A. Pre-Paving Meeting 37 1. Hold meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under Asphalt Paving. 38 2. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 39 3. Prior to pre-paving meeting, prepare the following: 40 a. Paving Plan including: 41 1) Paving widths 42 2) Joint offsets 43 3) Lift thicknesses for each paving course 44 b. Paving Process including: 45 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 6 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Process to balance production, delivery, paving, and compaction to achieve 1 continuous placement operations and good ride quality. 2 2) Procedures to construct quality longitudinal and transverse joints 3 3) Proposed rolling pattern in accordance with Asphalt Placement. 4 c. Action and Information Submittals to be reviewed and approved: 5 1) Product Data 6 2) Hot-Mix Asphalt Mix Design 7 3) Trial Batch Testing 8 4) Certifications 9 5) Testing and Evaluation Reports 10 6) Equipment Submittal 11 7) Location of all Material Sources 12 8) Testing Laboratory 13 1.5 SUBMITTALS 14 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 15 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any Asphalt 16 Paving activities. 17 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 18 A. Shop Drawings 19 1. Product Data 20 a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying asphalt 21 binder, tack coat, Fog Seal, PCE, AE-P, mineral filler, or additives to be used on 22 the project. 23 b. Product data sheets will include: 24 1) Manufacturer name 25 2) Date 26 3) Material description 27 4) Point of delivery 28 5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 29 6) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for PCE, AE-P and all 30 additives) 31 7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable) 32 8) Application Recommendations (if applicable) 33 9) Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data: 34 a) Specific gravity of the agent at the manufacturer’s recommended 35 addition temperature 36 b) Manufacturer’s recommended dosage range 37 c) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 38 2. Hot-Mix Asphalt Mix Design – Provide the project mix design using the template 39 provided in Tex-204-F. The submittal will include: 40 a. The combined aggregate gradation, source, specific gravity, and percent of each 41 material used. 42 b. Asphalt binder content and aggregate gradation of Reclaimed Asphalt Paving 43 (RAP) and Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS) stockpiles. 44 c. The target laboratory-molded density. 45 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 7 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 d. Results of all applicable tests in accordance with Delivery, Storage, and 1 Handling, Materials, and Source Quality Control. 2 e. Additive information including type, quantity, addition rate, and moisture 3 resistance requirements 4 f. The mixing and molding temperatures. 5 g. The signature of the person or persons performing the design. 6 h. The date the mixture design was performed. 7 i. The unique identification number for the mixture design. 8 B. Informational Submittals 9 1. Source Locations 10 a. Provide the location of all material sources 11 2. Equipment Information 12 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 13 1) Equipment name 14 2) Size 15 3) Intended use 16 3. Certificates 17 a. Provide material certifications for all asphalt paving materials certifying the 18 material complies with this Section. 19 b. Additional PCE or AE-P Certifications 20 1) Provide a certification letter from an approved analytical lab per TxDOT’s 21 MPL with the product data sheet for PCE or AE-P that has been signed by a 22 lab official indicating the PCE or AE-P formulation does not: 23 a) Meet any characteristics of a Resource Conservation Recovery Act 24 (RCRA) hazardous waste. 25 b) Contain any or Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) in the product. 26 4. Test and Evaluation Reports 27 a. Provide testing and evaluation reports to the City for each material being used to 28 prepare asphalt pavement. Test samples to verify source material complies with 29 all requirements in this specification. Materials to be tested include, but are not 30 limited to: 31 1) Coarse and Fine Aggregate Testing 32 a) Provide verification material source location is listed on TxDOT’s 33 BRSQC. If it is listed, source quality testing may be waived. 34 b) If the source location is not listed on TxDOT’s BRSQC, provide all 35 testing and evaluation reports to verify the source material complies 36 with all requirements of Section 32 05 16. 37 2) Asphalt Binder 38 a) Manufacturer Supplied Testing Reports for Performance Grade Asphalt 39 Binder 40 b) Daily records of asphalt binder temperatures in accordance with section 41 Placement Operations. 42 b. Gyratory Compactor 43 1) Supply the City with the gyratory compactor correlation factor determined 44 as part of Source Quality Control. 45 c. Trial Batch 46 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 8 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Provide a testing and evaluation report to the City for the trial batch 1 prepared in accordance with Source Quality Control. The trial batch will be 2 a representative sample verifying that the mix design meets the 3 requirements of this specification. 4 2) Provide the mix design that was used to produce the trial batch with the 5 trial batch test and evaluation reports. 6 5. Testing Laboratory 7 a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 8 laboratory used on the project: 9 1) Testing Laboratory Name 10 2) Location 11 3) What tests will be performed at the lab if multiple labs are used. 12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 13 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 14 1. All test reports generated during testing. 15 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 17 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 18 A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 19 C. Storage, Heating, and Application Temperatures of Bituminous Materials 20 1. Store and apply materials at the lowest temperature yielding satisfactory results. 21 2. Use storage and application temperatures in accordance with Table 1. 22 3. No material will be heated above the maximum temperature shown. 23 4. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for agitation requirements in storage. 24 5. Manufacturer’s instructions regarding application and storage temperatures 25 supersede those in Table 1. 26 Table 1 27 Storage and Application Temperatures 28 Type – Grade Application Storage Maximum Degrees Fahrenheit Recommended Range Degrees Fahrenheit Maximum Allowable Degrees Fahrenheit CSS-1h 50 – 130 140 140 PCE 50 – 130 140 140 AE-P 70 - 150 150 175 PG Binders 275 – 350 350 350 D. Storage and Stockpiling of Recycled Materials 29 1. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 30 a. Test any RAP stockpiles (coarse and fine) for decantation in accordance with 31 Tex-406-A, Part 1. 32 b. Determine the plasticity index for RAP stockpiles (coarse and fine) in 33 accordance with Tex-106-E if the decantation value exceeds 5 percent. 34 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 9 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. Decantation and plasticity index requirements do not apply to RAP samples with 1 asphalt removed by extraction or ignition. 2 2. Recycled Asphalt Shingles 3 a. Stockpile to contain less than 0.5 percent deleterious materials. 4 b. Test stockpile in accordance with Tex-217-F, Part 3 to determine deleterious 5 material content. 6 E. Storage of Hot-Mix Asphalt 7 1. Do not store mixture long enough to affect the quality of the mixture. 8 2. Do not store mixture at the plant for longer than 12 hours unless otherwise 9 approved by City. 10 3. Provide asphalt storage sufficient to meet the plant requirements. 11 4. Heat asphalt by steam coils. Steam coils to be tight enough to prevent leakage of 12 moisture into the asphalt. 13 5. Store asphalt in accordance to the temperature requirements in Table 1. 14 6. Direct fire heating will not be permitted. 15 7. Agitating asphalt with steam or air will not be permitted. 16 8. Steam heating in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 17 F. Storage of Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 18 1. Store temporary asphalt paving using the same storage requirements as Hot-Mix 19 Asphalt Paving. 20 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 21 A. Weather Conditions 22 1. Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 23 a. Place mixture when the roadway surface temperature is at or above the 24 temperatures listed in Table 2 unless otherwise approved or as specified in the 25 Drawings. 26 b. Measure the roadway surface temperature with a hand-held thermal camera or 27 infrared thermometer. 28 c. If roadway temperatures will reach the required temperature within 2 hours, the 29 City may allow placement before the roadway surface reaches the required 30 temperature. 31 d. Place mixtures only when weather conditions and moisture conditions of the 32 roadway surface are suitable as determined by the City. 33 e. The City may restrict the Contractor from paving if the ambient temperature is 34 likely to drop below 32 degrees Fahrenheit within 12 hours of paving. 35 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 10 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 2 1 Pavement Surface Temperatures 2 High Temperature Binder Grade Minimum Pavement Surface Temperatures (degrees Fahrenheit) Subsurface Layers or Night Paving Operations Surface Layers Placed in Daylight Operations PG 64-22, PG 70-22, And Prime Coat 60 50 1. Temporary Asphalt Paving 3 a. Install temporary asphalt paving using the same temperature requirements as 4 Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving. 5 2. Prime Coat 6 a. Apply the mixture in accordance with Table 2. 7 b. Measure the air temperature in the shade away from artificial heat. 8 c. The City will determine when weather conditions are suitable for application. 9 d. Do not permit traffic, hauling, or placement of subsequent courses over freshly 10 constructed prime coats. 11 e. Maintain the primed surface until placement of subsequent courses or 12 acceptance of the work. 13 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 14 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 15 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 16 2.2 MATERIALS 17 A. Use materials shown in Table 3, unless otherwise approved by City or specified in the 18 Drawings. 19 Table 3 20 Typical Material Use 21 Material Application Allowable Material Hot-Mixed, Hot-Laid Asphalt Mixtures PG 64-221 and PG 70-221 Tack Coat and Fog Seal Type CSS-1h Prime Coat PCE or AE-P Erosion Control PCE 1. Refer to Asphalt Binder for information on when each performance grade binder is allowed. 22 B. Aggregate 23 1. Provide aggregates in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 24 2. Provide aggregates from sources in accordance with this Section and 32 05 16. 25 3. Notify the City of all source locations and any changes to material source or mix 26 design. 27 4. Aggregates for Asphalt Pavement to be approved by the City prior to use in 28 accordance with this Section. 29 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 11 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 5. Determine aggregate gradations for mixture design and production testing based on 1 the washed sieve analysis given in Tex-200-F, Part 2. 2 6. The Surface Aggregate Classification (SAC) will be SAC-A unless otherwise 3 specified in the Drawings for all surface courses. The SAC will only apply to the 4 aggregate used on the travel lanes unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 5 Provide aggregates in accordance with all SAC requirements in Section 32 05 16. 6 7. Coarse Aggregate 7 a. Provide aggregates in accordance with the requirements of Section 32 05 16. 8 8. Fine Aggregate 9 a. Provide fine aggregates that consists of crushed stone, crushed gravel, sand, 10 and/or limestone or steel slag screenings in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 11 b. Provide fine aggregate in accordance with the gradation requirements shown in 12 Table 4. 13 c. No more than 15% of the total aggregate may be field sand or other uncrushed 14 fine aggregate. 15 d. Limestone or Steel Slag Screenings 16 1) Limestone or steel slag screenings may constitute part of or all of the fine 17 aggregate. 18 2) Provide screenings that conform to the requirements for Fine Aggregate in 19 Section 32 05 16. 20 Table 4 21 Gradation Requirements for Fine Aggregate 22 Sieve Size percent Passing by Weight or Volume 3/8-inch 100 No. 8 70–100 No. 200 0–30 C. Mineral Filler 23 1. Mineral filler is allowed unless otherwise specified in the Drawings and should 24 consist finely divided material such as: 25 a. Stone dust 26 b. Crushed fines 27 c. Hydrated lime 28 1) Use no more than 2 percent unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 29 2) Use no more than 1 percent if a substitute binder is used (refer to Table 10) 30 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 31 d. Portland cement 32 1) Use no more than 2 percent unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 33 e. Fly ash 34 2. Provide mineral fillers that: 35 a. Are sufficiently dry, free flowing, and free from clumps and foreign matter 36 b. Meet the gradation requirements shown in Table 5 when performing Tex-200-F 37 Part 1 (based on weight) or Part 3 (based on volume). 38 c. In accordance with the requirements listed in Source Quality Control. 39 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 12 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 5 1 Gradation Requirements for Mineral Filler 2 Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight No. 8 100 No. 200 55–100 D. Asphalt Binder 3 1. Asphalt binder will be PG64-22 for TY B mix designs unless otherwise approved 4 by the City or specified in the Drawings. 5 2. Asphalt binder will be PG70-22 for TY D and TY C mix designs unless otherwise 6 approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 7 3. Provide material that: 8 a. Is produced from crude petroleum. 9 b. Is homogenous and free from water and residue from distillation of coal, coal 10 tar, or paraffin oil. 11 c. Will not foam when heated to 347 degrees Fahrenheit 12 d. In accordance with the requirements shown in Table 6 for performance grade 13 asphalt binder. 14 e. Shows no separation when tested in accordance with Tex-540-C 15 16 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 13 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 6 1 Performance Grade Asphalt Binder 2 Property and Test Method Performance Grade PG 64 PG 70 -22 -22 Average 7-Day Max Pavement Design Temperature, Degrees Celsius 1 < 64 <70 Min Pavement Design Temperature, Degrees Celsius 1 (i.e. design temperature shall be greater than shown) >-22 >-22 Original Binder Flash Point Temperature, AASHTO T48: Minimum, degrees Celsius 230 Viscosity, AASHTO T482,3 or T3162,3 Maximum, 3.0 Pa*s, Test Temperature, Degrees Celsius 135 Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315:4 G*/sin(δ), Minimum, 2.00-kPa7 Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius 64 70 Elastic Recovery, D 6084, 50 Degrees Fahrenheit, percent minimum - 30 Rolling Thin Film Oven (Tex-541-C) Maximum Loss, maximum percent 1.0 Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315: G*/sin(δ), Minimum, 2.20-kPa, Maximum, 5.0-kPa Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius 64 70 Pressure Aging Vessel (PAV) Residue (R28) PAV Aging Temperature, degrees Celsius 100 Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315: G*/sin(δ), Maximum, 5,000-kPa Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius 25 25 Creep Stiffness, AASHTO T313:5,6 S, Maximum, 300-MPa m-value, Minimum 0.300 Text Temperature at 60 s, Degrees Celsius -12 -12 Direct Tension, AASHTO T314:6 Failure Strain, Minimum, 1.0 percent Test Temperature at 1.0-mm/min, Degrees Celsius -12 -12 1. Pavement temperatures are estimated from air temperatures using an algorithm contained in the TxDOT PGEXCEL3.XLS software program, may be provided by the City, or by following the procedures as outlined in AASHTO MP2 and PP28. 2. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the City if the supplier warrants that the asphalt binder can be adequately pumped, mixed and compacted at temperatures that meet all applicable safety, environmental, and constructability requirements. At test temperatures where the binder is a Newtonian fluid, any suitable standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including capillary (AASHTO T201 or T202) or rotational viscometry (AASHTO T48 or T316). A waiver will need to be submitted to the City for approval prior to asphalt paving. 3. Viscosity at 135 degrees Celsius is an indicator of mixing and compaction temperatures that can be expected in the lab and field. High values may indicate high mixing and compaction temperatures. Additionally, significant variation can occur from batch to batch. Be aware that variation could significantly impact mixing and compaction operations. Contractor is responsible for addressing any constructability issues which may arise. 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 14 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4. For quality control of unmodified asphalt binder production, measurement of the viscosity of the original asphalt binder may be substituted for dynamic shear measurements of G*/sin(δ) at test temperatures where the asphalt is a Newtonian fluid. Any suitable standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including capillary (AASHTO T201 or T202) or rotational viscometry (AASHTO TP48 or T316). 5. Silicone beam molds as described in AASHTO TP 1-93 are acceptable for use. 6. If creep stiffness is below 300 MPa, direct tension test is not required. If creep stiffness is between 300 and 600 MPa, the direct tension failure strain requirement can be used instead of the creep stiffness requirement. The m-value requirement must be satisfied in both cases. E. Emulsified Asphalt for Tack Coat and Fog Seal (CSS-1h) 1 1. Use cationic emulsion CSS-1h in accordance with the requirements shown in Table 2 7 unless approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 3 2. The material will be composed of a paving asphalt base uniformly emulsified with 4 water. 5 3. The material will be homogenous throughout and when stored will show no signs of 6 separation within 3-days after delivery. 7 4. Do not dilute emulsified asphalts at the terminal, in the field, or at any other 8 location before use. 9 5. Temperature 10 a. Never raise the temperature of the emulsion above 160 degrees Fahrenheit after 11 it is loaded for transportation from refinery to the purchaser. 12 b. Tack coat and prime coat may be reheated 13 c. Prevent localized overheating when reheating the material. 14 d. Do not allow the material to cool to a temperature of less than 40 degrees 15 Fahrenheit. 16 e. Apply the material at the manufacturer’s recommended temperature. 17 f. Provide a thermometer capable of testing the temperature of the asphalt binder 18 on site at all times. 19 20 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 15 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 7 1 Tests and Properties of Cationic Emulsions 2 Property Test Procedure Slow Setting Type – Grade CSS-1h Min Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, second at 122 degrees Fahrenheit, second T 72 20 – 100 – Sieve Test, percent T 59 – 0.1 Cement Mixing, percent T 59 – 2.0 Coating Ability and Water Resistance: Coating, Dry Aggregate, After Spraying Coating, Wet Aggregate, After Spraying T 59 – – – – Demulsibility, 35 ml 0.8 percent Sodium dioctyl sulfosuccinate, percent T 59 – – Storage Stability, 1 day, percent T 59 – 1 Particle Charge Test T 59 Positive Distillation Test: Residue by Distillation, percent by weight Oil Distillate, percent by volume of Emulsion T 59 60 – – 0.5 Tests on Residue from Distillation: Penetration at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, 100-g, 5- seconds Solubility in Trichloroethylene, percent Ductility at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, 5 cm/min, cm T 49 T 44 T 51 70 97.5 80 110 – – F. Emulsified Asphalt for Prime Coat, Curing, and Erosion Control (PCE and AE-P) 3 1. Use slow setting PCE in accordance with the requirements shown in Table 8 unless 4 approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 5 2. PCE may be used as a prime coat for base materials, curing seal for stabilized base 6 materials, and erosion control applications such as dust control, soil surface 7 stabilization, or mulch binder. 8 3. AE-P may only be used for prime coat application. 9 4. Do not dilute emulsified asphalts at the terminal, in the field, or at any other 10 location before use. 11 12 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 16 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 8 1 Tests and Properties of PCE Emulsions 2 Property Test Procedure Type – Grade Type – Grade Medium Setting Slow Setting AE-P PCE1 Min Max Min Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, second at 122 degrees Fahrenheit, second T 72 - 15 - 150 10 – 100 – Sieve Test, percent T 59 - 0.1 – 0.1 Miscibility T 592 Pass – Demulsibility, 35 mL of 0.10 N CaCl2, percent T 59 70 – – Storage Stability, 1 day, percent T 59 1 – – Particle Size5, percent by volume < 2.5 µm Tex-238-F3 90 – Asphalt Emulsion Distillation to 500 degree Fahrenheit Followed by Cutback Asphalt Distillation of Residue to 680 degrees Fahrenheit Residue after both distillations, percent by weight Total oil distillate from both distillations, percent by volume of emulsion T 59 & T 78 40 25 - 40 – – – – Residue by Distillation, percent by weight T59 – – Residue by Evaporation, percent by weight T 594 60 – Tests on Residue after all Distillation(s): Viscosity, 140 degrees Fahrenheit, poise Kinematic Viscosity5, 140 degrees Fahrenheit, cSt Flash Point C.O.C, degrees Fahrenheit Solubility in Trichloroethylene, percent Float Test, 122 degrees Fahrenheit, seconds T 202 T 201 T 48 T 44 T 50 - - - 97.5 50 - - - - 200 – 100 400 – – – 350 – – – 1. Each PCE shipment will include the information indicated under Source Quality Control 2. Except the dilution shall use 350-mL distilled or deionized water and a 100-mL beaker. 3. Use Tex-238-F, beginning at “Particle Size Analysis by Laser Diffraction”, with distilled or deionized water as a medium and no dispersant, or use another approved method. 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 17 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Except the sample shall remain in the oven until foaming ceases, then cooled and weighed. 5. PCE must meet either the kinematic viscosity requirement or the particle size requirement G. Additives 1 1. General: 2 a. Only use additives when they are specified in the Drawings unless otherwise 3 approved by the City. 4 b. If additives are used, additive information to be provided as part of the HMA 5 Mix Design Action Submittal. 6 c. Stop production if the production mixture does not meet moisture resistance 7 requirements and correct the problem. 8 d. Verify when antistripping agents are added at the plant (batch or source 9 location) that: 10 1) The measuring device for the addition of the agent is connected into the 11 automatic plant controls to automatically adjust the supply to the plant 12 production and provide consistent percentage in the mixture. 13 2) Set automatic plant controls so that an interruption of asphalt antistripping 14 agent’s flow causes plant shutdown. 15 2. Lime Antistripping Agent: 16 a. Do not allow lime to be added directly into the mixing drum at any plant where 17 lime is removed through the exhaust stream unless the plant has a baghouse or 18 dust collection system that reintroduces the lime into the drum. 19 b. If lime is used, provide only commercial lime slurry in accordance with Section 20 32 11 29. 21 c. Add between 0.5 and 2.0 percent commercial lime slurry by weight of the 22 individual aggregate treated. 23 d. Mix the lime slurry in a suitable pug mill mixer with the aggregate. 24 e. Mix with aggregate between the plant cold feeds and the dryer or mixing drum 25 during mixture production. 26 3. Liquid Antistripping Agent 27 a. Add to the binder in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Do not 28 exceed the manufacturer’s maximum recommended dosage rate. 29 b. Provide a liquid antistripping agent uniform and shows no evidence of 30 crystallization, settling, or separation. 31 c. Ensure all liquid antistripping agents arrive in: 32 1) Properly labeled and unopened containers shipped directly from the 33 manufacturer 34 2) Sealed tank trucks with an invoice to show contents and quantities 35 d. Handle in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 36 e. Add at the manufacturer’s recommended addition temperature. 37 f. Add into the asphalt line by means of an in-line-metering device and a blending 38 device to disperse the agent. 39 g. Furnish a meter that reads in increments of 0.1 gallons or less. 40 4. Antistripping Additive Meters 41 a. Provide a means to check the accuracy of meter output for liquid and lime 42 additives. 43 b. For liquid additive meters, verify accuracy of the meter in accordance with Tex-44 923-K. 45 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 18 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. Ensure the accuracy of the meter is within 5.0 percent. 1 H. Recycled Materials 2 1. General 3 a. Use of RAP and RAS is permitted unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 4 b. Do not exceed the maximum allowable percentages of RAP and RAS shown in 5 Table 9 unless specified in the Drawings. 6 c. Determine asphalt binder content and gradation of the RAP and RAS stockpiles 7 for mixture design purposes in accordance with Tex-236-F. 8 d. The City may verify the asphalt binder content of the stockpiles at any time 9 during production. 10 e. Perform all tests specified in the Drawings and listed under Source Quality 11 Control. 12 f. Asphalt binder from RAP and RAS is designated as recycled asphalt binder. 13 g. Calculate and ensure that the ratio of the recycled asphalt binder to total binder 14 does not exceed percentages shown in Table 10 during mixture design ad HMA 15 production when RAP or RAS is used. 16 h. Use a separate cold feed bin for each stockpile of RAP and RAS during HMA 17 production. 18 i. Surface, intermediate, and base mixes referenced in Table 9 and 10 are defined 19 as follows: 20 1) Surface –This is the pavement course placed at the top of the pavement 21 structure. RAP or RAS will not be permitted for use in the surface course. 22 2) Intermediate – TY B asphalt courses placed directly under the surface 23 course and above the base course. 24 3) Base – TY B asphalt course placed directly under the intermediate course in 25 the HMA pavement structure. 26 2. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 27 a. Consists of salvaged, milled, pulverized, broken, or crushed asphalt pavement. 28 b. Use of RAP is permitted for TY B asphalt courses unless otherwise specified in 29 the Drawings. 30 c. Crush or break RAP so that 100 percent of the particles pass the No. 2 sieve. 31 d. Fractionated RAP is defined as 2 or more RAP stockpiles that are divided into 32 coarse and fine fractions. 33 e. Ensure that the coarse RAP stockpile contains only material retained on a 3/8 34 inch or 1/2 inch sieve unless otherwise approved. 35 f. Ensure that the fine RAP stockpile contains only material passing the 3/8 inch or 36 1/2 inch sieve unless otherwise approved. 37 g. The maximum percentages of fractionated RAP may be comprised of coarse or 38 fine fractionated RAP. 39 h. The maximum percentages of fractionated RAP may also be a combination of 40 both coarse and fine fractionated RAP. 41 i. Provide RAP material free from dirt or other objectionable materials. 42 j. Do not use any RAP material if the decantation value exceeds 5 percent and the 43 plasticity index is greater than 8. 44 k. Conform storing and stockpiling RAP to the requirements under Delivery, 45 Storage, and Handling. 46 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 19 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 9 1 Maximum Allowable Amounts of RAP1 2 Maximum Allowable Fractionated RAP2 (percent) Maximum Allowable Unfractionated RAP3, (percent) Surface Intermediate Base Surface Intermediate Base 0.0 25.0 30.0 0.0 10.0 10.0 1. Must also meet the recycled binder to total binder ratio shown in Table 10. 2. Up to 5 percent RAS may be used separately or as a replacement for fractionated RAP 3. Unfractionated RAP may not be combined with fractionated RAP or RAS. 3. Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS) 3 a. RAS is processed asphalt shingle material from manufacturing of asphalt 4 roofing shingles or from re-roofing residential structures. 5 b. Post-manufactured RAS is processed manufacturer’s shingle scrap by-product. 6 c. Post-consumer RAS is processed shingle scrap removed from residential 7 structures. 8 d. Comply with all regulatory requirements stipulated for RAS by the TCEQ. 9 e. Use of post-manufactured RAS or post-consumer RAS (tear-offs) is permitted 10 for TY B asphalt courses unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 11 f. RAS may be used separately or in conjunction with RAP. 12 g. Up to 5 percent RAS may be used separately or as a replacement for fractionated 13 RAP in accordance with Table 9 and 10. 14 h. Process RAP by ambient grinding or granulating such that 100 percent of the 15 particles pass the 3/8 inch sieve when tested in accordance with Tex-200-F, Part 16 1. 17 i. Perform a sieve analysis on processed RAS material before extraction (or 18 ignition) of the asphalt binder. 19 j. Add sand meeting the requirements of fine aggregate in Section 32 05 16 and 20 fine aggregate gradation to RAS stockpiles if needed to keep the processed 21 material workable. 22 k. Fine RAP may also be added to RAS stockpiles if needed to keep the processed 23 material workable. 24 l. Any stockpile that contains RAS will be considered a RAS stockpile. 25 m. RAS is limited to no more than 5.0 percent of the HMA mixture in accordance 26 with Table 9. 27 n. Certify compliance of the RAS with DMS-11000, “Evaluating Using 28 Nonhazardous Recyclable Materials Guidelines.” 29 o. Treat RAS as an established nonhazardous recyclable material if it has not 30 encountered any hazardous materials. 31 p. Use RAS from shingle sources on the TxDOT MPL or approved by City. 32 q. Substantially remove all materials before use that are not part of the shingle such 33 as wood, paper, metal, plastic, and felt paper. 34 r. Do not use RAS if the deleterious materials content is more than 0.5 percent of 35 the stockpiled RAS unless otherwise approved. 36 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 20 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 10 1 Allowable Substitute PG Binders and Maximum Recycled Binder Ratios 2 Originally Specified PG Binder Allowable Substitute PG Binder Maximum Ratio of Recycled Binder to Total Binder1, (percent) Surface Intermediate Base PG 64-222 None 0.0 30.0 30.0 PG 70-222 64-22 0.0 20.0 20.0 1. Combined recycled binder from RAP and RAS 2. Use no more than 20.0 percent recycled binder when using this originally specified PG binder. I. Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving Mix Design 3 1. Prepare a mix design for each asphalt type specified in the Drawings (TY B, C, or 4 D) in accordance with the requirements listed in Table 11. 5 2. Design the mixture using a Texas Gyratory Compactor (TGC). 6 3. Provide a mix design after the trial batch tests are complete in accordance with the 7 requirements in this Section. 8 a. Superpave Mix Design: Prepare in accordance with M323 and R35. 9 10 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 21 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 11 1 Dense Graded Hot-Mix Master Gradation Limits (% Passing by Weight of Volume) 2 and VMA Requirements 3 Sieve Size B Fine Base C Coarse Surface D Fine Surface 2 inch – – – 1-1/2 inch 100.01 – – 1 inch 98.0 – 100.0 100.01 – 3/4 inch 84.0 – 98.0 95.0 – 100.0 100.01 1/2 inch – – 98.0 – 100.0 3/8 inch 60.0 – 80.0 70.0 – 85.0 85.0 – 100.0 No. 4 40.0 – 60.0 43.0 – 63.0 50.0 – 70.0 No. 8 29.0 – 43.0 32.0 – 44.0 35.0 – 46.0 No. 30 13.0 – 28.0 14.0 – 28.0 15.0 – 29.0 No. 50 6.0 – 20.0 7.0 – 21.0 7.0 – 20.0 No. 200 2.0 – 7.0 2.0 – 7.0 2.0 – 7.0 Design VMA, Percent Minimum – 13.0 14.0 15.0 Production (Plant-Produced) VMA, Percent Minimum – 12.5 13.5 14.5 Allowable PG Binder - PG64-22 PG 70-22 PG70-22 1. Defined as maximum sieve size. No tolerances allowed. J. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement 4 1. Temporary HMA Pavement in accordance with all the requirements of TY B 5 asphalt. 6 2. Submit a mix design if TY B Asphalt Paving is not being used as a pavement 7 course other than for temporary hot-mix asphalt. 8 3. No trial batches will be required to verify mix design for temporary HMA 9 pavement. 10 K. Trial Batch Production and Testing 11 1. Trial Batch 12 a. Produce a trial batch of the mix design based on the requirements of the 13 specified asphalt mix (TY B, C, or D) in a large enough quantity to ensure the 14 mixture meets the Section requirements. Perform testing on the trial batch to 15 verify the mixture produced using the submitted mix design in accordance with 16 the requirements in Table 11, 12, 13, and 14. 17 b. Provide the necessary quantity of each material to the laboratory for testing and 18 production of the trial batch. 19 c. Perform testing on the trial batch to verify the mix design is in conformance 20 with the requirements of this specification. 21 d. If the trial batch does not meet the requirements of this Section, prepare a 22 revised mix design. Produce and test trial batches until a trial batch is produced 23 that meets all of the requirements in this Section. 24 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 22 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 e. Use only equipment and materials proposed for use on the project to produce the 1 trial batch. 2 f. Use materials to produce the trial batch in accordance with all requirements in 3 this Section. 4 g. Use a TxDOT MPL laboratory to perform the Hamburg Wheel test. Refer to 5 Table 18 for requirements. 6 h. Provide a new trial batch when the plant or plant location is changed. 7 2. Gyratory Compactor 8 a. Use a TGC calibrated in accordance with Tex-914-K, Part 2 when designing the 9 mixture in accordance with Tex-204-F, Part 2 for molding production samples. 10 b. Use the dense-graded design procedure provided in Tex-204-F. 11 c. Use Tex-206-F, Part 2 to perform a gyratory compactor correlation when the 12 City uses a different gyratory compactor during verification testing. Apply the 13 correlation factor to all subsequent production test results when applicable. 14 3. Target laboratory-molded density when the TGC is used 15 a. Design the mixture at a 96.5 percent target laboratory-molded density. Increase 16 the target laboratory-molded density to 97.0 percent or 97.5 percent at the 17 Contractor’s discretion or when specified in the Drawings. 18 b. Use an approved laboratory from the TxDOT MPL to perform the Hamburg 19 Wheel test and provide the results with the mix design. Refer to Table 18 for 20 requirements. 21 c. The mix design in accordance with the requirements under section Materials and 22 Source Quality Control. 23 4. Ignition Oven Correction Factor 24 a. Determine the aggregate and asphalt correction factors from the ignition oven in 25 accordance with Tex-236-F. 26 b. Provide the City with split samples of the mixtures including all additives 27 (except water) and blank samples used to determine the correction factors for the 28 ignition oven used for QA testing during production. 29 5. Boil Test 30 a. Perform Tex-530-C and retain the tested sample until completion of the project 31 or as directed. 32 b. Use this sample for comparison purposes during production. 33 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 23 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 12 1 Laboratory Mixture Design Properties 2 Mixture Property Test Method Requirement Target Laboratory-Molded Density (TGC), percent Tex-207-F 96.51 Indirect Tensile Strength (dry), psi Tex-226-F 85-2002 Boil test3 Tex-530-C – 1. Increase to 97.0 percent or 97.5 percent at the Contractor’s discretion or when specified in the Drawings. 2. The City may allow the IDT strength to exceed 200 psi if the corresponding Hamburg Wheel rut depth is greater than 3.0 mm and less than 12.5 mm. 3. Used to establish baseline for comparison to production results. May be waived when approved. Table 13 3 Operational Tolerances for Mix Design and Trial Batch Testing 4 Description Test Method Allowable Difference Between Trial Batch and Mix Design Individual percent retained for No. 8 sieve and larger Tex-200-F Or Tex-236-F Must be Within Master Grading Limits in Table 11 Individual percent retained for sieves smaller than No. 8 and larger than No. 200 Percent passing the No. 200 sieve Asphalt binder content, percent Tex-236-F +/- 0.5 Laboratory-molded density, percent Tex-207-F +/- 1.0 In-place air voids, percent N/A Laboratory-molded bulk specific gravity N/A VMA, percent, minimum Tex-204-F Note 1 Theoretical maximum specific (Rice)gravity Tex-227-F N/A 1. Test and verify Table 11 requirements are met. L. Production Operations 5 1. General 6 a. Take corrective action and receive approval to proceed after any production 7 suspension for noncompliance to the specification. 8 b. Submit a new mix design and perform a new trial batch when the asphalt binder 9 content of: 10 1) Any RAP stockpile used in the mix more than 0.5 percent higher than the 11 value shown on the mixture design report. 12 2) Any RAS stockpile used in the mix more than 2.0 percent higher than the 13 value shown on the mixture design report. 14 2. Mixture and Discharge of Materials 15 a. Notify the City of the target discharge temperature and produce the mixture 16 within 25 degrees Fahrenheit of the target. 17 b. Monitor the temperature of the material in the truck before shipping to ensure 18 temperature does not exceed 350 degrees Fahrenheit and does not fall lower than 19 215 degree Fahrenheit. 20 c. The City will not pay for or allow placement of any mixture produced above 350 21 degree Fahrenheit. 22 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 24 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 d. Control the mixing time and temperature so that all moisture is substantially 1 removed from the mixture before discharging from the plant. 2 e. Production Testing – Obtain the sample immediately after discharging the 3 mixture into the truck and perform the production testing in accordance with 4 Source Quality Control promptly. 5 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 6 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 7 A. Tests and Inspections 8 1. Verification Testing 9 a. Verification testing will be performed in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 3 10 2. Material Source Testing and Submittals 11 a. Perform testing on all materials that have changed source locations to verify the 12 material conforms to all requirements in this specification. 13 b. Provide new submittals for all materials produced from a new source location. 14 c. Perform all Source Quality Control tests required. Use the test results from the 15 Source Quality Control tests as a comparison during construction. 16 d. Aggregate Quality Requirements 17 1) Perform all aggregate testing in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 18 e. Mineral Filler 19 1) Refer to Table 14 for testing requirements. 20 f. Asphalt Binder Quality Requirements 21 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 22 2) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements. 23 g. Emulsified Asphalt for Tack Coat and Fog Seal (CSS-1h) 24 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 25 2) Testing will be done in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 3 26 3) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements. 27 h. Emulsified Asphalt for Prime Coat, Curing, and Erosion Control (PCE or AE-P) 28 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 29 2) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements. 30 Table 14 31 Material Source Quality Testing 32 Material Characteristic Test Method Requirement Aggregate Perform all aggregate testing in accordance with Section 32 05 16 Mineral Filler Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E 3 percent maximum Asphalt Binder Perform all tests specified under Materials and Source Quality Control. Provide testing and evaluation reports in accordance with Action Submittals Tack Coat and Fog Seal (CSS-1h) Prime Coat, Curing, and Erosion Control (PCE or AE-P) 3. HMA Mix Design and Trial Batch 33 a. Perform the required tests specified under Materials and provide testing and 34 evaluation reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 35 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 25 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Temporary Asphalt Pavement 1 a. Source Quality Control testing and inspections is not required for temporary 2 HMA pavement. 3 5. Asphalt Production Acceptance 4 a. General 5 1) Perform Tex-226-F on the first day of production to confirm the indirect 6 tensile strength does not exceed 200 psi. 7 2) Take corrective action to bring the mixture within specification compliance 8 if the indirect tensile strength exceeds 200 psi unless otherwise directed. 9 b. Production Lot 10 1) A production lot consists of 4 equal sublots. 11 2) The default quantity of a lot is: 12 a) 1,000 tons 13 b) 9,000 SY for 2” pavement course thickness 14 c) 4,500 SY for 4” pavement course thickness 15 d) 3,000 SY for 6” pavement course thickness 16 e) 2,500 SY for 8” pavement course thickness 17 f) 1,500 SY for 12” pavement course thickness 18 3) The City may change the standard lot size based on the anticipated daily 19 production to ensure there are 3 or 4 sublots produced each day. 20 c. Production Sampling 21 1) Mixture Sampling 22 a) Obtain hot-mix samples from trucks at the plant in accordance with 23 Tex-222-F. 24 b) Blind Samples 25 (1) The City may select “blind” samples throughout the project for 26 verification testing. 27 (2) Test the blind sample in accordance with asphalt production testing 28 and provide testing and evaluation reports to the City in accordance 29 with Action Submittals. 30 2) Asphalt Binder Sampling 31 a) Obtain a 1 quart sample of the asphalt binder at approximately the same 32 time the mixture sample is obtained for regular samples and blind 33 samples. 34 b) Sample from a port located immediately upstream from the mixing 35 drum or pug mill in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 2. 36 c) Label the can with the date and sequential testing number that 37 corresponds with the mixture sample obtained at the same time. 38 d. Production Testing 39 1) General 40 a) Control the production process and perform production tests to verify 41 the asphalt produced is within the operational tolerances listed in Table 42 15. 43 b) The City may sample and test at any time during production to verify 44 compliance. 45 c) Take immediate corrective action if the laboratory-molded density on 46 any test is less than 95 percent or greater than 98 percent to bring the 47 mixture within these tolerances. 48 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 26 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 d) The City may suspend work at any time if a sample does not conform 1 to the requirements in this specification. 2 e) The City may suspend operations if the Contractor’s corrective actions 3 do not produce acceptable results. 4 f) The City will allow production to resume when test results or other 5 information indicates that the next mixture produced will be within 6 operational tolerances. 7 e. Operational Tolerances 8 1) Gradation 9 a) Suspend operation and take corrective action if any aggregate is 10 retained on the maximum sieve size shown for Dense Graded Hot-Mix 11 Master Gradation Limits. 12 b) Production will be suspended when test results for gradation exceed the 13 operational tolerances for: 14 (1) 3 consecutive tests on the same sieve 15 (2) 4 consecutive tests on any sieve unless otherwise directed 16 2) Asphalt Binder Content 17 a) Suspend production and shipment of the mixture if the test results 18 deviate from the mix design by more than the operational tolerance 19 shown in Table 15 for any asphalt binder content test. 20 3) Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA) 21 a) Take immediate action if the VMA for any test is less than the 22 minimum VMA requirement shown for Dense Graded Hot-Mix Master 23 Gradation Limits. 24 b) Suspend production and shipment of the mixture if the City’s VMA 25 results: 26 (1) On 2 consecutive tests are below the minimum VMA requirement. 27 (2) Is more than 0.5 percent below the minimum VMA requirement 28 c) For asphalt installed with non-conforming VMA, the City may: 29 (1) Require removal and replacement of any asphalt installed 30 (2) Allow the asphalt to remain in place without payment. 31 f. Moisture Content 32 1) Determine the moisture content, if requested, by oven-drying in accordance 33 with Tex-212-F, Part 2 and verify that the mixture conforms to the 34 requirements in Table 15. 35 g. Individual Loads of Hot-Mix 36 1) The City may reject individual truckloads of hot-mix at any time if the City 37 suspects the load does not conform to the requirements of this specification. 38 2) When a load of hot-mix is rejected for reasons other than temperature, 39 contamination, or excessive uncoated particles, the Contractor may request 40 that the rejected load be tested within 4 hours of rejection. 41 3) Sample and test the mixture. If the test results are within the operational 42 tolerances in Table 15, payment will be made for the load. If the test results 43 are not within operational tolerances, no payment will be made. 44 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 27 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 15 1 Production Testing 2 Description Test Method Operational Tolerances Contractor Testing Frequency City Verification Testing Frequency Individual percent retained for No. 8 sieve and larger Tex-200-F Or Tex-236-F +/- 5.01 1 per sublot The City may request the Contractor to perform additional verification testing throughout the project. No more than an additional 10 percent of each test performed will be requested The City may perform verification testing utilizing a third party testing laboratory. Individual percent retained for sieves smaller than No. 8 and larger than No. 200 +/- 3.01 Percent passing the No. 200 sieve +/- 2.01 Asphalt binder content, percent Tex-236-F 0.5 1 per sublot VMA, percent, minimum Tex-204-F Note 2 1 per sublot Laboratory-molded density, percent Tex-207-F +/- 1.0 1 per sublot Laboratory-molded bulk specific gravity N/A 1 per sublot Theoretical maximum specific (Rice) gravity Tex-227-F N/A 1 per sublot Recycled asphalt shingles (RAS) Tex-217-F, Part 3 N/A As requested Moisture content, maximum percent Tex-212-F 0.2 Boil test4 Tex-530-C – Hamburg wheel test Tex-242-F See Table 18 1. When within these tolerances, mixture production gradations may fall outside the master grading limits. The percent passing the No. 200 will be considered out of tolerance when outside the mater grading limits. 2. Test and verify that mix design requirements are met. 3. For all tests that have N/A for tolerances, material must conform to requirements provided within this specification. No tolerances are allowed. 4. The City may wave the sampling and testing requirements. B. Non-Conforming Work 3 1. General 4 a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to 5 this specification. 6 b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 7 Asphalt Pavement if any material it was made with is found to be non-8 conforming. This would be at no cost to the City. 9 2. Aggregates 10 a. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of Section 32 05 16 will be 11 rejected by the City. 12 b. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. It is 13 the responsibility of the Contractor to provide materials that comply with the 14 requirements of this specification. 15 3. Asphalt Binder 16 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 28 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Material may be rejected at any time based on the following: 1 1) If the certified letters provided by the manufacturer indicate the supplied 2 asphalt binder is not in conformance with the Products section of this 3 specification. 4 2) For failure to meet requirements of this specification. 5 3) For any defect causing it to be unsuitable for the intended use. 6 b. If during verification testing, the material does not conform to the requirement 7 of this specification, the City may stop work until the Contractor can determine 8 the source of the problem at no cost to the City. The City may require that the 9 area installed using the non-conforming asphalt binder be removed and replaced 10 at no cost to the City. 11 4. HMA Mix Design and Verification 12 a. The City may reject the mix design if it does not conform to the requirements of 13 this specification. Any asphalt installed using a non-conforming mix design will 14 be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 15 b. If the trial batch does not conform to the requirements specified in this 16 specification, the Contractor will produce trial batches at no cost to the City until 17 the trial batch meets the requirements specified. 18 c. The City may perform verification testing on all trial batches to verify the 19 conformance of the mixture. 20 5. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 21 a. If the temporary HMA pavement fails due to materials non-conforming to the 22 requirements of TY B asphalt, the City may require the Contractor to remove 23 and replace the temporary asphalt pavement. 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 26 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 27 3.3 PREPARATION 28 A. Hauling 29 1. Equipment for Lay-Down Operations 30 a. Use belly dumps, live bottom, or end dump trucks to haul and transfer mixture. 31 b. Except for miscellaneous areas, end dump trucks are only allowed when used in 32 conjunction with a Material Transfer Device (MTD) with remixing capability 33 unless otherwise allowed. 34 c. When end dump trucks are used, ensure the bed does not contact the paver when 35 raised. 36 2. Operations 37 a. Clean all truck beds before use to ensure the mixture is not contaminated. 38 b. Provide trucks with enclosed sides to prevent asphalt mixture loss. 39 c. Cover each load of mixture with waterproof tarpaulins. 40 d. Coat the inside truck beds, when necessary, with a City approved release agent. 41 e. Petroleum based products, such as diesel fuel will not be allowed. 42 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 29 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 B. Surface Preparation 1 1. Asphalt Placement 2 a. Prepare the surface by removing raised pavement markers and objectionable 3 material such as moisture, dirt, sand leaves, and other loose impediments from 4 the surface before placing. 5 b. Remove vegetation from pavement edges. 6 2. Prime Coat 7 a. Prepare the surface by sweeping or other approved methods. 8 b. When directed lightly sprinkle the surface with water before applying prime coat 9 to control dust and ensure application. 10 3.4 INSTALLATION 11 A. Equipment 12 1. General 13 a. Provide equipment that does not damage underlying pavement. 14 b. Comply with laws and regulations concerning overweight vehicles 15 c. Use other equipment that will consistently produce satisfactorily results when 16 approved. 17 2. Batching Equipment 18 a. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 19 14 00. 20 3. Asphalt Paver 21 a. General 22 1) Furnish a paver that will produce a finished surface that meets longitudinal 23 and transverse profile, typical section, and placement requirements 24 2) Ensure the paver does not support the weight of any portion of hauling 25 equipment other than the connection. 26 3) Provide loading equipment that does not transmit vibrations or other 27 motions to the paver that adversely affect the finished pavement quality. 28 4) Equip the paver with an automatic, dual, longitudinal-grade control system 29 and an automatic, transverse-grade control system. 30 b. Tractor Unit 31 1) The tractor unit will be able to push or propel vehicles dumping directly 32 into the finishing machine to obtain the desired lines and grades to 33 eliminate any hand finishing. 34 2) Equip the unit with a hitch that is able to maintain contact between the 35 hauling equipment’s rear wheels and the finishing machine’s pusher rollers 36 while mixture is loaded. 37 c. Screed 38 1) Provide a heated compacting screed that will produce a finished surface 39 that meets the longitudinal and transverse profile, typical section, and 40 placement requirements. 41 2) Screed extensions must provide the same compacting action and heating as 42 the main unit unless otherwise approved. 43 d. Grade Reference 44 1) Provide a grade reference with enough support that the maximum 45 deflection does not exceed 1/16 inch between supports. 46 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 30 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Ensure that the longitudinal controls operate from any longitudinal grade 1 reference including a string line, ski, mobile reference, or joint matching 2 shoes. 3 4. Material Transfer Devices (MTD) 4 a. Provide the specified type of device if showed on drawings. 5 b. Ensure the devices provide a continuous, uniform mixture flow to the paver. 6 5. Remixing Equipment 7 a. Provide equipment that includes a pug mill, variable pitch augers, or variable 8 diameter augers operating under a storage unit with a minimum capacity of 8 9 tons. 10 6. Motor Grader 11 a. Provide a self-propelled grader with a blade length of at least 12 feet and a 12 wheelbase of at least 16 feet. 13 7. Hand-Held Thermal Camera or Thermal Imaging System 14 a. Provide a hand-held thermal camera or thermal imaging system meeting the 15 requirements of Tex-244-F. 16 b. A thermal imaging system is the preferred method for obtaining temperatures. 17 8. Rollers 18 a. Provide rolling equipment required to achieve adequate compaction based on 19 site conditions. If compaction is not achieved based on Site Quality Testing due 20 to inadequate rollers, provide new rolling equipment. Any rolled utilizing 21 inadequate rollers is subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 22 b. Use a pneumatic-tire roller to seal the surface unless excessive pickup of fines 23 occurs. 24 c. Provide rollers meeting the requirements in Table 16 for each type of roller 25 required for compaction. 26 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 31 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 16 1 Roller Requirements1 2 Roller Type Materials to be Compacted Load (Tons) Contact Pressure Roller Speed (MPH) Steel Wheel Asphalt Greater than or equal to 10 Greater than or equal to 325 pounds per inch of wheel width 2 – 3 Vibratory Asphalt Type A< 6 Type B > 6 Type C as specified in the Drawings Per equipment specification and as approved As approved Light Pneumatic Asphalt, Prime Coat, Tack Coat, Fog Seal 4.5 – 90 Greater than or equal to 45 psi 4 – 12 Medium Pneumatic Asphalt 12 – 25 Greater than or equal to 80 psi, as directed 4 – 12 1. Unless otherwise specified by the City or the drawings. 9. Straightedges and Templates 3 a. Furnish 10 foot straightedges and other templates as required or approved. 4 10. Distributor Vehicles 5 a. Furnish vehicles that can achieve a uniform placement 6 b. The nozzle patterns, spray bar height, and distribution pressure must work 7 together to produce uniform application. 8 c. The vehicle should be set to provide a “double lap” or “triple lap” coverage. 9 d. Nozzle spray patterns should be identical to one another along the distributor 10 spray bar. 11 e. Spray bar height should remain constant. 12 f. Pressure within the distributor must be able to force the tack coat, fog seal, 13 and/or PCE/AE-P material out of spray nozzles at a constant rate. 14 B. Coring Equipment 15 1. Provide equipment suitable to obtain a pavement specimen meeting the dimensions 16 for testing when coring is required. 17 C. Ride Quality Equipment 18 1. Surface Test Type A 19 a. Provide a 10-foot straightedge 20 b. A high-speed or lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M 21 Transportation Institute may be used when approved by the City. 22 2. Surface Test Type B 23 a. Provide a high-speed or lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M 24 Transportation Institute. 25 b. Provide equipment certification documentation. 26 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 32 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. Display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification expiration 1 date. 2 d. Use a certified profiler operator from TxDOT’s MPL or as approved by the City. 3 When requested, furnish documentation for the person certified to operate the 4 profiler. 5 3. Diamond Grinding Equipment 6 a. Provide self-propelled powered grinding equipment specifically designed to 7 smooth and texture pavements using circular diamond blades when grinding is 8 required. 9 b. Provide equipment with automatic grade control capable of grinding at least 3 10 feet of width longitudinally in each pass without damaging the pavement. 11 D. Placement Operations 12 1. General 13 a. Collect haul tickets from each load of mixture delivered to the project and 14 provide to the City as directed. 15 b. Measure and record the internal temperature of the asphalt mixture using a hand-16 held thermal camera or an infrared thermometer when a thermal imaging system 17 is not used. A thermal imaging system is the City’s preferred method for 18 measuring temperatures. 19 c. Measure the temperature as it is discharged from the truck or Material Transfer 20 Device (MTD) to the paver. Do not measure the temperature after the mix has 21 already entered the paver. 22 d. Record an approximate station number or GPS coordinate on each ticket. 23 e. Calculate the daily yield and cumulative yield for the specified lift and provide 24 to the City at the end of paving operations for each day unless otherwise 25 directed. 26 f. The City may suspend production if the Contractor fails to produce and provide 27 haul tickets and yield calculations by the end of paving operations for each day. 28 g. Place the mixture to meet the typical section requirements and produce a smooth 29 finished surface with a uniform appearance and texture. 30 h. Offset longitudinal joints of successive courses of hot-mix asphalt between 3 31 and 5 feet. The City may require any successive course that is not placed with an 32 offset to be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 33 i. Place mixture so that longitudinal joints on the surface course coincide with lane 34 lines or as directed. 35 j. Ensure that all finished surfaces will drain properly. 36 k. Placement can be performed by hand in situations where the paver cannot place 37 it adequately due to space restrictions. 38 l. Receive approval from the City prior to placing any asphalt pavement by hand. 39 m. Hand-placing should be minimized to prevent aggregate segregation and surface 40 texture issues. 41 n. All hand placement will be checked with a straightedge or template before 42 rolling to ensure uniformity. 43 o. Place the mixture at the rate or thickness specified in the Drawings. 44 p. The specified layer thickness is based on the rate of 110 pounds per square yard 45 per inch of pavement unless another rate is specified in the Drawings. 46 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 33 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 q. Install asphalt lifts in accordance with the recommended thicknesses shown on 1 Table 17. 2 Table 17 3 Compacted Lift Thickness and Required Core Height 4 Mixture Type Compacted Lift Thickness Guidelines Minimum Untrimmed Core Height (inch) Eligible for Testing Minimum (inch) Maximum (inch) Recommended (inch) B (Intermediate and Base Course) 2.50 5.0 3.0 1.75 C (Surface Course) 2.0 4.0 3.0 1.50 D (Residential Only Surface Couse) 1.50 3.0 2.0 1.25 1. Testing 5 a. Perform coring and testing in accordance with Site Quality Control. 6 2. Tack Coat 7 a. Tack coat is required when the current lift is not paved the same day as the 8 previous lift, during overlay procedures, or any time an asphalt layer is added on 9 top of cold asphalt. 10 b. Clean the surface before placing the tack coat. 11 c. Tack coat is subsidiary to the appropriate corresponding asphalt bid item when 12 used. 13 d. Distribute the material smoothly at a rate of 0.10 gallons of residual asphalt per 14 square yard of surface area unless otherwise approved by the City or specified in 15 the Drawings. 16 e. Apply a uniform tack coat at the specified rate unless otherwise directed. 17 f. Apply the tack coat in a uniform manner to avoid streaks and other irregular 18 patterns. 19 g. Apply a thin, uniform tack coat to curbs, gutters, vertical faces of existing 20 pavements, and all structures in actual contact with asphaltic mixes. 21 h. Allow adequate time for emulsion to break completely before placing any 22 material. 23 i. Prevent splattering of tack coat onto adjacent features or structures. 24 j. The City may use Tex-243-F to verify that the tack coat has adequate adhesive 25 properties and may suspend paving operations if the tack coat is considered non-26 conforming. 27 k. Place the tack coat in advance of paving to allow enough time to break or set 28 before applying hot-mix asphalt layers. 29 l. Roll the tack coat with a pneumatic-tire roller to remove streaks and other 30 irregular patterns when directed. 31 m. Do not allow traffic on tack coat unless covered with blotter material. 32 n. Blotter Material 33 1) Blotter material is subsidiary to tack coat when used. 34 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 34 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Provide blotter material consisting of either base course sweepings obtained 1 from cleaning the base or native sand unless otherwise specified in the 2 Drawings or directed by the City. 3 3) A typical application rate for blotter material is 4 to 8 pounds per square 4 yard. 5 3. Prime Coat 6 a. Prime coat is required to be placed on any subgrade that is not paved 7 immediately. 8 b. Prime coat is subsidiary to the appropriate corresponding asphalt bid item when 9 used. 10 c. Apply material within 15 degrees Fahrenheit of the approved temperature in 11 accordance with Deliver, Storage, and Handling. 12 d. Do not exceed maximum temperatures in accordance with Delivery, Storage, 13 and Handling. 14 e. Distribute the material smoothly at a rate of 0.10 gallons per square yard of 15 surface area unless otherwise approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 16 f. Roll the freshly applied prime coat with a pneumatic-tire roller to ensure 17 penetration when directed. 18 g. Before allowing traffic to use a primed surface, apply asphalt base course or 19 blotter material. 20 h. Provide blotter material in accordance with Tack Coat. 21 4. Lay-Down Operations 22 a. Thermal Profile 23 1) General 24 a) Use a hand-held thermal camera or thermal imaging system to obtain a 25 continuous thermal profile in accordance with Tex-244-F. 26 b) Use a thermal imaging system where possible. The use of a hand-held 27 thermal camera is only permitted when it is not feasible to use a 28 thermal imaging system. Receive approval from the City before using a 29 hand-held thermal camera. 30 2) Thermal Segregation 31 a) Moderate 32 (1) Any areas that have a temperature differential greater than 25 33 degrees Fahrenheit, but not exceeding 50 degrees Fahrenheit are 34 deemed as having moderate thermal segregation. 35 b) Severe 36 (1) Any areas that have a temperature differential greater than 50 37 degrees Fahrenheit are deemed as having severe thermal 38 segregation. 39 3) Thermal Imaging System 40 a) This is the preferred method by the City to prepare thermal profiles and 41 measure thermal segregation. 42 b) Review the output results when a thermal imaging system is used. 43 c) Provide the automated report described in Tex-244-F to the City daily 44 unless otherwise directed. 45 d) Modify the paving process as necessary to eliminate any recurring 46 (moderate or severe) thermal segregation identified by the thermal 47 imaging system. 48 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 35 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 e) The City may suspend paving operations if the Contractor cannot 1 successfully modify the paving process to eliminate recurring severe 2 thermal segregation. 3 f) Density profiles are not required when using a thermal imaging system. 4 g) Provide the City with electronic copies of all daily data files that can be 5 used with the thermal imaging system software to general temperature 6 profile plots upon completion of the project or as requested. 7 4) Thermal Camera 8 a) Refer to Asphalt Production Acceptance for size of lots and sublots. 9 b) Take immediate corrective action to eliminate recurring moderate 10 thermal segregation when a hand-held thermal camera is used. 11 c) Provide the City with the thermal profile produced in accordance with 12 Tex-244-F of every sublot within one working day of the completion of 13 each lot in accordance with Site Quality Control. 14 d) Suspend operations and take immediate corrective action to eliminate 15 severe thermal segregation unless otherwise directed. 16 e) Resume operations when the City determines that subsequent 17 production will meet the requirements of this specification. 18 f) Evaluate areas with severe thermal segregation by performing density 19 profiles in accordance with Site Quality Control. 20 g) Remove and replace the material in any areas that have both severe 21 thermal segregation and a failing result for Segregation (Density 22 Profile) unless otherwise directed. 23 h) Any asphalt removed and replaced due to non-conformance with the 24 requirements of this specification will be at no cost to the City. 25 b. Screed Heaters 26 1) Turn off screed heaters to prevent overheating of the mat if the paver stops 27 for more than 5 minutes. 28 2) The City may evaluate the suspect area in accordance with Site Quality 29 Control if the screed heater remains on for more than 5 minutes while the 30 paver is stopped. 31 E. Compaction 32 1. General 33 a. Compact the pavement uniformly to contain between 3.8 percent and 8.5 percent 34 in-place air voids. 35 b. Take immediate corrective action to bring the operation within 3.8 percent and 36 8.5 percent when the in-place air voids exceed the range of these tolerances. 37 c. The City will allow paving to resume when the proposed corrective action is 38 likely to yield between 3.8 percent and 8.5 percent in-place air voids. 39 2. Rollers 40 a. Provide rollers that meet the Equipment requirements of this specification. 41 b. Use additional rollers as required to remove any roller marks. 42 c. Use only water or an approved release agent on rollers, tamps, and other 43 compaction equipment unless otherwise directed. 44 d. Use the control strip method shown in Tex-207-F, Part 4 on the first day of 45 production to establish the rolling pattern that will produce the desired in-place 46 air voids unless otherwise directed. 47 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 36 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 e. Use the approved rolling pattern for the remainder of the project unless 1 otherwise directed. 2 3. Tamps 3 a. Use tamps to thoroughly compact the edges of the pavement along curbs, 4 headers, and similar structures. 5 b. Use tamps only in locations that will not allow thorough compaction with 6 rollers. 7 c. The City may require rolling with a trench roller on widened areas, in trenches, 8 and in other limited areas. 9 4. Temperature 10 a. Complete all compaction operations before the pavement temperature drops 11 below 160 degrees Fahrenheit unless otherwise allowed. 12 b. The City may allow compaction with a light finish roller operated in static mode 13 for pavement temperatures below 160 degrees Fahrenheit. 14 c. Allow the compacted pavement to cool to 160 degrees Fahrenheit or lower 15 before opening to traffic unless otherwise directed. 16 d. When directed, sprinkle the finished mat with water or limewater to expedite 17 opening the roadway to traffic. 18 3.5 REPAIR 19 A. Repair flexible pavement in accordance with Section 32 01 17. 20 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 21 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 22 A. Placement Acceptance 23 1. General 24 a. Shoulders, Ramps, Etc 25 1) Shoulders, ramps, intersections, acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and 26 turn lanes are subject to in-place air void determination unless otherwise 27 specified in the Drawings. 28 2) Intersections may be considered miscellaneous areas when determined by 29 the City. 30 3) Production Lot – Refer to Production Acceptance 31 b. Miscellaneous Areas 32 1) Areas that typically involve significant handwork or discontinuous paving 33 operations. These would include: 34 a) Temporary detours 35 b) Driveways 36 c) Mailbox turnouts 37 d) Crossovers 38 e) Gores 39 f) Spot level-up areas 40 g) Other similar areas 41 2) Miscellaneous areas also include level-ups and thin overlays when the layer 42 thickness specified on the plans is less than the minimum untrimmed core 43 height eligible for testing shown in Table 17. 44 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 37 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Miscellaneous areas are not eligible for random placement sampling 1 locations. 2 4) Compact miscellaneous areas in accordance with Compaction. 3 5) Miscellaneous areas are not subject to in-place air void determination, 4 thermal profiles testing, segregation (density profiles), or longitudinal joint 5 density evaluations. 6 2. Placement Sampling 7 a. General 8 1) Provide the equipment and means to obtain and trim roadway cores on-site. 9 2) Obtain the cores within 1 working day of the time the placement area is 10 completed unless otherwise approved. 11 3) Random coring locations may be requested by the City based on visual 12 irregularities in the pavement. 13 4) Shoulders, ramps, intersections, acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and 14 turn lanes are always eligible for selection as a random sample location. 15 b. Coring Location, Sizes, and Identification 16 1) Coring Set: 17 a) Is defined as all of the pavement cores across the full width of the 18 roadway for the station location determined at the beginning of each 19 day. 20 b) Provide one core on the inside an outside edge of each travel lane 21 across the full width of the roadway. 22 c) Provide a 2 foot clearance from a longitudinal joint or edge of 23 pavement. 24 2) Location 25 a) Mark station locations where core sampling is to be taken at the 26 beginning of each day. 27 b) For projects placing more than 1,000 tons of asphalt per day: 28 (1) Perform tests in accordance with Table 19 and Site Quality 29 Control. 30 c) For projects placing less than 1,000 tons of asphalt per day: 31 (1) Provide a Coring Set at only one location per day unless additional 32 cores are requested by the City based on irregularities or suspicion 33 that the pavement is non-conforming. 34 (2) Request approval from the City for the core location prior to 35 coring. 36 d) For projects placing less than 100 tons of asphalt per day: 37 (1) City may exempt the Contractor from collecting pavement cores 38 each day. 39 (2) Coordinate with the City to determine how many pavement core 40 sets will be required for testing. 41 (3) The City may request pavement cores at any time for verification 42 testing. 43 3) Sizes 44 a) For TY D pavement, cores will be 4 inch in diameter 45 b) For TY B and TY C pavement, cores will be 6 inch in diameter. 46 4) Identification: 47 a) Identification number 48 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 38 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b) Station location 1 c) The untrimmed core height 2 c. Pavement Cores 3 1) The City inspector will witness the coring operation and measurement of 4 the core thickness. 5 2) The inspector should visually inspect each core to verify current paving 6 layer is bonded to the underlying layer. 7 3) Take corrective action if an adequate bond does not exist between the 8 current and underlying layer to ensure an adequate bond will be achieved 9 during subsequent placement operations. 10 4) The untrimmed core height must be in accordance with the requirements in 11 Table 17. 12 5) If the cores are an acceptable height, trim the cores immediately after 13 obtaining the cores in accordance with Tex-207-F. 14 6) Any core that does not meet the requirements in Table 17 will be rejected. 15 7) The City may request additional cores to be taken within the area. If more 16 than 2 cores are non-conforming, the pavement area may be subject to 17 removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 18 8) Trim the cores on-site in the presence of the inspector. The cores may be 19 trimmed by the testing lab if approved by the City. 20 9) Blind Coring Locations 21 a) The City may select “blind” coring locations throughout the project for 22 verification testing. 23 b) Test the blind pavement cores in accordance with asphalt placement 24 testing and provide testing and evaluation reports to the City in 25 accordance with Action Submittals. 26 d. Core Hole repair 27 1) Dry the core holes and tack the sides and bottom immediately after 28 obtaining the cores. 29 2) Fill the hole with the same type of mixture and properly compact the 30 mixture. 31 3) Holes may be repaired with other methods approved by the City. 32 3. Placement Testing 33 a. General 34 1) Perform placement tests in accordance with Table 19 and 20. 35 2) The City may suspend work at any time if any of the test results are non-36 conforming with the requirements of this specification. 37 3) Verification Testing 38 a) The City may request the Contractor to perform additional testing to 39 verify compliance, or the City may perform verification testing 40 utilizing a third-party testing laboratory. 41 b) The City may request verification testing at any time if production is 42 suspected to be non-conforming. 43 b. In-Place Air Voids 44 1) Measure in-place air voids in accordance with Tex-207-F and Tex-227-F. 45 2) Before drying to a constant weight, cores may be pre-dried using a Corelok 46 or similar vacuum device to remove excess moisture. 47 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 39 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Average the values obtained for all cores taken during each production day 1 to determine the theoretical maximum specific gravity. 2 4) Use the average air void content for in-place air voids. 3 5) Use the vacuum method to seal the core if required by Tex-207-F. 4 6) Remove and replace any area with in-place air voids less than 2.8 percent 5 or greater than 9.5 percent. 6 c. Segregation (Density Profile) 7 1) Test for segregation using density profiles in accordance with Tex-207-F, 8 Part 5. Density profiles are not required if a thermal imaging system is 9 used. 10 2) Perform a density profile every time the paver stops for more than 60 11 seconds on areas that are identified by either the Contractor or the City as 12 having thermal segregation. Perform density profiles on any visibly 13 segregated areas unless otherwise approved. 14 3) Perform a minimum of one profile per sublot if the paver does not stop for 15 more than 60 seconds and there are no visibly segregated areas or areas that 16 are identified as having thermal segregation. 17 4) Provide the City with the density profiles of every sublot in the lot within 18 one working day of the completion of each lot. 19 5) The density profile is considered failing if it exceeds the tolerances in Table 20 20. 21 6) The City may require the Contractor to remove and replace the area in 22 question if the area fails the density profile and has surface irregularities as 23 defined in Irregularities. Remove and replace the failing area at no cost to 24 the City. 25 7) Investigate density profile failures and take corrective actions during 26 production and placement to eliminate the segregation. 27 8) Suspend production if 2 consecutive density profiles fail unless otherwise 28 approved. 29 9) Resume production after the City approves changes to production or 30 placement methods. 31 d. Longitudinal Joint Density 32 1) Informational Tests 33 a) Perform joint density evaluations while establishing the rolling pattern 34 and verify that the joint density is no more than 3.0 pounds per cubic 35 foot below the density taken at or near the center of the mat. 36 b) Adjust the rolling pattern, if needed, to achieve the desired joint 37 density. 38 c) Perform additional joint density evaluations as directed by the City. 39 2) Record Tests 40 a) Perform a joint density test 2 to 4 times a day or as directed by the City 41 along all joints that will become a longitudinal joint. 42 b) Joint density evaluations are not applicable in areas described as 43 Miscellaneous Areas. 44 c) Determine the joint density in accordance with Tex-207-F, Part 7. 45 d) Record the joint density information and submit results to the City. 46 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 40 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 e) The evaluation is considered failing if the joint density is more than 3.0 1 pounds per cubic foot below the density taken at the nearest core 2 sample location and the correlated joint density is less than 90 percent. 3 f) Provide the City with the density profile of every test within 1 working 4 day of the completion of each working day. 5 g) Investigate joint density failures and take corrective actions during 6 production and placement to improve joint density. Suspend production 7 if the evaluations on 2 consecutive tests fail unless otherwise approved. 8 h) Resume production after Engineer approves changes to production or 9 placement methods. 10 e. Hamburg Wheel Test 11 1) The City may perform a Hamburg Wheel test at any time during production 12 or placement including when the boil test indicates a change in quality from 13 the materials submitted for the trial batch. 14 2) The City may request additional cores to be taken and the Hamburg Wheel 15 test to be performed where rutting is observed. 16 3) Suspend production until further Hamburg Wheel tests meet the specified 17 values when the production or core samples fail the Hamburg Wheel test 18 criteria in Table 18. 19 4) Obtain core samples from the center of the finished mat or other areas 20 excluding the vehicle when path. 21 5) The City may require up to the entire area of any mixture failing the 22 Hamburg Wheel test to be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s 23 expense. 24 6) If the City determines the material to be removed and replaced, the 25 Contractor may request the City re-test the failing material. 26 Table 18 27 Hamburg Wheel Test Requirements 28 High-Temperature Binder Grade Test Method Minimum Number of Passes at 12.5 mm1 Rut Depth, Tested at 50 degrees Celsius PG 64 Tex-242-F 10,0002 PG 70 15,0003 1. When the rut depth at the required minimum number of passes is less than 3 mm, the City may require the Contractor to increase the target laboratory-molded density (TGC) by 0.5 percent to no more than 97.5 percent. 2. May be decreased to no less than 5,000 passes when specified in the Drawings. 3. May be decreased to no less than 10,000 passes when specified in the Drawings f. Recovered Asphalt Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR) and Aging Ratio 29 1) The aging ratio is the DSR value of the extracted binder divided by the 30 DSR value of the original unaged binder. 31 2) The City may request an aging ratio test be performed on production 32 samples or cores from suspect areas of the project to determine recovered 33 asphalt properties. 34 3) Asphalt binders with an aging ratio greater than 3.5 do not meet the 35 requirements for recovered asphalt properties and may be deemed 36 defective. 37 4) Obtain DSR values in accordance with AASTO T 315 at the specified high 38 temperature performance grade of the asphalt. 39 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 41 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 5) Recover the asphalt binder for testing from production samples or cores in 1 accordance with Tex-211-F. 2 6) The City may require removal and replacement of the defective material at 3 the Contractor’s expense. 4 g. Irregularities 5 1) Identify and correct irregularities including segregation, rutting, raveling, 6 flushing, fat spots, mat slippage, irregular color, irregular texture, roller 7 marks, tears, gouges, streaks, uncoated aggregate particles, or broken 8 aggregate particles. 9 2) If the City determines that the irregularity will adversely affect pavement 10 performance, the City may require the Contractor remove and replace the 11 non-conforming area at no cost to the City. 12 3) If irregularities are detected, the City may require the Contractor to 13 immediately suspend operations. The City may allow the Contractor to 14 continue operations for more than one day while the Contractor is taking 15 appropriate corrective action. 16 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 42 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 19 1 Placement Testing 2 Description Test Method Allowable Tolerances Contractor Testing Frequency1 City Verification Testing Frequency In-place air voids, percent Tex-207-F and Tex-227-F +/- 1.0 1 per sublot The City may request the Contractor to perform additional verification testing throughout the project. No more than an additional 10 percent of each test performed will be requested The City may perform verification testing utilizing a third party testing laboratory. Segregation (density profile) Tex-207-F, Part 4 N/A 1 per sublot Longitudinal joint density Tex-207-F, Part 7 N/A 1 per sublot Recycled asphalt shingles (RAS) Tex-217-F, Part 3 N/A As requested Thermal profile2 Tex-244-F N/A 1 per sublot Asphalt binder sampling and testing Tex-500-C N/A 1 per sublot Tack coat sampling and testing Tex-500-C, Part 3 N/A As requested Aging ratio, maximum ratio AASHTO T315 3.5 As requested Establish a Rolling Pattern Tex-207-F See Compaction Ride quality Tex-1001-S See Ride Quality 1. For projects placing less than 700 tons of asphalt pavement per day, refer to Placement Sampling. 2. If using a thermal imaging system, provide the automated report daily unless otherwise directed. If using a thermal camera, provide a thermal profile per sublot daily unless otherwise directed. 3. For all tests that have N./A for tolerances, material must conform to requirements provided within this specification. No tolerances are allowed. Table 20 3 Segregation (Density Profile) Acceptance Criteria 4 Mixture Type Maximum Allowable Density Range (Highest to Lowest) Maximum Allowable Density Average (Average to Lowest) Type B 8.0 pounds per cubic foot 5.0 pounds per cubic foot Type C and Type D 6.0 pounds per cubic foot 3.0 pounds per cubic foot B. Ride Quality 5 1. General 6 a. Provide pavement to have a finished grade that is smooth and true to the 7 established line, grade, and cross-section. 8 b. Ride quality will be measured parallel (longitudinal) and perpendicular 9 (transverse) to the centerline of the roadway for pavement surfaces. 10 2. Transverse Profile Measurements 11 a. Use a 10-foot straightedge to perform ride quality tests or a high-speed or 12 lightweight inertial profiler that has been certified at the Texas A&M 13 Transportation Institute. 14 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 43 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) If using an inertial profiler, provide equipment certification documentation, 1 display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification 2 expiration date, and use a certified profiler operator from TxDOT’s 3 Material Producer List. 4 2) Use an inertial profiler when requested by the City. 5 3) Provide documentation of profiles when requested by the City. 6 b. Perform tests daily throughout the duration of the project. 7 c. Perform tests on the finished surface of the completed project or at the 8 completion of a major stage of construction as approved. 9 d. Perform testing during off-peak traffic flow. Operate the inertial profiler in a 10 manner that does not disrupt traffic flow as directed. 11 e. When measuring the ride quality on a surface open to traffic, use a moving 12 traffic control plan in accordance with Part 6 of the TMUTCD and the drawings. 13 3. Acceptance Plan 14 a. General 15 1) Evaluate longitudinal and transverse profiles to verify there is not more 16 than 1/8-inch variation between any 2 contacts. Perform corrective action 17 on surface areas that have more than 1/8-inch variation between any 2 18 contacts 19 2) Fog seal the aggregate exposed by diamond grinding or other approved 20 work methods. 21 3) When a fog seal is required, use a fog seal that conforms to the 22 requirements for cationic emulsified asphalt, CSS-1h, within this 23 specification. 24 b. Localized Roughness 25 1) Determine areas of localized roughness using the individual profile from 26 each wheel path. 27 2) Use a 10-foot straightedge to locate areas that have more than 1/8-inch 28 variation between any 2 contacts on the straightedge. 29 3) The City may waive localized roughness requirements for deficiencies 30 resulting from manholes or other similar appurtenances near the wheel 31 paths. 32 c. Corrective Action 33 1) Use diamond grinding to correct variations in the pavement surface or 34 localized roughness. 35 2) After making corrections, reprofile the pavement section to verify that 36 corrections have produced the required improvements. 37 3) If corrective action does not produce the required improvement, the City 38 may require: 39 a) Continued corrective action 40 b) Removal and replacement of area at no cost to the City. The City may 41 negotiate a reduced payment amount for the defective area to remain in 42 place. 43 C. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 44 1. Does not require any placement sampling or testing. 45 2. Acceptance Plan 46 a. Acceptable ride quality includes: 47 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 44 of 44 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) A maximum depth of potholes to be 0.25 inches. 1 2) Maintain temporary hot-mix asphalt in accordance with 32 01 17. 2 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 4 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 5 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9 END OF SECTION 10 11 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/25/2024 Added AE-P as an acceptable emulsion for prime coat applications. Impacts multiple locations and tables throughout the specification 12 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 1 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 13 13 1 CONCRETE PAVING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Material requirements and construction methods for: 6 a. Concrete pavement classes 7 b. Concrete pavement 8 c. Concrete street header 9 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract. 14 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 16 4. Section 32 01 29 – Concrete Paving Repair. 17 5. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 18 6. Section 32 13 73 – Concrete Paving Joint Sealants. 19 7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A. Measurement and Payment 22 1. Concrete Pavement 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of 25 concrete to edge of concrete for Concrete Pavement installed. 26 b. Payment 27 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29 price bid per square yard for Concrete Pavement installed for: 30 a) Various depths. 31 c. The price bid shall include: 32 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement as specified by the Drawings 33 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 34 3) Water 35 4) Loading 36 5) Unloading 37 6) Storing 38 7) Hauling 39 8) Handling of materials 40 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 2 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 9) Traffic control for all testing 1 10) Trial batches (as needed) 2 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 3 12) Concrete 4 13) Aggregate 5 14) Supplementary cementing materials 6 15) Concrete additives 7 16) Mixing 8 17) Placement of concrete 9 18) Finishing of concrete 10 19) Curing and curing compounds 11 20) Sawing 12 21) Joint sealant 13 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 14 23) Disposal of excess material 15 24) Clean-up 16 2. Concrete Pavement (HES) 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of 19 concrete to edge of concrete for Concrete Pavement (HES) installed. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23 price bid per square yard for Concrete Pavement (HES) installed for: 24 a) Various depths. 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement (HES) as specified by the 27 Drawings 28 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 29 3) Water 30 4) Loading 31 5) Unloading 32 6) Storing 33 7) Hauling 34 8) Handling of materials 35 9) Traffic control for all testing 36 10) Trial batches (as needed) 37 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 38 12) Concrete 39 13) Aggregate 40 14) Supplementary cementing materials 41 15) Concrete additives 42 16) Mixing 43 17) Placement of concrete 44 18) Finishing of concrete 45 19) Curing and curing compounds 46 20) Sawing 47 21) Joint sealant 48 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 49 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 3 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 23) Disposal of excess material 1 24) Clean-up 2 3. Concrete Street Header 3 a. Measurement 4 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Street Header installed. 5 b. Payment 6 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 7 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 8 price bid per linear foot for Concrete Street Header installed. 9 c. The price bid shall include: 10 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Street Header as specified by the 11 Drawings 12 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 13 3) Water 14 4) Loading 15 5) Unloading 16 6) Storing 17 7) Hauling 18 8) Handling of materials 19 9) Traffic control for all testing 20 10) Trial batches (as needed) 21 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 22 12) Concrete 23 13) Aggregate 24 14) Supplementary cementing materials 25 15) Concrete additives 26 16) Mixing 27 17) Placement of concrete 28 18) Finishing of concrete 29 19) Curing and curing compounds 30 20) Sawing 31 21) Joint sealant 32 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 33 23) Disposal of excess material 34 24) Clean-up 35 1.3 REFERENCES 36 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 37 1. ACI – American Concrete Institute 38 2. AASHTO – American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 39 3. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials 40 4. HES – High Early Strength 41 5. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 42 6. W/C – Water to cement ratio 43 7. SCM – Supplementary Cementing Materials 44 8. UFFA – Ultra-Fine Fly Ash 45 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 4 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 9. MFFA – Modified Class F Fly Ash 1 10. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 2 11. KSI – Kilopound per Square Inch 3 B. Reference Standards 4 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 5 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 6 unless a date is specifically cited. 7 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 8 a. AASHTO T26, Standard Method of Test for Quality of Water to be Used in 9 Concrete 10 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 11 a. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 12 Field 13 b. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 14 Specimens 15 c. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed 16 Beams of Concrete 17 d. C1602, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of 18 Hydraulic Cement Concrete 19 4. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 20 a. ACI 305.1-14, Standard Specification for Hot Weathering Concreting 21 b. ACI 306.1-90, Standard Specification for Cold Weathering Concreting 22 c. ACI 301-16, Specifications for Structural Concrete 23 d. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 24 5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 25 Specifications (DMS) 26 a. DMS–4515, Multiple-Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavement 27 b. DMS–4600, Hydraulic Cement 28 c. DMS–4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 29 d. DMS–4650, Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 30 Retardants 31 e. DMS–6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 32 f. DMS-6310, Joint Sealants and Fillers 33 6. TxDOT Test Procedures: 34 a. Tex-422-A, Measuring Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement 35 b. Tex-423-A, Determining Concrete Thickness by Direct Measurement 36 c. Tex-424-A, Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores of Concrete 37 d. Tex-470-A, Optimized Aggregate Gradation for Hydraulic Cement Concrete 38 Mix Designs 39 e. Tex-472-A, Uniformity of Concrete 40 f. Tex-612-J, Acid Insoluble Residue for Fine Aggregate 41 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 42 A. Pre-Paving Meeting 43 1. Hold meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under Concrete 44 Paving. 45 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 5 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 1 3. Prior to pre-paving meeting, prepare the following: 2 3 a. Paving Plan 4 1) Paving widths 5 2) Jointing plan: 6 a) Locations and labels for all joint types including longitudinal and 7 transverse construction joint locations 8 3) Confirm rebar sizes for pavement reinforcing. 9 4) Confirm hand-pour location and equipment to be used for forming, 10 pouring, compacting, and finishing concrete. 11 5) Texturizing method (broom or tining) and direction (longitudinal or 12 transverse) 13 6) Consolidation methods at joints 14 b. Paving Process 15 1) Process to balance production, delivery, paving, and compaction to achieve 16 continuous placement operations and good ride quality. 17 c. All Action and Information Submittals to be reviewed and approved prior to 18 Pre-Paving Meeting. 19 4. During the Pre-Paving Meeting, determine whether tining or a broom finish is 20 preferred by the City unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 21 B. Night Work and Noise 22 1. Comply with all City Noise Ordinance in accordance with the General Conditions. 23 2. Night work will require prior City approval in accordance with the General 24 Conditions. 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any Concrete 28 Paving activities. 29 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 30 A. Shop Drawings: 31 1. Concrete Mix Design 32 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 33 b. Statement from the concrete supplier verifying concrete has been tested and 34 handled in accordance with ASTM C94. 35 2. Jointing Layout 36 a. Provide a jointing layout if one is not provided in the Drawings. 37 3. Product Data 38 a. Provide the following from each manufacturer supplying the following in 39 accordance with Section 03 00 00: 40 1) Curing compounds 41 2) Evaporation retardant 42 3) Joint fillers 43 4) Chemical additives 44 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 6 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 5) Epoxy 1 2 B. Informational Submittals: 3 1. Source Locations 4 a. Location of all material sources 5 2. Testing Laboratory 6 a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 7 laboratory used on the project: 8 1) Testing Laboratory Name 9 2) Location 10 3) What tests will be performed at the lab if multiple labs are used. 11 4) ACI Certification – All labs and Contractor personnel performing concrete 12 testing must be ACI certified. 13 3. Equipment Information 14 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 15 1) Equipment name and description 16 2) Size 17 3) Intended use 18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 19 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 20 1. All test reports generated during testing. 21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 24 A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 25 00. 26 B. Storage and Stockpiling 27 1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material 28 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29 2. Steel Reinforcement 30 a. Store reinforcement above ground surface on skids, platforms, or other support. 31 b. Protect reinforcement from mechanical damage and surface deterioration 32 caused by exposure to conditions that could cause rust. 33 3. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials 34 a. Follow manufacturer’s instructions regarding storage and application at 35 temperatures of material. 36 4. Epoxy 37 a. Package components in airtight containers and protect from light and moisture. 38 b. Include detailed instructions for the application of the material and all safety 39 information and warnings regarding contact with the components. 40 c. Store epoxy and adhesive components at temperatures recommended by the 41 manufacturer. 42 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 7 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 2 A. Weather Conditions 3 1. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40 4 degrees Fahrenheit and falling unless approved in writing by the City. 5 2. Concrete may be placed when the ambient temperature in the shade is above 35 6 degrees Fahrenheit and rising or above 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 7 3. Protect the pavement with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the 8 concrete for the specified curing period when temperatures warrant protection 9 against freezing. 10 4. Submit proposed measure to protect the concrete from anticipated freezing weather 11 for the first 72 hours after a concrete pour to the City for review. 12 5. Repair or replace all concrete damaged by freezing at no cost to the City. 13 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 14 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 15 2.1. CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 16 2.2. MATERIALS 17 A. Concrete Production Materials 18 1. Produce Class P1, P2, or HES concrete for concrete paving in accordance with 03 19 00 00. 20 a. Temperature 21 1) Pour concrete that is between 40 degrees and 95 degrees Fahrenheit when 22 measured in accordance with Tex-422-A at the time of discharge. 23 2) Take immediate corrective action or cease concrete placement when the 24 concrete temperature exceeds 95 degrees Fahrenheit. 25 2. Provide Cementitious Material and Water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 26 3. Aggregate 27 a. General 28 1) Recycled crushed concrete may be used as coarse or fine aggregate in Class 29 A, B, E, and P concrete. 30 2) A maximum of 20 percent of the fine aggregate may consist of recycled 31 crushed concrete. 32 b. Coarse Aggregates 33 1) Provide coarse aggregate in accordance with Tex-470-A and Section 03 00 34 00 for P1, P2, or HES concrete based on the concrete classes specified on 35 the Drawings. 36 c. Fine Aggregates 37 1) Fine aggregate will consist of clean, hard, durable fragments in accordance 38 with Section 32 05 16. 39 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 8 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 ≥ 60 percent 2) Use fine aggregate with an acid insoluble residue of at least 60 percent by 1 weight when tested in accordance with Tex-612-J in all concrete subject to 2 direct traffic. 3 3) Use the following equation to determine if aggregate combination meets the 4 acid insoluble residue requirement when blending fine aggregate: 5 6 (A1×P1) + (A2×P2) 7 100 8 Where: 9 A1 = acid insoluble (percent) of fine aggregate 1 10 A2 = acid insoluble (percent) of fine aggregate 2 11 P1 = percent by weight of fine aggregate 1 of the fine aggregate blend 12 P2 = percent by weight of the fine aggregate 2 of the fine aggregate blend 13 14 a) Instead of using the above equation, the following blending may be 15 done. 16 (1) Blend fine aggregate with a micro-deval loss of less than 12 17 percent when tested in accordance with Tex-461-A with at least 40 18 percent of a fine aggregate that has an acid insoluble residue of at 19 least 60 percent. 20 21 4) Provide fine aggregates in accordance with gradation shown in Table 1. 22 Table 1 23 Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart 24 Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight 3/8” 100 #4 95– 100 #8 80– 100 #16 50– 85 #30 25– 65 #50 10– 351 #100 0– 10 #200 0– 32 1. 6 – 35 when sand equivalent value is greater than 85 when tested in accordance with Tex-203-F. 2. 0 – 6 for manufactured sand. 4. Chemical Admixtures 25 a. General 26 1) Provide chemical admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27 b. Water Reducing Admixture 28 1) Provide water-reducing admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29 c. Air-Entraining Admixture 30 1) Provide air-entraining admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 31 B. Concrete Placement Materials 32 1. Reinforcing Steel 33 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 34 2. Tie Bars 35 a. General 36 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 9 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 1 2) Use tie bars in longitudinal contraction and longitudinal construction joints. 2 3) Use support baskets to support the tie bars during concrete placement. Do 3 not use chairs or other support devices without prior approval from the 4 City. 5 4) Refer to this Section for installation requirements. 6 b. Multiple Piece Tie Bars 7 1) Use multiple piece tie bars along all longitudinal construction joints unless 8 otherwise approved by the City. 9 2) Do not use multiple piece tie bars for contraction joints or any transverse 10 joints. 11 3) Provide multiple piece tie-bars conforming to DMS-4515. 12 c. Single Piece Tie Bars 13 1) Use single piece tie bars for contraction joints only. 14 2) Single piece tie bars will only be accepted for longitudinal construction 15 joints when the existing concrete is already hardened in widening projects 16 or when performing maintenance work such as panel replacement or 17 concrete repair. 18 3. Dowel Bars 19 a. General 20 1) Provide dowel bars and dowel caps in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 21 2) Use dowel bars in transverse contraction joints and expansion joints. 22 3) Refer to this Section for installation requirements. 23 4. Reinforcement Supporting Devices 24 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 25 5. Epoxy 26 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27 6. Evaporation Retardant 28 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29 7. Curing 30 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 31 8. Joint Fillers (Expansion Joints) 32 a. Provide boards at the size, shape, and type specified in the Drawings. Use 33 redwood if the type of board is not specified in the Drawings. 34 1) Provide redwood timber boards for expansion joints in accordance with 35 DMS-6310. 36 b. Provide wood boards free of deformities and are smooth, flat, straight 37 throughout, and sufficiently rigid to allow for easy installation. 38 9. Joint Sealants 39 a. Provide joint sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 40 2.3. ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 41 2.4. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 42 A. Tests and Inspections 43 1. Material Source Testing and Submittals 44 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 10 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Resubmit Action Submittals affected if any material source locations or 1 concrete supplier is changed. 2 3 b. Cementitious Materials 4 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with this Section. 5 2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4600 6 3) Furnish in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 7 c. Water 8 1) Perform testing to verify the water is in accordance with the requirements 9 of AASHTO T26. 10 2) Mix water in accordance with ASTM C1602. 11 d. Aggregate Quality Requirements 12 1) Provide aggregates in accordance with all requirements in Section 32 05 16 13 and this Section. 14 e. Chemical Admixtures 15 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with this Section. 16 2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4640 17 f. Epoxy, Evaporation Retardants, Curing Compounds, Joint Fillers, and Joint 18 Sealants 19 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports and product data in accordance with 20 this Section. 21 2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4650, DMS-6100, and DMS-22 6310. 23 PART 3 - EXECUTION 24 3.1. INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25 3.2. EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26 3.3. PREPARATION 27 A. Class P1, P2, and HES Preparation 28 1. Hauling 29 a. Clean delivery equipment as necessary to prevent accumulation of old concrete 30 before loading fresh concrete. 31 b. Deliver concrete to the site in accordance with Section 41 14 00. 32 c. Maintain concrete delivery and placement rates to prevent cold joints and in 33 accordance with Section 03 00 00. 34 d. Any concrete not placed within the time limits specified under Section 03 00 00 35 will be rejected. 36 e. Adding Water or Chemical Admixtures 37 1) Adding chemical admixtures is not permitted at the jobsite. 38 2) Water may be added to the truck until the slump test is conducted. Once the 39 slump test is conducted, the addition of water or admixtures is not 40 permitted unless the slump is too low or otherwise permitted. 41 3) When water or an admixture is added, turn the drum or blades at least 30 42 additional revolutions at mixing speed to ensure thorough and uniform 43 mixing of the concrete. 44 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 11 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4) When water is added, do not exceed the approved mix design water to 1 cementitious material ratio. 2 5) Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been 3 discharged. 4 f. Provide the delivery ticket for the concrete in accordance with Section 41 14 5 00. 6 2. Subgrade 7 a. Hot-Mix Asphalt Base 8 1) Prepare surface by removing, sweeping, or other approved methods. 9 b. Lime, Cement or Flexible Base Subgrade: 10 1) Correct all irregularities in the subgrade of more than 1/2 inch., as shown 11 by straightedge or template. 12 2) Verify subgrade meets all requirements for the applicable subgrade type. 13 3) Spray prepared subgrade with water, if needed, in advance of placing the 14 pavement to ensure it is in a firm and moist condition. 15 4) Take density tests no more than 72-hours prior to placement of concrete. 16 c. If rain or other conditions may have adversely affected the condition of the 17 subgrade or base, additional tests may be required as directed by the City. 18 3.4. INSTALLATION 19 A. Class P1, P2, and HES Equipment 20 1. General 21 a. Furnish and maintain all equipment necessary for the construction of concrete 22 pavement in good working condition. 23 b. The equipment to include spreading devices (augers), internal vibration, 24 tamping, and surface floating necessary to finish the freshly placed concrete 25 shall provide a dense and homogeneous pavement. 26 2. Forming Equipment 27 a. Pavement Forms 28 1) Pavement forms shall only be used when hand-pouring concrete. Use a 29 slip-form paver for all machine-poured concrete unless otherwise approved 30 by the City. 31 2) Provide metal or wood side forms unless otherwise approved by the City. 32 3) Provide side forms of sufficient cross-section, strength, and rigidity to 33 support paving equipment and resist the impact and vibration of the 34 operation without visible springing, settling, or deflection. 35 4) Use forms that extend the full depth of concrete and shall be: 36 a) a minimum of 1.5 inches in thickness when wooden forms are used 37 b) of a gauge that provides equivalent rigidity and strength when metal 38 forms are used. 39 5) Use forms that are clean, oiled, and free from detrimental kinks, bends, or 40 warps that could affect ride quality or alignment. 41 6) Provide flexible or curved forms made of metal or wood for curves that 42 have a radius of 250 feet or less. 43 7) Secure forms on a base or firm subgrade accurately graded and that 44 provides stable support without deflection and movement. 45 8) Pin every form at a minimum in the middle and near each end. Tightly join 46 and key form sections together to prevent displacement. 47 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 12 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 9) Forms to be reset using heavy stakes or other additional supports if 1 subgrade becomes unstable. 2 10) Obtain approval of formwork from the City prior to placement of concrete. 3 11) Forms are to be placed to provide pavement at final grade as specified in 4 the Drawings. 5 12) Check conformity of the grade, alignment, and stability of forms 6 immediately before pouring concrete and make necessary corrections. 7 13) Use a straight edge or other approved method to test the top of forms to 8 ensure ride quality requirements for the completed pavement will be met. 9 14) Submit a request to the City for any alternative pavement form equipment 10 for review. 11 b. Curb Forms 12 1) Provide curb forms for separately placed curbs not slip-formed in 13 accordance with the requirements of Section 31 16 00. 14 c. Settling 15 1) Stop paving operations if forms settle or deflect more than 1/8 inch under 16 finishing operations. 17 2) Reset the forms and refinish concrete surface to correct grade. 18 3. Paving, Consolidating, and Finishing Equipment 19 a. Do not add water to concrete after discharged from delivery equipment unless 20 approved by the City. 21 b. Misting/fogging only allowed during Finishing. Refer to this Section for 22 additional information. 23 c. Machine-Poured Concrete Pavement 24 1) Use a slip-form paver with a stringline that uniformly distributes the 25 concrete with minimal segregation and provides a smooth finish in 26 accordance with the plan line and grade for machine-poured concrete. 27 2) The Contractor is responsible for establishing the location and elevation of 28 the stringline to ensure pavement will be at the correct final grade specified 29 in the Drawings. 30 3) Provide mechanically-operated finishing floats capable of producing a 31 uniformly smooth pavement surface. 32 4) Provide watering equipment capable of providing a fine, light, water fog 33 mist. 34 5) Provide a stake line for the stringline every 25 feet and at every horizontal 35 and vertical geometry point as specified in the Drawings. 36 d. Hand-Poured Concrete Pavement 37 1) Receive approval of all equipment used for hand-pouring concrete during 38 Pre-Paving Meeting. 39 2) Refer to this Section for additional requirements. 40 e. Consolidating 41 1) Provide mechanically-operated vibratory equipment capable of adequately 42 consolidating the concrete. 43 2) Provide immersion vibrators on paving equipment at sufficiently close 44 intervals to provide uniform vibration and consolidation of the concrete 45 over the entire width and depth of the pavement and in accordance with the 46 manufacturer’s recommendations. 47 3) Provide immersion vibrator units that operate at a frequency in air of at 48 least 8,000 cycles per minute on the paving equipment. 49 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 13 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4) Provide enough hand-operated immersion vibrators for timely and proper 1 consolidation of the concrete along forms, at all joints, and in areas not 2 covered by other vibratory equipment. 3 5) Surface vibrators may be used to supplement equipment-mounted 4 immersion vibrators. 5 6) Provide tachometers to verify the proper operation of all vibrators. 6 f. Finishing 7 1) Floats 8 a) Use a float attached to the slip-form paver or as a separate machine 9 where possible. 10 b) When using a hand float or trowel, take care to not distort the surface. 11 The City may require any concrete that has a non-uniform surface due 12 to the improper use of a float to be removed and replaced at no cost to 13 the City. 14 2) Straightedge 15 a) Use a 10 or 15 foot long square tube straightedge made of magnesium 16 or steel. 17 b) The City may require any concrete that has a non-uniform surface due 18 to the improper use of a straightedge to be removed and replaced at no 19 cost to the City. 20 4. Texturing Equipment 21 a. A baker broom or tining are the approved methods for texturizing concrete. 22 b. Provide a baker broom of sufficient transverse length to span the full width of 23 pavement being placed. 24 c. Request approval to use an evaporation retardant if there is concern the 25 concrete surface will dry too quickly before texturing and curing can occur. 26 d. Tining Equipment 27 1) Provide a self-propelled metal tine device equipped with steel tines to 28 obtain groves that are 1/12-inch-wide and a depth of 1/8 inch to 3/16 inch. 29 2) Tine Spacing: 30 a) Transverse tining spaced at approximately 1-inch center-to-center. 31 3) Manual methods may be used that produce an equivalent texture when it is 32 impractical to use self-propelled equipment. However, manual methods 33 should be minimized. Obtain approval before using manual tining methods. 34 5. Curing Equipment 35 a. Provide a self-propelled machine for applying membrane curing compound 36 using mechanically-pressurized spraying equipment with atomizing nozzles 37 where possible. 38 b. If manually applying a curing compound, use equipment with a nozzle capable 39 of producing the desired coverage based on the requirements of this 40 specification. 41 c. Provide equipment and controls that maintain the required uniform rate of 42 application over the entire paving area. 43 d. When reinforcing is exposed, provide plastic covers to prevent the bars from 44 being coated in curing compound. Remove any curing compound on exposed 45 reinforcing with a steel brush or by sand blasting. 46 6. Sawing Equipment 47 a. Provide power-driven concrete saws to saw joints specified in the Drawings. 48 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 14 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 7. Grinding Equipment 1 a. Provide grinding equipment specifically designed to smooth and texture 2 concrete pavement using circular diamond blades when required. 3 b. Provide equipment with an automatic grade control capable of grinding at least 4 a 3-foot width longitudinally in each pass without damaging the concrete. 5 8. Coring Equipment 6 a. Provide coring equipment capable of extracting cores in accordance with Tex-7 424-A. 8 9. Miscellaneous Equipment 9 a. Provide both a 5-foot and a 10-foot steel or magnesium long-handled, standard 10 straightedge. 11 b. Provide enough work bridges long enough to span the pavement for finishing 12 and inspection operations. 13 10. The City may reject equipment and stop operation if equipment does not meet 14 requirements. 15 B. Class P1, P2, and HES Concrete Placement 16 1. General 17 a. This section outlines the requirements for the placement of Class P1, P2, and 18 HES concrete. Refer to other specifications for the placement requirement of 19 other concrete items. 20 b. Contractor to notify the City at least two working days in advance of 21 installation of concrete pavement. 22 c. Take care when placing concrete to keep all foreign material out. 23 d. Remove any foreign material from concrete pavement without damaging the 24 concrete. 25 e. Concrete may be poured by hand in situations where a slip-form paver cannot 26 be used due to space restrictions. 27 f. Receive approval from the City prior to hand pouring concrete. Hand pouring 28 should be minimized. 29 g. Do not allow pavement edge to deviate from the established paving line by 30 more than 1/2 inches at any point. 31 h. Place the concrete as near as possible to its final location and minimize 32 segregation and re-handling. 33 i. Distribute concrete using shovels where hand spreading is necessary. Do not 34 use rakes or vibrators to distribute concrete. 35 2. Removing Forms 36 a. Cleaning 37 1) Clean forms thoroughly after each use. 38 b. Removal 39 1) Forms to remain in place until the concrete is set and the removal will not 40 cause damage to the concrete. Leave the forms in place for 12 hours after 41 concrete has been poured unless approved by the City. 42 2) If forms are removed before 72 hours after concrete placement, promptly 43 apply membrane curing compound to the edge of the concrete pavement. 44 3) Avoid damage to the edge of the pavement when removing forms. 45 4) Repair damage resulting from form removal and honeycombed areas with a 46 mortar mix within 24 hours after form removal unless otherwise approved. 47 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 15 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 5) Remove and replace any damaged concrete that was not repaired within 24 1 hours at no cost to the City. 2 3. Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembles 3 a. General 4 1) Place reinforcing steel, dowels, and tie bars in position specified in the 5 Drawings. 6 2) Provide reinforcing in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 7 3) Secure reinforcing bars at alternate intersections with wire ties or locking 8 support chairs. 9 4) Tie all splices with wire. 10 5) Install all bars in their required position as specified in the Drawings. 11 b. Splicing 12 1) Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. 13 2) In accordance with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not 14 specified in the Drawings. 15 c. Installing and Supporting Reinforcing Steel 16 1) Layout reinforcing steel in accordance with Drawings. Support reinforcing 17 steel using approved chairs or baskets. 18 2) Do not allow construction personnel to walk on the reinforcement bars. 19 Replace any chair that is broken prior to concrete placement. 20 3) Steel pins may also be used to hold the reinforcement in place. 21 4) If reinforcing steel is found to be at incorrect depth: 22 a) Prior to concrete being poured, Contractor to adjust steel to correct 23 depth as specified in the Drawings. 24 b) If concrete has been poured, Contractor to remove and replace at no 25 cost to the City. 26 4. Joints 27 a. General 28 1) Place joints shown on the Drawings. If jointing layout is not provided on 29 the Drawings, submit a jointing layout for review and approval to the City. 30 2) Maintain a right angle with the surface of the pavement for all joints. 31 3) Maintain an angle of greater than 75 degrees between all joints if 90 32 degrees is not achievable unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 33 4) If uncontrolled cracking occurs during sawing, the City may require the 34 panel with the crack to be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 35 5) Use dowel baskets to support dowels and tie bars in the location shown on 36 the Drawings. Do not manually or mechanically insert tie bars or dowels 37 into wet or hardened concrete unless otherwise approved by the City. 38 6) Secure the dowel baskets into the subgrade or hot-mix asphalt base so that 39 the baskets to not tip or move during concrete placement. Set up rebar and 40 support baskets at least 12 hours prior to concrete placement for inspection. 41 7) Use the appropriate bar based on the Drawings and the requirements under 42 Materials. 43 8) Clean and seal all joints before opening the pavement to traffic. 44 9) Joint Dimensions and Spacing 45 a) Match width and depth of the joint shown on the Drawings. 46 b) Dimensions of the sealant reservoir to match manufacturer's 47 recommendations. 48 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 16 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c) Ensure the joint depth after curing is 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch below the 1 pavement surface at the center of the joint. If joint depth exceeds 1/4 2 inch, The City may request corrective action to be taken that may 3 include remove and replace at no cost to the City. 4 d) Maintain a maximum 15 foot longitudinal joint spacing. 5 e) Ensure longitudinal joints follow the proposed lane lines where 6 possible. 7 b. Contraction Joints 8 1) Transverse Contraction Joints 9 a) Only used in plain-jointed concrete pavement. 10 b) Maintain joint spacing as shown on the Drawings. 11 c) Do not install transverse contraction joints in continuously reinforced 12 concrete pavement. 13 d) Use dowel bars that are coated with a thin film of grease or other 14 approved de-bonding material to prevent concrete from bonding to the 15 bar. See Materials. 16 e) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing shown on the 17 Drawings. 18 f) Maintain a sawcut depth of 1/3 of the slab thickness. 19 2) Longitudinal Contraction Joints 20 a) Used in plain-jointed and continuously reinforced concrete. 21 b) Maintain joint spacing as specified in the Drawings. 22 c) Use single piece tie bars. See Materials. 23 d) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing specified in the 24 Drawings. 25 e) Maintain a sawcut depth of 1/3 of the slab thickness. 26 c. Construction Joints 27 1) General 28 a) Use reinforcing support chairs to hold reinforcing bars that extend 29 through the bulkhead in place. 30 b) Splicing is not allowed within 10 feet of a transverse construction joint. 31 c) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing specified in the 32 Drawings. 33 2) Transverse Construction Joints 34 a) A transverse construction joint shall be formed at the close of each 35 day's work or when the placing of concrete has been stopped for 30-36 minutes or longer. 37 b) Provide a bulkhead (header) of sufficient cross-sectional area to prevent 38 deflection and accurately notched to allow longitudinal rebar to 39 continue through the bulkhead. 40 c) Provide bulkheads cut true to the section of the finished pavement and 41 cleaned. 42 d) Plain-Jointed Concrete 43 (1) Select the construction joint location to be either at planned 44 transverse contraction joint or halfway between two planned 45 transverse contraction joints. 46 e) Continuously Reinforced Concrete 47 (1) Additional steel may be required. See Drawings for additional 48 information. 49 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 17 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 (2) Ensure longitudinal steel is supported and protected to prevent 1 damage, vibration, and impact. 2 3) Longitudinal Construction Joints 3 a) Use multiple piece tie bars where possible. See Materials. 4 b) Bent tie bars are not permitted. 5 c) Drill and epoxy single piece tie bars only for widening or maintenance 6 projects where new concrete is being poured adjacent to existing 7 concrete. 8 d) Inserting Tie Bars 9 (1) When approved, insert tie bars per this Section. 10 (2) Fresh Concrete Installation: 11 (a) Mechanically insert the tie bars using the paving machine when 12 possible. 13 (b) If the tie bar is inserted manually, check the insertion depth and 14 location to ensure proper placement and evaluate if there has 15 been any surface drop down. 16 (c) If any surface drop down has occurred, repair concrete to the 17 City’s satisfaction. 18 (d) Take care to avoid moving the reinforcing mat or any other 19 reinforcing in the concrete when inserting the tie bar. 20 (3) Hardened Concrete Installation: 21 (a) Mark tie bar location and drill holes into the hardened concrete 22 at least 10-inches deep with a drill bit that is 1/8-inch greater in 23 diameter than the tie bar diameter. 24 (b) Clean the hole with a wire brush and compressed air to remove 25 all the dust and moisture. 26 (c) Follow the epoxy manufacturer’s instruction to apply the 27 epoxy. Fill the entire hole with Type 3, Class C epoxy before 28 inserting the tie bars. 29 (d) When installing tie bars into hardened concrete, perform a 30 pullout test. 31 (4) Pullout Test: 32 (a) Perform pullout tests on tie bars designated by the City. 33 (b) Install the tie bar in accordance with this Section and the 34 Drawings. 35 (c) Perform a pullout test in accordance with ASTM E488 within 36 the epoxy manufacturer’s recommended curing time. 37 (d) Verify the tie bar meets a pullout strength of at least 3/4 of the 38 yield strength of the tie bar. 39 (5) Corrective Measures 40 (a) Perform corrective measures to provide adequate pullout 41 resistance if any of the tests do not meet the required minimum 42 pullout strength. 43 (b) Repair any damage caused by testing at no cost to the City. 44 (c) Acceptable corrective measures include, but are not limited to, 45 installation of additional or longer tie bars. 46 d. Expansion Joints 47 1) Install expansion joints perpendicularly to the surface at the locations 48 shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the City. 49 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 18 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Use dowels for expansion joints with a thin film of grease or other 1 approved de-bonding material with dowel caps on the lubricated end of 2 each dowel bar. 3 3) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing shown on the Drawings. 4 4) When the proposed pavement is adjacent to or around existing structures, 5 install expansion joints along the entire length of an existing structure. 6 5) Joint Filler 7 a) Provide joint fillers that conform to the requirements under Materials 8 and Source Quality Control. 9 b) Provide timber boards that are accurately notched to allow rebar to 10 continue through the expansion joint as needed. 11 c) Extend joint filler past or slightly below the bottom of concrete slab. 12 d) Use timber boards that span the length of the pavement width. Take 13 care to ensure the timber board does not break, crack, or shift during 14 concrete placement. 15 e) If the timber boards cracks, breaks, or shifts, remove and replace the 16 adjacent pavement panels and reconstruct the pavement with a 17 compliant timber board at no cost to the City. 18 e. Curb Joints 19 1) Provide joints in the curb of the same type and location as the adjacent 20 pavement. 21 2) Extend expansion joints through the curb. 22 3) Extend sawed joints through the curb. 23 4) Construct curb joints at all transverse pavement joints. 24 5) For non-monolithic curbs, drill and epoxy tie bars as specified in the 25 Drawings. 26 f. Sawing Joints 27 1) Joints to be sawed into concrete as soon as can be accomplished without 28 damage to the pavement within 24 hours of concrete pavement placement 29 as shown on Drawings. 30 2) Saw joints to the depth and spacing shown on the Drawings. 31 3) Use a chalk line, stringline, saw template, or other approved method to 32 provide a true joint alignment. 33 g. Joint Sealing 34 1) See Section 32 13 73. 35 5. Concrete Placement 36 a. General 37 1) Use a slip-form paving machine. Hand paving is only permitted in areas 38 such as intersections or other areas where use of paving machine is not 39 practical. 40 2) If hand-pouring does not produce the required consolidation and finishing 41 results, take immediate action. The City may require corrective action that 42 may include removal and replacement of concrete at no cost to the City. 43 a) Do not use rakes or vibrators to move concrete. Only use shovels or the 44 augers on the spreader and paver to move the concrete. 45 3) Do not allow the pavement edge to deviate from the established paving line 46 by more than 1/2 inch at any point. 47 a) Consistency 48 4) Provide concrete with following consistency qualities: 49 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 19 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a) Mortar clings to coarse aggregate 1 b) Aggregate does not segregate in concrete when transported to the place 2 of deposit 3 c) Concrete should flatten out at the center of the pile with edges standing 4 and not flowing when dropped directly from the discharge chute of the 5 mixer. 6 d) Concrete and mortar shows no free water when removed from the 7 mixer 8 e) Concrete to slide and not flow into place when transported in metal 9 chutes at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal 10 f) Surface of the finished concrete to be free from a surface film or 11 laitance 12 b. Honeycombing 13 1) Prevent honeycombing by taking special care placing and spading the 14 concrete against forms and joints. 15 2) The City may reject concrete with excessive voids and honeycombing on 16 the edge of the pavement. The City may request corrective action to be 17 taken that may include removal and replacement at no cost to the City 18 6. Consolidation 19 a. Consolidate all concrete by approved mechanical vibrators in accordance with 20 the requirements of this Section. 21 b. Ensure the vibrators don’t dislodge or disturb the reinforcement. 22 c. Use hand-operated vibrators to consolidate concrete along forms, at all joints, 23 and in areas not accessible to the machine-mounted vibrators. 24 d. Do not operate machine-mounted vibrators while the paving equipment is 25 stationary. 26 7. Curb 27 a. Construct concrete curb in accordance with Section 32 16 13. 28 8. Spreading and Finishing 29 a. General 30 1) Finish concrete using approved finishing equipment per this specification. 31 2) If excessive surface slurry or bleeding occurs: 32 a) Do not finish concrete 33 b) Contact concrete supplier and review on-site conditions to verify too 34 much water is not being added to the concrete mix by the Contractor or 35 at the plant. 36 c) A fine mist of water may be used during dry conditions when approved 37 by the City and only when under City supervision. 38 3) Use minimal amount of water to maintain a moist surface. 39 4) Reduce misting if float or straightedge finishing operations result in an 40 excess amount of surface slurry. 41 5) Do not apply water from a nozzle or a garden-type hose. 42 6) Do not finish the concrete if there is free standing water on the surface of 43 the concrete. Wait until the water evaporates before finishing. 44 7) Hand finishing permitted only in intersections and areas inaccessible to a 45 finishing machine. 46 b. Quality Checks 47 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 20 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Perform sufficient checks with a long-handled 10-foot or 15-foot 1 straightedge on fresh concrete to ensure the final surface is within the 2 tolerances specified in Ride Quality. 3 a) Verify there is not more than 1/16-inch variation between the 4 straightedge and the surface of the pavement. 5 b) Rework and refinish any surface not within the tolerance limits. 6 2) Edging 7 a) Tool all edges of slabs and all joints with an edger of the radius 8 specified in the Drawings. 9 b) All concrete work to be left smooth and true to lines. 10 9. Texturing 11 a. Complete final texturing using approved texturing equipment in accordance 12 with this Section. 13 10. Curing 14 a. Surface Moisture 15 1) Prevent surface drying of pavement before application of the curing 16 compound by means that may include water fogging/misting, wind screens, 17 and evaporation retardants. Obtain approval from the City before using any 18 of these methods. 19 2) If an evaporation retardant is approved, reapply as needed to maintain the 20 concrete surface in a moist condition until the curing compound is applied. 21 3) Do not use evaporation retardant as a finishing aid. 22 4) If there is pavement failure due to poor surface moisture, City may require 23 corrective action that could include removal and replacement at no cost to 24 the City. 25 b. A curing day is defined as a 24-hour period when either the temperature taken 26 in the shade away from artificial heat is above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for at least 27 19 hours or the surface temperature of the concrete is maintained above 40 28 degrees Fahrenheit for 24 hours. 29 c. Curing begins when the concrete curing compound or system has been applied. 30 d. Maintain and promptly repair damage to curing materials on exposed surfaces 31 of concrete pavement continuously for at least 3 curing days. 32 e. Ensure curing compound does not disintegrate, peek, or crack. 33 f. The City may reject the curing compound based on visual and odor inspection. 34 g. Application 35 1) Apply the curing compound in accordance with DMS-4650. 36 2) Manage finishing and texturing operations to ensure placement of curing 37 compound on a moist concrete surface relatively free of water. 38 3) Maintain curing compounds in a uniformly agitated condition free of 39 settlement before and during application. 40 4) Do not thin or dilute the curing compound. 41 5) Apply two coats of the curing compound. 42 6) Apply to damp concrete as a fine mist through atomizing nozzles, at a rate 43 of no more than 180 square feet per gallon, that covers entire surfaces 44 thoroughly and completely with a uniform film. 45 7) Coat sides of concrete slab after side forms are removed and earth is 46 banked against them. 47 h. Alternative Curing Methods 48 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 21 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) If an alternative curing method is preferred, submit a request to City with 1 all product data needed at least 72 hours prior to a concrete pour. 2 2) If the alternative method for curing does not produce desire results, cease 3 concrete paving activities and implement another method of curing. 4 11. Protection of Pavement and Opening to Traffic 5 a. Protection of Pavement 6 1) Erect and maintain barricades and other standard and approved devices, 7 excluding all vehicles and equipment from the newly placed pavement for 8 the periods specified. 9 2) Maintain an adequate supply of sheeting or other material to cover and 10 protect fresh concrete surface from weather damage. Apply as needed to 11 protect the pavement surface from weather. 12 b. Opening to Traffic 13 1) All traffic to be excluded from new concrete pavement for a minimum of 14 14 days. 15 2) Early Opening to Traffic 16 a) If traffic needs to be open earlier than 14 days post pavement activities, 17 use HES concrete. 18 b) Perform concrete cylinder breaks at 24 hours. If the compressive 19 strength is 3,200 psi or higher, pavement may be opened to traffic after 20 72 hours. 21 3) Emergency Opening to Traffic 22 a) Open the pavement to traffic under emergency conditions when 23 directed in writing by the City and the pavement is at least 72 hours 24 old. 25 b) Remove all obstructing materials, place stable material against the 26 pavement edges, and perform other work involved in providing for the 27 safety of traffic as required for emergency opening. 28 c. Clean and fill all joints prior to opening pavement to traffic. 29 12. Pavement Leaveouts 30 a. Provide pavement leaveouts as necessary for local traffic at locations specified 31 in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 32 b. Provide a suitable crossover connection for traffic movements based on a 33 location that is determined in the field by the City. 34 C. Batching Equipment 35 1. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 14 36 00. 37 3.5. REPAIR 38 A. Repair concrete pavement in accordance with 32 01 29. 39 B. Repair the following items to remain at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due 40 to concrete paving activities: 41 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 42 2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 43 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 44 4. Subgrade or base material 45 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 22 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 5. Utility pipe 1 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 2 7. Landscape beds or planters 3 8. Sod 4 9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 5 10. Retaining walls 6 3.6. RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7 3.7. SITE QUALITY CONTROL 8 A. Verification Testing 9 1. General: 10 a. At the request of the City, the Contractor is to perform additional testing to 11 verify compliance, or the City may perform verification testing utilizing a third-12 party testing laboratory. 13 b. The City may request verification testing at any time if production is suspected 14 to be non-conforming. 15 c. Verification testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM C42. 16 d. Verification testing will be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City. 17 2. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 18 a. Perform required tests specified under Section 03 00 00 and provide testing and 19 evaluation reports. 20 b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 21 removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 22 3. Concrete Production Acceptance 23 a. During production and placement of concrete, perform testing to verify the 24 concrete is in conformance with the requirements in Section 03 00 00 for the 25 admixtures, mix design, slump, and compressive strength. 26 b. Aggregate Moisture Testing 27 1) In accordance with Section 32 05 16. 28 4. Concrete Placement Acceptance 29 a. Perform required tests specified under Section 03 00 00 and provide testing and 30 evaluation reports. 31 b. If concrete is suspected of having foreign material, City may reject at any time 32 and the concrete may be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 33 c. Acceptance will be based on attaining the strength and the fresh concrete tests 34 in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 35 B. Class P1, P2, and HES Pavement Thickness Test 36 1. Sampling 37 a. Perform strength testing for all projects containing more than 60 cubic yards of 38 concrete. 39 b. Obtain pavement cores in accordance with Tex-424-A. Check the pavement 40 thickness in accordance with Tex-423-A. 41 c. Collect pavement cores every 500 feet at the center of each concrete paving 42 run. If lanes are paved separately, collect a pavement core at the center of each 43 set of paved lanes. 44 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 23 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 d. For hand poured concrete collect pavement cores every 250 feet. 1 e. Fill core holes using an approved concrete mixture and method. 2 2. Acceptance 3 a. The Contractor will not be paid over the contract unit price for any pavement 4 that is thicker than what is specified in the Drawings. 5 b. For pavement thickness deficiencies greater than 0.2 inches but less than 0.5-6 inches less than the thickness designated on the Drawings: 7 1) Obtain additional cores every 150 feet at locations designated by the City. 8 2) Additional cores may be requested by the City if the pavement is suspected 9 to be deficient. 10 3) Obtain cores until the variation between the thickness designated on the 11 Drawings is less than 0.2-inches. 12 4) For deficit concrete limit: 13 a) Remove limits of deficient concrete and replace at no cost to the City, 14 or 15 b) Concrete to remain and City will pay the Contractor 50 percent of the 16 unit price of concrete specified in the bid documents. 17 c. For pavement thickness deficiencies greater than 0.5 inches less than the 18 thickness designated on the Drawings: 19 1) Remove and replace deficient concrete at no cost to the City. 20 C. Class P1, P2, and HES Concrete Ride Quality 21 1. General 22 a. Provide a pavement to have a finished grade smooth and true to the established 23 line, grade, and cross-section. 24 b. Ride quality will be measured parallel (longitudinal) and perpendicular 25 (transverse) to the centerline of the roadway for pavement surfaces. 26 2. Profile Measurements 27 a. Use a 10-foot straightedge to perform ride quality tests or a high-speed or 28 lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M Transportation 29 Institute. 30 1) If using an inertial profiler, provide equipment certification documentation, 31 display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification 32 expiration date, and use a certified profiler operator from TxDOT’s 33 Material Producer List. 34 2) Use an inertial profiler when requested by the City. 35 3) Provide documentation of the profiles when requested by the City. 36 b. Perform tests daily throughout the duration of the project. 37 c. Perform tests on the finished surface of the completed project or at the 38 completion of a major stage of construction as approved. 39 d. Perform testing during off-peak traffic flow. Operate the inertial profiler in a 40 manner that does not disrupt traffic flow as directed. 41 e. When measuring the ride quality on a surface open to traffic, use a moving 42 traffic control plan in accordance with Part 6 of the TMUTCD and the 43 Drawings. 44 3. Acceptance Plan 45 a. General 46 1) Evaluate longitudinal and transverse profiles to verify not more than 1/8-47 inch variation between any 2 contacts. 48 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 24 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Perform corrective action on surface areas that have more than 1/8-inch 1 variation between any 2 contacts. 2 b. Localized Roughness 3 1) Determine areas of localized roughness using the individual profile from 4 each wheel path. 5 2) Use a 10-foot straightedge to locate areas that have more than 1/8-inch 6 variation between any 2 contacts on the straightedge. 7 3) The City may waive localized roughness requirements for deficiencies 8 resulting from manholes or other similar appurtenances near the wheel 9 paths. 10 c. Corrective Action 11 1) Use diamond grinding to correct variations in the pavement surface or 12 localized roughness. 13 2) Reprofile the corrected area and provide results indicating the corrective 14 action was successful. 15 3) After making corrections, reprofile the pavement section to verify 16 corrections have produced the required improvements. 17 4) If corrective action does not produce the required improvement, the City 18 may require: 19 a) Continued corrective action, or 20 b) Removal and replacement of area at no cost to the City. The City may 21 negotiate a reduced payment amount for the defective area to remain in 22 place. 23 D. Non-Conforming Work 24 1. General 25 a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to 26 this specification. 27 b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 28 Concrete Pavement if any material it was made with is found to be non-29 conforming. This would be at no cost to the City. 30 c. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 31 2. Aggregates 32 a. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of Section 32 05 16 will be 33 rejected by the City. 34 3. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 35 a. The City may reject the mix design if it does not conform to the requirements 36 of this specification and section 03 00 00. 37 b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 38 removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 39 c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials verify the 40 conformance of the mixture. 41 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 25 of 25 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 14, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.8. SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9. ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10. CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11. CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12. PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13. MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6 7 3.14. ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8 END OF SECTION 9 10 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/14/2024 Removed maximum temperature limit for placement of concrete; 1.11.A 6/14/2014 Removed longitudinal tining requirement; 3.4.A.4 11 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 13 16 1 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Material requirements and construction methods for Decorative Concrete Pavement 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13 4. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 14 5. Section 32 16 00 – Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways. 15 6. Section 32 84 00 – Irrigation Installation and Repair. 16 7. Section 32 93 00 – Plantings. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Decorative Concrete 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured per square yard of Decorative Concrete installed. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per square yard for Decorative Concrete Pavement installed for: 26 a) Various depths 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 1) Furnishing and installing Decorative Concrete as specified by the Drawings 29 1) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 30 2) Water 31 3) Loading 32 4) Unloading 33 5) Storing 34 6) Hauling 35 7) Disposal of excess materials 36 8) Testing and trial batches 37 9) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 38 10) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 39 informational submittals. 40 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 11) Concrete, aggregate, supplementary cementing materials, and additives 1 12) Stamps and color 2 13) Mixing, placing, and finishing 3 14) Curing and curing compounds 4 15) Reinforcing steel and chairs 5 16) All reinforcing and materials required for joints 6 17) Joint sealant 7 18) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 8 19) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 9 1.3 REFERENCES 10 A. Reference Standards 11 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 12 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 13 unless a date is specifically cited. 14 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 15 a. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for 16 Curing Concrete. 17 b. C979, Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete. 18 c. C1315 Type 1, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming 19 Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. 20 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 21 A. Pre-Hardscape and Landscape Meeting 22 1. Prior to installing decorative concrete (hardscape) and landscape, conduct a 23 meeting. Invite the City and their appropriate representatives. Prior to the meeting, 24 the following need to be prepared or approved: 25 a. Product Data and Concrete Mix Design in accordance with this Section 26 b. Mock sample in accordance with this Section 27 c. Paving Plan 28 1) Jointing locations 29 2) Paving Schedule 30 d. All irrigation and planting requirements in accordance with Sections 32 84 00 31 and 32 93 00. 32 1.5 SUBMITTALS 33 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 34 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 35 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 36 A. Shop Drawing 37 1. Concrete Mix Design 38 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00 39 2. Product Data 40 a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying stamps, 41 color, antiquing releases, and curing compounds Provide the following data for 42 all product data sheets: 43 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Manufacturer name 1 2) Date 2 3) Material description 3 b. Data and test results as specified in this Section 4 1) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing 5 Compounds) 6 2) Stamp pattern and size 7 3) Integral color shade name and number 8 4) Dosage recommendations 9 5) Manufacturer recommended storing data (if applicable) 10 6) Application recommendations (if applicable) 11 7) Manufacturer’s recommended storage and handling instructions 12 8) Manufacturer’s curing and sealing recommendations. 13 3. Integral Color Concrete Mix Design 14 a. Provide concrete mix design that in accordance with the requirements of 15 Section 03 00 00. 16 B. Samples 17 1. Provide 3-foot by 3-foot square mock-up 4-inches thick of the integral stamped and 18 stained concrete of selected color and stamp pattern with specified releasing agents 19 at the site for review by City. 20 a. If the sample is not satisfactory, City may request up to 3 additional samples to 21 be prepared. 22 b. Leave sample on-site until decorative concrete has been completed. 23 c. Remove sample within 72 hours after decorative concrete activities have been 24 completed. 25 C. Information Submittals: 26 1. Source Locations 27 a. Location of all material sources 28 2. Testing and Evaluation Reports 29 a. Provide test results required in accordance with this Section and any other 30 related Sections. 31 3. Equipment Submittals 32 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 33 1) Equipment name 34 2) Size 35 3) Intended use 36 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 37 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 38 1. All test reports generated during testing. 39 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 40 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 41 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 42 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 43 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 1 66 00. 2 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 3 A. Refer to Section 32 13 13 for field condition requirements. 4 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7 2.2 MATERIALS 8 A. Concrete Production and Placement Materials 9 1. Refer to the following Sections based on uses: 10 a. Roadway Paving and Crosswalks - Section 32 13 13 11 b. Sidewalks or Driveways – Section 32 16 00 12 c. General Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing – Section 03 00 00 13 B. Integral Color 14 1. Provide integrally colored concrete. Do not use surface stains or dyes to color the 15 concrete unless otherwise approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 16 2. Use non-fading synthetic iron oxide pigments with resistance to ultraviolet 17 radiation. 18 3. Provide pigments for colored concrete in accordance with ASTM C979. 19 4. Add integral concrete colorant according to manufacturer's instructions. Provide a 20 copy of manufacturer instructions to City in accordance with this Section. 21 5. Provide SCOFIELD Integral Colors SG or approved equal. 22 a. Provide the following approved colors in the designated locations unless 23 otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City: 24 1) Median Areas: 25 a) SCOFIELD Integral Color SG: Red Brick or approved equal 26 b) SCOFIELD LITHOTEX Antiquing Release Pro: A-24, Russet 27 2) Other locations: 28 a) Integral color and antiquing release in accordance with the Drawings 29 C. Curing Compound 30 1. Use SCOFIELD Cureseal-W Concrete Curing Compound and Sealer or approved 31 equal. 32 a. Any approved equal needs to be clear with a low-gloss finish that complies 33 with ASTM C309 and ASTM C1315 Type 1 requirements for liquid membrane 34 forming compounds. 35 b. Provide product data in accordance with this Section. 36 2. No other curing methods will be allowed. 37 D. Admixtures 38 1. Furnish admixtures designed for use with and compatible with colored concrete 39 pigments. 40 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Do not use calcium chloride or other admixtures containing chlorides. 1 E. Decorative Concrete Mix Design 2 1. Concrete Classes 3 a. Provide concrete in accordance with the requirements of Section 03 00 00 for 4 the designated concrete class specified in the Drawings. 5 b. If no class is specified, provide decorative concrete based on the following 6 uses: 7 1) Roadway Paving and Crosswalks - Class P1, P2, HES, or as specified in the 8 Drawings. 9 2) Sidewalks or Driveways – Use Class A or the concrete specified in the 10 Drawings. 11 c. Mix Design Options: No variations or substitutions will be approved for 12 cementitious material, slump, additives, or mix design options. Conform to all 13 requirements in Section 03 00 00 unless otherwise specified in this Section or 14 in the Drawings. 15 2. Decorative Concrete Mix Design 16 a. Provide the amount of color to be added to the concrete during production with 17 the concrete mix design. Provide a concrete mix design that conforms to the 18 requirements of Section 03 00 00. 19 b. Obtain City approval for colored concrete mixes before placing decorative 20 concrete. 21 c. Maintain mix characteristics for colored concrete requiring a matching finish. 22 d. Use the same source, brand, type, and color of Portland cement, supplementary 23 cementitious materials, aggregates, and admixtures for colored concrete 24 throughout the project. 25 e. Use constant cement content, supplementary cementitious material content, and 26 water/cementitious materials ratio to maintain consistent color. 27 3. Trail Batches 28 a. The contractor may use preliminary laboratory or field trial batching to 29 establish the mix proportions necessary to conform to the contract-required 30 color. 31 b. Provide samples in accordance with Action Submittals and discuss during the 32 Pre-Hardscape and Landscape Meeting 33 1) Produce samples using the same workers and materials designated to 34 perform the contract work. 35 c. Produce at least 2 cubic yards of the colored concrete to make the sample. 36 d. Submit the final mix design including color after the City has approved the 37 decorative concrete sample. 38 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 39 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 40 PART 3 - EXECUTION 41 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 1 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 2 3 3.3 PREPARATION 4 A. In accordance with preparation requirements in Section 32 13 13. 5 3.4 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PLACEMENT 6 A. Imprinting Tools 7 1. Stamped Concrete 8 a. Use SCOFIELD stamp tools or approved equal to install the stamp pattern 9 designated on the Drawings or by the City. 10 b. Any approved equal tool needs to provide the texture, stamp, and finish that is 11 specified in the Drawings. If the required affect is not produced by the tools 12 provided, as determined by City, stop work immediately, identify the problem, 13 and supply different tools capable of producing the texture, stamp, and finish 14 specified. 15 c. Provide the following approved patterns in the designated locations: 16 1) Median Areas: 17 a) Pattern: New Brick – Running Bond (SCOFIELD LITHOTEX 18 Pavecrafters) 19 2. If specified texture is baker’s broom or tining, provide tools and equipment 20 a. in accordance with requirements for P1, P2, and HES concrete in Section 32 13 21 13 for any decorative concrete that will be used by vehicular traffic. 22 b. in accordance with requirements for sidewalks and driveways in Section 32 16 23 00 for any decorative concrete that will be used in medians, sidewalks, or 24 driveways. 25 B. Concrete Placement 26 1. In accordance with the requirements for P1, P2, and HES concrete in Section 32 13 27 13 for any decorative concrete used by vehicular traffic. 28 2. In accordance with the requirements for sidewalks and driveways in Section 32 16 29 00 for any decorative concrete used in medians, sidewalks, or driveways. 30 3. The following additions to Section 32 13 13 apply: 31 a. Schedule placement to minimize exposure to rapid drying conditions, wind, and 32 full sun, before applying curing compound. 33 b. Do not place colored concrete if rain, snow, or freezing temperatures are 34 forecast within 24-hours. 35 c. Cover or otherwise protect adjacent concrete work from discoloration and 36 spillage while placing and curing colored concrete. 37 d. Remove and replace discolored concrete as directed by the City. 38 C. Spreading and Finishing 39 1. In accordance with the requirements for P1, P2, and HES concrete in Section 32 13 40 13 for any decorative concrete that will be used by vehicular traffic. 41 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. In accordance with the requirements for sidewalks and driveways in Section 32 16 1 00 for any decorative concrete that will be used in medians, sidewalks, or 2 driveways. 3 3. The following additions to Section 32 13 13 apply: 4 a. Perform finishing operations consistently to avoid color variation. 5 b. Do not begin finishing while bleed water is present. 6 c. City will order removal and replacement of colored concrete if the contractor 7 adds water to the surface to aid in finishing. 8 d. Apply strokes in the same direction during final finishing and texturing. 9 D. Texturing 10 1. Reference Drawings for location of texturing and stamping used for decorative 11 concrete. 12 2. If the decorative concrete requires a baker’s broom or tining: 13 a. In accordance with the requirements for P1, P2, and HES concrete in Section 14 32 13 13 for any decorative concrete that will be used by vehicular traffic. 15 b. In accordance with the requirements for sidewalks and driveways in Section 32 16 16 00 for any decorative concrete that will be used in medians, sidewalks, or 17 driveways. 18 3. If the decorative concrete requires a stamp pattern: 19 a. Apply the stamp pattern using approved tools that produce the texture, stamp, 20 and finish specified in the Drawings. 21 b. If the required affect is not produced by the tools provided, stop work 22 immediately, identify the problem, and supply different tools capable of 23 producing the texture, stamp, and finish specified. 24 c. Use the manufacturer’s recommendation for: 25 1) Using release agents 26 a) Approved release agents include: 27 (1) Designated antiquing release: Follow the manufacturer’s 28 instructions when using an antiquing release and stamping. 29 (2) LITHOTEX Liquid Release 30 (3) SCOFIELD Liquid Release SG 31 (4) Or approved equal 32 2) Antiquing agents 33 3) Aligning, placing, and removing the tools 34 4) Any other manufacturer requirements or recommendations not listed. 35 E. Curing 36 1. Apply approved curing compound in accordance with manufacturer’s 37 recommendations. 38 2. Protect colored concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot 39 temperatures by promptly applying curing compound. 40 a. Do not allow plastic sheeting to come in contact with colored concrete. 41 F. Protection of Pavement and Opening to Traffic 42 1. In accordance with the requirements in Section 32 13 13. 43 2. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for allowing traffic onto decorative 44 concrete. 45 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3. If traffic is allowed onto decorative concrete prior to sealing, patch and touch-up 1 any chips in the decorative concrete. 2 4. Where possible, finish placing, stamping, and sealing large sections of decorative 3 concrete before opening to traffic. 4 3.5 REPAIR 5 A. In accordance with Section 32 01 29. 6 B. Repair the following items to remain at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due 7 to decorative concrete paving activities: 8 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 9 2. Adjacent sidewalk 10 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 11 4. Subgrade or base material 12 5. Utility pipe 13 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 14 7. Landscape beds or planters 15 8. Sod 16 9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 17 10. Retaining walls 18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 20 A. Tests and Inspections 21 1. Perform all testing in accordance with Sections 01 45 23, 03 00 00, and 32 13 13. 22 B. Non-Conforming Work 23 1. Decorative Concrete Production Acceptance 24 a. Produce consistently colored concrete. 25 b. Any concrete that has visible variations in color, texture, or stamp pattern will 26 be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City 27 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 32 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33 34 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 13 73 1 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Sealants for Concrete Joints. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Joint sealant materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid 14 for directly. All items included with the testing and furnishing of joint sealants are 15 subsidiary to other pertinent items. 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Reference Standards 18 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20 unless a date is specifically cited. 21 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 22 a. ASTM D5249 – Standard Specification for Backer Material for Use with Cold 23 and Hot Applied Joint Sealants in Portland-Cement Concrete and Asphalt 24 Joints. 25 3. TxDOT Standards: 26 a. DMS-6310 – Joint Sealants and Seals. 27 1.4 SUBMITTALS 28 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 29 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 30 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31 A. Product Data 32 1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying concrete 33 joint sealants to be used on the project. 34 2. Product data sheets will include: 35 a. Manufacturer name 36 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Date 1 c. Material description 2 d. Point of delivery 3 e. Produce data and test results in accordance with this Section 4 f. Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable, required for PCE and all additives 5 g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 6 h. Application Recommendations, if applicable 7 i. Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data: 8 1) Specific gravity of the agent at the manufacturer’s recommended addition 9 temperature 10 2) Manufacturer’s recommended dosage range 11 3) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 12 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 15 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 16 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 17 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 18 66 00. 19 B. Keep the material stored in a clean condition at all times to prevent contamination with 20 foreign matter. 21 C. Follow any manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling. 22 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS 23 A. Ambient Conditions 24 1. In accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 25 1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28 2.2 MATERIALS 29 A. Joint Sealant 30 1. Provide joint sealants in accordance with DMS-6310 types 4, 5, 7, or 8 unless 31 otherwise specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 32 B. Backer Rod 33 1. Provide heat resistant backer rods conforming to ASTM D5249. The preferred 34 product is CERA-ROD by W.R. Meadows or approved equal. 35 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. The Contractor may request to use an alternative backer rod product in writing. If 1 requesting an alternative material, the alternative backer rod must comply with the 2 following: 3 a. The backer rod must not react with or bond to the sealant and must meet the 4 requirements of the sealant manufacturer. 5 b. Provide a backer rod with a diameter of at least 25 percent larger than the joint 6 reservoir width. 7 c. Backer rod materials must include closed-cell resilient foam; sponge rubber 8 stock of vinyl, butyl, or neoprene; and polyethylene or polyurethane. Backer 9 rods must also be flexible, lightweight, non-staining, heat-resistant, chemical-10 resistant, ultraviolet-stable, non-absorbent, low density, and compressible foam. 11 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 12 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 13 PART 3 - EXECUTION 14 3.1 EQUIPMENT 15 A. Condition of Equipment 16 1. Provide equipment in good repair and operating condition. 17 2. The condition is subject to the approval of the City. 18 3. If the equipment is found to be insufficient, the Contractor is responsible for 19 replacing the non-conforming equipment with conforming equipment at no cost to 20 the City. 21 4. Any sealant installed using non-conforming equipment is subject to removal and 22 replacement at no cost to the City. 23 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 24 3.3 PREPARATION 25 A. Make a groove along the cracks to be sealed and rout the groove approximately 1/2-26 inch-deep and 5/8-inch-wide, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by 27 the City. 28 B. Remove all foreign material from the joint or groove reservoir. 29 C. Clean the joint by sandblasting or other approved methods. If directed, saw joint sides 30 to remove embedded foreign material in the concrete not removed by sandblasting. 31 D. Do not place sealant in a wet or damp joint or groove. Use approved drying method if 32 joints or grooves are sealed within 24 hours of rain. 33 E. Apply primer when required by the sealant manufacturer. Blow out joint or groove with 34 high pressure air or other approved methods before placing sealant. 35 3.4 INSTALLATION 36 A. After the joint is prepped, install sealant material. See Table 1 for different types of 37 joints and sealants to be used. 38 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 B. Install joint sealant per manufacturer’s recommendations. If backer rods are required, 1 install backer rods and sealant in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations 2 and this Section. 3 C. Backer Rods: 4 1. Install backer rod with a single-wheeled or three-wheeled roller, depending on 5 application. 6 2. Avoid stretching or puncturing the material. 7 3. Hold the backer rod in compression. 8 4. Provide a backer rod with a diameter 1/8 inch larger than the width of the joint for 9 joint widths up to 3/4 inch. For joints 3/4 inch and larger, add 1/4 inch to diameter 10 rod selection. 11 5. After backer rods are installed, apply sealants as necessary. 12 D. Remove and replace sealant when placed flush with or above the pavement surface. 13 Table 1 14 Types of Joints Requirements 15 Joint Type Requirement Transverse Contraction Joints Backer Rods and Sealant Longitudinal Contraction Joint Sealant Longitudinal Construction Joints Sealant Expansion Joints Backer Rods and Sealant E. Disposal of Materials: 16 1. Dispose of any excess material produced from cleaning of cracks. 17 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 23 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 24 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 25 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 26 27 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 1 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 16 00 1 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Curbs 6 2. Gutters 7 3. Sidewalks 8 4. Curb Ramps 9 5. Driveways 10 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 13 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14 Contract. 15 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 16 3. Section 03 00 00 - Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 17 4. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 18 5. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A. Measurement and Payment 21 1. Concrete Curb 22 a. Measurement 23 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Curb installed. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27 price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Curb” installed. 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Curb as specified by the Drawings 30 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 31 3) Water 32 4) Loading 33 5) Unloading 34 6) Storing 35 7) Hauling 36 8) Handling of materials 37 9) Traffic control for all testing 38 10) Trial batches (as needed) 39 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 2 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 1 12) Concrete 2 13) Aggregate 3 14) Supplementary cementing materials 4 15) Concrete additives 5 16) Mixing 6 17) Placement of concrete 7 18) Finishing of concrete 8 19) Curing and curing compounds 9 20) Sawing 10 21) Joint sealant 11 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 12 23) Disposal of excess material 13 24) Clean-up 14 2. Concrete Curb and Gutter 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Curb and Gutter installed. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Curb and Gutter” installed. 21 c. The price bid shall include: 22 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Curb and Gutter as specified by the 23 Drawings 24 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 25 3) Water 26 4) Loading 27 5) Unloading 28 6) Storing 29 7) Hauling 30 8) Handling of materials 31 9) Traffic control for all testing 32 10) Trial batches (as needed) 33 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 34 12) Concrete 35 13) Aggregate 36 14) Supplementary cementing materials 37 15) Concrete additives 38 16) Mixing 39 17) Placement of concrete 40 18) Finishing of concrete 41 19) Curing and curing compounds 42 20) Sawing 43 21) Joint sealant 44 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 45 23) Disposal of excess material 46 24) Clean-up 47 3. Concrete Valley Gutter 48 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 3 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Measurement 1 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Valley Gutter installed. 2 b. Payment 3 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 4 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 5 price bid per square yard for “Concrete Valley Gutter” installed. 6 c. The price bid shall include: 7 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Valley Gutter as specified by the 8 Drawings 9 2) Excavation 10 3) Loading 11 4) Unloading 12 5) Hauling 13 6) Disposal of excess material 14 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 15 8) Clean-up 16 4. Concrete Ribbon Curb 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Ribbon Curb installed. 19 b. Payment 20 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22 price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Ribbon Curb” installed. 23 c. The price bid shall include: 24 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Ribbon Curb as specified by the 25 Drawings 26 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 27 3) Water 28 4) Loading 29 5) Unloading 30 6) Storing 31 7) Hauling 32 8) Handling of materials 33 9) Traffic control for all testing 34 10) Trial batches (as needed) 35 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 36 12) Concrete 37 13) Aggregate 38 14) Supplementary cementing materials 39 15) Concrete additives 40 16) Mixing 41 17) Placement of concrete 42 18) Finishing of concrete 43 19) Curing and curing compounds 44 20) Sawing 45 21) Joint sealant 46 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 47 23) Disposal of excess material 48 24) Clean-up 49 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 4 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1 2 5. Concrete Sidewalk 3 a. Measurement 4 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk installed. 5 b. Payment 6 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 7 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 8 price bid per square yard for “Concrete Sidewalk” installed for: 9 a) Various depths. 10 c. The price bid shall include: 11 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk as specified by the Drawings 12 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 13 3) Water 14 4) Loading 15 5) Unloading 16 6) Storing 17 7) Hauling 18 8) Handling of materials 19 9) Traffic control for all testing 20 10) Trial batches (as needed) 21 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 22 12) Concrete 23 13) Aggregate 24 14) Supplementary cementing materials 25 15) Concrete additives 26 16) Mixing 27 17) Placement of concrete 28 18) Finishing of concrete 29 19) Curing and curing compounds 30 20) Sawing 31 21) Joint sealant 32 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 33 23) Disposal of excess material 34 24) Clean-up 35 6. Concrete Sidewalk with Curb 36 a. Measurement 37 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk with Curb installed to the 38 back of curb. 39 b. Payment 40 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 41 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 42 price bid per square yard for “Concrete Sidewalk with Curb” installed for: 43 a) Various depths. 44 c. The price bid shall include: 45 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk with Curb as specified by the 46 Drawings 47 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 48 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 5 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Water 1 4) Loading 2 5) Unloading 3 6) Storing 4 7) Hauling 5 8) Handling of materials 6 9) Traffic control for all testing 7 10) Trial batches (as needed) 8 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 9 12) Concrete 10 13) Aggregate 11 14) Supplementary cementing materials 12 15) Concrete additives 13 16) Mixing 14 17) Placement of concrete 15 18) Finishing of concrete 16 19) Curing and curing compounds 17 20) Sawing 18 21) Joint sealant 19 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 20 23) Disposal of excess material 21 24) Clean-up 22 7. Concrete Sidewalk with Retaining Wall 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk installed to the face of 25 Retaining Wall. 26 2) Retaining Wall portion will be measured and paid for under Section 32 32 27 13. 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31 price bid per square yard for “Concrete Sidewalk” installed for: 32 a) Various depths. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk with Retaining Wall as 35 specified by the Drawings 36 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 37 3) Water 38 4) Loading 39 5) Unloading 40 6) Storing 41 7) Hauling 42 8) Handling of materials 43 9) Traffic control for all testing 44 10) Trial batches (as needed) 45 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 46 12) Concrete 47 13) Aggregate 48 14) Supplementary cementing materials 49 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 6 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 15) Concrete additives 1 16) Mixing 2 17) Placement of concrete 3 18) Finishing of concrete 4 19) Curing and curing compounds 5 20) Sawing 6 21) Joint sealant 7 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 8 23) Disposal of excess material 9 24) Clean-up 10 8. Curb Ramp 11 a. Measurement 12 1) Measured by Each of Curb Ramp installed. 13 b. Payment 14 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 15 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 16 price bid per each for “Curb Ramp” installed for: 17 a) Type specified. 18 c. The price bid shall include: 19 1) Furnishing and installing Curb Ramp as specified by the Drawings 20 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 21 3) Water 22 4) Loading 23 5) Unloading 24 6) Storing 25 7) Hauling 26 8) Handling of materials 27 9) Traffic control for all testing 28 10) Trial batches (as needed) 29 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 30 12) Concrete 31 13) Aggregate 32 14) Supplementary cementing materials 33 15) Concrete additives 34 16) Mixing 35 17) Placement of concrete 36 18) Finishing of concrete 37 19) Curing and curing compounds 38 20) Sawing 39 21) Joint sealant 40 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 41 23) Disposal of excess material 42 24) Clean-up 43 25) Landing and detectable warning surface as shown on the Drawings 44 26) Adjacent flares or side curb 45 9. Driveway Approach 46 a. Measurement 47 1) Measured per square yard of Driveway Approach installed. 48 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 7 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per square yard for “Driveway Approach” installed for: 4 a) Various types. 5 b) Various depths. 6 c. The price bid shall include: 7 1) Furnishing and installing Driveway Approach as specified by the Drawings 8 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 9 3) Water 10 4) Loading 11 5) Unloading 12 6) Storing 13 7) Hauling 14 8) Handling of materials 15 9) Traffic control for all testing 16 10) Trial batches (as needed) 17 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 18 12) Concrete 19 13) Aggregate 20 14) Supplementary cementing materials 21 15) Concrete additives 22 16) Mixing 23 17) Placement of concrete 24 18) Finishing of concrete 25 19) Curing and curing compounds 26 20) Sawing 27 21) Joint sealant 28 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 29 23) Disposal of excess material 30 24) Clean-up 31 10. Driveway 32 a. Measurement 33 1) Measured per square yard of Driveway installed. 34 b. Payment 35 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37 price bid per square yard for “Driveway” installed for: 38 a) Various types. 39 b) Various depths. 40 c. The price bid shall include: 41 1) Furnishing and installing Driveway as specified by the Drawings 42 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 43 3) Water 44 4) Loading 45 5) Unloading 46 6) Storing 47 7) Hauling 48 8) Handling of materials 49 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 8 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 9) Traffic control for all testing 1 10) Trial batches (as needed) 2 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 3 12) Concrete 4 13) Aggregate 5 14) Supplementary cementing materials 6 15) Concrete additives 7 16) Mixing 8 17) Placement of concrete 9 18) Finishing of concrete 10 19) Curing and curing compounds 11 20) Sawing 12 21) Joint sealant 13 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 14 23) Disposal of excess material 15 24) Clean-up 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 18 1. TAS – Texas Accessibility Standards 19 2. TDLR – Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation 20 B. Definitions 21 1. Curb: concrete edging or barrier measuring 18” or less in maximum height. 22 C. Reference Standards 23 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 24 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 25 unless a date is specifically cited. 26 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 27 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 28 A. Pre-Paving Meeting 29 a. Hold a pre-paving meeting in accordance with Sections 32 12 16 and 32 13 13. 30 B. Sequencing 31 1. Sidewalk Construction 32 a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Curb, Gutter, Sidewalk, and 33 Driveway activities: 34 1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 35 a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 36 route to City for review. 37 2) The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 38 Control items included with the project. 39 b. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 40 State, and local guidelines. 41 c. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 42 1.5 SUBMITTALS 43 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 9 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 1 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 3 A. Concrete Mix Design in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 4 B. Asphalt Mix Design in accordance with Section 32 12 16. 5 C. Product Data 6 1. Provide the following from each manufacturer supplying the following in 7 accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 12 16: 8 a. Curing compounds 9 b. Evaporation retardant 10 c. Joint fillers 11 d. Chemical additives 12 e. Epoxy 13 f. Fiber reinforcing 14 D. Equipment Submittals 15 1. Submit an equipment list of all major equipment in accordance with Sections 32 12 16 16 and 32 13 13. 17 E. Test and Evaluation Reports 18 1. Provide testing and evaluation reports in accordance with Sections 01 45 23, 03 00 19 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 21 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 22 1. All test reports generated during testing. 23 B. TDLR Inspection 24 1. Submit TDLR Proof of Inspection. Remove and replace any portions found to be 25 failing in accordance with Article 3.7. 26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31 66 00. 32 B. Follow all delivery, storage, and handling requirements for asphalt and concrete in 33 Sections 03 00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 34 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 35 A. Follow all field condition requirements for asphalt and concrete in accordance with 36 Sections 03 00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 37 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 38 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 10 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.2 MATERIALS 3 A. Refer to City standard details and Section 33 05 05 for requirements for excavation and 4 backfill. 5 B. Concrete 6 1. Class 7 a. Curb 8 1) Provide Class P1 concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 9 b. Sidewalk 10 1) Provide Class A concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 11 c. Driveway 12 1) Provide Class P2 concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 13 2. Production Materials 14 a. Provide cementitious materials, admixtures, water, forms, joint filler, joint 15 sealant, and reinforcing chairs in accordance with Section 32 13 13. 16 3. Aggregate: 17 a. Provide aggregate in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 05 16. 18 b. Use coarse aggregate that is no larger than 1-1/2 inch. 19 4. Reinforcement: 20 a. Curb 21 1) When constructing Concrete Curb, Concrete Curb and Gutter, Concrete 22 Valley Gutter, or Concrete Ribbon Curb use reinforcing steel in accordance 23 with Section 03 00 00. 24 b. Sidewalk and Curb Ramps 25 1) When constructing sidewalk less than 6” in thickness use fiber 26 reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27 2) When constructing sidewalk 6” in thickness or greater use steel 28 reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29 c. Driveway and Driveway Approaches 30 1) Provide reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 31 C. Asphalt 32 1. Refer to Section 32 12 16 for material requirements. 33 2. Use Type D for Asphalt Driveway surface courses. 34 3. Use Type B for Asphalt Driveway intermediate and/or base courses. 35 D. Curb Ramps 36 1. Provide cast-in-place fiberglass composite detectable warning surface in accordance 37 with TAS. 38 a. Glue-down detectable warning surfaces are not permitted. 39 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 40 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 41 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 11 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 A. Follow all source quality control requirements for asphalt and concrete in Sections 03 1 00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5 3.3 PREPARATION 6 A. Surface Preparation 7 1. Excavate and remove materials as required for the construction of curbs, sidewalks, 8 and driveways in accordance with Sections 02 41 15, 31 10 00, and 31 23 16. 9 2. Shape and compact subgrade or foundation surface to the line, grade, and cross-10 section specified in the Drawings. 11 3. If required, treat subgrade in accordance with Sections 32 11 29 and 32 11 33. 12 4. Lightly sprinkle subgrade or foundation surface immediately before final concrete 13 or asphalt placement. 14 3.4 INSTALLATION 15 A. General 16 1. Provide finished work with a well-compacted mass and a surface free from voids 17 meeting the required shape, line, and grade as specified in the Drawings. 18 2. Place concrete and asphalt in accordance with Sections 32 12 16 and 32 13 13. 19 3. All pedestrian facilities shall comply with provisions of TAS including location, 20 slope, width, shapes, texture and coloring. Pedestrian facilities installed by the 21 Contractor and not meeting TAS must be removed and replaced to meet TAS at no 22 cost to the City. 23 B. Equipment 24 1. Use equipment in accordance with Section 32 12 16 and 32 13 13. 25 2. Smart level: 26 a. Use approved Smart Level to verify all sidewalk, curb ramp, and driveway 27 grades. 28 b. Calibrate Smart Level with City inspector prior to performing tests. 29 C. Curbs 30 1. Integral 31 a. Place integral curb while the pavement is still plastic. 32 b. Spade and consolidate concrete material with pavement in order to obtain a 33 thorough bond. 34 2. Formed 35 a. Extend forms to full depth of concrete. 36 b. Pour concrete into forms and strike off with a template 1/4 to 3/8 in. less than 37 the dimensions of the finished curb. 38 c. When removing forms, take caution to prevent marring or spalling or concrete. 39 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 12 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 d. After initial set, plaster surface with mortar consisting of 1 part hydraulic 1 cement and 2 parts fine aggregate. 2 e. Brush exposed surfaces to a uniform texture. 3 3. Slip-formed 4 a. Hand-tamp and sprinkle subgrade material before concrete placement. 5 b. Provide clean surfaces for concrete placement. 6 c. Place the concrete with approved self-propelled equipment. 7 1) The forming tube of the extrusion machine or the form of the slip form 8 machine must easily be adjustable vertically during the forward motion of 9 the machine to provide variable heights required to maintain established 10 grade line. 11 d. Attach a pointer or gauge to the machine so a continual comparison can be 12 made between the extruded or slip form work and grade guideline. 13 e. Brush finish surfaces immediately after extrusion or slip forming. 14 4. Joints 15 a. Place expansion joints in the curb and gutter at 200-foot intervals and at 16 intersection returns and other rigid structures. 17 b. Place tooled joints at 15-foot intervals or matching abutting sidewalk joints and 18 pavement joints to a depth of 1-1/2 inches. 19 c. Place expansion joints at all intersections with concrete driveways, curbs, 20 buildings, and other curb and gutters. 21 d. Make expansion joints no less than 1/2 inch in thickness, extending the full 22 depth of the concrete. 23 e. Make expansion joints perpendicular and at right angles to the face of the curb. 24 f. Neatly trim any expansion material extending above the finished work down to 25 finished grade. 26 g. Make expansion joints in the curb and gutter coincide with concrete expansion 27 joints. 28 h. Longitudinal dowels across the expansion joints in the curb and gutter are 29 required. 30 i. Install 3 No. 4 round, smooth bars, 24 inches in length, for dowels at each 31 expansion joint. 32 j. Coat 1/2 of the dowel with a bond breaker and terminate with dowel cap. 33 1) Dowel cap required to provide a minimum of 1 inch free expansion. 34 k. Support dowels by an approved method. 35 D. Sidewalk 36 1. Sidewalks constructed in driveway approach sections shall have a minimum 37 thickness equal to that of driveway approach or as specified in the Drawings. 38 2. Terminate workday production at an expansion joint. 39 3. Formed 40 a. Provide pre-molded or board expansion joints of the thickness specified in the 41 Drawings for sidewalk section lengths greater than 8 feet but less than 40 feet. 42 4. Slip-formed 43 a. Provide any additional surface finishing immediately after extrusion of slip-44 forming. 45 b. Construct joints at locations as specified in the Drawings. 46 5. Joints 47 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 13 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Place expansion joints at 40 foot intervals. 1 b. Place expansion joints at sidewalks with concrete driveways, intersections with 2 other sidewalks, and at other adjacent old concrete work. 3 c. All expansion joints shall be 1/2 inch in thickness. 4 d. Edges of all construction and expansion joints and outer edges of all sidewalks 5 shall be finished to approximately a 1/2 inch radius with a suitable finishing 6 tool. 7 e. Sidewalks shall be marked at intervals equal to the width of the walk with a 8 marking tool. 9 f. When sidewalk is against the curb, expansion joints shall match those in the 10 curb. 11 E. Curb Ramps 12 1. Install detectable warning surface according to manufacturer’s instructions. 13 F. Driveways 14 1. Provide concrete driveways and driveway approaches unless specified otherwise. 15 2. Provide uninterrupted access to adjacent property unless otherwise directed. 16 3. When curb is required, construct monolithically with the driveway pavement. 17 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 20 A. Concrete Placement Acceptance 21 1. Follow all acceptance requirements in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 22 13. 23 B. Asphalt Placement Acceptance 24 1. Follow all acceptance requirements in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 12 25 16. 26 C. Non-conforming work 27 1. Any work found to be non-conforming to the Contract Documents will be removed 28 and replaced at Contractor’s expense. 29 2. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to 30 determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 31 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 34 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 35 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 36 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 37 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 38 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 14 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 END OF SECTION 1 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/25/2024 Made all sidewalk Class A concrete 2.2.B.1.b 6/25/2024 Removed fiber reinforcement from Curb and Gutter reinforcement options 2.2.B.4.a 3 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 1 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 17 23 1 PAVEMENT MARKINGS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Pavement Markings: 6 a. Thermoplastic, hot-applied, spray (HAS) pavement markings 7 b. Thermoplastic, hot-applied, extruded (HAE) pavement markings 8 c. Preformed retroreflective polymer pavement markings tape 9 d. Reflectorized multipolymer, spray pavement markings 10 e. Preformed heat-activated thermoplastic tape 11 f. Pavement markings, paint 12 2. Pavement Marking Legends. 13 3. Raised Pavement Markers. 14 4. Work Zone Markings. 15 5. Removal of Pavement Markings and Markers. 16 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 17 1. None. 18 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 19 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 20 Contract. 21 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. Pavement Markings 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measured per linear foot of pavement markings installed. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30 price bid per linear foot of pavement markings installed for: 31 a) Various Widths. 32 b) Various Types. 33 c) Various Materials. 34 d) Various Colors. 35 c. The price bid shall include: 36 1) Furnishing and installing pavement markings as specified by the Drawings 37 2) Glass beads, if required 38 3) Surface preparation 39 4) Clean-up 40 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 2 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 5) Testing, if required 1 2. Pavement Marking Legends 2 a. Measurement 3 1) Measured per each pavement marking legend installed. 4 b. Payment 5 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7 price bid per each pavement marking legend installed for: 8 a) Various Types. 9 b) Various Materials. 10 c) Various Applications. 11 c. The price bid shall include: 12 1) Furnishing and installing pavement marking legend as specified by the 13 Drawings 14 2) Glass beads, if required 15 3) Surface preparation 16 4) Clean-up 17 5) Testing, if required) 18 3. Raised Pavement Markers 19 a. Measurement 20 1) Measured per each raised pavement marker installed. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24 price bid per each raised pavement marker installed for: 25 a) Various Types. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Furnishing and installing raised pavement markers as specified by the 28 Drawings 29 2) Surface preparation 30 3) Clean-up 31 4) Testing, if required 32 4. Work Zone Tab Markers 33 a. Measurement 34 1) Measured per each tab marker installed. 35 b. Payment 36 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38 price bid per each tab marker installed. 39 c. The price bid shall include: 40 1) Furnishing and installing tab markers as specified by the Drawings 41 2) Surface preparation 42 3) Clean-up 43 5. Pavement Marking Removal 44 a. Measurement 45 1) Measured per linear foot of pavement markings removed. 46 b. Payment 47 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 3 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per linear foot of pavement markings removed for: 3 a) Various Widths. 4 b) Various Types. 5 c) Various Materials. 6 d) Various Colors. 7 c. The price bid shall include: 8 1) Removing pavement markings as specified by the Drawings 9 2) Hauling 10 3) Disposal of excess materials 11 4) Clean-up 12 6. Pavement Marking Legend Removal 13 a. Measurement 14 1) Measured per each pavement marking legend removed. 15 b. Payment 16 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 18 price bid per each pavement marking legend removed for: 19 a) Various Types. 20 c. The price bid shall include: 21 1) Removing pavement marking legend as specified by the Drawings 22 2) Hauling 23 3) Disposal of excess materials 24 4) Clean-up 25 7. Raised Pavement Markers Removal 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measured per each raised pavement marker removed. 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31 price bid per each raised pavement markers removed for: 32 a) Various Widths. 33 b) Various Types. 34 c) Various Materials. 35 d) Various Colors. 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Removing and disposing raised pavement markers as specified by the 38 Drawings 39 2) Hauling 40 3) Disposal of excess materials 41 4) Clean-up 42 8. Pavement Marking, Legend, and Raised Pavement Markers Removal for Utility 43 Trenching 44 a. Measurement 45 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the installation of water, wastewater, 46 or stormwater piping. 47 b. Payment 48 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 4 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1) The work performed and materials in accordance with this item are 1 subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water, wastewater, or 2 stormwater piping installed. 3 9. Pavement Marking, Legend, and Raised Pavement Markers Replacement for Utility 4 Trenching 5 a. Measurement 6 1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 7 b. Payment 8 1) The work performed and materials in accordance with this item shall be 9 paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Pavement Marking, Legend, and 10 Raised Pavement Markers Replacement for Utility Trenching”. 11 c. The price bid shall include: 12 1) Furnishing and installing pavement markings, legends, and raised pavement 13 markers to match pre-construction conditions 14 2) Hauling 15 3) Disposal of excess materials 16 4) Clean-up 17 18 1.3 REFERENCES 19 A. Reference Standards 20 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 21 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 22 unless a date is specifically cited. 23 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD), 2011 Edition: 24 a. Part 3, Markings. 25 3. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA): 26 a. 23 CFR Part 655, FHWA Docket No. FHWA-2009-0139. 27 4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 28 Specifications (DMS): 29 a. 4200, Pavement Markers (Reflectorized). 30 b. 4300, Traffic Buttons. 31 c. 8200, Traffic Paint. 32 d. 8220, Hot Applied Thermoplastic. 33 e. 8240, Permanent Prefabricated Pavement Markings. 34 f. 8241, Removable Prefabricated Pavement Markings. 35 g. 8242, Temporary Flexible-Reflective Road Marker Tabs. 36 h. 8290, Glass Traffic Beads. 37 5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Pavement Marking Handbook: 38 a. Special Specification 1513 – Reflectorized Multipolymer Pavement Markings- 39 Houston District. 40 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 41 1.5 SUBMITTALS 42 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 43 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 5 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and /or fabrication for 1 special. 2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 7 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 8 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 9 66 00. 10 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 11 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 14 2.2 MATERIALS 15 A. Manufacturers 16 1. Pavement Markings 17 a. Preformed Retroreflective Polymer Pavement Markings Tape 18 1) SWARCO Director 60 19 2) 3M Stamark High Performance Tape Series 3801 ES 20 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 21 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 22 B. Materials 23 1. Pavement Markings 24 a. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray 25 1) Width of longitudinal lines as specified in Drawings. 26 2) Supply products especially compounded for traffic markings. 27 3) When placed on driving surfaces, markings shall not be slippery when wet, 28 lift from pavement under normal weather conditions, nor exhibit a tacky 29 exposed surface. 30 4) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion 31 and contraction without chipping or cracking. 32 5) Retain original color, dimensions, and placement under normal traffic 33 conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees Fahrenheit and 34 below. 35 6) Uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends, and no evidence of 36 tracking. 37 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 6 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 7) Density, quality, and thickness of the material shall be uniform throughout 1 the length and width of the markings. 2 8) 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of blisters for a minimum of 60 3 days after application. 4 9) Material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium 5 chloride or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice, because of the oil 6 content of pavement markings, from oil droppings, or other effects of 7 traffic. 8 10) Material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, at 9 some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. 10 a) New material shall bond itself to the old marking in such a manner that 11 no splitting or separation takes place. 12 11) Markings placed on driving surfaces shall be completely retroreflective 13 both internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform 14 retro-directive reflectance. 15 b. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded 16 1) Supply products especially compounded for traffic markings 17 2) When placed on driving surfaces, markings shall not be slippery when wet, 18 lift from pavement under normal weather conditions nor exhibit a tacky 19 exposed surface. 20 3) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion 21 and contraction without chipping or cracking. 22 4) Markings shall retain their original color, dimensions, and placement under 23 normal traffic conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees 24 Fahrenheit and below. 25 5) Markings shall have uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends, and 26 no evidence of tracking. 27 6) Density, quality, and thickness of the material shall be uniform throughout 28 the length and width of the markings. 29 7) 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of blisters for a minimum of 60 30 days after application 31 8) Minimum thickness of the marking, as measured above the plane formed 32 by the pavement surface, shall not be less than 1/8 inch in the center of the 33 marking and 3/32 inch at a distance of 1/2 inch from the edge. 34 9) Maximum thickness shall be 3/16 inch. 35 10) Material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium 36 chloride, or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice or because of the 37 oil content of pavement markings or from oil droppings or other effects of 38 traffic. 39 11) Material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, at 40 some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. 41 a) New material shall bond itself to the old marking in such a manner that 42 no splitting or separation takes place. 43 12) Markings placed on the roadway shall be completely retroreflective both 44 internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform retro-45 directive reflectance. 46 c. Glass traffic beads 47 1) Manufactured from glass 48 2) Spherical in shape 49 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 7 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Essentially free of sharp angular particles 1 4) Essentially free of particles showing cloudiness, surface scoring or surface 2 scratching 3 5) Water white in color 4 6) Applied at a uniform rate 5 7) In accordance with requirements of DMS-8290 6 d. Reflectorized Multipolymer, spray Pavement Markings Tape 7 1) Material in accordance with TxDOT Special Specification 1513. 8 e. Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape 9 1) HotTape preformed thermoplastic 10 a) 0.125 mil thickness 11 f. Pavement Markings, Paint 12 1) In accordance with DMS-8200. 13 2. Raised Pavement Markers 14 a. In accordance with the requirements of the TMUTCD. 15 b. Non-reflective markers: 16 1) Round Ceramic Marker Types 17 a) Type Y (yellow body) 18 b) Type W (white body) 19 2) In accordance with DMS-4300 20 c. Reflective markers: 21 1) Manufactured of plastic 22 2) In accordance with DMS-4200 23 3) Marker Types: 24 a) Type I-C, white body, 1 face reflects white 25 b) Type II-A-A, yellow body, 2 faces reflect amber 26 c) Type II-C-R, white body, 1 face reflects white, the other red 27 3. Work Zone Markings 28 a. Temporary Flexible-Reflective Roadway Marker Tabs 29 1) In accordance with DMS-8242 30 2) Do not use to simulate edge lines. 31 3) No segment of roadway open to traffic shall remain without permanent 32 pavement markings for a period greater than 14 calendar days. 33 b. Raised Pavement Markers 34 1) In accordance with DMS-4200 35 c. Striping 36 1) In accordance with DMS-8200 37 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 38 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 39 A. Performance 40 1. Maintain minimum retroreflectivity level for longitudinal markings as detailed 41 below for a minimum of 30 calendar days. 42 43 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 8 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1 Posted Speed (mph) ≤ 30 35 – 50 ≥ 55 2-lane roads with centerline markings only (1) n/a 100 250 All other roads (2) n/a 50 100 (1) Measured at standard 30-m geometry in units of mcd/m2/lux. 2 (2) Exceptions: 3 A. When raised reflective pavement markings (RRPMs) supplement or substitute for a 4 longitudinal line, minimum pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable as 5 long as the RRPMs are maintained so that at least 3 are visible from any position along that 6 line during nighttime conditions. 7 B. When continuous roadway lighting assures that the markings are visible, minimum 8 pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable. 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 10 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12 3.3 PREPARATION 13 A. Surface Preparation 14 1. Remove dirt, grease, loose and/or flaking existing markings, and other forms of 15 contamination from existing roadway surface. 16 2. Remove curing membrane from new concrete surfaces. 17 3. Apply material after pavement surface is completely dry. 18 a. The pavement is considered dry if there is no condensation after 15 minutes of 19 observation on the underside of 1 square foot piece of clear plastic placed on 20 pavement surface and weighted on the edges on a sunny day. 21 4. Equipment and methods used for surface preparation shall not damage existing 22 pavement or create a hazard to motorists or pedestrians. 23 3.4 INSTALLATION 24 A. General 25 1. Apply materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 26 2. Apply markings and markers on clean, dry pavement with a surface temperature 27 above 50 degrees Fahrenheit and/or within temperature limits recommended by the 28 material manufacturer. 29 3. Ensure proper safety precautions and traffic control when markings are applied on 30 roadways open to traffic. Provide traffic control in accordance with TMUTCD. 31 4. Protect freshly applied markings from traffic damage and disfigurement. 32 5. Temperature of the material must be equal to the temperature of the road surface 33 prior to restoring traffic. 34 35 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 9 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 B. Pavement Markings 1 1. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray 2 a. For installation and replacement of long lines – centerlines, lane lines, edge 3 lines, turn lanes, and dots. 4 b. Application Thickness: 5 1) 100 mils 6 a) For applications over existing markings, install 90 mils. 7 c. Use sealer on concrete or asphalt pavement older than three (3) years. 8 d. Provide a typical setting time between 4 minutes and 10 minutes depending 9 upon the roadway surface temperature and the humidity factor. 10 e. Supplement roadway centerlines, lane lines, and turn lanes with retroreflective 11 raised pavement markers. Place markers as specified in the Drawings. 12 2. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded 13 a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks and stop-lines. 14 b. Apply markings at a 125 mil thickness. 15 3. Preformed Polymer Tape 16 a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks, stop-lines, and legends. 17 b. Apply markings to adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or lifting 18 and have square ends, straight lines, and clean edges. 19 4. Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape 20 a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks, stop-lines, and legends. 21 b. Apply marking to adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or lifting 22 and have square ends, straight lines, and clean edges. 23 C. Raised Pavement Markers 24 1. Install on concrete roadways with epoxy adhesive. 25 a. Bituminous adhesive is not permitted. 26 2. Install on new asphalt roadways with epoxy or bituminous adhesive. 27 3. Ensure proper alignment of individual marker using a chalk line, chain, or 28 equivalent. Place markers uniformly along the line to achieve a smooth continuous 29 appearance. 30 D. Work Zone Markings 31 1. Minimize disruption to traffic. 32 2. Install longitudinal markings on pavement surfaces before opening to traffic. 33 3. Maintain lane alignment traffic control devices and operations until markings are 34 installed. 35 4. Install markings in proper alignment in accordance with the TMUTCD and as 36 specified in the Drawings. 37 5. Place standard longitudinal lines no sooner than 3 calendar days after the placement 38 of a surface treatment, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 39 6. Place in proper alignment with the location of the final pavement markings. 40 7. Do not use raised pavement markers for words, symbols, shapes, or diagonal or 41 transverse lines. 42 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 10 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 8. Marking visibility is required for at least a distance of 300 feet in daylight 1 conditions and 160 feet in nighttime conditions on a low-beam automobile 2 headlight illumination. 3 9. The daytime and nighttime reflected color of the markings must be distinctly white 4 or yellow. 5 10. The markings must exhibit uniform retroreflective characteristics. 6 11. Epoxy adhesives are not permitted for work zone markings 7 E. Removals 8 1. Pavement Marking and Pavement Marker Removal 9 a. Use best practices to remove existing pavement markings and markers. 10 b. If the roadway is damaged during marker removal, coordinate with the City 11 prior to continuing removal operations. 12 c. Minimize color and texture contrast of the pavement surface as a result of 13 removals. 14 d. Repair damages greater than ¼ inch in depth resulting from the removal of 15 pavement markings and markers from asphaltic surfaces. 16 1) Driveway patch asphalt emulsion may be broom applied to reseal damage 17 to asphaltic surfaces. 18 e. Dispose of markers in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 19 f. Use any of the following methods unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 20 1) Surface Treatment Method 21 a) Apply surface treatment at rates specified in the Drawings. 22 b) Place a surface treatment a minimum of 2 feet wide to cover the 23 existing marking. 24 c) Place a surface treatment, thin overlay, or microsurfacing a minimum 25 of 1 lane in width in areas where directional changes of traffic are 26 involved or in other areas as directed by the City. 27 2) Burn Method 28 a) Use burning method approved by City. 29 b) For thermoplastic pavement markings or prefabricated pavement 30 markings, heat may be applied to remove the bulk of the marking 31 material prior to blast cleaning. 32 c) When using heat, avoid spalling pavement surfaces. 33 d) Sweeping or light blast cleaning may be used to remove minor residue. 34 3) Blasting Method 35 a) Use a blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water 36 abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water-injected abrasive 37 blasting, or brush blasting as approved by City. 38 b) Remove pavement markings on concrete surfaces by blasting method 39 only. 40 4) Mechanical Method 41 a) Use any mechanical method except grinding. 42 b) Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings on asphalt and 43 concrete surfaces. 44 2. No additional compensation will be allowed for removing markings and markers at 45 the location to be paved over or where pavement is to be removed. 46 47 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 11 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 2 A. Remove and replace markings placed by faulty application methods or in the wrong 3 position or alignment by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. 4 B. Replace or remedy faulty markings on the same day of notification if markings create 5 motorist confusion or hazard, as determined by City. Replace and remedy all other 6 faulty markings within 5 days of notification. 7 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 8 A. Maintain uniform cross-section with clean edge and square ends for all markings. 9 B. Maintain uniform density and quality of markings throughout its thickness. 10 C. More than 5 percent, by area, of holes or voids on the applied markings is not 11 acceptable. Applied markings shall be free of blisters. 12 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 13 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 14 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 15 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 16 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 17 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 18 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 19 END OF SECTION 20 21 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 22 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 31 00 1 FENCES AND GATES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Furnishing and installing, removing, or replacing wooden, metal, chain link, or wire 6 fences and gates. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 14 4. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment 17 1. Fence 18 a. Measurement 19 1) Measured per linear foot of Fence installed. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23 price bid per linear foot for “Fence” installed for: 24 a) Various Types. 25 b) Various Heights. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Furnishing and installing Fence as specified by the Drawings 28 2) Posts, fencing material, and all accessories 29 3) Excavation and embankment 30 4) Loading 31 5) Unloading 32 6) Hauling 33 7) Storing 34 8) Mow strip, if required 35 2. Gate 36 a. Measurement 37 1) Measured per each Gate installed. 38 39 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per each “Gate” installed for: 4 a) Various Types. 5 b) Various Heights. 6 c) Various Widths. 7 c. The price bid shall include: 8 1) Furnishing and installing Gates as specified by the Drawings 9 2) Posts, fencing material, and all accessories 10 3) Excavation and embankment 11 4) Loading 12 5) Unloading 13 6) Hauling 14 7) Storing 15 8) Mow strip, if required. 16 3. Cattle Guard 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measured per each Cattle Guard installed. 19 b. Payment 20 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22 price bid per each “Cattle Guard” installed for: 23 a) Various Widths. 24 c. The price bid shall include: 25 1) Furnishing and installing Cattle Guards as specified by the Drawings 26 2) Excavation and embankment 27 3) Loading 28 4) Unloading 29 5) Hauling 30 6) Storing 31 1.3 REFERENCES 32 A. Reference Standards 33 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35 unless a date is specifically cited. 36 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 37 a. A116, Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated, Steel-Woven Wire Fence 38 Fabric 39 b. A121, Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire 40 c. A392, Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric 41 d. A491, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence 42 Fabric 43 e. A702, Standard Specification for Steel Fence Posts, Hot Wrought 44 f. F626, Standard Specification for Fence Fittings 45 g. F668, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Polyolefin and 46 Other Polymer-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric 47 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 h. F934, Standard Specification for Standard Colors for Polymer-Coated Chain 1 Link Fence Materials 2 i. F1083, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated 3 (Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures 4 3. American Wood-Preservers’ Association (APWA). 5 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 6 1.5 SUBMITTALS 7 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 8 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 9 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS 10 A. Product Data 11 1. Provide product data from each manufacturer that is supplying fence, gate, or cattle 12 guard materials and accessories. 13 2. Product data sheets for all products to include: 14 a. Manufacturer name 15 b. Date 16 c. Material description 17 d. Data and test results as required in this Section 18 e. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 19 f. Installation Recommendations, if applicable 20 B. Shop Drawings 21 1. Provide shop drawings for all fence, gates, and cattle guards showing: 22 a. Installation layout with details and dimensions 23 b. Material type 24 c. Material finish 25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31 66 00. 32 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. General 6 1. Provide only new materials of the size, weight, and material specified in the 7 Drawings. 8 2. Provide materials of good commercial quality and design. 9 B. Posts 10 1. Metal 11 a. Do not use rerolled or open-seam material. 12 b. Provide steel pipe in accordance with ASTM F1083. 13 c. Provide T-posts in accordance with ASTM A702. 14 d. Paint all non-galvanized posts with an anti-corrosive paint approved by the 15 City. 16 2. Wood 17 a. Provide posts free of all decay, shakes, splits, or other defects that would 18 weaken or otherwise make the posts unsuitable for the purposes intended. 19 b. Ensure all knots are sound, tight, trimmed flush, and not exceeding 1/3 the 20 small dimension of the post. 21 c. Ensure posts are straight, such that a line drawn between the center of each end 22 does not fall outside the center of the post at any point by more than 2 inches. 23 d. For untreated posts use cedar, redwood, cypress, or live oak. 24 e. For treated posts use pine, spruce, or fir preservative treated in accordance with 25 all applicable AWPA standards. 26 3. Concrete 27 a. Provide concrete with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi in 28 accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29 b. Bagged concrete is allowed. 30 C. Chain Link Fabric 31 1. Provide chain link fabric made of at least 9 gauge steel wire in accordance with 32 ASTM A392 or ASTM A491. 33 2. Provide knuckled selvages at the top and bottom edge of fabric. 34 3. Provide 7 gauge steel tension wire with a minimum breaking strength of 1,950 35 pounds for the bottom edge, and top edge when railing is not used, of all chain link 36 fence. 37 4. When directed provide PVC vinyl coated fabric in accordance with ASTM F668 38 and colored in accordance with ASTM F934. 39 40 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 D. Wire Mesh Fabric 1 1. Provide wire mesh fabric made of at least 10 gauge wire for the top and bottom 2 wires and at least 12-1/2 gauge wire for the intermediate wire and vertical stays in 3 accordance with ASTM A116. 4 E. Barbed Wire 5 1. Provide barbed wire made of 2 strands 12-1/2 gauge wire, twisted with 2-point 14 6 gauge barbs spaced no more than 5 inches apart in accordance with ASTM A121, 7 Class 1. 8 F. Wood Slats 9 1. Provide redwood or cedar slats free from all decay, shakes, splits, or other defects 10 that would weaken or otherwise make the slats unsuitable for the purposes intended. 11 G. Gates 12 1. Provide gates of the same material used in the adjacent fence, unless otherwise 13 specified in the Drawings. 14 2. Provide all gate materials in accordance with the Section. 15 H. Cattle Guards 16 1. Provide cattle guards of the dimensions and materials specified in the Drawings. 17 2.3 ACCESSORIES 18 A. Miscellaneous 19 1. Provide galvanized bolts, nuts, washers, staples, screws, braces, straps, and other 20 suitable devices needed to erect fence. 21 2. For metal posts, provide fittings from pressed or rolled steel, forged steel, malleable 22 iron, or wrought iron. 23 3. Paint all non-galvanized metal accessories with anti-corrosive paint approved by 24 the City. 25 B. Post Caps 26 1. Provide malleable iron post caps designed to exclude all moisture. 27 C. Chain Link Accessories 28 1. Provide fittings and other appurtenances in accordance with ASTM F626. 29 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 33 34 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.3 PREPARATION 1 A. Clearing 2 1. Remove all stumps, brush, rocks, trees, or other obstructions that would interfere 3 with construction of the fence to a minimum width of 2 feet on each side of the 4 centerline of the fence. 5 2. Grub or excavate any stumps in fence clearing area. 6 3. Remove any existing fence in a position to interfere with the new fence location in 7 accordance with Section 02 41 13. 8 4. Backfill and compact all holes remaining after post and stump removal with 9 suitable soil. 10 3.4 INSTALLATION 11 A. General 12 1. Stake the locations for corner, pull, gate, and end posts as specified in the 13 Drawings, for City approval. 14 2. Follow the finished ground elevations for fencing panels between corner, pull, gate, 15 and end posts. 16 3. Level off minor ground elevation irregularities in the path of the fencing. 17 B. Post Installation 18 1. Space fence posts as specified in the Drawings, to match existing, or to meet the 19 minimum requirements below. 20 21 Post Type Required Spacing or Placement Line posts Max 8 feet on centers Pull posts Max 500 feet on centers; Each horizontal change between 15° and 30°; Each vertical change greater than 20° Corner posts Each horizontal change greater than 30° 22 2. Post Holes 23 a. T-posts for wire fence may be hand driven. For all other posts, drill holes for 24 concrete footings. 25 b. Set posts at a minimum depth of 2 feet for line posts, and 4 feet or 1/3 the 26 length of the post, whichever is greater, for corner and pull posts under tension. 27 c. Drill holes to provide a minimum 3 inches of space between the post and drilled 28 hole on all sides, including the bottom. 29 d. Place concrete to fill all voids around post in a continuous pour. Maintain 30 plumbness and post position as concrete is poured. 31 e. Trowel finish around post sloping to direct water away from post. 32 f. Allow concrete footing to cure for 3 days prior to hanging gates or tensioning 33 cables. 34 g. If bagged concrete is used pull emptied bags from post holes before curing. 35 3. Plumb and permanently position posts with anchorages firmly set. 36 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Brace corner and pull posts in two directions. 1 5. Brace end and gate posts in one direction. 2 6. Set end, corner, pull, and gate posts prior to stretching wire or wire mesh fabric 3 between posts. 4 7. Gate Posts 5 a. Set gate posts such that the line between both tops is level, regardless of the 6 grade at the groundline. 7 b. When the grade at the groundline is not level, set posts such that the minimum 8 height requirement is met for the downgrade post. 9 C. Chain Link Fence 10 1. Fasten fabric to corner, pull, end, and gate posts using steel stretcher bars. 11 2. Fasten one end of fabric and apply tension to the other end to remove all slack 12 before making attachments. 13 3. Place bottom of fabric approximately 2 inches above the finished grade. 14 4. Grade uneven areas so the maximum distance between the bottom of the fabric and 15 ground is 6 inches. 16 5. Fasten fabric to the tension wires, top rail, and intermediate line posts at 16-inch 17 intervals using 9 gauge galvanized steel ties. 18 6. Connect existing fence to new fence at existing or newly installed corner post. 19 D. Wire Mesh Fabric and Wire Fence 20 1. Fasten wire mesh fabric or wire fence to posts using galvanized ties or staples while 21 drawing the fencing taut. 22 2. Guy Wire 23 a. Secure fencing with guy wire at the critical point of grade depressions where 24 tension tends to pull posts out of the ground with a double 9 gauge galvanized 25 wire. 26 b. Connect the guy wire to the top and bottom wire of wire mesh fabric or each 27 strand of wire fence and to a deadman weighing at least 100 pounds, buried in 28 the ground. 29 c. Stretch the wire fence prior to guying. 30 3. Connect existing cross fences to new fences and corner posts at junction with 31 existing fences. 32 E. Wood Fence 33 1. Place wood fence slats approximately 2 inch above the finished grade and on a 34 straight grade between posts. 35 2. Grade uneven areas so the maximum distance between the bottom of the slats and 36 ground is 6 inches. 37 3. Attach slats to rails using galvanized screws. 38 F. Gates 39 1. Install horizontal stiffeners on gates 7 feet or taller, and vertical stiffeners on 40 maximum 8-foot centers. 41 2. Install swing gates to open 180 degrees from the closed position. 42 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 13 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 1 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 84 00 1 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Product and installation requirements for: 6 a. Irrigation System Installation 7 b. Irrigation System Restoration 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract. 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14 3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 15 4. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers – Locators. 16 5. Section 33 14 11 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Irrigation System Installation 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured per lump sum of Irrigation System Installation. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per lump sum for Irrigation System Installation installed. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Furnishing and installing Irrigation System Installation as specified by the 28 Drawings 29 2) Trench excavation and backfill 30 3) All products required to install irrigation system 31 4) Product and installation testing 32 5) Licensed irrigator 33 6) Equipment 34 7) Tools 35 8) Equipment 36 9) Labor and incidentals needed to execute work 37 2. Irrigation System Restoration 38 a. Measurement 39 1) Measured per lump sum of Irrigation System Restoration. 40 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 2 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1 b. Payment 2 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 3 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 4 price bid per lump sum for Irrigation System Restoration. 5 c. The price bid shall include: 6 1) Furnishing and installing Irrigation System Restoration as specified by the 7 Drawings 8 2) Trench excavation and backfill 9 3) All products required to install irrigation system 10 4) Product and installation testing 11 5) Licensed irrigator 12 6) Equipment 13 7) Tools 14 8) Equipment 15 9) Labor and incidentals needed to execute work 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 18 1. CWP – Cold Working Pressure 19 2. GPM – Gallons per Minute 20 3. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 21 4. PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride 22 B. Reference Standards 23 1. ASTM International (ASTM): 24 a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 25 Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 26 b. D2241, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated 27 Pipe (SDR Series). 28 2. NSF International (NSF): 29 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 30 3. Uniform Plumbing Code 31 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 32 A. Preinstallation Meetings 33 1. Coordinate with the current owners of any existing irrigation system 1 week prior to 34 holding the preinstallation meeting. 35 2. Hold a preinstallation meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under 36 Irrigation Installation and Repair. Invite the City and the current owner (if other 37 than the City) of any existing irrigation system along with any appropriate 38 representatives. Prior to the preinstallation meeting, the following needs to be 39 prepared or conducted: 40 a. Irrigation Plan: 41 1) Provide an irrigation plan prepared, signed, and sealed by a licensed 42 irrigator. 43 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 3 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Test the existing system prior to meeting in accordance with Quality 1 Assurance. 2 1.5 SUBMITTALS 3 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 4 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 6 A. Shop Drawings 7 1. Product Data 8 a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying irrigation 9 products to be used on the project. 10 b. Product data sheets will include: 11 1) Manufacturer name 12 2) Date 13 3) Product description 14 4) Verification that the product meets the required standards stated in this 15 specification. 16 5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 17 6) Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable 18 7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 19 8) Usage and Installation Recommendations 20 B. Information Submittals 21 1. Trench Safety Plan 22 a. Provide a trench safety plan if required in accordance with Occupational Safety 23 and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety regulations, Subpart P-24 Excavations. If required provide shop drawings in accordance with Section 33 25 05 05. 26 2. Backflow Prevention Testing 27 a. Provide backflow prevention test results performed by a Certified Backflow 28 Tester. 29 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 30 A. Operation and Maintenance Data 31 1. Provide any manufacturer recommended operation and maintenance information to 32 the City and irrigation system owner (if other than the City) once the irrigation 33 system is installed. 34 B. Warranty Documentation 35 1. Provide any manufacturer warranty information to the City and irrigation system 36 owner (if other than the City) once the irrigation system is installed. 37 2. Transfer any manufacturer irrigation warranties to the City or irrigation owner 38 following irrigation installation if applicable. 39 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 40 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 41 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 4 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 A. Qualifications 1 2 1. Licensed Professionals 3 a. Provide an irrigator licensed in the State of Texas to oversee the construction of 4 all Irrigation Installation and Restoration work performed. 5 B. Preconstruction Testing 6 1. Coordinate with the owners of any existing irrigation systems to schedule a 7 preconstruction test. Invite the irrigation system owners and the City along with 8 their appropriate representatives to witness the preconstruction test. 9 2. Perform a preconstruction test of any existing irrigation systems and provide 10 documentation of the working condition of any existing irrigation system. Include 11 the following documentation: 12 a. Photos, videos, and site notes that adequately document the existing condition 13 of each zone, controller equipment, sprinkler heads, and drip lines. 14 b. Provide any additional documentation that is available such as record drawings. 15 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 16 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 17 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 18 66 00. 19 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 20 A. Ambient Conditions 21 1. In accordance with applicable specifications and manufacturer recommendations 22 for all water products. Applicable specifications include, but are not limited to 23 Section 33 14 11. 24 B. Existing Conditions 25 1. Prior to performing work: 26 a. Locate all existing utility lines in accordance with State and local requirements 27 b. Verify power source for existing and proposed irrigation systems 28 c. Document existing irrigation system in accordance with Administrative 29 Requirements, if applicable 30 d. Locate all existing irrigation structures which may include, but are not limited 31 to water lines, controllers, sprinkler heads, and drip lines 32 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 35 2.2 PRODUCTS 36 A. General 37 1. Provide products specified in the Drawings or approved equal. 38 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 5 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models shall be processed in accordance 1 with Section 01 25 00. 2 B. Manufacturers 3 4 1. Control Valves 5 a. Drip Zones 6 1) Rain Bird, XCZ-100-PRB-COM 7 b. Master Valve, 1” 8 1) Rain Bird, 100-PEB 9 c. Master Valve, 1.5” 10 1) Rain Bird, 150-PEB 11 d. Master Valve, 2” 12 1) Rain Bird, 200-PEB 13 e. Flow Meter, 1” 14 1) Netafilm, 1" Water Meter Cast Iron 15 f. Flow Meter, 2” 16 1) Netafilm, 2" Water Meter Cast Iron 17 g. Isolation Valve 18 1) Spears HD, CWV 19 h. Quick Coupler 20 1) Rain Bird, 33-DRC 21 2. Drip Tubing and Fitting 22 a. Standard Drip 23 1) Rain Bird, XFS-09-12 24 b. Check Valve Drip 25 1) Rain Bird, XFCV-09-12 26 c. Drip Tube Fittings 27 1) Rain Bird, XF™ Series 17mm Insert Fittings 28 d. Tree Bubbler 29 1) Hunter, PCN-50 30 e. Tree Bubbler Head, 4” 31 1) Hunter, 1804-SAM-PRS 32 f. Operation Indicator 33 1) Rain Bird, XFS OPERIND X17500 34 3. Controllers 35 a. Motorola, IRRInet AC/DC 36 b. Rain Bird, WR2-RFC Rain/Freeze Combo 37 c. Others as specified by the City 38 4. Backflows 39 a. Wilkins, RPZ 375XL 115 Lead Free 40 b. Wilkins, RPZ 375XL 020 Lead Free 41 5. Backflow Enclosures 42 a. Dekorra, 302-BG-C3 43 b. Dekorra, 603GN 44 6. Valve Boxes 45 a. Large Rectangle Box (21”x15”x13”) 46 1) NDS, 117BC 47 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 6 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Standard Rectangle Box (17”x12”x12”) 1 1) NDS, 113BC 2 c. 6” Round Box 3 1) NDS, 107BC 4 d. 10” Round Box 5 1) NDS, 111BC 6 7. Flow Sensor 7 a. Arad, AC Flow Meter 8 b. Others as specified by the City 9 C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 10 1. Provide PVC pipe in accordance with: 11 a. ASTM D1784 12 b. ASTM D2241 13 c. NSF 61 14 d. Uniform Plumbing Code 15 2. Provide PVC Class 200 SDR 21 for irrigation mainline. 16 3. Provide PVC Class 200 SDR 21 for irrigation lateral line. 17 4. Provide PVC Schedule 40 for pipe sleeves. 18 5. Provide Detectable Warning Tape in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 19 D. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings 20 1. Provide PVC fittings in accordance with: 21 a. ASTM D1784 22 b. ASTM D2241 23 c. NSF 61 24 d. Uniform Plumbing Code 25 2. Provide fittings that are solvent weld type, schedule 40, and of the type 26 recommended by the pipe manufacturer for the size and intended use. 27 3. If connecting to a metal pipe or metal accessory, use a PVC adapter with female 28 thread. Any PVC pipe that is connected by any other means may be considered 29 non-conforming. Obtain written approval from the City if another connection 30 method has been approved. 31 E. Irrigation Heads or Bubblers 32 1. Refer to the Drawings for the nozzle sets, circle angles, and product series. 33 2. Provide irrigation heads or bubblers that conform to the requirements of the 34 manufacturer designated on the Drawings or approved equal. 35 F. Wire and Wire Connectors 36 1. Provide copper wiring UL approved, Type UF, PVC insulated, 14 gage, suitable for 37 direct burial, and in accordance with the requirements for a NEC Class 2 circuit (30 38 volts AC or less). 39 2. Provide direct burial wire connectors that have a one-piece PVC housing that when 40 filled with silicone forms a reusable, one-piece, moisture-proof wire splice 41 connector. 42 3. Provide wire connectors that are U.L. listed, rated 60C, 500 volts, for PVC 43 insulated wire. 44 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 7 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Do not use epoxy type wire connectors. 1 G. Gate Valves 2 1. Provide a gate valve rated for a minimum 150 PSI working pressure. 3 2. Provide a gate valve in accordance with the size specified in the Drawings. 4 3. For any gate valve 2 inches in size or smaller, use Ohio bras or approved equal. 5 4. Install the gate valve per City Standard Details or Drawings. 6 H. Valve Boxes 7 1. For any electric valves, provide a plastic valve box rated for use with electric 8 control valves. 9 I. Electric Section Control Valves 10 1. Provide the size specified in the Drawings. 11 2. Only one electric section should operate at one time on any one controller. 12 3. Electric sectional control valves 13 a. Globe-type diaphragm valves of normally open design 14 b. 24 VAC electric solenoid control operated, 15 c. Equipped with flow adjustment stems, 16 d. Cold working pressure (CWP) of 150 PSI 17 e. Plastic bodies and covers. 18 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 19 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 20 PART 3 - EXECUTION 21 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23 3.3 PREPARATION 24 A. Demolition / Removal 25 1. Prior to removal or shut-off of any existing irrigation systems, notify the owner 26 within 48 hours. 27 3.4 INSTALLATION 28 A. Trench Excavation and Backfill 29 1. Trenching and backfilling are considered subsidiary to the irrigation installation bid 30 items. 31 2. Perform trench excavation and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05 unless 32 otherwise specified in the Drawings or this Section. 33 3. Trench Excavation 34 a. Maintain a minimum distance of 6 inches between parallel lines. 35 b. Excavate to a depth that provides the following cover from finished grade: 36 1) 30 inches minimum under vehicle traffic area 37 2) Non-vehicle traffic areas: 38 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 8 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a) 18 inches minimum for lateral lines 1 b) 24 inches minimum for main lines 2 4. Backfill 3 a. Backfill the trench after the irrigation system is operational and required testing 4 and inspection has been performed by the City and a licensed irrigator. 5 b. Embedment material is not required unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 6 7 c. Backfill Material: 8 1) Initial Backfill 9 a) Remove any rocks or stones larger than 1 inch from the backfill 10 material for 6 inches above the top of pipe. 11 b) Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance 12 with Section 33 05 97. 13 2) Final Backfill 14 a) Remove any rocks or stones larger than 3 inches in diameter. 15 3) All in-situ materials are considered acceptable unless otherwise specified in 16 the Drawings. 17 d. Compact in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 18 e. For trenches that will have plantings installed at finished grade, flood the 19 backfill prior to installing plantings using a jetting process. 20 B. Pipe Laying 21 1. Lay pipe at a minimum 1 foot from the back of curb, sidewalks, buildings, walls, 22 and other objects, or as directed by the City. 23 2. Install all PVC pipe connections and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer’s 24 recommendations and Section 33 14 11. 25 C. Pipe Joints 26 1. Install joints in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and Section 27 33 14 11. 28 2. Allow adequate time for joint solvent to form a chemical bond before disturbing the 29 joint. Refer to manufacturer’s recommendations. If no recommendation is given, do 30 not disturb the joint for 15 minutes after joint is installed on pipe. 31 D. Closing and Flushing of PVC Pipe 32 1. Cap or plug pipes after installation to prevent entry of foreign materials that would 33 obstruct the flow of water. 34 2. Leave caps or plugs in place until it is time for final completion. 35 3. At final completion, remove the caps, thoroughly flush all water lines, and perform 36 any final testing necessary for final completion. 37 E. Sprinkler Heads and Drip Tubing 38 1. Install sprinkler heads and drip tubing in accordance with the manufacturer’s 39 recommendations at locations specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 40 F. Wiring 41 1. Install wire in trenches below the pipe or in a minimum 1-inch PVC pipe with at 42 least 12 inches of cover of its entire run. 43 2. Install wire in continuous lengths. 44 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 9 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3. Splice wire, if required, in valve boxes using waterproof materials. 1 G. Valve and Valve Box Placement 2 1. Install valves and valve boxes at a minimum 2 foot from the back of curb, 3 sidewalks, buildings, walls, and other objects, or as directed by the City. 4 2. Place valves and valve boxes in accordance with City Standard Details, applicable 5 specifications, and the Drawings. 6 7 3. Valves 8 a. Install all gate, check, and control valves with a valve box to the same depth as 9 the irrigation pipe. 10 b. Provide a minimum of 12 inches of clearance from the top of the valve to the 11 surface of the valve box. 12 c. After valves are installed, fully open and fully close valves to ensure that all 13 parts are in working condition. 14 4. Valve Boxes 15 a. Set valve boxes plumb vertically and concentric with the valve stem. 16 b. If a valve box is relocated due to incorrect installation location, relocate at no 17 cost to the City. 18 c. Coil any excess wires inside the valve box. 19 d. When valve is located in pavement, install concrete collar around valve box in 20 accordance with City Standard Details. 21 e. Adjust valve box height to be flush with finished grade. 22 H. Controller 23 1. Install controllers in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations at locations 24 shown on the Drawings. 25 I. Backflow Prevention 26 1. Install backflow prevention in accordance with the manufacturer’s 27 recommendations at locations shown on the Drawings or as directed. 28 2. Install the double check valve in a concrete meter box per City Standard Details or 29 the Drawings. 30 J. Sleeves & Encasement 31 1. Coordinate with the paving contractor to install sleeves as shown on the Drawings. 32 2. Install wiring and irrigation piping in separate encasements when under pavement. 33 3. For encasement pipes, provide a minimum of 12 inches of cover over the pipe. 34 a. For areas with surface improvements, cover is measured from the top of the 35 pipe to the bottom of subgrade or to the bottom of the sidewalk slab. 36 K. Boring 37 1. Boring is only allowed when specified in the Drawings. Coordinate with the City 38 for approval of boring locations and requirements. 39 3.5 REPAIR AND RESTORATION 40 A. Restore all existing surfaces and repair any existing structures or pipes that have been 41 damaged due to irrigation installation at no cost to the City. 42 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 10 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 B. If any existing irrigation systems have been damaged as a result of any construction 1 activities, repair and restore the existing irrigation system to the original condition. 2 1. Obtain approval from the irrigation system owner and provide approval to the City. 3 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 4 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 5 A. General 6 1. Provide a licensed irrigator to perform all required Site Quality Control testing. 7 2. Perform inspections throughout the duration of installation. 8 B. Sprinkler/Dripline Layout and Spacing Inspection 9 1. Verify the irrigation design is accurately installed in the field. 10 2. If spacing is not within 5 percent of the design spacing, adjust the layout at no cost 11 to the City. 12 3. If design cannot be met due to site constraints, obtain written approval from the 13 City and the licensed irrigator before modifying the layout. 14 C. Pipe Installation Depth Inspection 15 1. Verify the irrigation pipes were installed to the minimum depths in accordance with 16 this Section. 17 2. Verify all joints were installed correctly and there are no loose or non-compliant 18 joints. 19 D. Hydrostatic Tests 20 1. Provide a licensed irrigator during hydrostatic testing and notify the City in writing 21 48 hours in advance of testing. 22 2. Center load piping with initial backfill to prevent arching or slipping under 23 pressure. 24 3. After all welded joints have cured for at least 24 hours, test the mainlines from the 25 meter to the valves, with all valves closed, for at least 2 consecutive hours by 26 applying a continuous and static minimum 80 PSI water pressure. Repair leaks if 27 necessary and retest. 28 4. Maintain all mainline and lateral lines under static pressure for 24 hours without 29 leaks before final approval. 30 5. If the Hydrostatic Test indicates any leaks, repair at no cost to the City. 31 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 34 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 35 A. Demonstration 36 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 11 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. After installation is complete, hold a demonstration meeting and invite the licensed 1 irrigator who prepared the irrigation plans, the City, and the current owner (if other 2 than the City) of any existing irrigation systems along with any appropriate 3 representatives. At this meeting, perform the following tasks: 4 a. If there is an existing system: 5 1) Test the irrigation system and compare the functionality with the 6 documented conditions of any existing irrigation system. 7 b. If there is not an existing system: 8 1) Test the irrigation system to verify all zones, controllers, sprinkler heads, 9 and drip lines function as designed. 10 c. Obtain in writing the City and the irrigation owner (if other than the City) have 11 agreed the irrigation system functions as designed after the demonstration 12 meeting is held. 13 d. The meeting is required to be performed prior to final acceptance. 14 B. Record of Installation 15 1. Provide a Record of Installation set of Drawings to any existing irrigation system 16 owners with any warranties and product information at the completion of irrigation 17 system installation. 18 2. If the City is the owner of the irrigation system, provide the record drawings to the 19 prime contractor to be included with the overall record drawing set at the end of the 20 project. 21 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24 END OF SECTION 25 26 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 27 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 1 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 32 93 00 1 PLANTINGS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Material, installation, and maintenance requirements for: 6 a. Plantings (Tree, Shrub, Ground Cover, and Miscellaneous Plantings) 7 b. Topsoil, Seeding, and Sodding (Grass and Wildflowers) 8 c. Landscape Edging 9 d. Landscape Restoration 10 e. General Site Landscaping 11 f. Subsidiary Planting Items (Fertilizer, Mulch, Plant Supports, Mulch Tacking, 12 and Water) 13 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 14 1. None. 15 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 16 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 17 Contract. 18 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 19 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcement. 20 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 21 5. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sediment Control. 22 6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 23 7. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving. 24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 25 A. Measurement and Payment 26 1. Tree 27 a. Measurement 28 1) Measured per each Tree planted. 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32 price bid per each for Tree planted for: 33 2) Various caliper inches. 34 c. The price bid shall include: 35 1) Furnishing and installing Tree as specified by the Drawings 36 2) Preparing excavation pit 37 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 38 4) Plant supports 39 5) Loading 40 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 2 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 6) Unloading 1 7) Storing 2 8) Hauling 3 9) Handling all materials 4 10) Placing 5 11) All maintenance activities 6 2. Shrub 7 a. Measurement 8 1) Measured per each Shrub planted. 9 b. Payment 10 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 11 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 12 price bid per each of Shrub planted for: 13 a) Various sizes. 14 c. The price bid shall include: 15 1) Furnishing and installing Shrub as specified by the Drawings 16 2) Preparing excavation pit 17 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 18 4) Plant supports 19 5) Loading 20 6) Unloading 21 7) Storing 22 8) Hauling 23 9) Handling all materials 24 10) Placing 25 11) All maintenance activities 26 3. Ground Cover 27 a. Measurement 28 1) Measured per square foot of Ground Cover planted. 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32 price bid per square foot for Ground Cover planted. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Furnishing and installing Ground Cover as specified by the Drawings 35 2) Preparing excavation pit 36 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 37 4) Plant supports 38 5) Loading 39 6) Unloading 40 7) Storing 41 8) Hauling 42 9) Handling all materials 43 10) Placing 44 11) All maintenance activities 45 4. Miscellaneous Planting 46 a. Measurement 47 1) Measured per each of Miscellaneous Planting planted. 48 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 3 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per each for Miscellaneous Planting installed. 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Furnishing and installing Miscellaneous Planting as specified by the 6 Drawings 7 2) Preparing excavation pit 8 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 9 4) Plant supports 10 5) Loading 11 6) Unloading 12 7) Storing 13 8) Hauling 14 9) Handling all materials 15 10) Placing 16 11) Tools 17 12) Equipment 18 13) All maintenance activities 19 5. Landscape Edging 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured per linear foot of Landscape Edging installed. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per linear foot for Landscape Edging installed for: 26 a) Concrete Landscape Edging, various widths and depths 27 (1) 6” wide, 12” depth, 6”x12” 28 (2) 12” wide, 12” depth, 12”x12” 29 (3) 12” wide, 24” depth, 12”x24” 30 b) Decorative Concrete Landscape Edging, 12”x12” 31 c) Plastic Landscape Edging 32 d) Metal Landscape Edging 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Furnishing and installing Landscape Edging as specified by the Drawings 35 2) Loading 36 3) Unloading 37 4) Storing 38 5) Hauling 39 6) Handling all materials 40 7) Placing 41 8) All maintenance activities 42 6. Topsoil 43 a. Measurement 44 1) Measured per cubic yards of Topsoil installed. 45 b. Payment 46 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 4 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per cubic yard for Topsoil installed. 3 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Furnishing and installing Topsoil as specified by the Drawings 6 2) Salvaging existing topsoil 7 3) Loading 8 4) Unloading 9 5) Storing 10 6) Hauling 11 7) Handling all materials 12 8) Placing 13 9) All maintenance activities 14 7. Seeding 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per square yard of Seed installed. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per square yard of Seeding installed for: 21 a) Grass Seeding. 22 b) Wildflower Seeding. 23 c. The price bid shall include: 24 1) Furnishing and installing Seeding as specified by the Drawings 25 2) Rolling and tamping 26 3) Loading 27 4) Unloading 28 5) Storing 29 6) Hauling 30 7) Handling all materials 31 8) Placing 32 9) Mulching and tacking, if required 33 10) Fertilizer, if required 34 11) Watering, until established 35 12) All maintenance activities 36 8. Sodding 37 a. Measurement 38 1) Measured per square yard of Sodding installed. 39 b. Payment 40 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 41 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 42 price bid per square yard of Sodding installed. 43 c. The price bid shall include: 44 1) Furnishing and installing Sodding as specified by the Drawings 45 2) Rolling and tamping 46 3) Loading 47 4) Unloading 48 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 5 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 5) Storing 1 6) Hauling 2 7) Handling all materials 3 8) Placing 4 9) Mulching and tacking, if required 5 10) Fertilizer, if required 6 11) Watering, until established 7 12) All maintenance activities 8 9. Landscape Restoration 9 a. Measurement 10 1) Measured lump sum of Landscape Restoration installed 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14 price bid per lump sum for Landscape Restoration. 15 c. The price bid shall include: 16 1) Furnishing and installing Landscape Restoration as specified by the 17 Drawings 18 2) Preparing excavation pit 19 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 20 4) Plant supports 21 5) Loading 22 6) Unloading 23 7) Storing 24 8) Hauling 25 9) Handling all materials 26 10) Placing 27 11) All maintenance activities 28 10. General Site Landscaping 29 a. Measurement 30 1) Measured lump sum of General Site Landscaping installed 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 33 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 34 price bid per lump sum for General Site Landscaping installed. 35 c. The price bid shall include: 36 1) Furnishing and installing General Site Landscaping as specified by the 37 Drawings 38 2) Preparing excavation pit 39 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 40 4) Plant supports 41 5) Loading 42 6) Unloading 43 7) Storing 44 8) Hauling 45 9) Handling all materials 46 10) Placing 47 11) All maintenance activities 48 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 6 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 2 1. PSF – Pounds per Square Foot 3 2. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 4 3. B&B – Balled and Burlapped 5 B. Definitions 6 Figure 1 7 Limits of excavation, embankment, salvaged topsoil and replaced topsoil 8 9 10 C. Reference Standards 11 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 12 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 13 unless a date is specifically cited. 14 2. American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature 15 a. Standardized Plant Names 16 3. American National Standard Institute ANSI: 17 a. ANSI Z60.1 – American Standard for Nursery Stock 18 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 7 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1 4. Texas Department of Agriculture Standards: 2 a. Texas Seed Law 3 b. Texas Fertilizer Law 4 5. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 5 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 6 a. Item 7, Article 7, “Preservation of Cultural and Natural Resources and the 7 Environment” 8 6. TxDOT Test Procedures: 9 a. Tex-128-E, Determining Soil pH. 10 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 11 A. Coordination 12 1. Coordinate with irrigation installation to ensure plantings receive required amount 13 of water. The Contractor is responsible for all watering required in accordance with 14 this Section. 15 B. Pre-Planting Meetings 16 1. Coordinate with the current owners of any existing landscape areas 1 week prior to 17 holding the pre-planting meeting. 18 2. Hold a pre-planting meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under 19 Plantings. A second pre-planting meeting may be required if seeding/sodding 20 activities are performed more than 3 weeks apart from planting activities. Invite the 21 City and the current owner (if other than the City) of any existing landscape areas 22 along with any appropriate representatives. Prior to the pre-planting meeting, the 23 following needs to be prepared or conducted: 24 a. Landscape Plan: 25 1) Provide a landscape plan prepared, signed, and sealed by a licensed 26 landscape architect. 27 2) Document existing landscape areas during the growing and blooming 28 season. Documentation to include at a minimum quantity, location, and 29 condition of all existing landscape areas. 30 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 32 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 33 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 34 C. Shop Drawings 35 1. Product Data 36 a. Provide product data for the following products to be used during Planting 37 activities. 38 1) Tacking Agents 39 2) Fertilizer 40 3) Tree Trunk Protection 41 4) Landscape Edging 42 5) Insect, Disease, and Animal Treatment 43 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 8 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Product data sheets will include: 1 1) Manufacturer name or source location 2 2) Date 3 3) Product description 4 4) Verification that the product meets the required standards stated in this 5 specification. 6 5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 7 6) Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable 8 7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 9 8) Usage and Installation Recommendations 10 9) Maintenance recommendations, if applicable 11 2. Plantings 12 a. Provide the following information for any plantings: 13 1) Nursery Name and Location 14 2) Date 15 3) Plant description 16 4) Certification that the plants meet the specification requirements 17 5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 18 6) Planting recommendations 19 7) Maintenance recommendations 20 3. Plastic and Metal Landscape Edging 21 a. Provide a shop drawing of the product data for the plastic and/or metal 22 landscape edging material being used. . 23 4. Topsoil 24 a. Provide any offsite source location for topsoil and soil testing results. 25 5. Sod 26 a. Provide source location and proposed grass type for all sod used on project site. 27 6. Seed 28 a. Provide source location for seeding and seed type for all grass and wildflower 29 seeding. 30 7. Mulch 31 a. Provide no float cypress mulch or approved equal for use in landscape areas. 32 b. For all other types of mulch, provide source location, type of mulch, and 33 composition for all mulch used on site. 34 8. Concrete 35 a. Provide concrete mix design, integral color, stamp pattern, and sealant for all 36 concrete and decorative concrete landscape edging in accordance with Sections 37 03 00 00, 32 13 13, and 32 13 16. 38 D. Informational Submittals 39 1. Licensed Landscaper 40 a. Provide information and applicable certifications for the licensed landscape 41 architect or a landscaper of sufficient experience in project specific plantings. 42 2. Equipment Submittals: 43 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 44 1) Equipment name and description 45 2) Size 46 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 9 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Intended use 1 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 3 A. Maintenance Recommendations 4 1. Provide any nursery or supplier recommendations for care and maintenance of 5 plants and plant materials to the City. 6 B. Warranty Documentation 7 1. Provide any nursery or supplier warranty information to the City. 8 2. Transfer any nursery or supplier warranties to the City if applicable. 9 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 10 A. Maintain all plantings for 1 year. No separate pay will be provided for maintenance 11 period. 12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Qualifications 14 1. Licensed Professionals 15 a. Provide a landscape architect or qualified landscaper during planting. 16 2. Planting Substitutions 17 a. No substitutions will be allowed without written approval by the City. The 18 following is required when requesting a plant substitution: 19 1) Submit proof of non-availability together with proposal for use of 20 equivalent material. 21 2) Substitutions of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed 22 upon approval by the City. No additional payment or increase in unit price 23 will be given. 24 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 26 1. Plants 27 a. General: 28 1) Notify City at least 48 hours prior to delivering plants to the site. 29 2) Coordinate with the City for inspection and approval of materials upon 30 delivery. 31 3) Remove rejected plants from the workplace and replace as directed. 32 b. When planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery 33 1) Set plants in the shade 34 2) Protect from weather and mechanical damage 35 3) Keep roots moist by covering with mulch, burlap, or other acceptable 36 means of retaining moisture. Water as needed. 37 2. Trees 38 a. Ship trees with Certificates of Inspection as required by governing authorities. 39 b. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible 40 designation of botanical and common name. 41 c. Use protective covering during delivery. 42 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 10 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 d. Deliver packaged materials in fully labeled original containers showing weight, 1 analysis, and name of nursery. 2 3 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 4 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 5 66 00. 6 2. Trees 7 a. Protect trees from deterioration during delivery and while being stored on-site. 8 b. Do not prune prior to planting. 9 c. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in a way that will damage the bark, 10 break branches, or alter the natural shape. 11 C. Stockpiling 12 1. Topsoil 13 a. Stockpile topsoil, when necessary, in a windrow in approved locations within 14 the right of way or easements. 15 b. Keep source and stockpile areas drained. 16 c. Once topsoil has been removed from stockpiled location, restore stockpile site 17 to existing conditions or better. 18 2. Seed 19 a. If using native grass or wildflower seed, provide seed harvested within 100 20 miles of the site. 21 b. Provide each seed species in separate containers labeled with seed variety. 22 3. Sod 23 a. Protect sod from exposure to wind, sun, and freezing. 24 b. Keep stacked sod moist. 25 4. Fertilizer 26 a. Provide fertilizer in acceptable distribution condition and in containers labeled 27 with the analysis. 28 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 29 A. Ambient Conditions 30 1. Follow all nursery and/or supplier recommendations for optimal weather conditions 31 for installation. 32 2. Comply with all requirements of this specification for planting, seeding, and 33 sodding timeframes. 34 B. Existing Conditions 35 1. Prior to performing work: 36 a. Locate all existing utility lines in accordance with Federal, State, and local 37 requirements. 38 b. Verify power source for existing and proposed irrigation systems. 39 c. Document existing irrigation system in accordance with Administrative 40 Requirements, if applicable. 41 d. Locate all existing irrigation structures which may include, but are not limited 42 to water lines, controllers, sprinkler heads, and drip lines. 43 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 44 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 11 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.2 MATERIALS 3 A. Plants 4 1. General: 5 a. Planting bid items are generic based on plant types. Refer to Drawings for 6 planting schedule and locations. 7 b. Provide nursery-grown plants unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 8 c. Provide plants with the following characteristics: 9 1) vigorous, healthy, well-rooted plants 10 2) with well-formed crowns 11 3) true to sizes and of typical shape and characteristic of the species 12 d. Refer to Source Quality Control for non-conforming plants. 13 2. Plant Supports: 14 a. Provide a minimum 8-foot long steel T-stakes and 1-inch wide plastic tree 15 chains with protecting chain cover to interface with tree trunk or ArborTie or 16 similar product. 17 b. Deadman Anchoring System: 18 1) Where applicable for anchoring trees, obtain written approval for products 19 and installation method prior to planting trees. 20 c. Provide an ArborGard tree truck protector or similar product. 21 3. Trees 22 a. Tree characteristics: 23 1) True to species and variety specified 24 2) Straight and symmetrical 25 3) Grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the 26 project for at least 2 years 27 4) Freshly dug during the most recent favorable harvest season 28 5) Grown and harvested in accordance with the American Standard for 29 Nursery Stock 30 6) From a nursery within 200 miles of the project unless otherwise approved 31 7) Compatible with the cold hardiness zone of the project location 32 b. Mark the tree’s north orientation in the nursery for all deciduous trees grown in 33 the field with a 1-inch diameter spot of white paint on the tree trunk within the 34 bottom twelve inches of the trunk. 35 c. Provide a tree with a crown in good overall proportion to entire height of the 36 tree with branching configuration as recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for the tree 37 specified. 38 d. Balled and Burlapped Trees 39 1) Provide trees balled and burlapped or in the container that the tree was 40 grown in. 41 2) Dig a size and shape conforming to the American Standard for Nursery 42 Stock. 43 3) Ensure the balls contain soil with as many fibrous roots as possible. 44 4) Wrap balls firmly with non-synthetic, rottable burlap and secure the burlap 45 using nails and heavy non-synthetic rottable twine. 46 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 12 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 5) Ensure the root collar is apparent (first lateral root visible) at the surface of 1 the ball after wrapping. 2 6) Trees with loose, broken, processed, or manufactured root balls will not be 3 accepted. 4 e. Caliper Measuring: 5 1) For trunks up to 4 inches or less in diameter: Measure the caliper 6 inches 6 above the top of root ball. 7 2) For trunks that are more than 4 inches in diameter: Measure the caliper 12 8 inches above the top of root ball. 9 3) Caliper Measurements: 10 a) By diameter tape measure 11 b) Indicated calipers on Drawings are minimum 12 c) Averaging of plant caliper is not permitted. 13 4. Backfill and Plant Soil Mix: 14 a. Use soil excavated from the plant pits or beds or provide a loose, friable soil 15 mix as specified in the Drawings. 16 b. Provide a mix free of: 17 1) reproductive parts of weeds and grasses 18 2) harmful substances and detrimental amounts of foreign matter 19 c. Use fertilizer when specified in the Drawings. 20 B. Landscape Edging 21 1. Concrete 22 a. Concrete Class: Class A 23 2. Decorative Concrete 24 a. Concrete Class: Class A 25 b. Provide the amount of color to be added to the concrete during production with 26 the concrete mix design. 27 c. Provide color in accordance with the requirements of the Drawings and Section 28 32 13 16. 29 3. Plastic and Metal 30 a. Plastic and metal landscape edging are not permitted unless otherwise specified 31 in the Drawings or approved in writing by the City. 32 b. Plastic and metal landscape edging will be permitted only in locations where 33 the proposed landscape edging is matching existing. 34 c. Provide the City with a shop drawing to review prior to purchasing the 35 landscape edging. 36 C. Topsoil 37 1. Approved Topsoil Sources: 38 a. Within the Right of Way: 39 1) Obtain topsoil from the right of way at sites of proposed excavation or 40 embankment when specified in the Drawings, or as directed by the City. 41 b. Outside the Right of Way: 42 1) Obtain topsoil from approved sources in accordance with Article 7.7 43 “Preservation of Cultural and Natural Resources and the Environment”. 44 2. Topsoil characteristics: 45 a. Easily cultivated and fertile 46 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 13 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Free of objectionable material including subsoil, weeds, clay lumps, non-soil 1 materials, roots, stumps, or stones larger than 1 inch in diameter 2 c. Resists erosion 3 d. Able to support plant growth 4 e. When tested: 5 1) pH: 5.5 to 8.5 per Tex-128-E 6 2) Liquid Limit: 50 or less 7 3) Plasticity Index: 20 or less 8 4) Gradation: Maximum of 10 percent passing the No. 200 sieve 9 D. Seeding 10 1. General 11 a. Provide seed from the previous season’s crop in accordance with Texas Seed 12 Law including the testing and labeling for pure live seed (PLS=Purity x 13 Germination). 14 b. Furnish Seed of the designated species in unopened and labeled bags or 15 containers. 16 c. Use within 12 months from the date of the analysis. 17 d. When Buffalograss is specified, use seed treated with potassium nitrate 18 (KNO3). 19 2. Availability of Seed 20 a. The City may permit the use of an alternative seed variety if the specified seed 21 is not available. 22 b. Receive approval in writing before using an alternative seed variety. 23 3. Unacceptable Seed Varieties 24 a. Johnson Grass 25 b. Nut Grass 26 c. Use a seed product that does not contain more than 10 percent by weight of the 27 total of pure live seed of weed seed. 28 4. Approved Seed Varieties 29 a. Do not plant wildflower seed mixes: 30 1) within 10 feet of a road or parking lot 31 2) within 3 feet of a sidewalk, trail, or other walkway 32 b. Ditch, Channel, and Rural Area Seeding: 33 1) Plant between February 1 and May 15 34 35 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 14 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 1 1 Ditch, Channel, and Rural Area Seed Mix 2 Clay Soils Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre) Sandy Soils Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre) Green Sprangletop (Van Horn) Sideoats Grama (Haskell) Texas Grama (Atascosa) Hairy Grama (Chaparral) Shortspike Windmillgrass (Welder) Little Bluestem (OK Select) 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.4 0.2 0.8 Green Sprangletop (Van Horn) Hooded Windmillgrass (Mariah) Shortspike Windmillgrass (Welder) Hairy Grama (Chaparral) Slender Grama (Dilley) Sand Lovegrass (Mason) Sand Dropseed (Borden County) Little Bluestem (OK Select) 1.0 0.2 0.2 0.4 1.0 0.2 0.2 0.8 Wildflower Seed Mixes Purple Prairie Clover (Cuero) Englemann Daisy (Eldorado) Illinois Bundleflower Awnless Bushsunflower (Plateau) 0.6 0.75 1.3 0.2 Partridge Pea (Comanche) Englemann Daisy (Eldorado) Purple Prairie Clover 0.6 0.75 0.3 c. Urban Area Seeding 3 1) Plant between February 1 and May 15 4 Table 2 5 Urban Area Seed Mix 6 Clay Soils Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre) Sandy Soils Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre) Green Sprangletop Sideoats Grama (El Reno) Buffalograss (Texoka) Bermudagrass 0.3 3.6 1.6 2.4 Green Sprangletop (Van Horn) Buffalograss (Texoka) Bermudagrass Sand Dropseed (Borden County) 0.3 1.6 3.6 0.4 d. Cool Weather Seeding 7 1) Plant between September 1 and November 30 8 Table 3 9 Cool Weather Seed Mix 10 Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre) Tall Fescue Western Wheatgrass Wheat (Red, Winter) 4.5 5.6 34 e. Warm Weather Seeding 11 1) Plant between May 1 and August 31 12 Table 4 13 Warm Weather Seed Mix 14 Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre) 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 15 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 Foxtail Millet 34 E. Sodding 1 1. Do not use sod from areas where the grass is thinned out. 2 2. Approved Sod Varieties 3 a. St. Augustine grass 4 b. Common Bermudagrass 5 c. Buffalograss 6 d. Approved varieties of Bermudagrass and Zoysia Grass 7 e. Match existing grass varieties where possible. 8 3. Acceptable Growing Bed Properties: 9 a. St. Augustine: 10 1) Clay or Clay Loam topsoil 11 b. Bermudagrass and Zoysia Grass: 12 1) Sandy or Sandy Loam soils 13 4. Sod characteristics: 14 a. Block, rolled, or solid 15 b. Free from insects, noxious weeds, Johnson grass, other grasses, stones, or any 16 matter deleterious to the growth and subsistence of the sod 17 c. Alive and growing grass and is of the type specified in the Drawings 18 d. Contains stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes, and dense matted roots throughout the 19 soil of the sod for a minimum of 1 inch 20 5. Acceptable Sod Dimensions 21 a. Machine cut to uniform soil thickness. 22 b. Has a uniform width and can be easily lifted, handled, and rolled without 23 breaking. 24 c. Minimum Sod Thickness: 3/4 inch 25 d. Maximum Grass Height: 2 inches 26 6. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until it is planted. Grass sod with 27 dried roots will be considered non-conforming. Any grass installed with dried roots 28 will be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 29 7. Mulch sod is not approved for use. 30 8. Any broken or torn sod or sod with uneven ends will be considered non-conforming 31 and will be rejected. Remove any non-conforming sod at no cost to the City. 32 F. Landscape Restoration 33 1. Inventory all existing plantings prior to any construction activity. 34 2. Contractor to replace any existing plantings that have been damaged due to 35 construction activities and restore the landscape site to the existing condition or 36 better. 37 G. Water 38 1. Provide clean water free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the 39 growth of vegetation. 40 H. Fertilizer 41 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 16 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Provide fertilizer in accordance with the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law 1 and passes testing by the Texas A&M Feed and Fertilizer Control Service. 2 2. Acceptable Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Potassium Composition 3 a. 16 percent Nitrogen, 20 percent Phosphorus, and 0 percent Potassium 4 b. 16 percent Nitrogen, 8 percent Phosphorus, and 8 percent Potassium 5 c. Ensure that 50 percent of the nitrogen component is a slow-release sulfur-6 coated urea. 7 I. Mulch 8 1. For Use on Seeding: 9 a. Straw Mulch: 10 1) Oat, wheat, or rice straw 11 b. Hay Mulch: 12 1) Hay mulch of either Bermudagrass or prairie grasses. 13 c. Characteristics: 14 1) Free of Johnson grass and other noxious and foreign materials. 15 2) Dry and free from molded or rotted material. 16 2. For Use on Landscape Areas: 17 a. Provide no float cypress mulch or approved equal. 18 b. Mulch characteristics: 19 1) is free from growth or germination inhibiting qualities; and 20 2) contains no more than 10 percent moisture. 21 J. Tacking Materials 22 1. Use a tacking agent applied in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations or 23 a crimping method on all straw or hay mulch operations. 24 2. Use tacking agents as approved or as specified in the Drawings. 25 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 26 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 27 A. Tests and Inspections 28 B. Non-Conforming Work 29 1. Rejection of Plants 30 a. Plants with any of the following characteristics are subject to rejection: 31 1) Disease or insect infestation, including eggs and larvae 32 2) Dried or damaged root system or crown 33 3) Excessive abrasion of the bark 34 4) Prematurely opened or damaged buds 35 5) Disfiguring knots 36 6) Evidence of heat, freeze, windburn, mold, sub scale, or similar conditions 37 7) Damaged, pruned, crooked, or multiple leaders, unless multiple leaders are 38 specified or are normal for the species 39 8) Cut limbs over 3/4 inch in diameter that have not completely callused 40 9) Dry, soggy, loose, cracked, broken, misshapen, or undersized root balls 41 10) Processed balled roots (bench balled) 42 11) Root balls encased in impervious material 43 12) Overgrown or root-bound plants 44 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 17 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 13) Undersized or unsound containers 1 14) Containers with less than ¾ planting medium depth 2 15) An abnormal balance between height and spread for the species 3 16) Missing or broken serialized locking tags, when specified 4 17) Any condition not in accordance with the Drawings or nursery stock 5 standards 6 18) Conditions that would prevent thriving growth or cause an unacceptable 7 appearance 8 C. Manufacturer Services 9 D. Coordination of Other Tests and Inspections 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13 3.3 PREPARATION 14 A. Surface Preparation 15 1. Plants 16 a. Mark Plant Locations and Bed Outlines 17 1) Provide and install markings such as wooden stakes to mark the locations, 18 types of plants, and the outline of planting beds. 19 2) Obtain approval from the City and any applicable landscape bed owners of 20 the plant and bed locations before any planting activities begin. 21 2. Plant Bed Preparation 22 a. Prepare the bed and install the planting soil mix, vegetation barrier, and other 23 materials as specified in the Drawings. 24 3. Plant Soil Preparation 25 a. Clean topsoil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other foreign 26 materials. 27 b. Mix fertilizer in with topsoil within 48 hours of planting. 28 4. Erosion Control Blanket 29 a. Prepare the site in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and 30 Section 31 25 14. 31 3.4 INSTALLATION 32 A. Finishing of Parkways 33 1. Finishing of parkways is considered subsidiary to pertinent items and will not be 34 paid for separately. 35 2. Smoothly shape parkways, shoulders, slopes, and ditches. 36 3. Grade parkways to finished slopes and elevations prior to the placement of any 37 Plantings within the site. 38 4. Standard Parkway Slopes 39 a. Minimum: 1 percent 40 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 18 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Maximum: 4:1 1 c. Use standard parkway slopes unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or 2 directed by the City. 3 4 d. Where sidewalk is present, maintain the minimum parkway slope in accordance 5 with the following criteria before transitioning to a steeper slope: 6 1) from the back of curb to the face of sidewalk edge 7 2) 2 feet from the back of sidewalk 8 e. If no sidewalk is present, maintain minimum parkway slope 2 feet from the 9 back of curb before transitioning to a steeper slope. 10 B. Plants 11 1. Plant Pit Excavation 12 a. Excavate the receiving pits for mechanically transplanted plants with the same 13 type and size equipment used to dig the plants. 14 b. Depth: 15 1) Excavate pits for container and balled and burlapped stock to the depth 16 specified in the Drawings or at least the depth of the root ball. 17 2) Excavate pits for bare root plants to the depth of the root system. 18 3) Excavate pits on slopes using measurements specified in the Drawings or at 19 least the depth of the root ball based on the uphill side of the pit. 20 c. Horizontal Dimensions: 21 1) Provide a minimum horizontal dimension of 12 inches between the root 22 ball and pit walls for the following, unless otherwise specified in the 23 Drawings: 24 a) 15 gallon or larger pots 25 b) 14 inch or larger boxes 26 c) Larger than 14-inch root balls of balled and burlapped plants 27 2) Provide a minimum horizontal dimension of 2 times the root ball diameter 28 across the pit for the following, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings: 29 a) Less than 15-gallon pots 30 b) 14 inch or smaller root balls of balled and burlapped plants. 31 3) Provide a minimum pit diameter for bare root plants in accordance with the 32 supplier’s recommendations and allows the roots to spread without 33 crowding or curving around the walls of the pit. 34 2. Plant Installation 35 a. General Plant Installation: 36 1) Install plants within 24 hours of excavating plant pits. Cover or barricade 37 any planting pit to remain open overnight. 38 2) Scarify the walls of pits as plant installation begins. 39 3) Lift plants only from the bottom of the root balls or with belts or lifting 40 harnesses that are wide enough to not damage the root balls. 41 4) Center all plants in a pit, except those mechanically collected, and back fill 42 in lifts using topsoil, fertilized topsoil, or planting mix as directed. 43 5) Backfill in lifts where each lift is 1/3 of the depth of the root ball. 44 6) Fill the pit with water after each lift to remove air pockets. 45 b. Containerized Plants: 46 1) Remove plastic, paper, or fibrous pots from the containerized plant material 47 before planting. 48 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 19 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Pull roots out of the root mat and cut circling roots with a knife. 1 3) Loosen the potting soil and shake away from the root mat. 2 4) Install the plant immediately after removing the container, install the plant. 3 4 c. Balled and Burlapped (B&B) Plants 5 1) Cut and remove ropes or strings from the top of root balls and trees after 6 plant has been set. 7 2) Remove burlap or cloth wrapping and any wire baskets. 8 a) If site conditions do not allow complete removal, remove a minimum 9 of the top two-thirds of balls. 10 3) Do not turn under and bury portions of burlap at top of ball. 11 d. For mechanically collected plants: 12 1) Prune protruding roots from the root ball to a point even with the cutting 13 blades. 14 2) Place the plant in the pit and work sand between the pit walls and the root 15 ball with water until the sand fills all the cavities. 16 e. Apply fertilizer where specified in the Drawings. 17 f. Ensure top of the root ball remains at the grade specified in the Drawings after 18 settlement. 19 3. Pruning: 20 a. Perform in accordance with Section 31 10 00. Provide all required submittals 21 and testing required in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 22 b. Limit pruning to removal of dead and broken branches and as needed to 23 improve the appearance and health of the plants. 24 c. Remove and dispose of pruning debris. 25 4. Plant Supports: 26 a. Install plant supports such as staking, guying, anchoring, and bracing as 27 specified in the Drawings. 28 b. Support and keep plants in a vertical position or as directed. 29 5. Trunk Protection: 30 a. Perform in accordance with Section 31 10 00. Provide all required submittals 31 and testing required in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 32 6. Landscape Edging Installation 33 a. Concrete Landscape Edging (Concrete Mow Strips) 34 1) Concrete Class: Class A, 12 inches wide, 6 inches thick 35 2) Finish: Trowel 36 3) Sawing: 1.5” deep sawcut spaced at 6’ on center 37 4) Jointing: If mow strip is adjacent to the back of curb or other pavement 38 structure, provide a doweled expansion joint between mow strip and 39 pavement. 40 b. Plastic or Metal Edging 41 1) Install landscape edging in accordance with the Drawings and 42 manufacturer’s recommendations. 43 7. Mulching 44 a. Mulch plant beds to a depth of 2 inches unless otherwise specified in the 45 Drawings. 46 C. Landscape Edging 47 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 20 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Concrete and Decorative Concrete 1 a. Install in accordance with Sections 03 30 00, 32 13 13, and 32 13 16. 2 2. Plastic and Metal 3 a. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 4 D. Topsoil 5 1. Remove and dispose of objectionable material from the topsoil source before 6 starting work. 7 2. Cultivate the area to a depth of 4 inches before placing topsoil unless sodding is 8 installed. Refer to this Section for topsoil depth requirements. 9 3. Spread 4 inches of topsoil to a uniform loose cover unless another depth is specified 10 in the Drawings. 11 4. Place and shape the topsoil as directed. 12 5. Water and roll the topsoil with a light roller or other suitable equipment. 13 E. Seeding 14 1. General: 15 a. In Areas Without Existing Grass: 16 1) Cultivate the area to a depth of 4 inches before placing the seed. 17 2) Smoothly distribute topsoil to a depth of 4 inches. 18 b. In Areas with Existing Grass: 19 1) Mow the area before placement of the permanent seed. 20 2. Broadcast Seeding: 21 a. Broadcast seed in 2 directions at right angles to each other. 22 b. After placing seeds, perform the following: 23 1) In large seeding areas along ditches, channels, or rural areas: 24 a) Roll the planted area with a light roller or other suitable equipment. 25 2) In urban seeding areas: 26 a) Harrow or lightly rake the area to cover the seed. 27 3) Avoid covering the seed with more soil than twice the seed’s diameter. 28 c. Wildflower Seeding: 29 1) Scalp any existing grass to 1 inch and remove all grass clippings before 30 spreading wildflower seeds. 31 3. Mechanically Seeding (Drilling): 32 a. Uniformly distribute seed over the areas specified in the Drawings. 33 b. All varieties of seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time provided 34 that each component is uniformly applied at the specified rate. 35 c. Drill seed at a depth of 1/4 inch to 1/3 inch utilizing a pasture or rangeland type 36 drill. 37 d. Plant seeds along the contour of slopes. 38 e. After planting: 39 1) Roll with a roller that is integral to the seed drill, or use a corrugated roller 40 referred to as a “Cultipacker.” 41 2) Roll sloped areas on the contour. 42 4. Hydromulching is not allowed. 43 5. Fertilize uniformly at the required rate over seeded area. 44 6. Watering and Finishing 45 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 21 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Water soil to a minimum depth of 4 inches within 48 hours of seeding. 1 b. Water twice daily for 14 days after seeding. Take care to prevent washing of the 2 slopes or dislodgement of the seed. 3 1) If seed is washed away due to watering or rainfall, re-seed bare areas until 4 grass meets the required length for final acceptance at no cost to the City. 5 c. Continue watering until after final acceptance. 6 7. Final Turf Requirements 7 a. Continue seeding activities until seeded areas are free of bare areas. 8 b. Established Turf: 9 1) 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches. 10 2) A minimum of 1 mow cycle has been completed. 11 c. Final acceptance won’t be given until turf has been established. 12 F. Sodding 13 1. General: 14 a. Plant the sod specified and mulch, if required, after the area has been completed 15 to lines and grades as specified in the Drawings. 16 b. Use grass sod of the same grass type as the adjacent grass or existing lawn 17 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 18 c. Plant between the average date of the last freeze in the Spring and 6 weeks 19 before the average date for the first freeze in the Fall according to the Texas 20 Almanac for the project area. 21 d. Use care to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of 22 excavating, hauling, and planting. 23 e. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until planted. 24 2. Installation: 25 a. Cultivate the area to a depth of 6 inches before placing the sod. 26 b. Place 4 inches of topsoil in accordance with the type of sod grass being 27 installed. 28 c. Apply fertilizer uniformly over the entire area and water, if required in 29 accordance with the Drawings. 30 d. Place sod so the entire area designated for sodding is covered. 31 e. Fill voids left in the sodding with additional sod and tamp. 32 f. Roll and tamp sod so sod is in complete contact with topsoil at a uniform slope. 33 g. Peg sod with either wooden pegs or wire staples driven through the sod block to 34 the firm earth in areas that may slide. 35 h. Remove portions of dead sod as necessary to provide a uniform established turf 36 before final acceptance. Removal and replacement of dead sod will be done at 37 no cost to the City. 38 i. Ensure top of sod is 1-inch below the top of curb, sidewalk, concrete edging, or 39 any other adjacent structure. 40 3. Watering and Finishing 41 a. Coordinate irrigation installation with planting to ensure plants and grass are 42 receiving adequate water. Contractor is responsible for watering all plantings 43 during construction until final acceptance. 44 b. Thoroughly water sod immediately after planting. 45 c. Continue watering until after final acceptance. 46 d. Established Turf: 47 1) 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches. 48 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 22 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2) A minimum of 1 mow cycle has been completed. 1 3) Roots have started to peg down 2 4) There are no dead blocks of sod. 3 e. Final acceptance won’t be given until turf has been established. 4 5 G. Erosion Control Blanket 6 1. Install erosion control blanket in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 7 and Section 31 25 14. 8 2. Install the erosion control blanket within 24 hours after seeding or sodding has 9 occurred unless otherwise directed. 10 H. Mulching 11 a. Ensure top of sod is 1-inch below the top of curb, sidewalk, concrete edging, or 12 any other adjacent structure. 13 2. For Use on Grass Sod: 14 a. Apply straw or hay mulch uniformly in areas as specified in the Drawings. 15 b. Use an approved tacking method over the mulched area. 16 c. Application Rate: 17 1) Straw Mulch: 18 a) Apply at 2 to 2.5 tons per acre 19 2) Hay Mulch: 20 a) Apply at 1.5 to 2 tons per acre 21 I. Fertilizer 22 1. Apply uniformly at the specified rate over required areas. 23 2. Apply fertilizer as a dry material and do not mix with water to form a slurry. 24 3. Fertilizer Rate: 25 a. Seeding: 26 1) Incorporate during seedbed preparation. 27 2) Not required for wildflower seeding. 28 3) Grass Seeding: 29 a) Newly Established – 100 pounds of nitrogen per acre 30 b) Established Seeding Areas – 150 pounds of nitrogen per acre 31 b. Sod: 32 1) Only required when directed by the City or specified in the Drawings. 33 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 34 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 36 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 37 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 38 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 39 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 40 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 41 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 23 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.13 MAINTENANCE 1 A. Maintenance 2 1. Perform maintenance on all plantings until final acceptance of the project. 3 2. Maintenance is considered subsidiary to applicable planting items and will not be 4 paid for separately. 5 3. Mowing, Trimming, and Edging 6 a. Mow, trim, and edge all planting areas within the project limits. 7 b. Mow, trim, and edge at a minimum every 15 days during the growing season 8 unless otherwise directed. 9 c. Mow to a height of 3 to 4 inches in height. 10 d. Keep cord trimmers at least 1 foot from plants to prevent damage. 11 e. Remove and replace all plants damaged during maintenance work. 12 4. Plant Bed and Site Maintenance 13 a. Chemically control weeds and unwanted grasses in plant beds, along structures, 14 and around existing plants within the project side every 15 days unless 15 otherwise directed. 16 b. Reshape plant beds every 30 days as necessary. 17 c. Maintain mulch in plant beds as needed. 18 d. Ensure that herbicides and pesticides do not damage any proposed or existing 19 desirable plants. 20 e. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for herbicides and pesticides. 21 5. Plant Supports 22 a. Replace, repair, and adjust supports as needed to meet the requirements of the 23 Drawings. 24 b. Adjust staking and guying to prevent girdling of plant trunks. 25 c. Remove or dispose of support material as directed. 26 6. Insect, Disease, and Animal Treatment 27 a. Inspect plants and planting areas every 15 days. 28 b. Notify the City of concerns, problems, and recommended corrective measures 29 in writing for approval. 30 c. Treat the plants and planting areas in accordance with TDA or TSPCB laws and 31 regulations. 32 d. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for handling and applying pesticides. 33 7. Plant Replacement 34 a. Remove and dispose of dead and damaged plants from the site as directed. 35 b. Replace plants as originally specified within 10 days of notification. 36 c. Plant replacement must be completed and approved prior to final acceptance. 37 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 38 39 40 41 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 24 of 24 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 END OF SECTION 1 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3 33 01 10 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 1 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 01 10 1 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Cleaning, disinfecting, and testing of water mains, valves, and appurtenances prior 6 to making permanent connections to the distribution system to meet the standards 7 established by the Water Utilities Department and the requirements of Chapter 290 8 of the Texas Administrative Code (TAC) established by the Texas Commission on 9 Environmental Quality (TCEQ). 10 2. Hydrostatic testing of sewer force mains and appurtenances to meet the standards 11 established by the Water Utilities Department and the requirements of Chapter 217 12 of the Texas Administrative Code (TAC) established by the Texas Commission on 13 Environmental Quality (TCEQ). 14 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15 1. None. 16 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18 Contract. 19 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A. Measurement and Payment 22 1. Measurement 23 a. This item is considered subsidiary to the water or sewer force main being 24 cleaned and tested. 25 2. Payment 26 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this item 27 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water main complete in 28 place. 29 1.3 REFERENCES 30 A. Reference Standards 31 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 32 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 33 unless a date is specifically cited. 34 2. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 35 (AWWA/ANSI): 36 a. C651, Disinfecting Water Mains. 37 b. C655, Field De-Chlorination. 38 c. C600, Installation of Ductile Iron Mains and their Appurtenances 39 33 01 10 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 2 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 d. C605, Underground Installation of PVC and PVCO Pressure Pipe and Fittings 1 2 3. Texas Administration Code: 3 a. Chapter 290, (30 TAC §290), Public Drinking Water. 4 b. Chapter 217, (30 TAC §217), Design Criteria for Sewerage System. 5 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 6 1.5 SUBMITTALS 7 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 8 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 9 1. Cleaning and Disinfection plans are required to be reviewed and accepted by the 10 City of Denton Water Department prior to implementation. 11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12 A. Water mains 13 1. Cleaning Plan – Prior to the start of construction, submit a water main cleaning plan 14 detailing the methods and schedule, including: 15 a. A detailed description of cleaning procedures 16 b. Pigging entry and exit ports for mains 16-inch and larger 17 c. Flushing procedures 18 d. Plans and hydraulic calculations to demonstrate adequate flushing velocities, or 19 demonstrate conformance with the conditions outlined in AWWA C651 Table 20 3 21 e. Control of water 22 f. Disposal 23 2. Disinfection Plan – prior to the start of construction submit a disinfection plan, 24 including: 25 a. Method of mixing and introducing chlorine 26 b. Flushing 27 c. Bacteriological sampling 28 d. De-chlorination in accordance with AWWA C655 29 e. Disposal of chlorinated water 30 f. Completed City of Denton Standard Testing Disinfection and De-Chlorination 31 Plan Form. 32 1) Blank form will be provided by City Water Department upon request. 33 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 34 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 35 1. All test reports generated during testing. 36 33 01 10 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 3 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 3 1.11 FIELD [NOT USED] 4 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [OR] CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7 2.2 MATERIALS 8 A. Pigs 9 1. Open cell polyurethane foam body 10 2. Densities between 2 pounds per cubic foot up to 8 pounds per cubic foot 11 3. May be wrapped with polyurethane spiral bands 12 4. Abrasives are not permitted, unless expressly approved by the City in writing for 13 the particular application. 14 5. Must pass through a reduction up to 65 percent of the cross-sectional area of the 15 nominal pipe diameter. 16 6. Able to traverse standard piping arrangements such as 90-degree bends, tees, 17 crosses, wyes, and gate valves. 18 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 19 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20 PART 3 - EXECUTION 21 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 24 3.4 ERECTION / INSTALLATION / APPLICATION [NOT USED] 25 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 26 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 28 A. Hydrostatic Testing 29 1. Hydrostatically test all water mains and force mains intended to be pressurized to 30 meet the following criteria: 31 a. Furnish and install corporations for proper testing of the main. 32 33 01 10 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 4 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Furnish adequate and satisfactory equipment and supplies necessary to 1 make such hydrostatic tests. 2 b. The City will furnish water required for the testing at its nearest City water 3 main. 4 c. Gradually fill the section of main to be tested with water, carefully expelling 5 the air and apply the specified pressure. 6 d. Test Pressure 7 1) PVC, Ductile Iron, and HDPE water mains 8 a) Not less than 1.25 (187 psi minimum) times the stated working 9 pressure of the water main measured at the highest elevation along the 10 test section 11 b) Not less than 1.5 (225 psi minimum) times the stated working pressure 12 at the lowest elevation of the test section. 13 2) Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type and Buried Steel water mains 14 a) Not less than 1.25 (250 psi minimum) times the stated working 15 pressure of the water main measured at the highest elevation along the 16 test section. 17 b) Not less than 1.5 (300 psi minimum) times the stated working pressure 18 at the lowest elevation of the test section. 19 3) Sewer Force Mains 20 a) Not less than 50 psi above the normal working pressure and in 21 accordance with 30 TAC §217. 22 e. Test Conditions 23 1) Install main and backfill prior to hydrostatic testing. 24 2) Test Duration 25 a) Water mains: 2 hours 26 b) Sewer force mains: 2 hours 27 c) Special Considerations for HDPE mains: Under no circumstances 28 should the total time for initial pressurization and time at test pressure 29 exceed 8-hours at 1.5 times the system pressure rating. 30 3) Add water as necessary to sustain the required test pressure. 31 4) Fire Hydrants: Test fire hydrants to the fire hydrant valve. 32 a) Leave the isolation valve on the fire hydrant lead line open during the 33 hydrostatic testing. 34 5) Service Lines: Test service lines to curb stop 35 a) Leave the corporation stop on the service line open during the 36 hydrostatic testing. 37 6) Close isolation valves for air release valves. 38 7) Makeup water must come from a fixed 55-gallon container that does not 39 have a water source. 40 f. Measure all water used in the pressure test through an approved meter, or 41 measure the difference in volume within a 55-gallon container. 42 1) Do not test against existing water distribution valves unless expressly 43 provided for in the Drawings or approved by the City. 44 2) If the City denies approval to test against existing water distribution system 45 valve, then plug and test the pipe at no additional cost. 46 g. Hydrostatic Test Failures 47 1) For any main that fails to pass hydrostatic test: 48 a) Identify the cause. 49 33 01 10 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 5 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b) Repair the leak. 1 c) Restore the trench and surface. 2 d) Retest. 3 (1) For HDPE, allow pipe to relax for a period of 8-hours before 4 beginning next test. 5 2) All costs associated with repairing the main to pass the hydrostatic test is 6 the sole responsibility of the Contractor and included in the price per linear 7 foot of pipe. 8 3) If the City determines that an existing system valve is the cause for the 9 failed hydrostatic test, the Contractor shall make provisions to test the main 10 without the use of the system valve. 11 a) No additional payment will be made to the Contractor if the existing 12 valve is unable to sustain the hydrostatic test. All work required to 13 facilitate suitable test conditions shall be included in the price per linear 14 foot of pipe. 15 2. Allowable Leakage 16 a. Water Mains 17 1) No pipe installation should be accepted if the amount of makeup water is 18 greater than that determined using the following formula: 19 In inch-pound units, 20 L = SD √P 21 148,000 22 23 Where: 24 L = testing allowance (make up water), gallons per hour 25 S = length of pipe tested, ft. 26 D = nominal diameter of pipe, in. 27 P = average test pressure during the hydrostatic test, psi 28 29 b. Sewer Force Mains 30 1) Do not exceed more than 10.0 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe 31 per day. 32 2) No greater leakage rate in gallons per hour per 1,000 feet of pipe than that 33 determined using the following formula: 34 In inch-pound units, 35 L = SD √P 36 155,400 37 38 Where: 39 L = testing allowance (make up water), gallons per hour 40 S = length of pipe tested, ft. 41 D = nominal diameter of pipe, in. 42 P = average test pressure during the hydrostatic test, psi 43 33 01 10 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 6 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING 3 A. General 4 1. The cleaning procedures and methods listed below should be consistent with those 5 listed in AWWA C651. If it is found that they are inconsistent or incompatible with 6 those requirements then the requirements of AWWA C651 shall govern and the 7 Contractor shall be responsible for adhering to the AWWA C651 requirements at 8 no additional cost to the City. 9 2. Clean water mains prior to bacteriological testing. 10 a. Pig all 16-inch to 36-inch water mains. 11 b. Pigging may be required for water mains smaller than 16-inch upon repeated 12 failed bacteriological tests. 13 c. Pig or manually sweep 42-inch and larger mains. 14 d. Flushing in lieu of pigging is only permitted when specifically designated in the 15 Drawings or if pigging is deemed impractical with approval from the City. 16 B. Pigging Method 17 1. Prepare main for installation and removal of pig, including: 18 a. Furnish all equipment, material and labor to satisfactorily expose cleaning wye, 19 remove cleaning wye covers, etc. 20 b. Where expulsion of the pig is required through a dead-ended conduit: 21 1) Prevent backflow of purged water into the main after passage of the pig. 22 2) Install a mechanical joint to provide a riser out of the trench on 12-inch and 23 smaller mains to prevent backwater re-entry into the main. 24 3) Additional excavation of the trench may be performed on mains over 12-25 inches to prevent backwater re-entry into the main. 26 4) Flush any backflow water that inadvertently enters the main in accordance 27 with flushing method approved by City. 28 c. Flush short dead-end pipe sections not swabbed by a pig in accordance with 29 flushing method approved by City. 30 d. Once pigging is complete: 31 1) Pigging wyes shall remain in place unless otherwise specified in the 32 Contract Documents. 33 2) Install blind flanges or mechanical joint plugs on cleaning wye. 34 3) Plug and place blocking at other openings. 35 4) Backfill. 36 5) Complete all appurtenant work necessary to secure the system and proceed 37 with disinfection. 38 C. Flushing Method 39 1. Prepare the main by installing temporary blow-offs at appropriate locations, of 40 sufficient sizes and numbers, and with adequate flushing to achieve a minimum 41 velocity in the main of 3.0 feet per second. 42 a. Minimum blow-off sizes for various main sizes are as follows: 43 1) 4-inch through 8-inch main – 3/4-inch blow-off 44 2) 10-inch through 12-inch main – 1-inch blow-off 45 33 01 10 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 7 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3) 16-inch and greater main – 2-inch blow-off 1 b. Flushing shall be subject to the following limitations: 2 1) Limit the volume of water for flushing to 3 times the volume of the water 3 main. 4 2) Do not unlawfully discharge chlorinated water. 5 3) Do not damage private property. 6 4) Do not create a traffic hazard. 7 c. Once Flushing is complete: 8 1) Plug all corporation stops used for flushing. 9 D. Daily Main Cleaning 10 1. Wipe joints and then inspect for proper installation. 11 2. Sweep each joint and maintain cleanliness during construction. 12 3. Install a temporary, water-tight plug on all exposed mains at the end of each 13 working day or at the end of an extended period of work stoppage. 14 4. Follow procedures of AWWA C651 for preventing contamination during 15 installation of new water main. 16 E. Disinfection 17 1. General 18 a. Disinfection of the main shall be accomplished by the “continuous feed” 19 method or the “slug” method as determined by the Contractor. 20 b. The free chlorine amounts shown are minimums. The Contractor may require 21 higher rates. 22 1) Use calcium hypochlorite granules as the source of chlorine. 23 c. Continuous Feed Method 24 1) Apply water at a constant rate in the newly laid main. 25 a) Use the existing distribution system or other approved water source. 26 2) At a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the 27 main, dose the water entering the new main with chlorine. 28 a) Free chlorine concentration: 25 mg/L minimum, or as required by 29 AWWA C651, whichever is greater. 30 b) Do not cease chlorine applications until the entire main is filled with 31 heavily chlorinated water. 32 3) Retain chlorinated water in the main for at least 24 hours. 33 a) During this time, operate valves and hydrants in the treated section to 34 disinfect the appurtenances. 35 b) Prevent the flow of chlorinated water back into active mains. 36 c) Residual at the end of the 24-hour period: 10 mg /L free chlorine, 37 minimum, for the treated water in all portions of the main. 38 4) Test the chlorine residual prior to flushing operations. 39 a) If the chlorine residual exceeds 4 mg/L, the water shall remain in the 40 main until the chlorine residual is less the 4 mg/L. 41 b) The Contractor may choose to evacuate the water into water trucks or 42 another approved storage facility. 43 (1) Treat any evacuated water with Sodium Bisulfate, another de-44 chlorination chemical, or method appropriate for potable water and 45 approved by the City until the chlorine residual is reduced to 4 46 mg/L or less. 47 33 01 10 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 8 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c) After the specified chlorine residual is obtained, the water may be 1 discharged into the drainage system or utilized by the Contractor. 2 5) Flush the heavily chlorinated water from the main and dispose of in a 3 manner and at a location accepted by the City in accordance with AWWA 4 C651. 5 d. Slug Method 6 1) Water from the existing distribution system, or other approved water 7 supply, shall flow at a constant rate in the main. 8 2) At a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the 9 main, dose the water entering the new main with chlorine. 10 a) Free chlorine concentration: 100 mg/L minimum, AWWA C651 11 whichever is greater. 12 b) Apply chlorine continuously and for a sufficient amount of time to 13 develop a solid column or “slug” of chlorinated water. Ensure exposure 14 of all interior surfaces to “slug” for a minimum of 3 hours. 15 3) Operate the fittings and valves as the chlorinated water flows past to 16 disinfect the appurtenances. 17 4) Prevent the flow of chlorinated water back into active mains. 18 5) Flush the heavily chlorinated water from the main and dispose of in a 19 manner and at a location accepted by the City. 20 6) Upon completion, test the chlorine residual remaining in the main. 21 a) Maintain chlorine levels of 4 mg/l or less. 22 2. Contractor Requirements 23 a. Furnish all equipment, material and labor to satisfactorily prepare the main for 24 the disinfection method approved by the City, including adequate provisions for 25 sampling. 26 b. Make all necessary taps into the main to accomplish chlorination of a new line, 27 unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 28 c. After satisfactory completion of the disinfection operation, as determined by 29 the City, remove surplus pipe at the chlorination and sampling points, plug the 30 remaining pipe, backfill and complete all appurtenant work necessary to secure 31 the main. 32 F. Dechlorination 33 1. General. All chlorinated water shall be de-chlorinated before discharge into the 34 environment. Use chemical amounts, as listed in ANSI/AWWA C651: 35 “Disinfecting Water Mains”, to neutralize the residual chlorine concentrations using 36 de-chlorination procedures listed in ANSI/AWWA C655: “Field De-Chlorination”. 37 Continue de-chlorination until chlorine residual is non-detectable. 38 2. Testing. Continuously test for the chlorine residual level immediately downstream 39 of the de-chlorination process during the entire discharge of the chlorinated water. 40 Periodically conduct chlorine residual testing and check for possible fish kills at 41 locations where discharged water enters the existing watershed. 42 3. Fish Kill Coordination: In the event a fish kill occurs associated with the discharge 43 of water from the distribution system or any other construction activities: 44 a. Immediately alter activities to prevent further fish kills. 45 b. Immediately notify City inspector. 46 c. Coordinate with City to properly notify TCEQ. 47 33 01 10 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 9 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 d. Any fines assessed by TCEQ (or local, state of federal agencies) for fish kills 1 will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 2 G. Bacteriological Testing (Water Sampling) 3 1. General 4 a. Notify the City when the main is suitable for sampling. 5 b. The City will obtain water samples from a suitable tap for analysis by the City’s 6 laboratory, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 7 1) No hose or fire hydrant shall be used in the collection of samples. 8 2. Water Sampling 9 a. Complete microbiological sampling prior to connecting the new main into the 10 existing distribution system in accordance with AWWA C651. 11 b. Collect samples for bacteriological analysis in sterile bottles treated with 12 sodium thiosulfate. 13 c. Collect 2 consecutive sets of acceptable samples, taken at least 24 hours apart, 14 from the new main. 15 d. Collect at least 1 set of samples from every 1,000 linear feet of the new main 16 (or at the next available sampling point beyond 1,000 linear feet as designated 17 by the City), plus 1 set from the end of the main and at least 1 set from each 18 branch. 19 e. If trench water has entered the new main during construction or, if in the 20 opinion of the City, excessive quantities of dirt or debris have entered the new 21 main, obtain bacteriological samples at intervals of approximately 200 linear 22 feet. 23 f. Obtain samples from water that has remained in the main for at least 16 hours 24 after formal flushing. 25 3. Repetition of Sampling 26 a. Unsatisfactory test results require a repeat of the disinfection process and re-27 sampling as required above until a satisfactory sample is obtained. 28 b. If test results are still unsatisfactory after three disinfection attempts, the 29 contractor will be required to hire a third party familiar with providing 30 disinfection services. The third party shall present a new disinfection plan to the 31 City and then perform the plan with the attendant sampling. 32 c. If test results remain unsatisfactory after three disinfection attempts by the third 33 party, the contractor will be required to create a new disinfection plan requiring 34 use of the pigging method. The contractor will be required to install pigging 35 ports on the test section for insertion and removal of the cleaning pigs. The new 36 disinfection plan shall be presented to the City and then performed with the 37 attendant sampling. 38 d. If test results remain unsatisfactory after three disinfection attempts with pig 39 cleaning, the City shall direct the contractor on how to disinfect the line with all 40 costs being borne by the Contractor. 41 33 01 10 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER AND SEWER FORCE MAINS Page 10 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION 5 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/17/24 Added AWWA C600 and C605 to reference list; 1.3.A.2 6/17/24 Lowered hydrostatic test time to 2 hours from 4; 3.7.A.1.e 6/17/24 Made AWWA C651 governing cleaning method; 3.10.A.1 6/17/24 Made retesting procedure more explicit; 3.10.G.3 7 33 01 12 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 01 12 1 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Joint bonding requirements for electrical continuity of: 6 a. Concrete pressure pipe (bar-wrapped steel cylinder or pre-stressed) 7 b. Mortar coated steel pipe 8 c. Dielectrically coated steel pipe 9 d. Ductile iron pipe 10 2. Electrical isolation devices for installation at: 11 a. Connections to existing piping 12 b. Laterals 13 c. Cased crossings 14 d. Tunnels 15 e. Selected below grade to above ground piping transitions 16 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 17 1. None. 18 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to 19 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 20 Contract. 21 2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 22 3. Section 33 05 15 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Measurement and Payment 25 1. When a pay item for Cathodic Protection exists: 26 a. Measurement 27 1) This item is subsidiary to Cathodic Protection construction. 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30 are subsidiary to the lump sum price bid for “Cathodic Protection” for each 31 material of utility pipe bid, no other compensation will be allowed. 32 2. When a pay item for Cathodic Protection does not exist: 33 a. Measurement 34 1) Measurement for this item is by lump sum. 35 b. Payment 36 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 38 lump sum price bid for “Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation”. 39 40 33 01 12 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 c. The price bid shall include: 1 1) Furnishing and installing Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation as specified 2 by the Drawings 3 2) Mobilization 4 3) Excavation 5 4) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 6 5) Field welding 7 6) Connections 8 7) Adjustments 9 8) Testing 10 9) Clean-up 11 10) Start-up/Commissioning 12 1.3 REFERENCES 13 A. Abbreviations 14 1. THHN – Thermoplastic High Heat Resistance Nylon Coated 15 2. AWG – American Wire Gauge 16 B. Reference Standards 17 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 18 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 19 unless a date is specifically cited. 20 2. ASTM International (ASTM). 21 a. A366, Standard Specification for Commercial Steel (CS) Sheet, Carbon, (0.15 22 Maximum Percent) Cold-Rolled 23 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 24 a. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. 25 4. NACE International (NACE). 26 5. NSF International (NSF): 27 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 28 b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 29 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 30 1.5 SUBMITTALS 31 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 32 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 33 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 34 A. Product Data 35 1. Manufacturer's catalog cut sheets shall be submitted for each item. 36 a. Include the manufacturer's name and provide sufficient information to show the 37 materials meet Contract Document requirements for: 38 1) Flange Isolation 39 2) Bonding Clips for Concrete Cylinder Pipe 40 3) Petrolatum tape 41 33 01 12 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Where more than 1 item or catalog number appears on a catalog cut sheet, clearly 1 identify the item proposed. 2 B. Test and Evaluation Reports 3 1. Record results of Post-Installation Thermite Weld Inspection and submit to City for 4 approval prior to backfilling. 5 2. Record results of bonded joint testing and submit to City for approval prior to 6 backfilling. 7 3. Record results of continuity test for casing to carrier pipe and submit to City for 8 approval prior to backfilling. 9 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 10 A. Test results for electrical continuity, flange isolation, and casing to carrier pipe isolation 11 shall be submitted to the City. 12 B. Results of all testing are to be submitted to City for inclusion in the O&M manual. 13 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 15 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 16 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 17 1. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 18 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 19 equipment are ready for operation. 20 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 21 site. 22 3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 23 extremes in temperature. 24 4. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 25 66 00. 26 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 27 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 28 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 30 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 31 A. Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation Materials to be incorporated into the project 32 include, but are not limited to: 33 1. Electrical continuity bonds 34 2. Flange isolation assemblies 35 3. Casing spacers 36 33 01 12 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Casing end seals 1 2 B. Electrical Continuity Bonds 3 1. Applications for Electrical Continuity Bonding include: 4 a. Bonding across bolted joint assemblies 5 b. Bonding across gasketed joint assemblies 6 C. Flange Isolation 7 1. Required applications of dielectric flange isolation assemblies include, but are not 8 limited to, selected locations where new piping is mechanically connected to 9 existing piping. 10 2. Gasket 11 a. Isolate and seal gasket 12 b. G-10 Epoxy Glass material 13 c. Full face 14 d. 1/8-inch thickness 15 e. Minimum of one (1) EDPM sealing element placed in a tapered groove. 16 f. NSF 61 and 372 certified 17 g. Minimum of 800 volts/mil dielectric strength is required. 18 h. Flange shall seal for the test pressure without leaking. 19 3. Sleeves 20 a. Provide full length mylar sleeves. 21 4. Washers 22 a. Provide double G-10 washer sets. 23 D. Casing Spacers 24 1. For piping installed in tunnels or cased crossings, install casing spacers between 25 piping and casing or tunnel liner to provide electrical isolation in accordance with 26 Section 33 05 15. 27 E. Casing End Seals 28 1. See Section 33 05 15. 29 F. Electrical Bond Wires 30 1. Electrical bond wires are to be a minimum No. 4 AWG, 7 stranded, copper cable 31 with THHN wire insulation. 32 2. Remove 1 inch of THHN wire insulation from each end of the bond wire. 33 3. Thermite weld the bond wires to the pipeline. 34 G. Electrical Bond Clip 35 1. Weld 3 ASTM A366 steel bonding clips, each approximately 0.13 inches thick, 2.5 36 inches long, and 1.25 inches wide, with 1/8-inch fillet welds to the bell and spigot 37 of adjacent pre-stressed concrete cylinder pipe or steel pipe with rubber gasketed 38 joints. 39 2. Manufacture clips to maintain continuity regardless of small deflections of finished 40 joints. 41 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 42 33 01 12 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 5 A. Preparation of Concrete Pipe for Bonding 6 1. General 7 a. Fabrication 8 1) Establish electrical continuity between metallic components of pipe and 9 joints. 10 b. Acceptable Methods 11 1) Establish electrical continuity as indicated in the Contract Documents. 12 2. Criteria for Electric Continuity 13 a. Tensile Wire 14 1) Pipe manufacturer is to obtain a resistance no greater than 0.03 ohms 15 between any wire and steel joint ring at end of pipe farthest from chosen 16 wire. 17 2) Manufacturer is to report values obtained and method of measurement. 18 b. Internal Pipe Joint Components 19 1) Pipe manufacturer is to obtain resistance of less than 0.03 ohms between 20 any component and steel pipe cylinder. 21 3. Tensile Wire Continuity 22 a. Establish continuity between tensile wire coils and steel cylinder on embedded 23 cylinder type pre-stressed pipe by tightly wrapping tensile wire over 24 longitudinal mild steel straps during pipe manufacture. 25 b. Use and install 2 continuous straps 180 degrees apart longitudinally along the 26 pipe. 27 1) These straps must maintain electrical continuity between metallic 28 components. 29 c. Use steel straps made of mild steel and free of grease, mill scale, or other high 30 resistance deposits. 31 d. Make longitudinal straps electrically continuous with pipe cylinder by steel 32 fasteners of suitable dimensions placed between steel cylinder and longitudinal 33 straps. 34 1) Connect fasteners so as to remain intact during pipe fabrication process. 35 4. Steel Cylinder Continuity 36 a. Establish continuity of all joint components and steel cylinder. 37 1) These components include anchor socket brackets, anchor socket, spigot 38 ring, and bell ring. 39 b. If mechanical contact does not provide a resistance of less than 0.03 ohms 40 between components, tack weld component to provide electrical continuity. 41 42 33 01 12 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 B. Preparation of Steel Pipe for Bonding 1 1. Bonding wires are not required for welded steel pipe. 2 2. Mechanical jointed steel pipe requires the installation of bond wires across the joint 3 as shown on the Drawings. 4 C. Preparation of Ductile Iron Pipe for Bonding 5 1. Install insulated bond wires as shown on the Drawings. 6 3.4 INSTALLATION 7 A. Installation of Electrical Continuity Bonds by Thermite Welding 8 1. Inspection 9 a. Use continuous bond wires with no cuts or tears in the insulation covering the 10 conductor. 11 2. General 12 a. Attach bond wires at required locations by thermite welding process. 13 3. Thermite Welding Methods 14 a. Perform thermite welding of bond wires to piping in the following manner: 15 1) Clean and dry pipe to which the wires are to be attached. 16 2) Use grinding wheel to remove all coating, mill scale, oxide, grease, and dirt 17 from an area approximately 3 inches square. 18 a) Grind surface to bright metal. 19 3) Remove approximately 1 inch of insulation from each end of wire to be 20 thermite welded to pipe exposing clean, oxide-free copper for welding. 21 4) Select proper size thermite weld mold as recommended by manufacturer. 22 Place wire or strap between graphite mold and the prepared metal surface. 23 5) Place metal disk in bottom of mold. 24 6) Pour thermite weld charge into the mold. Squeeze bottom of cartridge to 25 spread ignition powder over charge. 26 7) Close mold cover and ignite starting powder with flint gun. 27 8) After exothermic reaction, remove thermite weld mold and gently strike 28 weld with a hammer to remove weld slag. 29 9) Pull on wire or strap to assure a secure connection. 30 10) If weld is not secure or the bond breaks, repeat procedure with new wire. 31 11) If the weld is secure, coat all bare metal and weld metal with Stopaq CZ 32 tape. 33 12) Provide the minimum number of bond wires as shown on Drawings for 34 steel or ductile iron pipe. 35 4. Post-Installation Thermite Weld Inspection 36 a. Contractor is responsible for all testing. 37 b. All testing is to be performed by or under the supervision of certified NACE 38 personnel. 39 c. Visually examine each thermite weld connection for strength and suitable 40 coating prior to backfilling. 41 d. Measure resistance through selected bonded joints with a digital low resistance 42 ohmmeter (DLRO). 43 1) Resistance of 0.001 ohms or less is acceptable. 44 2) If the above procedure indicates a poor-quality bond connection, reinstall 45 the bond. 46 33 01 12 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Record results and submit to City for approval prior to backfilling. 1 5. Backfilling of Bonded Joints 2 a. Perform backfilling of bonded piping in manner that prevents damage to the 3 bonds and all connections to the metallic structures. 4 b. Use appropriate backfill material to completely cover the electrical bond. 5 c. Provide protection so that future construction activities in the area will not 6 destroy the bonded connections. 7 d. If construction activity damages a bonded connection, install new bond wire. 8 B. Installation of Pipeline Flange Isolation Devices 9 1. Placement 10 a. Install isolation joints at the locations shown on the Drawings. 11 2. Assembly 12 a. Place gasket, sleeves, and washers as recommended by the manufacturer. 13 b. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for even tightening to proper torque. 14 3. Testing 15 a. Immediately after an electrical isolation fitting has been installed, contact the 16 City to perform testing for electrical isolation effectiveness. 17 4. Painting 18 a. Do not use metal base paints on electrical isolation devices. 19 5. Encapsulation 20 a. Encapsulate below-grade isolation joints with the Denso Densyl Tape system 21 after the isolation joint has been tested for effectiveness. 22 C. Installation of Casing Spacers 23 1. Casing spacers shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 05 15. 24 D. Installation of End Seals 25 1. End seals shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 05 15. 26 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 27 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 29 A. Testing of Joint Continuity Bonds and Isolation Joints 30 1. After the completion of the continuity bonding of individual joints, but before the 31 pipe is backfilled, test each bonded joint for electrical continuity. 32 2. Impress a DC current on the pipe on 1 side of the joint being tested using a portable 33 12-volt battery and a driven ground rod. Connect battery with positive terminal 34 connected to the ground rod and negative terminal connected to the pipe section 35 under test. 36 a. The magnitude of test current is not important as long as it causes a change in 37 pipe-to-soil potential on the section of pipe that is in the test current circuit. 38 3. Measure the pipe-to-soil potential on each side of the isolation joint using a high 39 impedance voltmeter and portable copper/copper sulfate reference electrode with 40 the test current “on” and “off’. 41 33 01 12 JOINT BONDING AND ELECTRICAL ISOLATION Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4. A joint is considered electrically continuous if the “on” and “off’ potentials are the 1 same on either side of the joint under test. 2 5. Use this same procedure to test individual isolation joints. 3 a. The joint is considered effective if the pipe-to-soil potential is not the same 4 when measured on each side of the joint when the test current is “on”. 5 6. Record results and submit in accordance with this Section. 6 B. Casing to Carrier Pipe Isolation Tests 7 1. Immediately after the pipe has been installed in the casing, but prior to connecting 8 the line, make pipe available for testing. Contact the City to perform an electrical 9 continuity test to determine that the casing is electrically isolated from the pipeline. 10 2. Continuity test shall be fully documented and approved by the City prior to 11 backfilling. 12 3. Record results and submit in accordance with this Section. 13 4. If electrical isolation between carrier pipe and casing is not effective, the cause shall 14 be immediately investigated and situation remedied. 15 5. Under no circumstances shall a shorted casing be backfilled. 16 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 17 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 18 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 19 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 20 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 21 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 22 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 23 END OF SECTION 24 25 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 26 33 01 30 POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION Page 1 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 13, 2021 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 01 30 1 POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Requirements and procedures for Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection of 6 all new sanitary sewer mains and services or storm sewer mains prior to: 7 a. Pre-Construction (sanitary sewer mains and services only) 8 b. Final Acceptance 9 c. At the end of the warranty period 10 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 13 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14 Contract. 15 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 16 3. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Measurement 20 a. Measurement for this item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 21 Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the 22 distance recorded on the video log. 23 2. Payment 24 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item and 25 measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price 26 bid per linear foot for “Post-CCTV Inspection”. 27 1) Contractor will not be paid for unaccepted video. 28 3. The price bid shall include: 29 a. Mobilization 30 b. Cleaning 31 c. Digital file 32 1.3 REFERENCES 33 A. Reference Standards 34 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 35 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 36 unless a date is specifically cited. 37 2. Pipeline Assessment and Certification Program (PACP) 38 33 01 30 POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION Page 2 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 13, 2021 Effective July 1, 2024 3. National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO) 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 2 A. Coordination – Coordinate with Inspector 48 hours in advance of work. 3 B. Scheduling: 4 1. CCTV cannot be performed until final surface repair and manhole adjustments are 5 completed. 6 2. CCTV cannot be performed until all items listed in Paragraph 3.3 A have been 7 completed. 8 1.5 SUBMITTALS 9 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 10 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 11 C. Log sheet report must utilize PACP reporting standards. 12 D. Video submittal shall be a digital mpeg file unless otherwise directed by the City and 13 must be compatible with the City’s equipment. 14 E. All information gathered must be legible, easily read or viewed, and of high definition 15 color in accordance with NASSCO. 16 F. Inspection Report shall include: 17 1. Asset 18 a. Date and Time 19 b. City 20 c. Address and/or Project Name 21 d. Main Number – GIS ID (If Available) or Station 22 e. Upstream Manhole GIS ID (If Available) or Station 23 f. Downstream Manhole GIS ID (If Available) or Station 24 g. Pipe Diameter 25 h. Material 26 i. Pipe Length 27 2. Inspection 28 a. Inspection Number (i.e. 1st,2nd, etc…) 29 b. Crew Number 30 c. Operator Name 31 d. Operator Comments 32 e. Reason for Inspection 33 f. Equipment Number 34 g. Camera Travel Direction (Upstream/Downstream) 35 h. Inspected Length (feet) 36 i. City Contract Name and Number 37 j. Contractor Company Name 38 k. Contractor Contact Name 39 l. Contractor Contact Phone Number 40 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 41 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 42 33 01 30 POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION Page 3 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 13, 2021 Effective July 1, 2024 A. Post-CCTV submittals 1 1. Provide PDF copies of CCTV video and Inspection Reports on 2 USB drives. 2 2. Provide 2 hard copies of CCTV Inspection Report. 3 3. Submit to the City for review prior to scheduling a project final walk through. 4 4. The City maintains the right to reject CCTV submittals if the submittals fail to 5 conform to the quality or administrative requirements as specified in this Section 6 (e.g., obstructions on lens, foggy lens, insufficient data, etc.). 7 a. Any additional CCTV inspections performed by the Contractor due to a 8 rejected submittal will be the responsibility of the Contractor. 9 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 12 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 13 1.12 WARRANTY 14 A. A second television inspection by the Contractor shall be started no sooner than 15 630 calendar days after date of Final Acceptance and finished no later than 690 calendar 16 days after the date of Final Acceptance. 17 B. Should the Contractor fail to provide a second original television inspection video with 18 proper documentation to the City by the 690th calendar day, written notice to perform a 19 second television inspection shall be given by the City to the Contractor and the Surety. 20 C. If the Contractor or Surety fail to perform a second televised inspection within 10 21 calendar days of notification, City shall have the right to perform a second television 22 inspection or cause the same to be done, either by contract or otherwise, and to pay for 23 the cost of the second television inspection. 24 1. If such cost of repairs, so made, shall not be paid by the Contractor or Surety upon 25 receipt of notice of the amount thereof: 26 a. City shall have the right of action on the Performance Bond; or 27 b. In case the second television inspection shall not actually be made by City after 28 such failure on the part of the Contractor or Surety: 29 1) City shall have the right to ascertain and determine the cost of such repairs 30 and to maintain an action against the Contractor or Surety; or both under 31 said bond, to recover the amount so determined in any court of competent 32 jurisdiction, and the amount so determined shall be conclusive upon the 33 Contractor and Surety in any action upon said bond. 34 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 35 2.1 EQUIPMENT 36 37 33 01 30 POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION Page 4 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 13, 2021 Effective July 1, 2024 A. Closed Circuit Television Camera 1 1. One specifically designed and constructed for sewer inspection 2 2. Be operative in 100 percent humidity/submerged conditions 3 3. Capable of tilting at right angles along the axis of the pipe while panning the 4 camera lens through a full circle about the circumference of the pipe. 5 4. Solid state color and have remote control of the rotational lens. 6 5. Capable of viewing the complete circumference of the pipe and manhole structure, 7 including the cone-section or corbel. 8 6. Lens shall be an auto-iris type with remote controlled manual override. 9 7. Equipment will provide a view of the pipe ahead of the equipment and of features 10 to the side of the equipment through turning and rotation of the lens. 11 8. Lighting for camera shall be suitable to allow a clear picture of the entire periphery 12 of the pipe. 13 a. Lights shall be capable of panning 90-degrees to the axis of the pipe. 14 B. Video Capture System 15 1. The video and audio recordings of the CCTV inspections shall be made using 16 digital video equipment. A video enhancer may be used in conjunction with, but 17 not in lieu of, the required equipment. The digital recording equipment shall 18 capture CCTV inspection on USB drive, with each segment (from upstream 19 manhole to downstream manhole) inspection recorded as an individual file in 20 .MPEG format. 21 2. Capable of printing pipeline inspection reports with captured images of defects or 22 other related significant visual information on a standard color printer. 23 3. Store digitized color picture images and be saved in digital format on a USB drive. 24 4. Able to produce data reports to include, at a minimum, all observation points and 25 pertinent data. 26 5. Camera footage, date, main number, and manhole numbers shall be maintained in 27 real time and shall be displayed on the video monitor as well as the video character 28 generators illuminated footage display at the control console. 29 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS [NOT USED] 30 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 31 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 32 PART 3 - EXECUTION 33 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 34 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 35 3.3 PREPARATION 36 A. General 37 33 01 30 POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION Page 5 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 13, 2021 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Prior to inspection obtain pipe and manhole asset identification numbers from the 1 plans or City to be used during inspections, if available. 2 a. If identification numbers are not available at the time of inspection: 3 1) Use pipe and manhole stations corresponding with the design plans. 4 2) Pipe and manhole identification numbers are to be included at the time of 5 the warranty inspection. 6 2. Inspection shall not commence until the sewer section to be televised has been 7 completely cleaned in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 8 a. Sewer system should be connected to existing sewer system and should be 9 active; or 10 b. Sewer may be flooded with clean water, not jetted, in lieu of active sewer. 11 3. Inspection of newly installed sewers not yet in service shall not begin prior to 12 completion of the following: 13 a. Pipe testing 14 b. Completion of all manhole work 15 c. Installation of all lateral services 16 d. Vacuum test of manholes 17 e. Final surface repair 18 4. Temporary Bypass Pumping in accordance with Section 33 32 11, if required. 19 3.4 INSPECTION (CCTV) 20 A. General 21 1. Begin inspection immediately after cleaning of the main. 22 2. Video shall start at the manhole and include a pan video of the starting Manhole. 23 3. Move camera through line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when 24 necessary to permit proper documentation of the main’s condition. 25 4. Do not move camera at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. 26 5. Use manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and power rewinds that do not 27 obstruct camera view, allowing for proper evaluation. 28 6. During investigation, stop camera at each defect along the main. 29 a. Record the nature, location, and orientation of the defect or infiltration location. 30 7. Pan and tilt the camera to provide additional detail at: 31 a. Manholes 32 1) Pan camera around to see condition of manhole including installation of 33 epoxy liner, if applicable. 34 a) Visual confirmation does not relieve the Contractor from performing 35 Quality Control on epoxy liners in accordance with Section 33 01 40. 36 b. Service connections 37 1) Pan camera to get a complete overview of service connection including 38 zooming into service connection, include location (i.e. 3 o’clock, 9 o’clock, 39 etc.) 40 c. Joints 41 1) Include comment on condition, signs of damage, etc. 42 d. Visible pipe defects 43 1) Including but not limited to cracks, broken or deformed pipe, holes, offset 44 joints, obstructions or debris (show as % of pipe diameter). 45 33 01 30 POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION Page 6 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 13, 2021 Effective July 1, 2024 a) If debris has been found in the pipe during the post-CCTV inspection, 1 additional cleaning is required and pipe shall be re-televised. 2 e. Infiltration/Inflow locations 3 f. Pipe material transitions 4 g. Other locations that do not appear to be typical for normal pipe conditions 5 h. Note locations where camera is underwater and level as a % of pipe diameter. 6 8. Provide accurate distance measurement. 7 a. The meter device is to be accurate to the nearest 1/10 foot. 8 9. CCTV inspections are to be continuous. 9 a. Do not provide a single segment of main on more than 1 USB drive. 10 b. A single segment is defined from manhole to manhole. 11 3.5 REPAIR 12 A. Make repairs or clean the line if the City notes problems, including but not limited to 13 the following: 14 1. Pulled or slipped joints. 15 2. Rolled gaskets. 16 3. Water infiltration. 17 4. Cracked or damaged pipe. 18 5. Sagging or deformed pipe. 19 6. In pipes with gradients less than 0.7 percent, a maximum one-half inch of standing 20 water will be allowed in 6" through 24" diameter pipes. 21 7. In pipes with gradients 0.7 percent or greater, no standing water is allowed. 22 a. The depths of standing water allowable for mains that are greater than 24" in 23 diameter will be evaluated by the City. 24 8. Structural damage to the pipe. 25 9. Services coming into the main at an angle other than according to the Drawings. 26 10. Services not installed on lots indicated by plans. 27 11. Pipe or manhole invert has debris, soil or residue. 28 12. Failed manhole liners. 29 B. After any repairs, another televised inspection is to be run at no additional cost is 30 required. 31 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 32 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 33 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 34 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 35 3.10 CLEANING 36 A. Cleaning of sewer mains: 37 1. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 38 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 39 33 01 30 POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION Page 7 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 13, 2021 Effective July 1, 2024 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 1 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 2 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION 5 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 7 33 01 31 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 1 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 01 31 1 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Testing for sanitary sewer pipe and manholes prior to placing in service 6 a. Low Pressure Air Test and Deflection (Mandrel) Test for 36-inch and smaller 7 sanitary sewer mains 8 1) Excludes pipe with flow. 9 2) Hydrostatic Testing is not allowed. 10 b. Individual Joint Test for greater than 36-inch sanitary sewer mains 11 1) Excludes pipe with flow. 12 2) Hydrostatic Testing is not allowed. 13 c. Vacuum Testing for sanitary sewer manholes 14 1) Non-standard manholes or manholes installed over an existing sewer main 15 may not require vacuum testing. 16 2. All newly constructed sanitary sewer pipe and manholes shall be cleaned and tested 17 prior being placed into service. 18 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 19 1. None. 20 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 21 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 22 Contract. 23 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 24 3. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 25 4. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 26 5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 27 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 28 A. Measurement and Payment 29 1. Pipe Testing 30 a. Measurement 31 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the sanitary sewer main (pipe) 32 completed in place. 33 b. Payment 34 1) The work performed and the materials furnishing in accordance with this 35 item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of sanitary sewer 36 main (pipe) complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 37 2. Manhole Testing 38 a. Measurement 39 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the manhole completed in place. 40 33 01 31 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 2 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1 b. Payment 2 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 3 item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each manhole complete in 4 place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 5 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 6 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 7 1.5 SUBMITTALS 8 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 9 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 10 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 12 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 13 1. All test reports generated during testing (pass and fail) 14 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16 A. Certifications 17 1. Mandrel Equipment 18 a. If requested by City, provide Quality Assurance certification verifying the 19 equipment used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the 20 required specifications. 21 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 22 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 23 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26 2.2 MATERIALS 27 A. Materials 28 1. Mandrel used for deflection test 29 a. Use of an uncertified mandrel or a mandrel altered or modified after certification 30 will invalidate the deflection test. 31 b. Mandrel requirements 32 1) Odd number of legs with minimum of 9 legs 33 2) Effective length not less than its nominal diameter 34 3) Fabricated of rigid and nonadjustable steel 35 33 01 31 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 3 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4) Fitted with pulling rings at each end 1 5) Stamped or engraved on some segment other than a runner indicating the 2 following: 3 a) Pipe material specification 4 b) Nominal size 5 c) Mandrel outside diameter (OD) 6 6) Mandrel diameter must be 95 percent of inside diameter (ID) of pipe. 7 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 8 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 10 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12 3.3 PREPARATION 13 A. Low Pressure Air Test (Pipe) 14 1. Clean the sewer main before testing, in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 15 2. Plug ends of all branches, laterals, tees, wyes, and stubs to be included in test. 16 B. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 17 1. Perform as last work item before final inspection. 18 2. Clean the sewer main and inspect for offset and obstruction prior to testing. 19 C. Individual Joint test (Pipe) 20 1. Perform as pipe installation progresses. 21 2. Clean the sewer main and inspect for offset and obstruction prior to testing. 22 D. Vacuum test (Manhole) 23 1. Plug lifting holes and exterior joints. 24 2. Plug pipes and stub-outs entering the manhole. 25 3. Secure stub-outs, manhole boots, and pipe plugs to prevent movement while 26 vacuum is drawn. 27 4. Plug pipes with drop connections beyond drop. 28 5. Place test head inside the frame at the top of the manhole. 29 3.4 INSTALLATION 30 A. Low pressure air test (Pipe) 31 1. Install plug with inlet tap. 32 2. Connect air hose to inlet tap and a portable air control source. 33 3. Start the stop watch after the stabilization period (3.5 psig minimum pressure). 34 35 33 01 31 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 4 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Determine the time in seconds required for the internal air pressure to reach 2.5 1 psig. Minimum permissible pressure holding time per diameter per length of pipe 2 is computed from the following equation: 3 4 T = (0.0850*D*K) 5 Q 6 Where: 7 T = shortest time, seconds, allowed for air pressure to drop to 1.0 psig 8 K = 0.000419*D*L, but not less than 1.0 9 D = nominal pipe diameter, inches 10 L = length of pipe being tested (by pipe size), feet 11 Q = 0.0015, cubic feet per minute per square foot of internal surface 12 5. UNI-B-6, Table 1 provides required time for given lengths of pipe for sizes 4-inch 13 through 60-inch based on the equation above. 14 6. Stop test if no pressure loss has occurred during the first 25 percent of the 15 calculated testing time. 16 B. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 17 1. The mandrel is pulled through the pipe by hand to ensure maximum allowable 18 deflection is not exceeded. 19 2. Maximum percent deflection by pipe size is as follows: 20 21 Nominal Pipe Size Inches Percent Deflection Allowed 12 and smaller 5.0 15 through 30 4.0 Greater than 30 3.0 C. Individual Joint test (Pipe) 22 1. Follow procedures in Section 3.4.A, but each individual joint to be 100% tested. 23 The time allowed for the pressure drop from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig is 10-seconds. 24 2. No joint shall be air tested until the pipe has been backfilled. Perform air testing as 25 pipe installation progresses. Pipe installation shall not exceed 100-feet from the 26 last joint tested. 27 3. Perform visual inspection of each joint immediately after testing. 28 4. If the joint fails to pass the joint air test, necessary repairs as recommended by the 29 pipe manufacturer may be made if approved by City, and the joint retested. 30 a. Failure to pass the air test after repairs have been made may be cause for 31 rejection. 32 D. Vacuum test (Manhole) (prior to backfill) 33 1. Draw a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury and turn off the pump. 34 2. With the valve closed, read the level vacuum level after the required test time. 35 36 33 01 31 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 5 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3. Minimum time required for vacuum drop of 1 inch of mercury is as follows: 1 2 Depth of Manhole, feet 4-foot Dia Seconds 5-foot Dia Seconds 6-foot Dia Seconds 8 20 26 33 10 25 33 41 12 30 39 49 14 35 45 57 16 40 52 67 18 40 59 73 ** T=5 T=6.5 T=8 ** - For manholes over 18-feet deep, add “T” seconds as shown for each respective 3 diameter for each 2 feet of additional depth of manhole to the time shown for 18-foot 4 depth. (Example: A 30-foot deep, 4-foot diameter. Total test time would be 70 seconds. 5 40+6(5) = 70 seconds) 6 4. Manhole vacuum levels observed to drop greater than 1 inch of mercury, fail the 7 test. 8 3.5 REPAIR 9 A. Non-Conforming Work 10 1. Low pressure air test 11 a. Should the air test fail, find and repair leak(s) and retest. 12 2. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 13 a. Should the mandrel fail to pass, the pipe is considered over-deflected. 14 b. Uncover over-deflected pipe and allow pipe to recover. Reinstall and compact 15 backfill and embedment in accordance with Section 33 05 05 if pipe is not 16 permanently deformed or otherwise damaged. 17 c. If damaged, remove and replace. 18 3. Vacuum test (Manhole) 19 a. Should the vacuum test fail, repair suspect area and retest. 20 1) External repairs required for leaks at pipe connection to manhole. 21 a) Shall be in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 22 2) Leaks within the manhole structure may be repaired internally or 23 externally. 24 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 27 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 28 3.10 CLEANING 29 A. Cleaning of sewer mains: 30 1. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 31 33 01 31 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 6 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION 5 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 7 33 01 32 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 01 32 1 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Procedures for cleaning sanitary sewer mains to remove all debris, solids, sand, 6 grease, grit, etc. from the pipelines and manholes prior to television inspection. 7 B. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 8 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 9 Contract. 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 11 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12 A. Measurement and Payment 13 1. Measurement 14 a. This item is considered subsidiary to the sanitary sewer main being cleaned. 15 2. Payment 16 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this item 17 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of sewer pipe complete in 18 place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 19 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 20 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 27 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 28 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31 32 33 01 32 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2.2 MATERIALS 1 A. Materials 2 1. Use only the type of cleaning material which will not create hazards to health or 3 property or affect treatment plant processes. 4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 7 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 10 3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 11 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 12 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 15 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 16 3.10 CLEANING 17 A. General 18 1. All materials, equipment, and personnel necessary to complete the cleaning of the 19 sanitary sewer main and manholes must be present on the jobsite prior to isolating 20 the sewer manhole or line segment and beginning the cleaning process. 21 2. Maintain clean work and surrounding premises within the work limits so as to 22 comply with Federal, State, and local environmental and anti-pollution laws, 23 ordinances, codes, and regulations when cleaning and disposing of waste materials, 24 debris, and rubbish. 25 3. Keep the work and surrounding premises within work limits free of accumulations 26 of dirt, dust, waste materials, debris, and rubbish. 27 4. Suitable containers for storage of waste materials, debris, and rubbish shall be 28 provided until time of disposal. 29 a. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to secure a licensed legal dump site 30 for the disposal of this material. 31 b. Under no circumstances shall sewage or solids removed from the main or 32 manhole be dumped onto streets or into ditches, catch basins, storm drains, or 33 sanitary sewers. 34 5. The cleaning process shall remove all grease, sand, silts, solids, rags, debris, etc. 35 from each sewer segment, including the manhole(s). 36 33 01 32 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 6. Selection of cleaning equipment and the method for cleaning shall be based on the 1 condition of the sanitary sewer mains at the time work commences and will be 2 subject to approval by the City. 3 7. All cleaning equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced personnel. 4 8. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sanitary sewer mains and 5 manholes from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of the cleaning 6 process or equipment. 7 9. Any damages done to a sewer main and/or structure by the Contractor shall be 8 repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost and to the satisfaction of the City. 9 10. Cleaning shall also include washing the manhole wall by high pressure water jet. 10 11. The Contractor may be required to demonstrate the performance capabilities of the 11 cleaning equipment proposed for use on the project. 12 a. If the results obtained by the proposed sanitary sewer cleaning equipment are 13 not satisfactory, the Contractor shall use different equipment and/or 14 attachments, as required, to meet City satisfaction. 15 b. More than 1 type of equipment/attachments may be required at a location. 16 12. When high velocity cleaning equipment is used, a suitable sand trap, weir, dam, or 17 suction shall be constructed in the downstream manhole to trap all solids and debris 18 for removal. 19 13. Any damage of property, as a result of flooding, shall be the liability and 20 responsibility of the Contractor. 21 14. The flow of wastewater present in the sanitary sewer main shall be utilized to 22 provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible. 23 15. When additional quantities of water from fire hydrants are necessary to avoid delay 24 in normal working procedures, the water shall be conserved and not used 25 unnecessarily. 26 a. No fire hydrant shall be obstructed or used when there is a fire in the area. 27 b. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain a fire hydrant water meter and 28 establish responsibility for all related charges for the set-up, including the water 29 usage bills from respective water purveyor agency. 30 c. All expenses shall be considered incidental to the cleaning of the existing 31 sanitary sewer mains. 32 B. Methods 33 1. High-Velocity Cleaning 34 a. Cleaning equipment that uses a high velocity water jet for removing debris shall 35 be capable of producing a minimum volume of 50 gpm, with a pressure of 36 1,500 psi, for the sanitary sewer line and 3,500 psi for the (manhole) structure 37 at the pump. 38 1) Any variations to this pumping rate must be approved in advance by the 39 City. 40 2) To prevent damage to older sewer mains and property, a pressure less than 41 1,500 psi can be used with City approval. 42 3) A working pressure gauge shall be used on the discharge of all high 43 pressure water pumps. 44 33 01 32 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4) For sewers 18 inches and larger in diameter, in addition to conventional 1 nozzles, use a nozzle which directs the cleaning force to the bottom of the 2 pipe. 3 5) Operate the equipment so the pressurized nozzle continues to move at all 4 times. 5 6) The pressurized nozzle shall be turned off or reduced anytime the hose is 6 on hold or delayed in order to prevent damage to the line. 7 2. Mechanical Cleaning 8 a. Mechanical cleaning, in addition to normal cleaning when required, shall be 9 with equipment and accessories typically used for this application driven by 10 power winching devices. 11 b. Submit the equipment manufacturer's operational manual and guidelines to the 12 City, which shall be followed strictly unless modified by the City. 13 c. All equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced operators to ensure 14 no damage to the pipe occurs in the process of cleaning. 15 d. Buckets, scrapers, scooters, porcupines, kites, heavy duty brushes, and other 16 debris-removing equipment/accessories shall be used as appropriate and 17 necessary in the field, in conjunction with the approved power machines. 18 e. The use of cleaning devices such as rods, metal pigs, porcupines, root saws, 19 snakes, scooters, sewer balls, kites, and other approved equipment, in 20 conjunction with hand winching device, and/or gas, electric rod propelled 21 devices, shall be considered normal cleaning equipment. 22 3. Hydraulic Cleaning (pipe flooding) is not allowed. 23 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 24 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 25 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 26 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 27 END OF SECTION 28 29 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 30 33 01 40 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 01 40 1 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Application of a lining system to concrete utility structures such as manholes, lift 6 station wet wells, junction boxes, or other concrete facilities that may require 7 protection from corrosive materials. 8 a. This covers rehabilitation of existing sanitary sewer structures and newly 9 installed sanitary sewer structures. 10 2. Structures to be lined include all force main discharge manholes, pre-cast manholes, 11 junction structures, lift station wet wells, the manhole preceding a wet well, and any 12 other manhole or structure as specified in the Drawings. 13 B. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 14 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 15 Contract. 16 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 17 3. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Manholes 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measured per vertical foot of lining, as measured from the benching to the 23 bottom of the grade rings for new Cast-in-Place manhole installation and 24 from the benching to the bottom of the frame for all types of manhole 25 rehabilitations. 26 b. Payment 27 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29 price bid per vertical foot of “Manhole Liner” applied for: 30 a) Various sizes. 31 b) Various types. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Removal of roots 34 2) Removal of existing liner 35 3) Eliminating any leaks 36 4) Removal of steps 37 5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 38 6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, 39 bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, and pipe 40 7) Surface cleaning and preparation 41 33 01 40 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 8) Furnishing and installing liner as specified by the Drawings 1 9) Hauling 2 10) Disposal of excess material 3 11) Site Clean-up 4 12) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 5 13) Testing 6 2. New Precast Concrete Manholes 7 a. Measurement 8 1) This item is considered subsidiary to Precast Concrete Manhole 9 installation. 10 b. Payment 11 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each Precast Concrete Manhole, and 13 per vertical foot of extra depth Precast Concrete Manhole installed. 14 3. Non-Manhole Structures 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per square foot of area where the liner is applied. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per square foot of “Structure Liner” applied. 21 c. The price bid shall include: 22 1) Removal of roots 23 2) Removal of existing liner 24 3) Eliminating any leaks 25 4) Removal of steps 26 5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 27 6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, 28 bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, and pipe 29 7) Surface cleaning and preparation 30 8) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 31 9) Lining of wet well floor in new applications only 32 10) Hauling 33 11) Disposal of excess material 34 12) Site Clean-up 35 13) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 36 14) Testing 37 1.3 REFERENCES 38 A. Definitions 39 1. Lining and coating may be used interchangeably. 40 B. Reference Standards 41 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 42 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 43 unless a date is specifically cited. 44 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 45 33 01 40 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. D543, Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical 1 Reagents. 2 b. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 3 c. D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. 4 d. D790, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and 5 Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 6 e. D4060, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by 7 the Taber Abraser. 8 f. D4414, Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch 9 Gages. 10 3. The Society for Protective Coatings/NACE International (SSPC/NACE): 11 a. SP 13/NACE No. 6, Surface Preparation of Concrete. 12 b. SP0188, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on 13 Conductive Substrates. 14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 15 A. Sequencing 16 1. All paving activities, including any final grade adjustments for manholes outside 17 pavement, shall be completed before Contractor begins lining work. 18 2. After liner installation, Contractor shall wait a minimum of 48 hours to allow the 19 liner material to fully cure before returning the system to normal service. 20 1.5 SUBMITTALS 21 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 22 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 24 A. Product Data 25 1. Technical data sheet on each product used. 26 2. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each product used. 27 3. Technical data sheet and project specific data for repair materials to be top-coated 28 with the lining product including application, cure time, and surface preparation 29 procedures. 30 4. Material and method for repair of leaks or cracks in the structure. This applies to 31 repair work on both existing structures, manholes, and newly installed manholes 32 (including Developer projects) that have been identified with cracks, voids, signs of 33 infiltration, other structural defects, or other related construction damage. 34 B. Certification 35 1. Current documentation from lining product manufacturer certifying Contractor’s 36 training (and/or licensure) as an approved installer and equipment compliance with 37 the Quality Assurance requirements. 38 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 39 A. Testing Documentation 40 1. Provide test results required in Article 3.7 to City. 41 33 01 40 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Include the following manhole or structure location information: 1 1) Station number. 2 2) GIS ID number, if provided during construction. 3 b. Inspection report of each manhole/structure tested. 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 6 A. Qualifications 7 1. Contractor 8 a. Trained by, or have training approved and certified by, the lining product 9 manufacturer for the handling, mixing, application, and inspection of the lining 10 product(s) to be used. 11 b. Initiate and enforce quality control procedures consistent with the lining 12 product(s) manufacturer recommendations and applicable NACE or SSPC 13 standards. 14 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 15 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 16 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 17 66 00. 18 2. Keep materials dry, protected from weather, and stored under cover. 19 3. Store lining materials between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. 20 4. Do not store near flame, heat, or strong oxidants. 21 5. Handle lining materials according to their material safety data sheets. 22 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 23 A. Provide confined space entry, flow diversion, and/or bypass plans as necessary to 24 perform the specified work. Active flows shall be diverted with flow through plugs as 25 required to ensure that flow is maintained off the surfaces to be lined. 26 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 27 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 28 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 29 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 30 A. Manufacturers 31 1. Manufacturer List 32 a. SprayWall by Sprayroq, Inc. 33 b. SpectraShield 34 B. Repair and Resurfacing Products 35 1. Compatible with the specified lining product(s) in order to bond effectively, thus 36 forming a composite system 37 2. Used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations 38 33 01 40 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3. The repair and resurfacing products must meet the following: 1 a. 100 percent solids, solvent-free epoxy grout specifically formulated for epoxy 2 top coating compatibility 3 b. Factory blended, rapid setting, high early strength, fiber reinforced, non-shrink 4 repair mortar that can be toweled or pneumatically spray applied and 5 specifically formulated to be suitable for top coating with the specified lining 6 product used 7 C. Lining Product 8 1. Capable of being installed and curing properly within a manhole or other concrete 9 structure. 10 2. Resistant to all forms of chemical or bacteriological attack found in municipal 11 sanitary sewer systems, and capable of adhering to typical manhole structure 12 substrates. 13 D. 100 Percent Solids, Rigid, Ultra High-build Polyurethane Lining System: 14 1. Application Temperature – 50 degrees F, minimum 15 2. Thickness – 125 mils minimum for newly installed structures. 16 3. Color – Beige 17 4. Compressive Strength, in accordance with ASTM D695 – 19,000 psi minimum 18 5. Tensile Strength, in accordance with ASTM D638 – 7,400 psi minimum 19 6. Hardness, Shore D, in accordance with ASTM D4541 – 90 minimum 20 7. Abrasion Resistance, in accordance with ASTM D4060 CS 17F Wheel – 17.7 mg 21 loss maximum 22 8. Flexural Modulus, in accordance with ASTM D790 – 529,000 psi minimum 23 9. Flexural Strength, in accordance with ASTM D790 – 14,000 psi minimum 24 10. Adhesion to Concrete, mode of failure, in accordance with ASTM D4541 – 25 Substrate (concrete) failure 26 11. Chemical Resistance, in accordance with ASTM D543/G20, all types of service for: 27 a. Municipal sanitary sewer environment 28 b. Sulfuric acid, 70 percent 29 c. Sodium hydroxide, 20 percent 30 E. Multi-layer Modified Polyurea and Polyurethane Lining System: 31 1. Application Temperature – 50 degrees F, minimum 32 2. Thickness – SpectraSheild, 500 mils minimum 33 3. Moisture Barrier and Final Corrosion Barrier 34 a. Color – Pink 35 b. Tensile Strength, in accordance with ASTM D412 – 2550 psi minimum 36 c. Hardness, Shore D, in accordance with ASTM D2240 – 56 minimum 37 d. Abrasion Resistance, in accordance with ASTM D4060 – 20 mg loss maximum 38 e. Percent Elongation, in accordance with ASTM D412 – 269 39 4. Surfacer 40 a. Compressive Strength, in accordance with ASTM D1621 – 100 psi minimum 41 b. Density, in accordance with ASTM D1622 – 5 lbs/cu ft minimum 42 c. Shear Strength, in accordance with ASTM C273 – 230 psi minimum 43 33 01 40 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 d. Closed Cell Content, in accordance with ASTM D1940 – >95% 1 F. Lining Application Equipment 2 1. Manufacturer approved, heated, plural component spray equipment. 3 2. Hard to reach areas, primer application, and touch-up may be performed using hand 4 tools. 5 3. Applicator shall use approved specialty equipment adequate in size, capacity, and 6 number sufficient to accomplish the work in a timely manner. 7 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 8 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 10 3.1 INSTALLERS 11 A. All installers shall be certified applicators approved by the manufacturers. Applicator 12 shall use adequate number of skilled, trained, experienced workmen for the approved 13 product. 14 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15 3.3 PREPARATION 16 A. Manhole Preparation 17 1. Stop active flows via damming, plugging, or diverting as required to ensure all 18 liquids are maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated. 19 2. Maintain temperature of the surface to be coated between 40 and 120 degrees F. 20 3. Shield specified surfaces to avoid exposure of direct sunlight or other intense heat 21 source. 22 a. Where varying surface temperatures do exist, lining installation should be 23 scheduled when the temperature is falling versus rising. 24 B. Surface Preparation 25 1. Remove oils, roots, grease, incompatible existing linings, waxes, form release, 26 curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts or other contaminants which may 27 affect the performance and adhesion of the lining to the substrate. 28 2. Remove any steps found in the structure. 29 3. Remove concrete and/or mortar damaged by corrosion, chemical attack, or other 30 means of degradation so only sound substrate remains. 31 4. Surface preparation method, or combination of methods, to be used are high 32 pressure water cleaning, high pressure water jetting, abrasive blasting, shotblasting, 33 grinding, scarifying, detergent water cleaning, hot water blasting, and others in 34 accordance with SSPC SP 13/NACE No. 6. 35 5. All methods used shall be performed in a manner that provides a uniform, sound, 36 clean, neutralized, surface suitable for the specified lining product. 37 6. After completion of surface preparation, inspect for leaks, cracks, holes, exposed 38 rebar, ring and cover condition, invert condition, and inlet/outlet pipe condition. 39 33 01 40 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 7. After defects in the structure have been identified, seal cracks, repair exposed rebar 1 with new rebar to match existing, repair leaks and cracks with grout or other 2 methods approved by the Manufacturer. 3 a. All new rebar shall be embedded in 1 1/2-inch epoxy mastic. 4 b. Replace/seal connection between existing frame and chimney if found loose or 5 not attached. 6 3.4 INSTALLATION 7 A. General 8 1. Perform lining after the sewer line installation/repairs, grade adjustments, and 9 grouting are complete. 10 2. Perform application procedures in accordance with the recommendations of the 11 lining product manufacturer, including environmental controls, product handling, 12 mixing, and application. 13 B. Temperature 14 1. Only perform application if surface temperature is between 40 and 120 degrees F. 15 2. Make no application if freezing is expected to occur inside the manhole within 24 16 hours after application. 17 C. Lining 18 1. Spray apply in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation at a minimum 19 film thickness as noted in Section 2.2. 20 2. Apply lining from and including the bench to the bottom of the grade rings for new 21 installations and to the bottom of the frame for rehab projects. 22 3. After walls are coated, remove bench covers and spray bench/trough to at a 23 minimum the same thickness as the walls. 24 4. Apply any topcoat or additional coats within the product’s recoat window. 25 a. Additional surface preparation is required if the recoat window is exceeded. 26 5. Allow a minimum of 3 hours of cure time or be hard to touch before reactivating 27 flow. 28 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 29 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 30 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 31 A. Each structure will be visually inspected by the City the same day following the 32 application. 33 B. Groundwater infiltration of the system shall be zero. 34 C. All pipe connections shall be open and clear. 35 D. The inspector will check for deficiencies, pinholes, voids, cracks, uncured spots, 36 delamination, and thin spots. Any deficiencies in the liner shall be marked and repaired 37 according to the procedures outlined by the Manufacturer. 38 E. If leaks are detected they will be chipped back, plugged, and coated immediately with 39 protective epoxy resin lining. 40 33 01 40 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Make repair 24 hours after leak detection. 1 F. Lining Thickness Testing 2 1. Wet Film Thickness Testing 3 a. Take wet film thickness gauge measurements in accordance with ASTM D4414 4 at 3 locations within the manhole, 2 spaced equally apart along the wall and 1 5 on the bench. 6 1) Document and attest measurements and provide to the City. 7 2. Thickness Testing for modified polymer liner system 8 a. Upon installation of the Final Corrosion Barrier, insert probe into substrate for 9 depth of system measurement at 3 locations within the manhole, 2 spaced 10 equally apart along the wall and 1 on the bench. 11 1) Document and attest measurements and provide to the City. 12 G. Post Installation Lining Tests 13 1. Holiday Detection Testing 14 a. Holiday Detection test the liner in accordance with NACE SP0188. Mark all 15 detected holidays. Repair all holidays in accordance to coating manufacturer’s 16 recommendations. 17 1) Document and attest all test results and repairs made, and provide to the 18 City. 19 2) Contractor shall mark any location that shows a spark or potential for a 20 pinhole and repair these locations in accordance with manufacturer 21 recommendations. 22 H. Non-Conforming Work 23 1. City reserves the right to require additional testing depending on the rate of failure. 24 a. City will select testing locations. 25 2. Repair all defects according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. 26 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 27 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 28 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 29 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 30 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 31 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 32 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 33 34 35 36 37 33 01 40 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 END OF SECTION 1 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 01 50 1 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO 2 GRADE 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Vertical adjustments to manholes, inlets, valve boxes, cathodic protection test 7 stations, and other miscellaneous structures to a new grade. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract. 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 15 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 16 5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 17 6. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 18 7. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Paving Repair. 19 8. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 20 9. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings. 21 10. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 22 11. Section 33 14 20 – Resilient Seated Gate Valve. 23 12. Section 33 14 40 – Fire Hydrants. 24 13. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes. 25 14. Section 33 05 62 – Precast Concrete Manholes. 26 15. Section 33 05 76 – Fiberglass Manholes. 27 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 28 A. Measurement and Payment 29 1. Manhole – Minor Adjustment 30 a. Measurement 31 1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted less than 6 inches to the grade 32 specified in the Drawings. 33 b. Payment 34 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 35 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 36 price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Minor” completed. 37 38 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 c. The price bid shall include: 1 1) Pavement removal 2 2) Excavation 3 3) Hauling 4 4) Disposal of excess material 5 5) Grade rings 6 6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover 7 7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 8 8) Concrete base material 9 9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 10 10) Clean-up 11 2. Manhole – Major Adjustment 12 a. Measurement 13 1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted greater than 6 inches and 14 requiring structural modification to the grade specified in the Drawings. 15 b. Payment 16 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 18 price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Major” completed. 19 c. The price bid shall include: 20 1) Pavement removal 21 2) Excavation 22 3) Hauling 23 4) Disposal of excess material 24 5) Structural modifications and grade rings 25 6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover 26 7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 27 8) Concrete base material 28 9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 29 10) Clean-up 30 3. Manhole – Major Adjustment with Frame and Cover 31 a. Measurement 32 1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted greater than 6 inches, requiring 33 structural modification, and a new frame and cover to the grade specified in 34 the Drawings. 35 b. Payment 36 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38 price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Major with Frame and Cover” 39 completed. 40 c. The price bid shall include: 41 1) Pavement removal 42 2) Excavation 43 3) Hauling 44 4) Disposal of excess material 45 5) Structural modifications and grade rings 46 6) Frame and cover 47 7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 48 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 8) Concrete base material 1 9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 2 10) Clean-up 3 4. Inlet Adjustment 4 a. Measurement 5 1) Measured per each adjustment of an inlet requiring structural modifications 6 to the grade specified in the Drawings. 7 b. Payment 8 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 9 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 10 price bid per each “Inlet Adjustment” completed. 11 c. The price bid shall include: 12 1) Pavement removal 13 2) Excavation 14 3) Hauling 15 4) Disposal of excess material 16 5) Structural modifications 17 6) Reuse of frame and covers (if applicable) 18 7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 19 8) Concrete base material, as required 20 9) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 21 required 22 10) Clean-up 23 5. Valve Box Adjustment 24 a. Measurement 25 1) Measured per each valve box adjustment to the grade specified in the 26 Drawings. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30 price bid per each “Valve Box Adjustment” completed. 31 c. The price bid shall include: 32 1) Pavement removal 33 2) Excavation 34 3) Hauling 35 4) Disposal of excess material 36 5) Adjustment device 37 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 38 7) Concrete base material, as required 39 8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 40 required 41 9) Clean-up 42 6. Cathodic Protection Test Station Adjustment 43 a. Measurement 44 1) Measured per each adjustment of a cathodic protection test station to the 45 grade specified in the Drawings. 46 47 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per each “Cathodic Protection Test Station Adjustment” 4 completed. 5 c. The price bid shall include: 6 1) Pavement removal 7 2) Excavation 8 3) Hauling 9 4) Disposal of excess material 10 5) Adjustment device 11 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 12 7) Concrete base material, as required 13 8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 14 required 15 9) Clean-up 16 7. Fire Hydrant Adjustment 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measured per each fire hydrant adjustment, requiring stem extensions, to 19 the grade specified in the Drawings. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23 price bid per each “Fire Hydrant Stem Extension” completed. 24 c. The price bid shall include: 25 1) Pavement removal 26 2) Excavation 27 3) Hauling 28 4) Disposal of excess material 29 5) Adjustment materials 30 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 31 7) Concrete base material, as required 32 8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 33 required 34 9) Clean-up 35 8. Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment 36 a. Measurement 37 1) Measured per each structure adjustment requiring structural modifications 38 to the grade specified in the Drawings. 39 b. Payment 40 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 41 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 42 price bid per each “Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment” completed. 43 c. The price bid shall include: 44 1) Pavement removal 45 2) Excavation 46 3) Hauling 47 4) Disposal of excess material 48 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 5) Structural Modifications 1 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 2 7) Concrete base material 3 8) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 4 9) Clean-up 5 1.3 REFERENCES 6 A. Abbreviations 7 1. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 8 B. Definitions 9 1. Minor Adjustment 10 a. Refers to a small elevation change, less than 6 inches, performed on an existing 11 manhole which does not require structural modifications. 12 2. Major Adjustment 13 a. Refers to a significant elevation change, greater than 6 inches, performed on an 14 existing manhole which requires structural modification. 15 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 16 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 21 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 22 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 23 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26 2.2 MATERIALS 27 A. Cast-in-Place Concrete 28 1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00 29 B. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 30 1. In accordance with Section 03 34 13 31 C. Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 32 1. In accordance with Section 03 80 00 33 34 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 D. Grade Rings 1 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81 2 E. Frame and Cover 3 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81 4 F. Backfill material 5 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 05 6 G. Water valve box extension 7 1. In accordance with Section 33 14 20 8 H. Fire Hydrant Adjustment 9 1. In accordance with Section 33 14 40 10 I. Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 11 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 61 12 J. Precast Concrete Manholes 13 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 62 14 K. Fiberglass Manholes 15 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 76 16 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18 PART 3 - EXECUTION 19 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20 3.2 EXAMINATION 21 A. Verification of Conditions 22 1. Examine existing structure to be adjusted for damage or defects that may affect 23 grade adjustment. 24 a. Report issue to City for consideration before beginning adjustment. 25 3.3 PREPARATION 26 A. Grade Verification 27 1. For major adjustments, confirm the grade change noted on Drawings is consistent 28 with field measurements. 29 a. If not consistent, coordinate with City to verify final grade before beginning 30 adjustment. 31 3.4 ADJUSTMENT 32 A. Manholes, Inlets, and Miscellaneous Structures 33 1. For sanitary sewer adjustments, replace all 24-inch frame and cover assemblies 34 with 30-inch frame and cover assemblies. 35 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Protect the bottom of structures using wood forms shaped to fit the structure to 1 prevent debris falling into the invert, inlet, or outlet piping during adjustments. 2 a. Do not use any more than a 2-piece bottom. 3 3. Use the least number of grade rings necessary to meet required grade. 4 a. The maximum height of proposed and existing grade rings shall be no more 5 than 12-inches for any combination of grade rings. 6 b. Use least amount of grade rings necessary. 7 1) For example, use 3, 4-inch rings in lieu of 6, 2-inch rings. 8 c. Adjustments which result in 12-inches or more of grade rings will be 9 considered major adjustments and will require structural modifications to 10 existing structure to accommodate this requirement. 11 B. Valve Boxes 12 1. Utilize standard 3-piece adjustable valve box for adjusting to final grade as shown 13 on the Drawings. 14 C. Fire Hydrants 15 1. Limit vertical adjustments to an increase of 2 vertical feet. 16 2. Decreasing grade for fire hydrants is not permitted and requires a complete 17 replacement of fire hydrant assembly in accordance with Section 33 14 40. 18 D. Backfill and Grading 19 1. Backfill area of excavation surrounding each adjustment in accordance with Section 20 33 05 05. 21 E. Pavement Repair 22 1. If required, perform pavement repair in accordance with Section 32 01 17 or 23 Section 32 01 29. 24 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 25 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 32 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33 34 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3 33 05 02 WATER LINE LOWERING Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 05 02 1 WATER LINE LOWERING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Locations where existing water lines are crossed by a new storm sewer, sanitary 6 sewer, or water transmission main and the existing water line is to be lowered under 7 proposed improvement without a design profile provided in the Drawings 8 2. Locations where a new water line is installed and crosses an existing underground 9 conflict which requires the water line to be lowered greater than two feet below the 10 standard depth and has not been detailed in the Drawings 11 3. Water lines 12-inch and larger are excluded from this Section and should be 12 specifically designed for lowering and paid for by unit price items 13 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 14 1. None. 15 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 16 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 17 Contract. 18 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 19 3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains. 20 4. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 21 5. Section 33 14 11 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe. 22 6. Section 33 14 25 – Connection to Existing Water Mains. 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Measurement and Payment 25 1. Water Line Lowering 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measurement for this item shall be per each by size of each Water Line 28 Lowering performed. 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 31 item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Water Line Lowering” 32 installed for: 33 a) Various Sizes. 34 b) Various Materials. 35 c. The price bid shall include: 36 1) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron or PVC Pipe and Ductile Iron 37 Fittings 38 2) Polyethylene encasement 39 3) Paving removal 40 33 05 02 WATER LINE LOWERING Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4) Excavation 1 5) Hauling 2 6) Disposal of excess material 3 7) Furnishing and placement of embedment 4 8) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 5 9) Thrust restraint 6 10) Bolts and nuts 7 11) Gaskets 8 12) Clean-up 9 13) Cleaning 10 14) Disinfection 11 15) Testing 12 16) Connections to the existing water line 13 1.3 REFERENCES 14 A. Reference Standards 15 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 16 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 17 unless a date is specifically cited. 18 2. Texas Administration Code: 19 a. Chapter 290, (30 TAC §290), Public Drinking Water. 20 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 27 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 28 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 32 A. Materials 33 1. If existing pipe material is ductile iron, use ductile iron pipe in accordance with this 34 Section. For all other pipe materials, use PVC in accordance with this Section. 35 2. When crossing under storm drain pipe 24-in and larger, use ductile iron pipe in 36 accordance with this Section. 37 33 05 02 WATER LINE LOWERING Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3. When crossing under sanitary sewer, use ductile iron pipe in accordance with this 1 Section. 2 4. Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 3 5. Ductile Iron Fittings with retainer glands shall be in accordance with Section 33 14 4 10. 5 6. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe shall be in accordance with Section 33 14 6 11. 7 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 8 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 10 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11 3.2 EXAMINATION 12 A. Evaluation and Assessment 13 1. Verify elevation of conflict which requires the water line to be relocated. 14 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 15 3.4 INSTALLATION 16 A. General 17 1. Water lines lowered to resolve conflicts between the water line and a proposed 18 utility shall be lowered to maintain a 2-foot separation between the outside 19 diameters of the water line and the other buried utilities. 20 a. When approved by the City, the separation may be reduced to 12-inches. 21 B. Water Lines Crossing Sanitary Sewer 22 a. Water lines crossing sanitary sewer shall be in accordance with Chapter 290, 23 (30 TAC §290), Public Drinking Water and with Chapter 217, (30 TAC §217), 24 Design Criteria for Sewerage System, no exceptions will be made. 25 C. Water Lines Crossing under Storm Drains 26 1. Water lines crossing less than 2 feet below storm drains shall be constructed of 27 Ductile Iron Pipe in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 28 D. Install Ductile Iron Pipe in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 29 E. Install Ductile Iron Fittings with retainer glands in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 30 F. Install Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe in accordance with Section 33 14 11. 31 G. Disinfect and test water line in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 32 H. Complete connections to existing water mains in accordance with Section 33 14 25. 33 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 34 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35 36 33 05 02 WATER LINE LOWERING Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 A. Hydrostatic testing of water mains: 2 1. If the total length of lowered line and fittings is equal to or greater than 20 feet, then 3 the lowered section must be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 33 01 4 10. 5 2. If the total length of lowered line and fittings is less than 20 feet, then the lowered 6 section does not need to be hydrostatically tested. 7 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 8 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9 3.10 CLEANING 10 A. Cleaning, disinfection, and bacteriological testing of water mains: 11 1. If the total length of lowered line and fittings is equal to or greater than 20 feet, then 12 clean, flush, pig, disinfect, and bacteriological test the lowered section in 13 accordance with Section 33 01 10. 14 2. If the total length of lowered line and fittings is less than 20 feet, then cleaning and 15 disinfection of the lowered section shall follow AWWA C651 Section 4.11.3.2 16 which allows for swabbing or spraying with a 1 percent chlorine solution. 17 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 18 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 19 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 20 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 21 END OF SECTION 22 23 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/17/24 Change requirement for hydrostatic testing or disinfection to only lowered water line sections equal to or longer than 20 in length; 3.7.A & 3.10.A 24 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 1 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 05 05 1 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill for: 6 a. Pressure Applications 7 1) Water Distribution Mains 8 2) Sanitary Sewer Force Mains 9 3) Reclaimed Water Mains 10 b. Gravity Applications 11 1) Sanitary Sewer Gravity Mains 12 2) Storm Sewer Pipe and Culverts 13 3) Storm Sewer Precast Box and Culverts 14 2. Including: 15 a. Excavation of all material encountered, including rock and unsuitable materials 16 b. Disposal of excess unsuitable material 17 c. Site specific trench safety 18 d. Pumping and dewatering 19 e. Clay Dams 20 f. Embedment 21 g. Concrete encasement for utility lines 22 h. Backfill 23 i. Compaction 24 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 25 1. None. 26 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 27 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 28 Contract. 29 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 30 3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 31 4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 32 5. Section 03 00 00– Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 33 6. Section 03 30 00– Cast-In-Place Concrete. 34 7. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 35 8. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing. 36 9. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sediment Control. 37 10. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 38 11. Division 34 - Transportation. 39 40 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 2 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1 A. Measurement and Payment 2 1. Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill associated with the installation of an 3 underground utility 4 a. Measurement 5 1) This item is considered subsidiary to utility pipe installed. 6 b. Payment 7 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe installed. 9 2. Imported Embedment or Backfill 10 a. Measurement 11 1) Measured by cubic yard per plan quantity. 12 b. Payment 13 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 14 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15 price bid per cubic yard of “Imported Embedment/Backfill” per plan 16 quantity for: 17 a) Various embedment/backfill materials. 18 c. The price bid shall include 19 1) Furnishing of backfill or embedment in accordance with this Section 20 2) Hauling to the Site 21 3) Placement and compaction of backfill or embedment 22 3. Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measured by cubic yard per plan quantity. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28 price bid per cubic yard of “Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines” per 29 plan quantity. 30 c. The price bid shall include 31 1) Furnishing, hauling, placing, and finishing concrete in accordance with 32 Section 03 30 00 33 2) Clean-up 34 4. Groundwater Control 35 a. Measurement 36 1) Measurement shall be lump sum when a groundwater control plan is 37 specifically required by the Contract Documents. Otherwise this item is 38 considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 39 b. Payment 40 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 41 item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Groundwater Control”. 42 43 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 3 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. The price bid shall include: 1 a) Submittals 2 b) Additional Testing 3 c) Groundwater control system installation 4 d) Groundwater control system operations and maintenance 5 e) Disposal of water 6 f) Removal of groundwater control system 7 5. Clay Dams 8 a. Measurement 9 1) This item is considered subsidiary to utility pipe installed where indicated 10 in the Drawings. 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe installed. 14 6. Trench Safety 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per linear foot of excavation for all trenches that require trench 17 safety in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 18 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health Regulations for Construction). 19 b. Payment 20 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22 price bid per linear foot of excavation to comply with OSHA excavation 23 safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health 24 Regulations for Construction). 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Submittals 27 2) Conformance with trench safety plan 28 1.3 REFERENCES 29 A. Abbreviations 30 1. CSS – Cement Stabilized Sand 31 2. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 32 B. Definitions 33 1. General – Definitions used in this section are in accordance with Terminologies 34 ASTM F412 and ASTM D8 and Terminology ASTM D653, unless otherwise 35 noted. 36 37 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 4 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Definitions for trench width, backfill, embedment, initial backfill, pipe zone, 1 haunching bedding, springline, pipe zone, and foundation are defined as shown in 2 the following schematic: 3 4 3. Deleterious materials – Harmful materials such as clay lumps, silts, and organic 5 material 6 4. Excavated Trench Depth – Distance from the surface to the bottom of the bedding 7 or the trench foundation 8 5. Final Backfill Depth 9 a. Unpaved Areas – The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 10 initial backfill to the surface 11 b. Paved Areas – The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 12 initial backfill to bottom of permanent or temporary pavement repair 13 C. Reference Standards 14 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 15 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 16 unless a date is specifically cited. 17 2. ASTM Standards: 18 a. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 19 b. C40, Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for 20 Concrete. 21 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 5 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. C88, Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregate by Use of Sodium 1 Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. 2 d. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 3 e. C123, Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in Aggregate. 4 f. C131, Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size 5 Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. 6 g. C136, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate. 7 h. C142, Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in 8 Aggregates. 9 i. D448, Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and Bridge 10 Construction. 11 j. C535, Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size 12 Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. 13 k. D698, Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 14 Stand and Effort (12,400 ft-lb/ft3 600 Kn-m/M3)). 15 l. D1632, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Soil-Cement Compression 16 and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory. 17 m. D1633, Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Molded Soil-18 Cement Cylinders. 19 n. D1556, Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soils in Place by 20 Sand Cone Method. 21 o. D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 22 (Unified Soil Classification System). 23 p. D6938, Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 24 and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 25 q. D4318, Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity 26 Index of Soils. 27 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 28 a. 29 CFR, Part 1926-Safety Regulations for Construction, Subpart P: 29 Excavations. 30 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 31 A. Coordination 32 1. Utility Company Notification 33 a. Notify area utility companies at least 48 hours in advance, excluding weekends 34 and holidays, before starting excavation. 35 b. Request the location of buried lines and cables in the vicinity of the proposed 36 work. 37 B. Sequencing 38 1. Sequence work for each section of the pipe installed to complete the embedment 39 and backfill placement on the day the pipe foundation is complete. 40 2. Sequence work such that Proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM D698 41 prior to commencement of construction activities. 42 C. Excavation Protection 43 1. Excavation protection shall be in strict compliance with OSHA excavation safety 44 standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for 45 Construction). 46 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 6 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Submit three (3) copies of a site-specific trench safety plan prepared by a licensed 1 Professional Engineer in the State of Texas to the City prior to construction in 2 accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3 a. The City will not review the submittal. Receipt of submittal is confirmation 4 that the Contractor has prepared a trench safety plan as required by state and 5 federal law. 6 b. The City assumes no responsibility for trench safety and shall be held harmless 7 under the indemnification clause of the General Conditions. 8 3. Any changes in the trench excavation plan after initiation of construction will not 9 be cause for an extension of time and will require a new submittal to the City. 10 4. The Contractor accepts sole responsibility for compliance with all applicable safety 11 requirements. 12 1.5 SUBMITTALS 13 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 14 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 15 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 16 A. Submittals 17 1. Designated storage area affidavit for storage on private property, if applicable. 18 B. Shop Drawings 19 1. Provide detailed drawings and explanation for groundwater and surface water 20 control, if required. 21 2. Trench Safety Plan in accordance with Article 1.4. 22 3. Stockpiled excavation and/or backfill material 23 a. Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the 24 Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way or the 25 easement. 26 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 27 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 28 1. All test reports generated during testing. 29 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 31 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 32 A. Storage Requirements 33 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 34 66 00. 35 2. Within Existing Rights-of-way (ROW) 36 a. Spoils and imported embedment and backfill materials may be stored within 37 existing ROW, easements, or temporary construction easements, unless 38 specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents or the City’s Right-of-Way 39 Ordinance. 40 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 7 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways. 1 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 2 d. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 3 e. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 4 landscaped areas. 5 3. Designated Storage Areas 6 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils, embedment or 7 backfill materials within the ROW, easement, or temporary construction 8 easements, secure and maintain an adequate storage location. 9 b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 10 private property. 11 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 12 d. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways. 13 e. Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work 14 zone. 15 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 16 A. Existing Conditions 17 1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 18 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 19 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 20 for interpretations or conclusions drawn by the Contractor, in accordance with 21 Section 00 72 00. 22 a. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. 23 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26 2.2 MATERIALS 27 A. Materials 28 1. Utility Sand 29 a. Granular and free flowing 30 b. Generally, meets or exceeds the limits on deleterious substances per Table 2 of 31 ASTM C33 for fine aggregate 32 c. Reasonably free of organic material 33 d. Gradation tested in accordance with ASTM C136: 34 Sieve Size Percent Retained 1 inch 0 3/8 inch 0-10 #30 40-75 #100 95 2. Crushed Rock 35 a. Durable crushed rock or recycled concrete 36 b. In accordance with the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 56, 57 or 67 37 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 8 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. May be unwashed 1 d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 2 e. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent in accordance with ASTM C131 3 or C535 4 f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 5 sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 6 3. Pea Gravel 7 a. Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles 8 b. In accordance with the gradation of ASTM D448 size number 8 9 4. Fine Crushed Rock (Chat) 10 a. Durable crushed rock 11 b. In accordance with the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 8 or 89 12 c. May be unwashed 13 d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials. 14 e. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent in accordance with ASTM C131 15 or C535 16 f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 17 sodium sulfate soundness in accordance with ASTM C88 18 5. Ballast Stone 19 a. Stone ranging from 3 inches to 6 inches in greatest dimension. 20 b. May be unwashed 21 c. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 22 d. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C535 23 e. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjected to 5 cycles of 24 sodium sulfate soundness in accordance with ASTM C88 25 6. Native Backfill Material 26 a. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC, or GC in accordance with 27 ASTM D2487 28 b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics 29 c. Free from voids 30 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 31 7. Blended Backfill Material 32 a. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP, or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487 33 b. Blended with in-situ or imported backfill material in accordance with the 34 requirements of Native Backfill Material 35 c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 36 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 37 8. Unacceptable Backfill Material 38 a. In-situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL, or OH in accordance with ASTM 39 D2487 40 9. Select Fill 41 a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 42 b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics. 43 c. Can be placed free from voids. 44 d. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 45 e. Meets the requirements of the following table: 46 Property Test Method Specification Limit 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 9 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Liquid Limit (LL) Tex-104-E ≤ 35 Plasticity Index (PI) Tex-106-E 8< PI ≤ 20 Sulfate Limit Tex-145-E ≤ 2000 ppm Bar Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E ≥ 2 1 10. Cement Stabilized Sand (CSS) 2 a. Sand 3 1) Clean and durable, in accordance with grading requirements for fine 4 aggregates of ASTM C33 and the following requirements: 5 a) Classified as SW, SP, or SM by the United Soil Classification System 6 of ASTM D2487 7 b) Deleterious materials 8 (1) Clay lumps, ASTM C142, less than 0.5 percent 9 (2) Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123, less than 5.0 percent 10 (3) Organic impurities, ASTM C40, color no darker than standard 11 color 12 (4) Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM 13 D4318. 14 b. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/II portland cement 15 c. Water 16 1) Potable water, free of soils, acids, alkalis, organic matter or other 17 deleterious substances, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94 18 d. Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh-batch, or continuous mixing plant. 19 e. Strength 20 1) 50 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM 21 D1633, Method A 22 2) 200 to 250 psi compressive strength at 28 days in accordance with ASTM 23 D1633, Method A 24 3) The maximum compressive strength in 7 days shall be 400 psi. 25 a) Backfill that exceeds the maximum compressive strength shall be 26 removed by the Contractor for no additional compensation. 27 f. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of 28 delivery for each day of placement in the work area. Specimens will be 29 prepared in accordance with ASTM D1632. 30 11. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 31 a. Conform to Section 03 34 13 32 12. Trench Geotextile Fabric 33 a. Soils other than ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 34 1) Needle punch, nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers 35 2) Fibers shall retain their relative position 36 3) Inert to biological degradation 37 4) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 38 5) UV Resistant 39 6) Mirafi 140N by Tencate, or approved equal 40 b. Soils Classified as ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 41 1) High-tenacity monofilament polypropylene woven yarn 42 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 10 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2) 8 to10 percent open area 1 3) Fibers shall retain their relative position 2 4) Inert to biological degradation 3 5) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 4 6) UV Resistant 5 7) Mirafi FW402 by Tencate, or approved equal 6 13. Concrete Encasement 7 a. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00. 8 14. Clay Dam 9 a. Provide clay (SC, CL, or CH) with a plasticity index of no less than 18. 10 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION 13 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14 3.2 EXAMINATION 15 A. Verification of Conditions 16 1. Review all known, identified, or marked utilities, whether public or private, prior to 17 excavation. 18 2. Locate and protect all known, identified, or marked utilities or underground 19 facilities as excavation progresses. 20 3. Notify all utility owners within the project limits 48 hours prior to beginning 21 excavation. 22 4. The information and data shown in the Drawings with respect to utilities is 23 approximate and based on record information or on physical appurtenances 24 observed within the project limits. 25 5. Coordinate with the owner(s) of underground facilities. 26 6. Immediately notify any utility owner of damages to underground facilities resulting 27 from construction activities. 28 7. Repair any damages resulting from the construction activities. 29 B. Differing Site Conditions 30 1. Notify the City immediately of any differing site condition in accordance with 31 Section 00 72 00. 32 3.3 PREPARATION 33 A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 34 1. Pavement 35 a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement 36 designated to remain. 37 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 11 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Where desired to move equipment not licensed for operation on public 1 roads or across pavement, provide means to protect the pavement from all 2 damage. 3 b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 4 Contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 5 cost to the City. 6 2. Drainage 7 a. Maintain positive drainage during construction and re-establish drainage for all 8 swales and culverts affected by construction. 9 3. Trees 10 a. When operating outside of existing right-of-way (ROW), stake permanent and 11 temporary construction easements. 12 b. Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW. 13 c. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 14 00. 15 d. Conduct excavation, embedment, and backfill in a manner such that there is no 16 damage to the tree canopy. 17 e. Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as 18 specifically allowed by the City. 19 1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment 20 specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 21 f. Remove trees specifically designated to be removed in the Drawings in 22 accordance with Section 31 10 00. 23 4. Above ground Structures 24 a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 25 b. Remove above ground structures designated for removal in the Drawings in 26 accordance with Sections 02 41 13, 02 41 15, and 31 10 00. 27 5. Traffic 28 a. Maintain existing traffic in accordance with Division 34, except as modified by 29 the traffic control plan. 30 b. Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless: 31 1) Alternative access has been provided; 32 2) Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident; 33 3) It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan. 34 c. Use traffic rated plates to maintain access until access is restored. 35 6. Traffic Signal – Poles, Mast Arms, Pull boxes, Detector loops 36 a. Notify the City a minimum of 48 hours prior to any excavation that could 37 impact the operations of an existing traffic signal. 38 b. Protect all traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic cabinets, conduit, 39 and detector loops. 40 c. Notify the City immediately of damage to any component of the traffic signal 41 due to the construction activities. 42 d. Repair any damage to the traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic 43 cabinets, conduit, and detector loops as a result of the construction activities in 44 accordance with Division 34. 45 7. Fences 46 a. Protect all fences designated to remain. 47 b. Leave fence in the equal or better condition as prior to construction. 48 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 12 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.4 INSTALLATION 1 A. Excavation 2 1. Excavate to the depth indicated on the Drawings. 3 2. Trench excavations are defined as unclassified. No additional payment shall be 4 granted for rock or other in-situ materials encountered in the trench. 5 3. Excavate to a width sufficient for laying the pipe in accordance with the Drawings 6 and bracing in accordance with the Trench Safety Plan. 7 4. The bottom of the excavation shall be firm and free from standing water. 8 a. Notify the City immediately if the water and/or the in-situ soils do not provide 9 for a firm trench bottom. 10 b. The City will determine if any changes are required in the pipe foundation or 11 bedding. 12 5. Unless otherwise permitted by the Drawings or City, the limits of the excavation 13 shall not advance beyond the pipe placement so the trench may be backfilled in the 14 same day. 15 6. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, no benching or sloping shall be 16 allowed under a paved surface (roadways, parking areas, etc.). Excavation trenches 17 shall be vertical utilizing appropriate shoring, bracing or shielding. 18 7. Benching or sloping will be allowed under unpaved surface areas up to the extent of 19 the public right-of-way and/or public easement. 20 B. Over Excavation 21 1. Fill over excavated areas with bedding material specified for pipe installation. 22 2. No additional payment will be made for over excavation or additional bedding 23 material. 24 C. Unacceptable Backfill Materials 25 1. Separate in-situ soils classified as unacceptable backfill material from acceptable 26 backfill materials. 27 2. If the unacceptable backfill material is to be blended in accordance with this 28 Section, store material in a suitable location until the material is blended. 29 3. Remove all unacceptable material from the project site that is not intended to be 30 blended or modified. 31 D. Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing 32 1. Furnish, install, and maintain a trench safety system in accordance with the Trench 33 Safety Plan and as required by Federal, State, or local safety requirements. 34 2. If soil or water conditions are encountered that are not addressed by the current 35 Trench Safety Plan, engage a Professional Engineer Licensed in the State of Texas 36 to modify the Trench Safety Plan and provide a revised submittal to the City. 37 3. Do not allow soil, or water containing soil, to migrate through the Trench Safety 38 System in quantities of sufficient amount to adversely affect the suitability of the 39 Trench Protection System. 40 4. Movable bracing, shoring plates, or trench boxes used to support the sides of the 41 trench excavation shall not: 42 a. Disturb the embedment located in the pipe zone or lower, 43 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 13 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Alter the pipe’s line and grade after the Trench Protection System is removed, 1 or 2 c. Compromise the compaction of the embedment located below the spring line of 3 the pipe and in the haunching. 4 E. Water Control 5 1. Surface Water 6 a. Furnish all materials and equipment and perform all incidental work required to 7 direct surface water away from the excavation. 8 2. Groundwater 9 a. Furnish all materials and equipment to dewater groundwater by a method which 10 preserves the undisturbed state of the subgrade soils. 11 b. Do not allow submergence of pipe within 24 hours after placement. 12 c. Do not allow water to flow over concrete until it has sufficiently cured. 13 d. Engage a Professional Engineer Licensed in the State of Texas to prepare a 14 Groundwater Control Plan if any of the following conditions are encountered: 15 1) A Groundwater Control Plan is specifically required by the Contract 16 Documents 17 2) If in the sole judgment of the City, groundwater is so severe that an 18 Engineered Groundwater Control Plan is required to protect the trench or 19 the installation of the pipe. Such situations may include, but are not limited 20 to: 21 a) Groundwater levels in the trench are unable to be maintained below the 22 top of the bedding. 23 b) A firm trench bottom cannot be maintained due to groundwater. 24 c) Groundwater entering the excavation undermines the stability of the 25 excavation. 26 d) Groundwater entering the excavation is transporting unacceptable 27 quantities of soils through the Trench Safety System. 28 e. In the event that there is no bid item for a Groundwater Control Plan and the 29 City requires an Engineered Groundwater Control Plan due to conditions 30 discovered at the site, the Contractor will be eligible to submit a Contract 31 Claim. 32 f. Control of groundwater shall be considered subsidiary to the excavation when: 33 1) No Groundwater Control Plan is specifically identified and required in the 34 Contract Documents. 35 g. Groundwater Control Plan installation, operation, and maintenance 36 1) Furnish all materials and equipment necessary to implement, operate, and 37 maintain the Groundwater Control Plan. 38 2) Once the excavation is complete, remove all groundwater control 39 equipment not called to be incorporated into the work. 40 h. Water Disposal 41 1) Dispose of groundwater in accordance with City policy or Ordinance. 42 2) Do not discharge groundwater onto or across private property without 43 written permission. 44 3) Permission from City is required prior to disposal into the sanitary sewer 45 system. 46 4) Disposal shall not violate any Federal, State, or local regulations. 47 F. Embedment and Pipe Placement 48 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 14 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Water Lines less than or equal to 12 inches in diameter (non-HDPE): 1 a. Embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 2 b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 3 c. If groundwater is in sufficient quantity to cause sand to pump, use crushed 4 rock, fine crushed rock, or pea gravel as embedment. 5 d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 6 e. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 7 f. Place pipe on the bedding in accordance with the alignment of the Drawings. 8 g. Place embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the pipe. 9 h. Where gate valves are present, extend initial backfill to 6 inches above the 10 elevation of the valve nut. 11 i. Form all blocking against undisturbed trench wall to the dimensions in the 12 Drawings. 13 j. Compact embedment and initial backfill. 14 k. Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance with 15 Section 33 05 97. 16 2. Water Lines 16-inches through 24-inches in diameter (non-HDPE): 17 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 18 b. Use crushed rock or fine crushed rock for embedment. 19 c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 20 d. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 21 1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 22 e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. 23 f. The pipe line shall be within: 24 1) ±3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings 25 g. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 26 accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 27 h. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the 28 pipe. 29 i. Where valves are present and not placed within a vault or manhole, extend 30 initial backfill up to the valve nut. 31 j. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 32 Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 33 k. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 34 l. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 35 Section 33 05 97. 36 3. Water Lines 30-inches and greater in diameter (non-HDPE): 37 a. Embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 38 b. Use crushed rock for embedment. 39 c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 40 d. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 41 1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 42 e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. 43 f. The pipe line shall be within: 44 1) ±1 inch of the elevation on the Drawings 45 g. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 46 accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 47 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 15 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 h. For steel pipe, the initial embedment lift shall not exceed the spring line prior to 1 compaction. 2 i. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the 3 pipe. 4 j. Where valves are present and not placed within a vault or manhole, extend 5 initial backfill up to the valve nut. 6 k. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 7 Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 8 l. Wrap trench geotextile fabric around entirety of pipe embedment. 9 m. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 10 Section 33 05 97. 11 4. HDPE Pipe (All Uses), Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe (All Materials), and Force 12 Mains (All Materials) by Open Cut: 13 a. Embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 14 b. Use crushed rock for embedment. 15 c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 16 d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 17 sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 18 e. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 19 1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 20 f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings. 21 g. The pipe line shall be within: 22 1) ±3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings for 24-inch and smaller water 23 lines and force mains 24 2) ±1 inch of the elevation on the Drawings for 30-inch and larger water lines 25 and force mains 26 3) ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and consistent with the grade shown on the 27 Drawings for gravity sanitary sewer. 28 h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 29 accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 30 i. For lines 30 inches and greater in diameter, the embedment lift shall not exceed 31 the spring line prior to compaction. 32 j. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 12 inches above the 33 pipe. 34 k. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 35 Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 36 l. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 37 m. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 38 Section 33 05 97. 39 5. Storm Sewer (RCP) 40 a. The bedding and the pipe zone up to the spring line shall be of uniform 41 material. 42 b. Use crushed rock for embedment up to the spring line. 43 c. The specified backfill material may be used above the spring line. 44 d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 45 e. Spread bedding so lines and grades are maintained and there are no sags in the 46 storm sewer pipe line. 47 f. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the pipe. 48 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 16 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 1 g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 2 h. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation and consistent with 3 the grade shown on the Drawings. 4 i. Place embedment material up to the spring line. 5 1) Place embedment to ensure adequate support is obtained in the haunch. 6 j. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 7 Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 8 k. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of pipe and crushed rock. 9 6. Storm Sewer Reinforced Concrete Box 10 a. Crushed rock shall be used for bedding. 11 b. The pipe zone and the initial backfill shall be: 12 1) Crushed rock, or 13 2) Native backfill material compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of Standard 14 Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698 15 c. Place evenly spread compacted bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 16 d. Spread bedding so lines and grades are maintained and there are no sags in the 17 storm sewer pipe line. 18 e. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 6 inches below the box. 19 1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 20 f. Fill the annular space between multiple boxes with crushed rock or CLSM in 21 accordance with 03 34 13. 22 g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 23 h. The pipe shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation and consistent with the 24 grade shown on the Drawings. 25 i. Compact the embedment initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of 26 Standard Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D698. 27 7. Water Services (2 inches and smaller in Diameter) 28 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 29 b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 30 c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 31 d. Provide firm, uniform bedding a minimum of 1 inch below the service line. 32 e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 33 f. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 1-inch minimum 34 above the service line. 35 g. Compact the initial backfill. 36 8. Sanitary Sewer Services 37 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 38 b. Crushed rock or fine crushed rock shall be used for embedment. 39 c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 40 d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 41 sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 42 e. Provide firm, uniform bedding, a minimum of 2 inches below the service line. 43 1) Additional bedding may be required if groundwater is present in the trench. 44 f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 45 g. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to 2 inches above the 46 service line. 47 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 17 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 h. Compact the initial backfill to a minimum of 95 percent of Standard Proctor 1 density in accordance with ASTM D698. 2 G. Trench Backfill 3 1. At a minimum, place backfill in such a manner that the required in-place density 4 and moisture content is obtained, and so that there will be no damage to the surface, 5 pavement or structures due to any trench settlement or trench movement. 6 a. Meeting the requirements of this Section does not relieve the responsibility to 7 damages associated with the Work. 8 2. Backfill Material 9 a. Final backfill depth less than 15 feet 10 1) Backfill with: 11 a) Native backfill material, 12 b) Blended backfill material, or 13 c) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required. 14 b. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater: (under pavement or future pavement) 15 a) Backfill with: 16 (1) Native backfill material, 17 (2) Blended backfill material, or 18 (3) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required. 19 20 c. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater: (not under pavement or future pavement) 21 1) Backfill with: 22 a) Native backfill material, or 23 b) Blended backfill material. 24 d. Backfill for water and sewer service lines: 25 1) Match backfill requirement of the main being tapped. 26 3. Required Compaction and Density 27 a. Final backfill (depths less than 15 feet) 28 1) Compact native backfill material, blended backfill material or select 29 backfill to a minimum of 98 percent of Standard Proctor density in 30 accordance with ASTM D698 at moisture content within -2 to +4 31 percentage points of the optimum moisture. 32 2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 33 b. Final backfill (depths 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement) 34 1) Compact select backfill to a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor in 35 accordance with ASTM D698 at moisture content within -2 to +4 36 percentage points of optimum moisture. 37 2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 38 c. Final backfill (depths 15 feet and greater/not under existing or future pavement) 39 1) Compact native backfill material, blended backfill material, or select 40 backfill to a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor in accordance with 41 ASTM D698 at moisture content within -2 to +4 percentage points of 42 optimum moisture. 43 4. Saturated Soils 44 a. If in-situ soils consistently demonstrate that they are greater than 4 percentage 45 points over optimum moisture content, the soils are considered saturated. 46 b. Flooding the trench or water jetting is strictly prohibited. 47 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 18 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. If saturated soils are identified in the Drawings or Geotechnical Report in the 1 Appendix, Contractor shall proceed with Work following all backfill 2 procedures outlined in the Drawings for areas of soil saturation greater than 4 3 percentage points above optimum moisture content.. 4 d. If saturated soils are encountered during Work but not identified in Drawings or 5 Geotechnical Report in the Appendix: 6 1) The Contractor shall: 7 a) Immediately notify the City. 8 b) Submit a Contract Claim for Extra Work associated with direction from 9 City. 10 2) The City shall: 11 a) Investigate soils and determine if Work can proceed in the identified 12 location. 13 b) Direct the Contractor of changed backfill procedures associated with 14 saturated soils that may include: 15 (1) Imported backfill 16 (2) A site specific backfill design 17 5. Placement of Backfill 18 a. Use only compaction equipment specifically designed for compaction of a 19 particular soil type and within the space and depth limitation experienced in the 20 trench. 21 b. Flooding the trench or water setting is strictly prohibited. 22 c. Place in loose lifts not to exceed 8 inches. 23 d. Compact to specified densities. 24 e. Compact only on top of initial backfill, undisturbed trench, or previously 25 compacted backfill. 26 f. Remove any loose materials due to the movement of any trench box, shoring, 27 or sloughing of the trench wall. 28 g. Install appropriate markers for water and sanitary sewer trenches in accordance 29 with Section 33 05 97. 30 6. Backfill Means and Methods Demonstration 31 a. Demonstration will be required to be performed at the City’s discretion. 32 b. Notify the City in writing with sufficient time for the City to obtain samples 33 and perform Standard Proctor test in accordance with ASTM D698. 34 c. The results of the Standard Proctor 35 d. Test must be received prior to beginning excavation. 36 e. Upon commencing of backfill placement for the project, demonstrate means 37 and methods to obtain the required densities. 38 f. Demonstrate Means and Methods for compaction including: 39 1) Depth of lifts for backfill which shall not exceed 8 inches 40 2) Method of moisture control for excessively dry or wet backfill 41 3) Placement and moving trench box, if used 42 4) Compaction techniques in an open trench 43 5) Compaction techniques around structure 44 g. Provide a testing trench box to provide access to the recently backfilled 45 material. 46 h. The Contractor will provide a qualified testing lab full time during backfill 47 operations to randomly test density and moisture continent. 48 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 19 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) The testing lab will provide results as available on the job site. 1 7. Varying Ground Conditions 2 a. Notify the City of varying ground conditions and the need for additional 3 Proctors. 4 b. Request additional Proctors when soil conditions change. 5 c. Significant changes in soil conditions will require an additional Means and 6 Methods demonstration. 7 H. Trench Dam 8 1. Place controlled low-strength material (CLSM) or cement stabilized sand (CSS) 9 across the full width of the trench with a minimum thickness of 2 feet at the 10 locations indicated on the plans. 11 2. Install Trench Dam to whichever option is reached first: a minimum of four feet 12 above the pipe, bottom of pavement subgrade, or bottom of topsoil. 13 3. Key Trench Dam a minimum of 12 inches into the bottom of trench. 14 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 17 A. Field Tests and Inspections 18 1. Proctors 19 a. Perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698. 20 b. Make test results available within 4 calendar days and distributed to: 21 1) City Project Manager 22 2) City Inspector 23 3) Engineer 24 c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 25 d. Perform new Proctors for varying soils: 26 1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 27 2) If notified by the City 28 e. Trenches where different soil types are present at different depths: 29 1) Base Proctors on the mixture of the soils. 30 2. Density Testing of Backfill 31 a. In accordance with ASTM D6938. 32 b. Provide testing trench protection for trench depths in excess of 5 feet. 33 c. Place, move and remove testing trench protection as necessary to facilitate any 34 City performed tests. 35 d. For final backfill depths less than 15 feet and trenches of any depth not under 36 existing or future pavement: 37 1) Perform density testing twice per working day when backfilling operations 38 are being conducted. 39 2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests of the current lift in 40 the available trench. 41 e. For final backfill depths 15 feet and greater deep and under existing or future 42 pavement: 43 33 05 05 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 20 of 20 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Perform density testing twice per working day when backfilling operations 1 are being conducted. 2 2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests of the current lift in 3 the available trench. 4 3) The testing lab will remain onsite sufficient time to test 2 additional lifts. 5 f. Make the excavation available for City performed tests. 6 g. Provide results to the City’s Inspector upon completion of the testing. 7 h. Provide a formal report to the City within 48 hours including: 8 1) Location of test by station number 9 2) Time and date of test 10 3) Depth of testing 11 4) Field moisture 12 5) Dry density 13 6) Proctor identifier 14 7) Percent Standard Proctor density 15 16 3. Density of Embedment 17 a. Storm sewer boxes that are embedded with native backfill material, blended 18 backfill material, cement modified backfill material or select material will 19 follow the same testing procedure as backfill. 20 b. Test fine crushed rock or crushed rock embedment in accordance with ASTM 21 D6938 or ASTM D1556. 22 B. Non-Conforming Work 23 1. Remove and replace all non-conforming work. 24 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 28 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 29 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 30 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 31 END OF SECTION 32 33 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/17/2024 Added restrictions on benching and sloping; 3.4.A 34 33 05 61 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 1 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 2, 2024 Effective July 2, 2024 SECTION 33 05 61 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Sanitary Sewer, Water Appurtenance, or Reclaimed Water Appurtenance Cast-in-6 Place Concrete Manholes. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 15 5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 16 6. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 17 7. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 18 8. Section 33 01 40 – Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures. 19 9. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 20 10. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 21 11. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 22 12. Section 33 31 14 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe. 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Measurement and Payment 25 1. Manhole 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measured per each “Manhole” installed to a maximum depth of 6 feet. 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31 price bid per each “Manhole” installed for: 32 a) Various sizes. 33 b) Various types. 34 c. The price bid shall include: 35 1) Furnishing and installing manhole structure as specified by the Drawings 36 2) Excavation 37 3) Forms 38 4) Reinforcing steel, if required 39 33 05 61 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 2 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 2, 2024 Effective July 2, 2024 5) Concrete 1 6) Foundation 2 7) Drop pipe, if required 3 8) Vent piping, if required 4 9) Pipe stubs 5 10) Frame 6 11) Cover 7 12) Grade rings 8 13) Pipe connections 9 14) Pavement removal 10 15) Hauling 11 16) Disposal of excess material 12 17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 13 18) Clean-up 14 2. Extra Depth Manhole 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per each vertical foot of manhole depth beyond 6 feet from rim 17 to flow line, measured to the nearest foot. 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21 price bid per each “Extra Depth Manhole” installed for: 22 a) Various sizes. 23 c. The price bid shall include: 24 1) Furnishing and installing extra depth manhole structure as specified by the 25 Drawings 26 2) Excavation 27 3) Forms 28 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 29 5) Concrete 30 6) Foundation 31 7) Drop pipe (if required) 32 8) Pipe stubs 33 9) Frame 34 10) Cover 35 11) Grade rings 36 12) Pipe connections 37 13) Pavement removal 38 14) Hauling 39 15) Disposal of excess material 40 16) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 41 17) Clean-up 42 3. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure 43 a. Measurement 44 1) Measured per each Sewer Junction Structure installed. 45 b. Payment 46 33 05 61 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 3 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 2, 2024 Effective July 2, 2024 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per each “Sewer Junction Structure” installed. 3 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Furnishing and installing junction structure as specified by the Drawings 6 2) Excavation 7 3) Forms 8 4) Reinforcing steel 9 5) Concrete 10 6) Foundation 11 7) Drop pipe, if required 12 8) Vent piping, if required 13 9) Pipe stubs 14 10) Frame 15 11) Cover 16 12) Grade rings 17 13) Pipe connections 18 14) Pavement removal 19 15) Hauling 20 16) Disposal of excess material 21 17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 22 18) Clean-up 23 1.3 REFERENCES 24 A. Definitions 25 1. Manhole Type 26 a. Standard Manhole 27 1) Up to 6 feet deep (from rim to flowline). 28 b. Standard Drop Manhole 29 1) Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s). 30 c. Extra Depth Manhole 31 1) Additional manhole depth in excess of 6 feet (from rim to flowline). 32 B. Reference Standards 33 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35 unless a date is specifically cited. 36 2. American Society for Testing and Measurement (ASTM): 37 a. C923 – Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced 38 Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. 39 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 40 1.5 SUBMITTALS 41 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 42 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 43 33 05 61 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 4 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 2, 2024 Effective July 2, 2024 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1 A. Product Data 2 1. Drop connection materials 3 2. Pipe connections at manhole walls 4 3. Stubs and stub plugs 5 4. Concrete mix design in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 6 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 9 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 10 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 11 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 12 66 00. 13 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17 2.2 MATERIALS 18 A. Materials 19 1. Class ‘S’ Concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 20 2. Reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 21 3. Frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 22 4. Pipe Connections 23 a. Utilize a rubber boot-type connector installed in a circular block out opening 24 conforming to ASTM C923. 25 5. Drop piping in accordance with Sections 33 14 10 or 33 31 14. 26 a. Use same material as sanitary sewer main. 27 6. Steps are not allowed. 28 B. Finishes 29 1. Interior lining in accordance with Section 33 01 40, if required. 30 2. Exterior coating not required for cast-in-place concrete manholes. 31 C. Manhole Sizing 32 1. 4-foot diameter 33 a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths 12-feet or less. 34 2. 5-foot diameter 35 33 05 61 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 5 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 2, 2024 Effective July 2, 2024 a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths greater than 12-feet. 1 b. Used with pipe ranging from 15-inch to 27-inch. 2 3. 6-foot diameter 3 a. Used with pipe ranging from 30-inch to 36-inch. 4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 7 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8 3.2 EXAMINATION 9 A. Evaluation and Assessment 10 1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance with the Drawings. 11 3.3 PREPARATION 12 A. Foundation Preparation 13 1. Excavate 12-inches below proposed manhole foundation. 14 2. Replace excavated soil with 12-inches of crushed rock in accordance with Section 15 33 05 05. 16 a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of crushed rock base, a 4-inch 17 mud slab may be substituted if permitted by City. 18 1) Do not place forms on mud slab until concrete is demonstrated to have 19 cured to 2,000 psi compressive strength or 7-days have elapsed. 20 3.4 INSTALLATION 21 A. Manhole 22 1. Construct manhole to dimensions specified in the Drawings. 23 2. Cast manhole foundation and wall monolithically. 24 a. A cold joint with PVC water stop will only be allowed when the manhole depth 25 exceeds 12-feet. 26 b. No other joints are allowed unless specified in the Drawings. 27 3. Place, finish, and cure concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 28 a. Allow concrete for manholes to cure a minimum of 3 days before backfilling 29 around structure. 30 B. Pipe connection at Manhole 31 1. Do not construct joints of sewer pipe within wall sections of manhole. 32 C. Invert 33 1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 34 at pipe-manhole connections. 35 2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 36 possible radius of curvature. 37 a. Provide curves for side inlets. 38 33 05 61 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 6 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 2, 2024 Effective July 2, 2024 3. Provide invert depth to spring line of pipe, and taper manhole bench to top of 1 largest pipe at manhole wall in accordance with the Drawings. 2 D. Drop Manhole Connection 3 1. Install drop connection when sewer lines enter manholes with 24-inches or more 4 above the manhole invert. 5 2. Embed drop piping with cement stabilized sand (CSS) or controlled low strength 6 material (CLSM) in accordance with Sections 33 05 05 or 03 34 13, respectively. 7 E. Final Rim Elevation 8 1. Grade Rings 9 a. New structures should be constructed so the total height of grade rings is as 10 close to 6-inches as practical to allow for future adjustments to no more than 11 12-inches of grade rings. 12 b. Install grade rings on a load bearing shoulder of manhole. 13 c. Install joint sealant for grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 14 1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between all grade rings to ensure a 15 watertight seal. 16 d. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 17 accordance with Section 33 05 81. 18 2. Frame and Cover 19 a. Install joint sealant between frame and manhole or grade rings in accordance 20 with Section 33 05 81. 21 1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between frame and manhole or grade 22 rings to ensure a watertight seal. 23 F. Internal Coating 24 1. Install manhole liner where specified in the Drawings in accordance with Section 25 33 01 40. 26 G. External Coating 27 1. No external coating is required for cast-in-place manholes. 28 H. Modifications and pipe penetrations in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 29 I. Junction Structures to be installed as specified in the Drawings. 30 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 31 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 32 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 33 A. Site Tests and Inspections 34 1. Perform manhole vacuum testing in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 35 33 05 61 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 7 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 2, 2024 Effective July 2, 2024 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8 END OF SECTION 9 10 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 7/2/2024 Removed elastomeric PVC as an allowable material type in 2.2.A.4 11 33 05 62 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 1 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 05 62 1 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Sanitary Sewer, Water Appurtenance, or Reclaimed Water Appurtenance Precast 6 Concrete Manholes. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 14 4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 15 5. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 16 6. Section 33 01 40 – Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures. 17 7. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 18 8. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 19 9. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 20 10. Section 33 31 14 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe. 21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22 A. Measurement and Payment 23 1. Manhole 24 a. Measurement 25 1) Measured per each “Manhole” installed to a maximum depth of 6 feet. 26 b. Payment 27 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29 price bid per each “Manhole” installed for: 30 a) Various sizes. 31 b) Various types. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Furnishing and installing manhole structure as specified by the Drawings 34 2) Excavation 35 3) Forms 36 4) Reinforcing steel, if required 37 5) Concrete 38 6) Foundation 39 33 05 62 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 2 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 7) Drop pipe, if required 1 8) Vent piping, if required 2 9) Pipe stubs 3 10) Interior lining 4 11) Frame 5 12) Cover 6 13) Grade rings 7 14) Pipe connections 8 15) Pavement removal 9 16) Hauling 10 17) Disposal of excess material 11 18) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 12 19) Clean-up 13 2. Extra Depth Manhole 14 a. Measurement 15 1) Measured per each vertical foot of manhole depth beyond 6 feet from rim 16 to flow line, measured to the nearest foot. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per each “Extra Depth Manhole” installed for: 21 a) Various sizes. 22 c. The price bid shall include: 23 1) Furnishing and installing extra depth manhole structure as specified by the 24 Drawings 25 2) Excavation 26 3) Forms 27 4) Reinforcing steel, if required 28 5) Concrete 29 6) Foundation 30 7) Drop pipe, if required 31 8) Pipe stubs 32 9) Interior lining 33 10) Frame 34 11) Cover 35 12) Grade rings 36 13) Pipe connections 37 14) Pavement removal 38 15) Hauling 39 16) Disposal of excess material 40 17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 41 18) Clean-up 42 1.3 REFERENCES 43 A. Definitions 44 1. Manhole Type 45 a. Standard Manhole 46 1) Up to 6 feet deep (from rim to flowline). 47 33 05 62 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 3 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Standard Drop Manhole 1 1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s). 2 c. Extra Depth Manhole 3 1) Additional manhole depth in excess of 6 feet (from rim to flowline). 4 B. Reference Standards 5 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 6 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 7 unless a date is specifically cited. 8 2. American Society for Testing and Measurement (ASTM): 9 a. C443 – Standard Specification for Joint for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using 10 Rubber Gaskets. 11 b. C478 – Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole 12 Sections. 13 c. C923 – Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced 14 Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. 15 d. D1187 – Standard Specification for Asphalt-Base Emulsion for Use as 16 Protective Coatings for Metal. 17 e. D1227 – Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective 18 Coating for Roofing. 19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20 1.5 SUBMITTALS 21 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 22 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 24 A. Product Data 25 1. Precast Concrete Manhole 26 2. Drop connection materials 27 3. Pipe connections at manhole walls 28 4. Stubs and stub plugs 29 B. Shop Drawings 30 1. Pre-cast manhole drawings 31 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 35 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 36 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 37 66 00. 38 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 39 33 05 62 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 4 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 2.2 MATERIALS 4 A. Materials 5 1. Precast reinforced concrete sections shall be in accordance with ASTM C478. 6 2. Precast Joints 7 a. Provide gaskets in accordance with ASTM C443. 8 b. Provide external joint wrap – Infi-Shield Gator Wrap 9 c. Minimize number of joints. 10 d. Joint length to increase with manhole depth. 11 1) For example, use long joints at the bottom of manhole and shorter joints 12 toward the top. 13 e. Include manufacturer’s stamp on each section. 14 3. Lifting Devices 15 a. Manhole sections and cones may be furnished with lift lugs or lift holes. 16 1) If lift lugs are provided, place 180 degrees apart. 17 2) If lift holes are provided, place 180 degrees apart and grout during manhole 18 installation. 19 4. Frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 20 5. Pipe Connections 21 a. Utilize an elastomeric PVC or rubber boot-type connector installed in a circular 22 block out opening conforming to ASTM C923. 23 6. Drop piping in accordance with Sections 33 14 10 or 33 31 14. 24 a. Use same material as sanitary sewer main. 25 7. Steps are not allowed. 26 B. Finishes 27 1. Interior lining is required for all pre-cast concrete manholes in accordance 28 with Section 33 01 40. 29 2. Exterior Coating 30 a. Coat with non-fibered asphaltic emulsion in accordance with ASTM D1187 31 Type I and ASTM D1227 Type III Class I. 32 C. Manhole Sizing 33 1. 4-foot diameter 34 a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths 12-feet or less. 35 2. 5-foot diameter 36 a. Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 12-inch for depths greater than 12-feet. 37 b. Used with pipe ranging from 15-inch to 27-inch. 38 3. 6-foot diameter 39 a. Used with pipe ranging from 30-inch to 36-inch. 40 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 41 33 05 62 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 5 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3 3.2 EXAMINATION 4 A. Evaluation and Assessment 5 1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance with the Drawings. 6 3.3 PREPARATION 7 A. Foundation Preparation 8 1. Excavate 12-inches below proposed manhole foundation. 9 2. Replace excavated soil with 12-inches of crushed rock in accordance with Section 10 33 05 05. 11 a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of crushed rock base, a 4-inch 12 mud slab may be substituted if permitted by City. 13 1) Do not place forms on mud slab until concrete is demonstrated to have 14 cured to 2,000 psi compressive strength, or 7-days have elapsed. 15 3.4 INSTALLATION 16 A. Manhole 17 1. Construct manhole to dimensions specified in the Drawings. 18 2. Precast Sections 19 a. Provide bell-and-spigot design incorporating a premolded joint sealing 20 compound for wastewater use. 21 1) Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all precast joints. 22 b. Clean bell spigot and gaskets, lubricate, and join. 23 c. Minimize number of segments. 24 d. Joint length to increase with manhole depth. 25 B. Invert 26 1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow 27 at pipe-manhole connections. 28 2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum 29 possible radius of curvature. 30 a. Provide curves for side inlets. 31 3. Provide invert depth to spring line of pipe, and taper manhole bench to top of 32 largest pipe at manhole wall in accordance with the Drawings. 33 C. Drop Manhole Connection 34 1. Install drop connection when sewer lines enter manholes with 24-inches or more 35 above the manhole invert. 36 2. Embed drop piping with cement stabilized sand (CSS) or controlled low strength 37 material (CLSM) in accordance with Sections 33 05 05 or 03 34 13, respectively. 38 39 33 05 62 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 6 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 D. Final Rim Elevation 1 1. Grade Rings 2 a. New structures should be constructed so the total height of grade rings is as 3 close to 6-inches as practical to allow for future adjustments to no more than 4 12-inches of grade rings. 5 b. Install grade rings on a load bearing shoulder of manhole. 6 c. Install joint sealant for grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 7 1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between all grade rings to ensure a 8 watertight seal. 9 d. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 10 accordance with Section 33 05 81. 11 2. Frame and Cover 12 a. Install joint sealant between frame and manhole or grade rings in accordance 13 with Section 33 05 81. 14 1) Remove all debris, stones, and dirt between frame and manhole or grade 15 rings to ensure a watertight seal. 16 E. Internal Coating 17 1. Install manhole liner for all precast concrete manholes in accordance with 18 Section 33 01 40. 19 F. External coating 20 1. Remove dirt, dust, oil, and other contaminants that could interfere with adhesion of 21 the coating. 22 2. Install coating in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 23 G. Modifications and pipe penetrations in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 24 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 25 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 27 A. Site Tests and Inspections 28 1. Perform manhole vacuum testing in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 32 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 33 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 34 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 35 36 33 05 62 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES Page 7 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 33 05 63 CONCRETE WATER VAULTS Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 21, 2021 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 05 63 1 CONCRETE WATER VAULTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Concrete vaults to be used in water utility applications. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 14 5. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 15 6. Section 33 01 40 – Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures. 16 7. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 17 8. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-In-Place Concrete Manholes. 18 9. Section 33 05 62 – Precast Concrete Manholes. 19 10. Section 33 05 76 – Fiberglass Manholes. 20 11. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings. 21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22 A. Measurement and Payment 23 1. Concrete Water Vault 24 a. Measurement 25 1) This item is considered subsidiary to water meters 3 inches and larger and 26 butterfly valves (if required by the Drawings). 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each “Water Meter” and “Butterfly 30 Valve”. 31 1.3 REFERENCES 32 A. Reference Standards 33 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35 unless a date is specifically cited. 36 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 37 33 05 63 CONCRETE WATER VAULTS Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 21, 2021 Effective July 1, 2024 a. 350, Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures 1 and Commentary. 2 3. ASTM International (ASTM): 3 a. C857, Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for 4 Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. 5 b. C858, Standard Specification for Underground Precast Concrete Utility 6 Structures. 7 c. C891, Standard Practice for Installation of Underground Precast Concrete 8 Utility Structures. 9 d. C923, Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced 10 Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. 11 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 12 a. 29 CFR 1910.23, Guarding Floor and Wall Openings and Holes 13 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 14 1.5 SUBMITTALS 15 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 16 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 17 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 18 A. Product Data 19 1. Precast Concrete Vault (if applicable) 20 2. Connection materials 21 3. Pipe connections at vault walls 22 4. Stubs and stub plugs 23 5. Ladder 24 6. External coating material 25 7. Wall penetration materials 26 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 29 A. Qualifications 30 1. In accordance with the requirements of ACI 350 31 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 32 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 33 1. Precast Vaults: 34 a. Deliver vault or panels (units) to project site in such quantity to assure 35 continuity of installation. 36 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 37 33 05 63 CONCRETE WATER VAULTS Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 21, 2021 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 1 66 00. 2 2. Store units at the project site in a manner which prevents cracking, distortion, 3 staining, or other physical damage. 4 3. Lift units by designing lifting points or supports. 5 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 6 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 7 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 8 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 2.2 MATERIALS 10 A. Performance / Design Criteria 11 1. Vault 12 a. Dimensions in accordance with the Drawings. 13 b. Opening in accordance with the Drawings. 14 c. Incorporate a sump into the base or floor of the vault. 15 1) Avoid conflicts with piping 16 2) Do not locate directly under the access location, if applicable 17 d. Place floor on a minimum 2 percent slope toward the sump. 18 e. Design precast vaults in accordance with ASTM C857 and C858. 19 2. Water Pipe Penetrations 20 a. Use adjustable-linked rubber seal devices or epoxy grout to provide seals 21 around pipe penetrations. 22 3. Vault Access 23 a. Cover/Door 24 1) Meter Vaults: 25 a) H20 load rated 48-inch x 72-inch aluminum double leaf door, Bilco 26 Type JAL-H20 model 27 2) Other Vaults: 28 a) H20 load rated 48-inch x 72-inch aluminum double leaf door, Bilco 29 Type JAL-H20 model or standard 30-inch clear opening frame and 30 cover in accordance with Section 33 05 81 as specified in the Drawings 31 3) Where hatches are used, provide the following: 32 a) An automatic hold-open arm with release handle and locking device 33 b) Bilco type fall protection grating under aluminum door that meets 34 OSHA 29 CFR 1910.23 requirements or approved equal 35 c) Drain gutter with an outlet to the exterior of the vault lid 36 b. Ladder 37 1) Provide aluminum ladder in accordance with the Drawings. 38 2) Provide ladder to dimensions specified in the Drawings. 39 B. Materials 40 1. Concrete and reinforcing steel in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00. 41 2. Frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 42 33 05 63 CONCRETE WATER VAULTS Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 21, 2021 Effective July 1, 2024 3. Adjustable-linked rubber seal devices 1 a. Manufactured by Link-Seal or approved equal. 2 4. Interior coating or liner in accordance with Section 33 01 40 if specified in the 3 Drawings. 4 5. Exterior Coating 5 a. Coal tar bitumastic for below grade damp proofing 6 b. Dry film thickness (DFT) no less than 12 mils and no greater than 30 mils 7 c. Solids content is 68 percent by volume +/- 2 percent 8 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12 3.2 EXAMINATION 13 A. Evaluation and Assessment 14 1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance with the Drawings. 15 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16 3.4 INSTALLATION 17 A. Vault 18 1. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C891. 19 2. Construct vault to dimensions specified in the Drawings. 20 3. Precast Sections 21 a. Clean bell and spigot gaskets 22 1) Lubricate and join 23 b. Minimize number of segments 24 4. Vault Base 25 a. Place vault base on 12-inch minimum compacted crushed rock (in accordance 26 with Section 33 05 05) over undisturbed soils and grade level to elevation 27 specified in the Drawings. 28 B. Water Pipe Penetrations 29 1. Install adjustable-linked rubber seal devices around pipe penetrations in accordance 30 with manufacturer’s recommendations, and in accordance with ASTM C923. 31 C. Modifications and pipe penetrations into vaults in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 32 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 33 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 34 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 35 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 36 33 05 63 CONCRETE WATER VAULTS Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 21, 2021 Effective July 1, 2024 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 1 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 2 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 4 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 5 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 6 END OF SECTION 7 8 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE [2019 JAN 01] 9 33 05 81 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 1 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 05 81 1 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Cast iron and compression molded composite frame and cover used as access port 6 into water, sanitary sewer, and storm drain structures such as manholes or vaults. 7 2. Concrete and HDPE grade rings for adjusting frame and cover grades. 8 3. Concrete collars for manholes in unimproved areas and asphalt pavement. 9 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract. 14 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 16 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 17 5. Section 33 01 35 – Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures 18 to Grade. 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A. Measurement and Payment 21 1. Cast-Iron Frame Cover and Grade Rings 22 a. Measurement 23 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the structure containing the frame, 24 cover, and grade rings. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each structure complete in place and 28 no other compensation will be allowed. 29 2. Concrete Collars 30 a. Measurement 31 1) Measured per each concrete collar installed on an existing manhole. 32 b. Payment 33 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35 price bid per each “Concrete Collar” installed on an existing manhole. 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Concrete Collar 38 2) Excavation 39 3) Forms 40 33 05 81 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 2 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4) Reinforcing Steel 1 5) Concrete 2 6) Backfill 3 7) Pavement Removal 4 8) Hauling 5 9) Disposal of excess material 6 10) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 7 11) Clean-up 8 12) Additional pavement around perimeter of concrete collar as required for 9 rim adjustment on existing manhole 10 1.3 REFERENCES 11 A. Reference Standards 12 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 13 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 14 unless a date is specifically cited. 15 2. ASTM International (ASTM) 16 a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 17 b. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 18 3. American Association of State Highways and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 19 a. AASHTO M306 – Standard Specification for Drainage, Sewer, Utility and 20 Related Castings 21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 22 1.5 SUBMITTALS 23 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 24 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 25 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 26 A. Product Data 27 1. All castings shall be cast with: 28 a. Approved foundry’s name 29 b. Part number 30 c. Country of origin 31 2. Manufacturers: 32 a. Specifications 33 b. Load tables 34 c. Dimension diagrams 35 d. Anchor details 36 e. Installation instructions 37 B. Certificates 38 1. Manufacturer shall certify castings are manufactured in accordance with applicable 39 ASTM and AASHTO designations, including but not limited to, ASTM A48, A536, 40 and AASHTO M306. 41 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 42 33 05 81 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 3 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 3 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 4 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7 2.2 MATERIALS 8 A. Manufacturers 9 1. Water and Sanitary Sewer 10 a. Standard Cast Iron Frame and Cover 11 1) EJ – V1420 4-1/2” Frame with 6 Flange Holes 12 2) EJ – V1480A 32” Solid Cover Sanitary Sewer Min. 200 Lbs. 13 b. Water-Tight Cast Iron Frame and Ductile Iron Cover 14 1) EJ – V1420 4-1/2” Frame with 6 Flange Holes 15 2) EJ – V1480 CAM LOCK Cover 16 c. Composite Molded Frame and Cover 17 1) Composite Access Products – CAP ONE-30 18 2. Meter Manhole or Vault 19 a. Composite Molded Frame and Cover 20 1) Composite Access Products – CAP ONE-30 21 2) For locations where access can be restricted to authorized personnel only. 22 3. Storm Drain 23 a. Manholes and Junction Structures 24 1) Bass & Hays – VRM-30 BASS Cover 25 2) Bass & Hays – VRM-30 Ring 26 b. Inlets 27 1) Bass & Hays – VRM-30 BASS Cover 28 2) Bass & Hays – VRM-30 Ring 29 4. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 30 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 31 B. Castings – Allowed in all Areas 32 1. Cast iron castings in accordance with ASTM A48, Class 35B or better. 33 2. Ductile iron castings in accordance with ASTM A536, Grade 70-50-05 or better. 34 a. Ductile iron will only be allowed for water-tight manhole covers, all other 35 castings shall be cast-iron. 36 3. Capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-20 vehicle loading with 37 permanent deformation 38 4. Covers 39 33 05 81 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 4 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Size to set flush with frame with no larger than a 1/8-inch gap between frame 1 and cover 2 b. Provide 2-inch wide pick slots in lieu of pick holes 3 c. Provide gasket in frame and cover 4 5 C. Moldings – Allowed in Non-Traffic Areas Only 6 1. Consist of thermosetting resin matrix blended and/or combined with reinforcing 7 fiber rovings, short fiber filaments, or equivalent nonmetallic reinforcing 8 structure(s) 9 2. Thermosetting resin matrix shall be polymer, vinylester or a blend of both. 10 3. Thoroughly deflash and clean all moldings at parting lines, holes, notches, and 11 exposed edges before removing from molding operation. 12 4. Capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-25 vehicle loading with 13 permanent deformation. 14 5. Frame wall thickness shall be a minimum of 0.75 inches. 15 6. Add UV stabilizers with concentrations between 0.05% and 5% prior to shaping by 16 injection molding. 17 D. Standard Dimensions 18 1. Sanitary Sewer, Water, and Storm Drain 19 a. Provide a clear opening of 30 inches for all frames and cover assemblies unless 20 otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 21 E. Standard Labels 22 1. Water 23 a. Cast lid with the word “WATER” in 1-inch minimum letters across the lid and 24 in accordance with the Drawings. 25 2. Sanitary Sewer 26 a. Cast lid with the words “SANITARY SEWER” in 1-inch minimum letters 27 across the lid and in accordance with the Drawings. 28 3. Storm Drain 29 a. Cast lid with the phrases “DUMP NO WASTE DRAINS TO RIVER”, 30 “STORM SEWER”, and bass picture, in accordance with the Drawings. 31 F. Hinged Covers are not permitted 32 G. Grade Rings 33 1. Provide grade rings in sizes from 2 inch up to 6 inch. 34 2. New structures should be constructed such that the total height of grade rings is no 35 more than 6 inches. 36 3. Total grade ring height on existing structures as result of an adjustment shall be 37 limited to the height specified in Section 33 01 35. 38 4. Materials 39 a. Concrete in traffic loading areas 40 b. Concrete or HDPE in non-traffic areas 41 1) HDPE shall have a minimum allowable traffic loading meeting AASHTO 42 HS-25. 43 33 05 81 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 5 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1 H. Joint Sealant 2 1. Provide a pre-formed or trowelable bitumastic sealant in an extrudable flat tape 3 form. 4 2. Provide a sealant that is not dependent on a chemical action for its adhesive 5 properties or cohesive strength. 6 3. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 7 accordance with the Drawings. 8 I. Concrete Collar 9 1. Concrete and reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 10 2. Cast concrete collar in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 11 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 12 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 13 PART 3 - EXECUTION 14 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 15 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 16 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 17 3.4 INSTALLATION 18 A. Grade Rings 19 1. Place as indicated in the Drawings. 20 2. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones, or other unspecified material to obtain final 21 surface elevation of the manhole frame. 22 3. Clean surfaces of dirt, sand, mud, or other foreign matter before placing sealant. 23 4. Seal each grade ring with sealant specified in this Section and as indicated in the 24 Drawings. 25 B. Frame and Cover 26 1. Water 27 a. For water structures install frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with the 28 Drawings. 29 2. Sanitary Sewer 30 a. For sanitary sewer structures outside the 100-yr flood plain, install standard 31 frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with the Drawings. 32 b. For sanitary sewer structures within the 100-yr flood plain, install water-tight 33 frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with the Drawings. 34 3. Storm Drain 35 a. For storm drain structures install frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance 36 with the Drawings. 37 C. Joint Sealing 38 33 05 81 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 6 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Seal frame, grade rings, and structure with specified sealant. 1 2. Install Infi-Shield External Gator Wrap on the exterior of all grade rings in 2 accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 3 D. Concrete Collar 4 1. Install concrete collar in accordance with the Drawings in unimproved and asphalt 5 areas. 6 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 11 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 12 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 13 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 14 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 15 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16 END OF SECTION 17 18 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 7/1/2024 Specified that a composite manhole lid is to be used for a metering vault or manhole if the vault or manhole is enclosed; 2.2.A.2 19 33 05 97 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 1 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 05 97 1 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Buried and surface utility markers for utility construction 6 2. Surface utility markers for water and sewer mains as indicated in the Drawings 7 3. Curb Markings for water, fire or sewer service lines 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract. 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Measurement 17 a. This item is considered subsidiary to pipeline and pipeline appurtenance 18 installation. 19 2. Payment 20 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 21 subsidiary to the various pipeline and pipeline appurtenance bid items will be 22 installed. 23 3. The following items will be considered part of Utility Markers, and subsidiary to 24 the bid items indicated above: 25 a. Furnishing and installing surface markers as specified in the Drawings 26 b. Furnishing and installing tracer wire for all PVC and HDPE water lines and 27 HDPE force mains 28 c. Furnishing and installing detectable warning tape for all buried pipelines 29 d. Continuity testing of tracer wire 30 e. Replacement of non-continuous tracer wire 31 f. Mobilization 32 g. Pavement removal 33 h. Excavation 34 i. Hauling 35 j. Disposal of excess material 36 k. Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 37 l. Clean-up 38 33 05 97 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 2 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A. Reference Standards 2 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4 unless a date is specifically cited. 5 2. American Public Works Association (APWA): 6 a. Uniform Color Code. 7 3. ASTM International (ASTM): 8 a. B170, Standard Specification for Oxygen-Free Electrolytic Copper – Refinery 9 Shapes. 10 b. B227, Standard Specification for Hard-Drawn Copper-Clad Steel Wire. 11 c. B910/B910M, Standard Specification for Annealed Copper-Clad Steel Wire. 12 d. B1010/B1010M, Standard Specification for Copper-Clad Steel Electrical 13 Conductor for Tracer Wire Applications. 14 e. D1248, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials 15 for Wire and Cable. 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 17 1.5 SUBMITTALS 18 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 19 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 20 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21 A. Product Data 22 1. Buried Markers 23 2. Surface Markers 24 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 27 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 28 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 29 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 32 2.2 MATERIALS 33 A. Manufacturers 34 33 05 97 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 3 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Provide new Utility Markers/Locators from a manufacturer regularly engaged in the 1 manufacturing of Utility Markers/Locators. 2 B. Materials 3 1. Buried Markers 4 a. Detectable Warning Tape 5 1) 5.0 mil overall thickness 6 2) Width – 3 inch minimum 7 3) Weight – 27.5 pounds per inch per 1,000 square feet 8 4) Triple Layer with: 9 a) Minimum thickness 0.35 mils solid aluminum foil encased in a 10 protective inert plastic jacket 11 (1) 100 percent virgin low density polyethylene 12 (2) Impervious to all known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents, and 13 solvents within soil 14 (3) Aluminum foil visible to both sides 15 5) Locatable by conductive and inductive methods 16 6) Printing encased to avoid ink rub-off 17 7) Color and Legends 18 a) Potable water lines 19 (1) Color – Blue (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 20 (2) Legend – Caution Potable Water Line Below (repeated every 24 21 inches) 22 b) Reclaimed water lines 23 (1) Color – Purple (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 24 (2) Legend – Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below (repeated every 24 25 inches) 26 c) Sewer Line 27 (1) Color – Green (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 28 (2) Legend – Caution Sewer Line Below (repeated every 24 inches) 29 b. Tracer Wire and Appurtenances 30 1) Tracer Wire 31 a) Color 32 (1) Blue for domestic water (potable) lines. 33 (2) Green for sanitary sewer gravity lines and force mains. 34 (3) Purple for raw and recycled water (non-potable) lines. 35 b) Open Cut Installation 36 (1) Copper-clad steel 12-AWG high strength, high carbon tracer wire 37 in accordance with ASTM B170, B227, B910/910M, and 38 B1010/1010M. 39 (2) Minimum 450 lb tensile break load 40 (3) Minimum 30 mils minimum high molecular-high density 41 polyethylene jacket in accordance with ASTM D1248. 42 c) Directional Bore or Carrier Pipe Installation 43 (1) Two (2) Copper-clad steel 12-AWG high strength, high carbon 44 tracer wires in accordance with ASTM B170, B227, B910/910M, 45 and B1010/1010M. 46 (2) Minimum 1,150 lb tensile break load 47 33 05 97 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 4 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 (3) Minimum 45 mils high molecular-high density polyethylene jacket 1 in accordance with ASTM D1248. 2 d) Pipe Bursting Installation 3 (1) 7 x 7 stranded copper-clad steel 12-AWG high strength, high 4 carbon tracer wire in accordance with ASTM B170, B227, 5 B910/910M, and B1010/1010M. 6 (2) Minimum 4,700 lb tensile break load 7 (3) Minimum 50 mils high molecular-high density polyethylene jacket 8 in accordance with ASTM D1248. 9 2) Connectors 10 a) Splice along continuous runs of tracer wire for repair of a wire break, 11 or replacement of a failed segment of wire with 3M Brand DBR Direct 12 Bury Splice Kit or approved equal. 13 (1) Provide secure connection for two or more wires. 14 (2) Provide moisture sealing by means of a dielectric non-hardening 15 silicone sealant. 16 (3) Splice Kit shall be intended for use in direct bury applications. 17 (4) Rated for a minimum of 50V. 18 b) Branch connections for laterals, turnouts, services, and appurtenances 19 shall utilize DryConn Direct Bury Lug Aqua, or approved equal. 20 (1) Provide secure connection one or two wires to the main tracer wire 21 without cutting the main tracer wire. 22 (2) Provide moisture sealing by means of a dielectric non-hardening 23 silicone sealant. 24 (3) Branch connector shall be intended for use in direct bury 25 applications. 26 (4) Rated for a minimum of 50V. 27 3) Grounding / Termination 28 a) Grounding shall only be applied where indicated on the Drawings 29 b) Drive-in magnesium grounding anode rod with a minimum of 20-feet 30 of 12-AWG red HDPE insulated copper-clad steel wire connected to 31 the rod and specifically manufactured for this purpose. 32 c) Dead ends and stub-outs shall be terminated with a 3M Brand DBR 33 Direct Bury Splice Kit or approved equal. 34 2. Surface Markers 35 a. Provide as follows: 36 1) 4-inch wide, 6-feet minimum length, fiberglass composite, double-sided 37 marker, or approved equal 38 2) Posts with colored, ultraviolet resistant decals as follows: 39 a) Water Lines 40 (1) Color – Blue (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 41 (2) Legend – Caution Potable Water Line Below 42 b) Reclaimed water lines 43 (1) Color – Purple (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 44 (2) Legend – Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below 45 c) Sewer lines 46 (1) Color – Green (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) 47 (2) Legend – Caution Sewer Line Below 48 33 05 97 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 5 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6 3.4 INSTALLATION 7 A. Buried Markers 8 1. Detectable Warning Tape – For all underground water and sanitary sewer lines 9 a. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations below natural 10 ground surface and directly above the utility for which it is marking. 11 1) Allow 18 inches minimum between utility and marker. 12 2) Bury to a depth of 3 feet or as close to the grade as is practical for optimum 13 protection and detectability. 14 2. Tracer Wire and Appurtenances 15 a. Install tracer wire such that it can be easily accessed for connection of line 16 tracing equipment, wire can be located without loss or deterioration of low 17 frequency signal, and without distortion of signal caused by more than one wire 18 being installed in close proximity to another. 19 b. Install tracer wire in the same trench or inside casing with pipe during pipe 20 installation. 21 1) Secure wire to the pipe at a maximum of 5-foot intervals and in accordance 22 with manufacturer recommendations, and the City Standard Details. 23 a) Do not place the tracer wire between service saddles and the main. 24 2) Securely bond all wire joints with an approved watertight connector to 25 provide electrical continuity. 26 3) Install wire at all tracer wire access points in accordance with City Standard 27 Details, providing no less than 24-inches of coiled wire. 28 c. Provide continuous tracer wire without splices from each tracer wire access 29 point, except where approved by City for spliced-in repair or replacement 30 connections. 31 d. Install tracer wire as a continuous single wire. No looping or coiling of wire is 32 permitted. 33 e. Protect wire insulation from damage during installation of embedment and 34 backfill. 35 f. Replace all wire that has broken, cut, or damaged insulation 36 g. Treat all connections between existing metallic pipe and plastic pipe as a 37 mainline dead-end, and ground using an approved waterproof connection to a 38 grounding anode, buried at the same depth as the tracer wire. 39 h. Connect new tracer wire to an existing utility that is being extended or tied into, 40 using approved splice connectors. 41 33 05 97 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 6 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 i. At all main end caps, extend a minimum of 6 feet of tracer wire beyond the end 1 of the pipe, coil, and secured to the pipe for future connections. Splice the end 2 of the tracer wire to a grounding rod in accordance with manufacturer’s 3 recommendations and City Standard Details and bury grounding rod at the 4 same elevation as the main. 5 j. Place tracer wire access valve boxes spaced in accordance with City Standard 6 Details. 7 k. Maximum spacing between tracer wire access points shall be 500 feet. If meter 8 or hydrant spacing is greater than 500 feet then utilize Copperhead Mamba 9 Round Locate post marker or approved equivalent. 10 B. Surface Markers 11 1. Bury a minimum of 2 feet deep, with a minimum of 4 feet above ground 12 2. The warning sign for all surface markers shall be 21 inches (not including decaled 13 portion). 14 3. Place surface markers near fixed objects, if possible 15 4. Place Surface Markers at the following locations: 16 a. Unimproved areas only 17 b. Buried Features 18 1) Place directly above a buried feature. 19 c. Above-Ground Features 20 1) Place a maximum of 2 feet away from an above-ground feature. 21 d. Water lines 12-inches and larger: 22 1) Each right-of-way line (or end of casing pipe) for: 23 a) Highway crossings 24 b) Railroad crossings 25 2) Utility crossings such as: 26 a) High pressure or large diameter gas lines 27 b) Fiber optic lines 28 c) Underground electric transmission lines 29 d) Or other locations specified in the Drawings or directed by the City 30 e. For sanitary sewer lines: 31 1) In undeveloped areas, place marker maximum of 2 feet away from an 32 above-ground feature such as a manhole or combination air valve vault. 33 f. Place at 500-foot intervals along the pipeline. 34 g. As specified in Drawings. 35 C. Curb Markers 36 1. Curb Markers shall be lettered etchings in the existing or new concrete curb 37 2. Place Curb Markers at the following locations: 38 a. An etched “W” painted blue wherever a water service line crosses the curb 39 b. An etched “S” painted green wherever a sanitary sewer service line crosses the 40 curb 41 c. An etched “F” painted blue wherever a fire line crosses the curb 42 33 05 97 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 7 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3 A. Testing 4 1. After all trench backfill is completed and prior to final surface repair, perform 5 continuity and trace tests on all tracer wire in the presence of the City. 6 2. If the tracer wire is found to be non-continuous after testing, repair or replace the 7 failed segment of wire. 8 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 11 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 12 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 13 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 14 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15 END OF SECTION 16 17 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/17/24 Added requirements for curb markings of water, fire and sewer service line crossings; 1.1.A 6/17/24 Modified grounding and termination requirements for tracer wire; 2.2.B.1.b.3) 6/17/24 Added maximum spacing requirement for tracer wire access points; 3.4.A.2.k 18 33 05 98 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 05 98 1 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Locating and verifying the location and elevation of existing underground utilities 6 at proposed connection points or that may conflict with proposed facilities, by use 7 of: 8 a. Exploratory Excavation 9 b. Vacuum Excavation 10 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 13 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14 Contract. 15 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 16 3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Location of Existing Utilities 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24 shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Location of Existing 25 Utilities” at proposed connection points and all proposed crossings. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Coordination with utility owners 28 2) Grade survey 29 3) Pavement removal 30 4) Excavation 31 5) Vacuum excavation 32 6) Utility location 33 7) Hauling 34 8) Disposal of excess material 35 9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 36 10) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 37 11) Clean-up 38 12) Surface restoration 39 1.3 REFERENCES 40 41 33 05 98 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 A. Definitions 1 1. Exploratory Excavation: Commonly referred to as “potholing”, a method used to 2 locate existing 10” and smaller underground utilities through the use of standard 3 excavation equipment. 4 2. Vacuum Excavation: Method used to locate existing underground utilities of all 5 sizes, but which must be used for utilities 12 inches and larger, through the use of 6 geophysical prospecting equipment such as vacuum excavation. 7 B. Reference Standards 8 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 9 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 10 unless a date is specifically cited. 11 2. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 12 a. ASCE Publication CI/ASCE 38 (Standard Guideline for the Collection and 13 Depiction of Existing Subsurface Utility Data) 14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 15 A. Coordination 16 1. Stake areas for location at least 1 week prior to commencement of location. 17 2. Coordinate location of all utilities within vicinity of excavation prior to 18 commencing location. 19 3. Coordinate with City at least 48 hours prior to commencing on site for location of 20 utilities. 21 B. Sequencing 22 1. Location of utilities shall be performed prior to construction of the entire Work. 23 C. Scheduling 24 1. For critical utility locations, City may choose to be present during excavation. 25 2. Alter schedule for location of existing utilities to accommodate City personnel. 26 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 29 A. Report of Utility Location 30 1. Horizontal location of utility as surveyed 31 2. Vertical elevation of utility as surveyed 32 a. Top of utility 33 b. Spring line of utility 34 c. Existing ground 35 3. Material type, diameter, and description of the condition of existing utility 36 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 38 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 39 33 05 98 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 5 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 6 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 8 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9 3.2 EXAMINATION 10 A. Verification of Conditions 11 1. Verify location of existing utilities in accordance with Division 1 and the Drawings. 12 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 13 3.4 INSTALLATION 14 A. Exploratory Excavation 15 1. Do not perform Exploratory Excavation on 12 inch and larger utilities. 16 2. Verify location of all existing 10 inch and smaller utilities which cross or connect 17 to proposed facilities for construction. 18 a. Acquire record documentation from and coordinate with utility companies as 19 necessary to locate utility. 20 b. Expose to utility spring line. 21 c. Excavate and backfill trench for the Exploratory Excavation in accordance with 22 Section 33 05 05. 23 B. Vacuum Excavation 24 1. Verify location of all existing 12 inch and larger utilities which cross or connect to 25 proposed facilities for construction. 26 a. Designate the horizontal position of the existing underground utilities using 27 geophysical prospecting equipment. 28 b. Acquire record documentation from and coordinate with utility companies as 29 necessary to locate utility. 30 c. Perform excavation in general accordance with the recommended practices and 31 procedures described in ASCE Publication CI/ASCE 38. 32 C. Submit a report of the findings upon completion of location of existing utilities. 33 D. Notify City for appropriate design modifications if location of utility is in conflict with 34 the proposed facilities indicated in the Drawings. 35 33 05 98 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 E. Place embedment and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 1 F. Once necessary data is obtained, immediately restore surface to existing conditions to: 2 1. Obtain a safe driving surface, if applicable 3 2. Ensure the safety of the general public 4 3. The satisfaction of the City 5 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 6 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 8 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 11 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 12 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 13 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 14 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15 END OF SECTION 16 17 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 18 33 14 05 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 14 05 1 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. All nuts, bolts, and gaskets associated with pressurized water utility lines including: 6 a. T-Bolts and Nuts 7 b. Flange Bolts and Nuts 8 c. Threaded Rods 9 d. Push-on Gaskets 10 e. Mechanical Joint Gaskets 11 f. Flange Gaskets 12 g. Flange Isolation Kits 13 h. Petrolatum Tape Systems 14 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15 1. None. 16 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18 Contract. 19 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20 3. Section 33 01 12 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation. 21 4. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 29 item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Hydrocarbon 30 Resistant Gaskets”. 31 c. The price bid shall include: 32 1) Furnishing and installing Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets as specified in the 33 Drawings. 34 2. All Other Items 35 a. Measurement 36 1) The items in this Section are considered subsidiary to the item being 37 installed. 38 39 33 14 05 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 are subsidiary to the unit price bid for the item being installed and no other 3 compensation will be allowed. 4 1.3 REFERENCES 5 A. Reference Standards 6 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 7 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 8 unless a date is specifically cited. 9 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 10 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 11 a. PCC-1-2012 Guidelines for Pressure Boundary Bolted Flange Joint Assembly. 12 4. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 13 a. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless-Steel Bolting for 14 High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose 15 Applications. 16 b. A194, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for 17 High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both. 18 c. A242, Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Carbon Structural 19 Steel. 20 d. B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 21 5. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 22 a. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and 23 Fittings. 24 b. C115, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded 25 Flanges. 26 c. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service – Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In. 27 (100 mm Through 3,600 mm). 28 d. C217, Microcrystalline Wax and Petrolatum Tape Coating Systems for Steel 29 Water Pipe and Fittings. 30 e. C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Mains and Their Appurtenances. 31 f. M11, Steel Pipe. 32 g. M41, Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 33 6. Fastener Quality Act (FQA): 34 a. Public Law 106-34 (P.L. 106-34). 35 7. NSF International (NSF): 36 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 37 a. 372, Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content. 38 8. Society for Protective Coating (SSPC) Surface Preparation Standards (SP): 39 a. SP1, Solvent Cleaning. 40 b. SP2, Hand Tool Cleaning. 41 c. SP3, Power Tool Cleaning. 42 d. SP5, White Metal Blast Cleaning. 43 e. SP10, Near White Blast Cleaning. 44 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 45 33 14 05 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5 A. Product Data 6 1. Bolts and nuts for mechanical and/or flange joints 7 2. Gaskets 8 B. Certificates 9 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying all fasteners, excluding T-Bolts, shall conform to the 10 Fastener Quality Act (FQA) (P.L. 106-34). 11 2. Furnish an affidavit certifying the Xylan coating is applied by Whitford 12 Corporation or a Whitford Corporation certified applicator. 13 3. Furnish a certificate stating buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B117. 14 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 17 A. Qualifications 18 1. Manufacturers 19 a. Fastener manufacturing operations (bolts, nuts, gaskets, and coatings) shall be 20 performed under the control of the manufacturer. 21 b. All gaskets shall be in accordance with the latest revisions NSF 61, NSF 372, 22 and the requirements of this Section. 23 B. Preconstruction Testing 24 1. The City may, at its own cost, subject random fittings for destructive testing by an 25 independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification. 26 a. The compliance test shall be performed in the United States. 27 b. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be 28 grounds for rejecting the entire order. 29 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 30 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 31 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 32 66 00. 33 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 34 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 35 33 14 05 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 2 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 3 A. Regulatory Requirements 4 1. All fasteners, excluding T-Bolts, shall be in accordance with the Fastener Quality 5 Act (FQA) (P.L. 106-34), including the marking requirements. 6 B. T-Bolts and Nuts 7 1. Standard Xylan Coated T-bolt sand Nuts 8 a. High strength, corrosion-resistant, low-carbon weathering steel in accordance 9 with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11 and ASTM A242. 10 b. Xylan Coating in accordance with this Section. 11 C. Flange Bolts and Nuts 12 1. Stainless Steel Hex Bolts and Stainless Steel Nuts 13 a. In accordance with AWWA C207 14 b. Bolts 15 1) ASTM A193, Grade B8M, Class 1 (AISI 316 Stainless Steel, carbide 16 solution treated) 17 c. Nuts and Washers 18 1) ASTM A194, Grade 8M Nuts with AISI 316 Stainless Steel Washers 19 20 2. Standard Xylan Coated Hex Bolts and Nuts 21 a. In accordance with AWWA C115 22 b. Bolts 23 1) ASTM A307, Grade B, ANSI B1.1 24 c. Nuts and Washers 25 1) ASTM A307, Grade B, ANSI B1.1 26 2) Coat nuts and washers with Xylan in accordance with this Section. 27 D. Threaded Rods 28 1. In accordance with AWWA C207. 29 2. Rods 30 a. ASTM A193, Grade B8M, Class 1 (AISI 316 Stainless Steel, carbide solution 31 treated) 32 3. Nuts and Washers 33 a. ASTM A194, Grade 8M Nuts with AISI 316 Stainless Steel Washers 34 b. Coat nuts and washers with Xylan in accordance with this Section. 35 E. Push-on Gaskets 36 1. In accordance with physical and marking requirements specified in ANSI/AWWA 37 C111/A21.11. 38 2. In accordance with NSF 61 and 372. 39 3. Free from porous areas, foreign material, and other defects that make them unfit for 40 intended use. 41 33 14 05 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Size and shape required to provide an adequate compressive force against the plain 1 end and socket after assembly to affect a positive seal under all combinations of 2 joint and gasket tolerances. 3 5. Rubber gaskets shall be made of vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber SBR, unless 4 otherwise specified in Drawings. 5 F. Mechanical Joint Gaskets 6 1. In accordance with the physical and marking requirements specified in 7 ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. 8 2. In accordance with the latest revisions NSF 61 and 372. 9 3. Free from porous areas, foreign material, and other defects that make them unfit for 10 intended use. 11 4. Rubber gaskets shall be made of vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber SBR, unless 12 otherwise specified in Drawings. 13 G. Flange Gaskets 14 1. Class E Flanges 15 a. Full face 16 b. Manufactured true to shape from minimum 80 durometer SBR rubber stock of a 17 thickness not less than 1/8 inch 18 c. Virgin stock 19 d. In accordance with the physical and test requirements specified in 20 AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. 21 e. All gaskets shall be in accordance with the latest revisions NSF 61 and 372. 22 f. Finished gaskets shall have holes punched by the manufacturer and shall match 23 the flange pattern in every respect. 24 g. Frayed cut edges are not acceptable. 25 h. Field cut sheet gaskets are not acceptable. 26 H. Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets 27 1. Furnish Viton® (Fluorocarbon) Rubber, or approved equal, hydrocarbon resistant 28 gaskets, when required. 29 I. Flange Isolation Kits 30 1. In accordance with Section 33 01 12. 31 2. For bolts used with isolation sleeves in accordance with Section 33 01 12, threading 32 must extend to bolt head with no grip to ensure sleeves fit properly. 33 J. Petrolatum Tape System 34 1. In accordance with AWWA C217 35 a. Petrolatum Tape Primer: Denso Paste or approved equal 36 b. Molding and Filler mastic: Densyl Mastic or approved equal 37 c. All Purpose Petrolatum Tape: Densyl Tape or approved equal 38 K. Xylan Coating 39 a. Coat nuts and bolts with a ceramic-filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin, when 40 required. 41 b. Coated nuts and bolts shall be prepared “near white” (SSPC SP10) or “white” 42 (SSPC SP5) when coated to the coating manufacturer’s recommended thickness 43 by a certified applicator. 44 33 14 05 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. Manufactured by Whitford Corporation and applied by Whitford Corporation 1 or Whitford Corporation certified applicator. 2 d. Free from holidays and defects. 3 e. Thickness shall be between 0.0007-inches and 0.0012-inches and shall be such 4 that the nut turns freely on the bolt. 5 f. Test in accordance with the performance requirements of ASTM B117, “Salt 6 Spray Test”, and provide a certificate of conformance. 7 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 8 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 10 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 13 3.4 INSTALLATION 14 A. Mechanical Joints 15 1. Assemble mechanical joints in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 16 Appendix A, AWWA C600, and AWWA Manual M41. 17 B. Flanged Joints 18 1. Install in accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. 19 2. Wrap all buried steel flanges for AWWA C200, C301, or C303 pipe with a 20 Petrolatum Tape System in accordance with AWWA C217. 21 a. If only 1 flange in a joint is steel (AWWA C200, C301, or C303), petrolatum 22 tape wrapping will be required. 23 b. If a joint is made between two ductile iron flanges, the joint should be 24 polyethylene encased in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 25 3. During assembly, tighten nuts gradually and equally using a three-pass method in 26 accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. 27 a. First pass 28 1) Tighten the nuts to 50 percent at diametrically opposite sides to prevent 29 misalignment and to ensure that all bolts carry equal loads. 30 b. Second pass 31 1) Tighten the nuts to 100 percent again in a diametrically opposite pattern. 32 2) Allow a minimum of 1 hour to pass to provide time for settlement between 33 bolts and nuts and gasket relaxation. 34 c. Third pass 35 1) Check each bolt in a clockwise pattern. Each nut should be tightened until 36 it will no longer turn. This step compensates for elastic interaction and 37 brings all bolts into parity. 38 4. The threads of the bolts should protrude a minimum of 1/2-inch from the nuts. 39 C. Flanged Joints with Isolation Kit 40 33 14 05 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Flange Isolation Kits installed in accordance with Section 33 01 12. 1 2. Prior to backfilling connection, verify Electrical Isolation in accordance with 2 Section 33 01 12. 3 D. Threaded Rod 4 1. Install as part of joint harness assembly in accordance with AWWA Manual M11. 5 2. Space rods evenly around the pipe. 6 3. During assembly, tighten nuts gradually and equally using a two-pass method in 7 accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. 8 a. First pass 9 1) Tighten the nuts to 50 percent at diametrically opposite sides to prevent 10 misalignment and to ensure that all bolts carry equal loads. 11 b. Second pass 12 1) Tighten the nuts to 100 percent again in a diametrically opposite pattern. 13 4. The threads of the bolts should protrude a minimum of 1/2-inch from the nuts. 14 5. Wrap joint harness assembly with Petrolatum Tape System. 15 E. Petrolatum Tape System 16 1. Install in accordance with AWWA C217. 17 2. Surfaces should be free from dirt, loose rust, scale, or flaking coatings. 18 a. Clean surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP1, SP2, or SP3. 19 1) High pressure wash of 3,000 to 7,000 psi is also suitable. 20 b. Surfaces may be damp but shall not have droplets or continuous film of water. 21 3. Apply a uniform, thin coat of Petrolatum Tape Primer to the entire surface by stiff 22 brush, gloved hand, or rag at normal ambient temperatures. 23 4. Apply Molding and Filler Mastic to a rounded configuration to fill irregular shapes 24 and reduce sharp-edged surfaces by hand application. 25 5. Spirally wrap All Purpose Petrolatum Tape with a minimum overlap of 1 inch. 26 a. For severely corrosive environments or pipe soil-to-air areas, an overlap of 50 27 percent is recommended. 28 b. Press air pockets out and smooth all lap seams. 29 6. For additional mechanical protection, overwrap may be applied to increase impact 30 strength and electrical resistance. 31 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 32 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 33 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 34 A. Field Inspections 35 1. All buried flanges and joint harnesses require City inspection prior to installation of 36 embedment and backfill. 37 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 38 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 39 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 40 33 14 05 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 4 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 5 END OF SECTION 6 7 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/17/24 Clarified requirements for Stainless Steel versus Xylan Coated flange bolts and nuts; 2.2.C 8 33 14 11 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 14 11 1 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 Section Includes: 5 1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch for potable water 6 and reuse applications 7 2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 6-inch through 24-inch for pressure rated 8 gravity sanitary sewer applications. 9 Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10 1. None. 11 Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 14 3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water and Sewer Force 15 Mains 16 4. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 17 5. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing 18 6. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains 19 7. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill 20 8. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators 21 9. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 Measurement and Payment 24 1. PVC Water Pipe 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 27 line of fitting, manhole, or appurtenance of PVC Pressure Pipe installed. 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31 price bid per linear foot for “PVC Water Pipe” installed for: 32 a) Various sizes. 33 b) Various types of backfill. 34 c. The price bid shall include: 35 1) Furnishing and installing PVC Pressure Pipe as specified by the Drawings 36 2) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Fittings in accordance with Section 37 33 14 10 38 3) Pavement removal 39 33 14 11 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 4) Excavation 1 5) Hauling 2 6) Disposal of excess material 3 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 4 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 5 9) Trench Dams 6 10) Thrust restraint 7 11) Gaskets 8 12) Clean-up 9 13) Cleaning 10 14) Disinfection 11 15) Testing 12 2. PVC Gravity Sewer Pressure Pipe 13 a. Measurement 14 1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 15 line of fitting, manhole, or appurtenance of PVC Pressure Pipe installed. 16 b. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item and 17 measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid 18 per linear foot for “PVC Gravity Sewer Pressure Pipe” installed for: 19 1) Various sizes. 20 2) Various types of backfill. 21 c. The price bid shall include: 22 1) Furnishing and installing PVC Pressure Pipe as specified by the Drawings 23 2) Furnishing and installing couplings 24 3) Utility Markers/Locators 25 4) Pavement removal 26 5) Excavation 27 6) Hauling 28 7) Disposal of excess material 29 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 30 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 31 10) Trench Dams 32 11) Gaskets 33 12) Clean-up 34 13) Cleaning 35 14) Testing 36 1.3 REFERENCES 37 Abbreviations and Acronyms 38 1. PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride 39 Reference Standards 40 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 41 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 42 unless a date is specifically cited. 43 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 44 3. ASTM International (ASTM): 45 33 14 11 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl-Chloride) (PVC) 1 Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 2 b. D3139, Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using 3 Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 4 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 5 a. M23, PVC Pipe – Design and Installation. 6 5. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 7 (AWWA/ANSI): 8 a. C600, Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. 9 b. C605, Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipes and 10 Fittings for Water. 11 c. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN 12 through 60 IN, for Water Transmission and Distribution. 13 6. NSF International (NSF): 14 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 15 b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 16 7. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 17 a. 1285, Standard for Pipe and Couplings, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), and Oriented 18 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVCO) for Underground Fire Service 19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20 1.5 SUBMITTALS 21 Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 22 All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 24 Product Data 25 1. For PVC Pressure Pipe that is used for water distribution or wastewater gravity 26 mains, including: 27 a. PVC Pressure Pipe 28 b. Manufacturer 29 c. Dimension Ratio 30 d. Joint Types 31 2. Restraint 32 a. Retainer glands 33 b. Thrust harnesses 34 c. Any other means of restraint 35 3. Gaskets 36 4. Couplings for gravity sewer applications only 37 Certificates 38 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying the PVC Pressure Pipe meets the provisions of this 39 Section, all inspections have been made, and all tests have been performed in 40 accordance with AWWA C900. 41 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 42 33 14 11 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 2 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 Qualifications 4 1. Manufacturers 5 a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size, unless 6 otherwise approved by the City. 7 1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 8 manufacturer upon City approval. 9 b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the 10 manufacturer. 11 c. Furnish all pipe in accordance with AWWA C900. 12 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 13 Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 14 1. Pipe manufactured more than 2 years prior to installation date will not be accepted 15 by the City. 16 Storage and Handling Requirements 17 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 18 66 00. 19 2. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M23. 20 a. When long-term storage (more than 2-months) with exposure to direct sunlight 21 is unavoidable, cover PVC pipe with an opaque material and provide adequate 22 air circulation above and around the pipe as required to prevent excessive heat 23 accumulation. 24 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28 2.2 MATERIALS 29 Manufacturers 30 1. Manufacturer List (Potable Water Pipe) 31 a. Diamond Plastics 32 b. JM Eagle 33 c. Northern Pipe Products 34 d. Westlake Pipe & Fittings 35 e. Certa-Lok by CertainTeed 36 f. Vinyltech 37 2. Manufacturer List (Gravity Sewer Pipe) 38 a. Diamond Plastics 39 33 14 11 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 b. JM Eagle 1 c. Westlake Pipe and Fittings 2 d. Vinyltech 3 3. Manufacturer List (Couplings) 4 a. Multifittings Sewer Brute repair coupling 5 b. HARCO C900 repair coupling 6 c. Smith-Blair 226 or 228 repair clamp 7 4. Substitution requests for manufacturers not indicated above shall be processed in 8 accordance with Section 01 25 00. 9 Pipe 10 1. Manufactured in accordance with AWWA C900. 11 2. Pipe for potable water shall be in accordance with NSF 61 and 372. 12 3. Pipe shall be approved by the Underwriter’s Laboratories, in accordance with UL 13 1285. 14 4. Pipe shall have a lay length of 20 feet except for special fittings or closure pieces 15 necessary to comply with the Drawings. 16 5. The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a 17 cell classification of 12454. 18 6. Pipe shall be colored blue for potable water applications. Pipe shall be colored 19 green for sanitary sewer applications. Pipe shall be colored purple for reuse water 20 applications. 21 7. Outside diameters must be equal to those of cast iron and ductile iron pipes. 22 8. The following minimum Dimension Ratio’s apply: 23 24 Application Diameter (inch) Min Pressure Class (psi) Potable Water 4 through 12 DR 14 Pressure Rated Gravity Sewer Main 6 through 24 DR 25 9. Pipe Markings 25 a. Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA C900. Minimum pipe markings 26 shall be as follows and shall be applied at intervals of not more than 5 feet: 27 1) Manufacturer’s name or trademark and production run record or lot code 28 2) Nominal pipe size in inches and outer diameter base 29 3) Dimension Ratio 30 4) Pressure class 31 5) Hydrostatic integrity test pressure on all standard length hydrostatic-tested 32 pipe 33 6) AWWA C900 34 7) Mark of certifying agency for pipe intended for potable-water service or if 35 not intended for potable water “NOT FOR POTABLE USE” 36 8) For deflectable joints, the maximum allowable axial joint deflection in 37 degrees 38 Pressure and Deflection Design 39 33 14 11 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Base pipe design on trench conditions and design pressure class specified in the 1 Drawings. Pipe shall be designed in accordance with the methods indicated in 2 AWWA M23 for trench construction, using the following parameters: 3 a. Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pcf 4 b. Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 5 c. Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum or as indicated in Drawings 6 d. Maximum E’ = 1,000 max 7 e. Deflection Lag Factor = 1.0 8 f. Working Pressure (Pw) = 150 psi 9 g. Surge Allowance (Ps) = 100 psi minimum 10 h. Test Pressure = 11 1) No less than 1.25 times the stated working pressure (187 psi minimum) of 12 the pipeline measured at the highest elevation along the test section. 13 2) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (225 psi minimum) at 14 the lowest elevation of the test section. 15 i. Maximum Calculated Deflection = 3 percent 16 j. Restrained Joint Safety Factor (SF) = 1.5 17 k. Maximum Joint Deflection = 100 percent of the manufacturer’s 18 recommendations. 19 2. Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located. 20 a. Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or 21 other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. 22 b. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 23 3. Provisions for Thrust 24 a. Mechanically restrain all bends, tees, plugs, or other fittings with retainer glands 25 in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 26 b. Restrained joints, where required, shall be used for a sufficient distance from 27 each side of the bend, tee, plug, valve, or other fitting to resist thrust which will 28 be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust the 29 following shall apply: 30 1) Calculate valves as dead ends. 31 2) Design pressure shall be greater than both the pressure class of the pipe and 32 the internal pressure (Pi). 33 3) Restrain joints with the following: 34 a) External mechanical joint restraint system in accordance with Section 35 33 14 10; or 36 b) Certa-Lok by CertainTeed restrained joint system. 37 c. The Pipe Manufacturer shall verify the length of pipe with restrained joints to 38 resist thrust in accordance with the Drawings and the following: 39 1) Calculate the weight of the earth (We) as the weight of the projected soil 40 prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions. 41 2) Soil density = 110 pcf (maximum value to be used), for unsaturated soil 42 conditions 43 3) In locations where ground water is encountered, reduce the soil density to 44 its buoyant weight for the backfill below the water table. 45 a) Reduce the coefficient of friction to 0.25. 46 4. Joints 47 33 14 11 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot, and push-on type in accordance with 1 ASTM D3139. 2 b. Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push-on joints, gaskets 3 shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such. 4 c. Lubricant must be non-toxic and NSF approved for potable water applications. 5 5. Couplings 6 a. Approved couplings are only allowed for gravity sewer applications. Potable 7 water couplings are addressed under Section 33 14 10. 8 6. Detectable Markers 9 a. Provide detectable markers in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 10 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION 13 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16 3.4 INSTALLATION 17 General 18 1. Install pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with this Section, 19 AWWA C600, AWWA C605, AWWA M23, and the pipe manufacturer’s 20 recommendations. 21 2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades indicated in the Drawings. 22 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 23 4. At the close of each operating day: 24 a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and after 25 the laying operation. 26 b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 27 5. Embed pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 28 6. Installation of PVC pipe within casing is only permitted with restrained joints. 29 Pipe Handling 30 1. Haul and distribute pipe at the project site. 31 2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 32 a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 33 lowering into the trench. 34 b. Use only nylon ropes, slings, or other lifting devices that will not damage the 35 surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 36 Pipe Jointing 37 1. Mechanical Joints 38 a. Install mechanical joints in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 39 33 14 11 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Push-on Joints 1 a. Install push-on joints as defined in AWWA C900. 2 b. Wipe gasket seat inside the bell clean of all extraneous matter. 3 c. Place the gasket in the bell in the position specified by the manufacturer. 4 d. Apply a thin film of non-toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the 5 gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell. 6 e. Assemble the pipe joint by sliding the lubricated spigot end into the gasketed 7 bell end to the reference mark on the spigot. 8 f. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinish the field cut to conform 9 to AWWA C605. 10 g. For gravity sewer applications only, an approved manufacturer’s coupling shall 11 be utilized to join two plain-end pipes per the guidelines provided by the 12 coupling manufacturer. 13 3. Joint Deflection 14 a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions or to meet the lines 15 and grades shown in the Drawings. 16 b. Joint deflection shall not exceed 100 percent of the manufacturer’s 17 recommendation. 18 Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 19 1. See Section 33 05 97. 20 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 21 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 22 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 23 Potable Water Mains 24 1. Hydrostatic testing of water mains: 25 a. Hydrostatically test the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 26 Gravity Sewer Mains 27 1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 28 a. Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 29 2. Sewer Pipe Testing 30 a. Test pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 31 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33 3.10 CLEANING 34 Potable Water Mains 35 1. Cleaning, disinfection, and bacteriological testing of water mains: 36 a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, and bacteriological test the mains in accordance with 37 Section 33 01 10. 38 Gravity Sewer Mains 39 1. Cleaning of Sewer Mains 40 a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 41 33 14 11 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION 5 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6 33 14 14 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 14 14 1 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. HDPE Pipe 1-inch and 2-inch for potable water services. 6 2. HDPE Pipe 4-inch through 60-inch for water distribution. 7 3. HDPE Pipe 4-inch through 12-inch for gravity sanitary sewer. 8 4. HDPE Pipe 4-inch through 60-inch for sanitary sewer force mains and reuse 9 applications. 10 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 13 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14 Contract. 15 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 16 3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water and Sewer Force 17 Mains. 18 4. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 19 5. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 20 6. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 21 7. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 22 8. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 23 9. Section 33 14 05 – Bolts, Nuts and Gaskets. 24 10. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 25 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26 A. Measurement and Payment 27 1. HDPE Water Service Line 28 a. Measurement 29 1) This item is considered subsidiary to New Water Service installed. 30 b. Payment 31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each water service installed. 33 2. HDPE Pressure Pipe 34 a. Measurement 35 1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 36 line of fitting, manhole, or appurtenance of HDPE Pressure Pipe installed. 37 b. Payment 38 33 14 14 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per linear foot for “HDPE Pressure Pipe” installed for: 3 a) Various sizes. 4 b) Various types of backfill. 5 c. The price bid shall include: 6 1) Furnishing and installing HDPE Pipe as specified by the Drawings 7 2) Furnishing and installing couplings 8 3) Utility Markers/Locators 9 4) Pavement Removal 10 5) Excavation 11 6) Hauling 12 7) Disposal of excess material 13 8) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 14 9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 15 10) Trench Dams 16 11) Fusion of joints 17 12) HDPE fittings 18 13) Ductile Iron Fittings with Restraint (if required) 19 14) Bolts and nuts 20 15) Clean-up 21 16) Cleaning 22 17) Disinfection (for potable) 23 18) Testing 24 3. HDPE Gravity Pipe 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measured horizontally along the ground surface from center line to center 27 line of fitting, manhole, or appurtenance of HDPE Gravity Pipe installed. 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31 price bid per linear foot for “HDPE Gravity Pipe” installed for: 32 a) Various sizes. 33 b) Various types of backfill. 34 c. The price bid shall include: 35 1) Furnishing and installing HDPE Pipe as specified by the Drawings 36 2) Furnishing and installing couplings 37 3) Utility Markers/Locators 38 4) Pavement Removal 39 5) Excavation 40 6) Hauling 41 7) Disposal of excess material 42 8) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 43 9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 44 10) Trench Dams 45 11) Fusion of joints 46 12) HDPE fittings 47 13) Clean-up 48 14) Cleaning 49 33 14 14 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 15) Testing 1 2 1.3 REFERENCES 3 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 4 1. HDPE – High Density Polyethylene 5 B. Reference Standards 6 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 7 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 8 unless a date is specifically cited. 9 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 10 a. D3035, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) 11 Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. 12 b. D3350, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings 13 Materials. 14 c. F2620, Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and 15 Fittings. 16 d. F1290, Standard Practice for Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings. 17 e. D3261, Standard Specifications for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic 18 Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing. 19 f. F714, Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) 20 Based on Outside Diameter. 21 g. F2164: Standard Practice for Field Leak Testing of Polyethylene (PE) Pressure 22 Pipeline Systems Using Hydrostatic Pressure. 23 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 24 a. C901, Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 3/4-inch through 3-inch, 25 for Water Service. 26 b. C906, Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4-inch through 63-inch, for 27 Water Distribution. 28 c. M55, PE Pipe Design and Installation. 29 4. NSF International (NSF) (for use in potable applications): 30 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 31 b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 32 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 33 1.5 SUBMITTALS 34 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 35 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 36 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 37 A. Qualifications 38 1. Submit manufacturer and butt fusion welder qualifications in accordance with 39 Article 1.9 and the following: 40 33 14 14 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Documentation that each Fusion Technician has met requirements for joining 1 proficiency for each type of fusion joint performed by the Fusion Technician 2 under this specification. 3 b. Documentation of conformance with this Section and applicable standards, 4 including written documentation regarding any intended variance from this 5 Section and applicable standards. This will include fusion joint warranty 6 information and recommended project specific fusion parameters, including 7 criteria logged and recorded by data logger. 8 2. The following AS-RECORDED DATA is required from the Contractor and/or 9 Fusion Provider: 10 a. Fusion reports for each fusion joint performed on the project, including joints 11 that were rejected. Submittals of the Fusion Technician’s joint reports are 12 required as requested by the Owner or Engineer. Specific requirements of the 13 Fusion Technician’s joint report shall include: 14 1) Pipe or fitting size and DR or pressure class rating 15 2) Fusion equipment size and identification 16 3) Fusion Technician Identification 17 4) Job Identification Number 18 5) Fusion Number 19 6) Fusion joining parameters 20 7) Ambient Temperature 21 B. Product Data 22 1. Manufacturer 23 2. Nominal pipe diameter 24 3. Pressure Rating 25 4. Standard Dimension ratio (DR) 26 5. Cell classification 27 6. Laying lengths 28 C. Shop Drawings 29 1. HDPE Pipe for water distribution or sanitary sewer force mains for 24-inch and 30 greater diameters: 31 a. Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Professional Engineer Licensed 32 in Texas including: 33 1) Working Pressure 34 2) Surge Pressure 35 3) Deflection 36 D. Certificates 37 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying all HDPE pipe has been tested and is in accordance 38 with this Section and all ASTM and AWWA standards as listed herein. 39 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 40 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 41 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 42 A. Qualifications 43 33 14 14 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Manufacturers 1 a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size, unless 2 otherwise specified by the City. 3 1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 4 manufacturer upon City approval. 5 b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the 6 manufacturer. 7 c. Certified copies of test reports required with each delivery, stating all pipe is in 8 accordance with ASTM F714, ASTM D3350, ASTM D3035 as applicable. 9 2. Butt-Fusion Welding 10 a. Butt-fusion welding of pipe sections shall be performed by a fusion technician 11 certified by the pipe manufacturer. Manufacturer’s recommended practices 12 shall be followed. 13 b. Each Fusion Technician performing butt fusion, saddle fusion, or electrofusion 14 joints shall be qualified to make butt fusion joints in accordance with ASTM 15 F2620/1290. Qualification shall have occurred not more than 12 months before 16 performing fusion joining on site in accordance with this Section. Qualification 17 shall be a documented demonstration of proficiency by making joints in 18 accordance with ASTM F2620/1290 that are proved to be satisfactory by 19 destructive testing in accordance with ASTM F2620/1290. 20 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 21 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 22 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 23 00. 24 2. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M55. 25 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 26 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 27 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 28 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 29 2.2 MATERIALS 30 A. Manufacturers 31 1. HDPE Pipe and Fittings 32 a. Performance Pipe 33 b. JM Eagle 34 c. Pipeline Plastics 35 d. ISCO Pipe 36 e. WL Plastics 37 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 38 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 39 B. HDPE Pipe 40 1. Pipe and Fittings 41 33 14 14 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. As a minimum the following pipe classes apply. The Drawings or the pressure 1 and deflection design criteria may require a higher wall thickness, but in no 2 case should the pipe classes be less than the following: 3 4 Type of Use Min Pipe Class Potable Service Lines DR-9 Potable Distribution DR-11 Force Main DR-13.5 Gravity Sewer DR-17 Pipe Bursting Method DR-11 5 b. Material 6 1) Extra High Molecular Weight, High Density Polyethylene PE 4710, Cell 7 Class PE445474C with colored striping the entire length of pipe in 8 accordance with AWWA C901 or AWWA C906. 9 a) Striping shall be Cell Class PE445474E. 10 b) Cell Classifications are to be in accordance with ASTM D3350. 11 2) Homogeneous throughout and free of: 12 a) Abrasion, cutting, or gouging of the outside surface extending to more 13 than 10 percent of the wall thickness in depth 14 b) Cracks 15 c) Kinking 16 d) Flattening 17 e) Holes 18 f) Blisters 19 g) Other defects 20 c. All pipe shall be color coded for the intended service. The color coding shall be 21 permanently co-extruded stripes on the pipe outside surface as part of the pipe’s 22 manufacturing process. Painting HDPE pipe to accomplish color coding is not 23 permitted. Color coding shall be as follows: 24 1) Sewer – green 25 2) Water – blue 26 3) Reuse – purple 27 d. Pipe with gashes, nicks, abrasions, or any such physical damage which may 28 have occurred during storage and/or handling, which are larger/deeper than 10 29 percent of the wall thickness, shall not be used and shall be removed from the 30 construction site. 31 e. Pipe and fittings shall be uniform in color, opacity, density, and other physical 32 properties. 33 f. Pipe Markings 34 1) In accordance with ASTM D3350 35 2) Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 36 a) Intervals uniformly at 6-inch 37 b) Manufacturer’s Name or Trademark and production record 38 c) Nominal pipe size 39 d) ASTM or Dimension Ratio (DR) designation 40 e) Cell classification 41 f) Seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe 42 33 14 14 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 g. Dimension Classification 1 1) Potable and force main applications shall be Ductile Iron Pipe Size 2 (DIPS/DIOD). 3 2) 1-inch and 2-inch potable water service lines shall be of copper tube size 4 (CTS) and in accordance with all AWWA C901 standards. 5 3) All other uses may be Iron Pipe Size (IPS). 6 2. Connections 7 a. Use only manufactured fittings in accordance with ASTM D3261 8 b. HDPE fabricated fittings shall have pressure class ratings not less than the 9 pressure class rating of the pipe to which they are joined. 10 1) For pressure applications, a minimum pressure rating of 200 psi is required 11 for all fittings. 12 3. Couplings (for connection to dissimilar pipe or fitting materials) 13 a. Potable water or sewer force main. HDPE flange or mechanical joint adapters 14 designed to AWWA C901/C906 standards. DIPS only. 15 b. Gravity sewer. Smith-Blair Repair Clamp 228 or Straub Flex Coupling. 16 4. Tracer Wire/Detectable Metallic Tape in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 17 5. Pipe Stiffener for use in conjunction with ductile iron fittings or valves – Romac 18 Industries 304 stainless steel pipe end stiffener or approved equivalent 19 6. Polyethylene Repair Clamp 20 a. Smith-Blair Full Circle Clamp Style 228 or 263. 21 b. Should any other mechanical restraints be required, they shall be in accordance 22 with Sections 33 14 05 and 33 14 10. 23 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 24 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25 PART 3 - EXECUTION 26 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 27 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 28 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 29 3.4 INSTALLATION 30 A. General 31 1. Install pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with this Section 32 and the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 33 2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 34 3. The minimum allowable pipe bending radius shall be 20 times the outside diameter 35 of the pipe. 36 4. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 37 5. Embed pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 38 B. Pipe Handling 39 33 14 14 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 1 2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 2 a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 3 lowering into the trench. 4 b. Use only nylon ropes, slings, or other lifting devices that will not damage the 5 surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 6 3. At the close of each operating day: 7 a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and 8 after the laying operation. 9 b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 10 C. Pipe Joining 11 1. Join pipe in accordance with ASTM F2620. 12 2. Operators must be certified by the manufacturer to use the fusion equipment. 13 3. Follow the time and temperature recommendations of the manufacturer. 14 4. Joints shall be stronger than the pipe itself, be properly aligned, and contain no gaps 15 or voids. 16 5. Remove the internal bead created by the thermo butt-fusion welding process (for 17 sizes smaller than 8-inch). The internal bead shall be removed using equipment 18 specifically designed for this application. After the bead is cut from the pipe joint 19 the scrap bead shall be removed from the pipe. 20 a. For trenchless installations, the external bead may be required to be removed as 21 directed by City. 22 6. Each fusion joint shall be recorded and logged by an electronic monitoring device 23 (data logger) connected to the fusion machine that shall register and/or record the 24 parameters required by the manufacturer and these specifications. Data not logged 25 by the data logger shall be logged manually and be included in the Fusion 26 Technician’s joint report. 27 D. Tracer Wire/Detectable Metallic Tape Installation in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 28 29 3.5 REPAIR 30 A. Repair any damaged pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with this 31 Section and the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. Faulty fusion joints must be 32 removed and remade. 33 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 34 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 35 A. Potable Water Mains 36 1. Hydrostatic testing: 37 a. Hydrostatically test the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 38 B. Sewer Force Mains 39 1. Hydrostatic testing: 40 a. Hydrostatically test the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 41 C. Gravity Sewer Mains 42 33 14 14 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 1 a. Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 2 2. Sewer Pipe Testing 3 a. Test pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 4 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 5 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 6 3.10 CLEANING 7 A. Potable Water Mains 8 1. Cleaning, disinfection, and bacteriological testing of water mains: 9 a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, and bacteriological test the mains in accordance 10 with Section 33 01 10. 11 12 B. Sewer Force Mains 13 1. Cleaning of sewer force mains 14 a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 15 C. Gravity Sewer Mains 16 1. Cleaning of sewer mains: 17 a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 18 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 19 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 20 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 21 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 22 END OF SECTION 23 24 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/17/24 Added pipe stiffener requirement for connection to fittings and valves; 2.2.B 25 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 1 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 14 17 1 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Lead-free 1-inch to 2-inch water service lines from the water main to the right-of-way, 5 fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as shown on the Drawings, and 6 specified in this Section for: 7 1. New Water Service 8 2. New Bored Water Service 9 3. New Water Service (City Performed) 10 4. Private Water Service 11 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 12 1. None. 13 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 14 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 15 Contract. 16 2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 17 3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains. 18 4. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 19 5. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 20 6. Section 33 14 14 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe. 21 7. Section 33 14 25 – Connection to Existing Water Mains. 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. New Water Service 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measurement for this item shall be per each new “Water Service” complete 27 in place from the tap of the main to the installation of the meter box and 28 associated appurtenances where the service line is installed by open cut 29 construction. 30 b. Payment 31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33 price bid per each “Water Service” installed for: 34 a) Various sizes. 35 c. The price bid shall include: 36 1) Furnishing and installing New Service Line as specified by the Drawings 37 2) Utility Markers/Locators 38 3) Submitting product data 39 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 2 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 4) Tapping saddle 1 5) Corporation stop 2 6) Angle stop 3 7) Fittings 4 8) Service line installed by open cut 5 9) Connection to meter 6 10) Meter Box and Lid 7 11) Temporary lighting 8 12) Traffic Control associated with connection 9 13) Plating of open trenches 10 14) Pavement removal 11 15) Excavation 12 16) Hauling 13 17) Disposal of excess material 14 18) Furnishing, placing, and compaction of embedment 15 19) Furnishing, placing, and compaction of backfill 16 20) Surface restoration including pavement, curb, gutter, sidewalk and 17 vegetative cover replacement 18 21) Clean-up 19 22) Disinfection 20 23) Testing 21 2. New Bored Water Service 22 a. Measurement 23 1) Measurement for this item shall be per each new “Bored Water Service” 24 complete in place from the tap of the main to the installation of the meter box 25 and associated appurtenances where the service line is installed by directional 26 drilling. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30 price bid per each “Water Service” installed for: 31 a) Various sizes. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Furnishing and installing New Service Line as specified by the Drawings 34 2) Submitting product data 35 3) Tapping saddle 36 4) Corporation stop 37 5) Angle stop 38 6) Fittings 39 7) Service line installed by directional drilling 40 8) Connection to meter 41 9) Meter Box and Lid 42 10) Temporary lighting 43 11) Traffic Control associated with connection 44 12) Plating of open trenches 45 13) Pavement removal 46 14) Excavation 47 15) Hauling 48 16) Disposal of excess material 49 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 3 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 17) Furnishing, placing, and compaction of embedment 1 18) Furnishing, placing, and compaction of backfill 2 19) Surface restoration including pavement, curb, gutter, sidewalk, and 3 vegetative cover replacement 4 20) Clean-up 5 21) Disinfection 6 22) Testing 7 4. Private Water Service Relocation 8 a. Measurement 9 1) Measurement for this item shall be per linear foot of Private Service 10 relocation complete in place from the meter box to a connection to the 11 existing service line on private property. 12 b. Payment 13 1) The work performed in conjunction with Private Service Line installation 14 where the meter and meter boxes are moved more than 5 feet in any direction 15 from centerline of existing meter location and materials furnished in 16 accordance with the item and measured as provided under “Measurement” 17 will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Private Water Service” 18 performed for: 19 a) Various service sizes. 20 21 c. The price bid shall include: 22 1) Obtaining required permit(s) 23 2) Obtaining Right of Entry 24 3) Submitting product data 25 4) Private service line 26 5) Fittings 27 6) Backflow preventer, check valve, and isolation valve relocation, if 28 applicable 29 7) Connection to existing private service line 30 8) Pavement removal and replacement 31 9) Temporary lighting 32 10) Traffic Control associated with connection 33 11) Plating of open trenches 34 12) Excavation 35 13) Hauling 36 14) Disposal of excess material 37 15) Furnishing, placing, and compaction of embedment and backfill 38 16) Surface restoration including pavement, curb, gutter, sidewalk and 39 vegetative cover replacement 40 17) Clean-up 41 18) Cleaning 42 19) Disinfection 43 20) Testing 44 1.3 REFERENCES 45 A. Reference Standards 46 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 4 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 1 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 2 unless a date is specifically cited. 3 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 4 a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 5 b. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 6 c. B88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. 7 d. B98, Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar and Shapes. 8 e. C131, Standard Specification for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size 9 Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. 10 f. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 11 g. C330, Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural 12 Concrete. 13 h. C857 (RL), Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for 14 Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures 15 i. D883, Standard Terminology Relating to Plastics. 16 j. D1693, Standard Test Method for Environmental Stress-Cracking of Ethylene 17 Plastics 18 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 19 a. C700, Cold-Water Meters - Displacement Type, Bronze Main Case. 20 b. C800, Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings. 21 c. C901, Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 3/4-inch through 3-inch, for 22 Water Service. 23 24 4. NSF International (NSF): 25 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 26 b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 27 5. Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act 28 a. Public Law 111-380 (P.L. 111-380) 29 6. General Services Administration (GSA): 30 a. RR-F-621E, Frames, Covers, Gratings, Steps, Sump and Catch Basin, Manhole 31 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 32 A. Scheduling 33 1. Provide advance notice for service interruption to property owner in accordance 34 with Section 01 35 13. 35 2. Service interruptions may only occur during normal business hours from Monday 36 through Friday, unless otherwise approved by the City. 37 1.5 SUBMITTALS 38 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 39 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 40 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 41 A. Product Data, if applicable: 42 1. Tapping Saddle 43 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 5 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Corporation Stop 1 3. Angle Stop 2 4. Service Line 3 5. Meter Box 4 6. Meter Box Lid 5 B. Certificates and Test Reports 6 1. Prior to shipment of any Water Service components, the manufacturer shall submit 7 the following: 8 a. A Certificate of Adequacy of Design stating the components furnished comply 9 with all regulatory requirements identified in this Section including: 10 1) The Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380) 11 2) AWWA C800 12 3) NSF 61 and 372 13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16 A. Qualifications 17 1. Manufacturers 18 a. In accordance with AWWA C800, NSF 61 and 372, the Reduction of Lead in 19 Drinking Water Act, and this Section. 20 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 21 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 22 1. Protect parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 23 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 24 equipment are ready for operation. 25 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 26 site. 27 3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 28 extremes in temperature. 29 4. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 30 66 00. 31 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 32 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 33 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 34 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED 35 A. When tapping fees are paid for City to perform the work, City shall furnish all fittings, 36 service lines, and other appurtenances from the main to the meter box. 37 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 6 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 B. Water meters for various sizes. 1 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 2 A. Manufacturers 3 1. Manufacturer List 4 a. Water Service Tapping Saddle (Brass Double Strap with CC Threads) 5 1) Mueller/BR2B, 6 2) Ford Meter Box/202B 7 b. Corporations Valves 8 1) Mueller/P15008N, P25008N (for 1" Line) 1": Brass, CC Inlet Threads & 9 Pack Joint Filling 10 2) Ford Meter Box/F1000NL, FB1000NL (for 1" Line) Key or Ball Type 11 3) Mueller/E25009N (for 2" Line) 2": Brass, CC Inlet Threads & Pack Joint 12 Fitting 13 4) Ford Meter Box/FBNL1000NL (for 2" Line) Ball type, NSF 372 compliant 14 c. Angle Meter Valves 15 1) Mueller/P24258N (for 1" Line) Brass, Angle Meter with Pack Jointing & 16 Lock Wing 17 2) Ford Meter Box/BA43NL (for 1" Line) Ball type 18 3) Mueller/P24276N (for 2" Line) 19 4) Ford Meter Box/BFA43NL (for 2" Line) 20 2. Water Meter Box/Can 21 a. Unpaved areas: 22 1) 3/4": Bass & Hays/34B 23 2) 1": Bass & Hays/548A 24 3) 1 1/2" & 2": Bass & Hays/55A 25 b. Paved areas (not requiring H-20 loading): 26 1) 3/4": Bass & Hays/ P34PD18 27 2) 1": Bass & Hays/ P55PD18 28 3) 1 1/2" & 2": Bass & Hays/ P55PD18 29 c. Paved areas (H-20 loading): 30 1) 3/4" and 1”: Old Castle B1324 31 2) 1 1/2" & 2": Old Castle B1730 32 3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 33 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 34 4. The services and appurtenances shall be new and the product of a manufacturer 35 regularly engaged in the manufacturing of services and appurtenances having 36 similar service and size. 37 B. Materials/Design Criteria 38 1. Service Lines 39 a. Type K Copper Tubing per ASTM B88. 40 1) Furnish in the annealed conditions, unless otherwise specified in the 41 Contract Documents. 42 2) Copper is required for use crossing gas station sites and other sites where 43 hydrocarbon is present in the soil. 44 b. HDPE pipe and fittings 45 1) In accordance with AWWA C901 and Section 33 14 14. 46 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 7 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Tracer wire 1 a) Continuous, insulated TW, THW, THWN, or HMWPE insulated 2 copper, 10 gauge or thicker wire for pipeline location purposes by means 3 of an electronic line tracer. 4 2. Service Couplings 5 a. Fitting Ends 6 1) Pack joints with external clamp and CC thread dimensions in accordance 7 with AWWA C800. 8 2) Provide coupling nuts with a machined bearing skirt of a length equal to the 9 tubing outer diameter (O.D.). 10 b. Provide with hexagonal wrench grip compatible with coupling size. 11 c. Provide lead-free service couplings in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in 12 Drinking Water Act. 13 3. Brass Fittings 14 a. Pack joint type for copper service line. 15 b. Compression, grip joint, or quick joint fittings are only allowed for HDPE 16 service lines. Stainless steel stiffener shall be used on all compression fittings. 17 4. Corporation stops 18 a. Provide brass castings per AWWA C800 for: 19 1) Bodies 20 2) Plugs 21 3) D washers 22 4) Bottom nuts 23 b. Machining and Finishing of Surfaces 24 1) Provide 1 ¾ inch per foot or 0.1458 inch per inch ± 0.007 inch per inch 25 taper of the seating surfaces for the key and body. 26 2) Reduce large end of the tapered surface of the key in diameter by chamfer 27 or turning for a distance that will bring the largest end of the seating surface 28 of the key into the largest diameter of the seating surface of the body. 29 3) Relieve taper seat in the body on the small end. 30 4) Extend small end of the key there-through to prevent the wearing of a 31 shoulder and facilitate proper seating of key. 32 5) Design key, key nut, and washer such that if the key nut is tightened to 33 failure point, the stem end of the key shall not fracture. 34 6) Design nut and stem to withstand a turning force on the nut of at least 3 35 times the necessary effort to properly seat the key without failure in any 36 manner. 37 7) Port through corporation stop shall be full size to eliminate turbulence in 38 the flow way. 39 8) Design stop for rotation about the axis of the flow passageway inside the 40 following minimum circles in order to properly clear the tapping machine: 41 a) Two 7/8-inch for 1-inch corporation stops 42 b) Four 15/16-inch for 2-inch corporation stops 43 c. Provide lead-free corporation stops in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in 44 Drinking Water Act. 45 5. Straight Adapters 46 a. Brass castings and threads in accordance with AWWA C800. 47 b. Lead-free in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 48 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 8 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 6. Three Part Copper Unions 1 a. Brass castings and threads in accordance with AWWA C800. 2 b. Lead-free in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 3 7. Straight Meter Couplings 4 a. Brass castings in accordance with AWWA C800. 5 b. Threads in accordance with AWWA C700. 6 c. Tailpiece with outside iron pipe thread 7 d. Chamfer corners on threaded end of meter nut. 8 e. Machine inside and outside of tailpiece. 9 f. Lead-free in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 10 8. Branch Connections 11 a. Brass castings in accordance with AWWA C800. 12 b. Inlet and outlet connections in accordance with AWWA C800. 13 c. Lead-free in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 14 9. Service Saddles 15 a. Brass castings in accordance AWWA C800. 16 1) Free of porosity with sharp edges removed 17 2) Form to fit firmly against side of maximum diameter of water main with 18 approximately 180 degrees wrap around. 19 3) Outlet 20 a) Design outlet boss for no thread distortion by bending moments. 21 b) Tapped for taper threaded corporation stop conforming to AWWA 22 C800. 23 b. Straps 24 1) In accordance with ASTM B98. 25 2) Form flat to fit uniformly against the wall of the water main. 26 3) Double straps required 27 4) Rod diameter not less than 5/8 inch flattened to 1 inch on one side. 28 5) Threaded 5/8 inch (11-NC-2A) for a distance such that ½ inch remains after 29 clamp is fully tightened on the pipe 30 6) Chamfer strap ends to protect the starting threads. 31 7) Threads shall be full and free from shear. 32 8) 4-inch and larger pipe in accordance with Section 33 14 25. 33 c. Nuts 34 1) Bronze material 35 a) Same material as straps. 36 2) Dimensions equal to or larger than heavy hexagon nuts. 37 3) Tapped 5/8 inch (11-NC-2B). 38 d. Gaskets 39 1) Neoprene rubber material 40 2) Cemented to saddle and positioned to facilitate installation 41 10. Brass Flanged Angle Valve 42 a. For 1-inch and 2-inch services 43 b. Brass castings in accordance with AWWA C800 44 c. Locking wing and pack joint fitting 45 d. Valve Body with integral outlet flange and inlet wrenching flat 46 e. Key and body fit together by turning key and reaming body 47 1) Key with O-ring seal seat at the upper end 48 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 9 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Lap key and body seat in accordance with corporation stop requirements of 1 this Section. 2 3) The outlet flange shall contain an O-ring seat or a uniform flat drop-in 3 flange gasket surface. 4 4) Drop-in flange gasket surface shall contain gasket retaining grooves milled 5 circular about the axis of the flange. 6 5) The size of the outlet flange and the diameter and spacing of the bolt holes 7 in accordance with AWWA C700. 8 6) The flange on 2-inch angle valves shall be double drilled to permit 9 connection to l ½ -inch meters. 10 7) The inlet port of the valve shall be tapered in accordance with AWWA 11 C800 taper pipe thread. 12 8) The key cap shall include a wrenching tee marked with a raised or recessed 13 arrow to show whether the valve is open or closed. 14 9) Valve Assembly (main body, key, key cap) 15 a) Brass material in accordance with AWWA C800. 16 b) O-ring seal on the top of the key between the key and body seat 17 c) Key cap shall complete the assembly by attaching to key by means of a 18 strong bronze pin with phosphor bronze spring washer(s) depressed 19 between key cap and the top of the valve main body. 20 d) Provide with padlock wings for locking the valve in closed position. 21 e) Uniform application of cold-water valve grease between the body and 22 the key 23 f) Capable of being easily opened and stopping lugs 24 g) The waterway through the valve shall be smooth and rounded for 25 minimum pressure loss and free of burrs or fins. 26 h) Strong, well designed, neat in appearance, water-tight and entirely 27 adequate for the intended purpose. 28 i) Either a high-quality rubber drop-in gasket or an O-ring seal required 29 depending on the manufacturer's flange seal surface design choice. 30 f. Lead-free in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 31 11. Meter Boxes: 32 a. Materials: 33 1) Galvanized Steel 34 a) Coated cast gray iron, ASTM A48 CL35B 35 2) Polymer, black polyethylene material in accordance with ASTM D883 and 36 ASTM D1693. 37 a) Minimum wall thickness of 3/8-inch throughout, free of blowing agents 38 or foaming plastics 39 b) Body shall be black throughout, blended at the time of manufacture, 40 and have a molded recycled emblem with a minimum of 35 percent Post 41 Industrial/ Pre-Consumer Recycled Content- verified with a Leed Product 42 Documentation. 43 c) Tensile strength greater than 1700 pounds per square inch (psi). 44 d) Smooth edges and corners such that the unit can be handled safely 45 without gloves. 46 e) Exterior free from seams or parting lines. 47 f) Have crush resistant ribbing along the outside of the box. 48 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 10 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 g) Have a flange around the lid opening to help prevent settling and aide 1 in adjustment to grade. 2 h) Not to be installed in roadway – designed to withstand loading in non-3 deliberate and incidental traffic only. 4 3) Concrete 5 a) Frame of No. 6 gauge wire welded closed 6 b) Type I or Type II Portland cement, in accordance with ASTM C150, 7 portioned with lightweight aggregate, in accordance with ASTM C330 8 (1) Percentage of wear not to exceed 40 per ASTM C131 9 (2) Minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi 10 (3) Be designed in accordance with ASTM C857 11 b. Other Requirements: 12 1) Placed in unpaved areas primarily or other areas not requiring H-20 13 loading. Concrete meter boxes with ductile iron lids are only required when 14 H-20 loading is necessary. 15 2) Withstand a minimum 15,000 pounds vertical load 16 3) Withstand a minimum 400 pounds sidewall load. 17 4) Pipe holes measuring a minimum of 2-1/2” x 3-1/4”. 18 5) Standard Sizes: 19 a) For unpaved areas: 20 (1) 3/4-inch: 18-inch Depth x 18-inch Diameter 21 (2) 1-inch: 18-inch Depth x 24-inch Diameter 22 (3) 1-1/2 & 2-inch: 18-inch Depth x 28-inch Diameter 23 b) For paved areas (not requiring H-20 loading): 24 (1) 3/4-inch: 18-inch Depth x 18-inch Diameter 25 (2) 1-inch: 18-inch Depth x 30-inch Diameter 26 (3) 1-1/2 & 2-inch: 18-inch Depth x 30-inch Diameter 27 c) For paved areas (H-20 loading) Concrete Meter Box: 28 (1) 3/4-inch and 1-inch: working area not less than 10-inches x 16-29 inches, 12 inches high 30 (2) 1-1/2 & 2-inch: working area not less than 15-inches x 26-1/2-31 inches, 12 inches high 32 12. Meter Box Lid 33 a. General Requirements: 34 1) Solid throughout with reinforcing ribs. 35 2) Bear the Manufacturer’s IS (name or logo) and Country of Origin. 36 3) Designed both with and without AMI receptacles 37 4) Molded tread-plate 38 5) Seat securely and evenly inside the meter box and shall not overlap the top 39 edge of the meter box. 40 6) Molded pick bar for use by meter reading tool. 41 7) Automated Meter Infrastructure (AMI) snap locking slide mounts for 42 number of meters/endpoints associated with meter box. Caps for AMI 43 receptacle shall be UV resistant. 44 8) Have an opening to accept the AMI end-point. Opening shall accommodate 45 an endpoint with a 1-7/8 inches diameter. 46 9) Have recessed AMI end point area, to alleviate a trip hazard, centered over 47 AMI slide mount. Recess area should be 4-1/2 inches in diameter and 3/8” 48 deep. 49 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 11 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 10) Have built-in anti-flotation devices. 1 b. Cast Iron or Ductile Iron Lid Requirements: 2 1) Lids for Concrete Meter Boxes shall be constructed out of a cast iron and in 3 accordance with RR-F-621E. 4 2) Should Ductile Iron be used, provide in accordance with ASTM A536 5 3) Withstand a minimum vertical load of 15,000 pounds 6 4) Coat castings with a bituminous emulsified asphalt unless otherwise 7 specified in the Contract Documents, ground smooth, and cleaned with shot 8 blasting, to get a uniform quality free from strength defects and distortions. 9 5) Within industry standard dimensions of ±1/16 inch per foot. 10 6) Provide a plug inserted in to the AMI receptacle to avoid water entering 11 through opening until the AMI receptacle is used 12 7) Minimum of 1-3/4 inches thick at reinforcing ribs. 13 8) Casting weights may vary ±5 percent from drawing weight per industry 14 standards. 15 9) Polymer lids are not allowed. 16 13. Service Line Marker/Tracer Wire 17 a. In accordance with Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators 18 b. End of service line shall have 3-inch-wide, 5 mil blue vinyl tape set at 6” above 19 ground for locating prior to meter box installation. 20 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 21 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 22 A. Tests and Inspections 23 1. At the City’s option, the manufacturer shall be required to provide certification 24 records showing conformance of materials, design and testing to this Section. 25 2. Perform test procedures in accordance with AWWA C800. 26 a. In the event that a chosen valve fails the City’s hydrostatic test, the cost of the 27 test shall be at the expense of the supplier. 28 b. Proof testing of the remainder of the valves shall be at the cost and responsibility 29 of the supplier. 30 c. These tests will be the basis of acceptance or rejection of the remainder of the 31 shipment by the City. 32 3. The City reserves the right to select products at random for testing. The failure of 33 materials to conform to the applicable Section may result in the rejection of the 34 entire shipment. 35 B. Marking 36 1. Service saddle castings shall be clearly marked by letters and numerals cast thereon 37 showing: 38 a. Manufacturer’s name 39 b. Type 40 c. Size of Pipe 41 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 12 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSTALLERS 2 A. A licensed plumber is required for installations on the outlet side of the service meter. 3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 5 3.4 INSTALLATION 6 A. General 7 1. City will perform all tapping connections to the existing water system. The fees 8 charged to perform this work shall be paid for in accordance with the published 9 City tapping fees. 10 2. Water meter installation is performed by the City. 11 3. Install Water Services and appurtenances in accordance with AWWA C800. 12 4. Install Water Service Lines where shown on Drawings. 13 5. Install services at a minimum depth of 36 inches below final grade/proposed top of 14 curb, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 15 6. Perform leak tests in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 16 7. Replace existing 3/4-inch Service Lines with 1-inch new Service Line, tap, and 17 corporation. 18 8. Install replaced or relocated services with the service main tap and service line 19 being in line with the service meter, unless otherwise directed by the City. 20 9. Excavate, embed and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 21 B. Handling 22 1. Haul service lines and fittings at the project site and handle with care to avoid 23 damage. 24 a. Inspect each segment of Service Line and reject or repair any damaged pipe 25 prior to lowering into the trench. 26 b. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the pipe. 27 2. At the close of each operating day: 28 a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash – during and after 29 the laying operation. 30 b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 31 C. Service Line Installation 32 1. Service Taps 33 a. Tap Assemblies (when installed by contractor on unpressurized line) 34 1) Consist of corporation stop with iron to copper connection attached to: 35 a) Copper tubing or HDPE line terminating in accordance with the City’s 36 Standard Detail 37 b) May be required adjacent to gate valves 38 c) Install as shown on the Drawings 39 d) Included in the unit price bid for installing gate valve or other 40 appurtenances, as required. 41 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 13 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Chlorination and testing purposes 1 a) No separate payment will be made for taps required for testing and 2 chlorination. 3 2. Installation of Water Services 4 a. Connect to tap and install Service Line in accordance with City Details. 5 b. For HDPE services, install tracer wire in accordance with this Section. 6 c. Install meter box in accordance with City Details. 7 1) Adjustment of Service Line to proper meter placement height shall be 8 considered as part of Meter Box installation. 9 3. Trenching 10 a. Provide a trench with sufficient width to allow for 2 inches of granular 11 embedment on either side of the Service Line which shall be compacted to 95-12 percent of Standard Proctor density. 13 4. Bored Services 14 a. Services shall be bored utilizing a pilot hole having a diameter 1/2 inch to 3/4 15 inches larger than the service line 16 b. Installation shall be directional drill only, and no other methods are permitted. 17 5. Arrangement 18 a. Arrange corporation stops, branches, angle stops, meter spuds, meter boxes and 19 other associate appurtenances as shown in the City Detail. 20 b. Water meter installation is performed by the City. 21 6. Service Marker 22 a. When Meter Box is not installed immediately subsequent to service installation: 23 1) Attach strip of blue vinyl tape to angle stop, fastening at the end of the 24 service and extending through the backfill approximately 6 inches above 25 ground at the Meter Box location. 26 b. Installation of service taps only: 27 1) Attach strip of blue vinyl tape to the corporation stop or plug, extending 28 upward and normal to the main through the backfill at the adjacent trench 29 edge to at least 6 inches above ground to flag the tap location. 30 7. Corporation stops 31 a. Fully open corporation stop prior to backfill. 32 8. Tracer Wire (HDPE Services Only) 33 a. Install on top of service line along the entire length of the pipe. 34 1) Do not wrap tracer wire around service line. 35 b. Ensure tracer wire extends a minimum of 12 inches into meter box. 36 c. Secure tracer wire to service line every 5 feet with tape. 37 d. Splice sections of wire together using splice caps and waterproof seals. Twisting 38 the wires together is not allowed. 39 3.5 REPAIR 40 A. Tracer Wire 41 1. Where tracer wire insulation is damaged repair with electrical tape. 42 33 14 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH AND 2-INCH Page 14 of 14 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 1 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 2 A. Field Tests and Inspections 3 1. Check each Water Service installation for leaks and full flow through the angle stop 4 at the time the main is tested in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 5 2. Tracer wire testing 6 a. Contractor shall demonstrate that the tracer wire is continuous and unbroken 7 through the entire run of the service by showing full signal conductivity 8 (including splices) when energizing the wire in the presence of City. 9 b. If the wire is broken, the Contractor shall repair or replace it. Service installation 10 will not be accepted until the tracer wire passes a continuity test. 11 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18 19 END OF SECTION 20 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 21 33 14 20 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 14 20 1 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves 4-inch through 30-inch for use with potable 6 water mains. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 1. Section 33 01 12 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation. 14 2. Section 33 14 05 – Bolts, Nuts and Gaskets. 15 3. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Gate Valve 19 a. Measurement 20 1) Measured per each “Gate Valve” installed. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24 price bid per each “Gate Valve” installed for: 25 a) Various sizes. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Furnishing and installing Gate Valves as specified by the Drawings 28 2) Valve box 29 3) Valve nut extension 30 4) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 24-inch and larger gate valves) 31 5) Integral bypass (30-inch only) 32 6) Petrolatum tape for connections to flanges 33 7) 2-inch risers (for 24-inch and larger gate valves) 34 8) Isolation kits 35 9) Polyethylene encasement 36 10) Pavement removal 37 11) Excavation 38 12) Hauling 39 13) Disposal of excess material 40 33 14 20 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 14) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 1 15) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 2 16) Clean-up 3 17) Cleaning 4 18) Disinfection 5 19) Testing 6 2. Cut-in Gate Valve 7 a. Measurement 8 1) Measured per each “Cut-in Gate Valve” installed. 9 b. Payment 10 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 11 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 12 price bid per each “Cut-in Gate Valve” installed for: 13 a) Various sizes. 14 c. The price bid shall include: 15 1) Furnishing and installing Gate Valves as specified by the Drawings 16 2) System dewatering 17 3) Connections to existing pipe materials 18 4) Valve box 19 5) Valve nut extension 20 6) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 24-inch and larger gate valves) 21 7) Integral bypass (30-inch only) 22 8) Petrolatum tape for connections to flanges 23 9) 2-inch risers (for 24-inch and larger gate valves) 24 10) Isolation kits 25 11) Polyethylene encasement 26 12) Pavement removal 27 13) Excavation 28 14) Hauling 29 15) Disposal of excess material 30 16) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 31 17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 32 18) Clean-up 33 19) Cleaning 34 20) Disinfection 35 21) Testing 36 1.3 REFERENCES 37 A. Reference Standards 38 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 39 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 40 unless a date is specifically cited. 41 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 42 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 43 a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125, and 250). 44 4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 45 46 33 14 20 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 5. ASTM International (ASTM): 1 a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2 b. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi 3 Tensile Strength. 4 c. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 5 d. B633, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and 6 Steel. 7 6. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 8 (AWWA/ANSI): 9 a. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 10 b. C111/A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and 11 Fittings. 12 c. C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron 13 Threaded Flanges. 14 d. C509, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 15 e. C515, Reduced-Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 16 f. C550, Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. 17 g. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN 18 through 60 IN, for Water Transmission and Distribution. 19 7. NSF International (NSF): 20 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 21 b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 23 1.5 SUBMITTALS 24 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 25 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 26 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 27 A. Product Data 28 1. Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve 29 a. Pressure rating 30 b. Coating system 31 c. Dimensions, weights, material list, and detailed drawings 32 d. Joint type 33 e. Maximum torque recommended by the manufacturer for the valve size 34 2. Polyethylene encasement and tape 35 3. Thrust Restraint 36 a. Retainer glands 37 b. Thrust harnesses 38 c. Any other means 39 4. Instructions for field repair of fusion bonded epoxy coating 40 5. Gaskets 41 B. Certificates 42 33 14 20 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying all Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves meet the 1 provisions of this Section, all inspections have been made and that all tests have 2 been performed in accordance with AWWA C509 or AWWA C515. 3 2. Furnish an affidavit certifying Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer 4 has 5 years experience manufacturing Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar 5 service and size with experience record. 6 3. Furnish an affidavit certifying Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer 7 owns or controls any foreign factory/foundry that supplies valve casings and can 8 certify that the Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer is in control of 9 quality control at the foreign factory/foundry. 10 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. Qualifications 14 1. Manufacturers 15 a. Valves 16-inch and larger shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each 16 project. 17 1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 18 manufacturer upon City approval. 19 b. For valves less than 16-inch, each valve size shall be the product of 1 20 manufacturer, unless approved by the City. 21 1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 22 manufacturer upon City approval. 23 c. Valves shall be in accordance with AWWA C509 or AWWA C515. 24 d. For valves equipped with a bypass, the bypass valve must be of the same 25 manufacturer as the main valve. 26 e. Resilient Seated Gate Valves shall be new. 27 f. Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer shall not have less than 5 years of 28 successful experience manufacturing Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar 29 service and size and be able to demonstrate an experience record that is 30 satisfactory to the City. 31 1) Experience record will be thoroughly investigated by the City, and 32 acceptance will be at the sole discretion of the City. 33 g. Casings for Resilient Seated Gate Valve, such as valve body, wedge, and 34 bypass, that are not manufactured within the United States of America, shall be 35 manufactured by factories/foundries that are owned or controlled (partial 36 ownership) such that the Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer can control 37 and guarantee quality at the foreign factory/foundry. 38 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 39 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 40 1. Protect all parts so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 41 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 42 equipment are ready for operation. 43 33 14 20 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 1 site. 2 3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges with wooden blank flanges. 3 4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 4 5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 5 extremes in temperature. 6 6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 7 66 00. 8 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 9 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12 2.2 MATERIALS 13 A. Manufacturers 14 1. Gate Valves 15 a. Mueller – A-2362 (AWWA C509) – Sizes 4” – 12” 16 b. Mueller – A-2361 (AWWA C515) – Sizes 4” – 30” 17 c. US Pipe – A-USP2 (AWWA C509) – Sizes 4” – 12” 18 d. US Pipe – A-USP1 (AWWA C515) – Sizes 4” – 30” 19 e. M&H Valve – Style 4067 (AWWA C509) – Sizes 4” – 12” 20 f. M&H Valve – Style 7000 (AWWA C515) – Sizes 4” – 30” 21 g. Clow Valve – Model 2639 (AWWA C509) – Sizes 4” – 12” 22 h. Clow Valve – Model 2638 (AWWA C515) – Sizes 4” – 30” 23 i. American Flow Control – Series 2500 (AWWA C515) – Sizes 4” – 30” 24 j. J&S Valve – 6900, 6800, 6600 (AWWA C509) – Sizes 4” – 12” 25 k. J&S Valve – 6900.5, 6800.5, 6600.5 (AWWA C515) – Sizes 4” – 30” 26 2. Valve Boxes 27 a. Tyler Union – 6850 28 b. Bass & Hays – 2436S 29 c. EJ - 8550 30 3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 31 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 32 B. Description 33 1. Regulatory Requirements 34 a. Valves shall be new and in accordance with AWWA C509, AWWA C515 and 35 this Section. 36 b. All valve components in contact with potable water shall conform to the 37 requirements of NSF 61 and 372. 38 C. Materials 39 1. Valve Body 40 a. Valve body: Ductile iron per ASTM A536 41 33 14 20 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Flanged ends: Furnish in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15. 1 c. Mechanical Joints: Furnish with outlets in accordance with AWWA/ANSI 2 C111/A21.11. 3 d. Valve interior and exterior surfaces: Fusion bonded epoxy coated, minimum 5 4 mils, in accordance with AWWA C550 5 e. Buried valves: Provide with polyethylene encasement in accordance with 6 AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5. 7 1) Polyethylene encasement: Furnish in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 8 2. Wedge (Gate) 9 a. Resilient wedge: Rated at 250 psig cold water working pressure 10 b. 1 piece, fully encapsulated with a permanently bonded EPDM rubber. 11 3. Bypass 12 a. For 30-inch gate valves an integrally cast bypass on the body of the valve is 13 required. 14 1) For vertically oriented valves, orient the bypass on the same side of the gate 15 valve as the spur gear to allow operation of both valves from the vault 16 opening. 17 2) For horizontally oriented valves, orient the bypass opposite the spur/bevel 18 gear, and cast in the base of the valve. 19 3) The bypass shall be a minimum 2-inch in size. 20 4. Gate Valve Bolts and Nuts 21 a. Bonnet, Stuffing Box and Gear Box - Hex head bolt, and hex nut: 22 1) Buried Service – AISI 304 stainless steel 23 2) Non-buried Service 24 a) 4-inch through 12-inch valves – Steel ASTM A307 Gr. B, Zinc Plate 25 per ASTM B633, SC3 26 b) 16-inch and larger – AISI 304 stainless steel 27 5. Bolts and Nuts 28 a. Mechanical Joints 29 a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 30 b. Flanged Ends 31 1) In accordance with AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe 32 material. 33 2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 34 3) Provide flanged isolation kits when connecting to buried steel or concrete 35 pressure pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 12. 36 6. Joints 37 a. Valves: flanged, mechanical-joint, or any combination of these as specified on 38 the Drawings or in the project Specifications 39 1) Flanged-joints: AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 40 a) Flange bolt circles and bolt holes in accordance with ASME B16.1, 41 Class 125. 42 b) Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 43 2) Steel or concrete pressure pipe 44 a) Use flange-joints unless otherwise specified in the Contract 45 Documents. 46 3) Ductile Iron or PVC pressure pipe 47 33 14 20 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a) Use mechanical joints with mechanically restrained retainer glands in 1 accordance with Section 33 14 05, unless otherwise specified in the 2 Contract Documents. 3 7. Operating Nuts 4 a. Supply for buried service valves 5 b. 1-15/16-inch square at the top, 2-inch at the base, and 1-3/4-inch high 6 c. Cast an arrow showing the direction of opening with the word “OPEN” on the 7 operating nut base. 8 d. To open, the operating nut shall be turned to the left (counter-clockwise) 9 direction. 10 1) Paint nut black per AWWA specifications 11 e. Connect the operating nut to the shaft with a shear pin that prevents the nut 12 from transferring torque to shaft or gear box that exceeds the manufacturer’s 13 recommended torque. 14 f. Furnish handwheel operators for non-buried service or when shown in the 15 Drawings. 16 8. Gearing 17 a. Gate valves 24-inch and larger: Equip with a spur gear. 18 b. Spur gears for horizontally mounted valves are not allowed. 19 c. The spur gear shall be designed and supplied by the manufacturer of the valve 20 as an integral part of the gate valve. 21 9. Gaskets 22 a. Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 14 05. 23 10. Valve Stem 24 a. Provide valves with non-rising stem. 25 2.3 ACCESSORIES 26 A. Provide the following accessories as part of the gate valve installation: 27 1. Furnish joint components such as gaskets, glands, lubricant, bolts, and nuts in 28 sufficient quantity for assembly of each joint. 29 2. Concrete pad for valve boxes and covers located in unpaved surfaces. See City of 30 Denton Standard Detail W601. 31 3. Cast iron valve boxes and covers for buried service gate valves 32 a. Each valve box for 4-inch through 20-inch valves shall be 2-piece, 5 ¼-inch 33 shafts, screw type, consisting of a top section and a bottom section. 34 b. Design valve box covers to be easily removed to provide access to valve 35 operating nut. 36 c. Design valve box covers to stay in position and resist damage under AASHTO 37 HS 20 traffic loads. 38 d. Cast each cover with the word “WATER”, “RECLAIMED”, or “SEWER” in 39 raised letters on the upper surface. 40 e. Cast iron valve boxes and covers shall be in accordance with ASTM A48, Class 41 35B. 42 1) Valve box covers shall be round for potable water applications and square 43 for reclaimed water applications. 44 f. Box extension material shall be AWWA C900 PVC or ductile iron. 45 33 14 20 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 5 3.4 INSTALLATION 6 A. General 7 1. Install all valves in vertical position when utilized in normal pipeline installation. 8 2. Place valves at line and grade as indicated on the Drawings. 9 3. Install polyethylene encasement installation in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 10 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 11 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13 A. Field Inspections 14 1. Before acceptance of the installed valve, allow City to operate the valve. 15 a. City will be assessing the ease of access to the operating nut within the valve 16 box and ease of operating the valve from a fully closed to fully opened position. 17 b. If access and operation of the valve meet the City’s criteria, valve will be 18 accepted as installed. 19 2. All buried flanges require City inspection prior to installation of embedment and 20 backfill. 21 B. Non-Conforming Work 22 1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet City’s 23 criteria, Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets City’s criteria, at 24 Contractor’s expense. 25 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 31 32 33 14 20 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVES Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/17/24 Added J&S Valves to list of approved manufacturers; 2.2.A.1 6/17/24 Removed extension stem requirement for deep valves; 2.3.A 4 33 14 25 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 1 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 14 25 1 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Connection to existing water mains to include, but not limited to: 6 a. Extending from an existing water main (dead-end). 7 b. Installing a tapping sleeve and valve (City performed). 8 c. Cutting in a fitting for a branch connection. 9 B. Deviations from City of Denton Standards: 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract. 14 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15 3. Section 33 01 10 – Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains. 16 4. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 17 5. Section 33 05 98 – Location of Existing Utilities. 18 6. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A. Measurement and Payment 21 1. Connection to an existing unpressurized water main that does not require the City to 22 take part of the water system out of service 23 a. Measurement 24 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the water pipe being installed. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 27 item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water pipe complete 28 in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 29 3. Connection to an existing water main requiring a shutdown of some part of the 30 water system 31 a. Measurement 32 1) Measurement for this item shall be per each connection completed. 33 b. Payment 34 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 35 item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Connection to Existing 36 Water Main with Shutdown” installed for: 37 a) Various sizes of existing water distribution main. 38 c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but 39 not limited to: 40 33 14 25 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 2 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Preparing submittals 1 2) Dewatering 2 3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 3 4) Coordination and notification 4 5) Remobilization 5 6) Temporary lighting 6 7) Polyethylene encasement 7 8) Make-up pieces 8 9) Linings 9 10) Traffic Control associated with connection 10 11) Pavement removal 11 12) Plating of open trenches 12 13) Excavation 13 14) Hauling 14 15) Disposal of excess material 15 16) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 16 17) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 17 18) Clean-up 18 19) Cleaning 19 20) Disinfection 20 21) Testing 21 1.3 REFERENCES 22 A. Definitions 23 1. Exploratory Excavation - Involves the removal of surface soil, sometimes in several 24 locations, to verify the underground infrastructure or for the purpose of obtaining 25 information on subsurface conditions. 26 a. The City may perform exploratory excavation to locate pipe connections in 27 accordance with Section 33 05 98. 28 B. Reference Standards 29 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 30 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 31 unless a date is specifically cited. 32 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 33 a. C206, Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. 34 3. NSF International (NSF): 35 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 36 b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 37 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 38 A. City performed connections shall only be performed where specifically indicated in the 39 Drawings. 40 B. Pre-installation Meetings 41 1. Required for any connections to an existing City water distribution system main 42 that requires a shutdown of some part of the water system. 43 33 14 25 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 3 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2. May also be required for connections that involve shutting water service off to 1 certain critical businesses/operations, dictated at the City’s discretion. 2 3. Schedule a pre-installation meeting a minimum of 2 weeks prior to proposed time 3 for the work to occur. 4 4. Contractor, City Inspector, and Water Utility Representative(s) are required to 5 attend meeting. 6 5. At the meeting: 7 a. Review work procedures as submitted and any adjustments made for current 8 field conditions. 9 b. Verify that all valves and plugs to be used have adequate thrust restraint or 10 blocking. 11 c. Schedule a test shutdown with the City. 12 d. Schedule the date for the connection to the existing system. 13 C. Scheduling 14 15 1. Schedule work to make all connections to existing water mains: 16 a. During the period from November 1 through April 30, unless otherwise 17 approved by the City. 18 1) Connections that require water shut-downs on water mains 16-inches and 19 larger are not permitted from May 1 through October 31. 20 b. During normal business hours from Monday through Friday, unless otherwise 21 approved by the City. 22 2. Schedule City Valve Crew by 1:00 P.M. a minimum of 1 business day prior to 23 planned disruption to the existing water system. 24 a. In the event that other water system activities do not allow the existing main to 25 be dewatered at the requested time, schedule work to allow the connection at an 26 alternate time acceptable to the City. 27 1) If water main cannot be taken out of service at the originally requested 28 time, coordination will be required with the City to discuss rescheduling and 29 compensation for mobilization. 30 2) No additional payment will be provided if the schedule was altered at the 31 Contractor’s request. 32 1.5 SUBMITTALS 33 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 34 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 35 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 36 A. Submittals 37 1. Provide a detailed sequence of work for 16-inch or larger connections which 38 require shutdowns (critical connections may be required at smaller sizes per City 39 discretion) that includes: 40 a. Results of exploratory excavation 41 b. Dewatering 42 c. Procedure for connecting to the existing water main 43 33 14 25 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 4 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 d. Time period for completing work from when the water is shut down to when 1 the main is back in service 2 e. Testing and repressurization procedures 3 2. Welders that are assigned to work on connection to concrete cylinder or steel pipe 4 must be certified and provide Welding Certificates, upon request, in accordance 5 with AWWA C206. 6 3. Completed City of Denton Standard Shutdown Authorization Request Form. 7 a. Blank form will be provided by City Water Department upon request. 8 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11 A. All valve components in contact with potable water shall be in accordance with NSF 61 12 and NSF 372. 13 B. In accordance with the reduction of lead in Drinking Water Act, any product designed 14 for dispensing potable water shall meet both the NSF 61 and NSF 372 test standards via 15 third-party testing and certification. 16 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 17 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 18 1. Protect parts so that no damage or deterioration occurs during a prolonged delay 19 from the time of shipment until installation is completed. 20 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 21 site. 22 3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges using wooden flanges 23 4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 24 5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and 25 extremes in temperature. 26 6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 27 66 00. 28 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 29 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED 32 A. City to furnish all tapping sleeves and valves, for City performed connections. 33 2.2 MATERIALS 34 A. For a connection to an existing unpressurized water main that does not require the City 35 to shut down the water system, meet the requirements of this Section, Section 33 01 10, 36 and Section 33 14 10. 37 33 14 25 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 5 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4 3.2 EXAMINATION 5 A. Verification of Conditions 6 1. Verify existing water main is as depicted in the Drawings and that the location is 7 suitable for a connection to the existing water main. 8 a. If exploratory excavation is needed, excavate, and backfill trench in accordance 9 with 33 05 05. 10 2. Verify all equipment and materials are available on–site prior to the shutdown of 11 the existing main. 12 3. Verify all notices and coordination with the City has taken place. 13 4. Water mains shall be completed, tested, and authorized for connection to the 14 existing system in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 15 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16 3.4 INSTALLATION 17 A. General 18 1. New water mains and appurtenances must be completely installed, flushed, 19 disinfected, and satisfactory bacteriological sample results received prior to 20 permanent connections being made to an active water distribution system per 21 AWWA C651. 22 2. Upon disruption/shutdown of the existing water main, continue work until the 23 connection is complete and the existing water main is back in service. 24 3. City will perform all tapping sleeve and valve connections to the existing water 25 system. This includes setting the tapping sleeve, fastening the valve to the sleeve, 26 and making the tap on the existing line. The fees charged to perform this work shall 27 be paid for in accordance with the published City tapping fees. 28 B. Procedure 29 1. Connection to an existing unpressurized water main that does not require the City to 30 take part of the water system out of service (Contractor Performed): 31 a. Expose the proposed connection point in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 32 b. Verify the existing water main is suitable for the proposed connection. 33 c. Remove existing dead-end plug/cap on the water main in order to make the 34 connection. 35 d. Place trench foundation and bedding in accordance with 33 05 05. 36 e. Prevent embedment, backfill, soil, water, or other debris from entering the 37 water main. 38 f. Establish thrust restraint as provided for in the Drawings. 39 33 14 25 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 6 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 g. Clean and disinfect the water main associated with the connection in 1 accordance with Section 33 01 10. This includes the length of pipe from the 2 point of connection, back to the existing valve. 3 h. Place embedment to the top of the pipe zone. 4 i. Request City Valve Crew re-pressurize the water main. 5 j. Directionally flush the connection in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 6 k. Request City Valve Crew open all remaining valves. 7 2. Connection to an existing pressurized water main by tapping sleeve and valve 8 where the City performs the tap: 9 a. Expose the proposed connection point in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 10 b. Verify the existing water main is suitable for the proposed connection. 11 c. Coordinate with City a minimum of 2 weeks in advance to have City install the 12 tapping sleeve and valve. 13 d. Place trench foundation and bedding in accordance with 33 05 05. 14 e. Prevent embedment, backfill, soil, water, or other debris from entering the 15 water main. 16 f. Connect new line to City-installed tapping sleeve and valve. 17 g. Place embedment to the top of the pipe zone. 18 h. Request City Valve Crew open all remaining valves. 19 3. Connection to an existing water main that requires a shutdown of some part of the 20 water system (Contractor Performed): 21 a. Verify with City all required equipment and materials are on the site as 22 necessary to perform the connection. 23 b. Expose the proposed connection point in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 24 c. Dewater the existing water line so the chlorinated water is not unlawfully 25 discharged. 26 d. Maintain the water that may bleed from existing valves or plugs during 27 installation within the work area to a reasonable level. 28 1) Control the water in such a way that it does not interfere with the proper 29 installation of the connection or create a discharge of chlorinated water. 30 e. Dechlorinate any discharged, chlorinated water in accordance with Section 33 31 01 10. 32 f. Cut and remove existing water main to make the connection. 33 g. Verify the existing water main is suitable for the proposed connection. 34 h. Install required connection. 35 i. Place trench foundation and bedding in accordance with 33 05 05. 36 j. Prevent embedment, backfill, soil, water, or other debris from entering the 37 water main. 38 k. Establish thrust restraint as provided for in the Drawings. 39 l. Clean and disinfect the water main associated with the connection in 40 accordance with Section 33 01 10. 41 m. Place embedment to the top of the pipe zone. 42 n. Request City Valve Crew re-pressurize the water main. 43 o. Directionally flush the connection in accordance with Section 33 01 10. 44 p. Request City Valve Crew open all remaining valves. 45 46 33 14 25 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 7 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 17, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10 11 12 13 14 END OF SECTION 15 16 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/17/2024 Clarified what is and is not included in the City Performed Connection bid price; 1.2.A.2 6/17/2024 Added backfill and embedment to Shutdown Connection bid price; 1.2.A.3 6/17/2024 Added disinfection requirement under 3.4.A.1 6/17/2024 Clarified City performed tasks under 3.4.A.3 for tapping sleeve connections 17 33 14 30 COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 14 30 1 COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. 1-inch to 8-inch Combination Air-Release and Air/Vacuum Valve Assemblies 6 (Combination Air Valves) for potable water systems including: 7 a. Combination air-release and air/vacuum valve 8 b. Tap to water main 9 c. Lead-free Inlet piping and appurtenances 10 d. Vent piping and appurtenances 11 e. Vault enclosure and appurtenances 12 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 13 1. None. 14 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 15 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16 Contract. 17 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18 3. Section 33 01 12 – Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation. 19 4. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 20 5. Section 33 05 13 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings. 21 6. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 22 7. Section 33 14 17 – Water Services 1-Inch to 2-Inch. 23 8. Section 33 14 20 – Resilient Seated Gate Valve. 24 9. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes. 25 10. Section 33 05 62 – Precast Concrete Manholes. 26 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27 A. Measurement and Payment 28 1. Water Air Release Valve and Vault 29 a. Measurement 30 1) Measured by each “Water Air Release Valve and Vault” installed. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 33 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 34 price bid per each “Water Air Release Valve and Vault installed for: 35 a) Various inlet sizes. 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Furnishing and installing Combination Air Valves as specified in the 38 Drawings 39 33 14 30 COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Air valve vault and appurtenances 1 3) Tapping the main 2 4) Isolation valves 3 5) Fittings 4 6) Vent piping 5 7) Vent cover and/or enclosure (if required) 6 8) Vent enclosure and/or pipe bollard protection (if required) 7 9) Excavation and backfill 8 1.3 REFERENCES 9 A. Definitions 10 1. Combination Air Valve: A device having the features of both an air-release valve 11 and an air/vacuum valve 12 2. Inlet: The opening at the base of the Combination Air Valve mechanism through 13 which air and water from the pipeline enters 14 3. Inlet Piping: The piping and appurtenances between the pipeline and the valve inlet 15 4. Lead-free: Lead-free pipes and plumbing fittings and fixtures shall contain less 16 than 0.25 percent lead in accordance with the reduction of Lead in Drinking Water 17 Act (P.L. 111-380) 18 5. Orifice: The opening in the Combination Air Valve mechanism through which air 19 is expelled from or admitted into the pipeline or piping system. Some valves may 20 have multiple orifices 21 6. Outlet: The opening at the top of Combination Air Valve mechanism, including the 22 orifice, through which air enters or exits the Air Valve 23 7. Vent Piping: The piping and appurtenances from the Combination Air Valve outlet 24 to its termination point outside the vault 25 B. Reference Standards 26 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 27 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 28 unless a date is specifically cited. 29 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 30 3. ASTM International (ASTM): 31 a. A123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip) Galvanized) Coatings on Iron 32 and Steel Products. 33 b. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 34 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 35 a. M51, Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves. 36 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/American Water Works Association 37 (AWWA): 38 a. C512, Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves for Waterworks 39 Service. 40 6. NSF International (NSF): 41 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects. 42 b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 43 7. Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act 44 33 14 30 COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Public Law 111-380 (P.L. 111-380). 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2 1.5 SUBMITTALS 3 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 4 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 6 A. Product Data 7 1. Combination Air Valves 8 a. Application type 9 b. Working pressure rating 10 c. Test pressure rating 11 d. Surge pressure rating 12 e. Inlet size 13 f. Small orifice size 14 g. Large orifice size 15 2. Valve vault and appurtenances 16 3. Tapping appurtenances 17 4. Isolation valves 18 5. Fittings 19 6. Vent piping 20 7. Vent cover and/or enclosure 21 8. Vent enclosure and/or pipe bollard protection 22 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 25 A. Qualifications 26 1. Manufacturers 27 a. Combination Air Valves of the same size shall be the product of 1 28 manufacturer, unless approved by the City. 29 b. Combination air valves shall be in conformance with AWWA C512. 30 B. Certifications 31 1. Obtain an Affidavit of Compliance from the valve manufacturer in accordance with 32 AWWA C512. 33 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 34 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 35 1. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 36 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 37 equipment are ready for operation. 38 33 14 30 COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 1 site. 2 3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges. 3 4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 4 5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 5 extremes in temperature. 6 6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 7 66 00. 8 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 9 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12 2.2 MATERIALS 13 A. Manufacturers 14 1. Manufacturer List 15 a. A.R.I. Flow Control Accessories, Ltd. 16 1) Model D-060 Combination Air Valves – 2” to 8” 17 b. APCO/DeZURIK 18 1) Series 140C Single Body Combination Air Valves – 1” to 4” 19 c. Val-Matic 20 1) Combination Air Valve – Single Body – 1” to 8” 21 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 22 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 23 B. Description 24 1. Regulatory Requirements 25 a. Combination Air Valves in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C512 26 and this Section. 27 b. All Combination Air Valve components in contact with potable water shall 28 conform to the requirements of NSF 61 and NSF 372. 29 C. Performance / Design Criteria 30 1. Capacities 31 a. Water Application = Potable Water 32 b. Working Pressure from 10 psi to 150 psi 33 c. Test Pressure = 225 psi 34 d. Surge Pressure = 100 psi minimum, unless stated otherwise in the Contract 35 Documents 36 e. Size 37 1) Each orifice size must be sufficient to meet the requirements set forth in 38 AWWA M51 and specified in the Drawings. 39 2. Function 40 a. High volume discharge during pipeline filling 41 33 14 30 COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. High volume intake through the large orifice 1 c. Pressurized air discharge 2 3 d. Surge Dampening/Controlled discharge rates 4 1) Provide valve with an integral surge alleviation mechanism which operates 5 automatically to limit transient pressure rise or shock induced by closure 6 due to high velocity air discharge or the subsequent rejoining of the 7 separated water columns. 8 a) Achieve the limitation of the pressure rise by decelerating the 9 approaching water, prior to valve closure. 10 D. Materials 11 1. Combination Air Valve 12 a. Internal parts 13 1) Non-corroding material such as stainless steel or high-density polyethylene 14 b. Valve body 15 1) AISI 304 stainless steel or ASTM A536 ductile iron 16 2) Equipped with intake and discharge flanges 17 c. Inlet/Discharge orifice area 18 1) Equal to the nominal size of the valve 19 E. Finishes 20 1. Finish Materials 21 a. Supply all ductile iron Combination Air Valves with a factory applied fusion 22 bonded epoxy coating with a final coating thickness of 16 mils minimum. 23 2.3 ACCESSORIES 24 A. For 1-inch and 2-inch Combination Air Valve Assemblies: 25 1. Tap 26 a. Provide 4-inch flanged outlet with blind flange and threaded tap (C.C. thread 27 with flare) of same size as valve. 28 b. Provide corporation stop of same size as valve in accordance with Section 33 29 14 17. 30 2. Inlet Piping and Isolation Valve 31 a. Same size as valve assembly between the tap and the isolation valve with the 32 following: 33 1) Threaded, lead-free brass piping 34 2) Threaded, lead-free brass elbows 35 3) Threaded, lead-free brass 1/4 turn ball valve. 36 3. Vent Piping 37 a. Hot-dip galvanized steel piping and fittings in accordance with ASTM A123, 38 same size as valve assembly. 39 1) Underground piping should be threaded and include a pipe union inside 40 enclosure to allow disassembly. 41 2) Provide frangible connection at ground level designed to be breakable upon 42 impact. 43 3) Pipe to extend a minimum 2 feet above ground level. 44 4. Vent Screen 45 33 14 30 COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Stainless Steel (AISI 304) 1 5. Vent Piping - Dropover Enclosure 2 a. Channell SPH-1420 thermoplastic enclosure, or approved equal 3 4 6. Air Valve Enclosure 5 a. Provide a Bass & Hays 55A Water Meter Box/Can in accordance with Section 6 33 14 17. 7 7. Pipe Embedment 8 a. Embed inlet piping in crushed rock in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 9 b. Embed water main piping in same embedment required for water main 10 specified in the Drawings and in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 11 B. For 3-inch to 8-inch Combination Air Valve Assemblies: 12 1. Tap 13 a. Buried Steel or Concrete Pressure Pipe: 14 1) Fabricated flanged outlet 15 a) 24-inch outlet for 24-inch water mains 16 b) 30-inch outlet for 30-inch and larger water mains 17 2) Fabricated steel reducing flange of same size as valve assembly. 18 3) Provide flange isolation kit between isolation valve and reducing flange in 19 accordance with Section 33 01 12. 20 b. Ductile Iron or PVC Pipe: 21 1) Mechanical joint by flanged ductile iron tee in accordance with Section 33 22 14 10. 23 a) Outlet same size as main for 24-inch and smaller water mains 24 b) 30-inch flanged outlet for 30-inch and larger water mains 25 2) Ductile iron blind flange with threaded by flanged spool piece of same size 26 as valve assembly. 27 2. Isolation Valves 28 a. Flange by flange resilient seated gate valve with hand wheel in accordance with 29 Section 33 14 20, of same size as valve assembly. 30 3. Vent Piping 31 a. Ductile iron piping and fittings in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 32 1) Size pipe to match size of valve assembly outlet, but no less than 4-inch 33 diameter. 34 2) Provide flange joints for all pipe and fittings, except for 1 mechanical joint 35 solid sleeve inside enclosure to allow disassembly. 36 3) Provide frangible connection at ground level designed to be breakable upon 37 impact. 38 4) Pipe to extend a minimum 2 feet above ground level. 39 4. Vent Screen 40 a. Stainless Steel (AISI 304) 41 5. Vent Piping - Dropover Enclosure 42 a. Channell SPH-1420 thermoplastic enclosure, or approved equal 43 6. Vault 44 a. Provide a flat top, cast-in-place, or precast concrete manhole in accordance with 45 Sections 33 05 61 and 33 05 62. 46 33 14 30 COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1) 6-foot diameter manhole for 3-inch and 4-inch combination air valve 1 assemblies 2 2) 7-foot diameter manhole for 6-inch and 8-inch combination air valve 3 assemblies 4 b. Provide frame, cover, and grade rings in accordance with Section 33 05 13. 5 c. Secure Air Valve to vault wall using a galvanized or stainless-steel bracket 6 manufactured by Grinell, or equal, in accordance with the Drawings. 7 d. Provide 4-inch PVC drain pipe and crushed rock in accordance with Section 33 8 05 05 and the Drawings. 9 7. Pipe Embedment 10 a. Concrete encase water main entirely beneath proposed vault in accordance with 11 Section 33 05 05. 12 C. Finishes 13 1. Steel pipe and fittings shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123. 14 2. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with Section 15 33 14 10. 16 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 17 A. Tests and Inspections 18 1. Test and inspect Combination Air Valves in accordance with AWWA C512. 19 B. Markings 20 1. Mark each Combination Air Valve in accordance with AWWA C512. 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 23 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 24 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 25 3.4 INSTALLATION 26 A. General 27 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified in the 28 Drawings. 29 2. Wrap all buried ductile iron pipe and fittings with polyethylene encasement in 30 accordance with Section 33 14 10. 31 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 32 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 33 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 34 A. Field Inspections 35 1. Ensure both the large and small orifices connect to the vent piping. 36 33 14 30 COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. The valve shall perform as intended with no deformation, leaking or damage of any 1 kind for the pressure ranges indicated. 2 3. Before acceptance of the installed valve, provide the City the opportunity to inspect 3 and operate the valve. 4 a. The City will assess the ease of operating the ball valves and corporation stops, 5 where applicable. 6 4. The Combination Air Valve assembly shall be free from any leaks. 7 B. Non-Conforming Work 8 1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet the City’s 9 criteria, the Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets the City’s criteria, at 10 the Contractor’s expense. 11 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18 END OF SECTION 19 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 20 33 14 40 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 14 40 1 FIRE HYDRANTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Dry-barrel fire hydrants with 5-1/4-inch main valve for use with potable water 6 mains. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 14 4. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 15 5. Section 33 14 20 – Resilient Seated Gate Valve. 16 6. Section 33 14 25 – Connection to Existing Water Mains. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Fire Hydrant Assembly 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured per each “Fire Hydrant Assembly” installed. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per each “Fire Hydrant Assembly” installed. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Furnishing and installing Fire Hydrant Assembly as specified by the 28 Drawings 29 2) Dry-barrel fire hydrant assembly from base to operating nut 30 3) Extension barrel and stem 31 4) Adjusting hydrant to appropriate height 32 5) 6-inch lead line 33 6) 6-inch isolation valve 34 7) Painting 35 8) Pavement Removal 36 9) Excavation 37 10) Freight, loading, unloading, and handling 38 11) Disposal of excess material 39 12) Furnish, placement, and compaction of embedment 40 33 14 40 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 13) Furnish, placement, and compaction of backfill 1 14) Blocking, braces, and rest 2 15) Clean up 3 16) Disinfection 4 17) Testing 5 1.3 REFERENCES 6 A. Definitions 7 1. Base: The lateral connection to the fire hydrant lead; also called a shoe. 8 B. Reference Standards 9 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 10 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 11 unless a date is specifically cited. 12 2. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 13 a. M17, Installation, Field Testing, and Maintenance of Fire Hydrants. 14 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/American Water Works Association 15 (AWWA): 16 a. C502, Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants. 17 18 4. NSF International 19 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 20 b. 372, Drinking Water System Components – Lead Content. 21 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 22 a. 1963, Standard for Fire Hose Connections. 23 6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 24 a. 246, Hydrants for Fire-Protection Service. 25 7. Factory Mutual (FM) 26 a. Class Number 1510, Approval Standard for Fire Hydrant (Dry Barrel Type) for 27 Private Fire Service. 28 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 29 A. City performed fire hydrant installation and connections shall only be performed where 30 specifically indicated in the Drawings. 31 1.5 SUBMITTALS 32 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 33 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 34 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 35 A. Product Data 36 1. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant stating: 37 a. Main valve opening size 38 b. Nozzle arrangement and sizes 39 c. Operating nut size 40 d. Operating nut operating direction 41 33 14 40 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 e. Working pressure rating 1 f. Component assembly and materials 2 g. Coatings and Finishes 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 6 A. Qualifications 7 1. Manufacturers 8 a. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. 9 1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 10 manufacturer upon City approval. 11 2. Provide Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with AWWA C502, UL 246, and 12 FM 1510. 13 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 14 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 15 1. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA C502 and 16 AWWA Manual M17. 17 2. Protect all parts so no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay 18 from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 19 equipment are ready for operation. 20 3. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 21 site. 22 4. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges with wooden blank flanges. 23 5. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 24 6. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 25 extremes in temperature. 26 7. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 27 66 00. 28 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 29 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 32 A. City to furnish all fire hydrants, lead lines, isolation valves, and tapping sleeves for City 33 installed fire hydrant assemblies. 34 2.2 MATERIALS 35 A. Manufacturers 36 1. Manufacturer List 37 33 14 40 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Mueller – Super Centurion A-423 1 b. M&H – Style 129 2 c. Clow – Medallion 3 d. Waterous – Pacer (5 ¼”) 4 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 5 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 6 B. Description 7 1. Regulatory Requirements 8 a. Provide Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants that meet or exceed the latest revisions of 9 AWWA C502 and meet or exceed the requirements of this Section. 10 b. All Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant components in contact with potable water shall be 11 in accordance with the requirements of NSF 61 and NSF 372. 12 C. Performance / Design Criteria 13 1. Capacities 14 a. Rated working pressure of 250 psi or greater. 15 2. Design Criteria 16 a. Operating Nut 17 1) 1-1/4-inch Pentagon nut 18 2) Open by turning the operating nut to the left (counter-clockwise) 19 a) Clearly marked with the operating direction and an arrow with the word 20 “OPEN”. 21 3) Provide weather shield with operating nut. 22 b. Main Valve 23 1) Minimum 5-1/4-inch opening 24 2) Compression type 25 a) Opening against pressure 26 b) Closing with pressure 27 c. Nozzles 28 1) ‘T’ shape, 3 nozzle arrangement 29 2) Nozzle sizes, threads, and configuration in accordance with NFPA 1963 30 a) Hose nozzles 31 (1) 2 x 2-1/2-inch (nominal size of connection) 32 (a) 180 degrees apart 33 (b) Thread Designation 2.5-7.5 NH (NFPA 1963) 34 b) Pumper nozzle 35 (1) 4-1/2-inch (nominal size of connection) 36 (a) Thread Designation 4.5-4 NH (NFPA 1963) 37 d. Hydrant Barrel Configuration 38 1) Upper barrel 39 2) Breakable flange and stem 40 a) To be installed above ground at the connection to the upper barrel 41 3) Extension barrel (if needed) and lower barrel 42 a) Extension barrel and stem 43 (1) Lengthen in 6-inch increments 44 e. Drain Valve 45 1) Non-corrodible material 46 2) Spring operated drain valves are not allowed 47 33 14 40 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 D. Function 1 1. Drain Valve 2 a. Drain fire hydrant barrels when main valve is closed. 3 E. Materials 4 1. Furnish materials in accordance with AWWA C502. 5 2. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant Assembly 6 a. Internal parts 7 1) Threads 8 a) Provide operating thread designed to avoid metal such as iron or steel 9 threads against iron or steel parts. 10 2) Stem 11 a) Stem Nuts 12 (1) Bronze 13 (a) Grades in accordance with AWWA C502 14 b) Where required, groove and seal stem with O-rings. 15 3. Provide crushed rock for placement around base in accordance with Section 33 05 16 05. 17 F. Finishes 18 1. Primer Materials 19 a. Furnish primer materials for Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with 20 AWWA C502. 21 22 2. Finish Materials 23 a. Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant 24 1) Exterior 25 a) Above grade 26 (1) Furnish exterior coating for above grade Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant 27 assembly components in accordance with AWWA C502. 28 (2) Barrel: 29 (a) Silver for public fire hydrants 30 (b) Red for private fire hydrants 31 (3) Weather Shield, Pumper Nozzle Cap, and Hose Nozzle Caps: 32 (a) 1,500 gpm and greater – Blue 33 (b) 1,000 gpm to less than 1,500 gpm – Green 34 (c) Less than 1,000 gpm - Orange 35 (d) All private hydrants – Red 36 2.3 ACCESSORIES 37 A. 6-inch Lead Line: 38 1. Provide PVC Pressure Pipe with restrained joints for leads longer than 1 pipe joint, 39 in accordance with Section 33 14 11, unless otherwise stated in the drawings. 40 B. 6-inch Isolation Valve: 41 1. Provide flange by mechanical joint resilient seated gate valve in accordance with 42 Section 33 14 20. 43 C. Polyethylene Encasement 44 33 14 40 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Provide polyethylene encasement in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 1 D. Embedment 2 1. Provide crushed rock and filter fabric for fire hydrant embedment, in accordance 3 with Section 33 05 05. 4 2. Provide utility sand embedment for fire hydrant lead line, in accordance with 5 Section 33 05 05. 6 E. Backfill 7 1. Provide same backfill as water main for fire hydrant lead line, in accordance with 8 Section 33 05 05. 9 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 10 A. Tests and Inspections 11 1. Testing and inspection of Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants in accordance with AWWA 12 C502. 13 B. Markings 14 1. Provide each Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant marked in accordance with AWWA C502. 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 17 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 18 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 19 3.4 INSTALLATION 20 A. General 21 1. Install in accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, 22 manufacturer’s recommendations, and as specified in the Drawings. 23 2. Provide vertical installation with braces, rest, and blocking in accordance with City 24 Standard Details. 25 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 05. 26 4. Embed Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant assemblies in accordance with 33 05 05. 27 a. At the location of the weep holes, wrap barrel with polyethylene encasement 28 and crushed rock with filter fabric to prevent dirt and debris from entering the 29 fire hydrant. 30 5. Install polyethylene encasement in accordance with the applicable portion of 31 Section 33 14 10. 32 6. Install class ‘A’ concrete blocking and rest in accordance with Sections 03 00 00, 33 03 30 00, and as specified in the Drawings. 34 7. Place a minimum 1/3 cubic yard of crushed rock around the base, in accordance 35 with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice M17, to allow drain outlets to 36 operate. 37 33 14 40 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Extend the crushed rock 6 inches above the drain outlets and a minimum of 1 1 foot on all sides of the fire hydrant base. 2 8. Install fire hydrant lead line with a maximum cover of 7 feet. 3 a. Cover is measured vertically from the invert at the fire hydrant base to ground 4 elevation. 5 b. Fittings may be used along fire lead line to ensure minimum and maximum 6 cover requirements are met. 7 9. Remove and dispose of pumper and hose nozzle chains. 8 B. City Installed Fire Hydrant Assembly on an Existing Water Main 9 1. Expose the proposed connection point in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 10 2. Verify the existing pipeline is suitable for the proposed connection. 11 3. Coordinate with City a minimum of 2 weeks in advance of proposed fire hydrant 12 assembly installation. 13 4. Provide access to the City to install proposed fire hydrant assembly and water main 14 connection. 15 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 16 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 17 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 18 A. Field Inspections 19 1. The Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant and assembly shall perform as intended with no 20 deformation, leaking, or damage of any kind for the pressure ranges indicated. 21 2. Provide City the opportunity to inspect and operate the hydrant to ensure the fire 22 hydrant was installed in accordance with AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practice 23 M17. This includes but is not limited to: 24 a. Hydrants are installed as plumb as possible. 25 b. Pumper outlet nozzle faces the street. 26 c. Outlet nozzles are sufficiently high above the ground to allow for attachment of 27 hoses and operation of a hydrant wrench with no obstructions preventing the 28 use of hydrant or hindering removal of outlet nozzle caps. 29 d. Foreign matter is removed from hydrant. 30 e. Operation of nozzles and operating nut are not obstructed. 31 f. Drain valve is not obstructed or plugged and drains fire hydrant barrel. 32 3. Keep fire hydrant wrapped or covered until the water line and hydrant is placed in 33 service. 34 B. Non-Conforming Work 35 1. If access and operation of the Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrant or its appurtenances does not 36 meet the criteria of the AWWA M17, the Contractor will remedy the situation 37 criteria at the Contractor’s expense. 38 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 39 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 40 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 41 33 14 40 FIRE HYDRANTS Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION 5 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/25/2024 Modified Manufacturers List; 2.2.A.1 6 33 31 14 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 31 14 1 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe 4-inch through 6-inch for gravity sanitary sewer 6 services. 7 2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe 8-inch through 24-inch for gravity sanitary sewer 8 main applications. 9 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract. 14 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15 3. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 16 4. Section 33 01 31 – Sewer and Manhole Testing. 17 5. Section 33 01 32 – Cleaning of Sewer Mains. 18 6. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 19 7. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers/Locators. 20 8. Section 33 31 16 – Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line. 21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22 A. Measurement and Payment 23 1. PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe 24 a. Measurement 25 1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 26 the manhole, or appurtenance. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30 price bid per linear foot for “PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe” installed for: 31 a) Various sizes. 32 b) Various backfills. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Furnishing and installing PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe with joints as specified 35 by the Drawings 36 2) Furnishing and installing couplings 37 3) Utility Markers/Locators 38 4) Pavement removal 39 33 31 14 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 5) Excavation 1 6) Hauling 2 7) Disposal of excess material 3 8) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 4 9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 5 10) Trench Dams 6 11) Gaskets 7 12) Clean-up 8 13) Cleaning 9 14) Testing 10 1.3 REFERENCES 11 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 12 1. PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride 13 B. Reference Standards 14 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 15 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 16 unless a date is specifically cited. 17 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO). 18 3. ASTM International (ASTM): 19 a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 20 Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 21 b. D2412, Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading 22 Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading. 23 c. D3034, Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 24 Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 25 d. D3212, Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes 26 Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 27 e. F679, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large-Diameter 28 Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 29 4. Texas Administration Code: 30 a. Chapter 217, (30 TAC §217), Design Criteria for Sewerage System. 31 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 32 1.5 SUBMITTALS 33 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 34 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 35 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 36 A. Product Data 37 1. Product data sheet 38 2. Manufacturer 39 3. Nominal pipe diameter 40 4. Standard dimension ratio (SDR) 41 33 31 14 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 5. Cell classification 1 6. Laying lengths 2 B. Certificates 3 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying the PVC Gravity and Pressure Rated Gravity Sewer 4 Pipe has been air and deflection tested and is in accordance with this Section and 5 ASTM D3034, ASTM F679. 6 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 9 A. Qualifications 10 1. Manufacturers 11 a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size per project, 12 unless otherwise approved by the City. 13 1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 14 manufacturer upon City approval. 15 b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the 16 manufacturer. 17 c. Furnish Gravity Sewer Pipe in accordance with ASTM D3034 (4-inch through 18 15-inch) and ASTM F679 (18-inch through 27-inch). 19 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 20 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 21 1. Pipe manufactured more than 2 years prior to installation date will not be accepted 22 by the City. 23 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 24 1. Gravity pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s 25 guidelines. 26 2. Protect pipe from UV exposure. 27 a. When long-term storage (more than 2-months) with exposure to direct sunlight 28 is unavoidable, cover PVC pipe with an opaque material and provide adequate 29 air circulation above and around the pipe as required to prevent excessive heat 30 accumulation. 31 3. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 32 66 00. 33 33 31 14 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. Manufacturers 6 1. Manufacturer List (Pipe) 7 a. 4-inch through 15-inch (ASTM D3034) 8 1) Diamond Plastics 9 2) JM Eagle/Ring-Tite 10 3) Northern Pipe Products 11 4) Westlake Pipe & Fittings 12 5) Vinyltech 13 b. 18-inch through 24-inch (ASTM F679) 14 1) Diamond Plastics 15 2) JM Eagle 16 3) Westlake Pipe & Fittings 17 2. Manufacturer List (Couplings) 18 a. 4-inch through 12-inch 19 1) GPK 20 2) HARCO 21 3) Multi Fittings 22 4) Westlake Pipe & Fittings 23 5) Indiana Seal Shearguard™ Coupling Kit 24 b. 15-inch through 24-inch 25 1) GPK 26 2) HARCO 27 3) Multi Fittings 28 4) Westlake Pipe & Fittings 29 5) Smith-Blair 228 30 6) Straub Flex Coupling 31 3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 32 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 33 34 B. Performance / Design Criteria 35 1. Pipe 36 a. Designed in accordance with 30 TAC §217. 37 b. Design in accordance with ASTM D3034 for 4-inch through 15-inch gravity 38 pipe, ASTM F679 for 18-inch through 24-inch gravity pipe. 39 c. PVC Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe shall be approved by the Underwriters 40 Laboratories, Inc. 41 d. Assume a standard lay length of 14 feet and 20 feet except for special fittings or 42 closure pieces necessary to comply with the Drawings. 43 33 31 14 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 e. PVC in accordance with ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454 or 1 12364. 2 f. The following Standard Dimension Ratio’s apply: 3 4 Application Diameter (inch) Min Performance Designation Sewer Service 4 through 6 SDR 26/PS115 Gravity Sewer Main 8 through 24 SDR 26/PS115 5 g. Deflection Design 6 1) Base pipe design on pipe stiffness, soil stiffness, and load on the pipe. 7 2) Design pipe according to the Modified Iowa Formula as detailed by the 8 Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association in the Handbook of PVC Pipe, using the 9 following parameters: 10 a) Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pounds per cubic foot 11 b) Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 12 c) Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings 13 d) Maximum (E’) = 1,000 max 14 e) Deflection Lag Factor (DL) = 1.0 15 f) Bedding Factor constant (K) = 0.1 16 g) Mean radius of the pipe (r), inches, as indicated in Drawings 17 h) Marston’s load per unit length (W), pounds per inch, calculate per 18 Drawings 19 i) PVC modulus of elasticity (E) = 400,000 psi 20 j) Moment of inertia of pipe wall per unit length, (I) = t3/12, (in4/in), per 21 pipe type and size 22 (1) Where (t) = pipe thickness, inches 23 k) Maximum Calculated Deflection = 5 percent 24 25 h. Pipe Flotation: If the pipe is buried in common saturated soil (about 120 pounds 26 per cubic foot) with at least 1½ pipe diameters of cover, pipe is generally not 27 subject to flotation. If shallower, check groundwater flotation potential. 28 Flotation will occur if: 29 30 Fb > Wp + Wf + Wd 31 32 Where: Fb = buoyant force, pound per foot 33 Wp = empty pipe weight, pound per foot 34 Wf = weight of flooded soil, pound per foot 35 Wd = weight of dry soil, pound per foot 36 37 Values and formulas for the above variables can be obtained from the pipe 38 manufacturer and site-specific soil conditions. 39 i. Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located. 40 j. If vertical alignment changes due to an existing utility or other conflict, verify 41 whether change in required pipe design stiffness is required. 42 k. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 43 2. Pipe markings 44 33 31 14 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. In accordance with ASTM D3034 and ASTM F679. 1 b. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 2 1) Manufacturer’s Name or Trademark and production record 3 2) Nominal pipe size 4 3) PVC cell classification 5 4) ASTM or Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) designation or pipe stiffness 6 5) Seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe 7 3. Color 8 a. Pipe shall be green in color. 9 1) Any discoloration in the pipe shall be sufficient cause for rejection. 10 b. Fittings shall be green or white in color. 11 4. Joints 12 a. Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot, push-on type in accordance with 13 ASTM D3212. 14 b. Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push-on joints; gaskets 15 shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such. 16 5. Couplings 17 a. Only couplings with a rigid housing shall be allowed. Flexible pipe couplings 18 are not allowed to join pipe. 19 6. Connections 20 a. Only use manufactured fittings. 21 b. In accordance with Section 33 31 16 22 7. Detectable Metallic Tape 23 a. In accordance with Section 33 05 97 24 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 25 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 26 A. Test pipe in accordance with ASTM D2412 assuming minimum pipe stiffness of 46 psi 27 at 5 percent deflection. 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION 29 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 31 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 32 3.4 INSTALLATION 33 A. General 34 1. Install pipe, specials, and appurtenances in accordance with this Section, Section 33 35 05 05, and the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 36 2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 37 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 38 4. Embed PVC pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 39 33 31 14 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 B. Pipe Handling 1 1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 2 2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 3 a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 4 lowering into the trench. 5 b. Use only nylon ropes, slings, or other lifting devices that will not damage the 6 surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 7 3. At the close of each operating day: 8 a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals, and trash – during and after 9 the laying operation. 10 b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 11 C. Pipe Joint Installation 12 a. Clean dirt and foreign material from the gasketed socket and the spigot end. 13 b. Assemble pipe joint by sliding the lubricated spigot end into the gasketed bell 14 end to the reference mark. 15 c. Install such that identification marking on each joint are oriented upward toward 16 the trench opening. 17 d. When making plain end to plain end connections install the approved 18 manufactured coupling in accordance with the manufacturer’s guidelines . 19 D. Connection Installation 20 1. In accordance with Section 33 31 16. 21 E. Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 22 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 97. 23 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 24 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 25 26 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 27 A. Gravity Sewer Mains 28 1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 29 a. Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 30 2. Sewer Pipe Testing 31 a. Test pipe in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 32 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 33 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 34 3.10 CLEANING 35 A. Gravity Sewer Mains 36 1. Cleaning of sewer mains 37 a. Clean the mains in accordance with Section 33 01 32. 38 33 31 14 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER PIPE Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION 5 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 7/1/2024 Changed allowable SDR to be only SDR-26; 2.2.B.1.f 7 33 31 16 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 31 16 1 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Sanitary sewer service connections, service line, and cleanout appurtenances for: 5 1. New Service. 6 2. New Bored Service. 7 3. New Service (City performed). 8 4. Private Service Relocations. 9 5. Service Reinstatement. 10 6. Sanitary Sewer Mainline Cleanout. 11 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 12 1. None. 13 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to 14 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 15 Contract. 16 2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 17 3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill. 18 4. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 19 5. Section 33 14 11 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe. 20 6. Section 33 14 14 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe. 21 7. Section 33 31 14 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe. 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 1. New Sewer Service 24 a. Measurement 25 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each “Sewer Service” complete in 26 place. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 29 will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Sewer Service” installed for: 30 a) Various sizes. 31 b) Various materials. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Furnishing and installing New Sanitary Sewer Service Line as specified by 34 the Drawings 35 2) Service line installed by open cut 36 3) Temporary lighting 37 4) Traffic Control associated with connection 38 5) Pavement removal 39 33 31 16 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 6) Plating of open trenches 1 7) Excavation 2 8) Hauling 3 9) Disposal of excess material 4 10) Wye connection to main 5 11) Fittings 6 12) Cleanout and cap with box 7 13) Surface restoration including pavement, curb, gutter, sidewalk and 8 vegetative cover replacement 9 14) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 10 15) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 11 16) Concrete encasement for deep services 12 17) Clean-up 13 2. New Bored Sewer Service 14 a. Measurement 15 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each “Bored Sewer Service” 16 complete in place. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 19 will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Sewer Service” installed for: 20 a) Various sizes. 21 b) Various materials. 22 c. The price bid shall include: 23 1) Furnishing and installing New Sanitary Sewer Service Line as specified by 24 the Drawings 25 2) Service line installed by directional drilling 26 3) Temporary lighting 27 4) Traffic Control associated with connection 28 5) Pavement removal 29 6) Plating of open trenches 30 7) Excavation 31 8) Hauling 32 9) Disposal of excess material 33 10) Wye connection to main 34 11) Fittings 35 12) Cleanout and cap with box 36 13) Surface restoration including pavement, curb, gutter, sidewalk and 37 vegetative cover replacement 38 14) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 39 15) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 40 16) Concrete encasement for deep services 41 17) Clean-up 42 3. New Sewer Service (City Performed) 43 a. Measurement 44 1) Measurement for this item shall be per each connection completed. 45 b. Payment 46 33 31 16 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 1 item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Sewer Service (City 2 Performed)” installed for: 3 a) Various sizes of connecting lateral line. 4 b) Various sizes of existing sewer main. 5 c) Various materials. 6 c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but 7 not limited to: 8 1) Preparing submittals (if necessary) 9 2) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 10 3) Coordination and notification 11 4) Remobilization 12 5) Temporary lighting 13 6) Traffic Control associated with connection 14 7) Pavement removal 15 8) Plating of open trenches 16 9) Excavation 17 10) Hauling 18 11) Disposal of excess material 19 12) Clean-up 20 13) Cleaning 21 d. The price bid shall not include the following: 22 1) Fees paid to City to perform connection in accordance with City 23 Development Code 35.21.8 Tapping Fees will be the responsibility of the 24 Contractor. 25 4. Private Service Relocation 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 28 the fitting, manhole, or appurtenance. 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 31 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the 32 unit price bid per linear foot for “Private Sewer Service” installed for: 33 a) Various sizes. 34 b) Various materials. 35 c. The price shall include: 36 1) Obtaining required Permit(s) 37 2) Obtaining Right of Entry 38 3) Performing relocation as specified in the Drawings 39 4) Excavation 40 5) Hauling 41 6) Disposal of excess material 42 7) Service Line - private side by plumber 43 8) Fittings 44 9) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 45 10) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 46 11) Clean-up 47 12) Surface restoration including pavement, curb, gutter, sidewalk and 48 vegetative cover replacement 49 33 31 16 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 5. Sanitary Sewer Mainline Cleanout 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measurement for this item shall be per each “Sanitary Sewer Mainline 3 Cleanout” complete in place. 4 b. Payment 5 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6 will be paid for at the unit price bid per each “Sanitary Sewer Mainline 7 Cleanout” installed for: 8 a) Various sizes. 9 b) Various materials. 10 c. The price bid shall include: 11 1) Furnishing and installing Sanitary Sewer Mainline Cleanout as specified by 12 the Drawings 13 2) Temporary lighting 14 3) Traffic Control associated with connection 15 4) Pavement removal 16 5) Plating of open trenches 17 6) Excavation 18 7) Hauling 19 8) Disposal of excess material 20 9) Wye connection to main 21 10) Fittings 22 11) Cleanout and cap with box 23 12) Surface restoration including pavement, curb, gutter, sidewalk and 24 vegetative cover replacement 25 13) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 26 14) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 27 15) Concrete encasement 28 16) Clean-up 29 30 1.3 REFERENCES 31 A. Reference Standards 32 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 33 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 34 unless a date is specifically cited. 35 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 36 a. ASTM D3034, Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) 37 (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 38 b. ASTM C1173, Standard Specification for Flexible Transition Couplings for 39 Underground Piping Systems. 40 c. ASTM D1785, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic 41 Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120. 42 d. ASTM D2321, Standard Practice for Underground Installation of 43 Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications. 44 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 45 A. Scheduling 46 33 31 16 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Provide advance notice for service interruption to property owner in accordance 1 with Section 01 35 13. 2 2. Service interruptions may only occur during normal business hours from Monday 3 through Friday, unless otherwise approved by the City. 4 1.5 SUBMITTALS 5 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 6 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 7 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 8 A. Product data shall include, if applicable: 9 1. Wye connection or saddle 10 2. Fittings (including type of cleanout) 11 3. Service line 12 B. Certificates 13 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying service line and fittings are in accordance with this 14 Section. 15 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 18 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 19 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 20 1. Pipe manufactured more than 2 years prior to installation date will not be accepted 21 by the City. 22 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 23 1. Pipe and other material shall be stored and handled in accordance with the 24 manufacturer’s guidelines. 25 2. Protect pipe from UV exposure. 26 a. When long-term storage (more than 2-months) with exposure to direct sunlight 27 is unavoidable, cover PVC pipe with an opaque material and provide adequate 28 air circulation above and around the pipe as required to prevent excessive heat 29 accumulation. 30 3. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31 66 00. 32 33 31 16 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED 4 A. When tapping fees are paid for City to perform the work, City shall furnish all fittings, 5 service lines, and cleanouts. 6 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 7 A. Manufacturers 8 1. Manufacturer List 9 a. PVC Fittings 10 1) 4-inch through 15-inch (SDR35, SDR26) (ASTM D3034) 11 a) Multi Fittings 12 b) Westlake Pipe & Fittings 13 c) GPK 14 d) HARCO 15 2) 18-inch through 24-inch (SDR35, SDR26) (ASTM F679) 16 a) Westlake Pipe & Fittings 17 b) GPK 18 c) Multi Fittings 19 d) HARCO 20 3) 4-inch through 24-inch (AWWA C900) 21 a) Multi Fittings, “Sewer Brute” 22 b) HARCO, C900 x Sewer 23 4) Flexible Pipe Adapter (ASTM C1173) with rigid housing 24 a) GPK Indiana Seal Shearguard™ coupling kit 25 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 26 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 27 3. The services and appurtenances shall be new and the product of a manufacturer 28 regularly engaged in the manufacturing of services and appurtenances having 29 similar service and size. 30 B. Materials/Design Criteria 31 1. Service Line and Fittings (including wye connections) 32 a. Service line pipe and fittings shall meet the requirements and be of the same 33 material as the corresponding main line pipe to which it is connected. 34 1) PVC Pipe and Fittings 35 a) City Right-of-Way 36 (1) In accordance with Section 33 31 14 or 33 14 11. 37 (2) Pipe shall be green in color. Fittings shall be green or white in 38 color. Any discoloration in the pipe shall be sufficient cause for 39 rejection. 40 2) Private plumbing 41 a) Schedule 40 in accordance with ASTM D1785. 42 33 31 16 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 1 a) Lined with ceramic epoxy in accordance with Section 33 14 10. 2 4) HDPE Pipe and Fittings 3 a) In accordance with Section 33 14 14. 4 2. Service saddle 5 a. Only allowed when connecting a new service to an existing sanitary sewer main 6 b. Be a 1-piece prefabricated saddle, either polyethylene or PVC, with neoprene 7 gasket for seal against main 8 c. Use saddle to fit outside diameter of main 9 d. Use saddle with grooves to retain band clamps 10 e. Use at least 2 stainless steel band clamps for securing saddles to the main 11 f. “Inserta Tee” type service connections are only permitted on HDPE pipe. 12 3. Cleanout and Box 13 a. Unpaved Areas: 14 1) PVC cleanout lid 15 2) 18” x 14” Plastic meter box 16 3) Cast iron sewer lid 17 b. Paved Areas: 18 1) Cast iron sewer lid with O-ring and Two 1/2-inch stainless steel bolts 19 2) 7-1/2-inch cast iron stack 20 4. Coupling 21 a. For connections between new PVC pipe stub outs and existing clay, cast iron or 22 concrete service lines, use Indiana Seal Shearguard™ coupling kit to connect 23 the lines. 24 b. For connections between new PVC pipe stub outs and existing PVC service 25 lines, use a manufactured PVC coupling to connect the lines. 26 c. Follow manufacturer recommendations for other pipe materials. 27 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 28 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29 PART 3 - EXECUTION 30 3.1 INSTALLERS 31 A. A licensed plumber is required for installations of the service line on private property. 32 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 33 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 34 3.4 INSTALLATION 35 A. General 36 1. Install service line, fittings, and cleanouts in accordance with this Section, Section 37 33 05 05, and the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. 38 B. Handling 39 33 31 16 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Haul and distribute service lines, fittings, and cleanouts at the project site and 1 handle with care to avoid damage. 2 a. Inspect each segment of service line and reject or repair any damaged pipe 3 prior to lowering into the trench. 4 2. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the pipe. 5 C. Service Line 6 1. Lay service line at a minimum grade of 2 percent, as shown on City Standard 7 details, or at lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 8 2. If service line is installed by bore as an alternative to open cut, the cost associated 9 with open cut installation, such as pavement removal, trenching, embedment, 10 backfill, and pavement patch will not be included as part of the bore installation. 11 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 05. 12 4. Embed pipe in accordance with 33 05 05. 13 D. Cleanout 14 1. Install out of traffic areas such as driveways, streets, and sidewalks whenever 15 possible. 16 a. When not possible, install cast iron cleanout stack and cap and reference the 17 City Standard Details. 18 E. Service line connection to main 19 1. For service connections, orient fitting wye or service saddle at the 10:00 or 2:00 20 position. 21 2. New service on new or replacement main 22 a. Determine location of service connections before main installation so the 23 service fittings can be installed during main installation. 24 b. Connect service line to main with a molded or fabricated wye fitting. 25 3. Reconnection to main after pipe enlargement (HDPE pipe only) 26 a. Tapping the existing main and installing a strap on wye connection may be 27 used. 28 b. Allow the new main to recover from imposed stretch before tapping and service 29 installation. 30 1) Follow manufacturer’s recommendation for the length of time needed. 31 c. Extend service line from main to property line or easement line before 32 connecting to the existing service line. 33 4. New service on existing main 34 a. Connect service line to main with a molded or fabricated wye fitting if possible. 35 b. Tapping the existing main and installing a strap on wye connection may be 36 used. 37 F. Private Service Relocation 38 1. Requirements for the relocation of service line on private property: 39 a. A licensed plumber must be used to install service line on private property. 40 b. Obtain permit from City for work on private property. 41 c. Pay for any inspection or permit fees associated with work on private property. 42 33 31 16 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND SERVICE LINE Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised December 27, 2022 Effective July 1, 2024 d. Verify (by Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities) the elevations at the 1 building cleanout and compare to data on the Drawings before beginning 2 service installation. 3 e. Submit elevation information to the City inspector. 4 f. Verify the 2 percent slope installation requirement can be met. 5 1) If the 2 percent slope cannot be met, verify with the City that the line may 6 be installed at the lesser slope. If the proposed service line is a 4” line it 7 shall be required to be upsized to a 6” service line. 8 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 9 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 10 A. Service Relocation 11 1. All relocations that are not installed as designed or fail to meet the City code shall 12 be reinstalled at the Contractor’s expense. 13 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 14 A. Inspections 15 1. Private property service line requires approval by the City plumbing inspector 16 before final acceptance. 17 2. Cleanout stack shall be vertical and cleaning wye should be visible from the 18 cleanout above. If cleanout stack is not vertical and the cleanout wye is not visible, 19 then the cleanout stack must be re-installed at no additional cost. 20 21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 28 END OF SECTION 29 30 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 31 33 32 11 BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 32 11 1 BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Bypass pumping of the existing sewer system for 15-inch and larger sewer mains, 6 unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Measurement 16 a. Measurement for this item will be by lump sum. 17 2. Payment 18 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will 19 be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Bypass Pumping”. 20 3. The price bid shall include: 21 a. Mobilization 22 b. Development of bypass plans 23 c. Transportation and storage 24 d. Setup 25 e. Confined space entry 26 f. Plugging 27 g. Pumping 28 h. Clean up 29 i. Manhole restoration 30 j. Surface restoration 31 1.3 REFERENCES 32 A. Reference Standards 33 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35 unless a date is specifically cited. 36 2. Occupational Safety and Health Organization (OSHA). 37 38 33 32 11 BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1 A. Coordination 2 1. Schedule meeting with City to review sewer shutdown prior to replacing or 3 rehabilitating any facilities. 4 2. City reserves the right to delay schedule due to weather conditions or other 5 unexpected emergency within the sewer system. 6 3. Review bypass pumping arrangement or layout in the field with City prior to 7 beginning operations. Facilitate preliminary bypass pumping run with City staff 8 present to affirm the operation is satisfactory to the City. 9 4. After replacement or rehabilitation of facilities, coordinate the reestablishment of 10 sewer flow with City. 11 5. Provide onsite continuous monitoring during all bypass pumping operations using 12 one of the following methods: 13 a. Personnel on site, or 14 b. Portable SCADA equipment. 15 1.5 SUBMITTALS 16 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 17 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 18 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 19 A. For 15-inch and larger sewer mains, submit a detailed plan and description outlining all 20 provisions and precautions taken with regard to the handling of sewer flows. 21 1. Submit the plan to the City for approval a minimum of 14 days prior to 22 commencing work. Include the following details: 23 a. Schedule for installation and maintenance of the bypass pumping system 24 b. Staging areas for pumps 25 c. Pump sizes, capacity, number of each size, and power requirements 26 d. Calculations for static lift, friction losses, and velocity 27 e. Pump curves showing operating range and system head curves 28 f. Sewer plugging methods 29 g. Size, length, material, joint type, and method for installation of suction and 30 discharge piping 31 h. Method of noise control for each pump and/or generator, if required 32 i. Standby power generator size and location 33 j. Suction and discharge piping plan 34 k. Emergency action plan identifying the measures taken in the event of a pump 35 failure or sewer spill 36 l. Staffing plan for responding to alarm conditions identifying multiple contacts 37 by name and phone numbers (office, mobile) 38 m. A contingency plan to implement in the event the replacement or rehabilitation 39 has unexpected delays or problems 40 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 41 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 42 33 32 11 BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 2 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 5 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 6 2.2 EQUIPMENT 7 A. Pumping 8 1. Provide equipment that will convey the following: 9 a. City-provided flow data. 10 1) Full flow capacity of the sewer main, if data is not available 11 a) Calculate using Manning’s equation assuming the following: 12 (1) Roughness coefficient, n = 0.013 13 2. Provide fully automatic self-priming pumps. 14 a. Foot-valves or vacuum pumps are not permitted for priming the system. 15 3. Pumps must be constructed to allow dry running for periods of time to account for 16 the cyclical nature of sewer flow. 17 4. Provide 1 stand-by pump for each size to be maintained on site. Place backup 18 pumps on line, isolated from the primary system by valve. 19 5. If multiple pumps are required to meet the flow requirements, provide the necessary 20 fittings and connections to incorporate multiple discharges. 21 6. Noise levels of the pumping system must follow the more stringent of the 22 requirements below: 23 a. City noise ordinance 24 b. No more the 65dB when measured at a distance of 300-ft from the source. 25 1) The noise level will be the average of sound level meter readings taken 26 consecutively at any given time from 4 or more diametrically opposite 27 positions measured at a distance of 300-ft from the source. 28 c. May be subject to special noise mitigation as required by the City. 29 B. Piping 30 1. Install pipes with joints which prevent the incident of flow spillage. 31 C. Plugs or Stop Logs 32 1. Plugs 33 a. Select a plug made for the size and potential pressure head that will be 34 experienced. 35 b. Provide an additional anchor, support, or bracing to secure plug when back 36 pressure is present. 37 c. Use accurately calibrated air pressure gauges for monitoring the inflation 38 pressure. 39 33 32 11 BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 d. Place inflation gauge at location outside of confined space area. Keep the 1 inflation gauge and valve a safe distance from the plugs. 2 e. Never over inflate the plug beyond pressure rating. 3 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8 3.3 PREPARATION 9 A. Locate the bypass pipelines in the area to minimize disturbance to existing utilities. 10 Obtain approval from the City for use of locations. 11 B. Make preparations to comply with OSHA requirements when working in the presence 12 of sewer gases, oxygen-deficient atmospheres, and confined spaces. 13 C. Do not begin bypass preparation and operation until City approval of the submittals 14 requested in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 15 3.4 INSTALLATION 16 A. Install and operate pumping and piping equipment in accordance to the submittals 17 provided in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 18 B. Sewer flow stoppage 19 1. Plugging 20 a. Use confined space procedures and equipment during installation when 21 necessary. 22 b. Thoroughly clean the pipe before insertion of the plug. 23 c. Insert the plug seal surface completely so it is fully supported by the pipe. 24 d. Position the plug where there are not sharp edges or protrusions that may 25 damage the plug. 26 e. Use pressure gauges for measuring inflation pressures. 27 f. Minimize upstream pressure head before deflating and removing. 28 C. Sewer flow control and monitoring 29 1. Take precautions to ensure sewer flow operations do not cause flooding or damage 30 to public or private property. 31 a. The Contractor is responsible for any damage resulting from bypass pumping 32 operations. 33 2. Begin continual monitoring of the sewer system as soon as the sewer is plugged or 34 blocked. Be prepared to immediately start bypass pumping if needed due to 35 surcharge conditions. 36 3. Sewer discharge may be into another sewer manhole, appropriate vehicle, or 37 container only. Do not discharge sewer into an open environment such as an open 38 channel or earthen holding facility. 39 33 32 11 BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Do not construct bypass facilities where vehicular traffic may travel over the 1 piping. 2 a. Provide details in the suction and discharge piping plan that accommodate both 3 the bypass facilities and traffic without disrupting either service. 4 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 5 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 6 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 7 A. Field Tests and Inspections 8 1. Perform leakage and pressure tests of the bypass pumping pipe and equipment 9 before actual operation begins. Have City on Site during tests. 10 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 11 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 12 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 13 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 14 A. Once plugging or blocking is no longer necessary, remove in such a way that permits 15 the sewer flow to slowly return to normal – preventing surge, surcharging, and major 16 downstream disturbance. 17 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 18 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 19 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 20 END OF SECTION 21 22 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 23 24 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 1 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 42 11 1 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Manufacturer, material, and installation requirements for: 6 a. Reinforced concrete pipe (circular, arch, and elliptical) 7 1) RCP sizes under 18 inches are only permitted when written approval has 8 been provided by the City Drainage Division and City Engineer prior to 9 construction activities starting. 10 b. Reinforced concrete box 11 1) RCB extended curb is only permitted when written approval has been 12 provided by the City Drainage Division and City Engineer prior to 13 construction activities starting. 14 c. Corrugated Metal Pipe or Aluminized Steel Pipe 15 1) Corrugated metal pipe or aluminized steel pipe is only permitted when 16 written approval has been provided by the City Drainage Division and City 17 Engineer prior to construction activities starting. 18 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 19 1. None. 20 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 21 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 22 Contract. 23 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 24 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 25 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 26 5. Section 33 01 30 – Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection. 27 6. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench, Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 28 7. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 29 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 30 A. Measurement and Payment 31 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe 32 a. Measurement 33 1) Measured per linear foot of Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed. 34 b. Payment 35 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37 price bid per linear foot for Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed for: 38 a) Various sizes. 39 b) Various classes (Class III through V). 40 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 2 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 c. The price bid shall include: 1 1) Furnishing and installing Reinforced Concrete Pipe as specified by the 2 Drawings 3 2) Hauling 4 3) Fittings 5 4) Joints 6 5) Gaskets 7 6) Dewatering 8 7) Excavation 9 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 10 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 11 10) Disposal of excess material 12 11) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 13 12) Plugs 14 13) Testing 15 14) Repair or replacing of materials 16 15) Clean-up 17 2. Reinforced Concrete Arch Pipe 18 a. Measurement 19 1) Measured per linear foot of Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23 price bid per linear foot for Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed for: 24 a) Various sizes. 25 b) Various classes (Class III through V). 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Furnishing and installing Reinforced Concrete Arch Pipe as specified by 28 the Drawings 29 2) Hauling 30 3) Fittings 31 4) Joints 32 5) Gaskets 33 6) Dewatering 34 7) Excavation 35 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 36 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 37 10) Disposal of excess material 38 11) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 39 12) Plugs 40 13) Testing 41 14) Repair or replacing of materials 42 15) Clean-up 43 3. Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Pipe 44 a. Measurement 45 1) Measured per linear foot of Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed. 46 b. Payment 47 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 3 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per linear foot for Reinforced Concrete Pipe installed for: 3 a) Various sizes. 4 b) Various classes (Class III through V). 5 c. The price bid shall include: 6 1) Furnishing and installing Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Pipe as specified 7 by the Drawings 8 2) Hauling 9 3) Fittings 10 4) Joints 11 5) Gaskets 12 6) Dewatering 13 7) Excavation 14 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 15 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 16 10) Disposal of excess material 17 11) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 18 12) Plugs 19 13) Testing 20 14) Repair or replacing of materials 21 15) Clean-up 22 4. Reinforced Concrete Box 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measured per linear foot of Reinforced Concrete Box installed. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28 price bid per linear foot for Reinforced Concrete Box installed for: 29 a) Various sizes. 30 b) Various classes (Class III through V). 31 c. The price bid shall include: 32 1) Furnishing and installing Reinforced Concrete Box as specified by the 33 Drawings 34 2) Curb less than 12 inches 35 3) Water 36 4) Loading 37 5) Unloading 38 6) Storing 39 7) Hauling 40 8) Handling of materials 41 9) Traffic control for all testing 42 10) Dewatering 43 11) Forms 44 12) Trial batches (as needed) 45 13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 46 14) Concrete 47 15) Aggregate 48 16) Supplementary cementing materials 49 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 4 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 17) Concrete additives 1 18) Mixing 2 19) Placement of concrete 3 20) Finishing of concrete 4 21) Curing and curing compounds 5 22) Sawing 6 23) Joint sealant 7 24) Excavation 8 25) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 9 26) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 10 27) Testing 11 28) Disposal of excess material 12 29) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 13 30) Clean-up 14 5. RCB Extended Curb 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per linear foot of RCB Extended Curb installed. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per linear foot for RCB Extended Curb installed for: 21 a) Various heights (1 through 5 FT). 22 b) Linear foot is measured along the span length of the single or multiple 23 box culvert length that the extended curb is needed. 24 c. The price bid shall include: 25 1) Furnishing and installing RCB Extended Curb as specified by the Drawings 26 2) Water 27 3) Loading 28 4) Unloading 29 5) Storing 30 6) Hauling 31 7) Handling of materials 32 8) Traffic control for all testing 33 9) Dewatering 34 10) Forms 35 11) Trial batches (as needed) 36 12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 37 13) Concrete 38 14) Aggregate 39 15) Supplementary cementing materials 40 16) Concrete additives 41 17) Mixing 42 18) Placement of concrete 43 19) Finishing of concrete 44 20) Curing and curing compounds 45 21) Sawing 46 22) Connections 47 23) Fittings 48 24) Joints 49 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 5 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 25) Joint sealant 1 26) Excavation 2 27) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 3 28) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 4 29) Testing 5 30) Disposal of excess material 6 31) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 7 32) Clean-up 8 6. Corrugated Metal Pipe 9 a. Measurement 10 1) Measured per linear foot of Corrugated Metal Pipe installed. 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14 price bid per linear foot for Corrugated Metal Pipe installed for: 15 a) Various sizes. 16 c. The price bid shall include: 17 1) Furnishing and installing Corrugated Metal Pipe as specified by the 18 Drawings 19 2) Hauling 20 3) Fittings 21 4) Joints 22 5) Dewatering 23 6) Excavation 24 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 25 8) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 26 9) Disposal of excess material 27 10) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 28 11) Plugs 29 12) Testing 30 13) Repair or replacing of materials 31 14) Clean-up 32 1.3 REFERENCES 33 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 34 1. CMP – Corrugated Metal Pipe 35 2. LRFD – Load Resistance Factor Design 36 3. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 37 4. RCP – Reinforced Concrete Pipe 38 5. RCB – Reinforced Concrete Box 39 B. Definitions 40 1. Aluminized Steel Pipe= 41 a. If aluminized steel pipe is referenced in the Drawings or specifications, 42 aluminized steel pipe shall follow all requirements within this section for 43 Corrugated Metal Pipe. 44 2. RCB Curb and Extended Curb 45 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 6 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Any curb shorter than 12 inches from the top of the box to the top of the curb 1 will be considered subsidiary to the RCB. Any curb taller than 12 inches will be 2 included under RCB Extended Curb. 3 C. Reference Standards 4 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 5 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 6 unless a date is specifically cited. 7 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 8 a. AASHTO LRFD – AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications. 9 b. M36, Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated, for 10 Sewers and Drains. 11 c. M170, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, 12 and Sewer Pipe. 13 d. M206, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert, Storm 14 Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 15 e. M207, Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm 16 Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 17 f. M259, Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, 18 and Sewers. 19 g. M273, Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, 20 and Sewers with Less Than Two Feet of Cover Subjected to Highway 21 Loadings. 22 h. M274, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum-Coated (Type 2), for 23 Corrugated Steel Pipe. 24 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 25 a. ASTM A760, Standard Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-26 Coated for Sewers and Drains. 27 b. ASTM A929, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the 28 Hot-Dip Process for Corrugated Steel Pipe. 29 c. ASTM C76, Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 30 d. ASTM C270, Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 31 e. ASTM C443, Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using 32 Rubber Gaskets. 33 f. ASTM C506, Arch Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 34 g. ASTM C507, Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer 35 Pipe. 36 h. ASTM C655, Reinforced Concrete D-Load Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer 37 Pipe. 38 i. ASTM C990, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, 39 and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants. 40 j. ASTM C1433, Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm 41 Drains and Sewers. 42 k. ASTM C1577, Precast Reinforced Concrete Monolithic Box Sections for 43 Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers Designated According to AASHTO LRFD. 44 l. ASTM C1619, Standard Specifications for Elastomeric Seals for Joining 45 Concrete Structures. 46 m. ASTM C1677, Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Box, Using 47 Rubber Gaskets. 48 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 7 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 1 Specifications (DMS): 2 a. DMS-7305, Fabrication and Qualification Procedure for Multi-Project 3 Fabrication Plants of Precast Concrete Drainage Structures. 4 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 5 1.5 SUBMITTALS 6 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 7 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to purchasing of materials. 8 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 9 A. Shop Drawings: 10 1. Product Data 11 a. Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Reinforced Concrete Box 12 1) Provide the following information on the product data submittal: 13 a) Product Type 14 b) Class of Concrete 15 c) Average length of pipe or box section 16 d) Type of jointing material used 17 e) Manufacturer recommendations for storage, handling, and installation 18 of pipe, boxes, and joints. 19 b. Corrugated Metal Pipe 20 1) Provide the following information on the product data submittal: 21 a) Manufacturer product sheet for pipe and jointing material used. 22 b) Manufacturer recommendations for storage, handling, and installation 23 of pipe and joints. 24 B. Information Submittals: 25 1. Certificates: 26 a. Provide the manufacturer’s certificate of compliance providing their product 27 meets the physical testing requirements of this specification and DMS 7305 for 28 the materials referenced which may include, but are not limited to: 29 1) Concrete mix design and reinforcing 30 2) Reinforced concrete pipe 31 3) Reinforced concrete arch pipe 32 4) Reinforced concrete elliptical pipe 33 5) Reinforced concrete box 34 6) Jointing materials 35 7) Corrugated Metal pipe 36 2. Equipment Information 37 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 38 1) Equipment name and description 39 2) Size 40 3) Intended use 41 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 42 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 43 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 8 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 2 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 3 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 4 66 00. 5 2. General 6 a. Keep all pipes and boxes clean and drained during storage. 7 b. Transport, handle, and store pipe, boxes, and fittings as recommended by the 8 supplier or manufacturer. 9 c. Replace any pipe or box that is damaged during transport prior to installation at 10 no cost to the City. 11 3. Corrugated Metal Pipe 12 a. Handle the pipe in accordance with the recommendations of the National 13 Corrugated Steel Pipe Association. 14 4. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 15 a. Markings 16 1) Mark each section of reinforced concrete pipe with the following 17 information: 18 a) Class of pipe 19 b) ASTM designation 20 c) Date of manufacture 21 d) Pipe size 22 e) Name or trademark of fabricator and plant location 23 f) Designated fabricator’s approval stamp 24 g) Pipe to be used for jacking and boring (when applicable) 25 h) Designation “SR” for pipe meeting sulfate-resistant concrete plan 26 requirements (when applicable) 27 2) Clearly mark 1 end of each section during manufacturing or immediately 28 after for elliptical pipes. 29 3) For Non-Circular Pipes: Mark the pipe on the inside and outside of 30 opposite walls to show the location of the top or bottom of the pipe as it 31 should be installed. 32 5. Reinforced Concrete Box 33 a. Store and ship machine-made precast boxes in accordance with DMS-7305. 34 b. Markings: 35 1) Mark precast boxes with the following information: 36 a) Name or trademark of manufacturer 37 b) ASTM designation 38 c) Date of manufacture 39 d) Box size 40 e) Minimum and maximum fill heights 41 f) Designated fabricator’s approval stamp 42 g) Boxes to be used for jacking and boring (when applicable) 43 h) Designation “SR” for boxes meeting sulfate-resistant concrete plan 44 requirements (when applicable) 45 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 9 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2) Mark 1 end of each box section without lifting holes on the inside and 1 outside walls to indicate the top or bottom as it will be installed. 2 3) Indent markings into the box section or paint them on each box with 3 waterproof paint. 4 6. Pre-Formed Flexible Joint Sealants 5 a. Store pre-formed flexible joint sealants in an area warmed naturally or 6 artificially to above 70 degrees Fahrenheit in an approved manner when the 7 atmospheric temperature is below 60 degrees Fahrenheit. 8 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 9 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12 2.2 MANUFACURERS 13 A. Manufacturers 14 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe RCP 15 a. Johnson County Pipe, Forterra or approved equal. 16 2. Corrugated Metal Pipe (also known as Aluminized Steel Pipe) 17 a. Contech Engineered Solutions, ULTRA FLO or approved equal. 18 1) Aluminized Steel Type 2 Spiral Rib, Corrugated Metal 19 3. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 20 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 21 B. Concrete (RCP and RCB): 22 1. Class C: 23 a. Provide Class C concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 with greater than 24 2 feet of cover. 25 2. Class S: 26 a. Provide Class S concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 with 0 to 2 feet 27 of cover. 28 3. Machine-Made Precast: 29 a. Provide the class of concrete required based on available cover. Provide 30 machine-made precast reinforced concrete box when possible in accordance 31 with DMS-7305. 32 4. Cast-in-Place: 33 a. Provide the class of concrete required based on available cover. Conform to 34 requirements in Section 03 30 00 and DMS-7305. 35 5. Formed Precast: 36 a. Not permitted for use. 37 C. Reinforcement (Cast-in-Place RCB): 38 1. Provide grade 60 steel reinforcing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 39 2. Provide a minimum of 2 inches of cover on all reinforcing unless otherwise noted. 40 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 10 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 D. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP): 1 1. Circular Pipe 2 a. In accordance with ASTM C76, ASTM C655, and AASHTO M170. 3 b. Provide circular pipe based on the classes specified in the Drawings and Table 4 1. Provide the required class of pipe based on the pipe cover from: 5 1) Top of ground to top of pipe 6 2) Top of pavement to top of pipe 7 c. If the Drawings do not show the correct pipe class based on cover, obtain 8 written direction from the City prior to installing the pipe. 9 Table 1 10 Circular Pipe Class and D-Load 11 Pipe Class D-Load Minimum Pipe Cover (FT) 3 (III) 1,350 2 4 (IV) 2,000 1 to 2 5 (V) 3,000 Direct Traffic Loading (0 to 1) 2. Arch Pipe 12 a. In accordance with ASTM C506 and AASHTO M206. 13 b. Maintain a minimum 1-foot cover from top of ground or pavement to top of 14 pipe. 15 c. Provide arch pipe design sizes in accordance with Table 2. 16 Table 2 17 Arch Pipe 18 Design Size Equivalent Diameter (in.) Rise (in.) Span (in.) 1 18 13.5 22 2 21 15.5 26 3 24 18 28.5 4 30 22.5 36.25 5 36 26 – 5/8 43.75 6 42 31 – 5/16 51 – 1/8 7 48 36 58.5 8 54 40 65 9 60 45 73 10 72 54 88 3. Elliptical Pipe 19 a. In accordance with ASTM C507 and AASHTO M207 20 b. Maintain a minimum 1-foot cover from top of ground or pavement to top of 21 pipe. 22 c. Provide elliptical pipe design sizes in accordance with Table 3. 23 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 11 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 3 1 Elliptical Pipe 2 Design Size Equivalent Diameter (in.) Rise (in.) Span (in.) 1 18 14 23 2 24 19 30 3 27 22 34 4 30 24 38 5 33 27 42 6 36 29 45 7 39 32 49 8 42 34 53 9 48 38 60 10 54 43 68 E. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 3 1. In accordance with ASTM C1433, AASTHO M259, and AASTHO M273. 4 2. Lifting Holes: 5 a. Provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section for precast boxes. 6 b. Lifting holes may be cast-in-place or drilled by manufacturer. Ensure no 7 reinforcing has been cut. 8 c. Provide lifting holes large enough for adequate lifting devices based on the size 9 and weight of the box section. 10 d. Use lifting holes no larger than 3 inches in diameter. 11 e. Repair any spalled areas around lifting holes. 12 f. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar 13 plugs may be used. 14 F. Corrugated Metal Pipe (CMP) 15 1. When approved, provide corrugated metal pipe in accordance with Table 4. 16 2. Provide pipe in a circular shape in sizes ranging from 18 inch to 24 inch. 17 a. Provide reinforced concrete pipe for any pipe sizes larger than 24 inch. 18 3. Only circular steel pipe will be allowed. For arch or elliptical pipe, use reinforced 19 concrete pipe. 20 4. Corrugated metal pipe is only permitted: 21 a. In locations where the existing driveway culvert is a steel pipe. 22 b. Within a developed site. 23 5. Steel pipe will not be approved for use: 24 a. Within the City’s right-of-way 25 b. As a connection to City storm sewer infrastructure from an off-site system 26 1) A minimum of 50 feet of reinforced concrete pipe is required to connect to 27 a City storm system. 28 6. Provide any protective coating as required by the manufacturer. 29 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 12 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 4 1 Specification for Corrugated Metal Pipe 2 Pipe Type ASTM/AASHTO Specification Aluminized Steel Type 2 ASTM A760/AASTO M36 & ASTM 929/AASHTO M274 Circular, Spiral Rib Type IR G. Jointing Materials 3 1. Corrugated Metal Pipe 4 a. Provide bands and joints in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 5 for ULTRA-FLO Pipe. 6 2. Concrete Pipe and Box Joints and Fittings 7 a. Use any of the following materials to make joints unless otherwise specified on 8 the Drawings. Provide a manufacturer’s certificate of compliance for all 9 jointing materials except mortar. 10 1) Rubber Gaskets: 11 a) Type: ASTM C1619 Class A or C 12 b) Provide gaskets in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C443 13 for design of the pipe joints and permissible variations in dimensions. 14 2) Pre-Formed Flexible Joint Sealants: 15 a) Used for sealing tongue-and-groove concrete pipe 16 b) Joint Characteristics: 17 (1) In accordance with the requirements of ASTM C990, and 18 (2) do not depend on oxidizing, evaporating, or chemical action for its 19 adhesive or cohesive strengths, 20 (3) are in extruded rope form, and 21 (4) are in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for 22 size and are large enough to properly seal the joint. 23 c) Protect joint sealant with a suitable wrapper that maintains the integrity 24 of the jointing material when the wrapper is removed. 25 H. Cast Iron Frame and Cover 26 1. Provide a frame and cover marked “Storm Sewer” in accordance with Section 33 05 27 81. 28 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 29 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 30 A. Tests and Inspections 31 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 32 a. Provide manufacturer certification the RCP has been tested in accordance with 33 DMS-7305. 34 2. Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts (RCB) 35 a. Machine-Made Precast: 36 1) Provide manufacturer certification the RCB has been tested in accordance 37 with DMS-7305. 38 b. Cast-In-Place: 39 1) Test cast-in-place RCB in accordance with Section 03 30 00 and Section 03 40 00 00. 41 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 13 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 B. Non-Conforming Materials 1 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 2 a. Any individual section of pipe may be rejected if the pipe does not conform to 3 the conditions stated in the Annex of DMS-7305, Reinforced Concrete Pipe and 4 Machine-Made Precast Concrete Box Culvert Fabrication and Plant 5 Qualification. 6 b. Any individual section of pipe may be rejected if the City determines pipe has 7 excessive cracks, fractures, gouges, or any other surface deformations. 8 2. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 9 a. Any individual section of box may be rejected if the City determines the box 10 has excessive cracks, fractures, gouges, or any other surface deformations. 11 b. Any individual section of box may be rejected if the following tolerance 12 requirements are not met. 13 1) General requirements: 14 a) In accordance with permissible variations listed in ASTM C1577 15 b) Sides do not vary from perpendicular to the top and bottom by more 16 than 0.5 inch when measure diagonally between opposite interior 17 corners. 18 2) Wall and Slab Thicknesses: 19 a) Verify all box wall and slab thicknesses match the thicknesses specified 20 in the Drawings. 21 b) Occasional deficiencies are allowed when the deficiencies are not 22 greater than 3/16 inch or 5% of the thickness, whichever is greater. 23 c) Wall and slab thicknesses greater than specified in the Drawings are 24 acceptable if the jointing is not affected. 25 3) Deviations from the above tolerances is not acceptable. Any box found to 26 be non-compliant will be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION 28 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 29 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 30 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 31 3.4 INSTALLATION 32 A. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding, and Backfill 33 1. Perform excavation, shaping, bedding, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 34 05 05. 35 2. Take care when placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement of 36 storm water pipe and boxes or damage to the joints. 37 3. Do not use heavy earth-moving equipment to haul over the pipes or boxes until a 38 minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed over 39 the structure unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or permitted in writing. 40 41 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 14 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4. Corrugated Metal Pipe 1 a. The City and Contractor to visually inspect the inside periphery of the pipes for 2 local or unequal deformation caused by improper construction methods before 3 adding each new layer of loose backfill material. 4 b. Continue inspections until a minimum of 24 inches of cover is obtained. 5 c. Remove and replace any pipe the City considers deformed or non-conforming 6 at no cost to the City. 7 B. Jacking, Boring, or Tunneling 8 1. Jacking, boring, or tunneling is not recommended for installing storm sewer pipe or 9 boxes. Prior approval is required before any jacking, boring, or tunneling operation 10 begins. 11 2. If jacking, boring, or tunneling is required, provide a design based on the specific 12 installation conditions such as the soil conditions, installation methods, anticipated 13 deflection angles, and jacking stresses. 14 3. Provide design notes and Drawings signed and sealed by a Texas licensed 15 professional Engineer. 16 4. Additional Reinforced Concrete Box Requirements 17 a. In accordance with TxDOT Item 476. 18 b. The box ends must be square and no point should deviate more than 3/8 inch 19 from a plane placed on the end of the box that is perpendicular to the sides. 20 c. Wall and Slab Thickness: 21 1) Minimum thickness as specified in the Drawings 22 2) No greater than 0.5 inches than the thickness specified on the Drawings 23 C. Pipe Laying 24 1. General: 25 a. Where possible, install the pipe so that the top of pipe is below any pavement 26 subgrade, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 27 b. Maintain a minimum 0.5 percent slope unless otherwise shown on the 28 Drawings. 29 c. Start the laying of pipe on the bedding at the outlet end with the spigot or 30 tongue end pointing downstream. 31 d. Proceed towards the inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched true 32 to the established lines and grades specified in the Drawings. 33 e. Fit, match, and lay the pipe to form a smooth and uniform conduit. 34 f. Lower sections of pipe into the trench without damaging the pipe or disturbing 35 the bedding and the sides of the trench. 36 g. Carefully clean the ends of the pipe before the pipe is placed. 37 h. Prevent the earth or bedding material from entering the pipe as it is laid. 38 2. Reinforced Concrete Pipe 39 a. General: 40 1) Cut cross trenches in the foundation to allow the barrel of the pipe to rest 41 firmly on the bedding where bell-an-spigot pipe is used. 42 2) Cut cross trenches no more than 2 inches larger than the bell ends of the 43 pipe. 44 3) Lay multiple lines of reinforced concrete pipe with the centerlines of the 45 individual barrels parallel. 46 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 15 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4) Use the clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes shown in 1 Table 6 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 2 5) Use the equivalent diameter from Table 2 or 3 for arch or horizontal 3 elliptical pipe to determine the clear distance requirement in Table 5. 4 b. Elliptical Pipe: 5 1) Lay the pipe so the markings for the top or bottom are not more than 5 6 degrees from the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe. 7 2) Remove and re-lay any pipe that is not in alignment or shows excessive 8 settlement after laying at no cost to the City. 9 Table 5 10 Minimum Clear Distance Between RCP 11 Equivalent Diameter (Inches) Minimum Clear Distance 18 9 inches 24 11 inches 30 1 foot, 1 inch 36 1 foot, 3 inches 42 1 foot, 5 inches 48 1 foot, 7 inches 54 1 foot, 11 inches 60 to 84 inches 2 feet D. Corrugated Metal Pipe (CMP) 12 1. Coat any metal in joints that are not protected by galvanizing or aluminizing with 13 an approved asphalt paint. 14 2. Use the clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipes shown in Table 6 15 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 16 Table 6 17 Minimum Clear Distance Between CMP 18 Equivalent Diameter (Inches) Minimum Clear Distance (Inches) 18 1 foot, 2 inches 21 1 foot, 3 inches 24 1 foot, 5 inches E. Placement of Boxes 19 1. Where possible, place the box so the top of box is below any pavement subgrade, 20 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 21 2. Maintain a minimum 0.5 percent slope unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 22 3. Place the box sections in accordance with the Drawings. 23 4. Place material to be used between barrels as specified in the Drawings or as 24 directed by the City. 25 5. Start laying the boxes on the bedding at the outlet end. 26 6. Proceed toward the inlet end with the abutting sections properly matched true to the 27 established lines and grades specified in the Drawings. 28 7. Fit, match, and lay the boxes to form a smooth and uniform conduit. 29 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 16 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 8. Lower the box sections into the trench, for trench installations, without damaging 1 the box or disturbing the bedding and the sides of the trench. 2 9. Carefully clean the ends of the box before it is placed. 3 10. Prevent the earth or bedding material from entering the box as it is laid. 4 11. Remove and re-lay any box section that is not in alignment or shows excessive 5 settlement after laying at no cost to the City. 6 F. Jointing 7 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) and Concrete Box (RCB) 8 a. Provide an appropriate rolling device for conveyance through small-size pipe 9 structures. 10 b. Joints Sealed with Rubber Gaskets: 11 1) Make the joint assembly according to the recommendations of the gasket 12 manufacturer. 13 2) Make joints watertight when using rubber gaskets. 14 3) Backfill after the joint has been inspected and approved. 15 4) Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 16 a) Box joints for rubber gasketed material may be substituted for tongue 17 and groove joints. 18 b) Provide rubber gasket joints for RCB in accordance with the 19 requirements of ASTM C1677. 20 c. Joints Using Pre-Formed Flexible Joint Sealants: 21 1) Install pre-formed flexible joint sealants in accordance with the 22 manufacturer’s recommendations. 23 2) Place the joint sealer so no dirt or other deleterious materials encounter the 24 joint sealing material. 25 3) Pull or push home the pipe with enough force to properly seal the joint. 26 4) Remove any joint material pushed out into the interior of the pipe that 27 would obstruct the flow. 28 5) Apply flexible joint sealants to the pipe joints immediately before placing 29 pipe in trench and connecting pipe to previously laid pipe. 30 6) Backfill after the joint as been inspected and approved. 31 2. Corrugated Metal Pipe (CMP) 32 a. General: 33 1) Provide field joints that maintain pipe alignment during construction and 34 prevent infiltration of side material during the life of the installation. 35 2) Install bands and joints in accordance with manufacturer’s 36 recommendations. 37 G. Connections and Stub Ends 38 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 39 a. Make connections of concrete pipe to existing pipes, pipe storm drains, or 40 storm drain appurtenances as specified in the Drawings. 41 b. Mortar or concrete the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate 42 any drainage pockets created by the connections with a Type S mortar in 43 accordance with the requirements of ASTM C270. 44 c. Repair any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the 45 connections. 46 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 17 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 d. Make connections between concrete pipe and corrugated metal pipe with a 1 suitable concrete collar and a minimum thickness of 4 inches. 2 1) Corrugated metal pipe is not permitted for use within the City’s right-of-3 way unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or herein. 4 2) Prior to connecting to an existing CMP storm system: 5 a) Remove any existing corrugated metal pipe to the City’s right-of-way. 6 b) Replace with an equivalent sized RCP. 7 e. Finish stub ends for connections to future work not shown on the Drawings by 8 installing watertight plugs into the free end of the pipe. Plugs are considered 9 subsidiary to the RCP unless a separate bid item is provided. 10 f. Fill lift holes with concrete, mortar, or precast concrete plugs after the pipe is in 11 place. 12 2. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 13 a. Make connections of boxes to existing boxes, pipes, drains, or drain 14 appurtenances as specified in the Drawings. 15 b. Mortar or concrete the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate 16 any drainage pockets created by the connections with a Type S mortar in 17 accordance with the requirements of ASTM C270. 18 c. Connect boxes to any required headwalls, wingwalls, safety end treatments, 19 riprap, or other structures as specified in the Drawings or as directed by the 20 City. Connections will be considered subsidiary to the RCB. 21 d. Repair any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the 22 connections. 23 e. Finish stub ends for connections to future work by installing watertight plugs 24 into the free end of the box. Plugs are considered subsidiary to the RCB unless 25 a separate bid item is provided. 26 f. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar 27 plugs may be used. 28 3. Corrugated Metal Pipe (CMP) 29 a. Make connections of pipe to existing pipe or appurtenances as specified in the 30 Drawings or as directed by the City. 31 b. Mortar or concrete the bottom of existing structures if necessary to eliminate 32 any drainage pockets created by the connections with a Type S mortar in 33 accordance with the requirements of ASTM C270. 34 c. Insulate portions of aluminum pipe in contact with metal other than aluminum 35 by a coating of material recommended by the manufacturer. Extend coating a 36 minimum of 1 foot beyond the area of contact. 37 d. Repair any damage to the existing structure resulting from making the 38 connections. 39 H. Extending Existing Box Culverts 40 1. Any curb less than 12 inches will be considered subsidiary to the RCB. Any curb 41 taller than 12 inches will be included under the RCB Extended Curb bid item. 42 2. Break back and extend existing box culverts in accordance with TxDOT Item 420 43 and 422. 44 a. If extending the existing box culvert is required, provide design notes and 45 Drawings signed and sealed by a Texas licensed professional Engineer. 46 3.5 REPAIR 47 33 42 11 STORMWATER PIPE AND BOXES Page 18 of 18 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 A. Make repairs if necessary for reinforced concrete pipe and machine-made precast boxes 1 in accordance with DMS-7305. 2 B. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 3 1. Cracks: 4 a. Fine cracks on the surface of the section that do not extend to the plan of the 5 nearest reinforcement are acceptable unless the cracks are numerous and 6 extensive. The City will determine if the cracks are considered non-conforming. 7 b. Remove and replace any concrete box considered non-conforming at no cost to 8 the City. 9 2. Excessive damage, honeycomb, or cracking will be subject to structural review by 10 the City. 11 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 13 A. Site Tests and Inspections 14 1. Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Box 15 a. Provide access for inspection of the finished pipe at the project site before and 16 during installation. 17 2. Stormwater Mains and Laterals 18 a. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 19 1) Provide a Post-CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 20 B. Non-Conforming Work 21 1. Remove and replace any pipe or box damaged by the Contractor during installation 22 at no cost to the City. 23 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 24 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 25 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 26 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 27 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 28 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 29 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 30 END OF SECTION 31 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/25/2024 Changed TXDOT DMS reference in 1.3.C.4 and all subsequent locations in text 32 33 42 23 STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS Page 1 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 42 23 1 STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Material and installation requirements for: 6 a. Headwall 7 b. Wingwall (each and square foot) 8 c. Pipe culvert end treatment 9 d. Box culvert end treatment 10 e. RCB extended curb (1 to 5 FT) 11 2. Precast items are only permitted when written approval has been provided by the 12 City prior to construction activities starting. 13 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 14 1. None. 15 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 16 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 17 Contract. 18 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 19 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 20 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 21 5. Section 31 37 00 – Riprap. 22 6. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench, Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 23 7. Section 33 42 11 – Stormwater Pipe and Boxes. 24 D. Standard Details 25 1. Refer to City of Denton and TxDOT standard details for headwalls, wingwalls, and 26 end treatments for pipe and box culverts. 27 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 28 A. Measurement and Payment 29 1. Headwall 30 a. Measurement 31 1) Measured per each Headwall installed. 32 b. Payment 33 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35 price bid per each for Headwall installed for: 36 a) Various pipe sizes. 37 b) Various pipe types (circular or arch). 38 c) Various angles (0, 15, 30, or 45 degree skew). 39 33 42 23 STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS Page 2 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 d) Flared or Parallel 1 c. The price bid shall include: 2 1) Furnishing and installing Headwall as specified by the Drawings 3 2) Water 4 3) Loading 5 4) Unloading 6 5) Storing 7 6) Hauling 8 7) Handling of materials 9 8) Traffic control for all testing 10 9) Dewatering 11 10) Forms 12 11) Reinforcing 13 12) Trial batches (as needed) 14 13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 15 14) Concrete 16 15) Aggregate 17 16) Supplementary cementing materials 18 17) Concrete additives 19 18) Mixing 20 19) Placement of concrete 21 20) Finishing of concrete 22 21) Curing and curing compounds 23 22) Sawing 24 23) Connections 25 24) Fittings 26 25) Joints 27 26) Joint sealant 28 27) Excavation 29 28) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 30 29) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 31 30) Disposal of excess material 32 31) Clean-up 33 2. Wingwall 34 a. Measurement 35 1) Measured per each Wingwall installed. 36 b. Payment 37 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 38 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 39 price bid per each for Wingwall installed for: 40 a) Various heights (2 through 8) 41 b) Straight, Flared, or Parallel Wings 42 c) Skewed or Non- Skewed 43 c. The price bid shall include: 44 1) Furnishing and installing Wingwall as specified by the Drawings 45 2) Water 46 3) Loading 47 4) Unloading 48 5) Storing 49 33 42 23 STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS Page 3 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 6) Hauling 1 7) Handling of materials 2 8) Traffic control for all testing 3 9) Dewatering 4 10) Forms 5 11) Reinforcing 6 12) Trial batches (as needed) 7 13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 8 14) Concrete 9 15) Aggregate 10 16) Supplementary cementing materials 11 17) Concrete additives 12 18) Mixing 13 19) Placement of concrete 14 20) Finishing of concrete 15 21) Curing and curing compounds 16 22) Sawing 17 23) Connections 18 24) Fittings 19 25) Joints 20 26) Joint sealant 21 27) Excavation 22 28) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 23 29) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 24 30) Disposal of excess material 25 31) Clean-up 26 3. Pipe Culvert End Treatment 27 a. Measurement 28 1) Measured per each of End Treatment type installed. 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32 price bid per each for End Treatment type installed for: 33 a) Mitered Pipe, Straight Wings, or Flared Wings 34 b) Pipe Size 35 c) Skew Angle for Flared Wings (0, 15, or 30) 36 d) Wall height for Flared and Straight Wings 37 e) Slope, horizontal:vertical 38 f) Cross Drainage or Parallel Drainage 39 g) Examples: 40 (1) PET, 12” Dia, Mitered (4:1) (C) 41 (2) PET, 36” Dia, Straight (HW=4) (4:1) (P) 42 (3) PET, 48” Dia, Flared (15 DEG) (HW=8) (4:1) (C) 43 c. The price bid shall include: 44 1) Furnishing and installing Pipe Culvert End Treatment as specified by the 45 Drawings 46 2) Water 47 3) Loading 48 4) Unloading 49 33 42 23 STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS Page 4 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 5) Storing 1 6) Hauling 2 7) Handling of materials 3 8) Traffic control for all testing 4 9) Dewatering 5 10) Forms 6 11) Reinforcing 7 12) Trial batches (as needed) 8 13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 9 14) Concrete 10 15) Aggregate 11 16) Supplementary cementing materials 12 17) Concrete additives 13 18) Mixing 14 19) Placement of concrete 15 20) Finishing of concrete 16 21) Curing and curing compounds 17 22) Sawing 18 23) Connections 19 24) Fittings 20 25) Joints 21 26) Joint sealant 22 27) Excavation 23 28) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 24 29) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 25 30) Disposal of excess material 26 31) Clean-up 27 4. Box Culvert End Treatment 28 a. Measurement 29 1) Measured per each End Treatment type installed. 30 b. Payment 31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33 price bid per each for End Treatment type installed for: 34 a) Straight or Flared Wings 35 b) Box span length 36 c) Wall height 37 d) Skew Angle for Flared Wings (0, 15, or 30) 38 e) Slope, horizontal:vertical 39 f) Cross Drainage or Parallel Drainage 40 g) Examples: 41 (1) BET, Straight (S=5 FT) (HW=5 FT) (4:1) (P) 42 (2) BET, Flared (S=5 FT) (HW=5 FT) (0 DEG) (4:1) (C) 43 c. The price bid shall include: 44 1) Furnishing and installing Box Culvert End Treatment as specified by the 45 Drawings 46 2) Water 47 3) Loading 48 4) Unloading 49 33 42 23 STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS Page 5 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 5) Storing 1 6) Hauling 2 7) Handling of materials 3 8) Traffic control for all testing 4 9) Dewatering 5 10) Forms 6 11) Reinforcing 7 12) Trial batches (as needed) 8 13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 9 14) Concrete 10 15) Aggregate 11 16) Supplementary cementing materials 12 17) Concrete additives 13 18) Mixing 14 19) Placement of concrete 15 20) Finishing of concrete 16 21) Curing and curing compounds 17 22) Sawing 18 23) Connections 19 24) Fittings 20 25) Joints 21 26) Joint sealant 22 27) Excavation 23 28) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 24 29) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 25 30) Disposal of excess material 26 31) Clean-up 27 5. Pipe Runners 28 a. Measurement 29 1) Measured per each end treatment where Pipe Runners are installed. 30 b. Payment 31 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33 price bid per each end treatment where Pipe Runners are installed. 34 a) This bid item is only used for existing end treatments where pipe 35 runners need to be replaced or installed. 36 b) Pipe runners are subsidiary to the installation of an end treatment. 37 c. The price bid shall include: 38 1) Furnishing and installing Pipe Runners as specified by the Drawings 39 2) Removal of existing pipe runners 40 3) Bonding agents 41 4) Repair or replacing of materials 42 1.3 REFERENCES 43 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 44 1. ET – End Treatment 45 2. SET – Safety End Treatment 46 3. RCB – Reinforced Concrete Box 47 33 42 23 STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS Page 6 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 4. RCP – Reinforced Concrete Pipe 1 B. Definitions 2 1. Headwalls 3 a. All walls, including wings, at the ends of a single-barrel and multiple-barrel 4 pipe culvert structure. 5 2. Wingwall 6 a. All walls at the ends of a single-barrel or multiple-barrel box culvert structures. 7 3. RCB Curb 8 a. Any curb shorter than 12 inches from the top of the box to the top of the curb 9 will be considered subsidiary to the RCB. Any curb taller than 12 inches will be 10 included under RCB Extended Curb. 11 C. Reference Standards 12 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 13 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 14 unless a date is specifically cited. 15 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 16 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 17 a. ASTM A1085 – Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded Carbon Steel 18 Hollow Structural Sections (HSS). 19 b. ASTM A53 – Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, 20 Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 21 c. ASTM A500 – Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless 22 Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 23 4. Texas Department of Transportation Standards 24 a. DMS-4675 – Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications. 25 b. DMS-6100 – Epoxies and Adhesives. 26 c. DMS-7310 – Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine-Made Precast Concrete 27 Box Culvert Fabrication and Plant Qualification. 28 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 29 1.5 SUBMITTALS 30 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 31 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to purchasing of materials. 32 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 33 A. Shop Drawings: 34 1. Headwalls, Wingwalls, End Treatments, and Riprap 35 a. Provide the following information on the shop drawing submittal: 36 1) Product type and description 37 2) Class of concrete 38 3) Concrete mix design (only for cast-in-place) 39 4) Connection/jointing material used 40 5) Manufacturer recommendations for storage, handling, and installation. 41 2. Product Data 42 33 42 23 STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS Page 7 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Provide a product data sheet for the following: 1 1) Pipe Runners 2 2) Mortar, if applicable 3 3) Epoxy, if applicable 4 4) Jointing Material 5 5) Any bonding material 6 B. Information Submittals: 7 1. Certificates: 8 a. Provide the manufacturer’s certificate of compliance that their product meets 9 the physical testing requirements of this specification, DMS 7310, and DMS 10 4675 for the materials referenced which may include, but are not limited to: 11 1) Concrete mix design and reinforcing (if using precast) 12 2) Mortar 13 3) Pipe runners 14 2. Equipment Submittals: 15 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 16 1) Equipment name and description 17 2) Size 18 3) Intended use 19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.8 MAINENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 22 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 24 1. Do not place any loads on precast items before design strength has been reached. 25 2. Do not ship items until design strength requirements have been met. 26 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 27 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 28 66 00. 29 2. Store precast items on a level surface. 30 C. Markings: 31 1. Mark all precast items or mitered RCP before shipment from the manufacturer: 32 a. Name or trademark of manufacturer 33 b. Product designation (Type and Size) 34 c. ASTM designation 35 d. Date of manufacture 36 e. Designated fabricator’s approval stamp 37 2. Indent markings or paint them on with waterproof paint. 38 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 39 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 40 33 42 23 STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS Page 8 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.2 MATERIALS 3 A. Concrete: 4 1. Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments: 5 a. Class C in accordance with Section 03 00 00 unless otherwise specified in the 6 Drawings. 7 2. RCB Extended Curb: 8 a. Class C in accordance with Section 03 00 00 unless otherwise specified in the 9 Drawings. 10 3. Riprap: 11 a. Class B in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and Section 31 37 00 unless 12 otherwise specified in the Drawings. 13 4. Precast: 14 a. Class C unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. Provide machine-made 15 precast or precast items that are supplied by a manufacturer. Formed precast is 16 not permitted by Contractor. 17 5. Cast-In-Place: 18 a. Fabricate in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 19 B. Reinforcement: 20 1. Provide Grade 60 reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00 unless 21 otherwise specified in the Drawings. 22 C. Mitered RCP: 23 1. Provide mitered RCP in accordance with Section 33 42 11, the Drawings, and this 24 Section. 25 2. Mitering or providing a mitered RCP section is considered subsidiary to pertinent 26 items. 27 D. Riprap: 28 1. Mitered RCP: 29 a. Provide riprap as specified in the Drawings around the mitered end of the RCP. 30 Riprap will be considered subsidiary to a mitered end treatment. No separate 31 pay will be given for riprap. 32 2. Straight or Flared End Treatments: 33 a. Provide riprap only when specified in the Drawings 34 E. Pipe Runners 35 1. Pipe runners are subsidiary to the construction of any end treatment. No separate 36 pay will be given for pipe runners installed on new end treatments. 37 2. When pipe runners are installed on existing end treatments, the pipe runners will be 38 paid for per each end treatment that pipe runners are installed on. Payment will not 39 be given per each pipe runner. 40 3. Provide pipe runners in accordance with the following standards: 41 a. ASTM A1085; 42 33 42 23 STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS Page 9 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 b. ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B; 1 c. ASTM A500, Grade B; or 2 d. API 5L, Grade X42. 3 F. Mortar: 4 1. Provide mortar in accordance with DMS-4675. 5 G. Jointing Materials 6 1. Provide jointing materials in accordance with Section 33 42 11. 7 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 8 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 10 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12 3.3 PREPARATION 13 A. Remove portions of existing structures in accordance with Section 02 41 14 and 02 41 14 13. 15 B. Remove any existing pipe or box to the nearest joint as needed to construct the 16 proposed headwall, wingwall, or end treatment. Removal of stormwater pipe and box 17 segments to construct the headwall, wingwall, or end treatment will be considered 18 subsidiary to the construction of the stormwater structure. 19 3.4 CONSTRUCTION 20 A. Cast-In-Place: 21 1. Construct cast-in-place headwalls, wingwalls, and end treatments in accordance 22 with Section 03 00 00, 03 30 00, and this Section. 23 B. Precast End Treatments 24 1. Formed precast end treatments will not be permitted. 25 2. Provide cast-in-place or machine-made end treatments. 26 3. Provide certification letters stating that the machine-made items were made in 27 accordance with this Section. 28 C. Construct Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00. 29 D. Construction Joint: 30 1. Construct a construction joint when new concrete is placed next to existing concrete 31 or concrete that has already hardened. Roughen and clean concrete surfaces in 32 contact with new construction before placing forms to create a construction joint. 33 2. Thoroughly clean the concrete surface of all loose material, dirt, and foreign matter. 34 3. Saturate the hardened concrete with water. 35 4. Remove all free water and moisten the surface before concrete or bonding grout is 36 placed against it. 37 33 42 23 STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS Page 10 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 5. Ensure the surface of the existing concrete is in a saturated surface-dry condition 1 just before placing subsequent concrete by performing the following: 2 a. Wet the existing concrete by ponding water on the surface for 24 hours before 3 placing subsequent concrete. 4 b. Use high-pressure water blasting 15 to 30 minutes before placing the concrete if 5 ponding is not possible to achieve saturated surface-dry conditions. 6 c. A saturated surface-dry condition is achieved when the surface remains damp 7 when exposed to sunlight for 15 minutes. 8 6. Draw forms tight against the existing concrete to avoid mortar loss and offsets at 9 joints. 10 7. Bonding Agents: 11 a. Bonding agents are not required unless specified in the Drawings. 12 b. If a bonding agent is required, coat the joint surface with bonding mortar, grout, 13 epoxy, or other material. 14 c. Mortar: 15 1) Place bonding mortar or grout on a surface that is in a saturated surface-dry 16 condition state. 17 2) Place the concrete before the bonding mortar or grout dries. 18 d. Epoxy: 19 1) Provide Type V epoxy per DMS-6100 for bonding fresh concrete to 20 hardened concrete. 21 2) Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh 22 concrete while the epoxy is still tacky. 23 e. Other Bonding Material: 24 1) Obtain approval from the City before using an alternative bonding material. 25 2) Place in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 26 E. Lifting Holes 27 1. Provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section for precast boxes. 28 2. Lifting holes may be cast-in-place or drilled by manufacturer. Ensure no reinforcing 29 has been cut. 30 3. Provide lifting holes large enough for adequate lifting devices based on the size and 31 weight of the box section. 32 4. Use lifting holes no larger than 3 inches in diameter. 33 5. Repair any spalled areas around lifting holes. 34 6. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar plugs 35 may be used. 36 F. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding, and Backfill 37 1. Perform excavation, shaping, bedding, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 38 05 05. 39 2. Backfill around junction boxes, manholes risers, pipes, and boxes in accordance 40 with Section 33 05 05 and 33 42 11. 41 3. Take care when placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement of the 42 stormwater structures. 43 4. Bed precast items on foundations of firm and stable material accurately shaped to 44 conform to the bases of the items. 45 33 42 23 STORMWATER HEADWALLS, WINGWALLS, AND END TREATMENTS Page 11 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised June 25, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 G. Pipe or Box Connections: 1 1. Make connections to new or existing structures in accordance with the Drawings. 2 3.5 REPAIR 3 A. Manufacturer defects or minor accidental damage may be accepted with proper repair. 4 B. The City will determine if an item can be repaired or will need to be replaced. 5 C. Replace any non-conforming item at no cost to the City. 6 D. Repair any items as needed and obtain written acceptance from the City. 7 1. A repaired item is required to be sound, properly finished, and cured in accordance 8 with this Section and all applicable Sections prior to acceptance. 9 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 10 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 11 A. Non-Conforming Work 12 1. Precast items may be rejected for not meeting any one of the specification 13 requirements herein. 14 2. Individual items may be rejected for: 15 a. fractures or cracks passing through the wall, or 16 b. surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture surfaces. 17 3. Remove and replace rejected items at no cost to the City. 18 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 19 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 20 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 21 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 22 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 23 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 24 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 25 END OF SECTION 26 27 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6/25/2024 Changed Precast concrete to Class C in 2.2.A.4 28 33 42 30 STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 42 30 1 STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Manufacturer, material, and installation requirements for stormwater junction 6 boxes. 7 2. Precast items are only permitted when written approval has been provided by the 8 City prior to construction activities starting. 9 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract. 14 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 16 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 17 5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench, Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 18 6. Section 33 01 35 – Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures 19 to Grade. 20 7. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 21 8. Section 33 42 11 – Stormwater Pipe and Boxes. 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. Stormwater Junction Box 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measured per each Stormwater Junction Box installed. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30 price bid per each for Stormwater Junction Box installed for: 31 a) Various Sizes. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Furnishing and installing Stormwater Junction Box as specified by the 34 Drawings 35 2) Staged construction 36 3) Water 37 4) Loading 38 5) Unloading 39 6) Storing 40 33 42 30 STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 7) Hauling 1 8) Handling of materials 2 9) Traffic control for all testing 3 10) Dewatering 4 11) Forms 5 12) Trial batches (as needed) 6 13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 7 14) Concrete 8 15) Reinforcing 9 16) Aggregate 10 17) Supplementary cementing materials 11 18) Concrete additives 12 19) Mixing 13 20) Placement of concrete 14 21) Finishing of concrete 15 22) Curing and curing compounds 16 23) Sawing 17 24) Connections 18 25) Fittings 19 26) Joints 20 27) Joint sealant 21 28) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 22 29) Plugs 23 30) Excavation 24 31) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 25 32) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 26 33) Cleanup 27 34) Disposal of excess material 28 2. Stormwater Manhole Riser 29 a. Measurement 30 1) Measured per each Stormwater Manhole Riser installed. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 33 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 34 price bid per each for Stormwater Manhole Riser installed for: 35 a) Various Depth Ranges. (0 to 4’, 4’ to 8’, 8’ to 12’, Greater than 12’) 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Furnishing and installing Stormwater Manhole Riser as specified by the 38 Drawings 39 2) Staged construction 40 3) Water 41 4) Loading 42 5) Unloading 43 6) Storing 44 7) Hauling 45 8) Handling of materials 46 9) Traffic control for all testing 47 10) Dewatering 48 11) Forms 49 12) Trial batches (as needed) 50 33 42 30 STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 1 14) Concrete 2 15) Reinforcing 3 16) Aggregate 4 17) Supplementary cementing materials 5 18) Concrete additives 6 19) Mixing 7 20) Placement of concrete 8 21) Finishing of concrete 9 22) Curing and curing compounds 10 23) Sawing 11 24) Connections 12 25) Fittings 13 26) Joints 14 27) Joint sealant 15 28) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 16 29) Plugs 17 30) Excavation 18 31) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 19 32) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 20 33) Cleanup 21 34) Disposal of excess material 22 1.3 REFERENCES 23 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 24 1. JB – Junction Box 25 2. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 26 3. RCB – Reinforced Concrete Box 27 4. RCP – Reinforced Concrete Pipe 28 B. Reference Standards 29 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 30 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 31 unless a date is specifically cited. 32 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 33 a. C478, Standard Specification for Circular Precast Reinforced Concrete 34 Manhole Sections 35 b. D4101, Standard Classification System and Basis for Specification for 36 Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion Materials 37 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 38 Specifications (DMS): 39 a. 4675, Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications 40 b. 6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 41 c. 7310, Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine-Made Precast Concrete Box 42 Culvert Fabrication and Plant Qualification 43 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 44 45 33 42 30 STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to purchasing of materials. 3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4 A. Shop Drawings: 5 1. Stormwater Junction Boxes and Manhole Risers 6 a. Provide the following information on the shop drawing submittal: 7 1) Product type and size 8 2) Class of concrete 9 3) Concrete mix design (only for cast-in-place) 10 4) Connection/jointing material used 11 5) Manufacturer recommendations for storage, handling, and installation. 12 2. Product Data 13 a. Provide a material data sheet for review and approval for: 14 1) Mortar, if applicable 15 2) Epoxy, if applicable 16 3) Jointing Material 17 4) Any bonding material 18 B. Information Submittals: 19 1. Certificates: 20 a. Provide the manufacturer’s certificate of compliance that their product meets 21 the physical testing requirements of this Section, DMS 6100, DMS 7310, and 22 DMS 4675 (if applicable) for the applicable materials used. 23 2. Equipment Information 24 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 25 1) Equipment name and description 26 2) Size 27 3) Intended use 28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 31 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 32 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 33 1. Do not place any loads on precast items before design strength has been reached. 34 2. Do not ship items until design strength requirements have been met. 35 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 36 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 37 66 00. 38 2. Store precast items on a level surface. 39 C. Markings: 40 1. Mark precast boxes with the following information: 41 33 42 30 STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Name or trademark of manufacturer 1 b. Product designation 2 c. ASTM designation 3 d. Date of manufacture 4 e. Designated fabricator’s approval stamp 5 f. Designation “SR” for boxes meeting sulfate-resistant concrete plan 6 requirements (when applicable) 7 2. Indent markings or paint them on with waterproof paint. 8 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 9 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12 2.2 MATERIALS 13 A. Manufacturers 14 1. Inlet Frame & Cover Manufacturer List 15 a. Bass & Hays Foundry, Inc or 16 b. Approved equal. 17 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 18 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 19 B. Concrete 20 1. Cast-In-Place: 21 a. Provide Class C in accordance with Section 03 00 00 unless otherwise specified 22 in the Drawings. 23 2. Precast: 24 a. Provide Class H with a minimum compressive strength of 5,000 PSI in 25 accordance with Section 03 00 00 26 1) Provide machine-made precast inlets in accordance with DMS-7310 27 C. Reinforcement 28 1. Provide grade 60 steel reinforcing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29 2. Provide a minimum of 2 inches of cover on all reinforcing unless otherwise noted. 30 D. Cast Iron Frame and Cover 31 1. Provide a frame and cover marked “Storm Sewer” in accordance with Section 33 05 32 81. 33 a. Provide Pick Slots 34 b. Provide a 32-inch diameter frame and cover that provides minimum 30-inch 35 diameter opening 36 E. Mortar: 37 1. Provide mortar in accordance with DMS-4675. 38 F. Epoxy: 39 33 42 30 STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Provide Type V epoxy per DMS-6100 for bonding fresh concrete to hardened 1 concrete. 2 2. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete while 3 the epoxy is still tacky. 4 G. Jointing Materials 5 1. Provide jointing materials in accordance with Section 33 42 11. 6 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 7 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 9 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 10 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 11 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 12 3.4 INSTALLATION 13 A. Construct junction boxes and manhole risers in 1 or 2 stages. Use the following steps if 14 constructing in 2 stages: 15 1. No separate pay will be given for staging construction of junction boxes and 16 manhole risers. 17 2. Stage 1: 18 a. Construct the storm drain pipe or box and attach the base of the junction box or 19 manhole riser. 20 b. Provide a temporary plug for the exposed end of the storm drain if needed. 21 c. Follow all safety requirements for Federal, State, and local requirements when 22 leaving a junction box or manhole riser exposed. 23 3. Stage 2: 24 a. Excavate to expose the top of the stage 1 construction (if needed) and complete 25 the junction box or manhole riser in accordance with the Drawings and this 26 Section. 27 b. Coordinate construction of the junction box or manhole riser top with paving 28 operations. 29 c. Finalize construction of subgrade, asphalt base/surface course, or concrete 30 pavement and adjust the top of the junction box or manhole riser as needed to 31 be flush with the final pavement level. 32 1) All adjustments to grade of the junction boxes and manhole risers will be 33 considered subsidiary to the construction of the junction box or manhole 34 riser regardless of how many times the top needs to be adjusted due to 35 phasing of the project. 36 d. Remove any temporary plugs prior to completion of the junction box or 37 manhole riser. 38 e. Furnish and install any frames, grates, rings, and covers. 39 f. Clean all debris from the walls and bottom of the junction box or reinforced 40 concrete box. 41 33 42 30 STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 B. Cast-In-Place Junction Boxes and Manhole Risers: 1 1. Construct cast-in-place junction boxes and manhole risers in accordance with 2 Section 03 00 00, 03 30 00, and this Section. 3 C. Precast Junction Boxes and Manhole Risers 4 1. Precast junction boxes and manhole risers are only permitted when written approval 5 has been provided by the City prior to construction activities starting. 6 2. Formed precast junction boxes and manhole risers will not be permitted. 7 3. Provide cast-in-place or machine-made precast junction boxes and manhole risers. 8 4. Construct machine-made items in accordance with ASTM C478 and this Section. 9 5. Provide certification letters stating the machine-made items were made in 10 accordance with DMS-7310 and ASTM C478 and conform to the product 11 permissible variations and rejection criteria stated in ASTM C478. 12 D. Lifting Holes 13 1. Provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section for precast boxes. 14 2. Lifting holes may be cast-in-place or drilled by manufacturer. Ensure no reinforcing 15 has been cut. 16 3. Provide lifting holes large enough for adequate lifting devices based on the size and 17 weight of the box section. 18 4. Use lifting holes no larger than 3 inches in diameter. 19 5. Repair any spalled areas around lifting holes. 20 6. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar plugs 21 may be used. 22 E. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding, and Backfill 23 1. Perform excavation, shaping, bedding, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 24 05 05. 25 2. Backfill around junction boxes, manholes risers, pipes, and boxes in accordance 26 with Section 33 05 05 and 33 42 11. 27 3. Take care when placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement or 28 damage to the junction boxes, manhole risers, storm water pipe and boxes, or their 29 joints. 30 4. Do not use heavy earth-moving equipment over pipes or boxes until a minimum of 31 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed over the structure 32 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or permitted in writing. 33 F. Stormwater Junction Box 34 1. Provide the appropriate sized junction box based on the maximum inside pipe 35 diameter shown in Table 1. 36 2. For a junction box larger than 6-feet tall or wide, provide a structural design. 37 3. Connections to Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 38 a. Construct junction boxes before completion of stormwater pipes into or through 39 the junction box. 40 b. Neatly cut all stormwater pipes at the inside face of the junction box walls. 41 33 42 30 STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 Table 1 1 Junction Box Sizes 2 Square Junction Box Sizes Maximum Pipe Inside Diameter 4-foot square 36 inches 5-foot square 42 inches 6-foot square 54 inches • Square Junction Box Sizes are given based on a 0-degree skew. If there is a skew entering into the junction box, a larger size may be required. G. Stormwater Manhole Riser 3 1. A manhole riser may be used in the following conditions: 4 a. Stormwater Junction Boxes: 5 1) Use only when specified in the Drawings or by the City. If both of the 6 following conditions are met, a manhole riser may be used in conjunction 7 with the base of a junction box to reduce the surface foot-print. 8 a) When the size of a junction box is 6-feet or larger 9 b) When the depth of the junction box is greater than 2-feet larger than the 10 outside diameter of the pipe. 11 b. Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) Access: 12 1) Provide a manhole riser where access is needed. 13 2. If a Stormwater Manhole Riser is used in conjunction with a Stormwater Junction 14 Box, the manhole riser will be considered subsidiary to the Stormwater Junction 15 Box. 16 3. Constructing the Manhole Riser 17 a. Provide a 48-inch diameter manhole riser with a flat top. A manhole cone is not 18 needed unless otherwise specified. 19 b. Thicken the junction box or RCB section top slab to a minimum of 12 inches 20 when using a manhole riser. 21 c. Cast the manhole riser with the RCB box when providing a cast-in-place 22 manhole riser and RCB per the Drawings. 23 d. When providing a precast manhole riser and RCB, connect the riser to the 24 junction box base or RCB per the Drawings. 25 4. Connections to Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 26 a. For manhole risers that connect directly to the top slab of an RCB, install the 27 manhole riser in conjunction with the placement of the RCB. 28 b. For RCB connections to one side of junction box base, install the junction box 29 base before or in conjunction with the placement of the RCB. 30 c. Backfill the junction box or manhole riser and RCB at the same time. 31 H. Inverts 32 1. Shape and route floor inverts passing out or through the junction box base as 33 specified in the Drawings. 34 2. Shape by adding and shaping mortar or concrete after the base is placed or by 35 placing the required additional material with the base. 36 I. Frame, Grates, and Covers 37 1. Provide a 32-inch frame and cover in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 38 a. A grated cover will not be permitted unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 39 or approved by the City. 40 33 42 30 STORMWATER JUNCTION BOXES Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 3 A. When a structure is left open without supervision, provide structurally adequate fencing 4 or cover. 5 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 6 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 11 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 12 END OF SECTION 13 14 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 7/1/2024 Removed all references to steps in the specification; multiple locations 7/1/2024 Changed Table 1 “Junction Box Sizes” to only address sizes from 4’ to 6’ 15 33 42 33 STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 1 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 33 42 33 1 STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Material and installation requirements for curb and drop inlets. 6 2. Precast inlets are only permitted when written approval has been provided by the 7 City prior to construction activities starting. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract. 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 15 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 16 5. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench, Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 17 6. Section 33 01 35 – Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures 18 to Grade. 19 7. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings. 20 8. Section 33 42 11 – Stormwater Pipe and Boxes. 21 9. Section 33 42 30 – Stormwater Junction Boxes. 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. Standard Curb Inlet 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measured per each Standard Curb Inlet installed. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30 price bid per each for Standard Curb Inlet installed for: 31 a) Various sizes. (10 to 20 feet) 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Furnishing and installing Standard Curb Inlet as specified by the Drawings 34 2) Staged construction 35 3) Water 36 4) Loading 37 5) Unloading 38 6) Storing 39 33 42 33 STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 2 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 7) Hauling 1 8) Handling of materials 2 9) Traffic control for all testing 3 10) Dewatering 4 11) Forms 5 12) Trial batches (as needed) 6 13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 7 14) Concrete 8 15) Reinforcing 9 16) Aggregate 10 17) Supplementary cementing materials 11 18) Concrete additives 12 19) Mixing 13 20) Placement of concrete 14 21) Finishing of concrete 15 22) Curing and curing compounds 16 23) Sawing 17 24) Connections 18 25) Fittings 19 26) Joints 20 27) Joint sealant 21 28) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 22 29) Plugs 23 30) Excavation 24 31) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 25 32) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 26 33) Disposal of excess material 27 34) Clean-up 28 2. Recessed Curb Inlet 29 a. Measurement 30 1) Measured per each Recessed Curb Inlet installed. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 33 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 34 price bid per each for Recessed Curb Inlet installed for: 35 a) Various sizes. (10 to 20 feet) 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Furnishing and installing Recessed Curb Inlet as specified by the Drawings 38 2) Staged construction 39 3) Water 40 4) Loading 41 5) Unloading 42 6) Storing 43 7) Hauling 44 8) Handling of materials 45 9) Traffic control for all testing 46 10) Dewatering 47 11) Forms 48 12) Trial batches (as needed) 49 33 42 33 STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 3 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 1 14) Concrete 2 15) Reinforcing 3 16) Aggregate 4 17) Supplementary cementing materials 5 18) Concrete additives 6 19) Mixing 7 20) Placement of concrete 8 21) Finishing of concrete 9 22) Curing and curing compounds 10 23) Sawing 11 24) Connections 12 25) Fittings 13 26) Joints 14 27) Joint sealant 15 28) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 16 29) Plugs 17 30) Excavation 18 31) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 19 32) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 20 33) Disposal of excess material 21 34) Clean-up 22 3. Type 2 Curb Inlet 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measured per each Type 2 Curb Inlet installed. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28 price bid per each for Type 2 Curb Inlet installed for: 29 a) Various sizes. (10 to 20 feet) 30 c. The price bid shall include: 31 1) Furnishing and installing Type 2 Curb Inlet as specified by the Drawings 32 2) Staged construction 33 3) Hauling 34 4) Water 35 5) Loading 36 6) Unloading 37 7) Storing 38 8) Hauling 39 9) Handling of materials 40 10) Traffic control for all testing 41 11) Dewatering 42 12) Forms 43 13) Trial batches (as needed) 44 14) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 45 15) Concrete 46 16) Reinforcing 47 17) Aggregate 48 18) Supplementary cementing materials 49 33 42 33 STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 4 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 19) Concrete additives 1 20) Mixing 2 21) Placement of concrete 3 22) Finishing of concrete 4 23) Curing and curing compounds 5 24) Sawing 6 25) Connections 7 26) Fittings 8 27) Joints 9 28) Joint sealant 10 29) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 11 30) Plugs 12 31) Excavation 13 32) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 14 33) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 15 34) Disposal of excess material 16 35) Clean-up 17 4. Drop Inlet 18 a. Measurement 19 1) Measured per each Drop Inlet installed. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23 price bid per each for Drop Inlet installed for: 24 a) Various sizes. (3 to 5 feet) 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Furnishing and installing Drop Inlet as specified by the Drawings 27 2) Staged construction 28 3) Water 29 4) Loading 30 5) Unloading 31 6) Storing 32 7) Hauling 33 8) Handling of materials 34 9) Traffic control for all testing 35 10) Dewatering 36 11) Forms 37 12) Trial batches (as needed) 38 13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 39 14) Concrete 40 15) Reinforcing 41 16) Aggregate 42 17) Supplementary cementing materials 43 18) Concrete additives 44 19) Mixing 45 20) Placement of concrete 46 21) Finishing of concrete 47 22) Curing and curing compounds 48 23) Sawing 49 33 42 33 STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 5 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 24) Connections 1 25) Fittings 2 26) Joints 3 27) Joint sealant 4 28) Connection to existing structures, pipes, and boxes 5 29) Plugs 6 30) Excavation 7 31) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 8 32) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 9 33) Disposal of excess material 10 34) Clean-up 11 1.3 REFERENCES 12 A. Abbreviations 13 1. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 14 B. Reference Standards 15 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 16 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 17 unless a date is specifically cited. 18 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 19 a. ASTM C478 – Standard Specification for Circular Precast Reinforced Concrete 20 Manhole Sections 21 b. ASTM D4101 – Standard Classification System and Basis for Specification for 22 Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion Materials 23 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 24 Specifications (DMS): 25 a. 4675, Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications 26 b. 6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 27 c. 7310, Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Machine-Made Precast Concrete Box 28 Culvert Fabrication and Plant Qualification 29 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 30 1.5 SUBMITTALS 31 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 32 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 33 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 34 A. Shop Drawings: 35 1. Stormwater Curb and Drop Inlets 36 a. Provide the following information on the shop drawing submittal: 37 1) Product type and size 38 2) Class of concrete 39 3) Concrete mix design, for cast-in-place components only 40 4) Connection/jointing material used 41 5) Manufacturer recommendations for storage, handling, and installation 42 33 42 33 STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 6 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Product Data 1 a. Provide a material data sheet for review and approval for: 2 1) Mortar 3 2) Epoxy 4 3) Jointing Material 5 4) Any bonding material 6 B. Information Submittals: 7 1. Certificates: 8 a. Provide manufacturer’s certificate of compliance stating their product is in 9 accordance with the physical testing requirements of this Section, DMS 6100, 10 DMS 7310, and DMS 4675 (if applicable) for the applicable materials used. 11 2. Equipment Information 12 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 13 1) Equipment name and description 14 2) Size 15 3) Intended use 16 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 19 20 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 21 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 22 1. Do not place any loads on precast items before design strength has been reached. 23 2. Do not ship items until design strength requirements have been met. 24 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 25 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 26 66 00. 27 2. Store precast items on a level surface. 28 C. Markings: 29 1. Mark precast inlets and other items with the following information: 30 a. Name or trademark of manufacturer 31 b. Product designation 32 c. ASTM designation 33 d. Date of manufacture 34 e. Designated fabricator’s approval stamp 35 f. Designation “SR” for boxes meeting sulfate-resistant concrete plan 36 requirements, if applicable 37 2. Indent markings or paint them on with waterproof paint. 38 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 39 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 40 33 42 33 STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 7 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.2 MATERIALS 3 A. Manufacturers 4 1. Inlet Frame & Cover Manufacturer List 5 a. Bass & Hays Foundry, Inc or approved equal. 6 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 7 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 8 B. Concrete 9 1. Cast-In-Place: 10 a. Class S in accordance with Section 03 00 00 11 2. Precast: 12 a. Class H with a minimum compressive strength of 5,000 PSI in accordance with 13 Section 03 00 00 14 1) Provide machine-made precast inlets in accordance with DMS-7310. 15 C. Reinforcement 16 1. Provide grade 60 steel reinforcing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 17 2. Provide a minimum of 2 inches of cover on all reinforcing unless otherwise noted. 18 D. Cast Iron Frame and Cover 19 1. Provide a frame and cover marked “Storm Sewer” in accordance with Section 33 05 20 81. 21 2. Provide Pick Slots 22 3. Provide a 32-inch diameter frame and cover that provides minimum 30-inch 23 diameter opening 24 E. Mortar: 25 1. Provide mortar in accordance with DMS-4675. 26 F. Jointing Materials 27 1. Provide jointing materials in accordance with Section 33 42 11. 28 G. Epoxy: 29 1. Provide Type V epoxy per DMS-6100 for bonding fresh concrete to hardened 30 concrete. 31 2. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete while 32 the epoxy is still tacky. 33 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 34 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 35 PART 3 - EXECUTION 36 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 37 33 42 33 STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 8 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 1 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 2 3.4 INSTALLATION 3 A. Construct inlets in 1 or 2 stages. Use the following steps if constructing in 2 stages: 4 1. No separate pay will be given for staging construction of junction boxes and 5 manhole risers. 6 2. Stage 1: 7 a. Construct the storm drain pipe or box and attach the pipe to the base of the 8 inlet. 9 b. Provide a temporary plug for either end of the storm pipe if needed. 10 c. Backfill as necessary and in accordance with the Drawings around the Stage 1 11 construction. 12 d. Follow all safety requirements for Federal, State, and local requirements when 13 leaving an inlet base exposed. 14 3. Stage 2: 15 a. Excavate to expose the top of the stage 1 construction (if needed) and complete 16 the inlet in accordance with the Drawings and this Section. 17 b. Coordinate construction of the inlet top with paving operations. 18 c. After completion of the subgrade, asphalt base/surface course, concrete 19 pavement, or surrounding ground, construct the inlet top and/or aprons in 20 accordance with the Drawings. 21 d. Remove any temporary plugs prior to the completion of the inlet. 22 e. Furnish and install any frames, grates, rings, and covers. 23 f. Clean all debris from the walls and bottom of inlet base. 24 B. Cast-In-Place Inlets: 25 1. Where possible, use precast inlet bases with cast-in-place inlet tops. 26 2. Construct cast-in-place inlet bases and tops in accordance with Section 03 00 00, 03 27 30 00, and this Section. 28 3. Forms for all cast-in-place inlet components will be required unless otherwise 29 approved. 30 C. Precast Inlets 31 1. Formed precast inlet bases and tops will not be permitted. 32 2. Provide machine-made precast inlet bases and tops. 33 3. Construct machine-made items in accordance with ASTM C478 and this Section. 34 4. Provide certification letters stating the machine-made items were made in 35 accordance with DMS-7310 and ASTM C478 and conform to the product 36 permissible variations and rejection criteria stated in ASTM C478. 37 38 D. Lifting Holes 39 1. Provide no more than 4 lifting holes in each section for precast boxes. 40 2. Lifting holes may be cast-in-place or drilled by manufacturer. Ensure no reinforcing 41 has been cut. 42 33 42 33 STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 9 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 3. Provide lifting holes large enough for adequate lifting devices based on the size and 1 weight of the box section. 2 4. Use lifting holes no larger than 3 inches in diameter. 3 5. Repair any spalled areas around lifting holes. 4 6. Fill lifting holes with mortar or concrete and cure. Precast concrete or mortar plugs 5 may be used. 6 E. Excavation, Shaping, Bedding, and Backfill 7 1. Perform excavation, shaping, bedding, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 8 05 05. 9 2. Backfill around inlets, pipes, and boxes in accordance with Section 33 05 05 and 33 10 42 11. 11 3. Take care when placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement or 12 damage to inlet bases, storm water pipe, boxes, or their joints. 13 4. Do not use heavy earth-moving equipment to haul over the pipes or boxes until a 14 minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed over 15 the structure unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or permitted in writing. 16 F. Connections to Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) 17 1. Construct inlet bases before completion of stormwater pipes into or through the 18 inlet. 19 2. Neatly cut all stormwater pipes at the inside face of the junction box walls. 20 G. Connections to Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 21 1. Construct inlet bases before completion of stormwater pipes into or through the 22 inlet. 23 2. Neatly cut all stormwater pipes at the inside face of the junction box walls. 24 H. Connections to Reinforced Concrete Box (RCB) 25 1. For inlets that connect directly to the top slab of an RCB, install the inlet base in 26 conjunction with the placement of the RCB. 27 2. Backfill the junction box or manhole riser and RCB at the same time. 28 I. Inverts 29 1. Shape and route floor inverts passing out or through the inlet as specified in the 30 Drawings. 31 2. Shape by adding and shaping mortar or concrete after the base is placed or by 32 placing the required additional material with the base. 33 J. Inlet Top Construction and Finishing 34 1. Complete the inlet base and top in accordance with the Drawings in either 1 or 2 35 stages. 36 2. Form openings for the inlets and recesses in curb and gutter as specified in the 37 Drawings. 38 3. Construct the inlet top concurrent with paving operations when possible. 39 4. Backfill and grade the surrounding area to the elevations specified in the Drawings 40 K. Frame, Grates, and Covers 41 33 42 33 STORMWATER CURB AND DROP INLETS Page 10 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised July 1, 2024 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Provide a 32-inch frame and cover in accordance with Section 33 05 81. 1 2. A grated cover will not be permitted unless otherwise approved or specified in the 2 Drawings. 3 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 4 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 5 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 6 A. When a structure is left open without supervision, provide fencing or a cover that is 7 structurally adequate. 8 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 11 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 12 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 13 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 14 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15 END OF SECTION 16 17 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 7/1/2024 Removed all references to steps in inlet structures; various locations 18 34 41 11 ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 34 41 11 1 ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Accessible Pedestrian Push Button Station Assembly. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Accessible Pedestrian Push Button Station Assembly 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per each Accessible Pedestrian Push Button Station Assembly 17 installed. 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21 price bid price for “Accessible Pedestrian Push Button Station Assembly” 22 installed for: 23 a) Various types. 24 b) Various mounting methods. 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Furnishing, installing, and testing the Accessible Pedestrian Push Button 27 Station 28 2) Mounting hardware 29 3) Sign adapter 30 4) Pushbutton stations 31 5) Central control units 32 6) Vibrotactile arrow with high visual contrast 33 7) Wiring harness 34 8) Voice message setup 35 9) Configuration devices or software 36 10) R10-3e (L/R) signs 37 d. The price bid does not include the signal conductor cable from the signal 38 cabinet to the push button station 39 2. Remove Pedestrian Push Button Assembly 40 a. Measurement 41 34 41 11 ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1) Measured per each Pedestrian Push Button Assembly removed. 1 b. Payment 2 1) The work performed in accordance to this item and measured as provided 3 under “Measurement” section will be paid for at the unit price bid price for 4 “Pedestrian Push button Assembly” removed for: 5 a) Various types. 6 b) Various mounting methods. 7 c. The price bid shall include: 8 1) Removal and disposal of Pedestrian Push Button Assemblies 9 2) Removal and disposal of cable inside the pole 10 1.3 REFERENCES 11 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 12 1. APS – Accessible Pedestrian Signal 13 B. Reference Standards 14 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 15 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 16 unless a date is specifically cited. 17 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 18 Specifications (DMS): 19 a. 11132, Accessible Pedestrian Signals. 20 3. National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements. 21 4. 2011 Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 22 5. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 23 6. Public Right-of-Way Accessibility Guidelines (PROWAG). 24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 28 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29 A. Product Data 30 1. Accessible Pedestrian Signals 31 B. Warranty 32 1. Manufacturer’s Extended Warranty 33 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 34 A. Documentation 35 1. Each APS shall be provided with the following documentation: 36 a. Complete and accurate installation wiring guide. 37 b. Contact name, address, and telephone number for the representative, 38 manufacturer, or distributor for warranty repair. 39 40 34 41 11 ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 c. If requested, supply schematics for all electronics. 1 1) One schematic diagram shall be provided for push button stations, panels, 2 central control units or control units, along with any necessary installation 3 instructions. 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 7 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 8 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 9 66 00. 10 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 11 1.12 WARRANTY 12 A. Manufacturer Warranty 13 1. A 5-year warranty shall be required on all APS units. 14 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 15 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 16 2.2 MATERIALS 17 A. Manufacturers 18 1. Manufacturer List 19 a. Provide material in accordance with TxDOT’s Traffic Material Producer List: 20 http://ftp.dot.state.tx.us/pub/txdot-info/cmd/mpl/qtrfsigeqp.pdf 21 1) Manufacturers on this list must also comply with this Section and related 22 Sections. 23 b. Polara Enterprises, LLC or approved equal. 24 1) Audible/Tactile Pedestrian Push Button 25 2) Black base/black lid 26 3) 9 inch X 15 inch instructional sign 27 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 28 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 29 B. Materials 30 1. Provide new materials as specified in the Drawings. 31 2. Furnish accessible pedestrian signal from new materials in accordance with DMS-32 11132. 33 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 34 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 35 34 41 11 ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4 3.4 INSTALLATION 5 A. Pedestrian Push Button Assemblies 6 1. Install push buttons in accordance with the TMUTCD. 7 2. Wire the push button in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions. 8 3. Close unused housing openings with a weather-tight closure painted to match the 9 housing. 10 4. Verify each button is communicating and fully functional. 11 5. Do not use terminal connections or splice wire leads, unless approved by City. 12 6. Attach wires to terminal posts with solderless terminals unless otherwise advised by 13 manufacturer’s recommendations. 14 7. Attach terminals to the wires with a ratchet-type compression crimping tool 15 properly sized to the wire. 16 8. Ensure push button stations are mounted at the proper height and orientation. 17 a. Mount at a height above the sidewalk (or ground) specified in the Drawings. 18 b. Mount plumb and level. 19 c. Install with an appropriate sign in accordance with the push button’s 20 manufacturer and TMUTCD, and as approved by the City. 21 1) Modify the sign to include an arrow indicating the desired crossing 22 direction. 23 d. All pedestrian push buttons shall be in accordance with ADA and/or 24 PROWAG. 25 B. Accessible Pedestrian Push Button Station Assembly 26 1. If a controller unit is specified in the Drawings, integrate the pedestrian controller 27 unit into the traffic signal controller cabinet assembly. 28 2. Unless otherwise specified, wire the APS to the nearest terminal strip using 29 stranded No. 12 AWG XHHW wire with 600-volt insulation. 30 3. Do not use terminal connections or splice wire leads except in the hand holes 31 located in the signal pole shaft, in the signal pole base, or at locations approved by 32 the City. 33 4. Attach wires to terminal posts with solderless terminals. 34 5. Attach terminals to the wires with a ratchet-type compression crimping tool 35 properly sized to the wire. 36 6. Remove any burrs or rough edges on any holes drilled for wire entry to APS push 37 buttons. 38 7. Ensure push button stations are mounted at the proper height and orientation. 39 a. Mount at the height above the sidewalk (or ground) specified in the Drawings. 40 b. Mount level. 41 34 41 11 ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 c. Install with an appropriate sign in accordance with the push button’s 1 manufacturer and TMUTCD, and as approved by the City. 2 1) Modify the sign to include an arrow indicating the desired crossing 3 direction. 4 d. All pedestrian push buttons shall be in accordance with ADA and/or 5 PROWAG. 6 8. Provide neat workmanship in the installation of any wiring harnesses, control units, 7 wiring panels, and push button stations. 8 9. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations regarding installation 9 and weatherproofing. 10 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 11 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 13 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 14 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 15 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 16 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 17 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 18 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 19 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 20 END OF SECTION 21 22 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 23 34 41 21 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES Page 1 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 34 41 21 1 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Traffic Signal Structures 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Furnish and Install Pedestal and Push Button Pole Assembly 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per each pedestal and Push Button Pole assembly installed. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per each “Furnish/Install Ped or Push Button Pole Assembly” 21 installed for: 22 a) Various types. 23 b) Various sizes. 24 c. The price bid shall include: 25 1) Furnishing and installing each Pedestal or Push-Button Pole Assembly as 26 specified by the Drawings 27 2) Excavation and backfill 28 3) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 29 4) Anchor bolts 30 5) Clean-up 31 2. Furnish and Install Signal Pole – Vertical Mast Arm Pole 32 a. Measurement 33 1) Measured per each Vertical Signal Pole and Vertical Mast Arm Pole 34 installed. 35 b. Payment 36 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38 price bid per each “Furnish/Install Signal Pole – Vertical Mast Arm Pole” 39 installed for: 40 a) Various types. 41 42 34 41 21 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES Page 2 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 c. The price bid shall include: 1 1) Furnishing and installing each Signal Pole – Vertical Mast Arm Pole as 2 specified by the Drawings 3 2) Excavation and backfill 4 3) Furnishing and installing vertical luminaire section, if specified 5 4) Installing luminaire arm, fixture, and lamp, if specified 6 5) Erecting assembly on concrete foundation 7 6) Furnishing and placing anchor bolts, nuts, washers, and templates. 8 d. The price bid shall not include the LED fixture. 9 3. Furnish and Install Mast Arm 10 a. Measurement 11 1) Measured per each Mast Arm installed. 12 b. Payment 13 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 14 measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15 price bid per each “Furnish/Install Mast Arm” installed for: 16 a) Various length intervals. 17 b) Various types. 18 c. The price bid shall include: 19 1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing Mast Arm as specified by the 20 Drawings 21 2) Mounting equipment 22 3) Vibration dampers 23 4) Clean-up 24 4. Furnish and Install Luminaire Arm 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measured per each Luminaire Arm installed. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30 price bid per each “Furnish/Install Luminaire Arm” installed for: 31 a) Various lengths. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing Luminaire Arm as specified by the 34 Drawings 35 2) Mounting equipment 36 3) Clean-up 37 5. Furnish and Install ILSN Arm 38 a. Measurement 39 1) Measured be per each ILSN Arm installed. 40 b. Payment 41 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 42 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 43 price bid per each “Furnish/Install ILSN Arm” installed. 44 c. The price bid shall include: 45 1) Furnishing, assembling, and installing ILSN Arm as specified by the 46 Drawings 47 2) Mounting equipment 48 34 41 21 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES Page 3 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3) Clean-up 1 6. Remove Pedestal and Push Button Pole Assembly 2 a. Measurement 3 1) Measured per each Pedestal or Push Button Pole Assembly removed. 4 b. Payment 5 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7 price bid per each “Remove Ped or Push Button Pole Assembly” removed. 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Removal of Pedestal or Push Button Pole Assembly as specified by the 10 Drawings 11 7. Remove Signal Poles 12 a. Measurement 13 1) Measured per each of signal pole removed. 14 b. Payment 15 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 16 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 17 price bid per each signal pole removed. 18 c. The price bid shall include: 19 1) Removal of Signal Pole Assembly as specified by the Drawings 20 2) Removal of luminaire arm, fixture, and lamp, if specified 21 8. Remove Mast Arm 22 a. Measurement 23 1) Measured per each Mast Arm removed. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed in accordance to this item and measured as provided 26 under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per each Mast 27 Arm removed for: 28 a) Various length intervals. 29 b) Various types. 30 c. The price bid shall include: 31 1) Removal of Mast Arm as specified by the Drawings 32 2) Removal of luminaire arm, if specified 33 3) Removal of vibration dampers 34 4) Clean-up 35 1.3 REFERENCES 36 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 37 1. ILSN – Internally Lighted Street Name 38 2. LED – Light emitting diode 39 B. Reference Standards 40 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 41 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 42 unless a date is specifically cited. 43 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 44 a. B85-57T, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Die Castings. 45 b. B26-57T, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings. 46 34 41 21 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES Page 4 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 c. B-209-57T, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet 1 and Plate. 2 d. D-1535, Standard Practice for Specifying Color by the Munsell System. 3 e. B-033, Standard Specification for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for 4 Electrical Purposes. 5 f. B-8, Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, 6 Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. 7 g. A3250-N, High Strength Galvanized Steel Bolts. 8 h. A490-N, High Strength Galvanized Steel Bolts. 9 i. A123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron 10 and Steel Products. 11 j. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel 12 Hardware. 13 k. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 14 l. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel 15 Hardware. 16 m. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting 17 Materials for High-Temperature Service and Other Special Purpose 18 Applications. 19 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 20 Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 21 a. Item 686, Traffic Signal Pole Assemblies (Steel). 22 4. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Device (TMUTCD). 23 5. National Electric Code (NEC). 24 6. Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE). 25 7. American Standards Institute (ANSI). 26 8. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA). 27 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 28 1.5 SUBMITTALS 29 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 30 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 31 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 32 A. Product Data Sheets are required for: 33 1. Standard and Decorative Traffic Signal Structures 34 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 37 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 38 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 39 34 41 21 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES Page 5 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1. Inspect all City-furnished materials prior to taking possession. Any damages after 1 taking possession shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 2 2. Arrange pick up of all City-furnished materials and deliver them to the Site. 3 3. All contractor-furnished traffic signal structures must be approved by the City prior 4 to installation. 5 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 6 1. Parts shall be properly protected so no damage or deterioration occurs during a 7 prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 8 a. Exposed anchor bolts shall be protected until pole shaft is installed. 9 b. Finished iron or steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent 10 rust and corrosion. 11 c. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight 12 and extremes in temperature. 13 2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 14 66 00. 15 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16 1.12 WARRANTY 17 A. Manufacturer Warranty 18 1. A 2-year warranty is required on all traffic signal structures. 19 B. Extended Correction Period 20 1. Contractor to correct any substandard workmanship and/or materials for 24 months 21 from the date the signal is accepted by the City. 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24 2.2 MATERIALS 25 A. Description 26 1. Regulatory Requirements 27 a. Traffic signal shall be in accordance with the TMUTCD, NEC, ITE, ASTM, 28 ANSI, and NEMA. 29 2. Furnish all materials necessary to complete each traffic signal installation, whether 30 the item is specifically mentioned or not. All unspecified materials shall be in 31 accordance with NEMA. 32 3. All materials supplied by the Contractor shall be of new, un-depreciated stock. 33 B. Materials 34 1. Traffic Signal Structures 35 a. Design 36 1) Traffic Signal Poles shall be City of Denton Standard per City of Denton 37 TS Series, Revision E. 38 34 41 21 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES Page 6 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2) TxDOT structures shall be in accordance with the latest TxDOT Standards 1 for 80 MPH wind zone applications. 2 3) All traffic signal structures shall be powder coated stardust silver. 3 4) Provide signal pole assemblies in accordance with TxDOT Item 686. 4 b. Markings 5 1) All pole shafts and mast arms shall be marked with the identification 6 numbers as specified in the Drawings to facilitate assembly of these items 7 in the field. 8 2) If furnishing pole shafts and mast arms for multiple intersections, each item 9 shall be marked to be identified by intersection. 10 c. Vibration dampers 11 1) Steel mast arms ranging above 28 feet in length shall be provided with 12 aluminum vibration dampers. 13 d. Structure Finish 14 1) Standard 15 a) The traffic signal poles and mast arms shall be galvanized in 16 accordance to ASTM A123. 17 (1) Each component must be completely coated in a single dip. No 18 double dipping will be allowed. 19 (2) All miscellaneous hardware shall be galvanized per ASTM A153. 20 2) Decorative 21 a) As specified in the Drawings. 22 b) All decorative poles shall be TxDOT green. 23 e. Luminaire Arm 24 1) Luminaire arms shall be fabricated as specified in the Drawings. 25 f. Pedestal Structures 26 1) Pedestal structures for mounting pedestrian signals or median-mount traffic 27 signals shall be furnished with a transformer base, pole cap, and all 28 necessary hardware for proper installation. 29 2) Height of pole shall be specified in the Drawings but shall not exceed 15 30 feet. 31 g. All other hardware necessary for complete installation of traffic signal 32 structures shall be hot dipped, galvanized, and in accordance with the design, 33 dimension, and strength requirements of said items as specified in the 34 Drawings. 35 h. All hardware shall be packed on a per pole basis. 36 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 37 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 38 PART 3 - EXECUTION 39 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 40 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 41 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 42 3.4 INSTALLATION 43 34 41 21 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES Page 7 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 A. Special Techniques 1 1. The Contractor shall install all traffic signal structures as specified in the Drawings. 2 a. Deviation from the Drawings because of physical obstructions, such as 3 overhead utilities or inappropriate mast arm length to fit a relocated foundation, 4 shall be worked out with the City and approved prior to installation. 5 b. Stake the traffic signal pole locations for verification by the City. 6 2. Poles shall have nuts on top and bottom of the pole base plate. 7 a. Anchor bolts for mast arm signal poles shall be set so 2 are in tension and 2 are 8 in compression. 9 b. The exposed length of the anchor bolt between the top of the foundation and the 10 bottom of the leveling nut should not exceed one bolt diameter. 11 c. Mast arm vertical pole’s foundation bolts are to be placed such that the exposed 12 portion is not to extend more than 9 ± 1/2 inches above the top of the signal 13 foundation and shall be of equal height. Threaded portion shall extend 1/4 inch 14 to 1/2 inch above concrete. 15 d. Base plate leveling nuts shall be such that the bottom of the nuts is 3/4 ± 1/4 16 inch average above the top of the signal foundation. 17 3. The traffic signal pole heights and mast arm lengths specified in the Drawings and 18 material summary are to be used for bidding purposes only. 19 4. Mast Arm Vertical Clearance and Orientation 20 a. Prior to fabrication, the Contractor, in cooperation with the City, shall make 21 field measurements to determine the actual pole height necessary to ensure a 22 vertical clearance of 17 feet minimum and 19 feet maximum from the roadway 23 surface to the bottom of the lowest point on the signal head assembly or mast 24 arm, and to determine the mast arm lengths required to mount the traffic signal 25 heads over the traffic lanes. 26 b. The masts arms shall be straight and level in the area where the signal heads are 27 attached. 28 c. Mast arms shall be installed perpendicular to the flow of traffic for the 29 corresponding street. 30 d. Field measurements and evaluations shall be determined from the actual field 31 location of the pole foundations, considering all above and below ground 32 utilities and the existing roadway elevations and lane widths. 33 e. The contractor shall take actual field measurements at the completion of 34 construction to determine the actual height of each head and provide said 35 information to the City prior to construction approval to ensure they are in 36 accordance with the City’s minimum vertical clearances. 37 5. All poles for the project shall have a base cover. 38 6. An open end at the end of a pole shall be mechanically capped by a City approved 39 method. 40 7. All appurtenance’s end of pole caps and/or hand hole covers shall be installed 41 within 24 hours of installation of applicable appurtenance. 42 8. Transformer bases for pedestal poles shall be leveled and tightly secured to the 43 foundation before the structure is placed on the base. 44 a. If shims are required for leveling, total shim height shall not exceed 1/2 inch. 45 b. Foundation anchor bolts shall extend a minimum of 1 inch through each nut in 46 the base. 47 48 34 41 21 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES Page 8 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 9. Except as modified herein, erection of traffic signal structures shall be in 1 accordance with the applicable Specifications and standards of the AISC Manual of 2 Steel Construction. 3 a. Erecting equipment shall be suitable for the Work and shall be in proper 4 working condition. 5 b. Parts not able to be assembled or fitted properly as a result of errors in 6 fabrication or deformation due to handling or transportation shall be reported 7 immediately to the City. 8 c. Straightening of plates and angles or other shapes shall be done by approval of 9 the manufacturer. 10 d. No corrections shall be allowed that will void the manufacturer's warranty. 11 e. A letter from the manufacturer approving the corrections shall be required or 12 the material may be rejected by the Inspector. 13 10. Use established industry and utility safety practices when working near 14 underground or overhead utilities. Consult with the appropriate utility company 15 before beginning such work. 16 11. No pole shall be placed on a foundation prior to 10 days following placement of 17 concrete. Erect structures after foundation concrete has attained its design strength. 18 12. The steel structure frame shall be lifted in accordance with the manufacturer's 19 specifications and all match marking shall be followed. 20 a. Temporary bracing shall be used wherever necessary to support all loads to 21 which the structure may be subjected, including equipment, operation, and 22 material loading. 23 b. Such bracing shall be left in place as long as required for safety. 24 c. The various members, after being assembled, shall be aligned and adjusted 25 accurately before being fastened. 26 d. Fastening of splices on compression members shall be done after the abutting 27 surfaces have been brought completely into contact. 28 e. No welding or bolting shall be done until the structures have been properly 29 aligned. 30 13. Bearing surfaces and surfaces which will be in permanent contact with each other 31 shall be cleaned before the members are assembled. 32 a. Bearing plates shall be set in exact position and shall have a full and even 33 bearing upon the concrete. 34 b. As erection progresses, the Work shall be bolted to take into account all dead 35 load, wind, and erection stresses. 36 c. All erection bolts used in welded construction may be tightened securely and 37 left in place. 38 d. If removed, the holes shall be filled with plug welds. 39 14. Field bolting shall be in accordance with the requirements specified for shop 40 fabrication. 41 a. Untrue holes shall be corrected by reaming. 42 b. Where the surface of a bolted part has a slope of more than 1:20, a beveled 43 washer shall be used to compensate for the lack of parallelism. 44 c. Bolt heads and nuts shall be drawn tight against the Work with a suitable 45 wrench not less than 15 inches long. 46 d. Bolt heads shall be tapped with a hammer while the nut is being tightened. 47 15. Field painting of structures is not permitted. 48 49 34 41 21 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES Page 9 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 16. Bolted parts shall fit solidly together when assembled and shall not be separated by 1 gaskets or any other interposed compressible material. 2 a. When assembled, all joint surfaces, including those adjacent to the bolt heads, 3 nuts, or washers, shall be free of scale, except tight mill scale, and shall also be 4 free of burrs, dirt, and other foreign material that would prevent solid seating of 5 the parts. 6 b. Each fastener shall be tightened to at least the minimum bolt tension as 7 recommended by the pole manufacturer using ASTM A325 or A490 bolts for 8 the size of fastener used. 9 c. Threaded bolts shall be tightened with properly calibrated wrenches or by the 10 "turn-of-nut" method. 11 d. Bolts may be installed without hardened washers when tightening takes place 12 by the "turn-of-bolt" method. Any bolt tightened by the calibrated wrench 13 method (or by torque control) shall have a hardened washer under the element 14 (nut or bolt head) turned in to a point not closer than 7/8 of the bolt diameter 15 from the center of the washer. 16 17. Grouting 17 a. The Contractor shall perform all Work required to complete the grout work 18 associated with installing the signal structure and furnish all supplementary 19 items necessary for its proper installation. 20 18. Where signal poles and/or mast arms exist on raised foundations that are to be 21 removed and installed on new foundations, the Contractor shall store these poles, 22 mast arms, street lights, and wiring until they can be installed on their new 23 foundations. 24 19. Wind dampers 25 a. Wind dampers shall be installed on all mast arms. 26 b. Dampers shall be installed using Astro Sign Brac, Signfix Aluminum Channel, 27 or approved equivalent. 28 20. Signs 29 a. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and relocate existing signs as specified in 30 the Drawings. 31 b. Mast-arm signs shall be mounted with Astro-sign Brac, Signfix Aluminum 32 Channel, or equivalent as approved by the Engineer. 33 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 34 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 35 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 36 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 37 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 38 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 39 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 40 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 41 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 42 34 41 21 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STRUCTURES Page 10 of 10 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 34 41 24 DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS Page 1 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 34 41 24 1 DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Drilled Shaft Foundations. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Furnish and Install Drilled Shaft Foundations 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measurement per linear feet of drilled shaft foundation installed for: 17 a) Various types 18 b) Various sizes 19 b. Payment 20 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 21 measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 22 price bid per linear feet for “Drilled Shaft Foundation” installed for: 23 a) Various types. 24 b) Various sizes. 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Coordination and notification 27 2) Exploratory excavation, as needed 28 3) Excavation 29 4) Hauling 30 5) Furnishing, placing, and removing casing 31 6) Furnishing, processing, and recovering slurry 32 7) Furnishing and placing reinforcing steel 33 8) Pumping 34 9) Furnishing and placing concrete, including additional concrete required to 35 fill an oversize casing or oversize excavation 36 10) Conducting slump loss tests 37 11) Furnishing and compacting backfill 38 12) Grounding rods 39 13) Disposing of cuttings and slurry 40 14) Protection of the excavation 41 34 41 24 DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS Page 2 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1 d. Additional considerations 2 1) When the bottom of a drilled shaft is placed at an elevation below plan 3 grade, no direct payment will be made for extra reinforcement required to 4 support the cage. The extra reinforcement will be considered subsidiary to 5 the unit price bid. No extra payment will be made for casings left in place. 6 2) No payment will be made for “Drilled Shaft Foundations” until the 7 concrete has been placed. 8 2. Remove Drilled Shaft Foundations 9 a. Measurement 10 1) Measured per each Drilled Shaft Foundation removed. 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 13 measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit 14 price bid for “Drilled Shaft Foundation Removal.” 15 c. The price bid shall include: 16 1) Removal and disposal of foundations 2’ below grade 17 2) Disposal of unsalvageable material 18 3) Furnishing and compaction of backfill 19 4) Surface restoration 20 5) Hauling 21 1.3 REFERENCES 22 A. Reference Standards 23 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 24 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 25 unless a date is specifically cited. 26 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 27 Specifications (DMS): 28 a. 4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 29 3. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 30 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 31 a. Item 405, Foundation Load Test. 32 b. Item 416, Drilled Shaft Foundations. 33 c. Item 420, Concrete Substructures. 34 d. Item 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 35 e. Item 423, Retaining Walls. 36 f. Item 440, Reinforcement for Concrete. 37 g. Item 448, Structural Field Welding. 38 4. TxDOT Test Procedures: 39 a. Tex-128-E, Determining Soil pH. 40 b. Tex-130-E, Slurry Testing. 41 c. Tex-415-A, Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 42 d. Tex-430-A, Slump Loss of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 43 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 44 1.5 SUBMITTALS 45 34 41 24 DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS Page 3 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 1 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 3 A. Submit Drilled Shaft installation plan for review no later than one month before drilled 4 shaft construction. Include the following: 5 1. Name and experience record of the drilled shaft superintendent who will be in 6 charge of drilled shaft operations. 7 2. List of proposed equipment to be used. 8 3. Details of overall construction operation sequence and the sequence of shaft 9 construction in bents or groups. 10 4. Details of shaft excavation methods. 11 5. When the use of slurry is anticipated: 12 a. Details of the slurry mix design 13 b. Suitability of mix design for the subsurface conditions at the construction site 14 c. Mixing and storage methods 15 d. Maintenance methods 16 e. Disposal procedures 17 6. Details of methods to clean the shaft excavation. 18 7. Details of reinforcement placement, including support and centralization methods. 19 8. Details of concrete placement, including proposed operational procedures for free 20 fall, tremie, or pumping methods. 21 9. Details of casing installation and removal methods. 22 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 25 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 26 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 27 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 28 66 00. 29 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 30 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 33 2.2 MATERIALS 34 A. Performance / Design Criteria 35 1. Provide concrete in accordance with TxDOT Item 421. 36 34 41 24 DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS Page 4 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Provide concrete reinforcement in accordance with TxDOT Item 440. 1 a. Field weld in accordance with TxDOT Item 448. 2 3 3. Concrete for drilled shafts shall be in accordance with the following requirements 4 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings: 5 6 Drilled Shaft Type Concrete Non-reinforced Class A Reinforced Class C Slurry and underwater concrete placement Class SS 7 4. Use coarse aggregate Grade 4, 5, or 6 for drilled shaft concrete in reinforced drilled 8 shafts. Grade 2 or 3 may be used if the shaft is dry and reinforcing steel has a 5 9 inch minimum clear spacing. 10 a. Aggregate grades shall be in accordance with TxDOT Item 421. 11 5. Use a water-reducing, retarding admixture in accordance with TxDOT DMS-4640 12 in all concrete when casing is to be pulled or when placing shafts underwater or 13 under slurry. 14 6. Use concrete meeting slump requirements indicated below and in accordance with 15 Tex-415-A: 16 17 Placement Type Minimum Acceptable Placement Slump, inch Recommended Design and Placement Slump, inch Maximum Acceptable Placement Slump, inch Dry 5-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/2 Underwater and under slurry 7 8 9 7. Perform a slump loss test in accordance with Tex-430-A before beginning work 18 when casing is to be pulled or concrete is to be placed underwater or under slurry. 19 a. Provide concrete that will maintain a slump of at least 4 inches throughout the 20 entire anticipated time of concrete placement. 21 b. Time of concrete placement is to be in accordance with TxDOT Item 416.3.6 22 and 416.3.7. 23 c. Note the temperature of the concrete mix at the beginning of the slump loss 24 test. 25 1) Place the concrete if the temperature of the concrete at the time of 26 placement into the drilled shaft is no more than 10°F higher than the slump 27 loss test temperature. 28 2) Use ice or other concrete cooling ingredients to lower concrete temperature 29 or run additional slump loss tests at higher temperatures. 30 8. Slump loss testing will be waived if anticipated time of concrete placement is less 31 than 90 minutes. 32 33 34 41 24 DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS Page 5 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 9. Use mineral drilling slurry in accordance with the table below and Tex-130-E. 1 Determine pH of slurry in accordance with Tex-128-E, or with pH paper strips. 2 3 Mineral Slurry Requirements Before Introduction Into the Excavation Sampled from the Bottom of the Excavation before Concreting Specific Gravity Sand Content pH Specific Gravity Viscosity (sec.) Sand Content ≤ 1.10 ≤ 1% 8-11 ≤ 1.15 ≤ 45 ≤ 4% 4 10. Use mineral slurry consisting of processed bentonite or attapulgite clays mixed with 5 clean fresh water. Do not use partially hydrolyzed polyacrylamide (PHPA) 6 polymeric slurry or any blended mineral-polymer slurry. 7 11. If approved, water may be used as the drilling fluid. 8 a. In this case, provisions of the mineral slurry requirements indicated above must 9 be met excluding the maximum specific gravity. 10 b. Maximum specific gravity is not to exceed 1.12. 11 12. Sample slurry from the bottom of the hole before placing concrete and test in 12 accordance with Tex-130-E. 13 a. Use a pump or air lift to remove slurry not in accordance with the table above, 14 while adding fresh clean slurry to the top of the hole to maintain the slurry 15 level. 16 b. Continue this operation until slurry sampled from the bottom of the hole is in 17 accordance with the table requirements above. 18 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 19 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20 PART 3 - EXECUTION 21 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 24 3.4 CONSTRUCTION 25 A. Place the shaft within the following tolerances: 26 1. Vertical plumbness—1 inch per 10 feet of depth. 27 2. Center of shaft located under column—1 inch of horizontal plan position. 28 3. Center of shaft located under footing—3 inch of horizontal plan position. 29 B. Complete embankment at bridge ends before installing drilled shafts that pass through 30 the fill. Refer to TxDOT Item 423 for requirements for drilled shafts passing through 31 the structural volume of retaining walls. 32 33 34 41 24 DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS Page 6 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 C. Excavation 1 1. Excavate as required for the shafts through all materials encountered to the 2 dimensions and elevations specified in the Drawings or required by the site 3 conditions. 4 a. Adjust the bottom of the shaft or alter the foundation if satisfactory founding 5 material is not encountered at plan elevation, upon receiving approval from 6 City. 7 2. Blasting will not be permitted for excavations. 8 3. Stop drilling if caving conditions are encountered. Adjust construction method to 9 ensure stabilization of the shaft walls. 10 4. Do not excavate a shaft within 2 shaft diameters of an open shaft excavation or a 11 shaft in which concrete has been placed in the preceding 24 hours. 12 5. Dispose of material excavated from shafts and not incorporated into the finished 13 Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and with Federal, State, and local 14 regulations. 15 6. Provide suitable access, lighting, and equipment to allow checking the dimensions 16 and alignment of shafts excavation by the City. 17 7. If man-made obstructions not indicated in the Contract Documents are required to 18 be removed in order to complete the Work, Contractor will be eligible to submit a 19 Contract Claim in accordance with the General Conditions. 20 D. Core Holes 21 1. Take cores to determine the character of the supporting materials as required by 22 City. 23 a. Use a method that will result in recovery of an intact sample adequate for 24 judging the character of the founding material. 25 b. Extract cores no less than 5 feet deeper than the proposed founding grade, or a 26 depth equal to the diameter of the shaft, whichever is greater. 27 c. Take cores when the excavation is complete. 28 E. Casing 29 1. Use casing: 30 a. to prevent caving of the material, 31 b. to exclude ground water, 32 c. when slurry is used for hole stabilization, or 33 d. when required as part of the Contractor’s safety plan. 34 2. Provide casing with an outside diameter not less than the specified diameter of the 35 shaft. 36 a. The portion of shaft below the casing may be no greater than 2 inches less than 37 the specified shaft diameter. 38 3. No additional compensation will be made for concrete required to fill an oversized 39 casing or oversized excavation. 40 4. Casing Requirements: 41 a. strong enough to withstand handling stresses and pressures of concrete and of 42 the surrounding earth or water, 43 b. watertight, 44 c. smooth, 45 34 41 24 DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS Page 7 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 d. clean, and 1 e. free of accumulations of hardened concrete. 2 5. Use construction methods that result in a minimal amount of disturbed soil being 3 trapped outside the casing. 4 a. This does not apply to temporary undersized casings used to protect workers 5 inside shafts or drilled shafts designed for point bearing only. 6 6. Extract casing only after placing the concrete to an appropriate level. Maintain 7 sufficient amount of concrete in casing at all times to counteract soil and water 8 pressure. 9 7. Rotate or move the casing up or down a few inches if necessary before and during 10 concrete placement to facilitate extraction of the casing. 11 a. Leave casing in place only if authorized by City or specified in the Drawings. 12 F. Requirements for Slurry Displacement Method 13 1. When soil conditions warrant, use slurry displacement method to construct drilled 14 shafts unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. Use this method to support the 15 sides of the excavation with processed mineral slurry then displaced by concrete to 16 form a continuous concrete shaft. 17 2. Install surface casing to no less than 10 feet below existing ground surface before 18 introducing slurry. 19 a. Do not use casing other than surface casing. 20 b. Do not use surface casing longer than 20 feet without approval from City. 21 c. Do not extract the surface casing until after placing the concrete. 22 3. Pre-mix slurry in a reservoir with enough capacity to fill the excavation and for 23 recovery of the slurry during concrete placement. 24 a. Do not mix slurry in the shaft excavation or other hole. 25 b. Allow adequate time for hydration of the slurry before introduction into the 26 excavation. 27 4. Maintain a head of slurry in the shaft excavation to counteract ground water 28 pressure during and after drilling. 29 5. After the completion of drilling, use an air lift or proper size cleanout bucket before 30 placing reinforcing steel to remove any material that may have accumulated. 31 6. Re-process the hole with the auger if concrete placement is not started within 4 32 hours of the completion of the shaft excavation. 33 7. Clean the bottom with an air lift or cleanout bucket and check the slurry at the 34 bottom of the hole for compliance with the slurry requirements TxDOT Item 416. 35 8. Agitate congealed slurry to liquefaction if the slurry forms a gel before concrete 36 placement, and as directed by the City. 37 9. Recover and dispose of all slurry as approved by City, and in accordance with all 38 Federal, State, and local requirements. Do not discharge slurry near streams or 39 other bodies of water. 40 G. Reinforcing Steel 41 1. Completely assemble the cage of reinforcing steel and place as a unit immediately 42 before concrete placement. 43 a. The cage consists of longitudinal bars and lateral reinforcement (spiral 44 reinforcement, lateral ties, or horizontal bands). 45 34 41 24 DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS Page 8 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 b. Connect individual segments with couplers or by lapping steel as approved by 1 City if overhead obstacles prevent placement of the cage as a single unit. 2 2. Extend the reinforcing steel cage as follows if the shaft is lengthened beyond the 3 length specified in the Drawings, unless otherwise directed by City: 4 a. Extend cage to the bottom for shafts supporting structures other than bridges. 5 b. Extend cage to 25 feet or to the bottom, whichever is shorter, for bridge shafts 6 with plan lengths less than 25 feet. 7 c. Do not extend the cage for bridge shafts with plan lengths greater than 25 feet 8 that are lengthened less than 33% of plan length. 9 d. Extend the cage as directed for bridge shafts with plan lengths greater than 25 10 feet that are lengthened more than 33% of plan length. 11 3. If the cage does not reach the bottom of the shaft, it may be suspended, or a portion 12 of the longitudinal steel may be extended to support the cage on the bottom of the 13 shaft. 14 a. Bars used to extend or support the cage may be lap spliced or welded by a 15 qualified welder. 16 b. Place the extension at the bottom of the shaft. 17 4. Tie spiral reinforcement to the longitudinal bars at a spacing no more than 24 18 inches, or as required for a stable cage. 19 5. Ensure lateral reinforcement is not welded to longitudinal bars unless otherwise 20 specified in the Drawings. 21 6. Center the reinforcing steel cage in the excavation using approved “roller” type 22 centering devices unless otherwise approved. 23 a. Use concrete or plastic chairs to keep the reinforcing cage off the bottom of the 24 hole. 25 b. Use centering devices starting at 1.5 feet off from the bottom of the cage and 26 spaced vertically at intervals not exceeding 10 feet. 27 c. Use a minimum of 3 centering devices per level at a spacing not to exceed 30 28 inches. 29 d. Flat or crescent-shaped centralizers (“sleds”) are not allowed. 30 7. Support or hold down the cage to control vertical displacement during concrete 31 placement or extraction of the casing. 32 a. Use support concentric with the cage to prevent racking and distortion of the 33 steel. 34 8. Check the elevation of the top of the steel cage before and after concrete placement 35 or after casing extraction when casing is used. 36 a. Downward movement of the steel up to 6 inches per 20 feet of shaft length and 37 upward movement of the steel up to 6 inches total are acceptable. 38 9. Maintain the minimum length of steel required for lap with column steel. Use 39 dowel bars if the proper lap length is provided both into the shaft and into the 40 column. Locate and tie all dowel bars into the cage before placing concrete or 41 insert dowel bars into fresh, workable concrete. 42 10. Locate and tie anchor bolts when required before placement of concrete. Use 43 templates or other devices to assure accurate placement of anchor bolts. 44 H. Concrete 45 1. Perform all concrete work in accordance with TxDOT Item 420. 46 34 41 24 DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS Page 9 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Provide thermal analysis to show and temperature recording devices to verify 1 maximum core temperature requirements are in accordance with the 2 requirements of TxDOT Item 420. 3 2. Provide concrete with maximum placement temperatures as specified in the table 4 below. 5 Maximum Concrete Placing Temperature 6 Shaft Size Mix Design Options 1-5 Mix Design Option 6-8 Diameter < 5 feet 95° F 95° F 5 feet ≤ Diameter ≤ 7 feet 95° F 85° F 7 feet < Diameter 85° F 75° F 7 3. Form portions of drilled shaft that project above natural ground. 8 4. Remove loose material and accumulated seep water from the bottom of the 9 excavation before placing concrete. Place concrete using underwater placement 10 methods if water cannot be removed. 11 5. Place concrete as soon as possible after all excavation is complete and reinforcing 12 steel is placed. Provide workable concrete that does not require vibrating or 13 rodding. Vibrate formed portions of drilled shafts. 14 6. Placement: 15 a. Place concrete continuously for the entire length of the shaft. 16 b. Limit free fall of concrete to 25 feet for dry shafts of 24 inch or smaller 17 diameter. 18 c. Use a suitable tube or tremie to prevent segregation of materials and in sections 19 to provide proper discharge and permit raising as the placement progresses. 20 d. For dry shafts over 24 inch diameter, concrete can be allowed to free fall an 21 unlimited distance if it does not strike the reinforcing cage or sides of the hole 22 during placement. 23 1) Provide a hopper with a minimum 3 foot long drop-tube at the top of the 24 shaft to direct concrete vertically down the center of the shaft when free fall 25 is used. 26 e. Do not use a shovel or other means to simply deflect the concrete discharge 27 from the truck. 28 7. Casing Excavation: 29 a. Maintain a sufficient head of concrete for cased shafts at all times above the 30 bottom of the casing to overcome hydrostatic pressure. 31 b. Extract casing at a slow, uniform rate with the pull in line with the axis of the 32 shaft. 33 c. Monitor the concrete level in the casing during extraction. 34 d. Stop the extraction and add concrete to the casing as required to ensure a 35 completely full hole upon casing removal. 36 e. The elapsed time from the mixing of the first concrete placed into the cased 37 portion of the shaft until the completion of extraction of the casing must not 38 exceed the time for which the concrete maintains a slump of over 4 inch in 39 accordance with TxDOT Item 416. 40 f. Modify the concrete mix, construction procedures, or both for subsequent shafts 41 if the elapsed time is exceeded. 42 34 41 24 DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS Page 10 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 8. Cure the top surface and treat any construction joint area in accordance with 1 TxDOT Item 420. 2 3 I. Additional Requirements for Slurry Displacement or Underwater Concrete Placement 4 Methods 5 1. Placement: 6 a. Place concrete on the same day the shaft is excavated and as soon as possible 7 after all excavation is complete and reinforcing steel is placed. 8 b. Use an air lift or cleanout bucket of the proper size to clean the bottom of the 9 excavation before placing the reinforcing steel cage and concrete. 10 c. Place concrete through a closed tremie or pump it to the bottom of the 11 excavation. 12 d. The minimum tremie diameter will be at least 6 times the maximum size of 13 aggregate used in the concrete mix but not less than 10 inches. 14 e. Initially seal the tremie or pump line to positively separate the concrete from 15 the slurry or water. 16 f. Place concrete continuously from the beginning of placement until the shaft is 17 completed. 18 g. If tremie is to be used: 19 1) Keep the tremie full of concrete and well submerged in the previously 20 placed concrete at all times. 21 2) Raise the tremie as necessary to maintain the free flow of concrete and the 22 stability of any casing used. 23 h. If pump is to be used: 24 1) Keep the discharge tube submerged in the previously placed concrete at all 25 times. 26 i. Place additional concrete to ensure the removal of any contaminated concrete at 27 the top of the shaft. 28 j. Allow the top portion of concrete to flush completely from the hole at the 29 completion of the pour until there is no evidence of slurry or water 30 contamination. 31 k. Do not attempt to remove this concrete with shovels, pumps, or other means. 32 l. Level the top of shaft with hand tools as necessary. 33 2. Fluid disposal: 34 a. Use a sump or other approved method to channel displaced fluid and concrete 35 away from the shaft excavation. 36 b. Recover slurry and dispose of it as approved. 37 c. Do not discharge displaced fluids into or near streams or other bodies of water. 38 d. Provide a collar or other means of capturing slurry and the top portion of 39 concrete flushed from the shaft for pours over water. 40 3. If concrete placement is interrupted due to withdrawal of the submerged end of the 41 tremie or pump discharge tube before completion: 42 a. Remove the tube, reseal the tube at the bottom, penetrate with the tube into the 43 concrete already placed by at least 5 feet, and recharge it before continuing. 44 b. Notify the City and note the elevation and circumstances related to the loss of 45 seal on the drilled shaft log. 46 34 41 24 DRILLED SHAFT FOUNDATIONS Page 11 of 11 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 4. The elapsed time from the mixing of the first concrete placed into the cased portion 1 of the shaft until the completion of extraction of the casing must not exceed the 2 time for which the concrete maintains a slump of over 4 inch in accordance with 3 TxDOT Item 416. 4 5. Modify the concrete mix, construction procedures, or both for subsequent shafts if 5 the elapsed time is exceeded. 6 J. Test Load 7 1. Load test shafts, if required by City, in accordance with TxDOT Item 405. 8 K. Trial Shaft 9 1. Construct trial shafts to the depth and diameter specified in the Drawings. Trial 10 shafts include: drilling the hole, placement of the rebar cage (unless otherwise 11 stated), and placement of the concrete. 12 a. When trial shafts are required, delay start of production shafts until successful 13 completion of trial shafts. 14 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24 END OF SECTION 25 26 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 27 34 41 34 RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON Page 1 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 34 41 34 1 RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Installation of Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon (RRFB) Assemblies. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 13 4. Section 33 05 30 – Location of Existing Utilities. 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Measurement 17 a. Measured per each Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon Assembly (RRFB) 18 installed. 19 2. Payment 20 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this item and 21 measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the unit price 22 bid per each “RRFB Assembly” installed for: 23 1) Various types. 24 3. The price bid shall include: 25 a. Furnishing and installing RRFB as specified by the Drawings 26 b. Support post 27 c. Foundation 28 d. Anchor bolts 29 e. Signs 30 f. LED arrays 31 g. Push button assembly with instructional sign 32 h. Controller unit complete with all necessary equipment 33 i. Mounting hardware 34 j. Ground rod 35 k. Cable 36 l. Testing 37 m. All labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals 38 39 34 41 34 RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON Page 2 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 2 1. RRFB: Rectangular rapid flashing beacon 3 2. LED: Light Emitting Diode 4 3. TVS: Transient Voltage Suppression 5 B. Reference Standards 6 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 7 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 8 unless a date is specifically cited. 9 2. 2011 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 10 3. U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration (FHA): 11 a. FHWA-SA-09-009, May 2009, Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon (RRFB). 12 4. Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE): 13 a. Standard J595, January 2005, (Directional Flashing Optical Warning Devices 14 for Authorized Emergency, Maintenance, and Service Vehicles). 15 5. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 17 A. Coordination 18 1. Provide City 48 hours notice of intention to establish final location of any 19 foundations, bases, conduit, and detectors. 20 2. Provide City 48 hours notice of placing the RRFB and beginning operations. 21 3. Provide 48 hours notice to DIG TESS, City of Denton Water and Sewer (817-871-22 8275), and City of Denton Traffic Signals, Street Lights, and Storm Drains (817-23 392-8100). 24 B. Scheduling 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 28 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29 A. Product Data 30 1. Product data sheet will be required for RRFB assembly. 31 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34 35 34 41 34 RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON Page 3 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 2 1. Parts shall be properly protected so no damage or deterioration occurs during a 3 prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation. 4 2. Exposed anchor bolts shall be protected until pole shaft is installed. 5 3. Finished iron or steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust 6 and corrosion. 7 4. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and 8 extremes in temperature 9 5. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 10 66 00. 11 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 12 1.12 WARRANTY 13 A. Manufacturer Warranty 14 1. Manufacturer’s warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 15 2. A 2-year warranty shall be required on all equipment furnished by the Contractor. 16 B. Extended Correction Period 17 1. Contractor responsible for correcting any substandard workmanship and/or 18 materials for 24 months from the date the signal is accepted by the City. 19 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 20 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 21 2.2 MATERIALS 22 A. General Requirements 23 1. RRFB shall be in accordance with the TMUTCD, approved by the City, and 24 installed at locations specified in the Drawings. 25 2. Each RRFB shall consist of 2 rapidly and alternately flashed rectangular yellow 26 indications with LED array based pulsing light sources. 27 3. Each RRFB will be a complete assembly consisting of indications, controller 28 cabinet, and any electrical component hardware. 29 B. Functional Requirements 30 1. Each RRFB shall be AC or solar powered as specified in the Drawings. 31 2. Each RRFB shall be activated by push button, require no more than 2 pounds of 32 pressure to activate, and be in accordance with ADA. 33 3. The RRFB shall be normally dark, shall initiate operation only upon pedestrian 34 actuation, and shall cease operation after a predetermined time limit. 35 4. Each RRFB when activated shall flash the two indications in an alternating “wig-36 wag” sequence, i.e., left light on then right light on. 37 34 41 34 RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON Page 4 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 5. Each of the two indications shall have 70 to 80 periods of flashing per minute and 1 shall have alternating but approximately equal periods of rapid pulsing light 2 emissions and dark operation. 3 a. During each of its 70 to 80 flashing periods per minute, one of the indications 4 shall emit two rapid pulses of light and the other indication shall emit three 5 rapid pulses of light. 6 6. To avoid frequencies that might cause seizures, the rapid flash rate of each 7 indication shall not be between 5 and 30 flashes per second, as applied over the full 8 on-off sequence of a flashing period. 9 7. The light intensity shall be in accordance with SAE J595. 10 8. All RRFBs associated with a given crosswalk (including those with an advance 11 crossing sign, if used) shall, when activated, simultaneously commence and cease 12 operation of their alternating rapid flashing indications. 13 9. Where specified in the Drawings, the RRFB shall provide bidirectional indications 14 to motorists approaching from both directions. 15 10. Where specified in the Drawings, the RRFB shall provide a unidirectional 16 indication to motorists approaching from the direction specified in the Drawings. 17 11. Controllers shall support wireless communications to RRFBs and push buttons 18 using spread spectrum radio frequency, thus eliminating the need for cable 19 trenching. Range shall be a minimum of 500 feet. 20 12. LEDs shall be rated to last a minimum of 10 years. 21 13. The duration of a predetermined period of operation of the RRFB’s following each 22 actuation should be in accordance with the TMUTCD procedures for timing of 23 pedestrian clearance times for pedestrian signals. 24 14. Beacons: 25 a. Simple to maintain 26 b. Allow replacement of individual rectangular B-light configurations 27 c. Bidirectional for notification to motorists approaching from either direction 28 d. Lights on both ends of RRFB facing into the crosswalk for notification to 29 pedestrians that the system is on. 30 15. The housing units shall also include a high intensity amber LED mounted on the 31 street side of the assembly, which will flash upon the receipt of an incoming digital 32 radio signal from either one of the assemblies. This is intended to provide 33 pedestrians confirmation the assembly across the street has been activated. 34 16. Push Button 35 a. In accordance with ADA. Must require no more than 2lbs. of pressure for 36 activation. 37 b. Must be designed to prevent ice formation that would impede the function of 38 the button. 39 c. Incorporate visual feedback to indicate the button has been pressed and displays 40 are active. 41 d. Once the push button is pressed, the LED must stay on and beacons active for 42 the full duration. 43 e. Shall have transient surge protection including a resistor and TVS diode at the 44 input connection. 45 f. Vandal-resistant and designed to withstand impacts from heavy objects. 46 34 41 34 RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON Page 5 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 g. The button body must have raised ridges on all sides to protect button cap 1 against side impacts. 2 h. Designed so it cannot be made to stay on. 3 1) In the event the button is pressed for longer than 10 seconds, it shall reset 4 itself and work normally even if it is still being held in. 5 i. Completely sealed, and the electronics shall be encapsulated so the button can 6 function even after being immersed in water for an extended period of time. 7 C. Mechanical Requirements 8 1. Each RRFB indication shall be a minimum size of 5 inches wide by 2 inches high. 9 2. Beacons shall have LED bulbs and be highly visible from a minimum of 1,000 feet 10 in advance of the crosswalk during the day and at least 1 mile during the night. 11 3. LEDs shall be recessed in the flash bar with an additional polycarbonate shield for 12 vandal resistance. 13 4. RRFB display cabinet shall be durable, corrosion resistant, powder-coated 14 aluminum. 15 5. All components shall be capable of continuous operation over a temperature range 16 of -30° F to 165° F. 17 D. Controller 18 1. Enclosure 19 a. Controller unit shall be housed in a NEMA 4X rated, pole mounted, aluminum 20 cabinet with stainless steel hinge. 21 2. Power Options 22 a. Controller unit shall be provided as AC-powered or solar-powered as specified 23 in the Drawings. 24 b. Operating electrical power for AC-powered controller systems shall be 120V. 25 c. Solar-powered systems shall be designed with solar panels and batteries 26 capable of running the system for 30 days without sunlight. 27 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 28 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29 PART 3 - EXECUTION 30 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 31 3.2 EXAMINATION 32 A. Verification of Conditions 33 1. The Contractor shall verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, existing 34 underground utilities are not in conflict with proposed foundations. 35 2. All exploratory excavations shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 30. 36 37 34 41 34 RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON Page 6 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.3 PREPARATION 1 A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 2 1. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the preservation of existing 3 landscaping, sprinkler systems, and/or other private property at the Site during the 4 installation of the traffic signal. 5 2. Damaged landscaping, sprinkler systems, and/or other private property shall be 6 replaced within a reasonable time by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the City, 7 at no additional cost to the City. 8 3. No trees or shrubbery shall be cut except upon the specific authority of the City. 9 4. Removal of mail boxes in the way of construction requires 48 hours advance notice 10 to the post office. 11 3.4 INSTALLATION 12 A. Special Techniques 13 1. Each RRFB shall be mounted horizontally to a standard 4 ½ inch diameter 14 aluminum pole and in accordance with dimensions and details specified in the 15 Drawings. 16 2. The two RRFB indications shall be aligned horizontally, with the longer dimension 17 horizontal and with a minimum space between the two indications of approximately 18 7 inches, measured from inside edge of one indication to inside edge of the other 19 indication. 20 3. The outside edges of the RRFB indications, including any housings, shall not 21 project beyond the outside edges of the sign. 22 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 23 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 26 A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City to have a qualified technician on the Site 27 when the RRFB is placed into operation. 28 B. Appropriate repairs shall be made within 24 hours. 29 C. Notify the City if the qualified technician determines the problem is in the equipment 30 supplied by others. 31 D. No extra compensation will be allowed for fulfilling the requirements stated above. 32 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 34 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 35 A. Prior to final acceptance by the City, the Contractor is responsible for removal, 36 replacement, and reinstallation of any damaged material at no additional cost to the 37 City. 38 34 41 34 RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON Page 7 of 7 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.12 PROTECTION 1 A. Prevent any property damage and repair any damages as a result of construction 2 operations. 3 B. Provide access to all driveways during construction. 4 C. Protect all underground and overhead utilities, including sprinkler systems, and repair 5 any damages. 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8 END OF SECTION 9 10 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11 34 41 50 ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 34 41 50 1 ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section includes: 5 1. Aluminum signs installed on mast arms, signal poles, or steel posts. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Furnishing and Installing Mast Arm or Signal Pole Mounted Aluminum Signs 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per each sign furnished and installed. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per each for “Furnish/Install Alum Sign Mast Arm Mount” 21 installed for: 22 a) Various types. 23 c. The price bid shall include: 24 1) Fabricating the aluminum sign 25 2) Treatment of sign panels required before application of background 26 materials 27 3) Application of the background materials and messages to the sign panels 28 4) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 29 backing strips 30 5) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 31 support connections 32 6) Assembling and erecting the signs 33 7) Preparing and cleaning the signs 34 2. Installing Mast Arm or Signal/ Street Light Pole Mounted Aluminum Signs 35 a. Measurement 36 1) Measured per each sign installed. 37 b. Payment 38 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 39 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 40 price bid per each for “Install Alum Sign Mast Arm Mount” installed. 41 34 41 50 ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1 c. The price bid shall include: 2 1) Installing each aluminum Sign 3 2) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 4 backing strips 5 3) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 6 support connections 7 4) Assembling and erecting the signs 8 5) Preparing and cleaning the signs 9 3. Furnishing and Installing Ground Mounted Aluminum Sign and Post Assemblies 10 a. Measurement 11 1) Measured per each sign and post assembly furnished and installed. 12 b. Payment 13 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 14 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15 price bid per each for “Furnish/Install Alum Sign Ground Mount” installed 16 for: 17 a) Various types. 18 c. The price bid shall include: 19 1) Fabrication of signs and posts 20 2) Treatment of sign panels required before application of background 21 materials 22 3) Application of the background materials and messages to the sign panels 23 4) Scheduling utility line locates 24 5) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 25 backing strips 26 6) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 27 support connections 28 7) Assembling and erecting the signs 29 8) Preparing and cleaning the signs 30 4. Installing Ground Mounted Aluminum Sign and Post Assemblies 31 a. Measurement 32 1) Measured per each sign and post assembly installed. 33 b. Payment 34 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 35 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 36 price bid per each for “Install Alum Sign Ground Mount” installed. 37 a) Various types. 38 c. The price bid shall include: 39 1) Scheduling utility line locates. 40 2) Assembling and erecting the signs and posts. 41 3) Preparing and cleaning the signs. 42 5. Furnishing and Installing Aluminum Signs Mounted on Existing Poles 43 a. Measurement 44 1) Measured per each sign furnished and installed. 45 b. Payment 46 34 41 50 ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per each for “Furnish/Install Alum Sign Ex. Pole Mount” 3 installed. 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Furnishing and Installing the aluminum sign 6 2) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 7 backing strips 8 3) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 9 support connections 10 4) Assembling and erecting the signs 11 5) Preparing and cleaning the signs 12 6. Installing Aluminum Sign Mounted on Existing Poles 13 a. Measurement 14 1) Measured per each sign installed. 15 b. Payment 16 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 18 price bid per each for “Install Alum Sign Ex. Pole Mount” installed. 19 c. The price bid shall include: 20 1) Furnishing and fabricating frames, wind beams, stiffeners, or required joint 21 backing strips. 22 2) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign 23 support connections. 24 3) Assembling and erecting the signs. 25 4) Preparing and cleaning the signs. 26 7. Removal of Signs 27 a. Measurement 28 1) Measured per each sign panel removed or each sign panel and post 29 removed. 30 b. Payment 31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33 price bid per each “Remove Sign” or “Remove Sign and Post” for: 34 a) Various types. 35 b) Various configurations. 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Removal of sign panel 38 2) Removal of sign post, if required 39 3) Excavation, if required 40 4) Hauling, if required 41 5) Disposal of excess materials 42 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill, if required 43 7) Returning materials to the City as specified in the Drawings 44 8) Cleaning sign panel if sign is to be reinstalled 45 9) Clean-up 46 1.3 REFERENCES 47 34 41 50 ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 A. Reference Standards 1 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 2 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 3 unless a date is specifically cited. 4 5 2. American Standard Testing Materials (ASTM): 6 a. A1011 / A1011M-18a, Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-7 Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-8 Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength. 9 b. B117-18, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 10 c. B209-14, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet 11 and Plate. 12 d. B209-02a, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet 13 and Plate. 14 e. D4956-17, Standard Specification for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic 15 Control. 16 3. American Association of State Highways and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 17 a. M120-08, Standard Specification for Zinc. 18 4. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 19 5. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 20 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 21 a. Item 644, Small Roadside Sign Assemblies. 22 6. United States Military Standard (MIL): 23 a. C5541, Chemical Conversion Coatings on Aluminum and Aluminum Alloys. 24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 28 special signs. 29 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 30 A. Shop Drawings 31 1. Submit sign shop drawings to City for review prior to fabrication. 32 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 36 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 37 1. Properly protect signs and parts so that no damage or deterioration occurs during 38 the time of shipment until installation. 39 34 41 50 ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 1 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 2 66 00. 3 2. Ship, handle, and store completed sign blanks and completed signs so that corners, 4 edges, and faces are not damaged. 5 3. Replace unacceptable signs as directed by City. 6 4. Store all finished signs off the ground and in a vertical position until erected. 7 5. Store finished signs 60 inches x 60 inches or smaller in a weatherproof building. 8 a. Larger signs may be stored outside. 9 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 10 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 12 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 13 A. Items eligible for purchase from the City include: 14 1. Aluminum Signs. 15 2.2 MATERIALS 16 A. Manufacturers 17 1. Sign Sheeting 18 a. Acrylic Overlay Film 19 1) 3M Scotchlite ElectroCut Film Series 1170 20 b. Non-Reflective Vinyl Film 21 1) 3M Scotchlite ElectroCut Film Series 7725 22 c. High Intensity Prismatic Retroreflective Sheeting with Adhesive Backing 23 1) 3M Series 3930 24 d. Super-High Efficiency Full Cube Retroreflective Sheeting with Pressure 25 Sensitive Adhesive 26 1) 3M Series 4000 27 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 28 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 29 B. Sign Blanks 30 1. New, unweathered, milled, rolled, and finished aluminum alloy meeting 31 requirements for 5052H38 in accordance with ASTM B209-14. 32 2. Free of buckle, crevice, warp, dent, cockles, burrs, corrosion, dirt, grease, oil, white 33 rust, fingerprints, and/or other irregularities. 34 3. Degreased and etched according to industry standards with an Alodine finish applied 35 in accordance with MIL-C5541, Class 1A. 36 4. Uniform thickness throughout. 37 C. Sign Sheeting 38 1. Acrylic Overlay Film 39 34 41 50 ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 a. Applied to Type I, Type II, Type IV, Type IX, and other retroreflective sheeting 1 for permanent signing. 2 b. Durable 3 c. Transparent 4 d. Acrylic 5 e. Electronic-cuttable 6 f. Coated with a transparent, pressure sensitive adhesive 7 g. Have a removable synthetic liner – paper liner is not acceptable 8 h. Fill colors may be yellow, green, blue, brown, red, and orange. 9 2. Non-Reflective Vinyl Film 10 a. Applied to Type IV, Type XI (DG3) retroreflective sheeting for permanent 11 signing. 12 b. Durable 13 c. 2 mil opaque cast vinyl 14 d. Coated with a transparent, pressure-sensitive adhesive 15 e. Have a removable synthetic liner – paper liner is not acceptable 16 f. Film colors may include yellow, green, blue, brown, red, and orange. 17 3. High Intensity Prismatic Retroreflective Sheeting with Adhesive Backing 18 a. Combine with other components for permanent signing. 19 b. Unmetallized microplastic lens retroreflective element material 20 c. Smooth outer surface with the property of the retroreflector over its entire 21 surface. 22 1) The adhesive backing shall be pressure-sensitive, require no heat, solvent, 23 or other preparation for the adhesion to smooth, clean surfaces. 24 d. Film colors may include white, yellow, green, red, blue, and brown. 25 4. Super-High Efficiency Full Cube Retroreflective Sheeting with Pressure Sensitive 26 Adhesive 27 a. Combine with other components for permanent signing. 28 b. Have the highest retroreflectivity characteristics at medium and short road 29 distances. 30 c. Microprismatic retroreflective element material 31 d. Smooth outer surface with the property of retroreflector over its entire surface. 32 1) The adhesive backing shall be pressure-sensitive, require no heat, solvent, 33 or other preparation for adhesion to smooth, clean surfaces. 34 e. Film colors may include white, yellow, green, red, blue, brown, fluorescent 35 yellow, fluorescent yellow green, and fluorescent orange. 36 D. Telescopic Steel Sign Posts and Anchors 37 1. Provide posts and anchors in accordance with ASTM A1011 / A1011M-18a. 38 a. Minimum 60,000 psi yield strength. 39 b. Manufactured from raw steel. 40 c. Formed and welded on the corner prior to receiving a triple coat protection of 41 inline hot-dipped, galvanized zinc in accordance with AASHTO M-120-08 (0.8 42 ounces per square foot). 43 d. Provide chromate conversion coating and a cross-linked polyurethane acrylic 44 exterior coating. 45 e. Install double coat of zinc based organic coating on interior of posts. 46 1) Test coating in accordance with ASTM B-117-18. 47 34 41 50 ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 E. Hardware 1 1. Provide galvanized steel, stainless steel, or dichromate-sealed aluminum for bolts, 2 nuts, washers, lock washers, screws, and other sign assembly hardware. 3 2. Use plastic or nylon washers to avoid tearing the reflective sheeting. 4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 7 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 10 3.4 FABRICATION 11 A. Sign Blanks 12 1. Provide sign blanks to the sizes and shapes specified in the Drawings, free of 13 buckles, warps, burrs, dents, cockles, or other defects. 14 2. Do not splice individual extruded aluminum panels. 15 3. Complete the fabrication of sign blanks, including the cutting and drilling or 16 punching of holes, before cleaning and degreasing. 17 4. After cleaning and degreasing, ensure the substrate does not come into contact with 18 grease, oils, or other contaminants before the application of the reflective sheeting. 19 B. Sign Sheeting 20 1. Use reflective sheeting from the same manufacturer for the entire face of a sign. 21 2. Apply sheeting to sign blanks in accordance with the recommended procedures of 22 the sheeting manufacturer. 23 3. Clean and prepare the outside surface of extruded aluminum flanges in the same 24 manner as the sign panel face. 25 4. Minimize the number of splices in the sheeting. 26 5. Overlap the lap-splices by at least 1/4 inch. 27 6. Provide a 1-foot minimum dimension for any piece of sheeting. 28 7. Do not splice sheeting for signs fabricated with transparent screen inks or colored 29 transparent films. 30 C. Sign messages 31 1. Fabricate sign messages to the sizes, types, and colors specified in the Drawings. 32 2. Use sign message material from the same manufacturer for the entire message of a 33 sign. 34 3. Ensure the screened messages have clean, sharp edges and exhibit uniform color 35 and reflectivity. 36 4. Prevent runs, sags, and voids. 37 D. Telescopic steel sign posts 38 1. Permissible variation in straightness is 1/16 inch in 3 feet. 39 40 34 41 50 ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 2. Allowable tolerances are based on outside dimensions in accordance with the table 1 below. 2 a. Measurements for outside dimensions shall be made at least 2 inches from end 3 of tube. 4 5 Nominal Outside Dimensions (inches) Outside Tolerance at all Side Corners (inches) 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 ±0.006 1-3/4 x 1-3/4 ±0.008 2 x 2 ±0.008 2-1/4 x 2-1/4 ±0.010 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 ±0.010 6 3. Permissible variation in wall thickness is plus 0.011 inches, minus 0.008 inches. 7 4. Measured in the center of the flat side tolerance is ± 0.01 inch applied to the 8 specific size determined at the corner. 9 5. Allowable tolerance for squareness of sides and permissible twist are based on 10 outside dimensions in accordance with the table below. 11 12 Nominal Outside Dimensions (inches) Squareness Tolerance (inches) Twist Permissible in 3 inches Lengths (inches) 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 ±0.009 0.050 1-3/4 x 1-3/4 ±0.010 0.062 2 x 2 ±0.012 0.062 2-1/4 x 2-1/4 ±0.014 0.062 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 ±0.015 0.075 13 6. All top posts must be capable of fracturing at the point of connection with a single 14 anchor when impacted. Posts must fracture in a manner to allow the piece inside of 15 the anchor to be removed and a new top post be installed. 16 7. The shape of all posts and anchors shall be square and straight with smooth tubing 17 welded in one corner with a tolerance that permits telescoping of the next larger or 18 small size, in 1/4-inch increments. 19 8. All anchors shall be 12 gauge with holes that are fully perforated 7/16-inch 20 diameter on 1-inch centers for at least the top 4 inches of the anchor while being 21 truly aligned in the center of the section. 22 34 41 50 ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON CSP 8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 9. All top posts shall be 14 gauge with holes that are die embossed knockouts on 1-1 inch centers for the entire length of the post and truly aligned in the center of 2 section. 3 4 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 5 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 6 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 7 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 8 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9 3.10 CLEANING 10 A. Wash completed signs with a biodegradable cleaning solution acceptable to the 11 manufactures of the sheeting, colored transparent film, and screen ink to remove grease, 12 oil, dirt, smears, streaks, finger marks, and other foreign material. 13 B. Wash again before final inspection after erection. 14 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18 END OF SECTION 19 20 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 21 34 71 13 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 1 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 SECTION 34 71 13 1 TRAFFIC CONTROL 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section includes: 5 1. Installation of traffic control devices and preparation of traffic control plans 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Installation of Traffic Control Devices 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per month of traffic control installed. 17 a) A month is defined as 30 calendar days. 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21 price bid per month for “Installation of Traffic Control Devices” installed. 22 c. The price bid shall include: 23 1) Traffic control implementation 24 2) Maintenance 25 3) Adjustments 26 4) Replacements 27 5) Removal 28 6) Police assistance during peak hours, when required by City 29 2. Portable Message Signs 30 a. Measurement 31 1) Measured per week for the duration of use. 32 b. Payment 33 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35 price bid per week for “Portable Message Sign” rental. 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Delivery of portable message sign to Site 38 2) Message updating 39 3) Sign movement throughout construction 40 4) Return of the Portable Message Sign post-construction 41 42 34 71 13 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 2 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3. Preparation of Traffic Control Plan Details 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measured per each Traffic Control Detail prepared. 3 b. Payment 4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6 price bid per each “Traffic Control Detail” prepared. 7 c. The price bid shall include: 8 1) Preparing the Traffic Control Plan Details for closures of 24 hours or 9 longer. 10 2) Adherence to City and TMUTCD. 11 3) Obtaining the signature and seal of a licensed Texas Professional Engineer. 12 4) Incorporation of City comments. 13 14 1.3 REFERENCES 15 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 16 1. TMUTCD – Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices 17 B. Reference Standards 18 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20 unless a date is specifically cited. 21 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 22 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 23 Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 24 a. Item 502, Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling of the Texas Department of 25 Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of 26 Highways, Streets, and Bridges. 27 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 28 A. Coordination 29 1. Contact City Traffic Control Operations (940-349-8462) a minimum of 48 hours 30 prior to implementing Traffic Control within 500 feet of a traffic signal. 31 B. Sequencing 32 1. Any deviations to the Traffic Control Plan specified in the Drawings must first be 33 approved by the City and design Engineer before implementation. 34 1.5 SUBMITTALS 35 A. Provide the City with a current list of qualified flaggers before beginning flagging 36 activities. Use only flaggers on the qualified list. 37 B. Obtain a Street Use Permit from the Streets Division, 901 Texas St., Denton, TX 76209. 38 1. The Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for the Project shall be as detailed on the Traffic 39 Control Plan Detail sheets of the Drawing set. 40 2. A copy of this Traffic Control Plan shall be submitted with the Street Use Permit. 41 34 71 13 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 3 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 C. Traffic Control Plans shall be signed and sealed by a licensed Texas Professional 1 Engineer. 2 D. Contractor shall prepare Traffic Control Plans if required by the Contract Documents. 3 1. The Contractor will be responsible for having a licensed Texas Professional 4 Engineer sign and seal the Traffic Control Plan sheets. 5 E. Lane closures 24 hours or longer shall require a site-specific traffic control plan. 6 F. Contractor is responsible for having a licensed Texas Professional Engineer sign and 7 seal changes to the Traffic Control Plan(s) developed by the Design Engineer. 8 G. Design Engineer will furnish standard details for Traffic Control. 9 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 13 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 14 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 15 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 16 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 17 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 18 2.2 MATERIALS 19 A. Description 20 1. Regulatory Requirements 21 a. Provide Traffic Control Devices in accordance with the details specified in the 22 Drawings, TMUTCD, and TxDOT’s Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control 23 Device List (CWZTCDL). 24 2. Materials 25 a. Traffic Control Devices in accordance with all reflectivity requirements 26 included in the TMUTCD and TxDOT Item 502 at all times during 27 construction. 28 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 29 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 33 34 71 13 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 4 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.3 PREPARATION 1 A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 2 1. Protect existing traffic signal equipment. 3 3.4 INSTALLATION 4 A. Follow the Traffic Control Plan and install Traffic Control Devices as specified in the 5 Drawings and as directed by the City. 6 B. Install Traffic Control Devices straight and plumb. 7 C. Do not make changes to the location of any device or implement any other changes to 8 the Traffic Control Plan without the approval of the Engineer. 9 1. Minor adjustments to meet field constructability and visibility are allowed. 10 D. Maintain Traffic Control Devices by taking corrective action as soon as possible. 11 1. Corrective action includes but is not limited to cleaning, replacing, straightening, 12 covering, or removing devices. 13 2. Maintain the devices such that they are properly positioned, spaced, and legible, 14 and that retroreflective characteristics are in accordance with TMUTCD 15 requirements after dark and during rain events. 16 E. If the City discovers the Contractor has failed to comply with applicable Federal, State, 17 and local requirements, the City may order additional precautionary measures be taken 18 to protect persons and property. 19 F. Subject to the approval of the City, portions of this Project not affected by or in conflict 20 with the proposed method of handling traffic or utility adjustments can be constructed 21 during any phase. 22 G. Barricades and signs shall be placed in such a manner as to not interfere with the sight 23 distance of drivers entering the highway from driveways or side streets. 24 H. To facilitate shifting, barricades and signs used in lane closures or traffic staging may 25 be erected and mounted on portable supports. 26 1. The support design is subject to the approval of the Engineer. 27 I. Lane closures shall be in accordance with the approved Traffic Control Plans. 28 J. If at any time the existing traffic signals become inoperable as a result of construction 29 operations, provide portable stop signs with 2 orange flags, as approved by the 30 Engineer, to be used for Traffic Control. 31 K. Contractor shall make arrangements for police assistance to direct traffic if traffic signal 32 turn-ons, street light pole installation, or other construction will be done during peak 33 traffic times. 34 1. AM peak traffic time: 7 AM – 9 AM 35 2. PM peak traffic time: 4 PM - 6 PM 36 37 34 71 13 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 5 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 L. Flaggers 1 1. Provide a Contractor representative who has been certified as a flagging instructor 2 through courses offered by the Texas Engineering Extension Service, the American 3 Traffic Safety Services Association, the National Safety Council, or other approved 4 organizations. 5 a. Provide the certificate indicating course completion when requested. 6 b. The certified representative is responsible for verifying all flaggers are qualified 7 to perform flagging duties. 8 2. A qualified flagger must be independently certified by one of the organizations 9 listed above or trained by the Contractor’s certified flagging instructor. 10 3. Flaggers must be courteous and able to effectively communicate with the public. 11 4. When directing traffic, flaggers must use standard attire, flags, signs, signals, and 12 flagging procedures in accordance with the TMUTCD. 13 5. Provide and maintain flaggers at such points and for such periods of time to provide 14 for the safety and convenience of public travel and Contractor’s personnel, and as 15 specified in the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 16 a. These flaggers shall be located at each end of the lane closure. 17 M. Removal 18 1. Upon completion of Work, remove from the Site all barricades, signs, cones, lights, 19 and other Traffic Control Devices used for work-zone traffic handling in a timely 20 manner, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 21 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 22 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 23 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 28 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 29 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 30 31 34 71 13 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 6 of 6 CITY OF DENTON CSP8775 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Engineering Project Number 230013-1 Revised October 22, 2020 Effective July 1, 2024 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4